State of Illinois
90th General Assembly
Legislation

   [ Search ]   [ Legislation ]   [ Bill Summary ]
[ Home ]   [ Back ]   [ Bottom ]


[ Introduced ][ Engrossed ][ Enrolled ]

90_HB1268sam001

                                           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1                    AMENDMENT TO HOUSE BILL 1268
 2        AMENDMENT NO.     .  Amend House Bill 1268  by  replacing
 3    everything after the enacting clause with the following:
 4        "Section 1.  Nature of this Act.
 5        (a)  This  Act  may  be  cited  as the First 1998 General
 6    Revisory Act.
 7        (b)  This Act is not intended  to  make  any  substantive
 8    change  in the law.  It reconciles conflicts that have arisen
 9    from multiple amendments and enactments and  makes  technical
10    corrections and revisions in the law.
11        This   Act  revises  and,  where  appropriate,  renumbers
12    certain Sections that have been added or amended by more than
13    one Public Act.  In certain cases in which a repealed Act  or
14    Section  has  been  replaced  with  a successor law, this Act
15    incorporates amendments to the repealed Act or  Section  into
16    the  successor  law.   This Act also corrects errors, revises
17    cross-references, and deletes obsolete text.
18        (c)  In this Act,  the  reference  at  the  end  of  each
19    amended  Section indicates the sources in the Session Laws of
20    Illinois that were used in the preparation  of  the  text  of
21    that  Section.   The text of the Section included in this Act
22    is intended to include the different versions of the  Section
23    found in the Public Acts included in the list of sources, but
                            -2-            LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    may  not include other versions of the Section to be found in
 2    Public Acts not included in the list of sources.  The list of
 3    sources is not a part of the text of the Section.
 4        (d)  Public Acts 89-708 through 90-566 were considered in
 5    the preparation of the combining revisories included in  this
 6    Act.   Many of those combining revisories contain no striking
 7    or underscoring because no additional changes are being  made
 8    in the material that is being combined.
 9        (5 ILCS 80/4.9 rep.)
10        Section  5.   Section 4.9 of the Regulatory Agency Sunset
11    Act is repealed.
12        Section 6.  The Regulatory Agency Sunset Act  is  amended
13    by changing Section 4.18 as follows:
14        (5 ILCS 80/4.18)
15        Sec.  4.18.  Acts  Act  repealed  January  1,  2008.  The
16    following Acts are Act is repealed on January 1, 2008:
17        The Acupuncture Practice Act.
18        The Clinical Social Work and Social Work Practice Act.
19        The Home Medical Equipment and Services Provider  License
20    Act.
21        The Illinois Nursing Act of 1987.
22        The  Illinois  Speech-Language  Pathology  and  Audiology
23    Practice Act.
24        The Marriage and Family Therapy Licensing Act.
25        The    Nursing    Home   Administrators   Licensing   and
26    Disciplinary Act.
27        The Pharmacy Practice Act of 1987.
28        The Physician Assistant Practice Act of 1987.
29        The Podiatric Medical Practice Act of 1987.
30    (Source: P.A. 89-706, eff.  1-31-97;  90-61,  eff.  12-30-97;
31    90-69,   eff.   7-8-97;  90-76,  eff.  7-8-97;  90-150,  eff.
                            -3-            LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    12-30-97; 90-248, eff. 1-1-98; 90-532, eff. 11-14-97; revised
 2    12-30-97.)
 3        Section 7.  The Illinois Administrative Procedure Act  is
 4    amended by changing Section 1-5 as follows:
 5        (5 ILCS 100/1-5) (from Ch. 127, par. 1001-5)
 6        Sec. 1-5.  Applicability.
 7        (a)  This  Act applies to every agency as defined in this
 8    Act. Beginning January 1, 1978, in case of  conflict  between
 9    the provisions of this Act and the Act creating or conferring
10    power  on an agency, this Act shall control.  If, however, an
11    agency (or its predecessor in the case of an agency that  has
12    been  consolidated or reorganized) has existing procedures on
13    July 1, 1977, specifically for contested cases or  licensing,
14    those existing provisions control, except that this exception
15    respecting  contested  cases  and licensing does not apply if
16    the Act creating or conferring power on the agency adopts  by
17    express  reference the provisions of this Act.  Where the Act
18    creating  or  conferring  power  on  an  agency   establishes
19    administrative  procedures  not  covered  by  this Act, those
20    procedures shall remain in effect.
21        (b)  The provisions of this  Act  do  not  apply  to  (i)
22    preliminary  hearings,  investigations, or practices where no
23    final determinations affecting State funding are made by  the
24    State  Board  of  Education, (ii) legal opinions issued under
25    Section 2-3.7 of the School Code, (iii) as to State  colleges
26    and    universities,   their   disciplinary   and   grievance
27    proceedings, academic  irregularity  and  capricious  grading
28    proceedings, and admission standards and procedures, and (iv)
29    the   class   specifications  for  positions  and  individual
30    position  descriptions  prepared  and  maintained  under  the
31    Personnel Code.  Those class specifications  shall,  however,
32    be made reasonably available to the public for inspection and
                            -4-            LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    copying.  The provisions of this Act do not apply to hearings
 2    under  Section  20  of  the  Uniform Disposition of Unclaimed
 3    Property Act.
 4        (c)  Section 5-35 of this Act relating to procedures  for
 5    rulemaking does not apply to the following:
 6             (1)  Rules  adopted  by  the Pollution Control Board
 7        that, in accordance with Section 7.2 of the Environmental
 8        Protection Act, are identical  in  substance  to  federal
 9        regulations    or   amendments   to   those   regulations
10        implementing the following: Sections  3001,  3002,  3003,
11        3004,  3005,  and  9003  of the Solid Waste Disposal Act;
12        Section 105 of the Comprehensive Environmental  Response,
13        Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980; Sections 307(b),
14        307(c),  307(d),  402(b)(8), and 402(b)(9) of the Federal
15        Water  Pollution  Control  Act;  and  Sections   1412(b),
16        1414(c),  1417(a), 1421, and 1445(a) of the Safe Drinking
17        Water Act.
18             (2)  Rules adopted by the  Pollution  Control  Board
19        that  establish  or  amend  standards for the emission of
20        hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide  from  gasoline  powered
21        motor   vehicles  subject  to  inspection  under  Section
22        13A-105 of the Vehicle Emissions Inspection Law and rules
23        adopted under Section 13B-20  of  the  Vehicle  Emissions
24        Inspection Law of 1995.
25             (3)  Procedural   rules  adopted  by  the  Pollution
26        Control Board governing  requests  for  exceptions  under
27        Section 14.2 of the Environmental Protection Act.
28             (4)  The  Pollution  Control Board's grant, pursuant
29        to an adjudicatory determination, of an adjusted standard
30        for persons who can justify an adjustment consistent with
31        subsection  (a)  of  Section  27  of  the   Environmental
32        Protection Act.
33             (5)  Rules  adopted  by  the Pollution Control Board
34        that  are  identical  in  substance  to  the  regulations
                            -5-            LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        adopted by the Office of the  State  Fire  Marshal  under
 2        clause (ii) of paragraph (b) of subsection (3) of Section
 3        2 of the Gasoline Storage Act.
 4        (d)  Pay  rates  established  under  Section  8a  of  the
 5    Personnel  Code  shall be amended or repealed pursuant to the
 6    process set forth in Section 5-50 within  30  days  after  it
 7    becomes  necessary  to  do  so  due to a conflict between the
 8    rates and the terms  of  a  collective  bargaining  agreement
 9    covering  the  compensation  of  an  employee subject to that
10    Code.
11        (e)  Section 10-45 of this Act shall  not  apply  to  any
12    hearing, proceeding, or investigation conducted under Section
13    13-515 of the Public Utilities Act.
14    (Source:  P.A.  90-9,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-185,  eff.  7-23-97;
15    revised 10-24-97.)
16        Section  8.  The Freedom of Information Act is amended by
17    changing Section 7 as follows:
18        (5 ILCS 140/7) (from Ch. 116, par. 207)
19        Sec. 7.  Exemptions.
20        (1)  The following shall be exempt  from  inspection  and
21    copying:
22             (a)  Information    specifically   prohibited   from
23        disclosure  by  federal  or  State  law  or   rules   and
24        regulations adopted under federal or State law.
25             (b)  Information    that,    if   disclosed,   would
26        constitute a clearly  unwarranted  invasion  of  personal
27        privacy, unless the disclosure is consented to in writing
28        by  the  individual  subjects  of  the  information.  The
29        disclosure of information that bears on the public duties
30        of public employees and officials shall not be considered
31        an invasion of personal  privacy.   Information  exempted
32        under  this  subsection  (b)  shall  include  but  is not
                            -6-            LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        limited to:
 2                  (i)  files and personal information  maintained
 3             with   respect   to  clients,  patients,  residents,
 4             students  or  other  individuals  receiving  social,
 5             medical,   educational,    vocational,    financial,
 6             supervisory  or  custodial care or services directly
 7             or  indirectly  from  federal  agencies  or   public
 8             bodies;
 9                  (ii)  personnel  files and personal information
10             maintained with respect to employees, appointees  or
11             elected  officials  of any public body or applicants
12             for those positions;
13                  (iii)  files    and    personal     information
14             maintained with respect to any applicant, registrant
15             or  licensee  by any public body cooperating with or
16             engaged    in    professional    or     occupational
17             registration, licensure or discipline;
18                  (iv)  information  required  of any taxpayer in
19             connection with the assessment or collection of  any
20             tax unless disclosure is otherwise required by State
21             statute; and
22                  (v)  information   revealing  the  identity  of
23             persons  who  file  complaints   with   or   provide
24             information  to  administrative,  investigative, law
25             enforcement or penal  agencies;  provided,  however,
26             that   identification   of   witnesses   to  traffic
27             accidents,  traffic  accident  reports,  and  rescue
28             reports  may  be  provided  by  agencies  of   local
29             government,  except  in  a case for which a criminal
30             investigation is  ongoing,  without  constituting  a
31             clearly  unwarranted   per  se  invasion of personal
32             privacy under this subsection.
33             (c)  Records  compiled  by  any  public   body   for
34        administrative   enforcement   proceedings  and  any  law
                            -7-            LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        enforcement or correctional agency  for  law  enforcement
 2        purposes  or  for  internal matters of a public body, but
 3        only to the extent that disclosure would:
 4                  (i)  interfere with  pending  or  actually  and
 5             reasonably  contemplated law enforcement proceedings
 6             conducted by any  law  enforcement  or  correctional
 7             agency;
 8                  (ii)  interfere   with  pending  administrative
 9             enforcement  proceedings  conducted  by  any  public
10             body;
11                  (iii)  deprive a person of a fair trial  or  an
12             impartial hearing;
13                  (iv)  unavoidably  disclose  the  identity of a
14             confidential  source  or  confidential   information
15             furnished only by the confidential source;
16                  (v)  disclose     unique     or     specialized
17             investigative  techniques other than those generally
18             used and known or  disclose  internal  documents  of
19             correctional    agencies   related   to   detection,
20             observation or investigation of incidents  of  crime
21             or misconduct;
22                  (vi)  constitute   an   invasion   of  personal
23             privacy under subsection (b) of this Section;
24                  (vii)  endanger the life or physical safety  of
25             law enforcement personnel or any other person; or
26                  (viii)  obstruct     an     ongoing    criminal
27             investigation.
28             (d)  Criminal history record information  maintained
29        by  State  or local criminal justice agencies, except the
30        following which shall be open for public  inspection  and
31        copying:
32                  (i)  chronologically      maintained     arrest
33             information, such  as  traditional  arrest  logs  or
34             blotters;
                            -8-            LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1                  (ii)  the  name of a person in the custody of a
 2             law enforcement agency and  the  charges  for  which
 3             that person is being held;
 4                  (iii)  court records that are public;
 5                  (iv)  records   that  are  otherwise  available
 6             under State or local law; or
 7                  (v)  records in which the requesting  party  is
 8             the  individual identified, except as provided under
 9             part (vii) of paragraph (c)  of  subsection  (1)  of
10             this Section.
11             "Criminal  history  record  information"  means data
12        identifiable  to  an   individual   and   consisting   of
13        descriptions   or   notations   of  arrests,  detentions,
14        indictments, informations, pre-trial proceedings, trials,
15        or other formal events in the criminal justice system  or
16        descriptions  or notations of criminal charges (including
17        criminal violations of local  municipal  ordinances)  and
18        the   nature   of   any  disposition  arising  therefrom,
19        including sentencing, court or correctional  supervision,
20        rehabilitation  and  release.  The term does not apply to
21        statistical records and reports in which individuals  are
22        not  identified  and  from which their identities are not
23        ascertainable, or to information  that  is  for  criminal
24        investigative or intelligence purposes.
25             (e)  Records  that  relate to or affect the security
26        of correctional institutions and detention facilities.
27             (f)  Preliminary  drafts,  notes,   recommendations,
28        memoranda   and  other  records  in  which  opinions  are
29        expressed, or policies or actions are formulated,  except
30        that  a  specific  record or relevant portion of a record
31        shall not be exempt when the record is publicly cited and
32        identified by the head of the public body. The  exemption
33        provided  in  this  paragraph  (f)  extends  to all those
34        records of officers and agencies of the General  Assembly
                            -9-            LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        that pertain to the preparation of legislative documents.
 2             (g)  Trade   secrets  and  commercial  or  financial
 3        information obtained from a person or business where  the
 4        trade  secrets or information are proprietary, privileged
 5        or confidential, or where disclosure of the trade secrets
 6        or information may cause competitive harm, including  all
 7        information  determined  to be confidential under Section
 8        4002 of the Technology Advancement and  Development  Act.
 9        Nothing   contained   in  this  paragraph  (g)  shall  be
10        construed to prevent a person or business from consenting
11        to disclosure.
12             (h)  Proposals and bids for any contract, grant,  or
13        agreement,   including   information  which  if  it  were
14        disclosed  would  frustrate  procurement   or   give   an
15        advantage  to  any  person  proposing  to  enter  into  a
16        contractor  agreement  with  the  body, until an award or
17        final selection is made.  Information prepared by or  for
18        the  body  in  preparation of a bid solicitation shall be
19        exempt until an award or final selection is made.
20             (i)  Valuable  formulae,   designs,   drawings   and
21        research  data  obtained  or  produced by any public body
22        when disclosure could reasonably be expected  to  produce
23        private gain or public loss.
24             (j)  Test   questions,   scoring   keys   and  other
25        examination  data  used   to   administer   an   academic
26        examination   or  determined  the  qualifications  of  an
27        applicant for a license or employment.
28             (k)  Architects'  plans  and  engineers'   technical
29        submissions  for projects not constructed or developed in
30        whole or in part  with  public  funds  and  for  projects
31        constructed or developed with public funds, to the extent
32        that disclosure would compromise security.
33             (l)  Library    circulation    and   order   records
34        identifying library users with specific materials.
                            -10-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (m)  Minutes of meetings of public bodies closed  to
 2        the public as provided in the Open Meetings Act until the
 3        public  body  makes  the  minutes available to the public
 4        under Section 2.06 of the Open Meetings Act.
 5             (n)  Communications between a  public  body  and  an
 6        attorney  or  auditor  representing  the public body that
 7        would not be subject  to  discovery  in  litigation,  and
 8        materials prepared or compiled by or for a public body in
 9        anticipation  of  a  criminal,  civil  or  administrative
10        proceeding  upon  the request of an attorney advising the
11        public body, and  materials  prepared  or  compiled  with
12        respect to internal audits of public bodies.
13             (o)  Information  received by a primary or secondary
14        school, college or university under  its  procedures  for
15        the  evaluation  of  faculty  members  by  their academic
16        peers.
17             (p)  Administrative   or    technical    information
18        associated  with  automated  data  processing operations,
19        including  but  not  limited   to   software,   operating
20        protocols,  computer  program  abstracts,  file  layouts,
21        source  listings,  object  modules,  load  modules,  user
22        guides,  documentation  pertaining  to  all  logical  and
23        physical   design   of   computerized  systems,  employee
24        manuals, and any other information  that,  if  disclosed,
25        would  jeopardize  the security of the system or its data
26        or the security of materials exempt under this Section.
27             (q)  Documents or materials relating  to  collective
28        negotiating  matters  between  public  bodies  and  their
29        employees  or  representatives,  except  that  any  final
30        contract  or agreement shall be subject to inspection and
31        copying.
32             (r)  Drafts, notes,  recommendations  and  memoranda
33        pertaining to the financing and marketing transactions of
34        the  public body. The records of ownership, registration,
                            -11-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        transfer, and exchange of municipal debt obligations, and
 2        of  persons  to  whom  payment  with  respect  to   these
 3        obligations is made.
 4             (s)  The records, documents and information relating
 5        to   real   estate   purchase  negotiations  until  those
 6        negotiations have been completed or otherwise terminated.
 7        With regard to a parcel involved in a pending or actually
 8        and reasonably  contemplated  eminent  domain  proceeding
 9        under  Article  VII  of  the  Code  of  Civil  Procedure,
10        records,  documents  and  information  relating  to  that
11        parcel  shall  be  exempt  except as may be allowed under
12        discovery rules adopted by the  Illinois  Supreme  Court.
13        The records, documents and information relating to a real
14        estate sale shall be exempt until a sale is consummated.
15             (t)  Any and all proprietary information and records
16        related  to  the  operation  of an intergovernmental risk
17        management association or self-insurance pool or  jointly
18        self-administered  health  and  accident  cooperative  or
19        pool.
20             (u)  Information     concerning    a    university's
21        adjudication  of  student  or   employee   grievance   or
22        disciplinary  cases,  to the extent that disclosure would
23        reveal the  identity  of  the  student  or  employee  and
24        information  concerning any public body's adjudication of
25        student or employee  grievances  or  disciplinary  cases,
26        except for the final outcome of the cases.
27             (v)  Course  materials or research materials used by
28        faculty members.
29             (w)  Information  related  solely  to  the  internal
30        personnel rules and practices of a public body.
31             (x)  Information  contained   in   or   related   to
32        examination, operating, or condition reports prepared by,
33        on behalf of, or for the use of a public body responsible
34        for   the   regulation   or   supervision   of  financial
                            -12-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        institutions or insurance companies, unless disclosure is
 2        otherwise required by State law.
 3             (y)  Information  the   disclosure   of   which   is
 4        restricted  under  Section  5-108 of the Public Utilities
 5        Act.
 6             (z)  Manuals or instruction to staff that relate  to
 7        establishment  or  collection  of liability for any State
 8        tax or that relate to investigations by a public body  to
 9        determine violation of any criminal law.
10             (aa)  Applications,  related  documents, and medical
11        records    received    by    the    Experimental    Organ
12        Transplantation  Procedures  Board  and   any   and   all
13        documents  or  other records prepared by the Experimental
14        Organ  Transplantation  Procedures  Board  or  its  staff
15        relating to applications it has received.
16             (bb)  Insurance or  self  insurance  (including  any
17        intergovernmental  risk  management  association  or self
18        insurance  pool)  claims,   loss   or   risk   management
19        information, records, data, advice or communications.
20             (cc)  Information and records held by the Department
21        of  Public  Health  and  its  authorized  representatives
22        relating   to   known  or  suspected  cases  of  sexually
23        transmissible disease or any information  the  disclosure
24        of  which  is  restricted  under  the  Illinois  Sexually
25        Transmissible Disease Control Act.
26             (dd)  Information   the   disclosure   of  which  is
27        exempted under Section 30 of the Radon Industry Licensing
28        Act.
29             (ee)  Firm performance evaluations under Section  55
30        of  the  Architectural,  Engineering,  and Land Surveying
31        Qualifications Based Selection Act.
32             (ff)  Security portions  of  system  safety  program
33        plans,  investigation reports, surveys, schedules, lists,
34        data, or information compiled, collected, or prepared  by
                            -13-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        or   for  the  Regional  Transportation  Authority  under
 2        Section 2.11 of the Regional Transportation Authority Act
 3        or the State  of  Missouri  under  the  Bi-State  Transit
 4        Safety Act.
 5             (gg)  (ff)  Information  the  disclosure of which is
 6        restricted and exempted under Section 50 of the  Illinois
 7        Prepaid Tuition Act.
 8        (2)  This  Section  does  not  authorize  withholding  of
 9    information  or  limit  the  availability  of  records to the
10    public,  except  as  stated  in  this  Section  or  otherwise
11    provided in this Act.
12    (Source: P.A. 90-262, eff.  7-30-97;  90-273,  eff.  7-30-97;
13    90-546, eff. 12-1-97; revised 12-24-97.)
14        Section  9.   The  Illinois Public Labor Relations Act is
15    amended by changing Sections 3 and 14 as follows:
16        (5 ILCS 315/3) (from Ch. 48, par. 1603)
17        Sec. 3.  Definitions.  As used in this  Act,  unless  the
18    context otherwise requires:
19        (a)  "Board"   or  "Governing  Board"  means  either  the
20    Illinois State Labor Relations Board or  the  Illinois  Local
21    Labor Relations Board.
22        (b)  "Collective  bargaining" means bargaining over terms
23    and conditions of employment,  including  hours,  wages,  and
24    other  conditions of employment, as detailed in Section 7 and
25    which are not excluded by Section 4.
26        (c)  "Confidential employee" means an  employee  who,  in
27    the  regular course of his or her duties, assists and acts in
28    a confidential capacity to persons who formulate,  determine,
29    and  effectuate  management  policies  with  regard  to labor
30    relations or who, in the regular course of his or her duties,
31    has  authorized  access  to  information  relating   to   the
32    effectuation   or   review   of   the  employer's  collective
                            -14-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    bargaining policies.
 2        (d)  "Craft employees" means skilled  journeymen,  crafts
 3    persons, and their apprentices and helpers.
 4        (e)  "Essential  services  employees"  means those public
 5    employees  performing  functions  so   essential   that   the
 6    interruption or termination of the function will constitute a
 7    clear  and  present  danger  to  the health and safety of the
 8    persons in the affected community.
 9        (f)  "Exclusive representative", except with  respect  to
10    non-State  fire  fighters  and  paramedics  employed  by fire
11    departments and fire protection  districts,  non-State  peace
12    officers,  and  peace  officers  in  the  Department of State
13    Police, means  the  labor  organization  that  has  been  (i)
14    designated  by  the Board as the representative of a majority
15    of public employees in  an  appropriate  bargaining  unit  in
16    accordance  with  the  procedures contained in this Act, (ii)
17    historically recognized by  the  State  of  Illinois  or  any
18    political  subdivision  of the State before July 1, 1984 (the
19    effective date of this Act) as the  exclusive  representative
20    of  the employees in an appropriate bargaining unit, or (iii)
21    after  July  1,  1984  (the  effective  date  of  this   Act)
22    recognized  by  an  employer upon evidence, acceptable to the
23    Board, that the labor organization has been designated as the
24    exclusive representative by a majority of the employees in an
25    appropriate bargaining unit.
26        With respect to non-State fire  fighters  and  paramedics
27    employed  by  fire departments and fire protection districts,
28    non-State  peace  officers,  and  peace   officers   in   the
29    Department  of State Police, "exclusive representative" means
30    the labor organization that has been (i)  designated  by  the
31    Board  as  the representative of a majority of peace officers
32    or  fire  fighters  in  an  appropriate  bargaining  unit  in
33    accordance with the procedures contained in  this  Act,  (ii)
34    historically  recognized  by  the  State  of  Illinois or any
                            -15-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    political subdivision of the State  before  January  1,  1986
 2    (the  effective  date  of this amendatory Act of 1985) as the
 3    exclusive representative by a majority of the peace  officers
 4    or  fire fighters in an appropriate bargaining unit, or (iii)
 5    after January 1, 1986 (the effective date of this  amendatory
 6    Act  of  1985)  recognized  by  an  employer  upon  evidence,
 7    acceptable to the Board, that the labor organization has been
 8    designated  as  the exclusive representative by a majority of
 9    the  peace  officers  or  fire  fighters  in  an  appropriate
10    bargaining unit.
11        (g)  "Fair share agreement" means  an  agreement  between
12    the  employer and an employee organization under which all or
13    any of the employees in  a  collective  bargaining  unit  are
14    required to pay their proportionate share of the costs of the
15    collective  bargaining  process, contract administration, and
16    pursuing matters affecting wages, hours, and other conditions
17    of employment, but not to exceed the amount of dues uniformly
18    required of members. The amount certified  by  the  exclusive
19    representative  shall  not include any fees for contributions
20    related to the election  or  support  of  any  candidate  for
21    political  office.  Nothing  in  this  subsection  (g)  shall
22    preclude   an   employee   from  making  voluntary  political
23    contributions in conjunction  with  his  or  her  fair  share
24    payment.
25        (g-1)  "Fire fighter" means, for the purposes of this Act
26    only,  any person who has been or is hereafter appointed to a
27    fire department or fire protection district or employed by  a
28    state  university  and  sworn or commissioned to perform fire
29    fighter duties or paramedic duties, except that the following
30    persons are not included: part-time fire fighters, auxiliary,
31    reserve or voluntary fire fighters,  including  paid  on-call
32    fire  fighters,  clerks  and  dispatchers  or  other civilian
33    employees of a fire department or  fire  protection  district
34    who  are  not  routinely  expected  to  perform  fire fighter
                            -16-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    duties, or elected officials.
 2        (g-2)  "General Assembly of the State of Illinois"  means
 3    the  legislative  branch  of  the  government of the State of
 4    Illinois,  as  provided  for  under   Article   IV   of   the
 5    Constitution  of  the  State of Illinois, and includes but is
 6    not limited to the House of Representatives, the Senate,  the
 7    Speaker  of the House of Representatives, the Minority Leader
 8    of the House of Representatives, the President of the Senate,
 9    the Minority Leader of the Senate,  the  Joint  Committee  on
10    Legislative  Support  Services  and  any  legislative support
11    services  agency  listed  in   the   Legislative   Commission
12    Reorganization Act of 1984.
13        (h)  "Governing  body"  means,  in the case of the State,
14    the  State  Labor  Relations  Board,  the  Director  of   the
15    Department  of  Central Management Services, and the Director
16    of the Department of Labor; the county board in the case of a
17    county;  the  corporate  authorities  in  the   case   of   a
18    municipality;  and the appropriate body authorized to provide
19    for expenditures of its funds in the case of any  other  unit
20    of government.
21        (i)  "Labor organization" means any organization in which
22    public employees participate and that exists for the purpose,
23    in  whole  or  in  part,  of  dealing  with a public employer
24    concerning wages, hours, and other terms  and  conditions  of
25    employment, including the settlement of grievances.
26        (j)  "Managerial  employee"  means  an  individual who is
27    engaged predominantly in executive and  management  functions
28    and  is  charged  with  the  responsibility  of directing the
29    effectuation of management policies and practices.
30        (k)  "Peace officer" means, for the purposes of this  Act
31    only, any persons who have been or are hereafter appointed to
32    a   police   force,   department,  or  agency  and  sworn  or
33    commissioned  to  perform  police  duties,  except  that  the
34    following  persons  are  not   included:   part-time   police
                            -17-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    officers,   special  police  officers,  auxiliary  police  as
 2    defined by Section 3.1-30-20 of the Illinois Municipal  Code,
 3    night watchmen, "merchant police", court security officers as
 4    defined  by  Section 3-6012.1 of the Counties Code, temporary
 5    employees, traffic guards or wardens, civilian parking  meter
 6    and   parking   facilities  personnel  or  other  individuals
 7    specially appointed to aid  or  direct  traffic  at  or  near
 8    schools  or  public  functions  or to aid in civil defense or
 9    disaster,  parking  enforcement   employees   who   are   not
10    commissioned  as peace officers and who are not armed and who
11    are not routinely expected to  effect  arrests,  parking  lot
12    attendants,   clerks   and   dispatchers  or  other  civilian
13    employees of  a  police  department  who  are  not  routinely
14    expected to effect arrests, or elected officials.
15        (l)  "Person"  includes  one  or  more individuals, labor
16    organizations, public employees, associations,  corporations,
17    legal  representatives,  trustees,  trustees  in  bankruptcy,
18    receivers,   or  the  State  of  Illinois  or  any  political
19    subdivision of the State or  governing  body,  but  does  not
20    include  the General Assembly of the State of Illinois or any
21    individual employed by the General Assembly of the  State  of
22    Illinois.
23        (m)  "Professional  employee"  means any employee engaged
24    in work predominantly intellectual and  varied  in  character
25    rather  than  routine  mental, manual, mechanical or physical
26    work; involving the consistent  exercise  of  discretion  and
27    adjustment  in  its performance; of such a character that the
28    output  produced  or  the  result  accomplished   cannot   be
29    standardized  in  relation  to  a  given  period of time; and
30    requiring  advanced  knowledge  in  a  field  of  science  or
31    learning  customarily  acquired  by  a  prolonged  course  of
32    specialized  intellectual  instruction  and   study   in   an
33    institution   of   higher   learning   or   a   hospital,  as
34    distinguished from  a  general  academic  education  or  from
                            -18-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    apprenticeship or from training in the performance of routine
 2    mental,  manual,  or  physical processes; or any employee who
 3    has  completed  the  courses  of   specialized   intellectual
 4    instruction  and  study prescribed in this subsection (m) and
 5    is  performing  related  work  under  the  supervision  of  a
 6    professional person  to  qualify  to  become  a  professional
 7    employee as defined in this subsection (m).
 8        (n)  "Public employee" or "employee", for the purposes of
 9    this Act, means any individual employed by a public employer,
10    including  interns  and  residents  at  public hospitals, but
11    excluding all of the  following:  employees  of  the  General
12    Assembly   of  the  State  of  Illinois;  elected  officials;
13    executive  heads  of  a  department;  members  of  boards  or
14    commissions; employees of any  agency,  board  or  commission
15    created  by  this Act; employees appointed to State positions
16    of a temporary or emergency nature; all employees  of  school
17    districts    and   higher   education   institutions   except
18    firefighters  and  peace  officers  employed   by   a   state
19    university;   managerial   employees;  short-term  employees;
20    confidential   employees;   independent   contractors;    and
21    supervisors except as provided in this Act.
22        Notwithstanding  Section  9, subsection (c), or any other
23    provisions of this Act, all peace officers above the rank  of
24    captain   in   municipalities   with   more   than  1,000,000
25    inhabitants shall be excluded from this Act.
26        (o)  "Public employer" or "employer" means the  State  of
27    Illinois;  any  political  subdivision  of the State, unit of
28    local government or school  district;  authorities  including
29    departments,  divisions,  bureaus,  boards,  commissions,  or
30    other  agencies  of  the  foregoing  entities; and any person
31    acting within the scope of his or her authority,  express  or
32    implied,  on  behalf  of  those  entities in dealing with its
33    employees. "Public employer" or "employer" as  used  in  this
34    Act, however, does not mean and shall not include the General
                            -19-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Assembly  of  the State of Illinois and educational employers
 2    or employers as defined in  the  Illinois  Educational  Labor
 3    Relations  Act,  except with respect to a state university in
 4    its employment of firefighters  and  peace  officers.  County
 5    boards  and  county  sheriffs shall be designated as joint or
 6    co-employers of county peace  officers  appointed  under  the
 7    authority  of  a  county sheriff.  Nothing in this subsection
 8    (o) shall be construed to prevent  the  State  Board  or  the
 9    Local  Board  from  determining  that  employers are joint or
10    co-employers.
11        (p)  "Security  employee"  means  an  employee   who   is
12    responsible  for  the  supervision  and control of inmates at
13    correctional  facilities.   The  term  also  includes   other
14    non-security   employees   in  bargaining  units  having  the
15    majority of employees being responsible for  the  supervision
16    and control of inmates at correctional facilities.
17        (q)  "Short-term  employee"  means  an  employee  who  is
18    employed  for  less than that 2 consecutive calendar quarters
19    during a calendar year and who does  not  have  a  reasonable
20    assurance that he or she will be rehired by the same employer
21    for the same service in a subsequent calendar year.
22        (r)  "Supervisor"  is an employee whose principal work is
23    substantially different from that of his or her  subordinates
24    and  who  has  authority, in the interest of the employer, to
25    hire, transfer, suspend, lay off, recall, promote, discharge,
26    direct, reward, or  discipline  employees,  to  adjust  their
27    grievances, or to effectively recommend any of those actions,
28    if  the exercise of that authority is not of a merely routine
29    or clerical  nature,  but  requires  the  consistent  use  of
30    independent   judgment.   Except   with   respect  to  police
31    employment,  the  term  "supervisor"  includes   only   those
32    individuals  who  devote  a preponderance of their employment
33    time  to  exercising  that   authority,   State   supervisors
34    notwithstanding.   In  addition,  in  determining supervisory
                            -20-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    status in police employment, rank shall not be determinative.
 2    The Board shall consider,  as  evidence  of  bargaining  unit
 3    inclusion  or  exclusion, the common law enforcement policies
 4    and  relationships   between   police   officer   ranks   and
 5    certification under applicable civil service law, ordinances,
 6    personnel  codes,  or  Division  2.1  of  Article  10  of the
 7    Illinois Municipal Code, but these factors shall not  be  the
 8    sole  or  predominant  factors  considered  by  the  Board in
 9    determining police supervisory status.
10        Notwithstanding   the   provisions   of   the   preceding
11    paragraph, in determining supervisory status in fire  fighter
12    employment, no fire fighter shall be excluded as a supervisor
13    who  has established representation rights under Section 9 of
14    this Act.  Further, in  new  fire  fighter  units,  employees
15    shall consist of fire fighters of the rank of company officer
16    and  below.  If  a  company  officer otherwise qualifies as a
17    supervisor under the preceding paragraph, however, he or  she
18    shall  not be included in the fire fighter unit.  If there is
19    no rank  between  that  of  chief  and  the  highest  company
20    officer,  the employer may designate a position on each shift
21    as  a  Shift  Commander,  and  the  persons  occupying  those
22    positions shall be supervisors.  All other ranks  above  that
23    of company officer shall be supervisors.
24        (s) (1)  "Unit"  means  a class of jobs or positions that
25    are held by employees whose collective interests may suitably
26    be  represented  by  a  labor  organization  for   collective
27    bargaining.   Except  with respect to non-State fire fighters
28    and  paramedics  employed  by  fire  departments   and   fire
29    protection  districts,  non-State  peace  officers, and peace
30    officers in the Department of State Police, a bargaining unit
31    determined by the Board shall not include both employees  and
32    supervisors,  or  supervisors  only,  except  as  provided in
33    paragraph  (2)  of  this  subsection  (s)  and   except   for
34    bargaining  units in existence on July 1, 1984 (the effective
                            -21-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    date of this Act).  With respect to non-State  fire  fighters
 2    and   paramedics   employed  by  fire  departments  and  fire
 3    protection districts, non-State  peace  officers,  and  peace
 4    officers in the Department of State Police, a bargaining unit
 5    determined  by  the  Board shall not include both supervisors
 6    and nonsupervisors, or supervisors only, except  as  provided
 7    in  paragraph  (2)  of  this  subsection  (s)  and except for
 8    bargaining  units  in  existence  on  January  1,  1986  (the
 9    effective date of this amendatory Act of 1985).  A bargaining
10    unit determined by the Board to contain peace officers  shall
11    contain   no  employees  other  than  peace  officers  unless
12    otherwise  agreed  to  by  the   employer   and   the   labor
13    organization     or     labor     organizations     involved.
14    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, a bargaining
15    unit,  including  a  historical  bargaining  unit, containing
16    sworn peace officers of the Department of  Natural  Resources
17    (formerly  designated  the  Department of Conservation) shall
18    contain no employees other than  such  sworn  peace  officers
19    upon  the  effective  date  of this amendatory Act of 1990 or
20    upon  the  expiration  date  of  any  collective   bargaining
21    agreement   in   effect  upon  the  effective  date  of  this
22    amendatory  Act  of  1990  covering  both  such  sworn  peace
23    officers and other employees.
24        (2)  Notwithstanding the exclusion  of  supervisors  from
25    bargaining  units  as  provided  in  paragraph  (1)  of  this
26    subsection  (s),  a  public  employer may agree to permit its
27    supervisory  employees  to  form  bargaining  units  and  may
28    bargain with those units.  This Act shall apply if the public
29    employer chooses to bargain under this subsection.
30    (Source: P.A. 89-108, eff.  7-7-95;  89-409,  eff.  11-15-95;
31    89-445,  eff.  2-7-96;  89-626,  eff.  8-9-96;  89-685,  eff.
32    6-1-97; 90-14, eff. 7-1-97; revised 12-18-97.)
33        (5 ILCS 315/14) (from Ch. 48, par. 1614)
                            -22-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Sec.  14.  Security  Employee,  Peace  Officer  and  Fire
 2    Fighter Disputes.
 3        (a)  In  the  case  of  collective  bargaining agreements
 4    involving units of security employees of a  public  employer,
 5    Peace Officer Units, or units of fire fighters or paramedics,
 6    and  in  the  case  of  disputes under Section 18, unless the
 7    parties mutually agree to some other  time  limit,  mediation
 8    shall  commence  30 days prior to the expiration date of such
 9    agreement or at such later time  as  the  mediation  services
10    chosen  under subsection (b) of Section 12 can be provided to
11    the parties. In the  case  of  negotiations  for  an  initial
12    collective  bargaining  agreement,  mediation  shall commence
13    upon 15 days notice from either party or at such  later  time
14    as  the  mediation services chosen pursuant to subsection (b)
15    of Section 12 can be provided to the  parties.  In  mediation
16    under  this  Section,  if  either  party  requests the use of
17    mediation   services   from   the   Federal   Mediation   and
18    Conciliation Service, the other party shall  either  join  in
19    such  request  or  bear  the  additional  cost  of  mediation
20    services from another source.  The mediator shall have a duty
21    to  keep the Board informed on the progress of the mediation.
22    If any dispute has not been resolved within 15 days after the
23    first meeting of the parties and the mediator, or within such
24    other time limit as  may  be  mutually  agreed  upon  by  the
25    parties,  either the exclusive representative or employer may
26    request of the other,  in  writing,  arbitration,  and  shall
27    submit a copy of the request to the Board.
28        (b)  Within  10 days after such a request for arbitration
29    has been made, the employer shall choose a delegate  and  the
30    employees'  exclusive  representative shall choose a delegate
31    to a panel of arbitration as provided in this  Section.   The
32    employer  and  employees shall forthwith advise the other and
33    the Board of their selections.
34        (c)  Within 7 days of the request of  either  party,  the
                            -23-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Board  shall select from the Public Employees Labor Mediation
 2    Roster 7 persons who are on the labor arbitration  panels  of
 3    either  the  American  Arbitration Association or the Federal
 4    Mediation and Conciliation Service, or who are members of the
 5    National Academy of Arbitrators, as  nominees  for  impartial
 6    arbitrator  of the arbitration panel.  The parties may select
 7    an individual on the list provided by the Board or any  other
 8    individual  mutually  agreed  upon  by the parties.  Within 7
 9    days following the receipt of the  list,  the  parties  shall
10    notify  the  Board  of the person they have selected.  Unless
11    the parties agree on an alternate selection  procedure,  they
12    shall alternatively strike one name from the list provided by
13    the  Board  until  only  one name remains.  A coin toss shall
14    determine which party shall strike the first  name.   If  the
15    parties  fail to notify the Board in a timely manner of their
16    selection for neutral chairman, the  Board  shall  appoint  a
17    neutral   chairman   from   the   Illinois  Public  Employees
18    Mediation/Arbitration Roster.
19        (d)  The chairman shall call a hearing to begin within 15
20    days and give reasonable notice of the time and place of  the
21    hearing.   The  hearing  shall  be held at the offices of the
22    Board  or  at  such  other  location  as  the   Board   deems
23    appropriate.  The chairman shall preside over the hearing and
24    shall  take  testimony.  Any oral or documentary evidence and
25    other data deemed relevant by the arbitration  panel  may  be
26    received  in  evidence.   The  proceedings shall be informal.
27    Technical  rules  of  evidence  shall  not  apply   and   the
28    competency  of  the  evidence  shall  not  thereby  be deemed
29    impaired.  A verbatim record of the proceedings shall be made
30    and the arbitrator shall arrange for the necessary  recording
31    service.   Transcripts  may  be ordered at the expense of the
32    party  ordering  them,  but  the  transcripts  shall  not  be
33    necessary for a  decision  by  the  arbitration  panel.   The
34    expense of the proceedings, including a fee for the chairman,
                            -24-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    established  in  advance by the Board, shall be borne equally
 2    by each of the parties to the dispute.    The  delegates,  if
 3    public  officers  or employees, shall continue on the payroll
 4    of the public employer without  loss  of  pay.   The  hearing
 5    conducted by the arbitration panel may be adjourned from time
 6    to time, but unless otherwise agreed by the parties, shall be
 7    concluded  within  30  days  of the time of its commencement.
 8    Majority actions and rulings shall constitute the actions and
 9    rulings of the arbitration  panel.   Arbitration  proceedings
10    under  this Section shall not be interrupted or terminated by
11    reason of any unfair labor practice charge  filed  by  either
12    party at any time.
13        (e)  The  arbitration panel may administer oaths, require
14    the attendance of  witnesses,  and  the  production  of  such
15    books,  papers, contracts, agreements and documents as may be
16    deemed by it material to a just determination of  the  issues
17    in dispute, and for such purpose may issue subpoenas.  If any
18    person  refuses to obey a subpoena, or refuses to be sworn or
19    to testify, or if any witness, party or attorney is guilty of
20    any  contempt  while  in  attendance  at  any  hearing,   the
21    arbitration  panel  may, or the attorney general if requested
22    shall, invoke  the  aid  of  any  circuit  court  within  the
23    jurisdiction  in which the hearing is being held, which court
24    shall issue an appropriate order.  Any failure  to  obey  the
25    order may be punished by the court as contempt.
26        (f)  At  any  time  before the rendering of an award, the
27    chairman of the arbitration panel, if he is  of  the  opinion
28    that  it  would  be useful or beneficial to do so, may remand
29    the dispute to the parties for further collective  bargaining
30    for  a  period  not  to  exceed  2  weeks.  If the dispute is
31    remanded  for  further   collective   bargaining   the   time
32    provisions  of  this  Act shall be extended for a time period
33    equal to that of the remand.  The chairman of  the  panel  of
34    arbitration shall notify the Board of the remand.
                            -25-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (g)  At  or  before  the  conclusion  of the hearing held
 2    pursuant to  subsection  (d),  the  arbitration  panel  shall
 3    identify  the  economic issues in dispute, and direct each of
 4    the parties to submit, within such time limit  as  the  panel
 5    shall  prescribe,  to the arbitration panel and to each other
 6    its last offer of settlement on  each  economic  issue.   The
 7    determination  of  the  arbitration panel as to the issues in
 8    dispute and as to which of these issues are economic shall be
 9    conclusive.  The arbitration panel, within 30 days after  the
10    conclusion of the hearing, or such further additional periods
11    to  which  the parties may agree, shall make written findings
12    of fact and promulgate a written opinion and  shall  mail  or
13    otherwise  deliver  a  true  copy  thereof to the parties and
14    their representatives and to the Board.  As to each  economic
15    issue,  the  arbitration  panel shall adopt the last offer of
16    settlement which, in the opinion of  the  arbitration  panel,
17    more  nearly  complies with the applicable factors prescribed
18    in subsection (h).  The findings, opinions and  order  as  to
19    all  other  issues shall be based upon the applicable factors
20    prescribed in subsection (h).
21        (h)  Where there is no agreement between the parties,  or
22    where  there  is  an  agreement  but  the  parties have begun
23    negotiations or discussions looking to  a  new  agreement  or
24    amendment  of the existing agreement, and wage rates or other
25    conditions of employment under the proposed  new  or  amended
26    agreement  are  in  dispute, the arbitration panel shall base
27    its findings, opinions and order upon the following  factors,
28    as applicable:
29             (1)  The lawful authority of the employer.
30             (2)  Stipulations of the parties.
31             (3)  The interests and welfare of the public and the
32        financial ability of the unit of government to meet those
33        costs.
34             (4)  Comparison  of  the wages, hours and conditions
                            -26-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        of  employment  of  the   employees   involved   in   the
 2        arbitration   proceeding   with   the  wages,  hours  and
 3        conditions of employment of  other  employees  performing
 4        similar services and with other employees generally:
 5                  (A)  In   public   employment   in   comparable
 6             communities.
 7                  (B)  In   private   employment   in  comparable
 8             communities.
 9             (5)  The  average  consumer  prices  for  goods  and
10        services, commonly known as the cost of living.
11             (6)  The overall compensation presently received  by
12        the   employees,   including  direct  wage  compensation,
13        vacations, holidays and other excused time, insurance and
14        pensions,  medical  and  hospitalization  benefits,   the
15        continuity  and  stability  of  employment  and all other
16        benefits received.
17             (7)  Changes in any of the  foregoing  circumstances
18        during the pendency of the arbitration proceedings.
19             (8)  Such   other   factors,  not  confined  to  the
20        foregoing, which are normally or traditionally taken into
21        consideration in the determination of  wages,  hours  and
22        conditions  of  employment  through  voluntary collective
23        bargaining,  mediation,  fact-finding,   arbitration   or
24        otherwise  between  the parties, in the public service or
25        in private employment.
26        (i)  In the  case  of  peace  officers,  the  arbitration
27    decision  shall be limited to wages, hours, and conditions of
28    employment  (which  may  include  residency  requirements  in
29    municipalities with a population under 1,000,000,  but  those
30    residency  requirements  shall not allow residency outside of
31    Illinois) and shall not include the following:  i)  residency
32    requirements  in municipalities with a population of at least
33    1,000,000; ii) the type of equipment,  other  than  uniforms,
34    issued  or  used;  iii)  manning;  iv)  the  total  number of
                            -27-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    employees employed by  the  department;  v)  mutual  aid  and
 2    assistance  agreements  to other units of government; and vi)
 3    the criterion  pursuant  to  which  force,  including  deadly
 4    force,  can  be used; provided, nothing herein shall preclude
 5    an arbitration decision regarding equipment or manning levels
 6    if such decision is based on a finding that the equipment  or
 7    manning  considerations in a specific work assignment involve
 8    a serious risk to the safety of a peace officer  beyond  that
 9    which is inherent in the normal performance of police duties.
10    Limitation  of the terms of the arbitration decision pursuant
11    to this subsection  shall  not  be  construed  to  limit  the
12    factors upon which the decision may be based, as set forth in
13    subsection (h).
14        In  the case of fire fighter, and fire department or fire
15    district paramedic matters, the arbitration decision shall be
16    limited to wages, hours, and conditions of employment  (which
17    may  include  residency requirements in municipalities with a
18    population under 1,000,000, but those residency  requirements
19    shall  not allow residency outside of Illinois) and shall not
20    include the following matters: i) residency  requirements  in
21    municipalities  with  a population of at least 1,000,000; ii)
22    the type of equipment (other than  uniforms and fire  fighter
23    turnout  gear)  issued  or  used;  iii)  the  total number of
24    employees employed by the  department;  iv)  mutual  aid  and
25    assistance  agreements  to  other units of government; and v)
26    the criterion  pursuant  to  which  force,  including  deadly
27    force,  can  be used; provided, however, nothing herein shall
28    preclude an arbitration decision regarding  equipment  levels
29    if  such  decision  is  based on a finding that the equipment
30    considerations  in  a  specific  work  assignment  involve  a
31    serious risk to the safety of  a  fire  fighter  beyond  that
32    which  is  inherent in the normal performance of fire fighter
33    duties.  Limitation of the terms of the arbitration  decision
34    pursuant  to  this subsection shall not be construed to limit
                            -28-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the facts upon which the decision may be based, as set  forth
 2    in subsection (h).
 3        The  changes  to  this  subsection (i) made by Public Act
 4    90-385 this amendatory Act of  1997  (relating  to  residency
 5    requirements)  do  not apply to persons who are employed by a
 6    combined   department   that   performs   both   police   and
 7    firefighting services; these persons shall be governed by the
 8    provisions of this subsection (i) relating to peace officers,
 9    as they existed before the amendment  by  Public  Act  90-385
10    this amendatory Act of 1997.  For purposes of this subsection
11    (i),  persons  who are employed by a combined department that
12    performs both police and  fire  fighting  services  shall  be
13    governed  by the provisions relating to peace officers rather
14    than the provisions relating to fire fighters.
15        To preserve historical bargaining rights, this subsection
16    shall not apply to any provision of a fire fighter collective
17    bargaining  agreement  in  effect  and  applicable   on   the
18    effective date of this Act; provided, however, nothing herein
19    shall   preclude   arbitration   with  respect  to  any  such
20    provision.
21        (j)  Arbitration  procedures  shall  be  deemed   to   be
22    initiated  by  the filing of a letter requesting mediation as
23    required  under  subsection  (a)  of   this   Section.    The
24    commencement  of  a  new  municipal  fiscal  year  after  the
25    initiation  of  arbitration  procedures  under  this Act, but
26    before the arbitration decision, or  its  enforcement,  shall
27    not  be  deemed  to  render  a  dispute moot, or to otherwise
28    impair the jurisdiction or authority of the arbitration panel
29    or its decision.  Increases in rates of compensation  awarded
30    by  the  arbitration panel may be effective only at the start
31    of the fiscal year next commencing  after  the  date  of  the
32    arbitration award.  If a new fiscal year has commenced either
33    since the initiation of arbitration procedures under this Act
34    or  since  any  mutually  agreed extension of the statutorily
                            -29-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    required period of mediation under this Act by the parties to
 2    the labor dispute  causing  a  delay  in  the  initiation  of
 3    arbitration, the foregoing limitations shall be inapplicable,
 4    and   such  awarded  increases  may  be  retroactive  to  the
 5    commencement of the fiscal year, any other statute or charter
 6    provisions to the contrary, notwithstanding. At any time  the
 7    parties,  by  stipulation,  may  amend  or modify an award of
 8    arbitration.
 9        (k)  Orders of the arbitration panel shall be reviewable,
10    upon appropriate petition by either the  public  employer  or
11    the exclusive bargaining representative, by the circuit court
12    for  the  county  in  which  the  dispute arose or in which a
13    majority of the  affected  employees  reside,  but  only  for
14    reasons  that  the  arbitration panel was without or exceeded
15    its  statutory  authority;  the  order   is   arbitrary,   or
16    capricious;  or the order was procured by fraud, collusion or
17    other similar and unlawful means.  Such petitions for  review
18    must  be  filed  with the appropriate circuit court within 90
19    days following the issuance of the  arbitration  order.   The
20    pendency   of   such   proceeding   for   review   shall  not
21    automatically stay the order of the arbitration  panel.   The
22    party against whom the final decision of any such court shall
23    be adverse, if such court finds such appeal or petition to be
24    frivolous,  shall pay reasonable attorneys' fees and costs to
25    the successful party as  determined  by  said  court  in  its
26    discretion.  If  said  court's  decision affirms the award of
27    money, such award, if retroactive, shall bear interest at the
28    rate of 12 percent per annum from the  effective  retroactive
29    date.
30        (l)  During   the  pendency  of  proceedings  before  the
31    arbitration  panel,  existing   wages,   hours,   and   other
32    conditions  of  employment  shall not be changed by action of
33    either party without the consent of the other but a party may
34    so consent without prejudice to his rights or position  under
                            -30-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    this  Act.   The  proceedings are deemed to be pending before
 2    the arbitration panel  upon  the  initiation  of  arbitration
 3    procedures under this Act.
 4        (m)  Security  officers  of  public  employers, and Peace
 5    Officers,  Fire  Fighters  and  fire  department   and   fire
 6    protection  district  paramedics, covered by this Section may
 7    not withhold services, nor may public employers lock  out  or
 8    prevent such employees from performing services at any time.
 9        (n)  All  of  the  terms  decided upon by the arbitration
10    panel shall be included in an agreement to  be  submitted  to
11    the  public  employer's  governing  body for ratification and
12    adoption by law,  ordinance  or  the  equivalent  appropriate
13    means.
14        The  governing body shall review each term decided by the
15    arbitration panel.  If the governing body fails to reject one
16    or more  terms of the arbitration panel's decision by  a  3/5
17    vote  of  those  duly  elected  and  qualified members of the
18    governing body, within 20 days of issuance, or in the case of
19    firefighters employed by a  state  university,  at  the  next
20    regularly  scheduled  meeting  of  the  governing  body after
21    issuance, such term or terms  shall  become  a  part  of  the
22    collective  bargaining  agreement  of  the  parties.   If the
23    governing body affirmatively rejects one or more terms of the
24    arbitration panel's decision, it  must  provide  reasons  for
25    such  rejection with respect to each term so rejected, within
26    20 days of such rejection and the parties shall return to the
27    arbitration panel for further proceedings and issuance  of  a
28    supplemental  decision  with  respect  to the rejected terms.
29    Any supplemental decision by an arbitration  panel  or  other
30    decision maker agreed to by the parties shall be submitted to
31    the   governing   body   for  ratification  and  adoption  in
32    accordance with the procedures and  voting  requirements  set
33    forth  in  this  Section.  The  voting  requirements  of this
34    subsection  shall  apply  to  all   disputes   submitted   to
                            -31-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    arbitration  pursuant  to  this  Section  notwithstanding any
 2    contrary  voting  requirements  contained  in  any   existing
 3    collective bargaining agreement between the parties.
 4        (o)  If  the  governing  body  of  the  employer votes to
 5    reject the panel's decision, the parties shall return to  the
 6    panel  within  30  days  from the issuance of the reasons for
 7    rejection  for  further  proceedings  and   issuance   of   a
 8    supplemental   decision.    All   reasonable  costs  of  such
 9    supplemental    proceeding    including     the     exclusive
10    representative's  reasonable  attorney's fees, as established
11    by the Board, shall be paid by the employer.
12        (p)  Notwithstanding the provisions of this  Section  the
13    employer  and  exclusive  representative  may agree to submit
14    unresolved  disputes  concerning  wages,  hours,  terms   and
15    conditions  of  employment  to an alternative form of impasse
16    resolution.
17    (Source: P.A. 89-195, eff.  7-21-95;  90-202,  eff.  7-24-97;
18    90-385, eff. 8-15-97; revised 10-27-97.)
19        Section  10.   The  State Employee Indemnification Act is
20    amended by changing Section 2 as follows:
21        (5 ILCS 350/2) (from Ch. 127, par. 1302)
22        Sec. 2.   Representation  and  indemnification  of  State
23    employees.
24        (a)  In  the event that any civil proceeding is commenced
25    against any State employee arising out of any act or omission
26    occurring  within  the  scope   of   the   employee's   State
27    employment,  the  Attorney  General  shall,  upon  timely and
28    appropriate notice to him by such employee, appear on  behalf
29    of  such  employee  and defend the action.  In the event that
30    any civil proceeding is commenced against any  physician  who
31    is  an  employee  of  the  Department  of  Corrections or the
32    Department of Human Services (in a position relating  to  the
                            -32-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Department's  mental  health  and  developmental disabilities
 2    functions) alleging death or bodily injury or other injury to
 3    the person of the complainant resulting from and arising  out
 4    of any act or omission occurring on or after December 3, 1977
 5    within  the  scope  of  the  employee's  State employment, or
 6    against any physician who is an employee of the Department of
 7    Veterans' Affairs alleging death or bodily  injury  or  other
 8    injury  to  the  person of the complainant resulting from and
 9    arising out of any act or omission occurring on or after  the
10    effective  date  of  this  amendatory  Act of 1988 within the
11    scope of the employee's State employment,  or  in  the  event
12    that  any  civil proceeding is commenced against any attorney
13    who is an employee of the State Appellate  Defender  alleging
14    legal  malpractice  or  for  other damages resulting from and
15    arising out of any legal act  or  omission  occurring  on  or
16    after  December  3,  1977, within the scope of the employee's
17    State employment, or in the event that any  civil  proceeding
18    is  commenced  against  any  individual  or  organization who
19    contracts with the Department of Labor to provide services as
20    a carnival  and  amusement  ride  safety  inspector  alleging
21    malpractice,  death  or  bodily injury or other injury to the
22    person arising out of any act or  omission  occurring  on  or
23    after  May 1, 1985, within the scope of that employee's State
24    employment, the  Attorney  General  shall,  upon  timely  and
25    appropriate  notice to him by such employee, appear on behalf
26    of such employee and defend  the  action.   Any  such  notice
27    shall be in writing, shall be mailed within 15 days after the
28    date  of  receipt  by the employee of service of process, and
29    shall authorize the Attorney General to represent and  defend
30    the employee in the proceeding.  The giving of this notice to
31    the  Attorney  General  shall  constitute an agreement by the
32    State employee to cooperate with the Attorney General in  his
33    defense of the action and a consent that the Attorney General
34    shall  conduct  the  defense as he deems advisable and in the
                            -33-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    best interests of the employee, including settlement  in  the
 2    Attorney  General's  discretion.  In any such proceeding, the
 3    State shall pay the court costs and  litigation  expenses  of
 4    defending such action, to the extent approved by the Attorney
 5    General as reasonable, as they are incurred.
 6        (b)  In  the  event  that the Attorney General determines
 7    that so  appearing  and  defending  an  employee  either  (1)
 8    involves  an actual or potential conflict of interest, or (2)
 9    that the act or omission which gave rise to the claim was not
10    within the scope of the employee's State  employment  or  was
11    intentional,   wilful  or  wanton  misconduct,  the  Attorney
12    General shall decline in writing to appear or defend or shall
13    promptly take appropriate action to withdraw as attorney  for
14    such employee.  Upon receipt of such declination or upon such
15    withdrawal  by the Attorney General on the basis of an actual
16    or potential conflict of interest,  the  State  employee  may
17    employ  his own attorney to appear and defend, in which event
18    the State shall pay the employee's  court  costs,  litigation
19    expenses  and  attorneys'  fees to the extent approved by the
20    Attorney General as reasonable, as they are incurred.  In the
21    event  that  the  Attorney  General  declines  to  appear  or
22    withdraws on the grounds that the act  or  omission  was  not
23    within the scope of employment, or was intentional, wilful or
24    wanton  misconduct, and a court or jury finds that the act or
25    omission of the  State  employee  was  within  the  scope  of
26    employment   and   was  not  intentional,  wilful  or  wanton
27    misconduct, the State shall indemnify the State employee  for
28    any  damages  awarded  and  court  costs  and attorneys' fees
29    assessed as part of any final and  unreversed  judgment.   In
30    such  event  the  State  shall  also pay the employee's court
31    costs, litigation expenses and attorneys' fees to the  extent
32    approved by the Attorney General as reasonable.
33        In  the  event that the defendant in the proceeding is an
34    elected State official,  including  members  of  the  General
                            -34-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Assembly,  the  elected  State official may retain his or her
 2    attorney, provided that said  attorney  shall  be  reasonably
 3    acceptable  to  the Attorney General.  In such case the State
 4    shall  pay  the  elected  State   official's   court   costs,
 5    litigation  expenses,  and  attorneys'  fees,  to  the extent
 6    approved by the Attorney General as reasonable, as  they  are
 7    incurred.
 8        (b-5)  The  Attorney  General  may file a counterclaim on
 9    behalf of a State employee, provided:
10             (1)  the Attorney General determines that the  State
11        employee  is entitled to representation in a civil action
12        under this Section;
13             (2)  the counterclaim  arises  out  of  any  act  or
14        omission  occurring  within  the  scope of the employee's
15        State employment that is the subject of the civil action;
16        and
17             (3)  the employee agrees in writing that if judgment
18        is entered in favor of the employee, the  amount  of  the
19        judgment shall be applied to offset any judgment that may
20        be  entered  in  favor  of  the  plaintiff,  and  then to
21        reimburse  the  State  treasury  for  court   costs   and
22        litigation  expenses required to pursue the counterclaim.
23        The balance of the collected judgment shall  be  paid  to
24        the State employee.
25        (c)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section,
26    representation  and indemnification of a judge under this Act
27    shall also be provided in any case where the plaintiff  seeks
28    damages  or any equitable relief as a result of any decision,
29    ruling or order of a judge made in the course of his  or  her
30    judicial  or  administrative  duties,  without  regard to the
31    theory   of   recovery    employed    by    the    plaintiff.
32    Indemnification  shall  be  for  all  damages awarded and all
33    court costs, attorney fees and litigation  expenses  assessed
34    against the judge. When a judge has been convicted of a crime
                            -35-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    as  a result of his or her intentional judicial misconduct in
 2    a trial, that judge shall not be entitled to  indemnification
 3    and   representation   under  this  subsection  in  any  case
 4    maintained by a party who seeks damages  or  other  equitable
 5    relief as a direct result of the judge's intentional judicial
 6    misconduct.
 7        (d)  In  any  such  proceeding where notice in accordance
 8    with this Section has been given  to  the  Attorney  General,
 9    unless  the  court or jury finds that the conduct or inaction
10    which  gave  rise  to  the  claim  or  cause  of  action  was
11    intentional, wilful or wanton misconduct and was not intended
12    to serve or benefit interests of the State, the  State  shall
13    indemnify  the  State  employee  for  any damages awarded and
14    court costs and attorneys' fees assessed as part of any final
15    and unreversed judgment, or shall pay such judgment.   Unless
16    the  Attorney General determines that the conduct or inaction
17    which  gave  rise  to  the  claim  or  cause  of  action  was
18    intentional, wilful or wanton misconduct and was not intended
19    to serve or benefit interests of the State, the case  may  be
20    settled,  in  the  Attorney General's discretion and with the
21    employee's  consent,  and  the  State  shall  indemnify   the
22    employee  for  any  damages,  court costs and attorneys' fees
23    agreed to as part  of  the  settlement,  or  shall  pay  such
24    settlement.   Where  the  employee  is represented by private
25    counsel, any settlement must be so approved by  the  Attorney
26    General  and  the  court  having  jurisdiction,  which  shall
27    obligate the State to indemnify the employee.
28        (e) (i)  Court  costs  and  litigation expenses and other
29    costs of  providing  a  defense  or  counterclaim,  including
30    attorneys'  fees  obligated under this Section, shall be paid
31    from the State Treasury on the warrant of the Comptroller out
32    of  appropriations  made  to  the   Department   of   Central
33    Management  Services specifically designed for the payment of
34    costs, fees and expenses covered by this Section.
                            -36-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (ii)  Upon  entry  of  a  final  judgment   against   the
 2    employee,  or  upon the settlement of the claim, the employee
 3    shall  cause  to  be  served  a  copy  of  such  judgment  or
 4    settlement, personally or by  certified  or  registered  mail
 5    within  thirty  days of the date of entry or settlement, upon
 6    the chief administrative officer of the department, office or
 7    agency in which he is employed.  If not inconsistent with the
 8    provisions of this Section, such judgment or settlement shall
 9    be certified for payment by such chief administrative officer
10    and by the Attorney  General.   The  judgment  or  settlement
11    shall  be  paid from the State Treasury on the warrant of the
12    Comptroller out of appropriations made to the  Department  of
13    Central  Management  Services  specifically  designed for the
14    payment of claims covered by this Section.
15        (f)  Nothing contained or implied in this  Section  shall
16    operate, or be construed or applied, to deprive the State, or
17    any employee thereof, of any defense heretofore available.
18        (g)  This  Section  shall apply regardless of whether the
19    employee is  sued  in  his  or  her  individual  or  official
20    capacity.
21        (h)  This  Section  shall  not apply to claims for bodily
22    injury or damage  to  property  arising  from  motor  vehicle
23    accidents.
24        (i)  This Section shall apply to all proceedings filed on
25    or after its effective date, and to any proceeding pending on
26    its effective date, if the State employee gives notice to the
27    Attorney  General  as provided in this Section within 30 days
28    of the Act's effective date.
29        (j)  The amendatory changes made to this Section by  this
30    amendatory  Act  of 1986 shall apply to all proceedings filed
31    on or after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1986
32    and to any proceeding pending on its effective date,  if  the
33    State  employee  gives  notice  to  the  Attorney  General as
34    provided in this Section within 30 days of the effective date
                            -37-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of this amendatory Act of 1986.
 2    (Source: P.A.  89-507,  eff.  7-1-97;  89-688,  eff.  6-1-97;
 3    revised 3-28-97.)
 4        Section 11.  The State Salary and Annuity Withholding Act
 5    is amended by changing Section 4 as follows:
 6        (5 ILCS 365/4) (from Ch. 127, par. 354)
 7        Sec.  4.   Authorization  of withholding.  An employee or
 8    annuitant may authorize the withholding of a portion  of  his
 9    salary,  wages,  or  annuity  for  any  one  or  more  of the
10    following purposes:
11        (1)  for purchase of United States Savings Bonds;
12        (2)  for payment of premiums  on  life  or  accident  and
13    health  insurance  as  defined  in Section 4 of the "Illinois
14    Insurance Code", approved June 29, 1937, as amended, and  for
15    payment  of  premiums  on policies of automobile insurance as
16    defined in Section 143.13 of the "Illinois  Insurance  Code",
17    as  amended,  and  the personal multiperil coverages commonly
18    known as  homeowner's  insurance.   However,  no  portion  of
19    salaries,  wages or annuities may be withheld to pay premiums
20    on automobile,  homeowner's,  life  or  accident  and  health
21    insurance  policies  issued  by  any one insurance company or
22    insurance service company unless a minimum of  100  employees
23    or   annuitants   insured   by  that  company  authorize  the
24    withholding  by  an  Office  within  6  months   after   such
25    withholding  begins.   If  such  minimum is not satisfied the
26    Office may discontinue withholding for such company. For  any
27    insurance  company or insurance service company which has not
28    previously had withholding, the Office may allow  withholding
29    for premiums, where less than 100 policies have been written,
30    to  cover  a probationary period.  An insurance company which
31    has  discontinued   withholding   may   reinstate   it   upon
32    presentation   of   facts   indicating   new   management  or
                            -38-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    re-organization satisfactory to the Office;
 2        (3)  for payment to any labor organization designated  by
 3    the employee;
 4        (4)  for   payment   of   dues  to  any  association  the
 5    membership of which consists of State  employees  and  former
 6    State employees;
 7        (5)  for  deposit  in  any  credit  union, in which State
 8    employees are within the field of membership as a  result  of
 9    their employment;
10        (6)  for  payment to or for the benefit of an institution
11    of higher education by an employee of that institution;
12        (7)  for payment  of  parking  fees  at  the  underground
13    facility  located  south  of  the  William  G. Stratton State
14    Office Building in Springfield, the parking ramp  located  at
15    401  South  College  Street,  west of the William G. Stratton
16    State Office Building  in  Springfield,  or  at  the  parking
17    facilities  located  on  the  Urbana-Champaign  campus of the
18    University of Illinois;
19        (8)  for voluntary payment to the State  of  Illinois  of
20    amounts then due and payable to the State;
21        (9)  for  investment  purchases  made as a participant in
22    College Savings  Programs  established  pursuant  to  Section
23    30-15.8a of the School Code;
24        (10)  for voluntary payment to the Illinois Department of
25    Revenue  of  amounts  due or to become due under the Illinois
26    Income Tax Act;
27        (11)  for  payment  of  optional   contributions   to   a
28    retirement  system  subject to the provisions of the Illinois
29    Pension Code;.
30        (12)  (10)  for  contributions  to  organizations   found
31    qualified by the State Comptroller under the requirements set
32    forth in the Voluntary Payroll Deductions Act of 1983.
33    (Source:  P.A.  90-102,  eff.  7-1-98;  90-448, eff. 8-16-97;
34    revised 11-17-97.)
                            -39-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Section 12.  The State Employees Group Insurance  Act  of
 2    1971  is  amended  by  changing Sections 3 and 10 and setting
 3    forth and renumbering multiple versions  of  Section  6.9  as
 4    follows:
 5        (5 ILCS 375/3) (from Ch. 127, par. 523)
 6        Sec.   3.  Definitions.   Unless  the  context  otherwise
 7    requires, the following words and phrases as used in this Act
 8    shall have the following meanings.  The Department may define
 9    these and other words and phrases separately for the  purpose
10    of  implementing  specific  programs providing benefits under
11    this Act.
12        (a)  "Administrative  service  organization"  means   any
13    person,  firm  or  corporation experienced in the handling of
14    claims  which  is  fully  qualified,  financially  sound  and
15    capable of meeting the service requirements of a contract  of
16    administration executed with the Department.
17        (b)  "Annuitant"  means  (1)  an employee who retires, or
18    has retired, on or after January  1,  1966  on  an  immediate
19    annuity under the provisions of Articles 2, 14, 15 (including
20    an  employee  who  has  retired under the optional retirement
21    program established under Section 15-158.2),  paragraphs  (b)
22    or  (c)  of  Section  16-106,  or  Article 18 of the Illinois
23    Pension  Code;  (2)  any  person  who  was  receiving   group
24    insurance  coverage  under  this  Act as of March 31, 1978 by
25    reason of his status as an annuitant, even though the annuity
26    in  relation  to  which  such  coverage  was  provided  is  a
27    proportional annuity based on less than the minimum period of
28    service required for  a  retirement  annuity  in  the  system
29    involved;  (3)  any  person not otherwise covered by this Act
30    who has retired as a participating member under Article 2  of
31    the   Illinois   Pension  Code  but  is  ineligible  for  the
32    retirement  annuity  under  Section  2-119  of  the  Illinois
33    Pension Code; (4) the spouse of any person who is receiving a
                            -40-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    retirement annuity under Article 18 of the  Illinois  Pension
 2    Code  and  who  is  covered  under  a  group health insurance
 3    program sponsored by a governmental employer other  than  the
 4    State  of  Illinois  and who has irrevocably elected to waive
 5    his or her coverage under this Act and to  have  his  or  her
 6    spouse  considered  as the "annuitant" under this Act and not
 7    as a "dependent"; or (5) an  employee  who  retires,  or  has
 8    retired,  from  a qualified position, as determined according
 9    to rules promulgated by the Director, under a qualified local
10    government  or  a  qualified  rehabilitation  facility  or  a
11    qualified  domestic  violence  shelter   or   service.   (For
12    definition of "retired employee", see (p) post).
13        (b-5)  "New  SERS  annuitant"  means  a person who, on or
14    after January 1, 1998, becomes an annuitant,  as  defined  in
15    subsection   (b),   by  virtue  of  beginning  to  receive  a
16    retirement annuity under Article 14 of the  Illinois  Pension
17    Code,  and is eligible to participate in the basic program of
18    group health benefits provided for annuitants under this Act.
19        (b-6)  "New SURS annuitant" means a  person  who,  on  or
20    after  January  1,  1998, becomes an annuitant, as defined in
21    subsection  (b),  by  virtue  of  beginning  to   receive   a
22    retirement  annuity  under Article 15 of the Illinois Pension
23    Code, and is eligible to participate in the basic program  of
24    group health benefits provided for annuitants under this Act.
25        (c)  "Carrier"   means   (1)   an  insurance  company,  a
26    corporation  organized  under  the  Limited  Health   Service
27    Organization Act or the Voluntary Health Services Plan Act, a
28    partnership,  or other nongovernmental organization, which is
29    authorized  to  do  group  life  or  group  health  insurance
30    business in Illinois, or (2)  the  State  of  Illinois  as  a
31    self-insurer.
32        (d)  "Compensation"  means  salary  or wages payable on a
33    regular payroll by the State Treasurer on a  warrant  of  the
34    State Comptroller out of any State, trust or federal fund, or
                            -41-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    by  the Governor of the State through a disbursing officer of
 2    the State out of a trust or out of federal funds, or  by  any
 3    Department  out  of State, trust, federal or other funds held
 4    by the State Treasurer or the Department, to any  person  for
 5    personal   services  currently  performed,  and  ordinary  or
 6    accidental disability  benefits  under  Articles  2,  14,  15
 7    (including  ordinary  or accidental disability benefits under
 8    the optional retirement  program  established  under  Section
 9    15-158.2),  paragraphs  (b)  or  (c)  of  Section  16-106, or
10    Article 18 of  the  Illinois  Pension  Code,  for  disability
11    incurred after January 1, 1966, or benefits payable under the
12    Workers'   Compensation   or  Occupational  Diseases  Act  or
13    benefits  payable  under  a  sick  pay  plan  established  in
14    accordance  with  Section  36  of  the  State  Finance   Act.
15    "Compensation" also means salary or wages paid to an employee
16    of any qualified local government or qualified rehabilitation
17    facility or a qualified domestic violence shelter or service.
18        (e)  "Commission"   means   the   State  Employees  Group
19    Insurance  Advisory  Commission  authorized  by   this   Act.
20    Commencing  July  1,  1984,  "Commission" as used in this Act
21    means  the  Illinois  Economic  and  Fiscal   Commission   as
22    established  by the Legislative Commission Reorganization Act
23    of 1984.
24        (f)  "Contributory", when  referred  to  as  contributory
25    coverage,  shall  mean optional coverages or benefits elected
26    by the member toward the cost  of  which  such  member  makes
27    contribution, or which are funded in whole or in part through
28    the acceptance of a reduction in earnings or the foregoing of
29    an increase in earnings by an employee, as distinguished from
30    noncontributory  coverage or benefits which are paid entirely
31    by the State of Illinois without reduction  of  the  member's
32    salary.
33        (g)  "Department"   means  any  department,  institution,
34    board, commission, officer, court or any agency of the  State
                            -42-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    government  receiving  appropriations  and  having  power  to
 2    certify  payrolls  to the Comptroller authorizing payments of
 3    salary and wages against such appropriations as are  made  by
 4    the  General  Assembly  from any State fund, or against trust
 5    funds held by the State  Treasurer  and  includes  boards  of
 6    trustees of the retirement systems created by Articles 2, 14,
 7    15,  16  and  18  of the Illinois Pension Code.  "Department"
 8    also includes the  Illinois  Comprehensive  Health  Insurance
 9    Board,  the Board of Examiners established under the Illinois
10    Public Accounting Act, and the Illinois Rural Bond Bank.
11        (h)  "Dependent", when the term is used in the context of
12    the health and life plan, means a  member's  spouse  and  any
13    unmarried child (1) from birth to age 19 including an adopted
14    child, a child who lives with the member from the time of the
15    filing  of a petition for adoption until entry of an order of
16    adoption, a stepchild or recognized child who lives with  the
17    member  in  a parent-child relationship, or a child who lives
18    with the member if such member is a court appointed  guardian
19    of  the  child,  or  (2) age 19 to 23 enrolled as a full-time
20    student in any accredited school, financially dependent  upon
21    the  member,  and  eligible as a dependent for Illinois State
22    income tax purposes, or (3) age 19 or over who is mentally or
23    physically handicapped as defined in the  Illinois  Insurance
24    Code.  For  the  health  plan only, the term "dependent" also
25    includes any person enrolled prior to the effective  date  of
26    this  Section  who is dependent upon the member to the extent
27    that the member may claim such  person  as  a  dependent  for
28    Illinois  State  income tax deduction purposes; no other such
29    person may be enrolled.
30        (i)  "Director"  means  the  Director  of  the   Illinois
31    Department of Central Management Services.
32        (j)  "Eligibility  period"  means  the  period  of time a
33    member has to elect  enrollment  in  programs  or  to  select
34    benefits without regard to age, sex or health.
                            -43-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (k)  "Employee"   means  and  includes  each  officer  or
 2    employee in the service of a department who (1) receives  his
 3    compensation  for  service  rendered  to  the department on a
 4    warrant  issued  pursuant  to  a  payroll  certified   by   a
 5    department  or  on  a  warrant or check issued and drawn by a
 6    department upon a trust,  federal  or  other  fund  or  on  a
 7    warrant  issued pursuant to a payroll certified by an elected
 8    or duly appointed  officer  of  the  State  or  who  receives
 9    payment  of the performance of personal services on a warrant
10    issued pursuant to a payroll certified by  a  Department  and
11    drawn  by  the  Comptroller  upon the State Treasurer against
12    appropriations made by the General Assembly from any fund  or
13    against  trust  funds held by the State Treasurer, and (2) is
14    employed  full-time  or  part-time  in  a  position  normally
15    requiring actual performance of duty during not less than 1/2
16    of a normal work period, as established by  the  Director  in
17    cooperation with each department, except that persons elected
18    by  popular  vote  will  be  considered  employees during the
19    entire term for which they are elected  regardless  of  hours
20    devoted  to  the  service  of  the State, and (3) except that
21    "employee" does not include any person who is not eligible by
22    reason of such person's employment to participate in  one  of
23    the State retirement systems under Articles 2, 14, 15 (either
24    the  regular  Article  15  system  or the optional retirement
25    program established under Section 15-158.2) or 18,  or  under
26    paragraph  (b)  or  (c)  of  Section  16-106, of the Illinois
27    Pension Code, but such term  does  include  persons  who  are
28    employed  during  the 6 month qualifying period under Article
29    14 of the Illinois Pension Code.  Such term also includes any
30    person who (1) after January 1, 1966, is  receiving  ordinary
31    or  accidental  disability  benefits under Articles 2, 14, 15
32    (including ordinary or accidental disability  benefits  under
33    the  optional  retirement  program  established under Section
34    15-158.2), paragraphs  (b)  or  (c)  of  Section  16-106,  or
                            -44-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Article  18  of  the  Illinois  Pension  Code, for disability
 2    incurred after January 1, 1966, (2) receives total  permanent
 3    or total temporary disability under the Workers' Compensation
 4    Act  or  Occupational  Disease  Act  as  a result of injuries
 5    sustained or illness contracted in the course  of  employment
 6    with  the  State of Illinois, or (3) is not otherwise covered
 7    under this Act and has  retired  as  a  participating  member
 8    under   Article  2  of  the  Illinois  Pension  Code  but  is
 9    ineligible for the retirement annuity under Section 2-119  of
10    the  Illinois  Pension Code.  However, a person who satisfies
11    the criteria of the foregoing definition of "employee" except
12    that such person is made ineligible  to  participate  in  the
13    State   Universities  Retirement  System  by  clause  (4)  of
14    subsection (a) of Section 15-107 of the Illinois Pension Code
15    is  also  an  "employee"  for  the  purposes  of  this   Act.
16    "Employee" also includes any person receiving or eligible for
17    benefits under a sick pay plan established in accordance with
18    Section 36 of the State Finance Act. "Employee" also includes
19    each  officer or employee in the service of a qualified local
20    government,  including  persons  appointed  as  trustees   of
21    sanitary districts regardless of hours devoted to the service
22    of the sanitary district, and each employee in the service of
23    a   qualified  rehabilitation  facility  and  each  full-time
24    employee in the service  of  a  qualified  domestic  violence
25    shelter   or   service,  as  determined  according  to  rules
26    promulgated by the Director.
27        (l)  "Member"  means  an  employee,  annuitant,   retired
28    employee or survivor.
29        (m)  "Optional   coverages   or   benefits"  means  those
30    coverages or benefits available to the member on his  or  her
31    voluntary election, and at his or her own expense.
32        (n)  "Program"  means  the  group  life insurance, health
33    benefits and other employee benefits designed and  contracted
34    for by the Director under this Act.
                            -45-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (o)  "Health  plan" means a self-insured health insurance
 2    program offered by the State of Illinois for the purposes  of
 3    benefiting  employees  by  means  of providing, among others,
 4    wellness programs, utilization reviews, second  opinions  and
 5    medical  fee  reviews, as well as for paying for hospital and
 6    medical care up to the maximum coverage provided by the plan,
 7    to its members and their dependents.
 8        (p)  "Retired employee" means any person who would be  an
 9    annuitant  as  that  term  is defined herein but for the fact
10    that such person retired prior to January 1, 1966.  Such term
11    also includes any person formerly employed by the  University
12    of Illinois in the Cooperative Extension Service who would be
13    an  annuitant  but  for  the  fact  that such person was made
14    ineligible  to  participate   in   the   State   Universities
15    Retirement  System by clause (4) of subsection (a) of Section
16    15-107 of the Illinois Pension Code.
17        (p-6)  "New SURS retired employee" means a person who, on
18    or after January 1, 1998,  becomes  a  retired  employee,  as
19    defined  in  subsection  (p),  by  virtue  of  being a person
20    formerly employed  by  the  University  of  Illinois  in  the
21    Cooperative  Extension  Service who would be an annuitant but
22    for  the  fact  that  he  or  she  was  made  ineligible   to
23    participate  in  the  State Universities Retirement System by
24    clause (4)  of  subsection  (a)  of  Section  15-107  of  the
25    Illinois  Pension Code, and who is eligible to participate in
26    the basic program  of  group  health  benefits  provided  for
27    retired employees under this Act.
28        (q)  "Survivor"  means a person receiving an annuity as a
29    survivor of an employee or of an annuitant.  "Survivor"  also
30    includes:  (1)  the  surviving  dependent  of  a  person  who
31    satisfies  the  definition  of  "employee"  except  that such
32    person  is  made  ineligible  to  participate  in  the  State
33    Universities Retirement System by clause  (4)  of  subsection
34    (a)  of  Section 15-107 of the Illinois Pension Code; and (2)
                            -46-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the surviving dependent of any person  formerly  employed  by
 2    the  University  of  Illinois  in  the  Cooperative Extension
 3    Service who would be an annuitant except for  the  fact  that
 4    such  person  was made ineligible to participate in the State
 5    Universities Retirement System by clause  (4)  of  subsection
 6    (a) of Section 15-107 of the Illinois Pension Code.
 7        (q-5)  "New  SERS  survivor" means a survivor, as defined
 8    in subsection (q), whose annuity is paid under Article 14  of
 9    the Illinois Pension Code and is based on the death of (i) an
10    employee  whose  death occurs on or after January 1, 1998, or
11    (ii) a new SERS annuitant as defined in subsection (b-5).
12        (q-6)  "New SURS survivor" means a survivor,  as  defined
13    in  subsection (q), whose annuity is paid under Article 15 of
14    the Illinois Pension Code and is based on the death of (i) an
15    employee whose death occurs on or after January 1, 1998, (ii)
16    a new SURS annuitant as defined in subsection (b-6), or (iii)
17    a new SURS retired employee as defined in subsection (p-6).
18        (r)  "Medical  services"  means  the  services   provided
19    within  the  scope  of their licenses by practitioners in all
20    categories licensed under the Medical Practice Act of 1987.
21        (s)  "Unit  of  local  government"  means   any   county,
22    municipality,  township, school district, special district or
23    other unit, designated as a unit of local government by  law,
24    which  exercises  limited  governmental  powers  or powers in
25    respect to limited governmental subjects, any  not-for-profit
26    association   with   a  membership  that  primarily  includes
27    townships  and  township  officials,  that  has  duties  that
28    include  provision  of  research  service,  dissemination  of
29    information, and other acts  for  the  purpose  of  improving
30    township  government,  and that is funded wholly or partly in
31    accordance with Section  85-15  of  the  Township  Code;  any
32    not-for-profit  corporation or association, with a membership
33    consisting primarily of municipalities, that operates its own
34    utility   system,   and    provides    research,    training,
                            -47-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    dissemination  of  information,  or  other  acts  to  promote
 2    cooperation  between  and  among  municipalities that provide
 3    utility services and for the advancement  of  the  goals  and
 4    purposes  of  its membership; and the Illinois Association of
 5    Park Districts.  "Qualified local government" means a unit of
 6    local government approved by the Director  and  participating
 7    in  a  program  created under subsection (i) of Section 10 of
 8    this Act.
 9        (t)  "Qualified  rehabilitation   facility"   means   any
10    not-for-profit   organization   that  is  accredited  by  the
11    Commission on Accreditation of Rehabilitation  Facilities  or
12    certified  by  the Department of Human Services (as successor
13    to  the  Department  of  Mental  Health   and   Developmental
14    Disabilities)   to   provide   services   to   persons   with
15    disabilities  and  which  receives  funds  from  the State of
16    Illinois  for  providing  those  services,  approved  by  the
17    Director  and  participating  in  a  program  created   under
18    subsection (j) of Section 10 of this Act.
19        (u)  "Qualified  domestic  violence  shelter  or service"
20    means any Illinois domestic violence shelter or  service  and
21    its  administrative offices funded by the Department of Human
22    Services (as successor to the Illinois Department  of  Public
23    Aid), approved by the Director and participating in a program
24    created under subsection (k) of Section 10.
25        (v)  "TRS benefit recipient" means a person who:
26             (1)  is  not  a "member" as defined in this Section;
27        and
28             (2)  is receiving a monthly  benefit  or  retirement
29        annuity  under  Article  16 of the Illinois Pension Code;
30        and
31             (3)  either (i) has at least 8 years  of  creditable
32        service under Article 16 of the Illinois Pension Code, or
33        (ii) was enrolled in the health insurance program offered
34        under  that  Article  on January 1, 1996, or (iii) is the
                            -48-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        survivor of a benefit recipient who had at least 8  years
 2        of  creditable  service  under Article 16 of the Illinois
 3        Pension Code or was  enrolled  in  the  health  insurance
 4        program  offered under that Article on the effective date
 5        of this amendatory Act of 1995, or (iv) is a recipient or
 6        survivor of a recipient of  a  disability  benefit  under
 7        Article 16 of the Illinois Pension Code.
 8        (w)  "TRS dependent beneficiary" means a person who:
 9             (1)  is  not a "member" or "dependent" as defined in
10        this Section; and
11             (2)  is a TRS benefit recipient's: (A)  spouse,  (B)
12        dependent parent who is receiving at least half of his or
13        her  support  from  the  TRS  benefit  recipient,  or (C)
14        unmarried natural or adopted child who is (i)  under  age
15        19,  or  (ii)  enrolled  as  a  full-time  student  in an
16        accredited school, financially  dependent  upon  the  TRS
17        benefit  recipient,  eligible as a dependent for Illinois
18        State income tax purposes, and either is under age 24  or
19        was,  on  January  1,  1996, participating as a dependent
20        beneficiary in the health insurance program offered under
21        Article 16 of the Illinois Pension Code, or (iii) age  19
22        or  over  who  is  mentally  or physically handicapped as
23        defined in the Illinois Insurance Code.
24        (x)  "Military leave with pay  and  benefits"  refers  to
25    individuals  in basic training for reserves, special/advanced
26    training, annual training, emergency call up,  or  activation
27    by  the  President of the United States with approved pay and
28    benefits.
29        (y)  "Military leave without pay and benefits" refers  to
30    individuals who enlist for active duty in a regular component
31    of  the  U.S.  Armed  Forces  or  other duty not specified or
32    authorized under military leave with pay and benefits.
33        (z)  "Community college benefit recipient" means a person
34    who:
                            -49-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (1)  is not a "member" as defined in  this  Section;
 2        and
 3             (2)  is  receiving  a  monthly survivor's annuity or
 4        retirement annuity  under  Article  15  of  the  Illinois
 5        Pension Code; and
 6             (3)  either  (i)  was  a  full-time  employee  of  a
 7        community college district or an association of community
 8        college boards created under the Public Community College
 9        Act  (other  than  an  employee whose last employer under
10        Article 15 of the Illinois Pension Code was  a  community
11        college  district  subject  to  Article VII of the Public
12        Community College Act) and was eligible to participate in
13        a group health benefit plan as  an  employee  during  the
14        time  of  employment  with  a  community college district
15        (other than  a  community  college  district  subject  to
16        Article  VII  of  the Public Community College Act) or an
17        association of community college boards, or (ii)  is  the
18        survivor of a person described in item (i).
19        (aa)  "Community  college  dependent beneficiary" means a
20    person who:
21             (1)  is not a "member" or "dependent" as defined  in
22        this Section; and
23             (2)  is a community college benefit recipient's: (A)
24        spouse,  (B)  dependent  parent who is receiving at least
25        half of his or her support  from  the  community  college
26        benefit  recipient,  or  (C) unmarried natural or adopted
27        child who is (i) under age 19,  or  (ii)  enrolled  as  a
28        full-time  student  in  an accredited school, financially
29        dependent upon the community college  benefit  recipient,
30        eligible  as  a  dependent  for Illinois State income tax
31        purposes and under age 23, or (iii) age 19  or  over  and
32        mentally  or  physically  handicapped  as  defined in the
33        Illinois Insurance Code.
34    (Source: P.A.  89-21,  eff.  6-21-95;  89-25,  eff.  6-21-95;
                            -50-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    89-76,  eff.  7-1-95;  89-324,  eff.  8-13-95;  89-430,  eff.
 2    12-15-95;  89-502,  eff. 7-1-96; 89-507, eff. 7-1-97; 89-628,
 3    eff. 8-9-96; 90-14, eff. 7-1-97; 90-65, eff. 7-7-97;  90-448,
 4    eff.  8-16-97;  90-497,  eff.  8-18-97; 90-511, eff. 8-22-97;
 5    revised 10-13-97.)
 6        (5 ILCS 375/6.9)
 7        Sec. 6.9. Health benefits for community  college  benefit
 8    recipients and community college dependent beneficiaries.
 9        (a)  Purpose.   It  is the purpose of this amendatory Act
10    of 1997 to establish a uniform program of health benefits for
11    community college  benefit  recipients  and  their  dependent
12    beneficiaries  under  the administration of the Department of
13    Central Management Services.
14        (b)  Creation of program.  Beginning July  1,  1999,  the
15    Department   of   Central   Management   Services   shall  be
16    responsible for administering a program  of  health  benefits
17    for   community  college  benefit  recipients  and  community
18    college dependent  beneficiaries  under  this  Section.   The
19    State  Universities  Retirement  System  and  the  boards  of
20    trustees  of  the  various  community college districts shall
21    cooperate with the Department in this endeavor.
22        (c)  Eligibility.    All   community   college    benefit
23    recipients  and  community  college  dependent  beneficiaries
24    shall  be  eligible to participate in the program established
25    under this Section, without  any  interruption  or  delay  in
26    coverage or limitation as to pre-existing medical conditions.
27    Eligibility  to  participate shall be determined by the State
28    Universities  Retirement  System.    Eligibility  information
29    shall be communicated to the Department of Central Management
30    Services in a format acceptable to the Department.
31        (d)  Coverage.   The  health  benefit  coverage  provided
32    under this Section shall be a program of health, dental,  and
33    vision benefits.
                            -51-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        The  program  of  health  benefits under this Section may
 2    include any or all of the benefit limitations, including  but
 3    not  limited  to a reduction in benefits based on eligibility
 4    for  federal  medicare  benefits,  that  are  provided  under
 5    subsection (a) of Section 6 of  this  Act  for  other  health
 6    benefit programs under this Act.
 7        (e)  Insurance  rates  and  premiums.  The Director shall
 8    determine the insurance  rates  and  premiums  for  community
 9    college  benefit  recipients  and community college dependent
10    beneficiaries.  Rates and premiums may be based  in  part  on
11    age  and  eligibility  for  federal  Medicare  coverage.  The
12    Director  shall  also  determine premiums that will allow for
13    the establishment of an actuarially sound  reserve  for  this
14    program.
15        The  cost  of  health benefits under the program shall be
16    paid as follows:
17             (1)  For a community college benefit  recipient,  up
18        to 75% of the total insurance rate shall be paid from the
19        Community College Health Insurance Security Fund.
20             (2)  The balance of the rate of insurance, including
21        the entire premium for any coverage for community college
22        dependent  beneficiaries  that has been elected, shall be
23        paid by deductions authorized by  the  community  college
24        benefit  recipient to be withheld from his or her monthly
25        annuity or benefit payment from  the  State  Universities
26        Retirement  System; except that (i) if the balance of the
27        cost of  coverage  exceeds  the  amount  of  the  monthly
28        annuity  or benefit payment, the difference shall be paid
29        directly to the State Universities Retirement  System  by
30        the  community college benefit recipient, and (ii) all or
31        part of the balance of the cost of coverage may,  at  the
32        option  of the board of trustees of the community college
33        district, be paid to the  State  Universities  Retirement
34        System  by  the  board  of the community college district
                            -52-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        from  which  the  community  college  benefit   recipient
 2        retired.   The State Universities Retirement System shall
 3        promptly deposit all moneys withheld by  or  paid  to  it
 4        under  this subdivision (e)(2) into the Community College
 5        Health Insurance Security Fund.  These moneys  shall  not
 6        be considered assets of the State Universities Retirement
 7        System.
 8        (f)  Financing.     All   revenues   arising   from   the
 9    administration of  the  health  benefit  program  established
10    under  this  Section  shall  be  deposited into the Community
11    College Health  Insurance  Security  Fund,  which  is  hereby
12    created  as  a  nonappropriated trust fund to be held outside
13    the State Treasury, with the State  Treasurer  as  custodian.
14    Any interest earned on moneys in the Community College Health
15    Insurance Security Fund shall be deposited into the Fund.
16        Moneys in the Community College Health Insurance Security
17    Fund  shall  be  used  only  to  pay  the costs of the health
18    benefit program established  under  this  Section,  including
19    associated  administrative  costs  and the establishment of a
20    program reserve.  Beginning January 1, 1999,  the  Department
21    of Central Management Services may make expenditures from the
22    Community  College  Health  Insurance Security Fund for those
23    costs.
24        (g)  Contract  for  benefits.   The  Director  shall   by
25    contract,  self-insurance,  or  otherwise  make available the
26    program of health  benefits  for  community  college  benefit
27    recipients    and    their    community   college   dependent
28    beneficiaries that is provided  for  in  this  Section.   The
29    contract  or  other  arrangement  for  the provision of these
30    health benefits shall be on terms deemed by the  Director  to
31    be  in  the  best  interest  of the State of Illinois and the
32    community  college  benefit  recipients  based  on,  but  not
33    limited to, such criteria  as  administrative  cost,  service
34    capabilities  of  the  carrier  or  other contractor, and the
                            -53-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    costs of the benefits.
 2        (h)  Continuation of program.  It is the intention of the
 3    General Assembly that the program of health benefits provided
 4    under this Section be maintained on  an  ongoing,  affordable
 5    basis.   The  program  of health benefits provided under this
 6    Section may be amended by the State and is not intended to be
 7    a pension or retirement benefit subject to  protection  under
 8    Article XIII, Section 5 of the Illinois Constitution.
 9        (i)  Other  health  benefit plans.  A health benefit plan
10    provided by  a  community  college  district  (other  than  a
11    community  college  district  subject  to  Article VII of the
12    Public Community College Act) under the terms of a collective
13    bargaining agreement in effect on or prior to  the  effective
14    date  of  this amendatory Act of 1997 shall continue in force
15    according to the terms of that  agreement,  unless  otherwise
16    mutually  agreed  by  the  parties  to that agreement and the
17    affected retiree.  A community college benefit  recipient  or
18    community  college dependent beneficiary whose coverage under
19    such a plan expires shall be eligible to begin  participating
20    in  the  program  established  under this Section without any
21    interruption  or  delay  in  coverage  or  limitation  as  to
22    pre-existing medical conditions.
23        This Act does not prohibit any community college district
24    from offering additional health benefits for its retirees  or
25    their dependents or survivors.
26    (Source: P.A. 90-497, eff. 8-18-97; revised 11-10-97.)
27        (5 ILCS 375/6.11)
28        Sec.  6.11.  6.9.  Required health benefits.  The program
29    of health benefits shall  provide  the  post-mastectomy  care
30    benefits  required  to be covered by a policy of accident and
31    health insurance under Section 356t of the Illinois Insurance
32    Code.  The program  of  health  benefits  shall  provide  the
33    coverage   required   under  Section  356u  of  the  Illinois
                            -54-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Insurance Code.
 2    (Source: P.A. 90-7, eff. 6-10-97; revised 11-10-97.)
 3        (5 ILCS 375/10) (from Ch. 127, par. 530)
 4        Sec. 10. Payments by State; premiums.
 5        (a)  The   State   shall   pay   the   cost   of    basic
 6    non-contributory  group life insurance and, subject to member
 7    paid contributions set by the Department or required by  this
 8    Section,  the  basic program of group health benefits on each
 9    eligible member, except a member, not  otherwise  covered  by
10    this  Act,  who  has  retired as a participating member under
11    Article 2 of the Illinois Pension Code but is ineligible  for
12    the  retirement  annuity  under Section 2-119 of the Illinois
13    Pension Code, and part of each eligible member's and  retired
14    member's  premiums for health insurance coverage for enrolled
15    dependents as provided by Section 9.  The State shall pay the
16    cost of the basic program of group health benefits only after
17    benefits are reduced by the amount  of  benefits  covered  by
18    Medicare  for all retired members and retired dependents aged
19    65 years or older who are entitled to benefits  under  Social
20    Security  or  the  Railroad  Retirement  system  or  who  had
21    sufficient Medicare-covered government employment except that
22    such  reduction in benefits shall apply only to those retired
23    members or retired dependents who (1) first  become  eligible
24    for  such  Medicare coverage on or after July 1, 1992; or (2)
25    remain eligible for, but no longer receive Medicare  coverage
26    which  they  had been receiving on or after July 1, 1992. The
27    Department may determine the aggregate level of  the  State's
28    contribution  on the basis of actual cost of medical services
29    adjusted for age, sex  or  geographic  or  other  demographic
30    characteristics which affect the costs of such programs.
31        (a-1)  Beginning  January  1,  1998,  for each person who
32    becomes a new SERS annuitant and participates  in  the  basic
33    program  of group health benefits, the State shall contribute
                            -55-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    toward the cost of the annuitant's coverage under  the  basic
 2    program  of  group  health  benefits an amount equal to 5% of
 3    that cost for each full year of creditable service upon which
 4    the annuitant's retirement annuity is based, up to a  maximum
 5    of  100% for an annuitant with 20 or more years of creditable
 6    service.  The remainder of the cost of a new SERS annuitant's
 7    coverage under the basic program  of  group  health  benefits
 8    shall be the responsibility of the annuitant.
 9        (a-2)  Beginning  January  1,  1998,  for each person who
10    becomes a new SERS survivor and  participates  in  the  basic
11    program  of group health benefits, the State shall contribute
12    toward the cost of the survivor's coverage  under  the  basic
13    program  of  group  health  benefits an amount equal to 5% of
14    that cost for each full year of the  deceased  employee's  or
15    deceased   annuitant's   creditable   service  in  the  State
16    Employees' Retirement System  of  Illinois  on  the  date  of
17    death,  up to a maximum of 100% for a survivor of an employee
18    or annuitant with 20 or more  years  of  creditable  service.
19    The remainder of the cost of the new SERS survivor's coverage
20    under the basic program of group health benefits shall be the
21    responsibility of the survivor.
22        (a-3)  Beginning  January  1,  1998,  for each person who
23    becomes a new SURS annuitant and participates  in  the  basic
24    program  of group health benefits, the State shall contribute
25    toward the cost of the annuitant's coverage under  the  basic
26    program  of  group  health  benefits an amount equal to 5% of
27    that cost for each full year of creditable service upon which
28    the annuitant's retirement annuity is based, up to a  maximum
29    of  100% for an annuitant with 20 or more years of creditable
30    service.  The remainder of the cost of a new SURS annuitant's
31    coverage under the basic program  of  group  health  benefits
32    shall be the responsibility of the annuitant.
33        (a-4)  Beginning  January  1,  1998,  for each person who
34    becomes a new SURS retired employee and participates  in  the
                            -56-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    basic  program  of  group  health  benefits,  the State shall
 2    contribute toward the cost of the retired employee's coverage
 3    under the basic program of group health  benefits  an  amount
 4    equal  to 5% of that cost for each full year that the retired
 5    employee was an employee as defined in Section  3,  up  to  a
 6    maximum  of  100%  for a retired employee who was an employee
 7    for 20 or more years.  The remainder of the  cost  of  a  new
 8    SURS  retired  employee's coverage under the basic program of
 9    group health benefits shall  be  the  responsibility  of  the
10    retired employee.
11        (a-5)  Beginning  January  1,  1998,  for each person who
12    becomes a new SURS survivor and  participates  in  the  basic
13    program  of group health benefits, the State shall contribute
14    toward the cost of the survivor's coverage  under  the  basic
15    program  of  group  health  benefits an amount equal to 5% of
16    that cost for each full year of the  deceased  employee's  or
17    deceased   annuitant's   creditable   service  in  the  State
18    Universities Employees' Retirement System of Illinois on  the
19    date  of  death, up to a maximum of 100% for a survivor of an
20    employee or annuitant with 20 or  more  years  of  creditable
21    service.    The  remainder  of  the  cost  of  the  new  SURS
22    survivor's coverage under the basic program of  group  health
23    benefits shall be the responsibility of the survivor.
24        (a-6)  A  new SERS annuitant, new SERS survivor, new SURS
25    annuitant, new SURS retired employee, or  new  SURS  survivor
26    may  waive  or  terminate  coverage  in  the program of group
27    health benefits.  Any such annuitant,  survivor,  or  retired
28    employee  who has waived or terminated coverage may enroll or
29    re-enroll in the program of group health benefits only during
30    the annual  benefit  choice  period,  as  determined  by  the
31    Director; except that in the event of termination of coverage
32    due  to  nonpayment  of premiums, the annuitant, survivor, or
33    retired employee may not re-enroll in the program.
34        (a-7) No later than May 1  of  each  calendar  year,  the
                            -57-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Director  of  Central  Management  Services  shall certify in
 2    writing to the Executive Secretary of  the  State  Employees'
 3    Employee's  Retirement  System of Illinois the amounts of the
 4    Medicare supplement health care premiums and the  amounts  of
 5    the  health  care premiums for all other retirees who are not
 6    Medicare eligible.
 7        A separate calculation of the  premiums  based  upon  the
 8    actual cost of each health care plan shall be so certified.
 9        The Director of Central Management Services shall provide
10    to the Executive Secretary of the State Employees' Employee's
11    Retirement  System  of Illinois such information, statistics,
12    and other data as he or she he/she may require to review  the
13    premium   amounts   certified  by  the  Director  of  Central
14    Management Services.
15        (b)  State employees who become eligible for this program
16    on or after January 1, 1980 in positions, normally  requiring
17    actual performance of duty not less than 1/2 of a normal work
18    period  but  not equal to that of a normal work period, shall
19    be  given  the  option  of  participating  in  the  available
20    program.  If the employee elects coverage,  the  State  shall
21    contribute  on  behalf  of  such  employee to the cost of the
22    employee's benefit and any applicable  dependent  supplement,
23    that  sum  which bears the same percentage as that percentage
24    of time the employee regularly works when compared to  normal
25    work period.
26        (c)  The  basic  non-contributory coverage from the basic
27    program of group health benefits shall be continued for  each
28    employee  not in pay status or on active service by reason of
29    (1) leave of absence due to illness or injury, (2) authorized
30    educational leave of absence  or  sabbatical  leave,  or  (3)
31    military  leave  with  pay  and benefits. This coverage shall
32    continue until expiration of authorized leave and  return  to
33    active  service, but not to exceed 24 months for leaves under
34    item (1) or (2). This 24-month limitation and the requirement
                            -58-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of returning to active service shall  not  apply  to  persons
 2    receiving  ordinary  or  accidental  disability  benefits  or
 3    retirement  benefits through the appropriate State retirement
 4    system  or  benefits  under  the  Workers'  Compensation   or
 5    Occupational Disease Act.
 6        (d)  The   basic  group  life  insurance  coverage  shall
 7    continue, with full State contribution, where such person  is
 8    (1)  absent  from  active  service  by  reason  of disability
 9    arising from any cause  other  than  self-inflicted,  (2)  on
10    authorized  educational leave of absence or sabbatical leave,
11    or (3) on military leave with pay and benefits.
12        (e)  Where the person is in non-pay status for  a  period
13    in  excess  of  30 days or on leave of absence, other than by
14    reason of disability, educational  or  sabbatical  leave,  or
15    military  leave  with  pay  and  benefits,  such  person  may
16    continue  coverage  only  by making personal payment equal to
17    the amount normally contributed by the State on such person's
18    behalf. Such payments and  coverage  may  be  continued:  (1)
19    until  such  time  as the person returns to a status eligible
20    for coverage at State expense, but not to exceed  24  months,
21    (2)  until  such person's employment or annuitant status with
22    the State is terminated, or (3) for a  maximum  period  of  4
23    years for members on military leave with pay and benefits and
24    military  leave  without  pay  and benefits (exclusive of any
25    additional service imposed pursuant to law).
26        (f)  The Department shall  establish by rule  the  extent
27    to which other employee benefits will continue for persons in
28    non-pay status or who are not in active service.
29        (g)  The  State  shall  not  pay  the  cost  of the basic
30    non-contributory group  life  insurance,  program  of  health
31    benefits  and  other  employee  benefits  for members who are
32    survivors as defined by paragraphs (1) and (2) of  subsection
33    (q)  of  Section  3  of  this Act.  The costs of benefits for
34    these survivors shall be paid by  the  survivors  or  by  the
                            -59-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    University  of Illinois Cooperative Extension Service, or any
 2    combination thereof.
 3        (h)  Those   persons   occupying   positions   with   any
 4    department as a result of emergency appointments pursuant  to
 5    Section  8b.8  of  the  Personnel Code who are not considered
 6    employees under  this  Act  shall  be  given  the  option  of
 7    participating in the programs of group life insurance, health
 8    benefits  and other employee benefits.  Such persons electing
 9    coverage may participate only by making payment equal to  the
10    amount  normally  contributed  by  the  State  for  similarly
11    situated  employees.  Such amounts shall be determined by the
12    Director.  Such payments and coverage may be continued  until
13    such  time as the person becomes an employee pursuant to this
14    Act or such person's appointment is terminated.
15        (i)  Any unit of local government  within  the  State  of
16    Illinois  may  apply  to  the Director to have its employees,
17    annuitants,  and  their  dependents  provided  group   health
18    coverage   under   this  Act  on  a  non-insured  basis.   To
19    participate, a unit of local government must agree to  enroll
20    all  of  its  employees, who may select coverage under either
21    the State group health insurance plan or a health maintenance
22    organization  that  has  contracted  with  the  State  to  be
23    available as a health care provider for employees as  defined
24    in  this  Act.   A  unit  of  local government must remit the
25    entire cost of  providing  coverage  under  the  State  group
26    health  insurance  plan  or,  for  coverage  under  a  health
27    maintenance   organization,   an  amount  determined  by  the
28    Director based on an analysis of  the  sex,  age,  geographic
29    location,  or  other  relevant  demographic variables for its
30    employees, except that the unit of local government shall not
31    be required to enroll those of its employees who are  covered
32    spouses or dependents under this plan or another group policy
33    or   plan  providing  health  benefits  as  long  as  (1)  an
34    appropriate  official  from  the  unit  of  local  government
                            -60-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    attests that each employee not enrolled is a  covered  spouse
 2    or dependent under this plan or another group policy or plan,
 3    and  (2)  at  least 85% of the employees are enrolled and the
 4    unit of local government remits the entire cost of  providing
 5    coverage  to  those  employees.  Employees of a participating
 6    unit of local government who are not enrolled due to coverage
 7    under another group health policy or plan  may  enroll  at  a
 8    later  date subject to submission of satisfactory evidence of
 9    insurability and provided that no benefits shall  be  payable
10    for  services  incurred during the first 6 months of coverage
11    to the extent  the  services  are   in  connection  with  any
12    pre-existing   condition.   A  participating  unit  of  local
13    government may also elect to cover its annuitants.  Dependent
14    coverage shall be offered on  an  optional  basis,  with  the
15    costs paid by the unit of local government, its employees, or
16    some  combination  of  the  two  as determined by the unit of
17    local government.  The unit  of  local  government  shall  be
18    responsible   for   timely  collection  and  transmission  of
19    dependent premiums.
20        The Director shall annually determine  monthly  rates  of
21    payment, subject to the following constraints:
22             (1)  In  the first year of coverage, the rates shall
23        be  equal  to  the  amount  normally  charged  to   State
24        employees  for elected optional coverages or for enrolled
25        dependents coverages or other contributory coverages,  or
26        contributed by the State for basic insurance coverages on
27        behalf of its employees, adjusted for differences between
28        State  employees and employees of the local government in
29        age,  sex,  geographic   location   or   other   relevant
30        demographic  variables,  plus an amount sufficient to pay
31        for the  additional  administrative  costs  of  providing
32        coverage to employees of the unit of local government and
33        their dependents.
34             (2)  In subsequent years, a further adjustment shall
                            -61-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        be  made  to  reflect  the  actual  prior  years'  claims
 2        experience   of  the  employees  of  the  unit  of  local
 3        government.
 4        In the case of coverage  of  local  government  employees
 5    under  a  health maintenance organization, the Director shall
 6    annually determine  for  each  participating  unit  of  local
 7    government the maximum monthly amount the unit may contribute
 8    toward  that  coverage,  based on an analysis of (i) the age,
 9    sex, geographic  location,  and  other  relevant  demographic
10    variables  of the unit's employees and (ii) the cost to cover
11    those employees under the State group health insurance  plan.
12    The  Director  may  similarly  determine  the maximum monthly
13    amount each unit of local government  may  contribute  toward
14    coverage   of   its  employees'  dependents  under  a  health
15    maintenance organization.
16        Monthly payments by the unit of local government  or  its
17    employees  for  group  health insurance or health maintenance
18    organization  coverage  shall  be  deposited  in  the   Local
19    Government   Health   Insurance   Reserve  Fund.   The  Local
20    Government  Health  Insurance  Reserve  Fund   shall   be   a
21    continuing  fund not subject to fiscal year limitations.  All
22    expenditures from this fund shall be used  for  payments  for
23    health  care benefits for local government and rehabilitation
24    facility  employees,  annuitants,  and  dependents,  and   to
25    reimburse   the  Department  or  its  administrative  service
26    organization for all expenses incurred in the  administration
27    of  benefits.   No  other  State  funds may be used for these
28    purposes.
29        A local government employer's participation or desire  to
30    participate  in a program created under this subsection shall
31    not  limit  that  employer's  duty  to   bargain   with   the
32    representative  of  any  collective  bargaining  unit  of its
33    employees.
34        (j)  Any rehabilitation  facility  within  the  State  of
                            -62-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Illinois  may  apply  to  the Director to have its employees,
 2    annuitants,  and  their  dependents  provided  group   health
 3    coverage   under   this   Act  on  a  non-insured  basis.  To
 4    participate, a rehabilitation facility must agree  to  enroll
 5    all  of  its employees and remit the entire cost of providing
 6    such  coverage   for   its   employees,   except   that   the
 7    rehabilitation facility shall not be required to enroll those
 8    of  its employees who are covered spouses or dependents under
 9    this plan or another group policy or  plan  providing  health
10    benefits  as  long  as  (1)  an appropriate official from the
11    rehabilitation  facility  attests  that  each  employee   not
12    enrolled  is a covered spouse or dependent under this plan or
13    another group policy or plan, and (2) at  least  85%  of  the
14    employees are enrolled and the rehabilitation facility remits
15    the  entire  cost  of  providing coverage to those employees.
16    Employees of a participating rehabilitation facility who  are
17    not  enrolled  due  to  coverage  under  another group health
18    policy or  plan  may  enroll  at  a  later  date  subject  to
19    submission  of  satisfactory  evidence  of  insurability  and
20    provided  that  no  benefits  shall  be  payable for services
21    incurred during the first 6 months of coverage to the  extent
22    the   services   are  in  connection  with  any  pre-existing
23    condition. A participating rehabilitation facility  may  also
24    elect  to  cover  its annuitants. Dependent coverage shall be
25    offered on an optional basis, with  the  costs  paid  by  the
26    rehabilitation  facility,  its employees, or some combination
27    of the 2 as determined by the  rehabilitation  facility.  The
28    rehabilitation  facility  shall  be  responsible  for  timely
29    collection and transmission of dependent premiums.
30        The  Director shall annually determine quarterly rates of
31    payment, subject to the following constraints:
32             (1)  In the first year of coverage, the rates  shall
33        be   equal  to  the  amount  normally  charged  to  State
34        employees for elected optional coverages or for  enrolled
                            -63-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        dependents  coverages  or other contributory coverages on
 2        behalf of its employees, adjusted for differences between
 3        State  employees  and  employees  of  the  rehabilitation
 4        facility  in  age,  sex,  geographic  location  or  other
 5        relevant demographic variables, plus an amount sufficient
 6        to  pay  for  the  additional  administrative  costs   of
 7        providing  coverage  to  employees  of the rehabilitation
 8        facility and their dependents.
 9             (2)  In subsequent years, a further adjustment shall
10        be  made  to  reflect  the  actual  prior  years'  claims
11        experience  of  the  employees  of   the   rehabilitation
12        facility.
13        Monthly  payments  by  the rehabilitation facility or its
14    employees for group health insurance shall  be  deposited  in
15    the Local Government Health Insurance Reserve Fund.
16        (k)  Any  domestic violence shelter or service within the
17    State of Illinois may apply  to  the  Director  to  have  its
18    employees,  annuitants,  and  their dependents provided group
19    health coverage under this Act on a  non-insured  basis.   To
20    participate,  a  domestic  violence  shelter  or service must
21    agree to enroll all of its employees and pay the entire  cost
22    of   providing   such   coverage   for   its   employees.   A
23    participating domestic violence shelter  may  also  elect  to
24    cover its annuitants.  Dependent coverage shall be offered on
25    an optional basis, with employees, or some combination of the
26    2  as determined by the domestic violence shelter or service.
27    The domestic violence shelter or service shall be responsible
28    for timely collection and transmission of dependent premiums.
29        The Director shall annually determine quarterly rates  of
30    payment, subject to the following constraints:
31             (1)  In  the first year of coverage, the rates shall
32        be  equal  to  the  amount  normally  charged  to   State
33        employees  for elected optional coverages or for enrolled
34        dependents coverages or other contributory  coverages  on
                            -64-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        behalf of its employees, adjusted for differences between
 2        State  employees  and  employees of the domestic violence
 3        shelter or service in age, sex,  geographic  location  or
 4        other  relevant  demographic  variables,  plus  an amount
 5        sufficient to pay for the additional administrative costs
 6        of  providing  coverage  to  employees  of  the  domestic
 7        violence shelter or service and their dependents.
 8             (2)  In subsequent years, a further adjustment shall
 9        be  made  to  reflect  the  actual  prior  years'  claims
10        experience of the  employees  of  the  domestic  violence
11        shelter or service.
12             (3)  In  no  case  shall  the  rate be less than the
13        amount normally charged to State employees or contributed
14        by the State on behalf of its employees.
15        Monthly payments by  the  domestic  violence  shelter  or
16    service  or its employees for group health insurance shall be
17    deposited in the Local Government  Health  Insurance  Reserve
18    Fund.
19        (l)  A  public  community  college  or  entity  organized
20    pursuant to the Public Community College Act may apply to the
21    Director  initially to have only annuitants not covered prior
22    to July 1, 1992 by the district's health plan provided health
23    coverage  under  this  Act  on  a  non-insured  basis.    The
24    community   college   must   execute  a  2-year  contract  to
25    participate in  the  Local  Government  Health  Plan.   Those
26    annuitants  enrolled initially under this contract shall have
27    no benefits payable for services incurred during the first  6
28    months  of  coverage  to  the  extent  the  services  are  in
29    connection  with  any  pre-existing condition.  Any annuitant
30    who may enroll after this initial enrollment period shall  be
31    subject   to   submission   of   satisfactory   evidence   of
32    insurability and to the pre-existing conditions limitation.
33        The  Director  shall  annually determine monthly rates of
34    payment subject to  the  following  constraints:   for  those
                            -65-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    community  colleges with annuitants only enrolled, first year
 2    rates shall be equal to the average cost to cover claims  for
 3    a   State   member   adjusted   for   demographics,  Medicare
 4    participation, and other factors; and in the second  year,  a
 5    further  adjustment  of  rates  shall  be made to reflect the
 6    actual  first  year's  claims  experience  of   the   covered
 7    annuitants.
 8        (m)  The  Director shall adopt any rules deemed necessary
 9    for implementation of this amendatory Act of 1989 (Public Act
10    86-978).
11    (Source:  P.A.  89-53,  eff.  7-1-95;  89-236,  eff.  8-4-95;
12    89-324,  eff.  8-13-95;  89-626,  eff.  8-9-96;  90-65,  eff.
13    7-7-97; revised 1-13-98.)
14        Section 13.  The State Designations  Act  is  amended  by
15    changing Section 25 as follows:
16        (5 ILCS 460/25) (from Ch. 1, par. 2901-25)
17        Sec.  25.   State  mineral.  The mineral calcium fluoride
18    flouride,  commonly  called  "fluorite",  is  designated  the
19    official State mineral of the State of Illinois.
20    (Source: P.A. 87-273; revised 6-27-97.)
21        Section 14.  The Election Code  is  amended  by  changing
22    Sections 7-34, 16-4.1, 17-23, 20-13.1, and 23-6.1 as follows:
23        (10 ILCS 5/7-34) (from Ch. 46, par. 7-34)
24        Sec.  7-34.   Pollwatchers in a primary election shall be
25    authorized in the following manner:
26        (1)  Each established political party shall  be  entitled
27    to  appoint  one pollwatcher per precinct.  Such pollwatchers
28    must be affiliated with the political party  for  which  they
29    are  pollwatching.   For  all  primary  elections,  except as
30    provided  in  subsection  (5),  such  pollwatchers  must   be
                            -66-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    registered  to  vote  from a residence in the county in which
 2    they are pollwatching.
 3        (2)  Each candidate shall  be  entitled  to  appoint  two
 4    pollwatchers  per  precinct.   For Federal, State, and county
 5    primary elections, one pollwatcher must be registered to vote
 6    from a residence in the county in which he  is  pollwatching.
 7    The  second  pollwatcher  must  be  registered to vote from a
 8    residence  in  the  precinct  or  ward   in   which   he   is
 9    pollwatching.   For township and municipal primary elections,
10    one pollwatcher must be registered to vote from  a  residence
11    in  the  county  in  which  he  is  pollwatching.  The second
12    pollwatcher must be registered to vote from  a  residence  in
13    the precinct or ward in which he is pollwatching.
14        (3)  Each  organization  of citizens within the county or
15    political  subdivision,  which  has  among  its  purposes  or
16    interests  the  investigation  or  prosecution  of   election
17    frauds,  and which shall have registered its name and address
18    and the names and addresses of its  principal  officers  with
19    the  proper  election  authority  at least 40 days before the
20    primary  election,  shall  be   entitled   to   appoint   one
21    pollwatcher  per precinct.  For all primary elections, except
22    as provided in  subsection  (5),  such  pollwatcher  must  be
23    registered to vote from a residence in the county in which he
24    is pollwatching.
25        (4)  Each organized group of proponents or opponents of a
26    ballot  proposition, which shall have registered the name and
27    address of its organization or committee  and  the  name  and
28    address of its chairman with the proper election authority at
29    least  40 days before the primary election, shall be entitled
30    to appoint one pollwatcher per precinct.  Except as  provided
31    in  subsection  (5),  such  pollwatcher must be registered to
32    vote from a residence in  the  county  in  which  the  ballot
33    proposition is being voted upon.
34        (5)  In  any primary election held to nominate candidates
                            -67-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    for the offices of a  municipality  of  less  than  3,000,000
 2    population  that  is  situated  in  2  or  more  counties,  a
 3    pollwatcher  who  is a resident of a county in which any part
 4    of the municipality is situated shall be eligible to serve as
 5    a pollwatcher  in  any  polling  place  located  within  such
 6    municipality,   provided   that  such  pollwatcher  otherwise
 7    complies with the respective requirements of subsections  (1)
 8    through  (4)  of this Section and is a registered voter whose
 9    residence is within the municipality.
10        All  pollwatchers  shall  be  required  to  have   proper
11    credentials.  Such credentials shall be printed in sufficient
12    quantities,  shall  be  issued  by  and  under  the facsimile
13    signature(s) of the election authority and shall be available
14    for distribution at least 2  weeks  prior  to  the  election.
15    Such credentials shall be authorized by the real or facsimile
16    signature  of  the  State  or  local  party  official  or the
17    candidate or the presiding officer of the civic  organization
18    or  the  chairman  of the proponent or opponent group, as the
19    case may be.
20        Pollwatcher credentials shall  be  in  substantially  the
21    following form:
22                       POLLWATCHER CREDENTIALS
23    TO THE JUDGES OF ELECTION:
24        In accordance  with  the provisions of the Election Code,
25    the   undersigned   hereby   appoints  ...........  (name  of
26    pollwatcher)  at  ..........  (address)  in  the  county   of
27    ...........,   ..........   (township   or  municipality)  of
28    ...........  (name),  State  of  Illinois  and  who  is  duly
29    registered  to  vote  from  this  address,  to   act   as   a
30    pollwatcher  in  the  ...........  precinct of the ..........
31    ward  (if  applicable)  of  the  ...........   (township   or
32    municipality)  of  ........... at the ........... election to
33    be held on ..........., 19.. (date).
34    ........................  (Signature of Appointing Authority)
                            -68-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    ........................  TITLE  (party official,  candidate,
 2                                    civic organization president,
 3                            proponent or opponent group chairman)
 4        Under penalties provided by law pursuant to Section 29-10
 5    of the Election Code, the undersigned  pollwatcher  certifies
 6    that  he  or  she  resides at .............. (address) in the
 7    county of ........., ......... (township or municipality)  of
 8    ..........  (name), State of Illinois, and is duly registered
 9    to vote from that address.
10    ...........................        ..........................
11    (Precinct and/or Ward in           (Signature of Pollwatcher)
12    Which Pollwatcher Resides)
13        Pollwatchers must present their credentials to the Judges
14    of Election upon entering  the  polling  place.   Pollwatcher
15    credentials  properly  executed  and signed shall be proof of
16    the qualifications of  the  pollwatcher  authorized  thereby.
17    Such  credentials  are retained by the Judges and returned to
18    the Election Authority at the end of the day of election with
19    the  other  election  materials.   Once  a  pollwatcher   has
20    surrendered  a valid credential, he may leave and reenter the
21    polling place provided that such continuing action  does  not
22    disrupt  the  conduct  of  the  election. Pollwatchers may be
23    substituted during the course of  the  day,  but  established
24    political  parties, candidates, qualified civic organizations
25    and proponents and opponents of a ballot proposition can have
26    only as many pollwatchers at any given time as are authorized
27    in this  Article.   A  substitute  must  present  his  signed
28    credential  to  the  judges  of  election  upon  entering the
29    polling  place.   Election   authorities   must   provide   a
30    sufficient number of credentials to allow for substitution of
31    pollwatchers. After the polls have closed, pollwatchers shall
32    be allowed to remain until the canvass of votes is completed;
33    but  may  leave  and  reenter  only  in  cases  of necessity,
34    provided that such action is not so continuous as to  disrupt
                            -69-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the canvass of votes.
 2        Candidates  seeking  office in a district or municipality
 3    encompassing 2 or more counties shall be admitted to any  and
 4    all  polling  places throughout such district or municipality
 5    without regard to the counties in which such  candidates  are
 6    registered  to  vote.   Actions  of  such candidates shall be
 7    governed in each polling place by  the  same  privileges  and
 8    limitations  that  apply  to pollwatchers as provided in this
 9    Section.  Any such candidate who engages in an activity in  a
10    polling  place  which  could  reasonably  be  construed  by a
11    majority of the judges of election as campaign activity shall
12    be removed forthwith from such polling place.
13        Candidates seeking office in a district  or  municipality
14    encompassing  2 or more counties who desire to be admitted to
15    polling  places  on  election  day  in   such   district   or
16    municipality  shall  be  required to have proper credentials.
17    Such credentials shall be printed in  sufficient  quantities,
18    shall   be  issued  by  and  under  the  facsimile  fascimile
19    signature  of  the  election  authority   of   the   election
20    jurisdiction  where  the polling place in which the candidate
21    seeks admittance is  located,  and  shall  be  available  for
22    distribution  at  least  2 weeks prior to the election.  Such
23    credentials shall be signed by the candidate.
24        Candidate  credentials  shall  be  in  substantially  the
25    following form:
26                        CANDIDATE CREDENTIALS
27        TO THE JUDGES OF ELECTION:
28        In accordance with the provisions of the Election Code, I
29    ...... (name  of  candidate)  hereby  certify  that  I  am  a
30    candidate for ....... (name of office) and seek admittance to
31    .......  precinct  of the ....... ward (if applicable) of the
32    ....... (township or municipality) of ....... at the  .......
33    election to be held on ...., 19.... (date).
34    .........................             .......................
                            -70-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    (Signature of Candidate)              OFFICE FOR WHICH
 2                                          CANDIDATE SEEKS
 3                                          NOMINATION OR
 4                                          ELECTION
 5        Pollwatchers   shall   be   permitted   to   observe  all
 6    proceedings relating to the conduct of the  election  and  to
 7    station  themselves  in a position in the voting room as will
 8    enable them  to  observe  the  judges  making  the  signature
 9    comparison  between  the  voter  application  and  the  voter
10    registration   record  card;  provided,  however,  that  such
11    pollwatchers shall not be permitted to station themselves  in
12    such  close  proximity  to  the  judges  of election so as to
13    interfere with the orderly conduct of the election and  shall
14    not, in any event, be permitted to handle election materials.
15    Pollwatchers    may    challenge   for   cause   the   voting
16    qualifications of a person offering to vote and may  call  to
17    the  attention  of  the  judges  of  election  any  incorrect
18    procedure or apparent violations of this Code.
19        If  a  majority  of the judges of election determine that
20    the  polling  place   has   become   too   overcrowded   with
21    pollwatchers  so  as to interfere with the orderly conduct of
22    the  election,  the  judges  shall,  by   lot,   limit   such
23    pollwatchers   to  a  reasonable  number,  except  that  each
24    candidate and each established or new political  party  shall
25    be permitted to have at least one pollwatcher present.
26        Representatives  of an election authority, with regard to
27    an election under  its  jurisdiction,;  the  State  Board  of
28    Elections,  and  law  enforcement agencies, including but not
29    limited to a United States Attorney, a State's attorney,  the
30    Attorney  General,  and  a  State,  county,  or  local police
31    department, in the performance  of  their  official  election
32    duties,  shall  be permitted at all times to enter and remain
33    in the polling place.  Upon entering the polling place,  such
34    representatives  shall  display their official credentials or
                            -71-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    other identification to the judges of election.
 2        Uniformed police officers assigned to polling place  duty
 3    shall  follow  all  lawful  instructions  of  the  judges  of
 4    election.
 5        The  provisions  of  this  Section  shall  also  apply to
 6    supervised casting of absentee ballots as provided in Section
 7    19-12.2 of this Act.
 8    (Source: P.A. 86-867; revised 8-7-97.)
 9        (10 ILCS 5/16-4.1) (from Ch. 46, par. 16-4.1)
10        Sec.  16-4.1.   Ballots;  Form;  Consolidated  Elections.
11    This Section shall apply only  to  the  consolidated  primary
12    election,  and the consolidated election, except as otherwise
13    expressly provided herein.
14        The ballot for the nomination or election of officers  of
15    each  political  subdivision  shall  be considered a separate
16    ballot, and candidates for  such  offices  shall  be  grouped
17    together.   Where  paper  ballots  are  used,  the  names  of
18    candidates  for  nomination  or  election  to  more  than one
19    political subdivision may be contained on  a  common  ballot,
20    provided  that  such  ballot  clearly indicates and separates
21    each political subdivision from which such officers are to be
22    nominated or elected.
23        At the  consolidated  election,  the  ballot  for  school
24    district  offices  shall  precede  the  ballot  for community
25    college district offices, and thereafter the ballot order  of
26    the  political subdivision officers to be elected shall be as
27    determined by the election authority.  In the case of  school
28    districts other than community consolidated school districts,
29    the ballot for non-high school district offices shall precede
30    the ballot for high school district offices.
31        At  the  consolidated  primary  and  at  the consolidated
32    election, the ballot for nomination or election of  municipal
33    officers  shall precede the ballot for township officers.  At
                            -72-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the consolidated election, following the ballot for municipal
 2    and township offices shall be the ballots for  park  district
 3    and  library  district  offices, following which shall be the
 4    ballots for other political subdivision offices in the  order
 5    determined by the election authority.
 6        The  election  authority,  in  determining  the  order of
 7    ballot placement for offices of political subdivisions  whose
 8    ballot placement is not specified in this Section, shall give
 9    due  regard  to the clarity of the ballot presentation to the
10    voters, cost and administrative ease, and the requirement  to
11    provide separate ballot formats within precincts in which the
12    electors  are  not  entitled  to vote for the same offices or
13    propositions.  At the  request  of  a  political  subdivision
14    which  extends  into more than one election jurisdiction, the
15    election authority shall endeavor to coordinate placement and
16    color of the ballot  for  such  subdivision  with  the  other
17    election  authorities  responsible  for preparing ballots for
18    such  subdivision  election.   The  election  authority   may
19    conduct  a lottery to determine the order of ballot placement
20    of political subdivision ballots  where  such  order  is  not
21    specified  in  this  Section.   Such lottery may be conducted
22    jointly by two or more election authorities.
23    (Source: P.A. 89-700,  eff.  1-17-97;  90-358,  eff.  1-1-98;
24    revised 11-13-97.)
25        (10 ILCS 5/17-23) (from Ch. 46, par. 17-23)
26        Sec.  17-23.  Pollwatchers in a general election shall be
27    authorized in the following manner:
28        (1)  Each established political party shall  be  entitled
29    to  appoint two pollwatchers per precinct.  Such pollwatchers
30    must be affiliated with the political party  for  which  they
31    are  pollwatching.   For all elections, except as provided in
32    subsection (4), one pollwatcher must be  registered  to  vote
33    from  a  residence in the county in which he is pollwatching.
                            -73-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    The second pollwatcher must be  registered  to  vote  from  a
 2    residence   in   the   precinct   or  ward  in  which  he  is
 3    pollwatching.
 4        (2)  Each candidate shall  be  entitled  to  appoint  two
 5    pollwatchers   per   precinct.    For   all   elections,  one
 6    pollwatcher must be registered to vote from  a  residence  in
 7    the   county   in  which  he  is  pollwatching.   The  second
 8    pollwatcher must be registered to vote from  a  residence  in
 9    the precinct or ward in which he is pollwatching.
10        (3)  Each  organization  of citizens within the county or
11    political  subdivision,  which  has  among  its  purposes  or
12    interests  the  investigation  or  prosecution  of   election
13    frauds,  and which shall have registered its name and address
14    and the name and addresses of its principal officers with the
15    proper  election  authority  at  least  40  days  before  the
16    election, shall be entitled to appoint  one  pollwatcher  per
17    precinct.   For  all  elections,  such  pollwatcher  must  be
18    registered to vote from a residence in the county in which he
19    is pollwatching.
20        (4)  In any general election held to elect candidates for
21    the   offices  of  a  municipality  of  less  than  3,000,000
22    population  that  is  situated  in  2  or  more  counties,  a
23    pollwatcher who is a resident of a county in which  any  part
24    of the municipality is situated shall be eligible to serve as
25    a  pollwatcher  in any poll located within such municipality,
26    provided that such pollwatcher otherwise  complies  with  the
27    respective  requirements  of  subsections  (1) through (3) of
28    this Section and is a registered  voter  whose  residence  is
29    within the municipality.
30        (5)  Each organized group of proponents or opponents of a
31    ballot  proposition, which shall have registered the name and
32    address of its organization or committee  and  the  name  and
33    address of its chairman with the proper election authority at
34    least  40  days  before  the  election,  shall be entitled to
                            -74-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    appoint one pollwatcher per precinct.  Such pollwatcher  must
 2    be registered to vote from a residence in the county in which
 3    the ballot proposition is being voted upon.
 4        All   pollwatchers  shall  be  required  to  have  proper
 5    credentials.  Such credentials shall be printed in sufficient
 6    quantities, shall  be  issued  by  and  under  the  facsimile
 7    signature(s) of the election authority and shall be available
 8    for distribution at least 2 weeks prior to the election. Such
 9    credentials  shall  be  authorized  by  the real or facsimile
10    signature of  the  State  or  local  party  official  or  the
11    candidate  or the presiding officer of the civic organization
12    or the chairman of the proponent or opponent  group,  as  the
13    case may be.
14        Pollwatcher  credentials  shall  be  in substantially the
15    following form:
16                       POLLWATCHER CREDENTIALS
17    TO THE JUDGES OF ELECTION:
18        In   accordance  with  the   provisions of  the  Election
19    Code, the undersigned hereby  appoints  ..........  (name  of
20    pollwatcher)  who  resides  at  ........... (address) in  the
21    county of ..........., .......... (township or  municipality)
22    of  ...........  (name),  State  of  Illinois and who is duly
23    registered  to  vote  from  this   address,  to   act  as   a
24    pollwatcher  in  the  ........... precinct of the ...........
25    ward  (if  applicable)  of   the  ...........  (township   or
26    municipality)  of ........... at  the ........... election to
27    be held on .........., 19.. (date).
28    ........................  (Signature of Appointing Authority)
29    ......................... TITLE  (party official,  candidate,
30                                    civic organization president,
31                            proponent or opponent group chairman)
32        Under penalties provided by law pursuant to Section 29-10
33    of the Election Code, the undersigned  pollwatcher  certifies
                            -75-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    that  he  or she resides at ................ (address) in the
 2    county of ............, ......... (township or  municipality)
 3    of  ...........  (name),  State  of  Illinois,  and  is  duly
 4    registered to vote from that address.
 5    ..........................            .......................
 6    (Precinct and/or Ward in           (Signature of Pollwatcher)
 7    Which Pollwatcher Resides)
 8        Pollwatchers must present their credentials to the Judges
 9    of  Election  upon  entering  the polling place.  Pollwatcher
10    credentials properly executed and signed shall  be  proof  of
11    the  qualifications  of  the  pollwatcher authorized thereby.
12    Such credentials are retained by the Judges and  returned  to
13    the Election Authority at the end of the day of election with
14    the   other  election  materials.   Once  a  pollwatcher  has
15    surrendered a valid credential, he may leave and reenter  the
16    polling  place  provided that such continuing action does not
17    disrupt the conduct of the  election.   Pollwatchers  may  be
18    substituted  during  the  course  of the day, but established
19    political   parties,   candidates   and    qualified    civic
20    organizations can have only as many pollwatchers at any given
21    time  as  are  authorized in this Article.  A substitute must
22    present his signed credential to the judges of election  upon
23    entering   the  polling  place.   Election  authorities  must
24    provide a sufficient  number  of  credentials  to  allow  for
25    substitution  of  pollwatchers.   After the polls have closed
26    pollwatchers shall be allowed to remain until the canvass  of
27    votes  is  completed; but may leave and reenter only in cases
28    of necessity, provided that such action is not so  continuous
29    as to disrupt the canvass of votes.
30        Candidates  seeking  office in a district or municipality
31    encompassing 2 or more counties shall be admitted to any  and
32    all  polling  places throughout such district or municipality
33    without regard to the counties in which such  candidates  are
34    registered  to  vote.   Actions  of  such candidates shall be
                            -76-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    governed in each polling place by  the  same  privileges  and
 2    limitations  that  apply  to pollwatchers as provided in this
 3    Section.  Any such candidate who engages in an activity in  a
 4    polling  place  which  could  reasonably  be  construed  by a
 5    majority of the judges of election as campaign activity shall
 6    be removed forthwith from such polling place.
 7        Candidates seeking office in a district  or  municipality
 8    encompassing  2 or more counties who desire to be admitted to
 9    polling  places  on  election  day  in   such   district   or
10    municipality  shall  be  required to have proper credentials.
11    Such credentials shall be printed in  sufficient  quantities,
12    shall   be  issued  by  and  under  the  facsimile  fascimile
13    signature  of  the  election  authority   of   the   election
14    jurisdiction  where  the polling place in which the candidate
15    seeks admittance is  located,  and  shall  be  available  for
16    distribution  at  least  2 weeks prior to the election.  Such
17    credentials shall be signed by the candidate.
18        Candidate  credentials  shall  be  in  substantially  the
19    following form:
20                        CANDIDATE CREDENTIALS
21        TO THE JUDGES OF ELECTION:
22        In accordance with the provisions of the Election Code, I
23    ...... (name  of  candidate)  hereby  certify  that  I  am  a
24    candidate for ....... (name of office) and seek admittance to
25    .......  precinct  of the ....... ward (if applicable) of the
26    ....... (township or municipality) of ....... at the  .......
27    election to be held on ...., 19.... (date).
28    .........................             .......................
29    (Signature of Candidate)              OFFICE FOR WHICH
30                                          CANDIDATE SEEKS
31                                          NOMINATION OR
32                                          ELECTION
33        Pollwatchers   shall   be   permitted   to   observe  all
                            -77-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    proceedings relating to the conduct of the  election  and  to
 2    station  themselves  in a position in the voting room as will
 3    enable them  to  observe  the  judges  making  the  signature
 4    comparison  between  the  voter  application  and  the  voter
 5    registration   record  card;  provided,  however,  that  such
 6    pollwatchers shall not be permitted to station themselves  in
 7    such  close  proximity  to  the  judges  of election so as to
 8    interfere with the orderly conduct of the election and  shall
 9    not, in any event, be permitted to handle election materials.
10    Pollwatchers    may    challenge   for   cause   the   voting
11    qualifications of a person offering to vote and may  call  to
12    the  attention  of  the  judges  of  election  any  incorrect
13    procedure or apparent violations of this Code.
14        If  a  majority  of the judges of election determine that
15    the  polling  place   has   become   too   overcrowded   with
16    pollwatchers  so  as to interfere with the orderly conduct of
17    the  election,  the  judges  shall,  by   lot,   limit   such
18    pollwatchers   to  a  reasonable  number,  except  that  each
19    established or new political party shall be permitted to have
20    at least one pollwatcher present.
21        Representatives of an election authority, with regard  to
22    an  election  under  its  jurisdiction,;  the  State Board of
23    Elections, and law enforcement agencies,  including  but  not
24    limited  to a United States Attorney, a State's attorney, the
25    Attorney General,  and  a  State,  county,  or  local  police
26    department,  in  the  performance  of their official election
27    duties, shall be permitted at all times to enter  and  remain
28    in  the polling place.  Upon entering the polling place, such
29    representatives shall display their official  credentials  or
30    other identification to the judges of election.
31        Uniformed  police officers assigned to polling place duty
32    shall  follow  all  lawful  instructions  of  the  judges  of
33    election.
34        The provisions  of  this  Section  shall  also  apply  to
                            -78-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    supervised casting of absentee ballots as provided in Section
 2    19-12.2 of this Act.
 3    (Source: P.A. 86-867; revised 8-7-97.)
 4        (10 ILCS 5/20-13.1) (from Ch. 46, par. 20-13.1)
 5        Sec.  20-13.1.  Any  person not covered by Sections 20-2,
 6    20-2.1 or 20-2.2 of this Article who is  registered  to  vote
 7    but  who is disqualified from voting because he moved outside
 8    his  election  precinct  during  the  30  days  preceding   a
 9    presidential  election  may  make  special application to the
10    election authority having jurisdiction over his  precinct  of
11    former  residence  by  mail, not more than 30 nor less than 5
12    days before a Federal election, or in person in the office of
13    the election authority, not more than 30 nor less than 1  day
14    before a Federal election, for an absentee ballot to vote for
15    the president and vice-president only. Such application shall
16    be  furnished  by  the  election  authority  and  shall be in
17    substantially the following form:
18                      SPECIAL VOTER APPLICATION
19        (For use by registered Illinois voters  disqualified  for
20    having  moved outside their precinct on or after the 30th day
21    preceding  the  election,   to   vote   for   president   and
22    vice-president only.)
23        1.  I  hereby  request a ballot to vote for president and
24    vice-president only on .......... (insert date of or  general
25    election).
26        2.  I  am  a  citizen of the United States and my present
27    address   is:   ....................    (Residence    Number)
28    ..........            (Street)           ....................
29    (City/Village/Township)   ..........   (County)    ..........
30    (State).
31        3.  As   of   ..........   (Month),   ..........   (Day),
32    ..........  (Year)  I  was  a  registered voter at ..........
33    (Residence Number) ..........  (Street)  ....................
                            -79-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    (City/Village/Township).
 2        4.  I  moved  to my present address on .......... (Month)
 3    .......... (Day) .......... (Year).
 4        5.  I have  not  registered  to  vote  from  nor  have  I
 5    requested a ballot in any other election jurisdiction in this
 6    State or in another State.
 7        6.  (If  absentee  request),  I request that you mail the
 8    ballot to the following address:
 9        Print name and complete mailing address.
10        ........................................
11        ........................................
12        ........................................
13        Under the  penalties  as  provided  by  law  pursuant  to
14    Article  29  of  The Election Code, the undersigned certifies
15    that the statements set forth in this  application  are  true
16    and correct.
17                                         ........................
18                                         (Signature of Applicant)
19        7.  Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  on ..........
20    (Month) .......... (Day) .......... (Year)
21                                         ........................
22                                           (Signature of Official
23                                              Administering Oath)
24        The procedures set forth in Sections 20-4  through  20-12
25    of  this  Article,  insofar  as  they may be made applicable,
26    shall be applicable to absentee voting under this Section.
27    (Source: P.A. 81-953; revised 12-18-97.)
28        (10 ILCS 5/23-6.1) (from Ch. 46, par. 23-6.1)
29        Sec. 23-6.1. Whenever an election contest for a municipal
30    trustee or alderman is brought  involving  ballots  from  the
31    same  precincts  which are subject to the jurisdiction of the
32    circuit court by  virtue  of  the  pendency  of  an  election
33    contest for another office, the municipal council or board of
                            -80-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    trustees   having  jurisdiction  of  the  municipal  election
 2    contest shall have priority of access and possession  of  the
 3    ballots  and  other  election  materials  for  the purpose of
 4    conducting a recount  or  other  related  proceedings  for  a
 5    period of 30 days following the commencement of the municipal
 6    election  contest.   The  election authority shall notify the
 7    court and the municipal council  or  board  of  the  pendency
 8    pendancy   of   all  other  contests  relating  to  the  same
 9    precincts.
10    (Source: P.A. 81-1433; revised 7-21-97.)
11        Section 15.  The Secretary of State  Act  is  amended  by
12    changing Section 11.1 as follows:
13        (15 ILCS 305/11.1)
14        Sec.  11.1.   Acid  free  paper.   The Secretary of State
15    shall develop guidelines for using of  acid  free  paper  for
16    permanent documents intended for archival storage.
17    (Source: P.A. 88-68; revised 12-18-97.)
18        Section 16.  The State Library Act is amended by changing
19    Section 4 as follows:
20        (15 ILCS 320/4) (from Ch. 128, par. 104)
21        Sec. 4. Regional library districts.  The counties of this
22    State  shall be divided into 6 six regional library districts
23    as follows:
24        District  1  --   Jo   Daviess,   Stephenson   Stevenson,
25    Winnebago,  Boone,  McHenry,  Lake,  Carroll,  Ogle,  DeKalb,
26    Whiteside, Lee, Rock Island, Henry, Bureau, LaSalle, Kendall,
27    Stark, Putnam, Marshall, Grundy.
28        District 2 -- Kane, Cook, DuPage, Will.
29        District  3  --  Kankakee,  Livingston, Iroquois, McLean,
30    Ford, Vermilion, Champaign, DeWitt, Piatt, Macon,  Christian,
                            -81-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Shelby, Moultrie, Douglas, Edgar, Coles, Clark, Cumberland.
 2        District  4  -- Mercer, Knox, Peoria, Woodford, Tazewell,
 3    Fulton,  Warren,  Henderson,   Hancock,   McDonough,   Adams,
 4    Schuyler,  Mason,  Logan,  Menard, Cass, Brown, Pike, Morgan,
 5    Sangamon, Scott, Greene, Calhoun, Jersey.
 6        District  5  --  Macoupin,  Montgomery,  Madison,   Bond,
 7    Fayette,  Effingham,  Jasper,  Crawford,  Lawrence, Richland,
 8    Clay,  Marion,  Clinton,  St.  Clair,   Monroe,   Washington,
 9    Jefferson, Perry, Randolph.
10        District  6 -- Jackson, Franklin, Wayne, Edwards, Wabash,
11    White,  Hamilton,  Gallatin,   Saline,   Williamson,   Union,
12    Johnson, Pope, Hardin, Alexander, Pulaski, Massac.
13    (Source: P.A. 77-1690; revised 8-7-97.)
14        Section  17.   The Deposit of State Moneys Act is amended
15    by changing Section 22.5 as follows:
16        (15 ILCS 520/22.5) (from Ch. 130, par. 41a)
17        Sec. 22.5.  The State Treasurer may, with the approval of
18    the Governor, invest and reinvest  any  State  money  in  the
19    treasury which is  not needed for current expenditures due or
20    about  to  become  due,  in obligations of the  United States
21    government  or  its  agencies   or   of   National   Mortgage
22    Associations  established  by  or  under the National Housing
23    Act, 1201 U.S.C. 1701 et. seq., or in mortgage  participation
24    certificates  representing  undivided interests in specified,
25    first-lien conventional residential Illinois  mortgages  that
26    are  underwritten,  insured,  guaranteed, or purchased by the
27    Federal Home  Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  or  in  Affordable
28    Housing  Program  Trust Fund Bonds or Notes as defined in and
29    issued pursuant to the Illinois Housing Development Act.  All
30    such obligations shall be  considered  as  cash  and  may  be
31    delivered over as cash by a State Treasurer to his successor.
32        The  State  Treasurer  may,  with  the  approval  of  the
                            -82-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Governor,  purchase  any  state  bonds  with any money in the
 2    State Treasury that has been  set  aside  and  held  for  the
 3    payment   of  the principal of and interest on the bonds. The
 4    bonds shall be considered as cash and may be  delivered  over
 5    as cash by the State Treasurer to his successor.
 6        The  State  Treasurer  may,  with  the  approval  of  the
 7    Governor, invest or reinvest any  State money in the treasury
 8    that  is  not  needed for current expenditure due or about to
 9    become due, or any money in the State Treasury that has  been
10    set  aside  and  held for the payment of the principal of and
11    the interest on any  State  bonds,  in  shares,  withdrawable
12    accounts, and investment certificates of savings and building
13    and  loan  associations,  incorporated under the laws of this
14    State or any other state or under  the  laws  of  the  United
15    States;  provided, however, that investments may be made only
16    in those savings and loan or building and  loan  associations
17    the  shares  and  withdrawable  accounts  or   other forms of
18    investment securities of which are  insured  by  the  Federal
19    Deposit Insurance Corporation.
20        The  State  Treasurer  may  not invest State money in any
21    savings and loan or building and loan  association  unless  a
22    commitment  by  the  savings  and loan (or building and loan)
23    association, executed by the  president  or  chief  executive
24    officer  of  that association,  is submitted in the following
25    form:
26             The .................. Savings and Loan (or Building
27        and Loan) Association pledges not  to reject  arbitrarily
28        mortgage  loans  for  residential  properties  within any
29        specific part of the community served by the savings  and
30        loan  (or  building and loan) association because  of the
31        location of the  property.   The  savings  and  loan  (or
32        building and loan) association also pledges to make loans
33        available on low and moderate income residential property
34        throughout  the  community within the limits of its legal
                            -83-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        restrictions and prudent financial practices.
 2        The  State  Treasurer  may,  with  the  approval  of  the
 3    Governor, invest or reinvest, at a price not to  exceed  par,
 4    any  State  money  in  the  treasury  that  is not needed for
 5    current expenditures due or about to become due, or any money
 6    in the State Treasury  that has been set aside and  held  for
 7    the  payment  of  the principal of and interest on  any State
 8    bonds, in bonds issued by counties or municipal  corporations
 9    of the State of Illinois.
10        The  State  Treasurer  may,  with  the  approval  of  the
11    Governor,  invest or reinvest any State money in the Treasury
12    which is not needed for current expenditure, due or about  to
13    become due, or any money in the State Treasury which has been
14    set  aside  and  held for the payment of the principal of and
15    the interest on any State bonds, in participations in  loans,
16    the  principal  of which participation is fully guaranteed by
17    an agency or instrumentality of the United States government;
18    provided,  however,  that  such   loan   participations   are
19    represented  by  certificates  issued only by banks which are
20    incorporated under the laws of this State or any other  state
21    or  under  the laws of the United States, and such banks, but
22    not the loan participation certificates, are insured  by  the
23    Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
24        The  State  Treasurer  may,  with  the  approval  of  the
25    Governor,  invest or reinvest any State money in the Treasury
26    that is not needed for current expenditure, due or  about  to
27    become  due, or any money in the State Treasury that has been
28    set aside and held for the payment of the  principal  of  and
29    the interest on any State bonds, in any of the following:
30             (1)  Bonds,  notes,  certificates  of  indebtedness,
31        Treasury  bills,  or  other  securities  now or hereafter
32        issued that are guaranteed by the full faith  and  credit
33        of  the  United  States  of  America  as to principal and
34        interest.
                            -84-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (2)  Bonds,  notes,  debentures,  or  other  similar
 2        obligations  of  the  United  States  of   America,   its
 3        agencies, and instrumentalities.
 4             (3)  Interest-bearing        savings       accounts,
 5        interest-bearing      certificates      of       deposit,
 6        interest-bearing  time deposits, or any other investments
 7        constituting direct obligations of any bank as defined by
 8        the Illinois Banking Act.
 9             (4)  Interest-bearing  accounts,   certificates   of
10        deposit,  or  any  other  investments constituting direct
11        obligations  of  any  savings   and   loan   associations
12        incorporated  under  the  laws of this State or any other
13        state or under the laws of the United States.
14             (5)  Dividend-bearing    share    accounts,    share
15        certificate accounts, or class of  share  accounts  of  a
16        credit  union  chartered  under the laws of this State or
17        the laws of the United  States;  provided,  however,  the
18        principal  office  of  the  credit  union must be located
19        within the State of Illinois.
20             (6)  Bankers'  acceptances  of  banks  whose  senior
21        obligations are rated in the top 2 rating categories by 2
22        national rating agencies and maintain that rating  during
23        the term of the investment.
24             (7)  Short-term    obligations    of    corporations
25        organized  in  the  United  States  with assets exceeding
26        $500,000,000 if (i) the obligations are rated at the time
27        of purchase at  one  of  the  3  highest  classifications
28        established  by  at  least 2 standard rating services and
29        mature not later than 180 days from the date of purchase,
30        (ii) the purchases do not exceed 10% of the corporation's
31        outstanding obligations, and (iii) no more than one-third
32        of the public agency's funds are invested  in  short-term
33        obligations of corporations.
34             (8)  Money  market mutual funds registered under the
                            -85-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Investment  Company  Act  of  1940,  provided  that   the
 2        portfolio  of  the money market mutual fund is limited to
 3        obligations described in this Section and  to  agreements
 4        to repurchase such obligations.
 5             (9)  The  Public Treasurers' Investment Pool created
 6        under Section 17 of the State Treasurer Act or in a  fund
 7        managed, operated, and administered by a bank.
 8             (10)  Repurchase agreements of government securities
 9        having  the  meaning set out in the Government Securities
10        Act of 1986 subject to the provisions of that Act and the
11        regulations issued thereunder.
12        For purposes of this Section, "agencies"  of  the  United
13    States Government includes:
14             (i)  the  federal  land  banks, federal intermediate
15        credit banks, banks for cooperatives, federal farm credit
16        banks, or any  other  entity  authorized  to  issue  debt
17        obligations  under the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (12 U.S.C.
18        2001 et. seq.) and Acts amendatory thereto;
19             (ii)  the federal home loan banks  and  the  federal
20        home loan mortgage corporation;
21             (iii)  the Commodity Credit Corporation; and
22             (iv)  any other agency created by Act of Congress.
23        The  Treasurer  may,  with  the approval of the Governor,
24    lend  any  securities  acquired  under  this  Act.   However,
25    securities may be lent under this Section only in  accordance
26    with   Federal   Financial  Institution  Examination  Council
27    guidelines and only if the securities are collateralized at a
28    level sufficient to assure  the  safety  of  the  securities,
29    taking into account market value fluctuation.  The securities
30    may  be collateralized by cash or collateral acceptable under
31    Sections 11 and 11.1.
32    (Source: P.A. 87-331; 87-895; 87-1131; 88-45; 88-93;  88-640,
33    eff. 7-1-95; revised 6-27-97.)
                            -86-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Section  18.   The  Alcoholism  and  Other Drug Abuse and
 2    Dependency  Act  is  amended  by  changing  Section  30-5  as
 3    follows:
 4        (20 ILCS 301/30-5)
 5        Sec. 30-5.  Patients' rights established.
 6        (a)  For purposes of this Section,  "patient"  means  any
 7    person   who  is  receiving  or  has  received  intervention,
 8    treatment or aftercare services under this Act.
 9        (b)  No patient who is  receiving  or  who  has  received
10    intervention,  treatment or aftercare services under this Act
11    shall be deprived of  any  rights,  benefits,  or  privileges
12    guaranteed  by  law, the Constitution of the United States of
13    America, or the Constitution of the State of Illinois  solely
14    because of his status as a patient of a program.
15        (c)  Persons  who  abuse  or  are dependent on alcohol or
16    other drugs who are also suffering  from  medical  conditions
17    shall  not be discriminated against in admission or treatment
18    by any hospital which receives support in any form  from  any
19    program  supported  in whole or in part by funds appropriated
20    to any State department or agency.
21        (d)  Every  patient  shall  have  impartial   access   to
22    services  without  regard  to race, religion, sex, ethnicity,
23    age or handicap.
24        (e)  Patients shall be permitted  the  free  exercise  of
25    religion.
26        (f)  Every patient's personal dignity shall be recognized
27    in  the  provision  of  services,  and  a  patient's personal
28    privacy shall be assured and protected within the constraints
29    of his individual  treatment plan.
30        (g)  Treatment services shall be provided  in  the  least
31    restrictive environment possible.
32        (h)  Each   patient   shall  be  provided  an  individual
33    treatment plan, which  shall  be  periodically  reviewed  and
                            -87-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    updated as necessary.
 2        (i)  Every  patient  shall be permitted to participate in
 3    the planning of his total care and medical treatment  to  the
 4    extent that his condition permits.
 5        (j)  A  person  shall  not  be  denied  treatment  solely
 6    because  he  has  withdrawn  from  treatment  against medical
 7    advice on a prior occasion or because he has  relapsed  after
 8    earlier  treatment  or,  when  in  medical crisis, because of
 9    inability to pay.
10        (k)  The patient in treatment shall be  permitted  visits
11    by  family  and  significant  others,  unless such visits are
12    clinically contraindicated.
13        (l)  A patient in treatment shall be allowed  to  conduct
14    private  telephone  conversations  with  family  and  friends
15    unless clinically contraindicated.
16        (m)  A  patient  shall  be  permitted to send and receive
17    mail  without   hindrance   hinderance,   unless   clinically
18    contraindicated.
19        (n)  A  patient  shall  be  permitted  to  manage his own
20    financial affairs unless  he  or  his  guardian,  or  if  the
21    patient  is a minor, his parent, authorizes another competent
22    person to do so.
23        (o)  A patient shall be permitted to request the  opinion
24    of a consultant at his own expense, or to request an in-house
25    review  of  a  treatment  plan,  as  provided in the specific
26    procedures of the provider.   A  treatment  provider  is  not
27    liable for the negligence of any consultant.
28        (p)  Unless otherwise prohibited by State or federal law,
29    every  patient  shall  be  permitted  to  obtain from his own
30    physician, the treatment provider or the treatment provider's
31    consulting  physician  complete   and   current   information
32    concerning the nature of care, procedures and treatment which
33    he will receive.
34        (q)  A   patient   shall   be   permitted  to  refuse  to
                            -88-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    participate in any experimental research or medical procedure
 2    without compromising his access  to  other,  non-experimental
 3    services.   Before  a  patient  is  placed in an experimental
 4    research or medical procedure, the provider must first obtain
 5    his informed written consent or  otherwise  comply  with  the
 6    federal   requirements  regarding  the  protection  of  human
 7    subjects contained in 45 C.F.R. Part 46.
 8        (r)  All  medical  treatment  and  procedures  shall   be
 9    administered  as  ordered by a physician.  In order to assure
10    compliance  by  the  treatment  program  with  all  physician
11    orders, all new physician orders shall  be  reviewed  by  the
12    treatment  program's staff within a reasonable period of time
13    after such orders have been issued.  "Medical  treatment  and
14    procedures"  means those services that can be ordered only by
15    a physician licensed to  practice  medicine  in  all  of  its
16    branches in Illinois.
17        (s)  Every  patient  shall be permitted to refuse medical
18    treatment and to know the consequences of such action.   Such
19    refusal  by  a  patient shall free the treatment program from
20    the obligation to provide the treatment.
21        (t)  Unless otherwise prohibited by State or federal law,
22    every patient, patient's guardian, or parent, if the  patient
23    is  a  minor,  shall  be  permitted  to  inspect and copy all
24    clinical and other records kept by the treatment  program  or
25    by  his  physician  concerning his care and maintenance.  The
26    treatment program or physician may charge  a  reasonable  fee
27    for the duplication of a record.
28        (u)  No owner, licensee, administrator, employee or agent
29    of  a treatment program shall abuse or neglect a patient.  It
30    is the duty of any program  employee  or  agent  who  becomes
31    aware of such abuse or neglect to report it to the Department
32    immediately.
33        (v)  The  administrator of a program may refuse access to
34    the program to any person if the actions of that person while
                            -89-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    in the program are or could be injurious to  the  health  and
 2    safety  of  a  patient or the program, or if the person seeks
 3    access to the program for commercial purposes.
 4        (w)  A patient may be discharged from a program after  he
 5    gives  the  administrator  written notice of his desire to be
 6    discharged or upon completion of  his  prescribed  course  of
 7    treatment.  No  patient  shall  be  discharged or transferred
 8    without the preparation of a post-treatment aftercare plan by
 9    the program.
10        (x)  Patients and their families or legal guardians shall
11    have the right to present complaints concerning  the  quality
12    of  care provided to the patient, without threat of discharge
13    or reprisal in any form or manner whatsoever.  The  treatment
14    provider  shall  have  in place a mechanism for receiving and
15    responding to such complaints, and shall inform  the  patient
16    and his family or legal guardian of this mechanism and how to
17    use  it.   The  provider shall analyze any complaint received
18    and, when  indicated,  take  appropriate  corrective  action.
19    Every  patient  and  his  family member or legal guardian who
20    makes a complaint shall receive a timely  response  from  the
21    provider  which  substantively  addresses the complaint.  The
22    provider shall inform the patient and  his  family  or  legal
23    guardian  about  other  sources of assistance if the provider
24    has not resolved the complaint to  the  satisfaction  of  the
25    patient or his family or legal guardian.
26        (y)  A  resident may refuse to perform labor at a program
27    unless such labor is  a  part  of  his  individual  treatment
28    program as documented in his clinical record.
29        (z)  A  person  who is in need of treatment may apply for
30    voluntary admission to a treatment program in the manner  and
31    with the rights provided for under regulations promulgated by
32    the  Department.   If  a  person  is  refused  admission to a
33    licensed treatment program, the staff of the program, subject
34    to rules promulgated  by  the  Department,  shall  refer  the
                            -90-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    person to another treatment or other appropriate program.
 2        (aa)  No patient shall be denied services based solely on
 3    HIV  status. Further, records and information governed by the
 4    AIDS Confidentiality Act and  the  AIDS  Confidentiality  and
 5    Testing  Code  (77 Ill. Adm. Code 697) shall be maintained in
 6    accordance therewith.
 7        (bb)  Records of the identity,  diagnosis,  prognosis  or
 8    treatment  of  any  patient maintained in connection with the
 9    performance of any program or activity relating to alcohol or
10    other drug abuse or dependency education, early intervention,
11    intervention, training, treatment or rehabilitation which  is
12    regulated,  authorized, or directly or indirectly assisted by
13    any Department or agency of this State or under any provision
14    of this Act shall be confidential and may be  disclosed  only
15    in   accordance  with  the  provisions  of  federal  law  and
16    regulations concerning the  confidentiality  of  alcohol  and
17    drug abuse patient records as contained in 42 U.S.C. Sections
18    290dd-3 and 290ee-3 and 42 C.F.R. Part 2.
19             (1)  The    following    are    exempt    from   the
20        confidentiality  protections  set  forth  in  42   C.F.R.
21        Section 2.12(c):
22                  (A)  Veteran's Administration records.
23                  (B)  Information obtained by the Armed Forces.
24                  (C)  Information  given  to  qualified  service
25             organizations.
26                  (D)  Communications within a program or between
27             a program and an entity having direct administrative
28             control over that program.
29                  (E)  Information   given   to  law  enforcement
30             personnel investigating a patient's commission of  a
31             crime  on  the  program  premises or against program
32             personnel.
33                  (F)  Reports under State law  of  incidents  of
34             suspected   child   abuse  and  neglect;,  however,;
                            -91-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             confidentiality restrictions continue  to  apply  to
 2             the   records  and  any  follow-up  information  for
 3             disclosure and use in civil or criminal  proceedings
 4             arising  from  the  report  of  suspected  abuse  or
 5             neglect.
 6             (2)  If  the information is not exempt, a disclosure
 7        can be made only under the following circumstances:
 8                  (A)  With patient consent as set  forth  in  42
 9             C.F.R.   Sections   2.1(b)(1)   and   2.31,  and  as
10             consistent with pertinent State law.
11                  (B)  For medical emergencies as set forth in 42
12             C.F.R. Sections 2.1(b)(2) and 2.51.
13                  (C)  For research activities as set forth in 42
14             C.F.R. Sections 2.1(b)(2) and 2.52.
15                  (D)  For audit  evaluation  activities  as  set
16             forth in 42 C.F.R. Section 2.53.
17                  (E)  With  a  court  order  as  set forth in 42
18             C.F.R. Sections 2.61 through 2.67.
19             (3)  The  restrictions  on  disclosure  and  use  of
20        patient information  apply  whether  the  holder  of  the
21        information  already has it, has other means of obtaining
22        it, is a law enforcement or other official, has  obtained
23        a  subpoena,  or  asserts  any  other justification for a
24        disclosure or use which is not  permitted  by  42  C.F.R.
25        Part  2.   Any  court  orders  authorizing  disclosure of
26        patient records under  this  Act  must  comply  with  the
27        procedures  and  criteria set forth in 42 C.F.R. Sections
28        2.64 and 2.65.  Except as authorized  by  a  court  order
29        granted under this Section, no record referred to in this
30        Section  may  be  used  to  initiate  or substantiate any
31        charges against a patient or to conduct any investigation
32        of a patient.
33             (4)  The prohibitions of this subsection shall apply
34        to records concerning any person who has been a  patient,
                            -92-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        regardless of whether or when he ceases to be a patient.
 2             (5)  Any  person  who  discloses  the content of any
 3        record referred to in this Section except  as  authorized
 4        shall,   upon   conviction,   be  guilty  of  a  Class  A
 5        misdemeanor.
 6             (6)  The Department shall prescribe  regulations  to
 7        carry   out  the  purposes  of  this  subsection.   These
 8        regulations may contain such definitions, and may provide
 9        for such safeguards and procedures, including  procedures
10        and  criteria for the issuance and scope of court orders,
11        as in the judgment of the  Department  are  necessary  or
12        proper  to  effectuate  the  purposes of this Section, to
13        prevent  circumvention  or   evasion   thereof,   or   to
14        facilitate compliance therewith.
15        (cc)  Each  patient  shall be given a written explanation
16    of all the rights enumerated in this Section.  If  a  patient
17    is  unable to read such written explanation, it shall be read
18    to the patient in a language that the patient understands.  A
19    copy of all the rights enumerated in this  Section  shall  be
20    posted in a conspicuous place within the program where it may
21    readily be seen and read by program patients and visitors.
22        (dd)  The program shall ensure that its staff is familiar
23    with  and observes the rights and responsibilities enumerated
24    in this Section.
25    (Source: P.A. 88-80; revised 8-7-97.)
26        Section 19.  The Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is
27    amended by changing Section 67.23 as follows:
28        (20 ILCS 405/67.23) (from Ch. 127, par. 63b13.23)
29        Sec. 67.23. To administer the Statewide  Form  Management
30    Program  and  provisions  of  the Forms Notice Act "The Forms
31    Management Program Act", enacted  by  the  Eightieth  General
32    Assembly.
                            -93-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    (Source: P.A. 80-1338; revised 9-24-97.)
 2        Section  20.   The  Personnel Code is amended by changing
 3    Section 8b.7 as follows:
 4        (20 ILCS 415/8b.7) (from Ch. 127, par. 63b108b.7)
 5        Sec. 8b.7.  Veteran  preference.   For  the  granting  of
 6    appropriate  preference in entrance examinations to qualified
 7    persons who have been members of  the  armed  forces  of  the
 8    United  States or to qualified persons who, while citizens of
 9    the United States, were members of the armed forces of allies
10    of the United States in time of hostilities  with  a  foreign
11    country,  and  to  certain other persons as set forth in this
12    Section.
13        (a)  As used in this Section:
14             (1)  "Time of hostilities with  a  foreign  country"
15        means  any period of time in the past, present, or future
16        during which a declaration of war by  the  United  States
17        Congress  has  been  or  is  in effect or during which an
18        emergency condition has been or  is  in  effect  that  is
19        recognized by the issuance of a Presidential proclamation
20        or  a Presidential executive order and in which the armed
21        forces expeditionary  medal  or  other  campaign  service
22        medals  are  awarded  according to Presidential executive
23        order.
24             (2)  "Armed forces of the United States"  means  the
25        United  States  Army,  Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, and
26        Coast  Guard.   Service  in  the  Merchant  Marine   that
27        constitutes  active  duty  under  Section  401 of federal
28        Public Law 95-202 shall also be considered service in the
29        Armed Forces of the United States for  purposes  of  this
30        Section.
31        (b)  The  preference  granted under this Section shall be
32    in the form of points  added  to  the  final  grades  of  the
                            -94-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    persons  if they otherwise qualify and are entitled to appear
 2    on the list of those eligible for appointments.
 3        (c)  A veteran is qualified for a preference of 10 points
 4    if the veteran currently holds proof of a  service  connected
 5    disability  from  the  United  States  Department of Veterans
 6    Affairs or an allied country or if the veteran is a recipient
 7    of the Purple Heart.
 8        (d)  A  veteran  who  has  served  during   a   time   of
 9    hostilities  with  a  foreign  country  is  qualified  for  a
10    preference  of  5  points  if the veteran served under one or
11    more of the following conditions:
12             (1)  The veteran  served  a  total  of  at  least  6
13        months, or
14             (2)  The   veteran   served   for  the  duration  of
15        hostilities regardless of the length of engagement, or
16             (3)  The veteran was  discharged  on  the  basis  of
17        hardship, or
18             (4)  The  veteran  was  released  from  active  duty
19        because  of  a service serve connected disability and was
20        discharged under honorable conditions.
21        (e)  A  person  not  eligible  for  a  preference   under
22    subsection  (c)  or  (d)  is  qualified for a preference of 3
23    points if the person has served in the armed  forces  of  the
24    United  States,  the  Illinois National Guard, or any reserve
25    component of the armed forces of the  United  States  if  the
26    person:  (1)  served  for  at  least  6  months  and has been
27    discharged  under  honorable  conditions  or  (2)  has   been
28    discharged on the ground of hardship or (3) was released from
29    active  duty  because  of a service connected disability.  An
30    active member of the National Guard or a reserve component of
31    the armed forces of the United States  is  eligible  for  the
32    preference  if  the  member meets the service requirements of
33    this subsection (e).
34        (f)  The rank order of persons entitled to  a  preference
                            -95-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    on  eligible  lists shall be determined on the basis of their
 2    augmented ratings.  When the  Director  establishes  eligible
 3    lists  on  the  basis of category ratings such as "superior",
 4    "excellent", "well-qualified", and "qualified",  the  veteran
 5    eligibles  in  each  such  category  shall  be  preferred for
 6    appointment before the  non-veteran  eligibles  in  the  same
 7    category.
 8        (g)  Employees  in  positions  covered  by jurisdiction B
 9    who, while in good standing,  leave  to  engage  in  military
10    service  during  a period of hostility, shall be given credit
11    for seniority purposes for time served in the armed forces.
12        (h)  A surviving unremarried  spouse  of  a  veteran  who
13    suffered a service connected death or the spouse of a veteran
14    who suffered a service connected disability that prevents the
15    veteran from qualifying for civil service employment shall be
16    entitled  to  the  same preference to which the veteran would
17    have been entitled under this Section.
18        (i)  A preference shall also be given  to  the  following
19    individuals:   10  points  for  one  parent  of  an unmarried
20    veteran who suffered a service connected death or  a  service
21    connected   disability   that   prevents   the  veteran  from
22    qualifying for civil service employment.  The first parent to
23    receive a civil  service  appointment  shall  be  the  parent
24    entitled to the preference.
25        (j)  The  Department of Central Management Services shall
26    adopt rules and  implement  procedures  to  verify  that  any
27    person seeking a preference under this Section is entitled to
28    the  preference.   A  person  seeking a preference under this
29    Section shall provide documentation or execute  any  consents
30    or  other  documents  required  by  the Department of Central
31    Management Services or any other State department  or  agency
32    to  enable the department or agency to verify that the person
33    is entitled to the preference.
34    (Source: P.A. 89-324,  eff.  8-13-95;  89-626,  eff.  8-9-96;
                            -96-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    revised 1-15-98.)
 2        Section  21.   The  Children  and  Family Services Act is
 3    amended by changing Sections 5, 17a-4, and 21 as follows:
 4        (20 ILCS 505/5) (from Ch. 23, par. 5005)
 5        Sec. 5.  Direct child  welfare  services;  Department  of
 6    Children and Family Services. To provide direct child welfare
 7    services  when  not available through other public or private
 8    child care or program facilities.
 9        (a)  For purposes of this Section:
10             (1)  "Children" means persons found within the State
11        who are under  the  age  of  18  years.   The  term  also
12        includes persons under age 19 who:
13                  (A)  were  committed to the Department pursuant
14             to the Juvenile Court Act or the Juvenile Court  Act
15             of  1987, as amended, prior to the age of 18 and who
16             continue under the jurisdiction of the court; or
17                  (B)  were  accepted   for  care,  service   and
18             training  by  the  Department prior to the age of 18
19             and whose best interest in  the  discretion  of  the
20             Department  would be served by continuing that care,
21             service and training  because  of  severe  emotional
22             disturbances, physical disability, social adjustment
23             or  any  combination thereof, or because of the need
24             to complete an educational  or  vocational  training
25             program.
26             (2)  "Homeless youth" means persons found within the
27        State  who are under the age of 19, are not in a safe and
28        stable living situation and cannot be reunited with their
29        families.
30             (3)  "Child welfare services"  means  public  social
31        services  which are directed toward the accomplishment of
32        the following purposes:
                            -97-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1                  (A)  protecting  and  promoting   the   health,
 2             safety  and welfare of children, including homeless,
 3             dependent or neglected children;
 4                  (B)  remedying, or assisting in the solution of
 5             problems which may result in,  the  neglect,  abuse,
 6             exploitation or delinquency of children;
 7                  (C)  preventing  the  unnecessary separation of
 8             children from their families by  identifying  family
 9             problems,  assisting  families  in  resolving  their
10             problems,  and  preventing the breakup of the family
11             where the prevention of child removal  is  desirable
12             and possible when the child can be cared for at home
13             without endangering the child's health and safety;
14                  (D)  restoring  to  their families children who
15             have been removed, by the provision of  services  to
16             the  child  and  the  families when the child can be
17             cared for at home without  endangering  the  child's
18             health and safety;
19                  (E)  placing   children  in  suitable  adoptive
20             homes, in cases where restoration to the  biological
21             family is not safe, possible or appropriate;
22                  (F)  assuring   safe   and   adequate  care  of
23             children away from their homes, in cases  where  the
24             child  cannot  be  returned home or cannot be placed
25             for  adoption.   At  the  time  of  placement,   the
26             Department  shall  consider  concurrent planning, as
27             described in subsection (l-1)  of  this  Section  so
28             that   permanency   may   occur   at   the  earliest
29             opportunity.  Consideration should be given so  that
30             if  reunification fails or is delayed, the placement
31             made is the  best  available  placement  to  provide
32             permanency for the child;
33                  (G)  (blank);
34                  (H)  (blank); and
                            -98-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1                  (I)  placing   and   maintaining   children  in
 2             facilities that provide separate living quarters for
 3             children under the age of 18  and  for  children  18
 4             years  of  age and older, unless a child 18 years of
 5             age is in the last year of high school education  or
 6             vocational  training,  in  an approved individual or
 7             group treatment program, or in  a  licensed  shelter
 8             facility. The Department is not required to place or
 9             maintain children:
10                       (i)  who are in a foster home, or
11                       (ii)  who are persons with a developmental
12                  disability, as defined in the Mental Health and
13                  Developmental Disabilities Code, or
14                       (iii)  who  are  female  children  who are
15                  pregnant, pregnant and parenting or  parenting,
16                  or
17                       (iv)  who are siblings,
18             in  facilities that provide separate living quarters
19             for children 18 years  of  age  and  older  and  for
20             children under 18 years of age.
21        (b)  Nothing  in  this  Section  shall  be  construed  to
22    authorize  the expenditure of public funds for the purpose of
23    performing abortions.
24        (c)  The  Department   shall   establish   and   maintain
25    tax-supported  child  welfare services and extend and seek to
26    improve voluntary services throughout the State, to  the  end
27    that  services  and care shall be available on an equal basis
28    throughout the State to children requiring such services.
29        (d)  The Director may authorize advance disbursements for
30    any new program initiative to any agency contracting with the
31    Department.   As a prerequisite for an advance  disbursement,
32    the contractor must post a surety bond in the amount  of  the
33    advance  disbursement and have a purchase of service contract
34    approved by the Department.  The Department may pay up  to  2
                            -99-           LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    months  operational  expenses  in advance.  The amount of the
 2    advance disbursement shall be prorated over the life  of  the
 3    contract   or  the  remaining  months  of  the  fiscal  year,
 4    whichever is less, and the installment amount shall  then  be
 5    deducted    from    future   bills.    Advance   disbursement
 6    authorizations for new initiatives shall not be made  to  any
 7    agency  after  that  agency has operated during 2 consecutive
 8    fiscal years. The requirements  of  this  Section  concerning
 9    advance  disbursements  shall  not  apply with respect to the
10    following:  payments to local public agencies for  child  day
11    care  services  as  authorized by Section 5a of this Act; and
12    youth service programs receiving grant  funds  under  Section
13    17a-4.
14        (e)  (Blank).
15        (f)  (Blank).
16        (g)  The Department shall establish rules and regulations
17    concerning  its  operation  of  programs designed to meet the
18    goals of child safety and  protection,  family  preservation,
19    family reunification, and adoption, including but not limited
20    to:
21             (1)  adoption;
22             (2)  foster care;
23             (3)  family counseling;
24             (4)  protective services;
25             (5)  (blank);
26             (6)  homemaker service;
27             (7)  return of runaway children;
28             (8)  (blank);
29             (9)  placement  under  Section  5-7  of the Juvenile
30        Court Act or Section 2-27, 3-28,  4-25  or  5-29  of  the
31        Juvenile Court Act of 1987 in accordance with the federal
32        Adoption Assistance and Child Welfare Act of 1980; and
33             (10)  interstate services.
34        Rules and regulations established by the Department shall
                            -100-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    include  provisions  for  training  Department  staff and the
 2    staff of Department grantees, through  contracts  with  other
 3    agencies  or  resources,  in alcohol and drug abuse screening
 4    techniques to identify children  and  adults  who  should  be
 5    referred  to  an alcohol and drug abuse treatment program for
 6    professional evaluation.
 7        (h)  If the Department finds that there is no appropriate
 8    program or facility within or available to the Department for
 9    a ward and that no licensed private facility has an  adequate
10    and  appropriate  program  or none agrees to accept the ward,
11    the Department shall create  an  appropriate  individualized,
12    program-oriented  plan  for  such  ward.   The  plan  may  be
13    developed  within  the  Department  or  through  purchase  of
14    services  by  the  Department to the extent that it is within
15    its statutory authority to do.
16        (i)  Service programs shall be available  throughout  the
17    State  and  shall include but not be limited to the following
18    services:
19             (1)  case management;
20             (2)  homemakers;
21             (3)  counseling;
22             (4)  parent education;
23             (5)  day care; and
24             (6)  emergency assistance and advocacy.
25        In addition, the following services may be made available
26    to assess and meet the needs of children and families:
27             (1)  comprehensive family-based services;
28             (2)  assessments;
29             (3)  respite care; and
30             (4)  in-home health services.
31        The Department shall provide transportation  for  any  of
32    the  services  it  makes available to children or families or
33    for which it refers children or families.
34        (j)  The Department may provide categories  of  financial
                            -101-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    assistance   and   education  assistance  grants,  and  shall
 2    establish rules and regulations concerning the assistance and
 3    grants,  to  persons  who  adopt   physically   or   mentally
 4    handicapped,  older  and  other  hard-to-place  children  who
 5    immediately  prior  to their adoption were legal wards of the
 6    Department.  The Department may also  provide  categories  of
 7    financial  assistance  and  education  assistance grants, and
 8    shall establish rules and regulations for the assistance  and
 9    grants,  to  persons  appointed  guardian of the person under
10    Section 5-7 of the Juvenile Court Act or Section 2-27,  3-28,
11    4-25  or  5-29 of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987 for children
12    who were wards of the Department for  12  months  immediately
13    prior  to  the  appointment of the successor guardian and for
14    whom the Department  has  set  a  goal  of  permanent  family
15    placement with a foster family.
16        The  amount  of  assistance  may vary, depending upon the
17    needs of the child and the adoptive parents, as set forth  in
18    the  annual assistance agreement.  Special purpose grants are
19    allowed where the child requires  special  service  but  such
20    costs may not exceed the amounts which similar services would
21    cost  the  Department if it were to provide or secure them as
22    guardian of the child.
23        Any financial assistance provided under  this  subsection
24    is  inalienable  by  assignment, sale, execution, attachment,
25    garnishment, or any other remedy for recovery  or  collection
26    of a judgment or debt.
27        (k)  The  Department  shall  accept for care and training
28    any child who has been adjudicated neglected  or  abused,  or
29    dependent  committed to it pursuant to the Juvenile Court Act
30    or the Juvenile Court Act of 1987.
31        (l)  Before July 1, 2000, the Department may provide, and
32    beginning July 1, 2000, the Department shall provide,  family
33    preservation services, as determined to be appropriate and in
34    the  child's  best  interests and when the child will be safe
                            -102-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    and not be in imminent risk of  harm,  to  any  family  whose
 2    child  has  been  placed  in substitute care, any persons who
 3    have adopted a child and require post-adoption  services,  or
 4    any  persons  whose  child  or  children are at risk of being
 5    placed outside their home as  documented  by  an  "indicated"
 6    report   of  suspected  child  abuse  or  neglect  determined
 7    pursuant to the Abused and  Neglected  Child  Reporting  Act.
 8    Nothing  in  this  paragraph  shall  be construed to create a
 9    private  right  of  action  or  claim  on  the  part  of  any
10    individual or child welfare agency.
11        The Department shall notify the child and his  family  of
12    the  Department's  responsibility to offer and provide family
13    preservation services as identified in the service plan.  The
14    child and his family shall be eligible for services  as  soon
15    as   the   report  is  determined  to  be  "indicated".   The
16    Department may offer services to any  child  or  family  with
17    respect  to whom a report of suspected child abuse or neglect
18    has been filed, prior to concluding its  investigation  under
19    Section 7.12 of the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act.
20    However,  the  child's  or  family's  willingness  to  accept
21    services  shall  not be considered in the investigation.  The
22    Department may also provide services to any child  or  family
23    who  is the subject of any report of suspected child abuse or
24    neglect or  may  refer  such  child  or  family  to  services
25    available  from  other agencies in the community, even if the
26    report is determined to be unfounded, if  the  conditions  in
27    the child's or family's home are reasonably likely to subject
28    the  child  or  family  to  future reports of suspected child
29    abuse or neglect.   Acceptance  of  such  services  shall  be
30    voluntary.
31        The  Department  may,  at its discretion except for those
32    children also adjudicated neglected or dependent, accept  for
33    care   and  training  any  child  who  has  been  adjudicated
34    addicted, as a truant minor in need of supervision  or  as  a
                            -103-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    minor   requiring   authoritative   intervention,  under  the
 2    Juvenile Court Act or the Juvenile Court Act of 1987, but  no
 3    such  child shall be committed to the Department by any court
 4    without the approval of the Department.  A minor charged with
 5    a criminal  offense  under  the  Criminal  Code  of  1961  or
 6    adjudicated  delinquent shall not be placed in the custody of
 7    or committed to the Department by any court, except  a  minor
 8    less  than  13 years of age committed to the Department under
 9    Section 5-23 of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987.
10        (l-1)  The legislature recognizes that the best interests
11    of the child require that the child be  placed  in  the  most
12    permanent  living  arrangement  as  soon  as  is  practically
13    possible.   To achieve this goal, the legislature directs the
14    Department  of  Children  and  Family  Services  to   conduct
15    concurrent  planning  so  that  permanency  may  occur at the
16    earliest  opportunity.   Permanent  living  arrangements  may
17    include prevention of placement of a child outside  the  home
18    of the family when the child can be cared for at home without
19    endangering  the child's health or safety; reunification with
20    the family, when safe and appropriate, if temporary placement
21    is necessary; or  movement  of  the  child  toward  the  most
22    permanent living arrangement and permanent legal status.
23        When  a  child  is  placed in foster care, the Department
24    shall ensure and document that reasonable efforts  were  made
25    to prevent or eliminate the need to remove the child from the
26    child's home.  The Department must make reasonable efforts to
27    reunify  the  family  when  temporary  placement of the child
28    occurs  or  must  request  a  finding  from  the  court  that
29    reasonable  efforts  are  not  appropriate   or   have   been
30    unsuccessful.  At  any  time  after the dispositional hearing
31    where the  Department  believes  that  further  reunification
32    services  would be ineffective, it may request a finding from
33    the court that reasonable efforts are no longer  appropriate.
34    The   Department   is   not   required   to  provide  further
                            -104-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    reunification services after such a finding.
 2        A decision to place a child in substitute care  shall  be
 3    made  with  considerations of the child's health, safety, and
 4    best interests.  At  the  time  of  placement,  consideration
 5    should  also  be  given  so that if reunification fails or is
 6    delayed, the placement made is the best  available  placement
 7    to provide permanency for the child.
 8        The  Department  shall  adopt rules addressing concurrent
 9    planning for reunification and  permanency.   The  Department
10    shall   consider   the  following  factors  when  determining
11    appropriateness of concurrent planning:
12             (1)  the likelihood of prompt reunification;
13             (2)  the past history of the family;
14             (3)  the barriers to reunification  being  addressed
15        by the family;
16             (4)  the level of cooperation of the family;
17             (5)  the  foster  parents'  willingness to work with
18        the family to reunite;
19             (6)  the  willingness  and  ability  of  the  foster
20        family  to  provide  an  adoptive   home   or   long-term
21        placement;
22             (7)  the age of the child;
23             (8)  placement of siblings.
24        (m)  The  Department  may assume temporary custody of any
25    child if:
26             (1)  it has  received  a  written  consent  to  such
27        temporary  custody  signed by the parents of the child or
28        by the parent having custody of the child if the  parents
29        are  not  living together or by the guardian or custodian
30        of the child if the child is not in the custody of either
31        parent, or
32             (2)  the child is found in the State and  neither  a
33        parent,  guardian  nor  custodian  of  the  child  can be
34        located.
                            -105-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    If the child is found in  his  or  her  residence  without  a
 2    parent,  guardian,  custodian  or  responsible caretaker, the
 3    Department may, instead of removing the  child  and  assuming
 4    temporary  custody, place an authorized representative of the
 5    Department in that residence until such  time  as  a  parent,
 6    guardian  or  custodian  enters  the  home  and  expresses  a
 7    willingness and apparent ability to ensure the child's health
 8    and safety and resume permanent charge of the child, or until
 9    a  relative enters the home and is willing and able to ensure
10    the child's health and safety and assume charge of the  child
11    until  a  parent,  guardian  or custodian enters the home and
12    expresses such willingness and ability to ensure the  child's
13    safety  and  resume  permanent charge.  After a caretaker has
14    remained in the home for a period not to exceed 12 hours, the
15    Department must follow those procedures outlined  in  Section
16    2-9, 3-11, 4-8 or 5-9 of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987.
17        The Department shall have the authority, responsibilities
18    and  duties  that  a  legal custodian of the child would have
19    pursuant to subsection (9) of Section  1-3  of  the  Juvenile
20    Court  Act of 1987.  Whenever a child is taken into temporary
21    custody pursuant to an investigation  under  the  Abused  and
22    Neglected  Child Reporting Act, or pursuant to a referral and
23    acceptance under the Juvenile Court Act of 1987 of a minor in
24    limited  custody,  the  Department,  during  the  period   of
25    temporary  custody  and  before the child is brought before a
26    judicial officer as required by Section 2-9, 3-11, 4-8 or 5-9
27    of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987, shall have the  authority,
28    responsibilities  and  duties  that  a legal custodian of the
29    child would have under subsection (9) of Section 1-3  of  the
30    Juvenile Court Act of 1987.
31        The  Department  shall  ensure  that any child taken into
32    custody  is  scheduled  for  an  appointment  for  a  medical
33    examination.
34        A parent,  guardian  or  custodian  of  a  child  in  the
                            -106-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    temporary custody of the Department who would have custody of
 2    the  child  if  he  were  not in the temporary custody of the
 3    Department may deliver to the  Department  a  signed  request
 4    that  the  Department  surrender the temporary custody of the
 5    child. The Department may retain  temporary  custody  of  the
 6    child  for  10  days after the receipt of the request, during
 7    which period the Department may cause to be filed a  petition
 8    pursuant to the Juvenile Court Act of 1987.  If a petition is
 9    so  filed,  the  Department shall retain temporary custody of
10    the child until the court orders otherwise.  If a petition is
11    not filed within the  10  day  period,  the  child  shall  be
12    surrendered to the custody of the requesting parent, guardian
13    or  custodian  not  later  than  the expiration of the 10 day
14    period, at  which  time  the  authority  and  duties  of  the
15    Department with respect to the temporary custody of the child
16    shall terminate.
17        (n)  The  Department may place children under 18 years of
18    age in licensed child care facilities when in the opinion  of
19    the   Department,   appropriate   services  aimed  at  family
20    preservation have been unsuccessful  and  cannot  ensure  the
21    child's  health  and  safety  or  are  unavailable  and  such
22    placement  would  be  for  their  best  interest. Payment for
23    board, clothing, care, training and supervision of any  child
24    placed  in  a licensed child care facility may be made by the
25    Department, by the parents or guardians  of  the  estates  of
26    those  children, or by both the Department and the parents or
27    guardians, except that no  payments  shall  be  made  by  the
28    Department  for  any  child  placed  in a licensed child care
29    facility for board, clothing, care, training and  supervision
30    of  such  a  child that exceed the average per capita cost of
31    maintaining and of caring for a  child  in  institutions  for
32    dependent  or  neglected children operated by the Department.
33    However, such restriction on payments does not apply in cases
34    where children require specialized  care  and  treatment  for
                            -107-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    problems    of   severe   emotional   disturbance,   physical
 2    disability, social adjustment, or any combination thereof and
 3    suitable facilities for the placement of  such  children  are
 4    not  available  at  payment  rates within the limitations set
 5    forth  in  this  Section.  All  reimbursements  for  services
 6    delivered shall  be  absolutely  inalienable  by  assignment,
 7    sale, attachment, garnishment or otherwise.
 8        (o)  The  Department  shall  establish  an administrative
 9    review and appeal  process  for  children  and  families  who
10    request   or   receive   child   welfare  services  from  the
11    Department.  Children who are wards of the Department and are
12    placed by private child welfare agencies, and foster families
13    with whom those children are placed, shall  be  afforded  the
14    same procedural and appeal rights as children and families in
15    the  case of placement by the Department, including the right
16    to an  initial review of a private agency  decision  by  that
17    agency.   The  Department shall insure that any private child
18    welfare agency, which accepts wards  of  the  Department  for
19    placement,  affords  those  rights  to  children  and  foster
20    families.   The  Department  shall  accept for administrative
21    review and an appeal hearing a complaint made by a  child  or
22    foster  family  concerning  a  decision  following an initial
23    review by a private child welfare agency.   An  appeal  of  a
24    decision  concerning  a  change  in  the placement of a child
25    shall be conducted in an expedited manner.
26        (p)  There is hereby created the Department  of  Children
27    and  Family Services Emergency Assistance Fund from which the
28    Department  may  provide  special  financial  assistance   to
29    families which are in economic crisis when such assistance is
30    not available through other public or private sources and the
31    assistance  is deemed necessary to prevent dissolution of the
32    family unit or to reunite families which have been  separated
33    due  to  child  abuse  and  neglect.   The  Department  shall
34    establish  administrative  rules  specifying the criteria for
                            -108-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    determining eligibility for and  the  amount  and  nature  of
 2    assistance  to  be  provided.   The Department may also enter
 3    into  written  agreements  with  private  and  public  social
 4    service agencies to provide emergency financial  services  to
 5    families   referred  by  the  Department.  Special  financial
 6    assistance payments shall be available to a  family  no  more
 7    than once during each fiscal year and the total payments to a
 8    family may not exceed $500 during a fiscal year.
 9        (q)  The   Department  may  receive  and  use,  in  their
10    entirety, for the benefit of children any gift,  donation  or
11    bequest  of  money  or  other  property  which is received on
12    behalf of such children, or any financial benefits  to  which
13    such  children  are  or  may  become entitled while under the
14    jurisdiction or care of the Department.
15        The Department  shall  set  up  and  administer  no-cost,
16    interest-bearing  savings  accounts  in appropriate financial
17    institutions ("individual accounts") for  children  for  whom
18    the  Department  is  legally  responsible  and  who have been
19    determined eligible for Veterans' Benefits,  Social  Security
20    benefits,  assistance allotments from the armed forces, court
21    ordered payments, parental voluntary  payments,  Supplemental
22    Security  Income,  Railroad  Retirement  payments, Black Lung
23    benefits, or other miscellaneous payments.   Interest  earned
24    by  each individual account shall be credited to the account,
25    unless disbursed in accordance with this subsection.
26        In disbursing funds from children's individual  accounts,
27    the Department shall:
28             (1)  Establish  standards  in  accordance with State
29        and federal laws for  disbursing  money  from  children's
30        individual   accounts.    In   all   circumstances,   the
31        Department's  "Guardianship  Administrator" or his or her
32        designee  must  approve  disbursements  from   children's
33        individual accounts.  The Department shall be responsible
34        for  keeping  complete  records  of all disbursements for
                            -109-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        each individual account for any purpose.
 2             (2)  Calculate on a monthly basis the  amounts  paid
 3        from  State funds for the child's board and care, medical
 4        care not covered under Medicaid, and social services; and
 5        utilize funds from the  child's  individual  account,  as
 6        covered   by   regulation,   to  reimburse  those  costs.
 7        Monthly, disbursements  from  all  children's  individual
 8        accounts,  up  to 1/12 of $13,000,000, shall be deposited
 9        by the Department into the General Revenue Fund  and  the
10        balance over 1/12 of $13,000,000 into the DCFS Children's
11        Services Fund.
12             (3)  Maintain    any    balance    remaining   after
13        reimbursing for the child's costs of care,  as  specified
14        in  item  (2). The balance shall accumulate in accordance
15        with  relevant  State  and  federal  laws  and  shall  be
16        disbursed to the child or his or her guardian, or to  the
17        issuing agency.
18        (r)  The    Department   shall   promulgate   regulations
19    encouraging all adoption agencies to voluntarily  forward  to
20    the  Department  or  its  agent  names  and  addresses of all
21    persons who have applied  for  and  have  been  approved  for
22    adoption  of  a  hard-to-place  or  handicapped child and the
23    names of such children who have not been placed for adoption.
24    A list of such names and addresses shall be maintained by the
25    Department or its agent, and coded lists which  maintain  the
26    confidentiality  of the person seeking to adopt the child and
27    of the child shall be  made  available,  without  charge,  to
28    every  adoption agency in the State to assist the agencies in
29    placing  such  children  for  adoption.  The  Department  may
30    delegate to an agent its duty to maintain and make  available
31    such  lists.   The  Department  shall  ensure that such agent
32    maintains the confidentiality of the person seeking to  adopt
33    the child and of the child.
34        (s)  The  Department  of Children and Family Services may
                            -110-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    establish and implement a program to reimburse Department and
 2    private child welfare agency foster parents licensed  by  the
 3    Department  of  Children  and  Family  Services  for  damages
 4    sustained  by the foster parents as a result of the malicious
 5    or negligent acts of foster children, as  well  as  providing
 6    third  party  coverage for such foster parents with regard to
 7    actions  of  foster  children  to  other  individuals.   Such
 8    coverage will be secondary to  the  foster  parent  liability
 9    insurance policy, if applicable.  The program shall be funded
10    through   appropriations   from  the  General  Revenue  Fund,
11    specifically designated for such purposes.
12        (t)  The  Department  shall  perform  home  studies   and
13    investigations and shall exercise supervision over visitation
14    as  ordered  by a court pursuant to the Illinois Marriage and
15    Dissolution of Marriage Act or the Adoption Act only if:
16             (1)  an  order  entered   by   an   Illinois   court
17        specifically  directs  the  Department  to  perform  such
18        services; and
19             (2)  the  court  has  ordered  one  or  both  of the
20        parties to the proceeding to reimburse the Department for
21        its reasonable  costs  for  providing  such  services  in
22        accordance  with Department rules, or has determined that
23        neither party is financially able to pay.
24        The Department shall provide written notification to  the
25    court  of the specific arrangements for supervised visitation
26    and projected monthly costs  within  60  days  of  the  court
27    order.  The  Department  shall  send to the court information
28    related to the costs incurred except in cases where the court
29    has determined the parties are financially unable to pay. The
30    court may order additional periodic reports as appropriate.
31        (u)  Whenever the Department places a child in a licensed
32    foster home, group home, child  care  institution,  or  in  a
33    relative home, the Department shall provide to the caretaker:
34             (1)  available  detailed  information concerning the
                            -111-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        child's  educational  and  health  history,   copies   of
 2        immunization  records  (including  insurance  and medical
 3        card information), a  history  of  the  child's  previous
 4        placements,  if  any,  and  reasons for placement changes
 5        excluding any information that identifies or reveals  the
 6        location of any previous caretaker;
 7             (2)  a  copy  of  the  child's portion of the client
 8        service plan, including any visitation  arrangement,  and
 9        all  amendments  or  revisions  to  it  as related to the
10        child; and
11             (3)  information containing details of  the  child's
12        individualized   educational   plan  when  the  child  is
13        receiving special education services.
14        The caretaker shall be informed of any  known  social  or
15    behavioral   information  (including,  but  not  limited  to,
16    criminal background, fire  setting,  perpetuation  of  sexual
17    abuse,  destructive  behavior, and substance abuse) necessary
18    to care for and safeguard the child.
19        (u-5)  Effective  July  1,   1995,   only   foster   care
20    placements  licensed  as  foster family homes pursuant to the
21    Child Care Act of 1969 shall be eligible  to  receive  foster
22    care  payments  from the Department. Relative caregivers who,
23    as of July  1,  1995,  were  approved  pursuant  to  approved
24    relative   placement  rules  previously  promulgated  by  the
25    Department at 89 Ill. Adm. Code  335  and  had  submitted  an
26    application  for  licensure  as  a  foster  family  home  may
27    continue  to  receive  foster  care  payments  only until the
28    Department determines that they may be licensed as  a  foster
29    family home or that their application for licensure is denied
30    or until September 30, 1995, whichever occurs first.
31        (v)  The  Department shall access criminal history record
32    information as defined in  the  Illinois  Uniform  Conviction
33    Information   Act   and   information   maintained   in   the
34    adjudicatory  and  dispositional  record system as defined in
                            -112-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    subdivision (A)19 of Section 55a of the Civil  Administrative
 2    Code of Illinois if the Department determines the information
 3    is  necessary  to  perform  its  duties  under the Abused and
 4    Neglected Child Reporting Act, the Child Care  Act  of  1969,
 5    and  the  Children  and  Family Services Act.  The Department
 6    shall provide for interactive computerized communication  and
 7    processing    equipment    that    permits   direct   on-line
 8    communication with the Department of State  Police's  central
 9    criminal  history  data  repository.   The  Department  shall
10    comply   with  all  certification  requirements  and  provide
11    certified operators who have been trained by  personnel  from
12    the  Department  of State Police.  In addition, one Office of
13    the Inspector General investigator shall have training in the
14    use of the criminal history  information  access  system  and
15    have  access to the terminal.  The Department of Children and
16    Family Services and its employees shall abide  by  rules  and
17    regulations  established  by  the  Department of State Police
18    relating to the access and dissemination of this information.
19        (w)  Within 120 days of August 20,  1995  (the  effective
20    date  of Public Act 89-392), the Department shall prepare and
21    submit to the Governor and the General  Assembly,  a  written
22    plan  for  the  development of in-state licensed secure child
23    care facilities that care for children who  are  in  need  of
24    secure  living  arrangements  for  their  health, safety, and
25    well-being.  For purposes of  this  subsection,  secure  care
26    facility  shall mean a facility that is designed and operated
27    to ensure that all entrances and exits from the  facility,  a
28    building  or  a  distinct part of the building, are under the
29    exclusive control of the staff of the  facility,  whether  or
30    not  the  child  has  the  freedom  of  movement  within  the
31    perimeter  of the facility, building, or distinct part of the
32    building.  The plan shall include descriptions of  the  types
33    of  facilities  that  are  needed  in  Illinois;  the cost of
34    developing these secure care facilities; the estimated number
                            -113-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of placements; the potential cost savings resulting from  the
 2    movement of children currently out-of-state who are projected
 3    to   be   returned  to  Illinois;  the  necessary  geographic
 4    distribution of these facilities in Illinois; and a  proposed
 5    timetable for development of such facilities.
 6    (Source: P.A.  89-21,  eff.  6-6-95;  89-392,  eff.  8-20-95;
 7    89-507, eff. 7-1-97; 89-626, eff. 8-9-96; 90-11, eff. 1-1-98;
 8    90-27,  eff. 1-1-98; 90-28, eff. 1-1-98; 90-362, eff. 1-1-98;
 9    revised 10-20-97.)
10        (20 ILCS 505/17a-4) (from Ch. 23, par. 5017a-4)
11        Sec. 17a-4. Grants for  community-based  youth  services;
12    Department of Human Services.
13        (a)  The  Department  of Human Services shall make grants
14    for  the  purpose  of  planning,   establishing,   operating,
15    coordinating  and  evaluating  programs  aimed at reducing or
16    eliminating the involvement of youth in the child welfare  or
17    juvenile  justice  systems.  The programs shall include those
18    providing   for    more    comprehensive    and    integrated
19    community-based  youth services including Unified Delinquency
20    Intervention Services programs  and  for  community  services
21    programs.   The Department may authorize advance disbursement
22    of  funds  for  such  youth  services  programs.   When   the
23    appropriation  for  "comprehensive community-based service to
24    youth" is equal to  or  exceeds  $5,000,000,  the  Department
25    shall allocate the total amount of such appropriated funds in
26    the following manner:
27             (1)  no   more   than   20%   of   the  grant  funds
28        appropriated shall be awarded by the Department  for  new
29        program development and innovation;
30             (2)  not  less  than 80% of grant funds appropriated
31        shall be allocated to  community-based  92community-based
32        youth  services  programs  based upon population of youth
33        under 18 018 years of age and other demographic variables
                            -114-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        defined by the Department  of  Human  Services  by  rule,
 2        which   may  include  weighting  for  service  priorities
 3        relating to special needs identified in the annual  plans
 4        of  the  regional  youth  planning committees established
 5        under this Act;
 6             (3)  if any amount so allocated under paragraph  (2)
 7        of  this  subsection  (a)  remains unobligated such funds
 8        shall be reallocated in a manner equitable and consistent
 9        with the purpose of paragraph (2) of this subsection (a);
10        and
11             (4)  the local boards or local service systems shall
12        certify  prior  to  receipt  of  grant  funds  from   the
13        Department  of  Human Services that a 10% local public or
14        private financial or in-kind commitment is  allocated  to
15        supplement the State grant.
16        (b)  Notwithstanding  any  provision in this Act or rules
17    promulgated under this Act  to the contrary, unless expressly
18    prohibited by federal law  or  regulation,  all  individuals,
19    corporations,  or  other  entities  that  provide  medical or
20    mental health services, whether organized  as  for-profit  or
21    not-for-profit  entities, shall be eligible for consideration
22    by the Department of Human Services  to  participate  in  any
23    program  funded  or  administered  by  the  Department.  This
24    subsection shall not apply to the receipt  of  federal  funds
25    administered  and  transferred by the Department for services
26    when the federal government has  specifically  provided  that
27    those  funds may be received only by those entities organized
28    as not-for-profit entities.
29    (Source: P.A. 89-392,  eff.  8-20-95;  89-507,  eff.  7-1-97;
30    revised 3-10-97.)
31        (20 ILCS 505/21) (from Ch. 23, par. 5021)
32        Sec.  21.  (a) To make such investigations as it may deem
33    necessary to the performance of its duties.
                            -115-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (b)  In  the  course  of  any  such   investigation   any
 2    qualified  person  authorized  by the Director may administer
 3    oaths and secure by its  subpoena  both  the  attendance  and
 4    testimony of witnesses and the production of books and papers
 5    relevant to such investigation. Any person who is served with
 6    a  subpoena  by  the  Department  to appear and testify or to
 7    produce books and papers, in the course of  an  investigation
 8    authorized  by law, and who refuses or neglects to appear, or
 9    to testify, or to produce books and papers relevant  to  such
10    investigation, as commanded in such subpoena, shall be guilty
11    of   a  Class  B  misdemeanor.  The  fees  of  witnesses  for
12    attendance and travel shall  be  the  same  as  the  fees  of
13    witnesses  before  the  circuit  courts  of  this  State. Any
14    circuit  court  of  this  State,  upon  application  of   the
15    Department,  may  compel  the  attendance  of  witnesses, the
16    production of books  and  papers,  and  giving  of  testimony
17    before  the  Department  or  before any authorized officer or
18    employee thereof, by an attachment for contempt or otherwise,
19    in the same manner as production of evidence may be compelled
20    before such court. Every person who, having taken an oath  or
21    made  affirmation  before  the  Department  or any authorized
22    officer or employee thereof, shall willfully swear or  affirm
23    falsely, shall be guilty of perjury and upon conviction shall
24    be punished accordingly.
25        (c)  Investigations  initiated  under  this Section shall
26    provide individuals due process of law, including  the  right
27    to  a hearing, to cross-examine witnesses, to obtain relevant
28    documents, and to present evidence.  Administrative  findings
29    shall  be  subject  to  the  provisions of the Administrative
30    Review Law.
31        (d)  Beginning  July  1,  1988,  any   child   protective
32    investigator  or  supervisor  or  child welfare specialist or
33    supervisor employed by the Department on the  effective  date
34    of  this  amendatory  Act  of  1987  shall  have  completed a
                            -116-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    training program which shall be instituted by the Department.
 2    The training program shall include, but not  be  limited  to,
 3    the  following:  (1) training in the detection of symptoms of
 4    child neglect and drug abuse; (2)  specialized  training  for
 5    dealing  with  families and children of drug abusers; and (3)
 6    specific training in child development, family  dynamics  and
 7    interview  techniques.  Such  program  shall  conform  to the
 8    criteria and curriculum developed  under  Section  4  of  the
 9    Child  Protective  Investigator  and Child Welfare Specialist
10    Certification Act of 1987. Failure to complete such  training
11    due  to  lack of opportunity provided by the Department shall
12    in no way be grounds for any  disciplinary  or  other  action
13    against an investigator or a specialist.
14        The Department shall develop a continuous inservice staff
15    development   program  and  evaluation  system.   Each  child
16    protective investigator  and  supervisor  and  child  welfare
17    specialist  and  supervisor shall participate in such program
18    and evaluation and shall complete a minimum of  20  hours  of
19    inservice  education  and  training every 2 years in order to
20    maintain certification.
21        Any child protective  investigator  or  child  protective
22    supervisor,  or  child  welfare  specialist  or child welfare
23    specialist supervisor hired by the Department who begins  his
24    actual employment after the effective date of this amendatory
25    Act  of  1987,  shall  be  certified  pursuant  to  the Child
26    Protective  Investigator   and   Child   Welfare   Specialist
27    Certification  Act  of 1987 before he begins such employment.
28    Nothing in this Act shall replace or diminish the  rights  of
29    employees  under  the Illinois Public Labor Relations Act, as
30    amended, or the National Labor Relations Act. In the event of
31    any conflict between either of those Acts, or any  collective
32    bargaining   agreement   negotiated   thereunder,   and   the
33    provisions  of  subsections  (d)  and  (e),  the former shall
34    prevail and control.
                            -117-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (e)  The  Department  shall  develop  and  implement  the
 2    following:
 3             (1)  A standardized standarized  child  endangerment
 4        risk assessment protocol.
 5             (2)  Related training procedures.
 6             (3)  A    standardized    standarized   method   for
 7        demonstration  of  proficiency  in  application  of   the
 8        protocol.
 9             (4)  An  evaluation  of the reliability and validity
10        of the protocol.
11    All child protective investigators and supervisors and  child
12    welfare   specialists   and   supervisors   employed  by  the
13    Department or its contractors shall be  required,  subsequent
14    to   the   availability   of  training  under  this  Act,  to
15    demonstrate  proficiency  in  application  of  the   protocol
16    previous  to  being  permitted  to  make  decisions about the
17    degree  of  risk  posed  to  children  for  whom   they   are
18    responsible.     The    Department    shall    establish    a
19    multi-disciplinary  advisory  committee  composed of not more
20    than 15 members appointed by the Director, including but  not
21    limited   to   representatives   from  the  fields  of  child
22    development,  domestic  violence,  family  systems,  juvenile
23    justice,  law  enforcement,  health  care,   mental   health,
24    substance  abuse, and social service to advise the Department
25    and  its  related  contractors   in   the   development   and
26    implementation  of  the  child  endangerment  risk assessment
27    protocol,  related  training,  method  for  demonstration  of
28    proficiency in application of the protocol, and evaluation of
29    the reliability and validity of the protocol.  The Department
30    shall develop the protocol, training curriculum,  method  for
31    demonstration  of  proficiency in application of the protocol
32    and method for evaluation of the reliability and validity  of
33    the  protocol by July 1, 1995.  Training and demonstration of
34    proficiency in application of  the  child  endangerment  risk
                            -118-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    assessment  protocol  for  all child protective investigators
 2    and supervisors and child welfare specialists and supervisors
 3    shall be completed as soon as practicable, but no later  than
 4    January  1, 1996.  The Department shall submit to the General
 5    Assembly on or before May 1, 1996, and every year thereafter,
 6    an annual report on the evaluation  of  the  reliability  and
 7    validity  of the child endangerment risk assessment protocol.
 8    The  Department  shall  contract  with  a  not   for   profit
 9    organization  with  demonstrated  expertise  in  the field of
10    child  endangerment  risk  assessment  to   assist   in   the
11    development and implementation of the child endangerment risk
12    assessment    protocol,    related   training,   method   for
13    demonstration of proficiency in application of the  protocol,
14    and  evaluation  of  the  reliability  and  validity  of  the
15    protocol.
16    (Source: P.A. 88-614, eff. 9-7-94; revised 7-21-97.)
17        Section 22.  The Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is
18    amended by changing Sections 46.6c and 46.19j as follows:
19        (20 ILCS 605/46.6c) (from Ch. 127, par. 46.6c)
20        Sec.    46.6c.     The   Department   may,   subject   to
21    appropriation, provide contractual funding from  the  Tourism
22    Promotion Fund for the administrative costs of not-for-profit
23    regional  tourism  development  organizations that assist the
24    Department in developing tourism  throughout  a  multi-county
25    geographical  area  designated  by  the Department.  Regional
26    tourism development organizations receiving funds under  this
27    Section may be required by the Department to submit to audits
28    of  contracts  awarded by the Department to determine whether
29    the regional tourism development organization  has  performed
30    all  contractual  obligations  under  those contracts.  Every
31    employee  of  a  regional  tourism  development  organization
32    receiving funds under this  Section  shall  disclose  to  its
                            -119-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    governing  board  and to the Department any economic interest
 2    that employee may have in any entity with which the  regional
 3    tourism  development  organization  has contracted with or to
 4    which  the  regional  tourism  development  organization  has
 5    granted funds.
 6    (Source: P.A. 90-26, eff. 7-1-97; revised 1-7-98.)
 7        (20 ILCS 605/46.19j)
 8        Sec.  46.19j.  Job  Training  and  Economic   Development
 9    Demonstration Grant Program.
10        (a)  Legislative  findings.   The  General Assembly finds
11    that:
12             (1)  despite the  large  number  of  unemployed  job
13        seekers,  many  employers  are having difficulty matching
14        the skills they require with the  skills  of  workers;  a
15        similar   problem  exists  in  industries  where  overall
16        employment may not be expanding but  there  is  an  acute
17        need for skilled workers in particular occupations;
18             (2)  the  State  of  Illinois  should  foster  local
19        economic  development  by  linking  the  job  training of
20        unemployed  disadvantaged  citizens  with  the  workforce
21        needs of local business and industry; and
22             (3)  employers often need assistance  in  developing
23        training  resources  that will provide work opportunities
24        for disadvantaged populations.
25        (b)  Definitions.  As used in this Act:
26        "Community  based  provider"   means   a   not-for-profit
27    organization,  with  local boards of directors, that directly
28    provides job training services.
29        "Disadvantaged persons" has the same meaning as the  term
30    is  defined  in  Title  II-A  of  the  federal  Job  Training
31    Partnership Act.
32        "Training  partners" means a community-based provider and
33    one or more  employers  who  have  established  training  and
                            -120-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    placement linkages.
 2        (c)  From   funds  appropriated  for  that  purpose,  the
 3    Department of Commerce and Community Affairs shall administer
 4    a Job Training and Economic Development  Demonstration  Grant
 5    Program.   The  Director  shall make not less than 12 and not
 6    more than 20 demonstration project grants to  community-based
 7    providers.    The   grants  shall  be  made  to  support  the
 8    following:
 9             (1)  partnerships between community-based  providers
10        and  employers  for  the  customized training of existing
11        low-skilled,   low-wage   employees   and   newly   hired
12        disadvantaged persons; and
13             (2)  partnerships between community-based  providers
14        and  employers  to  develop  training programs that would
15        link the work force needs of local industry with the  job
16        training of unemployed disadvantaged persons.
17        (d)  For   projects   created   under  paragraph  (1)  of
18    subsection (c) (b):
19             (1)  the  Department  shall  give  a   priority   to
20        projects  that include an in-kind match by an employer in
21        partnership with a community-based provider and  projects
22        that use instructional materials and training instructors
23        directly  used  in  the  specific  industry sector of the
24        partnership employer; and
25             (2)  the partnership  employer  must  be  an  active
26        participant  in  the curriculum development, employ under
27        250   workers,   and   train   primarily    disadvantaged
28        populations.
29        (e)  For   projects   created   under  paragraph  (2)  of
30    subsection (c) (b):
31             (1)  community based organizations shall assess  the
32        employment barriers and needs of local residents and work
33        in    partnership   with   local   economic   development
34        organizations to identify the priority workforce needs of
                            -121-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        the local industry;
 2             (2)  training  partners,  that  is,  community-based
 3        organizations  and  employers,  shall  work  together  to
 4        design  programs   with   maximum   benefits   to   local
 5        disadvantaged persons and local employers;
 6             (3)  employers   must  be  involved  in  identifying
 7        specific  skill-training  needs,   planning   curriculum,
 8        assisting   in   training   activities,   providing   job
 9        opportunities,  and coordinating job retention for people
10        hired after training through this program  and  follow-up
11        support; and
12             (4)  the  community-based  organizations shall serve
13        disadvantaged persons, including welfare recipients.
14        (f)  The Department  shall  adopt  rules  for  the  grant
15    program  and shall create a competitive application procedure
16    for those grants to be awarded beginning in fiscal year 1998.
17    (Source: P.A. 90-474, eff. 1-1-98; revised 1-7-98.)
18        Section  23.   The  Business  Assistance  and  Regulatory
19    Reform Act is amended by changing Section 15 as follows:
20        (20 ILCS 608/15)
21        Sec. 15.  Providing  Information  and  Expediting  Permit
22    Reviews.
23        (a)  The office shall provide an information system using
24    a  toll-free business assistance number.  The number shall be
25    advertised throughout the State.  If  requested,  the  caller
26    will  be  sent  a  basic  business  kit, describing the basic
27    requirements and procedures for doing business  in  Illinois.
28    If  requested, the caller shall be directed to one or more of
29    the additional services provided by the office.   All persons
30    providing advice to callers on behalf of the office  and  all
31    persons   responsible  for  directly  providing  services  to
32    persons visiting the office or one of its branches  shall  be
                            -122-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    persons  with  small business experience in an administrative
 2    or managerial capacity.
 3        (b)  (Blank).
 4        (c)  Any applicant for permits required  for  a  business
 5    activity  may  confer with the office to obtain assistance in
 6    the  prompt  and   efficient   processing   and   review   of
 7    applications.   The  office  may designate an employee of the
 8    office to act as a permit assistance manager to:
 9             (1)  facilitate  contacts  for  the  applicant  with
10        responsible agencies;
11             (2)  arrange conferences to clarify the requirements
12        of interested agencies;
13             (3)  consider with State agencies the feasibility of
14        consolidating  hearings  and   data   required   of   the
15        applicant;
16             (4)  assist   the   applicant   in   resolution   of
17        outstanding issues identified by State agencies; and
18             (5)  coordinate  federal, State and local regulatory
19        procedures  and  permit  review  actions  to  the  extent
20        possible.
21        (d)  The  office  shall  publish  a  directory  of  State
22    business  permits  and  State  programs   to   assist   small
23    businesses.
24        (e)  The  office  shall  attempt  to establish agreements
25    with  local  governments  to  allow  the  office  to  provide
26    assistance to applicants for permits required by these  local
27    governments.
28        (f)  Interested  State  agencies  shall,  to  the maximum
29    extent   feasible,   establish   procedures    to    expedite
30    applications  for  infrastructure projects.  Applications for
31    permits for infrastructure  projects  shall  be  approved  or
32    disapproved  within  45  days  of  submission,  unless law or
33    regulations specify a different period.   If  the  interested
34    agency  is unable to act within that period, the agency shall
                            -123-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    provide a  written  notification  to  the  office  specifying
 2    reasons  for  its  inability  to  act  and  the date by which
 3    approval or disapproval shall be determined.  The office  may
 4    require  any interested State agency to designate an employee
 5    who will coordinate the handling of permits in that area.
 6        (g)  In addition to its  responsibilities  in  connection
 7    with  permit  assistance,  the  office  shall provide general
 8    regulatory information by directing businesses to appropriate
 9    officers  in  State  agencies  to  supply   the   information
10    requested.
11        (h)  The office shall help businesses to locate and apply
12    to  training programs available to train current employees in
13    particular skills, techniques or areas of knowledge  relevant
14    to  the  employees'  present  or  anticipated job duties.  In
15    pursuit  of  this  objective,  the   office   shall   provide
16    businesses with pertinent information about training programs
17    offered  by State agencies, units of local government, public
18    universities and colleges,  community  colleges,  and  school
19    districts in Illinois.
20        (i)  The office shall help businesses to locate and apply
21    to  State programs offering to businesses grants, loans, loan
22    or bond guarantees, investment  partnerships,  technology  or
23    productivity   consultation,   or  other  forms  of  business
24    assistance.
25        (j)  To the extent authorized by federal law, the  office
26    shall  assist  businesses  in ascertaining and complying with
27    the requirements of the federal Americans  with  Disabilities
28    Act.
29        (k)  The   office   shall  provide  confidential  on-site
30    assistance  in  identifying   problems   and   solutions   in
31    compliance  with  requirements  of  the  federal Occupational
32    Safety and Health Administration and other State and  federal
33    environmental regulations.  The office shall work through and
34    contract  with  the  Waste  Management and Research Center to
                            -124-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    provide confidential on-site  consultation  audits  that  (i)
 2    assist  regulatory  compliance  and  (ii)  identify pollution
 3    prevention opportunities.
 4        (l)  The office shall  provide  information  on  existing
 5    loan and business assistance programs provided by the State.
 6        (m)  Each  State agency having jurisdiction to approve or
 7    deny a permit shall have the continuing power  heretofore  or
 8    hereafter  vested  in  it  to  make such determinations.  The
 9    provisions of this Act shall not lessen or reduce such powers
10    and shall modify the procedures followed in carrying out such
11    powers only to the extent provided in this Act.
12        (n) (1)  Each State agency shall fully cooperate with the
13    office in providing information, documentation, personnel  or
14    facilities requested by the office.
15        (2)  Each  State agency having jurisdiction of any permit
16    to which the master application procedure is applicable shall
17    designate an employee to act as permit  liaison  office  with
18    the office in carrying out the provisions of this Act.
19        (o) (1)  The  office  has authority, but is not required,
20    to keep and analyze appropriate  statistical  data  regarding
21    the number of permits issued by State agencies, the amount of
22    time  necessary  for  the  permits  to be issued, the cost of
23    obtaining such permits,  the  types  of  projects  for  which
24    specific  permits  are  issued,  a geographic distribution of
25    permits,  and  other  pertinent   data   the   office   deems
26    appropriate.
27        The  office  shall make such data and any analysis of the
28    data available to the public.
29        (2)  The office has authority, but is  not  required,  to
30    conduct  or  cause  to  be conducted a thorough review of any
31    agency's permit requirements and the need  by  the  State  to
32    require  such  permits.  The office shall draw on the review,
33    on its direct experience, and on its statistical analyses  to
34    prepare recommendations regarding how to:
                            -125-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (i)  eliminate   unnecessary  or  antiquated  permit
 2        requirements;
 3             (ii)  consolidate duplicative or overlapping  permit
 4        requirements;
 5             (iii)  simplify    overly    complex    or   lengthy
 6        application procedures;
 7             (iv)  expedite  time-consuming  agency  review   and
 8        approval procedures; or
 9             (v)  otherwise  improve  the permitting processes in
10        the State.
11        The office shall submit  copies  of  all  recommendations
12    within  5  days  of  issuance  to  the  affected  agency, the
13    Governor, the General Assembly, and the  Joint  Committee  on
14    Administrative Rules.
15        (p)  The  office  has  authority to review State forms on
16    its own initiative or  upon  the  request  of  another  State
17    agency  to  ascertain  the  burden, if any, of complying with
18    those forms.  If the office determines that a form is  unduly
19    burdensome  to  business,  it  may  recommend  to  the agency
20    issuing the form either that the form be eliminated  or  that
21    specific changes be made in the form.
22        (q)  Not later than March 1 of each year, beginning March
23    1,  1995,  the  office  shall  submit an annual report of its
24    activities during the preceding  year  to  the  Governor  and
25    General  Assembly.   The report shall describe the activities
26    of the office during the preceding  year  and  shall  contain
27    statistical  information  on the permit assistance activities
28    of the office.
29    (Source: P.A. 90-454, eff.  8-16-97;  90-490,  eff.  8-17-97;
30    revised 11-13-97.)
31        Section  24.   The  Illinois  Promotion Act is amended by
32    changing Section 4a as follows:
                            -126-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (20 ILCS 665/4a) (from Ch. 127, par. 200-24a)
 2        Sec. 4a. Funds.
 3        (1)  As soon as possible after  the  first  day  of  each
 4    month,  beginning July 1, 1978 and ending June 30, 1997, upon
 5    certification of the Department of Revenue,  the  Comptroller
 6    shall order transferred and the Treasurer shall transfer from
 7    the  General  Revenue  Fund  to  a  special fund in the State
 8    Treasury, to be known as the  "Tourism  Promotion  Fund",  an
 9    amount  equal  to  10%  of the net revenue realized from "The
10    Hotel Operators' Occupation Tax Act",  as  now  or  hereafter
11    amended,  plus  an  amount  equal  to  10% of the net revenue
12    realized from any tax  imposed  under  Section  4.05  of  the
13    Chicago  World's  Fair  -  1992  Authority  Act,  as  now  or
14    hereafter  amended,  during  the preceding month. Net revenue
15    realized for a month shall be the revenue  collected  by  the
16    State pursuant to that Act during the previous month less the
17    amount  paid  out  during  that  same  month  as  refunds  to
18    taxpayers for overpayment of liability under that Act.
19        All  moneys  deposited  in  the  Tourism  Promotion  Fund
20    pursuant  to  this subsection are allocated to the Department
21    for utilization, as appropriated, in the performance  of  its
22    powers under Section 4.
23        As  soon  as  possible after the first day of each month,
24    beginning July 1, 1997, upon certification of the  Department
25    of  Revenue,  the Comptroller shall order transferred and the
26    Treasurer shall transfer from the General Revenue Fund to the
27    Tourism Promotion Fund an amount equal  to  13%  of  the  net
28    revenue realized from the Hotel Operators' Occupation Tax Act
29    plus  an amount equal to 13% of the net revenue realized from
30    any tax imposed under Section 4.05  of  the  Chicago  World's
31    Fair-1992  Authority  Act  during  the preceding month.  "Net
32    revenue realized for a month" means the revenue collected  by
33    the  State  under that Act during the previous month less the
34    amount  paid  out  during  that  same  month  as  refunds  to
                            -127-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    taxpayers for overpayment of liability under that Act.
 2        (1.1)  (Blank).
 3        (2)  (Blank).  As soon as possible after the first day of
 4    each month, beginning July 1, 1997, upon certification of the
 5    Department  of   Revenue,   the   Comptroller   shall   order
 6    transferred and the Treasurer shall transfer from the General
 7    Revenue Fund to the Tourism Promotion Fund an amount equal to
 8    8%  of  the  net  revenue  realized from the Hotel Operators'
 9    Occupation Tax plus an amount equal to 8% of the net  revenue
10    realized  from  any  tax  imposed  under  Section 4.05 of the
11    Chicago World's Fair-1992 Authority Act during the  preceding
12    month.   "Net revenue realized for a month" means the revenue
13    collected by the State under that  Act  during  the  previous
14    month  less  the  amount  paid  out during that same month as
15    refunds to taxpayers for overpayment of liability under  that
16    Act.
17        All  monies deposited in the Tourism Promotion Fund under
18    this subsection (2) shall be used solely as provided in  this
19    subsection   to  advertise  and  promote  tourism  throughout
20    Illinois. Appropriations of monies deposited in  the  Tourism
21    Promotion  Fund pursuant to this subsection (2) shall be used
22    solely for advertising to promote tourism, including but  not
23    limited  to  advertising  production and direct advertisement
24    costs, but shall not be used to employ any additional  staff,
25    finance  any individual event, or lease, rent or purchase any
26    physical facilities.  The  Department  shall  coordinate  its
27    advertising  under  this subsection (2) with other public and
28    private entities in the State engaged  in  similar  promotion
29    activities.   Print   or  electronic  media  production  made
30    pursuant to this subsection  (2)  for  advertising  promotion
31    shall  not  contain  or include the physical appearance of or
32    reference to the name or  position  of  any  public  officer.
33    "Public  officer"  means  a  person  who is elected to office
34    pursuant to statute, or who is appointed to an  office  which
                            -128-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    is  established,  and  the qualifications and duties of which
 2    are prescribed, by statute, to discharge a  public  duty  for
 3    the State or any of its political subdivisions.
 4        (3)  Subject    to   appropriation,   moneys   shall   be
 5    transferred from the Tourism Promotion Fund  into  the  Grape
 6    and Wine Resources Fund pursuant to Article XII of the Liquor
 7    Control  Act  of  1934 and shall be used by the Department in
 8    accordance with the provisions of that Article.
 9    (Source: P.A. 90-26, eff. 7-1-97; 90-77, eff. 7-8-97; revised
10    7-31-97.)
11        Section 25.  The Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is
12    amended by changing Section 63a21.1 as follows:
13        (20 ILCS 805/63a21.1) (from Ch. 127, par. 63a21.1)
14        Sec. 63a21.1.  Fees. To assess appropriate and reasonable
15    fees for the use of concession type  facilities  as  well  as
16    other  facilities  and  sites  under  the jurisdiction of the
17    Department  of  Natural  Resources.    The   Department   may
18    regulate,  by  rule,  the  fees  to  be  charged.  The income
19    collected shall be deposited in the State Parks Park Fund  or
20    Wildlife and Fish Fund depending on the classification of the
21    State managed facility involved.
22    (Source: P.A. 88-91; 89-445, eff. 2-7-96; revised 3-28-97.)
23        Section 26.  The Energy Conservation and Coal Development
24    Act is amended by changing Section 16 as follows:
25        (20 ILCS 1105/16) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 7415)
26        (Section scheduled to be repealed on July 1, 1998)
27        Sec. 16. Battery Task Force.
28        (a)  Within  the  Department  is  created  a Battery Task
29    Force to be comprised of (i) the Director of  the  Department
30    who shall serve as chair of the Task Force; (ii) the Director
                            -129-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of  the  Environmental Protection Agency;  (iii) the Director
 2    of the Waste Management and  Research  Center;  and  (iv)  15
 3    persons  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Director  of the
 4    Department, including 2 persons representing an environmental
 5    organization,  2  persons  representing  the   battery   cell
 6    industry,  2  persons  representing  the rechargeable powered
 7    tool/device industry, 3 representatives from local government
 8    with residential recycling programs  (including  one  from  a
 9    municipality  with  more  than  a million people), one person
10    representing the retail industry, one person  representing  a
11    consumer  group,  2 persons representing the waste management
12    industry, one person representing a recycling firm,  and  one
13    person  representing  a citizens' group active in local solid
14    waste issues.
15        (b)  The  Task  Force  shall  prepare  a  report  of  its
16    findings and recommendations and shall present the report  to
17    the  Governor  and the General Assembly on or before April 1,
18    1993. Among other things, the Task Force shall evaluate:
19             (1)  collection, storage, and processing systems for
20        the recycling and proper management of  common  household
21        batteries  and rechargeable battery products generated by
22        consumers,  businesses,  institutions,  and  governmental
23        units;
24             (2)  public education programs  that  promote  waste
25        reduction,  reuse, and recycling strategies for household
26        batteries;
27             (3)  disposal bans on specific  household  batteries
28        or rechargeable battery products;
29             (4)  management  options  for rechargeable tools and
30        appliances;
31             (5)  technical and financial assistance programs for
32        local governments;
33             (6)  guidelines and  regulations  for  the  storage,
34        transportation, and disposal of household batteries;
                            -130-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (7)  labeling  requirements  for household batteries
 2        and battery packaging;
 3             (8)  metal content limits and sale restrictions  for
 4        carbon-zinc, nickel-cadmium, and button batteries;
 5             (9)  market   development   options   for  materials
 6        recovered from household batteries;
 7             (10)  industry   waste    reduction    developments,
 8        including  substitution  of longer-life, rechargeable and
 9        recyclable   batteries,   substitution   of   alternative
10        products which do not require batteries, increased use of
11        power-source adapters, and use of  replaceable  batteries
12        in battery-powered appliances; and
13             (11)  the  feasibility  of  reverse  distribution of
14        batteries.
15        The  Task  Force  shall  review,  evaluate,  and  compare
16    existing  battery  management  and  collection  systems   and
17    studies  including those used from other states, the European
18    Community, and other major industrial nations. The Task Force
19    shall consult with manufacturers and the public to  determine
20    the  most  cost  effective  and  efficient  means for battery
21    management.
22        This Section is repealed July 1, 1998.
23    (Source: P.A. 90-372,  eff.  7-1-98;  90-490,  eff.  8-17-97;
24    revised 11-17-97.)
25        Section  27.   The  Energy Conservation Act is amended by
26    changing Section 3 as follows:
27        (20 ILCS 1115/3) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 7603)
28        Sec. 3.  Definitions.  As used in this Act:
29        "HVAC" means a system that provides comfort,  heating  or
30    air-conditioning within or associated with a building.
31        "Lighting   efficiency   standards"  means  practices  or
32    regulations which would conserve the energy needed  to  light
                            -131-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    new public buildings.
 2        "Thermal   efficiency  standards"  means  regulations  or
 3    practices which   would  conserve  energy  by  affecting  the
 4    exterior   envelope  physical  characteristics,  HVAC  system
 5    selection and  configuration,  HVAC  system  performance  and
 6    service  water heating design and equipment selection for all
 7    new and renovated buildings.
 8        "Unit of local government" means a county,  municipality,
 9    township,  special  district,  school  district,  and  a unit
10    designated as a  unit  of  local  government  by  law,  which
11    exercises  limited governmental power or powers in respect to
12    limited governmental subjects.
13    (Source: P.A. 81-357; revised 12-18-97.)
14        Section  28.   The  Mental   Health   and   Developmental
15    Disabilities  Administrative  Act is amended by setting forth
16    and renumbering multiple versions of Section 69 as follows:
17        (20 ILCS 1705/69)
18        Sec. 69.  Joint  planning  by  the  Department  of  Human
19    Services  and the Department of Children and Family Services.
20    The purpose of this Section is to mandate that joint planning
21    occur between the Department of Children and Family  Services
22    and  the  Department  of  Human Services to ensure that the 2
23    agencies coordinate their  activities  and  effectively  work
24    together to provide wards with developmental disabilities for
25    whom  the  Department  of  Children  and  Family  Services is
26    legally responsible a smooth transition to adult living  upon
27    reaching  the  age  of  21.   The  Department of Children and
28    Family Services and the Department of  Human  Services  shall
29    execute  an  interagency  agreement  by  January 1, 1998 that
30    outlines  the  terms  of  the  coordination   process.    The
31    Departments  shall consult with private providers of services
32    to children in formulating the interagency agreement.
                            -132-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    (Source: P.A. 90-512, eff. 8-22-97.)
 2        (20 ILCS 1705/70)
 3        Sec. 70. 69.  Monitoring by  closed  circuit  television.
 4    The   Department  of  Human  Services  as  successor  to  the
 5    Department of Mental Health  and  Developmental  Disabilities
 6    may  install  closed  circuit  televisions in  quiet rooms in
 7    institutions supervised or  operated  by  the  Department  to
 8    monitor  patients  in  those  quiet  rooms.   Nothing in this
 9    Section shall be construed to supersede or interfere with any
10    current provisions in the  Mental  Health  and  Developmental
11    Disabilities  Code  concerning the observation and monitoring
12    of patients.
13    (Source: P.A. 90-444, eff. 8-16-97; revised 11-19-97.)
14        Section 29.  The Illinois Health Finance  Reform  Act  is
15    amended by changing Section 4-4 as follows:
16        (20 ILCS 2215/4-4) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 6504-4)
17        Sec.   4-4.   (a)   Hospitals  shall  make  available  to
18    prospective  patients  information  on  the   normal   charge
19    incurred  for  any  procedure  or  operation  the prospective
20    patient is considering.
21        (b)  The Council  shall  require  hospitals  to  post  in
22    letters  no  more  than  one  inch  in height the established
23    charges for services, where  applicable,  including  but  not
24    limited  to,  the  hospital's  hospitals private room charge,
25    semi-private room charge, charge for a room rooms with  3  or
26    more beds charge, intensive care room charges, emergency room
27    charge,     operating    room    charge,    electrocardiogram
28    electrocardiagram  charge,  anesthesia  charge,  chest  x-ray
29    charge, blood sugar charge, blood  chemistry  charge,  tissue
30    exam  charge,  blood typing charge and Rh factor charge.  The
31    definitions of each charge to be posted shall  be  determined
                            -133-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    by the Council.
 2    (Source: P.A. 84-325; revised 8-7-97.)
 3        Section 30.  The Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is
 4    amended by setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of
 5    Sections 55.84 and 55.85 as follows:
 6        (20 ILCS 2310/55.84)
 7        Sec. 55.84.  Breast feeding; public information campaign.
 8    The  Department  of  Public Health may conduct an information
 9    campaign for the general public to promote breast feeding  of
10    infants  by  their  mothers.   The Department may include the
11    information in a brochure prepared under Section 55.64 or  in
12    a  brochure  that  shares  other information with the general
13    public and is distributed free of charge.  If the  Department
14    includes  the  information  required  under this Section in a
15    brochure authorized or required under  another  provision  of
16    law,  the  Department  may continue to use existing stocks of
17    that brochure before adding the  information  required  under
18    this  Section  but  shall  add  that  information in the next
19    printing of the brochure.   The  information  required  under
20    this  Section  may  be  distributed  to  the parents or legal
21    custodians of each newborn upon discharge of the infant  from
22    a hospital or other health care facility.
23    (Source: P.A. 90-244, eff. 1-1-98.)
24        (20 ILCS 2310/55.85)
25        Sec. 55.85.  Grants from the Mental Health Research Fund.
26    From funds appropriated from the Mental Health Research Fund,
27    the  Department  of  Human  Services  shall  award  grants to
28    organizations in Illinois, for the  purpose  of  research  of
29    mental illness.
30    (Source: P.A. 90-171, eff. 7-23-97.)
                            -134-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (20 ILCS 2310/55.87)
 2        Sec.   55.87.   55.84.   Advisory   committee  concerning
 3    construction of facilities.  The Director  of  Public  Health
 4    shall  appoint an advisory committee which committee shall be
 5    established by the Department by rule.  The Director and  the
 6    Department   shall   consult   with  the  advisory  committee
 7    concerning the application of building codes  and  Department
 8    rules related to those building codes to facilities under the
 9    Ambulatory  Surgical  Treatment  Center Act, the Nursing Home
10    Care Act, and the Hospital Licensing Act.
11    (Source: P.A. 90-327, eff. 8-8-97; revised 10-17-97.)
12        (20 ILCS 2310/55.88)
13        Sec.  55.88.  55.85.   Facility   construction   training
14    program.   The Department shall conduct, at least annually, a
15    joint in-service training program for architects,  engineers,
16    interior   designers,  and  other  persons  involved  in  the
17    construction of a  facility  under  the  Ambulatory  Surgical
18    Treatment  Center  Act,  the  Nursing  Home  Care Act, or the
19    Hospital Licensing Act on problems and issues relating to the
20    construction of facilities under any of those Acts.
21    (Source: P.A. 90-327, eff. 8-8-97; revised 10-17-97.)
22        Section  31.   The  Domestic  Abuse  of  Disabled  Adults
23    Intervention  Act  is  amended  by  changing  Section  45  as
24    follows:
25        (20 ILCS 2435/45) (from Ch. 23, par. 3395-45)
26        Sec. 45.  Consent.
27        (a)  If the Domestic Abuse Project has received a  report
28    of  alleged or suspected abuse, neglect, or exploitation with
29    regard to an adult disabled person who lacks the capacity  to
30    consent  to  an assessment or to services, the Domestic Abuse
31    Project may seek, directly or  through  another  agency,  the
                            -135-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    appointment  of a temporary or permanent guardian as provided
 2    in Article XIa of the Probate Act of 1975 or other relief  as
 3    provided under the Illinois Domestic Violence Act of 1986.
 4        (b)  A guardian of the person of an adult disabled person
 5    who  is abused, neglected, or exploited by another individual
 6    in a domestic living situation may consent to  an  assessment
 7    or  to  services being provided pursuant to the service plan.
 8    If the guardian is alleged  to  be  the  perpetrator  of  the
 9    abuse,  neglect,  or exploitation, the Domestic Abuse Project
10    shall seek the appointment of a temporary  guardian  pursuant
11    to  Section 213.3 231.3 of the Illinois Domestic Violence Act
12    of 1986.  If a guardian withdraws his consent or  refuses  to
13    allow  an assessment or services to be provided to the adult,
14    the Domestic Abuse Project may request an order of protection
15    under the Illinois Domestic  Violence  Act  of  1986  seeking
16    appropriate  remedies, and may in addition request removal of
17    the guardian and appointment of a successor guardian.
18        (c)  For the purposes of this Section  only,  "lacks  the
19    capacity  to  consent"  shall  mean  that  the adult disabled
20    person reasonably appears to be unable by reason of  physical
21    or  mental  condition  to  receive  and  evaluate information
22    related to the assessment  or  services,  or  to  communicate
23    decisions  related  to  the  assessment   or  services in the
24    manner in which the person communicates.
25    (Source: P.A. 87-658; revised 12-18-97.)
26        Section 32.  The Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is
27    amended by changing Section 55a as follows:
28        (20 ILCS 2605/55a) (from Ch. 127, par. 55a)
29        Sec. 55a. Powers and duties.
30        (A)  The  Department  of  State  Police  shall  have  the
31    following powers and duties, and those set forth in  Sections
32    55a-1 through 55c:
                            -136-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        1.  To  exercise the rights, powers and duties which have
 2    been vested in the Department of Public Safety by  the  State
 3    Police Act.
 4        2.  To  exercise the rights, powers and duties which have
 5    been vested in the Department of Public Safety by  the  State
 6    Police Radio Act.
 7        3.  To  exercise the rights, powers and duties which have
 8    been vested  in  the  Department  of  Public  Safety  by  the
 9    Criminal Identification Act.
10        4.  To (a) investigate the origins, activities, personnel
11    and  incidents of crime and the ways and means to redress the
12    victims  of  crimes,  and  study  the  impact,  if  any,   of
13    legislation  relative  to  the  effusion of crime and growing
14    crime rates, and enforce the  criminal  laws  of  this  State
15    related   thereto,   (b)  enforce  all  laws  regulating  the
16    production, sale, prescribing, manufacturing,  administering,
17    transporting,  having  in possession, dispensing, delivering,
18    distributing, or use of controlled substances  and  cannabis,
19    (c)   employ   skilled   experts,   scientists,  technicians,
20    investigators or otherwise specially qualified persons to aid
21    in preventing or detecting crime, apprehending criminals,  or
22    preparing  and  presenting  evidence  of  violations  of  the
23    criminal  laws of the State, (d) cooperate with the police of
24    cities, villages and incorporated towns, and with the  police
25    officers  of  any  county, in enforcing the laws of the State
26    and in making arrests and recovering property, (e)  apprehend
27    and  deliver up any person charged in this State or any other
28    State of the United States with  treason,  felony,  or  other
29    crime,  who has fled from justice and is found in this State,
30    and (f) conduct such other investigations as may be  provided
31    by law. Persons exercising these powers within the Department
32    are conservators of the peace and as such have all the powers
33    possessed  by  policemen  in cities and sheriffs, except that
34    they may exercise  such  powers  anywhere  in  the  State  in
                            -137-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    cooperation  with  and  after  contact  with  the  local  law
 2    enforcement   officials.   Such  persons  may  use  false  or
 3    fictitious names in the performance  of  their  duties  under
 4    this  paragraph, upon approval of the Director, and shall not
 5    be subject to prosecution under the criminal  laws  for  such
 6    use.
 7        5.  To:  (a)  be  a  central  repository and custodian of
 8    criminal  statistics  for  the  State,  (b)  be   a   central
 9    repository  for  criminal  history  record  information,  (c)
10    procure  and file for record such information as is necessary
11    and  helpful  to  plan  programs  of  crime  prevention,  law
12    enforcement and criminal justice, (d) procure  and  file  for
13    record  such  copies  of  fingerprints, as may be required by
14    law, (e) establish general and field crime laboratories,  (f)
15    register  and  file  for  record  such  information as may be
16    required  by  law  for  the  issuance  of   firearm   owner's
17    identification   cards,   (g)   employ  polygraph  operators,
18    laboratory technicians and other specially qualified  persons
19    to  aid  in  the identification of criminal activity, and (h)
20    undertake such other identification, information, laboratory,
21    statistical or registration activities as may be required  by
22    law.
23        6.  To   (a)  acquire  and  operate  one  or  more  radio
24    broadcasting stations in the State  to  be  used  for  police
25    purposes,  (b)  operate a statewide communications network to
26    gather  and  disseminate  information  for  law   enforcement
27    agencies,  (c)  operate  an  electronic  data  processing and
28    computer  center  for  the  storage  and  retrieval  of  data
29    pertaining to criminal activity, and (d) undertake such other
30    communication activities as may be required by law.
31        7.  To provide, as may be required by law, assistance  to
32    local   law   enforcement   agencies  through  (a)  training,
33    management and consultant services for local law  enforcement
34    agencies, and (b) the pursuit of research and the publication
                            -138-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of studies pertaining to local law enforcement activities.
 2        8.  To  exercise the rights, powers and duties which have
 3    been vested  in  the  Department  of  State  Police  and  the
 4    Director  of  the  Department of State Police by the Narcotic
 5    Control Division Abolition Act.
 6        9.  To exercise the rights, powers and duties which  have
 7    been  vested  in  the  Department  of  Public  Safety  by the
 8    Illinois Vehicle Code.
 9        10.  To exercise the rights, powers and duties which have
10    been vested in the Department of Public Safety by the Firearm
11    Owners Identification Card Act.
12        11.  To  enforce  and  administer  such  other  laws   in
13    relation   to  law  enforcement  as  may  be  vested  in  the
14    Department.
15        12.  To transfer jurisdiction  of  any  realty  title  to
16    which  is  held by the State of Illinois under the control of
17    the  Department  to  any  other  department  of   the   State
18    government  or  to the State Employees Housing Commission, or
19    to acquire  or  accept  Federal  land,  when  such  transfer,
20    acquisition or acceptance is advantageous to the State and is
21    approved in writing by the Governor.
22        13.  With  the written approval of the Governor, to enter
23    into agreements with other departments created by  this  Act,
24    for the furlough of inmates of the penitentiary to such other
25    departments   for   their  use  in  research  programs  being
26    conducted by them.
27        For  the  purpose  of  participating  in  such   research
28    projects,  the  Department  may  extend  the  limits  of  any
29    inmate's place of confinement, when there is reasonable cause
30    to  believe  that  the  inmate will honor his or her trust by
31    authorizing the inmate, under prescribed conditions, to leave
32    the confines of the place unaccompanied by a custodial  agent
33    of  the Department. The Department shall make rules governing
34    the transfer of the inmate to the requesting other department
                            -139-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    having the approved research project, and the return of  such
 2    inmate  to  the unextended confines of the penitentiary. Such
 3    transfer shall be made only with the consent of the inmate.
 4        The willful failure of a prisoner to  remain  within  the
 5    extended limits of his or her confinement or to return within
 6    the  time  or  manner  prescribed to the place of confinement
 7    designated by the Department in granting such extension shall
 8    be deemed an  escape  from  custody  of  the  Department  and
 9    punishable  as  provided in Section 3-6-4 of the Unified Code
10    of Corrections.
11        14.  To provide investigative services, with all  of  the
12    powers  possessed by policemen in cities and sheriffs, in and
13    around all race tracks subject to the  Horse  Racing  Act  of
14    1975.
15        15.  To  expend such sums as the Director deems necessary
16    from Contractual Services appropriations for the Division  of
17    Criminal  Investigation  for the purchase of evidence and for
18    the employment of persons to obtain evidence. Such sums shall
19    be advanced to agents authorized by the  Director  to  expend
20    funds, on vouchers signed by the Director.
21        16.  To  assist  victims  and  witnesses  in  gang  crime
22    prosecutions through the administration of funds appropriated
23    from  the  Gang  Violence  Victims  and Witnesses Fund to the
24    Department.   Such  funds  shall  be  appropriated   to   the
25    Department  and  shall  only  be  used  to assist victims and
26    witnesses in gang crime prosecutions and such assistance  may
27    include any of the following:
28             (a)  temporary living costs;
29             (b)  moving expenses;
30             (c)  closing costs on the sale of private residence;
31             (d)  first month's rent;
32             (e)  security deposits;
33             (f)  apartment location assistance;
34             (g)  other  expenses  which the Department considers
                            -140-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        appropriate; and
 2             (h)  compensation for any loss of or injury to  real
 3        or  personal  property  resulting  from a gang crime to a
 4        maximum of $5,000, subject to the following provisions:
 5                  (1)  in the  case  of  loss  of  property,  the
 6             amount  of  compensation  shall  be  measured by the
 7             replacement cost of similar or like  property  which
 8             has  been  incurred by and which is substantiated by
 9             the property owner,
10                  (2)  in the case of  injury  to  property,  the
11             amount of compensation shall be measured by the cost
12             of repair incurred and which can be substantiated by
13             the property owner,
14                  (3)  compensation  under  this  provision  is a
15             secondary  source  of  compensation  and  shall   be
16             reduced  by  any  amount the property owner receives
17             from any other source as compensation for  the  loss
18             or  injury,  including, but not limited to, personal
19             insurance coverage,
20                  (4)  no compensation  may  be  awarded  if  the
21             property  owner  was an offender or an accomplice of
22             the offender, or if the award would unjustly benefit
23             the offender or offenders, or an accomplice  of  the
24             offender or offenders.
25        No victim or witness may receive such assistance if he or
26    she  is  not  a  part  of  or fails to fully cooperate in the
27    prosecution  of  gang  crime  members  by   law   enforcement
28    authorities.
29        The  Department  shall promulgate any rules necessary for
30    the implementation of this amendatory Act of 1985.
31        17.  To conduct arson investigations.
32        18.  To develop a separate statewide  statistical  police
33    contact  record  keeping  system  for  the  study of juvenile
34    delinquency. The records of this police contact system  shall
                            -141-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    be  limited  to  statistical  information.   No  individually
 2    identifiable  information  shall  be maintained in the police
 3    contact statistical record system.
 4        19.  To develop a separate statewide central adjudicatory
 5    and dispositional records system for persons under  19  years
 6    of  age  who  have  been adjudicated delinquent minors and to
 7    make information available to local registered  participating
 8    police  youth  officers so that police youth officers will be
 9    able to obtain rapid access to the juvenile's background from
10    other jurisdictions to the end that the police youth officers
11    can make appropriate dispositions which will best  serve  the
12    interest   of  the  child  and  the  community.   Information
13    maintained  in  the  adjudicatory  and  dispositional  record
14    system shall be limited to  the  incidents  or  offenses  for
15    which  the minor was adjudicated delinquent by a court, and a
16    copy of the court's dispositional  order.   All  individually
17    identifiable  records  in  the adjudicatory and dispositional
18    records system shall be destroyed when the person reaches  19
19    years of age.
20        20.  To develop rules which guarantee the confidentiality
21    of    such   individually   identifiable   adjudicatory   and
22    dispositional records except when used for the following:
23             (a)  by authorized juvenile court personnel  or  the
24        State's Attorney in connection with proceedings under the
25        Juvenile Court Act of 1987; or
26             (b)  inquiries    from   registered   police   youth
27        officers.
28        For the purposes of this Act "police youth officer" means
29    a member of a  duly  organized  State,  county  or  municipal
30    police  force  who  is assigned by his or her Superintendent,
31    Sheriff or chief of police, as the case may be, to specialize
32    in youth problems.
33        21.  To develop administrative rules  and  administrative
34    hearing  procedures which allow a minor, his or her attorney,
                            -142-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    and his or her parents or  guardian  access  to  individually
 2    identifiable  adjudicatory  and dispositional records for the
 3    purpose of determining or challenging  the  accuracy  of  the
 4    records.  Final  administrative decisions shall be subject to
 5    the provisions of the Administrative Review Law.
 6        22.  To charge,  collect,  and  receive  fees  or  moneys
 7    equivalent  to  the  cost  of  providing  Department of State
 8    Police  personnel,   equipment,   and   services   to   local
 9    governmental  agencies  when  explicitly requested by a local
10    governmental agency  and  pursuant  to  an  intergovernmental
11    agreement  as provided by this Section, other State agencies,
12    and federal agencies, including but not limited  to  fees  or
13    moneys  equivalent  to  the  cost  of  providing  dispatching
14    services,  radio  and  radar  repair,  and  training to local
15    governmental agencies on such terms and conditions as in  the
16    judgment  of  the  Director  are  in the best interest of the
17    State; and to establish, charge, collect and receive fees  or
18    moneys  based  on the cost of providing responses to requests
19    for criminal history record information pursuant to  positive
20    identification  and  any  Illinois or federal law authorizing
21    access to some aspect of such information  and  to  prescribe
22    the  form  and  manner  for  requesting  and  furnishing such
23    information to the requestor on such terms and conditions  as
24    in  the  judgment of the Director are in the best interest of
25    the  State,  provided  fees  for  requesting  and  furnishing
26    criminal  history  record  information  may  be  waived   for
27    requests  in the due administration of the criminal laws. The
28    Department may also  charge,  collect  and  receive  fees  or
29    moneys  equivalent  to  the cost of providing electronic data
30    processing lines or  related  telecommunication  services  to
31    local  governments,  but  only  when  such  services  can  be
32    provided   by  the  Department  at  a  cost  less  than  that
33    experienced by said local governments  through  other  means.
34    All  services  provided  by the Department shall be conducted
                            -143-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    pursuant   to    contracts    in    accordance    with    the
 2    Intergovernmental  Cooperation Act, and all telecommunication
 3    services shall be provided  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of
 4    Section 67.18 of this Code.
 5        All fees received by the Department of State Police under
 6    this  Act  or the Illinois Uniform Conviction Information Act
 7    shall be deposited in a special fund in the State Treasury to
 8    be known  as  the  State  Police  Services  Fund.  The  money
 9    deposited   in  the  State  Police  Services  Fund  shall  be
10    appropriated to the Department of State Police  for  expenses
11    of the Department of State Police.
12        Upon  the  completion  of  any audit of the Department of
13    State Police as prescribed by  the  Illinois  State  Auditing
14    Act,  which  audit  includes  an  audit  of  the State Police
15    Services Fund, the Department of State Police shall make  the
16    audit open to inspection by any interested person.
17        23.  To  exercise the powers and perform the duties which
18    have been vested in the Department of  State  Police  by  the
19    Intergovernmental  Missing Child Recovery Act of 1984, and to
20    establish  reasonable  rules  and  regulations   necessitated
21    thereby.
22        24. (a)  To   establish  and  maintain  a  statewide  Law
23    Enforcement Agencies Data System (LEADS) for the  purpose  of
24    providing   electronic   access  by  authorized  entities  to
25    criminal justice data repositories and effecting an immediate
26    law enforcement  response  to  reports  of  missing  persons,
27    including  lost,  missing  or runaway minors.  The Department
28    shall implement an automatic data exchange system to compile,
29    to maintain and to make available to  other  law  enforcement
30    agencies  for  immediate  dissemination data which can assist
31    appropriate  agencies  in  recovering  missing  persons   and
32    provide   access  by  authorized  entities  to  various  data
33    repositories available through LEADS for criminal justice and
34    related purposes.  To help  assist  the  Department  in  this
                            -144-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    effort,  funds may be appropriated from the LEADS Maintenance
 2    Fund.
 3        (b)  In exercising its duties under this subsection,  the
 4    Department shall:
 5             (1)  provide  a  uniform  reporting  format  for the
 6        entry of pertinent information regarding the report of  a
 7        missing person into LEADS;
 8             (2)  develop   and  implement  a  policy  whereby  a
 9        statewide or regional alert would be used  in  situations
10        relating  to  the disappearances of individuals, based on
11        criteria and in a format established by  the  Department.
12        Such  a  format shall include, but not be limited to, the
13        age of the missing person and the suspected  circumstance
14        of the disappearance;
15             (3)  notify   all   law  enforcement  agencies  that
16        reports of missing persons shall be entered  as  soon  as
17        the  minimum level of data specified by the Department is
18        available to the reporting agency, and  that  no  waiting
19        period for the entry of such data exists;
20             (4)  compile  and retain information regarding lost,
21        abducted, missing or runaway minors in  a  separate  data
22        file, in a manner that allows such information to be used
23        by  law enforcement and other agencies deemed appropriate
24        by  the  Director,  for  investigative  purposes.    Such
25        information shall include the disposition of all reported
26        lost, abducted, missing or runaway minor cases;
27             (5)  compile   and   maintain   an   historic   data
28        repository relating to lost, abducted, missing or runaway
29        minors  and other missing persons in order to develop and
30        improve techniques utilized by law  enforcement  agencies
31        when responding to reports of missing persons; and
32             (6)  create  a  quality  control  program  regarding
33        confirmation   of  missing  person  data,  timeliness  of
34        entries  of  missing  person  reports  into   LEADS   and
                            -145-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        performance audits of all entering agencies.
 2        25.  On   request   of   a   school   board  or  regional
 3    superintendent of schools, to conduct an inquiry pursuant  to
 4    Section 10-21.9 or 34-18.5 of the School Code to ascertain if
 5    an  applicant  for  employment  in a school district has been
 6    convicted of any criminal  or  drug  offenses  enumerated  in
 7    Section   10-21.9   or  34-18.5  of  the  School  Code.   The
 8    Department shall furnish such conviction information  to  the
 9    President  of  the  school board of the school district which
10    has requested the information,  or  if  the  information  was
11    requested  by  the  regional  superintendent to that regional
12    superintendent.
13        26.  To promulgate rules and  regulations  necessary  for
14    the  administration and enforcement of its powers and duties,
15    wherever  granted  and  imposed,  pursuant  to  the  Illinois
16    Administrative Procedure Act.
17        27.  To  (a)   promulgate   rules   pertaining   to   the
18    certification,  revocation  of  certification and training of
19    law enforcement officers as electronic criminal  surveillance
20    officers,  (b)  provide  training and technical assistance to
21    State's  Attorneys  and  local   law   enforcement   agencies
22    pertaining    to    the    interception   of   private   oral
23    communications,  (c)  promulgate  rules  necessary  for   the
24    administration  of  Article  108B  of  the  Code  of Criminal
25    Procedure of 1963, including but not limited to standards for
26    recording   and   minimization   of    electronic    criminal
27    surveillance   intercepts,   documentation   required  to  be
28    maintained during an intercept,  procedures  in  relation  to
29    evidence   developed  by  an  intercept,  and  (d)  charge  a
30    reasonable fee to each  law  enforcement  agency  that  sends
31    officers   to   receive   training   as  electronic  criminal
32    surveillance officers.
33        28.  Upon the request of any private  organization  which
34    devotes  a  major  portion  of  its  time to the provision of
                            -146-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    recreational, social, educational or child safety services to
 2    children, to conduct, pursuant  to  positive  identification,
 3    criminal   background   investigations   of   all   of   that
 4    organization's   current   employees,   current   volunteers,
 5    prospective  employees or prospective volunteers charged with
 6    the care and custody of children during the provision of  the
 7    organization's  services,  and  to  report  to the requesting
 8    organization any record  of  convictions  maintained  in  the
 9    Department's  files about such persons.  The Department shall
10    charge an application fee, based on  actual  costs,  for  the
11    dissemination  of  conviction  information  pursuant  to this
12    subsection.  The Department is empowered  to  establish  this
13    fee  and  shall  prescribe the form and manner for requesting
14    and  furnishing  conviction  information  pursuant  to   this
15    subsection. Information received by the organization from the
16    Department concerning an individual shall be provided to such
17    individual.    Any   such   information   obtained   by   the
18    organization shall be confidential and may not be transmitted
19    outside the organization and may not be transmitted to anyone
20    within  the  organization except as needed for the purpose of
21    evaluating the individual.  Only  information  and  standards
22    which   bear  a  reasonable  and  rational  relation  to  the
23    performance of child care shall be used by the  organization.
24    Any  employee  of  the  Department or any member, employee or
25    volunteer  of   the   organization   receiving   confidential
26    information  under  this subsection who gives or causes to be
27    given any confidential information  concerning  any  criminal
28    convictions  of  an  individual  shall be guilty of a Class A
29    misdemeanor unless release of such information is  authorized
30    by this subsection.
31        29.  Upon  the  request of the Department of Children and
32    Family Services, to investigate reports  of  child  abuse  or
33    neglect.
34        30.  To  obtain registration of a fictitious vital record
                            -147-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    pursuant to Section 15.1 of the Vital Records Act.
 2        31.  To collect and disseminate information  relating  to
 3    "hate crimes" as defined under Section 12-7.1 of the Criminal
 4    Code  of  1961  contingent  upon the availability of State or
 5    Federal funds to revise  and  upgrade  the  Illinois  Uniform
 6    Crime  Reporting  System.  All law enforcement agencies shall
 7    report monthly to the Department of State  Police  concerning
 8    such  offenses  in  such  form  and  in such manner as may be
 9    prescribed by rules and regulations adopted by the Department
10    of State Police.  Such information shall be compiled  by  the
11    Department  and be disseminated upon request to any local law
12    enforcement  agency,  unit  of  local  government,  or  state
13    agency.  Dissemination of such information shall  be  subject
14    to all confidentiality requirements otherwise imposed by law.
15    The  Department  of  State  Police shall provide training for
16    State Police officers  in  identifying,  responding  to,  and
17    reporting  all  hate  crimes. The Illinois Local Governmental
18    Law Enforcement Officer's Training Board  shall  develop  and
19    certify  a  course  of  such training to be made available to
20    local law enforcement officers.
21        32.  Upon the request of a private carrier  company  that
22    provides transportation under Section 28b of the Metropolitan
23    Transit  Authority  Act,  to  ascertain if an applicant for a
24    driver position has been convicted of any  criminal  or  drug
25    offense enumerated in Section 28b of the Metropolitan Transit
26    Authority  Act.   The Department shall furnish the conviction
27    information to the private carrier company that requested the
28    information.
29        33.  To apply for grants or contracts,  receive,  expend,
30    allocate,  or  disburse  funds  and  moneys made available by
31    public or private entities, including, but  not  limited  to,
32    contracts,  bequests,  grants,  or  receiving  equipment from
33    corporations, foundations, or public or private  institutions
34    of  higher  learning.   All  funds received by the Department
                            -148-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    from these sources shall be deposited  into  the  appropriate
 2    fund  in  the  State  Treasury  to  be  appropriated  to  the
 3    Department  for  purposes  as  indicated  by  the  grantor or
 4    contractor or, in the case of funds or moneys  bequeathed  or
 5    granted  for  no  specific purpose, for any purpose as deemed
 6    appropriate   by   the   Director   in   administering    the
 7    responsibilities of the Department.
 8        34.  Upon  the  request of the Department of Children and
 9    Family Services, the Department of State Police shall provide
10    properly designated employees of the Department  of  Children
11    and  Family Services with criminal history record information
12    as defined in the Illinois Uniform Conviction Information Act
13    and  information   maintained   in   the   adjudicatory   and
14    dispositional  record  system as defined in subdivision (A)19
15    of this Section if the  Department  of  Children  and  Family
16    Services  determines  the information is necessary to perform
17    its duties under the Abused  and  Neglected  Child  Reporting
18    Act,  the Child Care Act of 1969, and the Children and Family
19    Services Act.  The request shall be in the  form  and  manner
20    specified by the Department of State Police.
21        35.  The   Illinois   Department  of  Public  Aid  is  an
22    authorized entity under  this  Section  for  the  purpose  of
23    obtaining  access  to  various  data  repositories  available
24    through  LEADS, to facilitate the location of individuals for
25    establishing  paternity,  and  establishing,  modifying,  and
26    enforcing child support obligations, pursuant to the Illinois
27    Public Aid Code and Title IV, Part D of the  Social  Security
28    Act.   The  Department shall enter into an agreement with the
29    Illinois Department  of  Public  Aid  consistent  with  these
30    purposes.
31        (B)  The  Department  of  State  Police may establish and
32    maintain, within the Department of State Police, a  Statewide
33    Organized  Criminal  Gang Database (SWORD) for the purpose of
34    tracking organized  criminal  gangs  and  their  memberships.
                            -149-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Information  in  the database may include, but not be limited
 2    to, the  name,  last  known  address,  birth  date,  physical
 3    descriptions  (such  as  scars,  marks,  or tattoos), officer
 4    safety information, organized gang affiliation, and  entering
 5    agency   identifier.    The   Department   may   develop,  in
 6    consultation with the Criminal Justice Information Authority,
 7    and in a form and manner prescribed  by  the  Department,  an
 8    automated  data  exchange system to compile, to maintain, and
 9    to  make  this  information   electronically   available   to
10    prosecutors  and  to  other  law  enforcement  agencies.  The
11    information may be used by authorized agencies to combat  the
12    operations of organized criminal gangs statewide.
13        (C)  The  Department  of  State  Police may ascertain the
14    number of  bilingual  police  officers  and  other  personnel
15    needed  to  provide services in a language other than English
16    and may  establish,  under  applicable  personnel  rules  and
17    Department  guidelines  or  through  a  collective bargaining
18    agreement, a bilingual pay supplement program.
19        35.  The  Illinois  Department  of  Public  Aid   is   an
20    authorized  entity  under  this  Section  for  the purpose of
21    obtaining  access  to  various  data  repositories  available
22    through LEADS, to facilitate the location of individuals  for
23    establishing  paternity,  and  establishing,  modifying,  and
24    enforcing  child  support obligations, pursuant to the Public
25    Aid Code and Title IV, Section D of the Social Security  Act.
26    The  Department  shall  enter  into  an  agreement  with  the
27    Illinois  Department  of  Public  Aid  consistent  with these
28    purposes.
29    (Source:  P.A.  89-54,  eff.  6-30-95;  90-18,  eff.  7-1-97;
30    90-130, eff. 1-1-98; 90-372, eff. 7-1-98; revised 1-5-98.)
31        Section 33.  The Department of Veterans  Affairs  Act  is
32    amended by changing Section 2 as follows:
                            -150-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (20 ILCS 2805/2) (from Ch. 126 1/2, par. 67)
 2        Sec.  2.   Powers  and duties.  The Department shall have
 3    the following powers and duties:
 4        To perform such acts at the request of  any  veteran,  or
 5    his or her spouse, surviving spouse or dependents as shall be
 6    reasonably  necessary  or reasonably incident to obtaining or
 7    endeavoring  to  obtain  for  the  requester  any  advantage,
 8    benefit or emolument accruing or due to such person under any
 9    law of the United States, the State of Illinois or any  other
10    state or governmental agency by reason of the service of such
11    veteran, and in pursuance thereof shall:
12             1.  Contact veterans, their survivors and dependents
13        and advise them of the benefits of state and federal laws
14        and assist them in obtaining such benefits;
15             2.  Establish   field   offices   and   direct   the
16        activities of the personnel assigned to such offices;
17             3.  Create  a  volunteer  field  force of accredited
18        representatives, representing  educational  institutions,
19        labor  organizations,  veterans organizations, employers,
20        churches, and farm organizations;
21             4.  Conduct informational and training services;
22             5.  Conduct educational programs through newspapers,
23        periodicals  and  radio  for  the  specific  purpose   of
24        disseminating  information  affecting  veterans and their
25        dependents;
26             6.  Coordinate the services and  activities  of  all
27        state departments having services and resources affecting
28        veterans and their dependents;
29             7.  Encourage  and  assist  in  the  coordination of
30        agencies within counties giving service to  veterans  and
31        their dependents;
32             8.  Cooperate  with veterans organizations and other
33        governmental agencies;
34             9.  Make, alter,  amend  and  promulgate  reasonable
                            -151-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        rules  and procedures for the administration of this Act;
 2        and
 3             10.  Make and publish annual reports to the Governor
 4        regarding the administration and general operation of the
 5        Department.
 6             11.  Encourage the State to implement more  programs
 7        to address the wide range of issues faced by Persian Gulf
 8        War  Veterans,  especially those who took part in combat,
 9        by creating  an  official  commission  to  further  study
10        Persian  Gulf  War Diseases. The commission shall consist
11        of 9 members  appointed  as  follows:   the  Speaker  and
12        Minority  Leader  of the House of Representatives and the
13        President and Minority Leader of the  Senate  shall  each
14        appoint   one  member  from  the  General  Assembly,  the
15        Governor shall appoint 4 members to  represent  veterans'
16        organizations,  and  the  Department  shall  appoint  one
17        member.   The  commission  members  shall  serve  without
18        compensation.
19        The  Department  may  accept  and  hold  on behalf of the
20    State, if for the public interest, a grant, gift,  devise  or
21    bequest  of  money or property to the Department made for the
22    general benefit of Illinois veterans, including  the  conduct
23    of  informational and training services by the Department and
24    other authorized purposes of the Department.  The  Department
25    shall cause each grant, gift, devise or bequest to be kept as
26    a  distinct  fund  and  shall invest such funds in the manner
27    provided by the  Public  Funds  Investment  Act,  as  now  or
28    hereafter  amended,  and  shall  make  such reports as may be
29    required by the Comptroller concerning what funds are so held
30    and  the  manner  in  which  such  funds  are  invested.  The
31    Department may make grants from these funds for  the  general
32    benefit  of  Illinois  veterans.   Grants  from  these funds,
33    except for the funds established  under  Sections  2.01a  and
34    2.03, shall be subject to appropriation.
                            -152-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    (Source:  P.A.  90-142,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-168, eff. 7-23-97;
 2    revised 11-13-97.)
 3        Section 34.  The Capital Development Board Act is amended
 4    by changing Section 14 as follows:
 5        (20 ILCS 3105/14) (from Ch. 127, par. 783.01)
 6        Sec. 14.  (a)  It is the purpose of this Act  to  provide
 7    for  the  promotion  and preservation of the arts by securing
 8    suitable works of art for the adornment of  public  buildings
 9    constructed  or subjected to major renovation by the State or
10    which  utilize  State  funds,  and  thereby  reflecting   our
11    cultural  heritage,  with  emphasis  on the works of Illinois
12    artists.
13        (b)  As used in this Act:  "Works of art" shall apply  to
14    and  include  paintings,  prints, sculptures, graphics, mural
15    decorations, stained glass, statues  statutes,  bas  reliefs,
16    ornaments,  fountains, ornamental gateways, or other creative
17    works which reflect form, beauty and aesthetic perceptions.
18        (c)  Beginning with the fiscal year ending June 30, 1979,
19    and for each succeeding fiscal year thereafter,  the  Capital
20    Development  Board  shall  set  aside 1/2 of 1 percent of the
21    amount  authorized  and  appropriated  for  construction   or
22    reconstruction  of  each public building financed in whole or
23    in part by State funds and generally accessible to  and  used
24    by the public for purchase and placement of suitable works of
25    art  in such public buildings.  The location and character of
26    the work or works of art  to  be  installed  in  such  public
27    buildings  shall  be  determined  by the designing architect,
28    provided, however, that the work or works of art shall be  in
29    a permanent and prominent location.
30        (d)  There  is  created  a  Fine  Arts  Review  Committee
31    consisting  of  the  designing architect, the Chairman of the
32    Illinois Arts Council or his designee, the  Director  of  the
                            -153-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Illinois State Museum or his designee, and three persons from
 2    the  area  in  which  the  project  is  to be located who are
 3    familiar with the local area and are knowledgeable in matters
 4    of art.  Of the three local members, two shall be selected by
 5    the County Board to  the  County  in  which  the  project  is
 6    located and one shall be selected by the Mayor or other chief
 7    executive officer of the municipality in which the project is
 8    located.    The  Committee,  after  such  study  as  it deems
 9    necessary, shall recommend three artists or works of  art  in
10    order  of  preference, to the Capital Development Board.  The
11    Board  will  make  the  final  selection   from   among   the
12    recommendations submitted to it.
13        (e)  There  is  created  a Public Arts Advisory Committee
14    whose function is to advise the Capital Development Board and
15    the Fine Arts  Review  Committee  on  various  technical  and
16    aesthetic perceptions that may be utilized in the creation or
17    major  renovation  of  public  buildings.   The  Public  Arts
18    Advisory  Committee  shall  consist  of  12 members who shall
19    serve for terms of 2 years ending on June 30 of odd  numbered
20    years,  except  the  first  appointees to the Committee shall
21    serve for a term ending  June  30,  1979.   The  Public  Arts
22    Advisory  Committee  shall  meet four times each fiscal year.
23    Four members shall be appointed by the Governor;  four  shall
24    be  chosen  by the Senate, two of whom shall be chosen by the
25    President, two by the minority  leader;  and  four  shall  be
26    appointed  by the House of Representatives, two of whom shall
27    be chosen by the Speaker and  two  by  the  minority  leader.
28    There  shall  also be a Chairman who shall be chosen from the
29    committee members by the majority vote of that Committee.
30        (f)  All necessary expenses of the Public  Arts  Advisory
31    Committee and the Fine Arts Review Committee shall be paid by
32    the Capital Development Board.
33    (Source: P.A. 80-241; revised 12-18-97.)
                            -154-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Section 35.  The Illinois Health Facilities Authority Act
 2    is amended by changing Section 17 as follows:
 3        (20 ILCS 3705/17) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1117)
 4        Sec. 17. Refunding bonds.
 5        (a) The  Authority  is  authorized  to  provide  for  the
 6    issuance  of  bonds  of  the  Authority  for  the  purpose of
 7    refunding  any  bonds  of  the  Authority  then  outstanding,
 8    including the payment of any redemption premium  thereon  and
 9    any  interest  accrued  or  to  accrue to the earliest or any
10    subsequent date of redemption, purchase  or  maturity  of  os
11    such  bonds,  and,  if deemed advisable by the Authority, for
12    the additional purpose of paying all or any part of the  cost
13    of   construction   and  acquiring  additions,  improvements,
14    extensions or  enlargements  of  a  project  or  any  portion
15    thereof,  or  any  health  facilities of which it is a part;,
16    provided, however, that no such bonds shall be issued  unless
17    the  Authority shall have first entered into a new or amended
18    lease  with,  or  shall  have  received  a  new  or   amended
19    agreement,  note  not,  mortgage or other security from or on
20    behalf of, a participating health  institution,  which  shall
21    provide  for  the payment of revenues adequate to satisfy the
22    requirements of Section 14 of this Act.
23        (b)  The proceeds  of  any  such  bonds  issued  for  the
24    purpose  of refunding outstanding bonds, in the discretion of
25    the Authority, may be applied to the purchase  or  retirement
26    at maturity or redemption of such outstanding bonds either on
27    their  earliest or any subsequent redemption date or upon the
28    purchase or at the maturity thereof, may be  applied  to  pay
29    interest  or principal on such refunding bonds or outstanding
30    bonds pending application to  such  purchase,  retirement  or
31    redemption or if no such application is made and may, pending
32    such  application,  be placed in escrow to be applied to such
33    purchase or retirement at maturity or redemption on such date
                            -155-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    as may be determined by the Authority.
 2        (c)  Any such escrowed proceeds, pending such use, may be
 3    invested  and  reinvested  in  direct  obligations   of,   or
 4    obligations,   the   principal  and  interest  of  which  are
 5    guaranteed by, the United States of America, in evidences  of
 6    a  direct  ownership  interest in amounts payable upon any of
 7    the  foregoing  obligations,   in   obligations   issued   or
 8    guaranteed  by  any  agency  or instrumentality of the United
 9    States of America, in certificates of deposit  of,  and  time
10    deposits in, any bank as defined by the Illinois Banking Act,
11    as  now or hereafter amended, which certificates and deposits
12    are insured by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,
13    Federal  Savings  and  Loan  Insurance Corporation or similar
14    federal agency, if then in existence, or in such  obligations
15    or  investments  as  are  provided in or permitted by a trust
16    agreement, trust indenture, indenture of mortgage or deed  of
17    trust  or  other  agreement to which the Authority is a party
18    and pursuant to which the outstanding bonds to be so refunded
19    were issued or secured, maturing at such  time  or  times  as
20    shall  be  appropriate  to  assure  the prompt payment of the
21    principal of and interest and redemption premium, if any,  on
22    the  outstanding  bonds to be so refunded or the bonds issued
23    to effect such refunding, as the  case  may  be,  or  of  the
24    purchase price thereof.  The interest, income and profits, if
25    any,  earned  or  realized on any such investment may also be
26    applied to such payment or purchase.  Only after the terms of
27    the escrow have been fully satisfied  and  carried  out,  any
28    balance of such proceeds and interest, income and profits, if
29    any,  earned  or realized on the investments thereof shall be
30    returned to the participating health institution for  use  by
31    it in any lawful manner.
32        (d)  All  such  bonds shall be subject to this Act in the
33    same manner and to the same  extent  as  other  bonds  issued
34    pursuant to this Act.
                            -156-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    (Source: P.A. 85-1173; revised 7-21-97.)
 2        Section  36.  The Correctional Budget and Impact Note Act
 3    is amended by changing Section 5 as follows:
 4        (25 ILCS 70/5) (from Ch. 63, par. 42.85)
 5        Sec. 5.  The note shall be factual in  nature,  as  brief
 6    and  concise  as  may  be,  and  shall provide as reliable an
 7    estimate, in terms of population and  dollar  impact,  as  is
 8    possible  under  the  circumstances.   The note shall include
 9    both the immediate effect, and if determinable or  reasonably
10    foreseeable forseeable, the long-range effect of the measure.
11        If, after careful investigation, it is determined that no
12    population  or  dollar  estimate  is possible, the note shall
13    contain a statement to that effect, setting forth the reasons
14    why no such estimate can be given.  A brief summary  or  work
15    sheet  of  computations  used  in  arriving at the Budget and
16    Impact Note figures shall be supplied.
17    (Source: P.A. 83-1031; revised 7-21-97.)
18        Section 37.  The State Finance Act is amended by  setting
19    forth  and  renumbering  multiple versions of Sections 5.449,
20    5.450, and 5.451 and changing Section 8.25 as follows:
21        (30 ILCS 105/5.449)
22        Sec. 5.449.   The  Department  of  Corrections  Education
23    Fund.
24    (Source: P.A. 90-9, eff. 7-1-97.)
25        (30 ILCS 105/5.450)
26        Sec.  5.450.  The Department of Corrections Reimbursement
27    Fund.
28    (Source: P.A. 90-9, eff. 7-1-97.)
                            -157-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (30 ILCS 105/5.451)
 2        Sec. 5.451.  The State Asset Forfeiture Fund.
 3    (Source: P.A. 90-9, eff. 7-1-97.)
 4        (30 ILCS 105/5.453)
 5        Sec. 5.453. 5.449.  The Grape and Wine Resources Fund.
 6    (Source: P.A. 90-77, eff. 7-8-97; revised 11-21-97.)
 7        (30 ILCS 105/5.454)
 8        Sec. 5.454. 5.449.  The Industrial Commission  Operations
 9    Fund.
10    (Source: P.A. 90-109, eff. 1-1-98; revised 11-21-97.)
11        (30 ILCS 105/5.455)
12        Sec. 5.455. 5.449.  The Brownfields Redevelopment Fund.
13    (Source: P.A. 90-123, eff. 7-21-97; revised 11-21-97.)
14        (30 ILCS 105/5.456)
15        Sec. 5.456. 5.449.  The LEADS Maintenance Fund.
16    (Source: P.A. 90-130, eff. 1-1-98; revised 11-21-97.)
17        (30 ILCS 105/5.457)
18        Sec. 5.457. 5.450.  The State Offender DNA Identification
19    System Fund.
20    (Source: P.A. 90-130, eff. 1-1-98; revised 11-21-97.)
21        (30 ILCS 105/5.458)
22        Sec.  5.458.  5.449.   The  Sex Offender Management Board
23    Fund.
24    (Source: P.A. 90-133, eff. 7-22-97; revised 11-21-97.)
25        (30 ILCS 105/5.459)
26        Sec. 5.459. 5.449.  The Mental Health Research Fund.
27    (Source: P.A. 90-171, eff. 7-23-97; revised 11-21-97.)
                            -158-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (30 ILCS 105/5.460)
 2        Sec. 5.460. 5.450.  The Children's Cancer Fund.
 3    (Source: P.A. 90-171, eff. 7-23-97; revised 11-21-97.)
 4        (30 ILCS 105/5.461)
 5        Sec. 5.461. 5.451.   The  American  Diabetes  Association
 6    Fund.
 7    (Source: P.A. 90-171, eff. 7-23-97; revised 11-21-97.)
 8        (30 ILCS 105/5.462)
 9        Sec. 5.462. 5.449.  The Sex Offender Registration Fund.
10    (Source: P.A. 90-193, eff. 7-24-97; revised 11-21-97.)
11        (30 ILCS 105/5.463)
12        Sec. 5.463. 5.449.  The Domestic Violence Abuser Services
13    Fund.
14    (Source: P.A. 90-241, eff. 1-1-98; revised 11-21-97.)
15        (30 ILCS 105/5.464)
16        Sec. 5.464. 5.449.  Police Training Board Services Fund.
17    (Source: P.A. 90-259, eff. 7-30-97; revised 11-21-97.)
18        (30 ILCS 105/5.465)
19        Sec. 5.465. 5.449.  The Off-Highway Vehicle Trails Fund.
20    (Source: P.A. 90-287, eff. 1-1-98; revised 11-21-97.)
21        (30 ILCS 105/5.466)
22        Sec. 5.466. 5.449. The Health Facility Plan Review Fund.
23    (Source: P.A. 90-327, eff. 8-8-97; revised 11-21-97.)
24        (30 ILCS 105/5.467)
25        Sec. 5.467. 5.449.  The Elderly Victim Fund.
26    (Source: P.A. 90-414, eff. 1-1-98; revised 11-21-97.)
                            -159-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (30 ILCS 105/5.468)
 2        Sec.  5.468.  5.450.  The  Attorney General Court Ordered
 3    and Voluntary Compliance Payment Projects Fund.
 4    (Source: P.A. 90-414, eff. 1-1-98; revised 11-21-97.)
 5        (30 ILCS 105/5.469)
 6        Sec. 5.469. 5.449.  The School Technology Revolving Fund.
 7    (Source: P.A. 90-463, eff. 8-17-97; revised 11-21-97.)
 8        (30 ILCS 105/5.470)
 9        Sec. 5.470. 5.449.   The  Temporary  Relocation  Expenses
10    Revolving Grant Fund.
11    (Source: P.A. 90-464, eff. 8-17-97; revised 11-21-97.)
12        (30 ILCS 105/5.471)
13        Sec. 5.471. 5.449.  The Pawnbroker Regulation Fund.
14    (Source: P.A. 90-477, eff. 7-1-98; revised 11-21-97.)
15        (30 ILCS 105/5.472)
16        Sec. 5.472. 5.448.  The Drycleaner Environmental Response
17    Trust Fund.
18    (Source: P.A. 90-502, eff. 8-19-97; revised 11-21-97.)
19        (30 ILCS 105/5.473)
20        Sec. 5.473. 5.449.  The Illinois and Michigan Canal Fund.
21    (Source: P.A. 90-527, eff. 11-13-97; revised 11-21-97.)
22        (30 ILCS 105/5.474)
23        Sec.  5.474.  5.449.  The  Do-It-Yourself  School Funding
24    Fund.
25    (Source: P.A. 90-553, eff. 6-1-98; revised 11-21-97.)
26        (30 ILCS 105/5.475)
27        Sec. 5.475. 5.449.  The Renewable Energy Resources  Trust
                            -160-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Fund.
 2    (Source: P.A. 90-561, eff. 12-16-97; revised 11-21-97.)
 3        (30 ILCS 105/5.476)
 4        Sec. 5.476. 5.450.  The Energy Efficiency Trust Fund.
 5    (Source: P.A. 90-561, eff. 12-16-97; revised 11-21-97.)
 6        (30 ILCS 105/5.477)
 7        Sec.  5.477.  5.451.  The  Supplemental Low-Income Energy
 8    Assistance Fund.
 9    (Source: P.A. 90-561, eff. 12-16-97; revised 11-21-97.)
10        (30 ILCS 105/8.25) (from Ch. 127, par. 144.25)
11        Sec. 8.25.  Build Illinois Fund; uses.
12        (A)  All moneys in  the  Build  Illinois  Fund  shall  be
13    transferred,  appropriated,  and  used  only for the purposes
14    authorized by and subject to the limitations  and  conditions
15    prescribed   by  this  Section.  There  are  established  the
16    following accounts in the Build Illinois Fund: the  McCormick
17    Place  Account,  the  Build  Illinois Bond Account, the Build
18    Illinois Purposes Account, the  Park  and  Conservation  Fund
19    Account,  and  the Tourism Advertising and Promotion Account.
20    Amounts deposited into the Build Illinois Fund consisting  of
21    1.55%  before  July  1,  1986, and 1.75% on and after July 1,
22    1986, of moneys received by the Department of  Revenue  under
23    Section  9  of  the Use Tax Act, Section 9 of the Service Use
24    Tax Act, Section 9 of the Service  Occupation  Tax  Act,  and
25    Section  3  of  the  Retailers'  Occupation  Tax Act, and all
26    amounts deposited therein under Section 28  of  the  Illinois
27    Horse Racing Act of 1975, Section 4.05 of the Chicago World's
28    Fair  - 1992 Authority Act, and Sections 3 and 6 of the Hotel
29    Operators' Occupation Tax Act, shall be credited initially to
30    the McCormick Place Account and all other  amounts  deposited
31    into  the  Build Illinois Fund shall be credited initially to
                            -161-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the Build Illinois Bond Account.  Of the amounts initially so
 2    credited to the McCormick Place Account in  each  month,  the
 3    amount  that  is  to  be  transferred  in  that  month to the
 4    Metropolitan Fair and Exposition Authority  Improvement  Bond
 5    Fund,  as  provided  below,  shall  remain  credited  to  the
 6    McCormick   Place  Account,  and  all  amounts  initially  so
 7    credited in that  month  in  excess  thereof  shall  next  be
 8    credited  to the Build Illinois Bond Account.  Of the amounts
 9    credited to the Build Illinois Bond Account  in  each  month,
10    the  amount  that  is  to be transferred in that month to the
11    Build Illinois Bond Retirement and Interest Fund, as provided
12    below, shall remain  credited  to  the  Build  Illinois  Bond
13    Account,  and all amounts so credited in each month in excess
14    thereof shall next be  credited monthly to the other accounts
15    in the following order  of  priority:  first,  to  the  Build
16    Illinois Purposes Account, (a) 1/12, or in the case of fiscal
17    year  1986,  1/9, of the fiscal year amounts authorized to be
18    transferred to the Build Illinois Purposes Fund  as  provided
19    below  plus  (b) any cumulative deficiency in those transfers
20    for prior months;  second,  1/12  of  $10,000,000,  plus  any
21    cumulative deficiency in those transfers for prior months, to
22    the  Park  and  Conservation  Fund Account; and third, to the
23    General Revenue Fund in the State Treasury all  amounts  that
24    remain  in  the  Build  Illinois Fund on the last day of each
25    month and are not credited to any account in that Fund.
26        Transfers from the McCormick Place Account in  the  Build
27    Illinois Fund shall be made as follows:
28        Beginning  with  fiscal year 1985 and continuing for each
29    fiscal year thereafter, the Metropolitan Pier and  Exposition
30    Authority shall annually certify to the State Comptroller and
31    State  Treasurer the amount necessary and required during the
32    fiscal year with respect to which the certification  is  made
33    to pay the debt service requirements (including amounts to be
34    paid  with  respect  to  arrangements  to  provide additional
                            -162-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    security or liquidity) on all outstanding  bonds  and  notes,
 2    including refunding bonds (herein collectively referred to as
 3    bonds)  of  issues  in  the  aggregate  amount (excluding the
 4    amount of any refunding bonds issued by that Authority  after
 5    January  1,  1986) of not more than $312,500,000 issued after
 6    July 1, 1984, by that Authority for the purposes specified in
 7    Sections  10.1  and  13.1  of  the  Metropolitan   Pier   and
 8    Exposition  Authority  Act.  In each month of the fiscal year
 9    in which there are bonds outstanding with  respect  to  which
10    the annual certification is made, the Comptroller shall order
11    transferred   and  the  Treasurer  shall  transfer  from  the
12    McCormick Place Account in the Build  Illinois  Fund  to  the
13    Metropolitan  Fair  and Exposition Authority Improvement Bond
14    Fund an amount equal to 150% of the certified amount for that
15    fiscal year divided by  the  number  of  months  during  that
16    fiscal  year in which bonds of the Authority are outstanding,
17    plus any cumulative deficiency in those transfers  for  prior
18    months;  provided,  that  the  maximum  amount that may be so
19    transferred in fiscal year 1985 shall not exceed  $15,000,000
20    or  a lesser sum as is actually necessary and required to pay
21    the debt service requirements  for  that  fiscal  year  after
22    giving  effect  to  net  operating revenues of that Authority
23    available for that purpose as certified  by  that  Authority,
24    and  provided  further that the maximum amount that may be so
25    transferred in fiscal year 1986 shall not exceed  $30,000,000
26    and   in   each  fiscal  year  thereafter  shall  not  exceed
27    $33,500,000 in any fiscal year or a lesser sum as is actually
28    necessary and required to pay the debt  service  requirements
29    for  that  fiscal  year  after giving effect to net operating
30    revenues of that Authority  available  for  that  purpose  as
31    certified by that Authority.
32        When  an  amount equal to 100% of the aggregate amount of
33    principal and interest in each fiscal year  with  respect  to
34    bonds  issued  after  July  1,  1984, that by their terms are
                            -163-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    payable from the Metropolitan Fair and  Exposition  Authority
 2    Improvement   Bond   Fund,   including   under  sinking  fund
 3    requirements, has been so paid and deficiencies  in  reserves
 4    established  from bond proceeds shall have been remedied, and
 5    at the time that those amounts have been transferred  to  the
 6    Authority  as  provided  in  Section 13.1 of the Metropolitan
 7    Pier and Exposition Authority Act, the remaining  moneys,  if
 8    any, deposited and to be deposited during each fiscal year to
 9    the  Metropolitan  Fair  and Exposition Authority Improvement
10    Bond Fund shall be transferred to the Metropolitan  Fair  and
11    Exposition Authority Completion Note Subordinate Fund.
12        Transfers  from  the  Build  Illinois Bond Account in the
13    Build Illinois Fund shall be made as follows:
14        Beginning with fiscal year 1986 and continuing  for  each
15    fiscal year thereafter so long as limited obligation bonds of
16    the  State  issued  under  the Build Illinois Bond Act remain
17    outstanding, the Comptroller shall order transferred and  the
18    Treasurer   shall  transfer  in  each  month,  commencing  in
19    October, 1985, on the last day of that month, from the  Build
20    Illinois  Bond  Account to the Build Illinois Bond Retirement
21    and Interest Fund in the State Treasury the  amount  required
22    to  be  so  transferred in that month under Section 13 of the
23    Build Illinois Bond Act.
24        Transfers  from  the  remaining  accounts  in  the  Build
25    Illinois Fund shall be made in the following amounts  and  in
26    the following order of priority:
27        Beginning  with  fiscal  year  1986  and  continuing each
28    fiscal year thereafter, as  soon  as  practicable  after  the
29    first  day  of  each  month, commencing in October, 1985, the
30    Comptroller shall order transferred and the  Treasurer  shall
31    transfer  from  the  Build  Illinois  Purposes Account in the
32    Build Illinois Fund  to  the  Build  Illinois  Purposes  Fund
33    1/12th  (or  in  the  case  of  fiscal  year 1986 1/9) of the
34    amounts specified below for the following fiscal years:
                            -164-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             Fiscal Year                       Amount
 2                 1986                       $35,000,000
 3                 1987                       $45,000,000
 4                 1988                       $50,000,000
 5                 1989                       $55,000,000
 6                 1990                       $55,000,000
 7                 1991                       $50,000,000
 8                 1992                       $16,200,000
 9                 1993                       $16,200,000,
10    plus any cumulative deficiency in those transfers  for  prior
11    months.
12        As soon as may be practicable after the first day of each
13    month  beginning  after  July  1, 1984, the Comptroller shall
14    order transferred and the Treasurer shall transfer  from  the
15    Park and Conservation Fund Account in the Build Illinois Fund
16    to  the  Park and Conservation Fund 1/12 of $10,000,000, plus
17    any  cumulative  deficiency  in  those  transfers  for  prior
18    months, for conservation and park purposes as  enumerated  in
19    Section  63a36  of the Civil Administrative Code of Illinois,
20    and to pay the debt service requirements on  all  outstanding
21    bonds  of  an  issue in the aggregate amount of not more than
22    $40,000,000 issued after January 1, 1985,  by  the  State  of
23    Illinois  for  the  purposes specified in Section 3(c) of the
24    Capital Development  Bond  Act  of  1972,  or  for  the  same
25    purposes  as  specified in any other State general obligation
26    bond Act enacted after November 1, 1984. Transfers  from  the
27    Park  and  Conservation  Fund to the Capital Development Bond
28    Retirement and  Interest  Fund  to  pay  those  debt  service
29    requirements  shall  be made in accordance with Section 8.25b
30    of this Act.
31        All funds remaining in the Build  Illinois  Fund  on  the
32    last day of any month and not credited to any account in that
33    Fund  shall  be  transferred  by  the  State Treasurer to the
34    General Revenue Fund.
                            -165-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (B)  For  the  purpose  of  this   Section,   "cumulative
 2    deficiency" shall include all deficiencies in those transfers
 3    that  have  occurred  since  July  1,  1984,  as specified in
 4    subsection (A) of this Section.
 5        (C)  In addition to any other permitted use of moneys  in
 6    the  Fund,  and notwithstanding any restriction on the use of
 7    the Fund, moneys in the Park and  Conservation  Fund  may  be
 8    transferred  to  the  General  Revenue  Fund as authorized by
 9    Public Act 87-14.  The General Assembly finds that an  excess
10    of  moneys  existed  in  the  Fund  on July 30, 1991, and the
11    Governor's order of July 30, 1991, requesting the Comptroller
12    and Treasurer to transfer an amount  from  the  Fund  to  the
13    General Revenue Fund is hereby validated.
14        (D)  (Blank).
15    (Source:  P.A.  90-26,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-372,  eff.  7-1-98;
16    revised 11-18-97.)
17        Section  38.   The  State  Officers  and  Employees Money
18    Disposition Act is amended by changing Section 2 as follows:
19        (30 ILCS 230/2) (from Ch. 127, par. 171)
20        Sec. 2.  Accounts of money received; payment  into  State
21    treasury.
22        (a)   Every  officer,  board,  commission,  commissioner,
23    department, institution, arm or  agency  brought  within  the
24    provisions  of  this  Act  by  Section 1 hereof shall keep in
25    proper books  a  detailed  itemized  account  of  all  moneys
26    received  for  or on behalf of the State, showing the date of
27    receipt, the payor, and purpose and amount, and the date  and
28    manner of disbursement as hereinafter provided, and, unless a
29    different  time of payment is expressly provided by law or by
30    rules or regulations promulgated under subsection (b) of this
31    Section, shall pay into the State treasury the  gross  amount
32    of  money  so  received on the day of actual physical receipt
                            -166-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    with respect to any single item of receipt exceeding $10,000,
 2    within 24 hours of actual physical receipt with respect to an
 3    accumulation of receipts of $10,000 or  more,  or  within  48
 4    hours   of   actual  physical  receipt  with  respect  to  an
 5    accumulation  of  receipts  exceeding  $500  but  less   than
 6    $10,000,  disregarding holidays, Saturdays and Sundays, after
 7    the receipt of same, without  any  deduction  on  account  of
 8    salaries,  fees,  costs,  charges,  expenses or claims of any
 9    description whatever; provided that:
10             (1)  the provisions of  (i)  Section  39b32  of  the
11        Civil  Administrative  Code  of  Illinois,  (ii) approved
12        March 7, 1917, as amended, and  the  provisions  of   any
13        specific  taxing  statute  authorizing a claim for credit
14        procedure instead of the actual making of refunds,  (iii)
15        and  the  provisions  of Section 505 of the "The Illinois
16        Controlled Substances Act", approved August 16, 1971,  as
17        amended,  authorizing  the  Director  of  State Police to
18        dispose of forfeited property, which  includes  the  sale
19        and  disposition of the proceeds of the sale of forfeited
20        property,  and  the  Department  of  Central   Management
21        Services  to  be  reimbursed  for costs incurred with the
22        sales of forfeited vehicles, boats or aircraft and to pay
23        to bona fide or innocent  purchasers,  conditional  sales
24        vendors or mortgagees of such vehicles, boats or aircraft
25        their  interest  in such vehicles, boats or aircraft, and
26        (iv) the provisions of Section 6b-2  of  the  An  Act  in
27        relation to State Finance Act, approved June 10, 1919, as
28        amended,   establishing   procedures  for  handling  cash
29        receipts from the sale of pari-mutuel  wagering  tickets,
30        shall   not   be  deemed  to  be  in  conflict  with  the
31        requirements of this Section;
32             (2)  provided, further that any fees received by the
33        State Registrar of Vital Records pursuant  to  the  Vital
34        Records  Act  which  are  insufficient  in  amount may be
                            -167-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        returned by the Registrar as provided in that Act;
 2             (3)  provided, further that any fees received by the
 3        Department of  Public  Health  under  the  Food  Handling
 4        Regulation Enforcement Act that are submitted for renewal
 5        of an expired food service sanitation manager certificate
 6        may  be returned by the Director as provided in that Act;
 7        and
 8             (4)  provided, further that if the amount  of  money
 9        received does not exceed $500, such money may be retained
10        and  need  not  be paid into the State treasury until the
11        total amount of money so received exceeds $500, or  until
12        the  next  succeeding  1st  or 15th day of each month (or
13        until the next business day if these days fall on  Sunday
14        or  a  holiday),  whichever  is earlier, at which earlier
15        time such money shall be paid into  the  State  treasury,
16        except   that  if  a  local  bank  or  savings  and  loan
17        association account  has  been  authorized  by  law,  any
18        balances  shall be paid into the State treasury on Monday
19        of each week if more than $500 is to be deposited in  any
20        fund.
21    Single  items  of  receipt  exceeding  $10,000 received after
22    2 p.m. on a working day may be deemed to have  been  received
23    on  the  next  working  day  for  purposes  of fulfilling the
24    requirement that the item be deposited on the day  of  actual
25    physical receipt.
26        No  money  belonging  to or left for the use of the State
27    shall be expended or applied  except  in  consequence  of  an
28    appropriation  made  by law and upon the warrant of the State
29    Comptroller.  However, payments made by  the  Comptroller  to
30    persons  by  direct deposit need not be made upon the warrant
31    of the Comptroller, but if not made upon a warrant, shall  be
32    made   in   accordance   with  Section  9.02  of  the  "State
33    Comptroller Act".  All moneys so paid into the State treasury
34    shall, unless required by some statute  to  be  held  in  the
                            -168-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    State treasury in a separate or special fund, be covered into
 2    the  General Revenue Fund in into the State treasury.  Moneys
 3    received in the form of checks, drafts or similar instruments
 4    shall be properly endorsed, if necessary,  and  delivered  to
 5    the  State  Treasurer  for  collection.   The State Treasurer
 6    shall remit such collected funds to the  depositing  officer,
 7    board, commission, commissioner, department, institution, arm
 8    or  agency  by  Treasurers  Draft or through electronic funds
 9    transfer.  The Said draft or notification of  the  electronic
10    funds  transfer shall be provided to the State Comptroller to
11    allow deposit into the appropriate fund.
12        (b)  Different time periods for  the  payment  of  public
13    funds  into  the State treasury or to the State Treasurer, in
14    excess of the periods established in subsection (a)  of  this
15    Section,  but  not in excess of 30 days after receipt of such
16    funds, may be established and revised from time  to  time  by
17    rules   or  regulations  promulgated  jointly  by  the  State
18    Treasurer and the State Comptroller in  accordance  with  the
19    "The   Illinois   Administrative   Procedure  Act",  approved
20    September 22, 1975, as amended.  The different  time  periods
21    established  by  rule or regulation under this subsection may
22    vary according  to  the  nature  and  amounts  of  the  funds
23    received,  the  locations  at  which  the funds are received,
24    whether compliance with the deposit requirements specified in
25    subsection (a) of this Section would be cost  effective,  and
26    such  other  circumstances and conditions as the promulgating
27    authorities consider to be appropriate.   The  Treasurer  and
28    the  Comptroller shall review all such different time periods
29    established pursuant to this subsection every  2  years  from
30    the  establishment thereof and upon such review, unless it is
31    determined that it is economically unfeasible for the  agency
32    to comply with the provisions of subsection (a), shall repeal
33    such different time period.
34    (Source:  P.A.  89-641,  eff.  8-9-96;  90-37,  eff. 6-27-97;
                            -169-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    revised 11-20-97.)
 2        Section 39.  The  Illinois  Coal  Technology  Development
 3    Assistance Act is amended by changing Section 4 as follows:
 4        (30 ILCS 730/4) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 8204)
 5        Sec.  4.   Expenditures  from Coal Technology Development
 6    Assistance Fund.
 7        (a)  The contents  of  the  Coal  Technology  Development
 8    Assistance  Fund may be expended, subject to appropriation by
 9    the General Assembly, in such amounts and at  such  times  as
10    the  Department,  with  the  advice and recommendation of the
11    Board, may deem necessary or desirable for  the  purposes  of
12    this Act.
13        (b)  The   Department   shall   develop  a  written  plan
14    containing measurable 3-year and 10-year goals and objectives
15    in  regard  to  the  funding  of  coal  research   and   coal
16    demonstration  and  commercialization  projects, and programs
17    designed to preserve and enhance markets for  Illinois  coal.
18    In  developing  these  goals  and  objectives, the Department
19    shall consider and determine the appropriate balance for  the
20    achievement  of  near-term and long-term goals and objectives
21    and  of  ensuring  the  timely  commercial   application   of
22    cost-effective technologies or energy and chemical production
23    processes  or  systems  utilizing coal.  The Department shall
24    develop the  initial  goals  and  objectives  no  later  than
25    December 1, 1993, and develop revised goals and objectives no
26    later than July 1 annually thereafter.
27        (c)  (Blank).
28    (Source:  P.A.  89-499,  eff.  6-28-96;  90-348, eff. 1-1-98;
29    90-372, eff. 7-1-98; revised 11-18-97.)
30        Section  40.   The  State  Mandates  Act  is  amended  by
31    changing Section 8.21 and renumbering Section 8.22 (as  added
                            -170-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    by Public Act 90-4) as follows:
 2        (30 ILCS 805/8.21)
 3        Sec.   8.21.   8.22.   Exempt  mandate.   Notwithstanding
 4    Sections 6 and 8 of this Act, no reimbursement by  the  State
 5    is  required for the implementation of any mandate created by
 6    Public Act 89-705, 89-718, 90-4, 90-7,  90-27,  9-28,  90-31,
 7    90-32,   90-186,  90-204,  90-258,  90-288,  90-350,  90-448,
 8    90-460, 90-497, 90-511, 90-524,  90-531,  90-535,  or  90-551
 9    this  amendatory  Act  of  1997  (House  Bill  66 of the 90th
10    General Assembly) or by House Bill 165 of  the  90th  General
11    Assembly.
12    (Source:  P.A.  89-683,  eff.  6-1-97 (repealed by P.A. 90-6,
13    eff. 6-3-97); 89-705,  eff.  1-31-97;  89-718,  eff.  3-7-97;
14    90-4,  eff.  3-7-97;  90-7, eff. 6-10-97; 90-27, eff. 1-1-98;
15    90-31,  eff.  6-27-97;  90-32,  eff.  6-27-97;  90-186,  eff.
16    7-24-97; 90-204, eff. 7-25-97; 90-258, eff. 7-30-97;  90-288,
17    eff.  8-1-97;  90-350,  eff,  1-1-98;  90-448,  eff. 8-16-97;
18    90-460, eff. 8-17-97;  90-497,  eff.  8-18-97;  90-511,  eff.
19    8-22-97;  90-524,  eff.  1-1-98; 90-531, eff. 1-1-98; 90-535,
20    eff. 11-14-97; 90-551, eff. 12-12-97; revised 1-9-98.)
21        Section 41.  The Illinois Income Tax Act  is  amended  by
22    changing Sections 201 and 901 as follows:
23        (35 ILCS 5/201) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-201)
24        Sec. 201.  Tax Imposed.
25        (a)  In  general.  A tax measured by net income is hereby
26    imposed on every individual, corporation,  trust  and  estate
27    for  each  taxable  year  ending  after  July 31, 1969 on the
28    privilege of earning or receiving income in or as a  resident
29    of  this  State.  Such  tax shall be in addition to all other
30    occupation or privilege taxes imposed by this State or by any
31    municipal corporation or political subdivision thereof.
                            -171-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (b)  Rates. The tax imposed by  subsection  (a)  of  this
 2    Section shall be determined as follows:
 3             (1)  In  the case of an individual, trust or estate,
 4        for taxable years ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount
 5        equal to 2 1/2% of the  taxpayer's  net  income  for  the
 6        taxable year.
 7             (2)  In  the case of an individual, trust or estate,
 8        for taxable years beginning prior to  July  1,  1989  and
 9        ending after June 30, 1989, an amount equal to the sum of
10        (i)  2  1/2%  of the taxpayer's net income for the period
11        prior to July 1, 1989, as calculated under Section 202.3,
12        and (ii) 3% of the taxpayer's net income for  the  period
13        after June 30, 1989, as calculated under Section 202.3.
14             (3)  In  the case of an individual, trust or estate,
15        for taxable years  beginning  after  June  30,  1989,  an
16        amount  equal  to 3% of the taxpayer's net income for the
17        taxable year.
18             (4)  (Blank).
19             (5)  (Blank).
20             (6)  In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
21        ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal  to  4%  of
22        the taxpayer's net income for the taxable year.
23             (7)  In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
24        beginning prior to July 1, 1989 and ending after June 30,
25        1989,  an  amount  equal  to  the  sum  of  (i) 4% of the
26        taxpayer's net income for the period  prior  to  July  1,
27        1989, as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) 4.8% of
28        the  taxpayer's  net income for the period after June 30,
29        1989, as calculated under Section 202.3.
30             (8)  In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
31        beginning after June 30, 1989, an amount equal to 4.8% of
32        the taxpayer's net income for the taxable year.
33        (c)  Beginning  on  July  1,  1979  and  thereafter,   in
34    addition to such income tax, there is also hereby imposed the
                            -172-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Personal  Property Tax Replacement Income Tax measured by net
 2    income  on  every   corporation   (including   Subchapter   S
 3    corporations),  partnership  and trust, for each taxable year
 4    ending after June 30, 1979.  Such taxes are  imposed  on  the
 5    privilege  of earning or receiving income in or as a resident
 6    of this State.  The Personal Property Tax Replacement  Income
 7    Tax  shall  be  in  addition  to  the  income  tax imposed by
 8    subsections (a) and (b) of this Section and  in  addition  to
 9    all other occupation or privilege taxes imposed by this State
10    or  by  any  municipal  corporation  or political subdivision
11    thereof.
12        (d)  Additional Personal Property Tax Replacement  Income
13    Tax  Rates.  The personal property tax replacement income tax
14    imposed by this subsection and subsection (c) of this Section
15    in the case of a  corporation,  other  than  a  Subchapter  S
16    corporation,  shall be an additional amount equal to 2.85% of
17    such taxpayer's net income for the taxable year, except  that
18    beginning  on  January  1,  1981, and thereafter, the rate of
19    2.85% specified in this subsection shall be reduced to  2.5%,
20    and  in  the  case  of a partnership, trust or a Subchapter S
21    corporation shall be an additional amount equal  to  1.5%  of
22    such taxpayer's net income for the taxable year.
23        (e)  Investment  credit.   A  taxpayer shall be allowed a
24    credit against the Personal Property Tax  Replacement  Income
25    Tax for investment in qualified property.
26             (1)  A  taxpayer  shall be allowed a credit equal to
27        .5% of the basis of qualified property placed in  service
28        during the taxable year, provided such property is placed
29        in  service  on  or  after  July 1, 1984.  There shall be
30        allowed an additional credit equal to .5% of the basis of
31        qualified property placed in service during  the  taxable
32        year,  provided  such property is placed in service on or
33        after July 1, 1986, and the  taxpayer's  base  employment
34        within  Illinois  has  increased  by  1% or more over the
                            -173-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        preceding year as determined by the taxpayer's employment
 2        records filed with the Illinois Department of  Employment
 3        Security.   Taxpayers  who  are  new to Illinois shall be
 4        deemed to have met the 1% growth in base  employment  for
 5        the first year in which they file employment records with
 6        the  Illinois  Department  of  Employment  Security.  The
 7        provisions added to this Section by  Public  Act  85-1200
 8        (and restored by Public Act 87-895) shall be construed as
 9        declaratory  of  existing law and not as a new enactment.
10        If, in any year, the increase in base  employment  within
11        Illinois  over  the  preceding  year is less than 1%, the
12        additional credit shall be  limited  to  that  percentage
13        times  a  fraction, the numerator of which is .5% and the
14        denominator of which is 1%, but  shall  not  exceed  .5%.
15        The  investment credit shall not be allowed to the extent
16        that it would reduce a taxpayer's liability  in  any  tax
17        year  below  zero,  nor  may  any  credit  for  qualified
18        property  be  allowed for any year other than the year in
19        which the property was placed in service in Illinois. For
20        tax years ending on or after December 31, 1987, and on or
21        before December 31, 1988, the credit shall be allowed for
22        the tax year in which the property is placed in  service,
23        or, if the amount of the credit exceeds the tax liability
24        for  that year, whether it exceeds the original liability
25        or the liability as later amended,  such  excess  may  be
26        carried forward and applied to the tax liability of the 5
27        taxable  years  following  the excess credit years if the
28        taxpayer (i) makes investments which cause  the  creation
29        of  a  minimum  of  2,000  full-time  equivalent  jobs in
30        Illinois,  (ii)  is  located  in   an   enterprise   zone
31        established  pursuant to the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act
32        and (iii) is certified by the Department of Commerce  and
33        Community  Affairs  as  complying  with  the requirements
34        specified in clause (i) and (ii) by July  1,  1986.   The
                            -174-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Department of Commerce and Community Affairs shall notify
 2        the  Department  of  Revenue  of  all such certifications
 3        immediately. For tax  years  ending  after  December  31,
 4        1988,  the  credit  shall  be allowed for the tax year in
 5        which the property is  placed  in  service,  or,  if  the
 6        amount  of  the credit exceeds the tax liability for that
 7        year, whether it exceeds the original  liability  or  the
 8        liability  as  later  amended, such excess may be carried
 9        forward and applied to the tax liability of the 5 taxable
10        years following the excess credit years. The credit shall
11        be applied to the earliest year  for  which  there  is  a
12        liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year
13        that  is  available to offset a liability, earlier credit
14        shall be applied first.
15             (2)  The term "qualified  property"  means  property
16        which:
17                  (A)  is   tangible,   whether   new   or  used,
18             including buildings  and  structural  components  of
19             buildings  and signs that are real property, but not
20             including land or improvements to real property that
21             are not a structural component of a building such as
22             landscaping,  sewer  lines,  local   access   roads,
23             fencing, parking lots, and other appurtenances;
24                  (B)  is  depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of
25             the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  except  that  "3-year
26             property" as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
27             Code is not eligible for the credit provided by this
28             subsection (e);
29                  (C)  is acquired  by  purchase  as  defined  in
30             Section 179(d) of the Internal Revenue Code;
31                  (D)  is  used  in Illinois by a taxpayer who is
32             primarily engaged in  manufacturing,  or  in  mining
33             coal or fluorite, or in retailing; and
34                  (E)  has  not  previously been used in Illinois
                            -175-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             in such a manner and  by  such  a  person  as  would
 2             qualify  for  the credit provided by this subsection
 3             (e) or subsection (f).
 4             (3)  For   purposes   of   this   subsection    (e),
 5        "manufacturing" means the material staging and production
 6        of  tangible  personal  property  by  procedures commonly
 7        regarded as manufacturing,  processing,  fabrication,  or
 8        assembling  which changes some existing material into new
 9        shapes, new qualities, or new combinations.  For purposes
10        of this subsection (e) the term "mining" shall  have  the
11        same  meaning  as  the term "mining" in Section 613(c) of
12        the  Internal  Revenue  Code.   For  purposes   of   this
13        subsection  (e),  the  term "retailing" means the sale of
14        tangible  personal  property  or  services  rendered   in
15        conjunction  with  the sale of tangible consumer goods or
16        commodities.
17             (4)  The basis of qualified property  shall  be  the
18        basis  used  to  compute  the  depreciation deduction for
19        federal income tax purposes.
20             (5)  If the basis of the property for federal income
21        tax depreciation purposes is increased after it has  been
22        placed in service in Illinois by the taxpayer, the amount
23        of  such  increase  shall  be  deemed  property placed in
24        service on the date of such increase in basis.
25             (6)  The term "placed in  service"  shall  have  the
26        same  meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal Revenue
27        Code.
28             (7)  If during any taxable year, any property ceases
29        to be qualified property in the  hands  of  the  taxpayer
30        within  48  months  after being placed in service, or the
31        situs of any qualified property is moved outside Illinois
32        within 48 months  after  being  placed  in  service,  the
33        Personal  Property  Tax  Replacement  Income Tax for such
34        taxable year shall be increased.  Such increase shall  be
                            -176-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        determined by (i) recomputing the investment credit which
 2        would  have been allowed for the year in which credit for
 3        such property was originally allowed by eliminating  such
 4        property from such computation and, (ii) subtracting such
 5        recomputed  credit  from  the amount of credit previously
 6        allowed. For  the  purposes  of  this  paragraph  (7),  a
 7        reduction  of  the  basis of qualified property resulting
 8        from a redetermination of the  purchase  price  shall  be
 9        deemed  a disposition of qualified property to the extent
10        of such reduction.
11             (8)  Unless the investment  credit  is  extended  by
12        law,  the  basis  of qualified property shall not include
13        costs incurred after December 31, 2003, except for  costs
14        incurred  pursuant  to a binding contract entered into on
15        or before December 31, 2003.
16             (9)  Each taxable year, a partnership may  elect  to
17        pass  through  to  its  partners the credits to which the
18        partnership is entitled under this subsection (e) for the
19        taxable year.  A partner may use the credit allocated  to
20        him  or  her  under  this  paragraph only against the tax
21        imposed in subsections (c) and (d) of this  Section.   If
22        the  partnership makes that election, those credits shall
23        be allocated among the partners  in  the  partnership  in
24        accordance  with the rules set forth in Section 704(b) of
25        the Internal Revenue  Code,  and  the  rules  promulgated
26        under  that  Section,  and  the  allocated  amount of the
27        credits shall be allowed to the partners for that taxable
28        year.  The partnership shall make this  election  on  its
29        Personal  Property  Tax Replacement Income Tax return for
30        that taxable year.  The  election  to  pass  through  the
31        credits shall be irrevocable.
32        (f)  Investment credit; Enterprise Zone.
33             (1)  A  taxpayer  shall  be allowed a credit against
34        the tax imposed  by  subsections  (a)  and  (b)  of  this
                            -177-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Section  for  investment  in  qualified property which is
 2        placed in service in an Enterprise Zone created  pursuant
 3        to the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act. For partners and for
 4        shareholders of Subchapter S corporations, there shall be
 5        allowed   a  credit  under  this  subsection  (f)  to  be
 6        determined in accordance with the determination of income
 7        and distributive share of income under Sections  702  and
 8        704  and  Subchapter  S of the Internal Revenue Code. The
 9        credit shall be .5% of the basis for such property.   The
10        credit  shall  be  available  only in the taxable year in
11        which the property is placed in service in the Enterprise
12        Zone and shall not be allowed to the extent that it would
13        reduce a taxpayer's liability  for  the  tax  imposed  by
14        subsections  (a)  and  (b) of this Section to below zero.
15        For tax years ending on or after December 31,  1985,  the
16        credit  shall  be  allowed  for the tax year in which the
17        property is placed in service, or, if the amount  of  the
18        credit  exceeds  the tax liability for that year, whether
19        it exceeds the original liability  or  the  liability  as
20        later  amended,  such  excess  may be carried forward and
21        applied to the tax  liability  of  the  5  taxable  years
22        following  the  excess  credit  year. The credit shall be
23        applied to  the  earliest  year  for  which  there  is  a
24        liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year
25        that  is  available  to  offset  a  liability, the credit
26        accruing first in time shall be applied first.
27             (2)  The  term  qualified  property  means  property
28        which:
29                  (A)  is  tangible,   whether   new   or   used,
30             including  buildings  and  structural  components of
31             buildings;
32                  (B)  is depreciable pursuant to Section 167  of
33             the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  except  that  "3-year
34             property" as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
                            -178-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             Code is not eligible for the credit provided by this
 2             subsection (f);
 3                  (C)  is  acquired  by  purchase  as  defined in
 4             Section 179(d) of the Internal Revenue Code;
 5                  (D)  is used in  the  Enterprise  Zone  by  the
 6             taxpayer; and
 7                  (E)  has  not  been previously used in Illinois
 8             in such a manner and  by  such  a  person  as  would
 9             qualify  for  the credit provided by this subsection
10             (f) or subsection (e).
11             (3)  The basis of qualified property  shall  be  the
12        basis  used  to  compute  the  depreciation deduction for
13        federal income tax purposes.
14             (4)  If the basis of the property for federal income
15        tax depreciation purposes is increased after it has  been
16        placed in service in the Enterprise Zone by the taxpayer,
17        the  amount  of  such  increase  shall be deemed property
18        placed in service on the date of such increase in basis.
19             (5)  The term "placed in  service"  shall  have  the
20        same  meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal Revenue
21        Code.
22             (6)  If during any taxable year, any property ceases
23        to be qualified property in the  hands  of  the  taxpayer
24        within  48  months  after being placed in service, or the
25        situs of any qualified  property  is  moved  outside  the
26        Enterprise  Zone  within  48 months after being placed in
27        service, the tax imposed under subsections (a) and (b) of
28        this Section for such taxable year  shall  be  increased.
29        Such  increase shall be determined by (i) recomputing the
30        investment credit which would have been allowed  for  the
31        year  in  which  credit  for such property was originally
32        allowed  by   eliminating   such   property   from   such
33        computation,  and (ii) subtracting such recomputed credit
34        from the amount of credit previously  allowed.   For  the
                            -179-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        purposes  of this paragraph (6), a reduction of the basis
 2        of qualified property resulting from a redetermination of
 3        the purchase price  shall  be  deemed  a  disposition  of
 4        qualified property to the extent of such reduction.
 5             (g)  Jobs  Tax  Credit;  Enterprise Zone and Foreign
 6    Trade Zone or Sub-Zone.
 7             (1)  A taxpayer conducting a trade or business in an
 8        enterprise zone or a High Impact Business  designated  by
 9        the   Department   of   Commerce  and  Community  Affairs
10        conducting a trade or business in a federally  designated
11        Foreign  Trade Zone or Sub-Zone shall be allowed a credit
12        against the tax imposed by subsections  (a)  and  (b)  of
13        this  Section in the amount of $500 per eligible employee
14        hired to work in the zone during the taxable year.
15             (2)  To qualify for the credit:
16                  (A)  the taxpayer must hire 5 or more  eligible
17             employees to work in an enterprise zone or federally
18             designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone during the
19             taxable year;
20                  (B)  the taxpayer's total employment within the
21             enterprise  zone  or  federally  designated  Foreign
22             Trade  Zone  or  Sub-Zone must increase by 5 or more
23             full-time employees beyond  the  total  employed  in
24             that  zone  at  the end of the previous tax year for
25             which a jobs  tax  credit  under  this  Section  was
26             taken,  or beyond the total employed by the taxpayer
27             as of December 31, 1985, whichever is later; and
28                  (C)  the eligible employees  must  be  employed
29             180 consecutive days in order to be deemed hired for
30             purposes of this subsection.
31             (3)  An  "eligible  employee"  means an employee who
32        is:
33                  (A)  Certified by the  Department  of  Commerce
34             and  Community  Affairs  as  "eligible for services"
                            -180-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             pursuant to regulations  promulgated  in  accordance
 2             with  Title  II of the Job Training Partnership Act,
 3             Training Services for the Disadvantaged or Title III
 4             of the Job Training Partnership Act, Employment  and
 5             Training Assistance for Dislocated Workers Program.
 6                  (B)  Hired   after   the   enterprise  zone  or
 7             federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or  Sub-Zone
 8             was  designated or the trade or business was located
 9             in that zone, whichever is later.
10                  (C)  Employed in the enterprise zone or Foreign
11             Trade Zone or Sub-Zone. An employee is  employed  in
12             an  enterprise  zone or federally designated Foreign
13             Trade Zone or Sub-Zone if his services are  rendered
14             there  or  it  is  the  base  of  operations for the
15             services performed.
16                  (D)  A full-time employee working  30  or  more
17             hours per week.
18             (4)  For  tax  years ending on or after December 31,
19        1985 and prior to December 31, 1988, the credit shall  be
20        allowed  for the tax year in which the eligible employees
21        are hired.  For tax years ending on or after December 31,
22        1988, the credit  shall  be  allowed  for  the  tax  year
23        immediately  following the tax year in which the eligible
24        employees are hired.  If the amount of the credit exceeds
25        the tax liability for that year, whether it  exceeds  the
26        original  liability  or  the  liability as later amended,
27        such excess may be carried forward and applied to the tax
28        liability of the 5 taxable  years  following  the  excess
29        credit year.  The credit shall be applied to the earliest
30        year  for  which there is a liability. If there is credit
31        from more than one tax year that is available to offset a
32        liability, earlier credit shall be applied first.
33             (5)  The Department of Revenue shall promulgate such
34        rules and regulations as may be deemed necessary to carry
                            -181-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        out the purposes of this subsection (g).
 2             (6)  The credit  shall  be  available  for  eligible
 3        employees hired on or after January 1, 1986.
 4             (h)  Investment credit; High Impact Business.
 5             (1)  Subject to subsection (b) of Section 5.5 of the
 6        Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, a taxpayer shall be allowed
 7        a  credit  against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and
 8        (b) of this Section for investment in qualified  property
 9        which  is  placed  in service by a Department of Commerce
10        and Community Affairs designated  High  Impact  Business.
11        The  credit  shall be .5% of the basis for such property.
12        The credit shall  not  be  available  until  the  minimum
13        investments  in  qualified  property set forth in Section
14        5.5  of  the  Illinois  Enterprise  Zone  Act  have  been
15        satisfied and shall not be allowed to the extent that  it
16        would  reduce  a taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed
17        by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section to below zero.
18        The credit applicable to such minimum  investments  shall
19        be  taken  in  the  taxable  year  in  which such minimum
20        investments  have  been  completed.    The   credit   for
21        additional investments beyond the minimum investment by a
22        designated  high  impact business shall be available only
23        in the taxable year in which the property  is  placed  in
24        service  and  shall  not be allowed to the extent that it
25        would reduce a taxpayer's liability for the  tax  imposed
26        by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section to below zero.
27        For  tax  years ending on or after December 31, 1987, the
28        credit shall be allowed for the tax  year  in  which  the
29        property  is  placed in service, or, if the amount of the
30        credit exceeds the tax liability for that  year,  whether
31        it  exceeds  the  original  liability or the liability as
32        later amended, such excess may  be  carried  forward  and
33        applied  to  the  tax  liability  of  the 5 taxable years
34        following the excess credit year.  The  credit  shall  be
                            -182-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        applied  to  the  earliest  year  for  which  there  is a
 2        liability.  If there is credit from  more  than  one  tax
 3        year  that is available to offset a liability, the credit
 4        accruing first in time shall be applied first.
 5             Changes made in this subdivision  (h)(1)  by  Public
 6        Act 88-670 restore changes made by Public Act 85-1182 and
 7        reflect existing law.
 8             (2)  The  term  qualified  property  means  property
 9        which:
10                  (A)  is   tangible,   whether   new   or  used,
11             including buildings  and  structural  components  of
12             buildings;
13                  (B)  is  depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of
14             the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  except  that  "3-year
15             property" as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
16             Code is not eligible for the credit provided by this
17             subsection (h);
18                  (C)  is acquired  by  purchase  as  defined  in
19             Section 179(d) of the Internal Revenue Code; and
20                  (D)  is  not  eligible  for the Enterprise Zone
21             Investment Credit provided by subsection (f) of this
22             Section.
23             (3)  The basis of qualified property  shall  be  the
24        basis  used  to  compute  the  depreciation deduction for
25        federal income tax purposes.
26             (4)  If the basis of the property for federal income
27        tax depreciation purposes is increased after it has  been
28        placed in service in a federally designated Foreign Trade
29        Zone or Sub-Zone located in Illinois by the taxpayer, the
30        amount  of  such increase shall be deemed property placed
31        in service on the date of such increase in basis.
32             (5)  The term "placed in  service"  shall  have  the
33        same  meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal Revenue
34        Code.
                            -183-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (6)  If during any taxable year ending on or  before
 2        December  31,  1996,  any property ceases to be qualified
 3        property in the hands of the taxpayer  within  48  months
 4        after  being  placed  in  service,  or  the  situs of any
 5        qualified property is moved outside  Illinois  within  48
 6        months  after  being  placed  in service, the tax imposed
 7        under subsections (a) and (b) of this  Section  for  such
 8        taxable  year shall be increased.  Such increase shall be
 9        determined by (i) recomputing the investment credit which
10        would have been allowed for the year in which credit  for
11        such  property was originally allowed by eliminating such
12        property from such computation, and (ii) subtracting such
13        recomputed credit from the amount  of  credit  previously
14        allowed.   For  the  purposes  of  this  paragraph (6), a
15        reduction of the basis of  qualified  property  resulting
16        from  a  redetermination  of  the purchase price shall be
17        deemed a disposition of qualified property to the  extent
18        of such reduction.
19             (7)  Beginning  with tax years ending after December
20        31, 1996, if a taxpayer qualifies for  the  credit  under
21        this   subsection  (h)  and  thereby  is  granted  a  tax
22        abatement and the taxpayer relocates its entire  facility
23        in  violation  of  the  explicit  terms and length of the
24        contract under Section 18-183 of the Property  Tax  Code,
25        the  tax  imposed  under  subsections (a) and (b) of this
26        Section shall be increased for the taxable year in  which
27        the taxpayer relocated its facility by an amount equal to
28        the  amount of credit received by the taxpayer under this
29        subsection (h).
30        (i)  A credit shall be allowed against the tax imposed by
31    subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for the  tax  imposed
32    by  subsections  (c)  and  (d)  of this Section.  This credit
33    shall  be  computed  by  multiplying  the  tax   imposed   by
34    subsections  (c)  and  (d) of this Section by a fraction, the
                            -184-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    numerator of which is base income allocable to  Illinois  and
 2    the denominator of which is Illinois base income, and further
 3    multiplying   the   product   by  the  tax  rate  imposed  by
 4    subsections (a) and (b) of this Section.
 5        Any credit earned on or after  December  31,  1986  under
 6    this  subsection  which  is  unused in the year the credit is
 7    computed because it exceeds  the  tax  liability  imposed  by
 8    subsections (a) and (b) for that year (whether it exceeds the
 9    original  liability or the liability as later amended) may be
10    carried forward and applied to the tax liability  imposed  by
11    subsections  (a) and (b) of the 5 taxable years following the
12    excess credit year.  This credit shall be  applied  first  to
13    the  earliest  year for which there is a liability.  If there
14    is a credit under this subsection from more than one tax year
15    that is available to offset a liability the  earliest  credit
16    arising under this subsection shall be applied first.
17        If,  during  any taxable year ending on or after December
18    31, 1986, the tax imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of  this
19    Section  for which a taxpayer has claimed a credit under this
20    subsection (i) is reduced, the amount of credit for such  tax
21    shall also be reduced.  Such reduction shall be determined by
22    recomputing  the  credit to take into account the reduced tax
23    imposed by subsection (c) and (d).  If  any  portion  of  the
24    reduced  amount  of  credit  has  been carried to a different
25    taxable year, an amended  return  shall  be  filed  for  such
26    taxable year to reduce the amount of credit claimed.
27        (j)  Training  expense  credit.  Beginning with tax years
28    ending on or after December 31, 1986,  a  taxpayer  shall  be
29    allowed  a  credit  against the tax imposed by subsection (a)
30    and (b) under this Section for all amounts paid  or  accrued,
31    on behalf of all persons employed by the taxpayer in Illinois
32    or  Illinois  residents  employed  outside  of  Illinois by a
33    taxpayer,  for  educational   or   vocational   training   in
34    semi-technical or technical fields or semi-skilled or skilled
                            -185-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    fields,   which  were  deducted  from  gross  income  in  the
 2    computation of taxable income.  The credit  against  the  tax
 3    imposed  by  subsections  (a)  and  (b) shall be 1.6% of such
 4    training expenses.  For  partners  and  for  shareholders  of
 5    subchapter  S  corporations,  there shall be allowed a credit
 6    under this subsection (j) to be determined in accordance with
 7    the determination of income and distributive share of  income
 8    under  Sections  702 and 704 and subchapter S of the Internal
 9    Revenue Code.
10        Any credit allowed under this subsection which is  unused
11    in  the  year  the credit is earned may be carried forward to
12    each of the 5 taxable years following the year for which  the
13    credit is first computed until it is used.  This credit shall
14    be  applied  first  to the earliest year for which there is a
15    liability.  If there is a credit under this  subsection  from
16    more  than  one  tax  year  that  is  available  to  offset a
17    liability the earliest credit arising under  this  subsection
18    shall be applied first.
19        (k)  Research and development credit.
20        Beginning  with  tax  years  ending after July 1, 1990, a
21    taxpayer shall be allowed a credit against the tax imposed by
22    subsections (a)  and  (b)  of  this  Section  for  increasing
23    research  activities  in  this  State.   The  credit  allowed
24    against  the  tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) shall be
25    equal to 6 1/2% of the qualifying expenditures for increasing
26    research activities in this State.
27        For   purposes   of    this    subsection,    "qualifying
28    expenditures"  means  the  qualifying expenditures as defined
29    for the federal credit  for  increasing  research  activities
30    which  would  be  allowable  under Section 41 of the Internal
31    Revenue  Code  and  which  are  conducted  in   this   State,
32    "qualifying  expenditures  for increasing research activities
33    in this State" means the excess  of  qualifying  expenditures
34    for  the  taxable  year  in  which  incurred  over qualifying
                            -186-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    expenditures for the base  period,  "qualifying  expenditures
 2    for  the  base  period"  means  the average of the qualifying
 3    expenditures for each year in  the  base  period,  and  "base
 4    period"  means  the 3 taxable years immediately preceding the
 5    taxable year for which the determination is being made.
 6        Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the taxable
 7    year may be carried forward. A taxpayer may elect to have the
 8    unused credit shown on its  final  completed  return  carried
 9    over  as a credit against the tax liability for the following
10    5 taxable years or until it has been  fully  used,  whichever
11    occurs first.
12        If  an  unused  credit is carried forward to a given year
13    from 2 or more earlier years,  that  credit  arising  in  the
14    earliest year will be applied first against the tax liability
15    for  the  given  year.  If a tax liability for the given year
16    still remains, the credit from the next  earliest  year  will
17    then  be applied, and so on, until all credits have been used
18    or  no  tax  liability  for  the  given  year  remains.   Any
19    remaining unused credit  or  credits  then  will  be  carried
20    forward  to  the next following year in which a tax liability
21    is incurred, except that no credit can be carried forward  to
22    a year which is more than 5 years after the year in which the
23    expense for which the credit is given was incurred.
24        Unless  extended  by  law,  the  credit shall not include
25    costs incurred after December  31,  1999,  except  for  costs
26    incurred  pursuant  to  a binding contract entered into on or
27    before December 31, 1999.
28        (l)  Environmental Remediation Tax Credit.
29             (i)  For tax  years ending after December  31,  1997
30        and  on  or before December 31, 2001, a taxpayer shall be
31        allowed a credit against the tax imposed  by  subsections
32        (a)  and (b) of this Section for certain amounts paid for
33        unreimbursed eligible remediation costs, as specified  in
34        this   subsection.    For   purposes   of  this  Section,
                            -187-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        "unreimbursed eligible  remediation  costs"  means  costs
 2        approved  by the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency
 3        ("Agency")  under  Section  58.14  of  the  Environmental
 4        Protection Act that were paid in performing environmental
 5        remediation at a site for which a No Further  Remediation
 6        Letter  was  issued  by  the  Agency  and  recorded under
 7        Section 58.10 of the Environmental  Protection  Act,  and
 8        does  not  mean  approved eligible remediation costs that
 9        are at any time deducted  under  the  provisions  of  the
10        Internal  Revenue  Code.   The credit must be claimed for
11        the taxable year in which Agency approval of the eligible
12        remediation  costs  is  granted.   In  no   event   shall
13        unreimbursed eligible remediation costs include any costs
14        taken   into  account  in  calculating  an  environmental
15        remediation credit granted against a  tax  imposed  under
16        the  provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.  The credit
17        is not available to any taxpayer if the taxpayer  or  any
18        related  party  caused or contributed to, in any material
19        respect, a release of regulated  substances  on,  in,  or
20        under  the  site that was identified and addressed by the
21        remedial action pursuant to the Site Remediation  Program
22        of the Environmental Protection Act.  After the Pollution
23        Control  Board rules are adopted pursuant to the Illinois
24        Administrative Procedure Act for the  administration  and
25        enforcement   of   Section   58.9  of  the  Environmental
26        Protection Act, determinations as to credit  availability
27        for  purposes  of  this  Section shall be made consistent
28        with  those  rules.   For  purposes  of   this   Section,
29        "taxpayer"  includes  a  person  whose tax attributes the
30        taxpayer has  succeeded  to  under  Section  381  of  the
31        Internal  Revenue  Code  and "related party" includes the
32        persons disallowed a deduction for losses  by  paragraphs
33        (b),  (c),  and  (f)(1)  of  Section  267 of the Internal
34        Revenue Code by virtue of being a  related  taxpayer,  as
                            -188-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        well  as any of its partners.  The credit allowed against
 2        the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) shall be equal
 3        to 25% of the unreimbursed eligible remediation costs  in
 4        excess  of  $100,000  per  site, except that the $100,000
 5        threshold shall not apply to any  site  contained  in  an
 6        enterprise  zone  and  located  in a census tract that is
 7        located in a minor civil division  and  place  or  county
 8        that  has  been  determined by the Department of Commerce
 9        and Community Affairs to contain a majority of households
10        consisting of low and moderate income persons.  The total
11        credit allowed shall not exceed $40,000 per year  with  a
12        maximum  total  of  $150,000  per site.  For partners and
13        shareholders of subchapter S corporations, there shall be
14        allowed a credit under this subsection to  be  determined
15        in  accordance  with  the  determination  of  income  and
16        distributive  share  of income under Sections 702 and 704
17        of subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code.
18             (ii)  A credit allowed under this subsection that is
19        unused in the year the credit is earned  may  be  carried
20        forward to each of the 5 taxable years following the year
21        for  which  the  credit is first earned until it is used.
22        The term "unused credit" does not include any amounts  of
23        unreimbursed  eligible remediation costs in excess of the
24        maximum credit per site authorized under  paragraph  (i).
25        This  credit  shall be applied first to the earliest year
26        for which there is a liability.  If  there  is  a  credit
27        under this subsection from more than one tax year that is
28        available  to  offset  a  liability,  the earliest credit
29        arising under this subsection shall be applied first.   A
30        credit  allowed  under  this  subsection may be sold to a
31        buyer as part of a sale of all or part of the remediation
32        site for which the credit was granted.  The purchaser  of
33        a  remediation  site  and the tax credit shall succeed to
34        the unused credit and remaining carry-forward  period  of
                            -189-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        the  seller.  To perfect the transfer, the assignor shall
 2        record the transfer in the chain of title  for  the  site
 3        and  provide  written  notice  to  the  Director  of  the
 4        Illinois  Department  of Revenue of the assignor's intent
 5        to sell the remediation site and the amount  of  the  tax
 6        credit to be transferred as a portion of the sale.  In no
 7        event  may a credit be transferred to any taxpayer if the
 8        taxpayer or a related party would not be  eligible  under
 9        the provisions of subsection (i).
10             (iii)  For purposes of this Section, the term "site"
11        shall  have the same meaning as under Section 58.2 of the
12        Environmental Protection Act.
13    (Source: P.A. 89-235,  eff.  8-4-95;  89-519,  eff.  7-18-96;
14    89-591,  eff.  8-1-96;  90-123,  eff.  7-21-97;  90-458, eff.
15    8-17-97; revised 10-16-97.)
16        (35 ILCS 5/901) (from Ch. 120, par. 9-901)
17        Sec. 901.  Collection Authority.
18        (a)  In general.
19        The Department shall collect the taxes  imposed  by  this
20    Act.   The  Department shall collect certified past due child
21    support  amounts   under   Section   39b52   of   the   Civil
22    Administrative  Code  of  Illinois.   Except  as  provided in
23    subsections (c) and (e)  of  this  Section,  money  collected
24    pursuant  to  subsections  (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this
25    Act shall be paid into the General Revenue Fund in the  State
26    treasury; money collected pursuant to subsections (c) and (d)
27    of  Section  201  of this Act shall be paid into the Personal
28    Property Tax Replacement Fund, a special fund  in  the  State
29    Treasury;  and  money  collected  under  Section 39b52 of the
30    Civil Administrative Code of Illinois shall be paid into  the
31    Child  Support Enforcement Trust Fund, a special fund outside
32    the State Treasury.
33        (b)  Local Governmental Distributive Fund.
                            -190-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Beginning August 1, 1969, and continuing through June 30,
 2    1994, the  Treasurer  shall  transfer  each  month  from  the
 3    General Revenue Fund to a special fund in the State treasury,
 4    to  be  known as the "Local Government Distributive Fund", an
 5    amount equal to 1/12 of the net revenue realized from the tax
 6    imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act
 7    during the preceding  month.  Beginning  July  1,  1994,  and
 8    continuing   through  June  30,  1995,  the  Treasurer  shall
 9    transfer each month from the  General  Revenue  Fund  to  the
10    Local Government Distributive Fund an amount equal to 1/11 of
11    the  net revenue realized from the tax imposed by subsections
12    (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act during  the  preceding
13    month.   Beginning July 1, 1995, the Treasurer shall transfer
14    each month  from  the  General  Revenue  Fund  to  the  Local
15    Government  Distributive  Fund an amount equal to 1/10 of the
16    net revenue realized from the tax imposed by subsections  (a)
17    and  (b) of Section 201 of the Illinois Income Tax Act during
18    the preceding month. Net revenue realized for a  month  shall
19    be defined as the revenue from the tax imposed by subsections
20    (a)  and (b) of Section 201 of this Act which is deposited in
21    the General Revenue Fund, the Educational Assistance Fund and
22    the Income Tax Surcharge Local Government  Distributive  Fund
23    during  the  month  minus  the amount paid out of the General
24    Revenue Fund in State warrants  during  that  same  month  as
25    refunds  to  taxpayers for overpayment of liability under the
26    tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this
27    Act.
28        (c)  Deposits Into Income Tax Refund Fund.
29             (1)  Beginning on January 1,  1989  and  thereafter,
30        the  Department shall deposit a percentage of the amounts
31        collected pursuant to subsections (a)  and  (b)(1),  (2),
32        and  (3),  of  Section 201 of this Act into a fund in the
33        State treasury known as the Income Tax Refund Fund.   The
34        Department  shall  deposit  6% of such amounts during the
                            -191-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        period beginning January 1, 1989 and ending on  June  30,
 2        1989.  Beginning with State fiscal year 1990 and for each
 3        fiscal year thereafter, the percentage deposited into the
 4        Income  Tax Refund Fund during a fiscal year shall be the
 5        Annual  Percentage.   The  Annual  Percentage  shall   be
 6        calculated as a fraction, the numerator of which shall be
 7        the  amount  of  refunds  approved  for  payment  by  the
 8        Department  during  the preceding fiscal year as a result
 9        of overpayment of tax liability under subsections (a) and
10        (b)(1), (2), and (3) of Section 201 of this Act plus  the
11        amount  of  such refunds remaining approved but unpaid at
12        the end of the preceding fiscal year  minus  any  surplus
13        which remains on deposit in the Income Tax Refund Fund at
14        the  end  of the preceding year, the denominator of which
15        shall be the amounts which will be collected pursuant  to
16        subsections  (a)  and (b)(1), (2), and (3) of Section 201
17        of this  Act  during  the  preceding  fiscal  year.   The
18        Director  of  Revenue shall certify the Annual Percentage
19        to the Comptroller on the last business day of the fiscal
20        year immediately preceding the fiscal year for  which  it
21        is it to be effective.
22             (2)  Beginning  on  January  1, 1989 and thereafter,
23        the Department shall deposit a percentage of the  amounts
24        collected  pursuant  to  subsections (a) and (b)(6), (7),
25        and (8), (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this  Act  into  a
26        fund in the State treasury known as the Income Tax Refund
27        Fund.   The  Department shall deposit 18% of such amounts
28        during the period beginning January 1, 1989 and ending on
29        June 30, 1989.  Beginning with State fiscal year 1990 and
30        for each fiscal year thereafter, the percentage deposited
31        into the Income Tax Refund  Fund  during  a  fiscal  year
32        shall  be  the  Annual Percentage.  The Annual Percentage
33        shall be calculated as a fraction, the numerator of which
34        shall be the amount of refunds approved  for  payment  by
                            -192-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        the  Department  during  the  preceding  fiscal year as a
 2        result of overpayment of tax liability under  subsections
 3        (a)  and (b)(6), (7), and (8), (c) and (d) of Section 201
 4        of this Act plus the amount  of  such  refunds  remaining
 5        approved  but  unpaid  at the end of the preceding fiscal
 6        year, the denominator of which shall be the amounts which
 7        will be collected pursuant to subsections (a) and (b)(6),
 8        (7), and (8), (c) and (d) of  Section  201  of  this  Act
 9        during  the  preceding  fiscal  year.   The  Director  of
10        Revenue  shall  certify  the  Annual  Percentage  to  the
11        Comptroller  on  the last business day of the fiscal year
12        immediately preceding the fiscal year for which it is  to
13        be effective.
14        (d)  Expenditures from Income Tax Refund Fund.
15             (1)  Beginning  January 1, 1989, money in the Income
16        Tax Refund Fund shall be  expended  exclusively  for  the
17        purpose  of  paying refunds resulting from overpayment of
18        tax liability under Section  201  of  this  Act  and  for
19        making transfers pursuant to this subsection (d).
20             (2)  The  Director  shall  order  payment of refunds
21        resulting from overpayment of tax liability under Section
22        201 of this Act from the Income Tax Refund Fund  only  to
23        the extent that amounts collected pursuant to Section 201
24        of this Act and transfers pursuant to this subsection (d)
25        have been deposited and retained in the Fund.
26             (3)  On  the  last business day of each fiscal year,
27        the  Director  shall  order  transferred  and  the  State
28        Treasurer and State Comptroller shall transfer  from  the
29        Income  Tax  Refund  Fund  to  the  Personal Property Tax
30        Replacement Fund an amount, certified by the Director  to
31        the  Comptroller,  equal  to  the  excess  of  the amount
32        collected pursuant to subsections (c) and (d) of  Section
33        201 of this Act deposited into the Income Tax Refund Fund
34        during  the  fiscal  year  over  the  amount  of  refunds
                            -193-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        resulting   from   overpayment  of  tax  liability  under
 2        subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this  Act  paid
 3        from the Income Tax Refund Fund during the fiscal year.
 4             (4)  On  the  last business day of each fiscal year,
 5        the  Director  shall  order  transferred  and  the  State
 6        Treasurer and State Comptroller shall transfer  from  the
 7        Personal  Property Tax Replacement Fund to the Income Tax
 8        Refund Fund an amount, certified by the Director  to  the
 9        Comptroller, equal to the excess of the amount of refunds
10        resulting   from   overpayment  of  tax  liability  under
11        subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this  Act  paid
12        from  the  Income  Tax Refund Fund during the fiscal year
13        over the amount collected pursuant to subsections (c) and
14        (d) of Section 201 of this Act deposited into the  Income
15        Tax Refund Fund during the fiscal year.
16             (5)  This  Act  shall  constitute an irrevocable and
17        continuing appropriation from the Income Tax Refund  Fund
18        for  the  purpose of paying refunds upon the order of the
19        Director  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this
20        Section.
21        (e)  Deposits into the Education Assistance Fund and  the
22    Income Tax Surcharge Local Government Distributive Fund.
23        On July 1, 1991, and thereafter, of the amounts collected
24    pursuant  to  subsections  (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this
25    Act, minus deposits into the  Income  Tax  Refund  Fund,  the
26    Department  shall  deposit 7.3% into the Education Assistance
27    Fund in the State Treasury.   Beginning  July  1,  1991,  and
28    continuing through January 31, 1993, of the amounts collected
29    pursuant  to  subsections  (a)  and (b) of Section 201 of the
30    Illinois Income Tax Act, minus deposits into the  Income  Tax
31    Refund  Fund,  the  Department  shall  deposit  3.0% into the
32    Income Tax Surcharge Local Government  Distributive  Fund  in
33    the   State   Treasury.    Beginning  February  1,  1993  and
34    continuing through June 30, 1993, of  the  amounts  collected
                            -194-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    pursuant  to  subsections  (a)  and (b) of Section 201 of the
 2    Illinois Income Tax Act, minus deposits into the  Income  Tax
 3    Refund  Fund,  the  Department  shall  deposit  4.4% into the
 4    Income Tax Surcharge Local Government  Distributive  Fund  in
 5    the  State  Treasury.  Beginning July 1, 1993, and continuing
 6    through  June  30,  1994,  of  the  amounts  collected  under
 7    subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201  of  this  Act,  minus
 8    deposits  into  the  Income  Tax  Refund Fund, the Department
 9    shall deposit 1.475% into  the  Income  Tax  Surcharge  Local
10    Government Distributive Fund in the State Treasury.
11    (Source: P.A. 88-89; 89-6, eff. 12-31-95; revised 12-18-97.)
12        Section  42.   The  Service  Use  Tax  Act  is amended by
13    changing Section 15 as follows:
14        (35 ILCS 110/15) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.45)
15        Sec. 15.  When the amount due is under $300,  any  person
16    subject  to the provisions hereof who fails to file a return,
17    or who violates any other provision of Section 9  or  Section
18    10 hereof, or who fails to keep books and records as required
19    herein,  or  who  files  a fraudulent return, or who wilfully
20    violates any Rule or Regulation of  the  Department  for  the
21    administration  and  enforcement of the provisions hereof, or
22    any officer or agent of a corporation, or manager, member, or
23    agent of a limited  liability  company,  subject  hereto  who
24    signs a fraudulent return filed on behalf of such corporation
25    or  limited  liability  company,  or  any accountant or other
26    agent who knowingly enters false information on the return of
27    any taxpayer under this Act, or any person who  violates  any
28    of  the  provisions  of  Sections  3  and  5  hereof,  or any
29    purchaser who obtains a registration number or resale  number
30    from   the   Department  through  misrepresentation,  or  who
31    represents to a seller that such purchaser has a registration
32    number or a resale number from the Department when  he  knows
                            -195-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    that  he  does  not,  or  who uses his registration number or
 2    resale number to make a seller  believe  that  he  is  buying
 3    tangible  personal property for resale when such purchaser in
 4    fact knows that this is not the case, is guilty of a Class  4
 5    felony.
 6        Any  person  who  violates  any  provision  of  Section 6
 7    hereof, or who engages in the business  of  making  sales  of
 8    service  after his Certificate of Registration under this Act
 9    has been revoked in accordance with Section 12 of  this  Act,
10    is  guilty  of  a Class 4 felony. Each day any such person is
11    engaged in business in violation of Section 6, or  after  his
12    Certificate  of Registration under this Act has been revoked,
13    constitutes a separate offense.
14        When the amount due is under $300, any person who accepts
15    money that is due to the Department under  this  Act  from  a
16    taxpayer for the purpose of acting as the taxpayer's agent to
17    make  the  payment  to the Department, but who fails to remit
18    such payment to the Department when due is guilty of a  Class
19    4  felony.  Any such person who purports to make such payment
20    by issuing or delivering a check or other order upon  a  real
21    or  fictitious  depository  for the payment of money, knowing
22    that it will not be paid by the depository, shall  be  guilty
23    of  a  deceptive practice in violation of Section 17-1 of the
24    Criminal Code of 1961, as amended.
25        When the amount due is $300 or more, any  person  subject
26    to  the  provisions hereof who fails to file a return, or who
27    violates any other provision  of  Section  9  or  Section  10
28    hereof,  or  who  fails to keep books and records as required
29    herein or who files a fraudulent  return,  or  who  willfully
30    violates  any  rule  or  regulation of the Department for the
31    administration and enforcement of the provisions  hereof,  or
32    any officer or agent of a corporation, or manager, member, or
33    agent  of  a  limited  liability  company, subject hereto who
34    signs a fraudulent return filed on behalf of such corporation
                            -196-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    or limited liability company,  or  any  accountant  or  other
 2    agent who knowingly enters false information on the return of
 3    any  taxpayer  under this Act, or any person who violates any
 4    of the  provisions  of  Sections  3  and  5  hereof,  or  any
 5    purchaser  who obtains a registration number or resale number
 6    from  the  Department  through  misrepresentation,   or   who
 7    represents to a seller that such purchaser has a registration
 8    number  or  a resale number from the Department when he knows
 9    that he does not, or who  uses  his  registration  number  or
10    resale number to make a seller believe that he is is a buying
11    tangible  personal property for resale when such purchaser in
12    fact knows that this is not the case, is guilty of a Class  3
13    felony.
14        When  the  amount  due  is  $300  or more, any person who
15    accepts money that is due to the Department  under  this  Act
16    from  a  taxpayer for the purpose of acting as the taxpayer's
17    agent to make the payment to the Department, but who fails to
18    remit such payment to the Department when due is guilty of  a
19    Class  3  felony.   Any such person who purports to make such
20    payment by issuing or delivering a check or other order  upon
21    a  real  or  fictitious  depository for the payment of money,
22    knowing that it will not be paid by the depository, shall  be
23    guilty  of a deceptive practice  in violation of Section 17-1
24    of the Criminal Code of 1961, as amended.
25        Any  serviceman  who  collects  or  attempts  to  collect
26    Service Use Tax measured by receipts or selling prices  which
27    such  serviceman knows are not subject to Service Use Tax, or
28    any serviceman who knowingly  over-collects  or  attempts  to
29    over-collect  Service  Use  Tax  in  a  transaction  which is
30    subject to the tax that is imposed  by  this  Act,  shall  be
31    guilty  of  a Class 4 felony for each offense. This paragraph
32    does not apply to an amount collected by  the  serviceman  as
33    Service  Use  Tax  on  receipts  or  selling prices which are
34    subject to tax under this Act as long as such  collection  is
                            -197-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    made   in   compliance   with  the  tax  collection  brackets
 2    prescribed by the Department in its Rules and Regulations.
 3        Any taxpayer or agent of a taxpayer who with  the  intent
 4    to  defraud  purports to make a payment due to the Department
 5    by issuing or delivering a check or other order upon  a  real
 6    or  fictitious  depository  for the payment of money, knowing
 7    that it will not be paid by the depository, shall  be  guilty
 8    of  a  deceptive practice in violation of Section 17-1 of the
 9    Criminal Code of 1961, as amended.
10        A prosecution for any Act in violation  of  this  Section
11    may be commenced at any time within 3 years of the commission
12    of that Act.
13        This  Section  does  not  apply  if  the  violation  in a
14    particular case also constitutes a criminal violation of  the
15    Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, the Use Tax Act or the Service
16    Occupation Tax Act.
17    (Source: P.A. 88-480; revised 12-18-97.)
18        Section 43.  The Property Tax Code is amended by changing
19    Sections   14-15,  15-35,  15-172,  15-175,  15-180,  18-165,
20    18-185, 19-60, 20-160, 21-260, 21-315, and 22-90 as follows:
21        (35 ILCS 200/14-15)
22        Sec. 14-15.  Certificate of error; counties of  3,000,000
23    or more.
24        (a)  In  counties with 3,000,000 or more inhabitants, if,
25    at any time before judgment is rendered in any proceeding  to
26    collect  or  to enjoin the collection of taxes based upon any
27    assessment of any property belonging  to  any  taxpayer,  the
28    county   assessor  discovers  an  error  or  mistake  in  the
29    assessment, the assessor shall execute a certificate  setting
30    forth  the  nature  and  cause of the error.  The certificate
31    when endorsed by the county assessor, or when endorsed by the
32    county assessor and board of appeals (until the first  Monday
                            -198-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    in  December 1998 and the board of review beginning the first
 2    Monday in December 1998 and thereafter) where the certificate
 3    is executed for any assessment which was  the  subject  of  a
 4    complaint  filed  in  the  board  of appeals (until the first
 5    Monday in December 1998 and the board of review beginning the
 6    first Monday in December 1998 and  thereafter)  for  the  tax
 7    year  for which the certificate is issued, may be received in
 8    evidence in any court of competent  jurisdiction.    When  so
 9    introduced  in  evidence such certificate shall become a part
10    of the court records, and shall not be removed from the files
11    except upon the order of the court.
12        A certificate executed under this Section may  be  issued
13    to  the  person erroneously assessed.  A certificate executed
14    under this Section  or  a  list  of  the  parcels  for  which
15    certificates  have  been  issued  may  be  presented  by  the
16    assessor  to the court as an objection in the application for
17    judgment and order of sale for the year in relation to  which
18    the  certificate  is made. The State's Attorney of the county
19    in which the property is situated shall mail a  copy  of  any
20    final judgment entered by the court regarding the certificate
21    to the taxpayer of record for the year in question.
22        Any unpaid taxes after the entry of the final judgment by
23    the  court  on  certificates issued under this Section may be
24    included  in  a  special   tax   sale,   provided   that   an
25    advertisement  is  published  and  a  notice is mailed to the
26    person in whose name the taxes were last assessed, in a  form
27    and  manner  substantially  similar  to the advertisement and
28    notice  required  under  Sections  21-110  and  21-135.   The
29    advertisement and sale shall be subject to all provisions  of
30    law   regulating   the   annual  advertisement  and  sale  of
31    delinquent property, to the extent that those provisions  may
32    be made applicable.
33        A  certificate  of  error  executed  under  this  Section
34    allowing  homestead exemptions under Sections 15-170, 15-172,
                            -199-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    and  15-175  of  this  Act  (formerly  Sections  19.23-1  and
 2    19.23-1a of the Revenue Act of 1939) not  previously  allowed
 3    shall be given effect by the county treasurer, who shall mark
 4    the  tax books and, upon receipt of the following certificate
 5    from the county assessor, shall issue refunds to the taxpayer
 6    accordingly:
 7                           "CERTIFICATION
 8        I, .................., county  assessor,  hereby  certify
 9        that  the  Certificates  of Error set out on the attached
10        list have been duly issued to allow homestead  exemptions
11        pursuant  to  Sections  15-170, 15-172, and 15-175 of the
12        Property Tax Code (formerly Sections 19.23-1 and 19.23-1a
13        of the Revenue  Act  of  1939)  which  should  have  been
14        previously  allowed;  and  that  a  certified copy of the
15        attached list and this  certification  have  been  served
16        upon the county State's Attorney."
17        The  county treasurer has the power to mark the tax books
18    to reflect the issuance of homestead  certificates  of  error
19    issued  to  and including 3 years after the date on which the
20    annual judgment and order of sale for that tax year was first
21    entered.  The county treasurer has the power to issue refunds
22    to  the  taxpayer  as  set  forth  above  until  all  refunds
23    authorized by this Section have been completed.
24        The county treasurer has no power to issue refunds to the
25    taxpayer as set forth above unless the Certification set  out
26    in  this  Section  has  been  served  upon the county State's
27    Attorney.
28        (b)  Nothing in subsection (a) of this Section  shall  be
29    construed  to  prohibit the execution, endorsement, issuance,
30    and adjudication of a certificate of error if (i) the  annual
31    judgment  and  order  of sale for the tax year in question is
32    reopened for further proceedings upon consent of  the  county
33    collector  and  county  assessor,  represented by the State's
                            -200-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Attorney, and (ii)  a  new  final  judgment  is  subsequently
 2    entered  pursuant  to  the  certificate.  This subsection (b)
 3    shall be construed as declarative of existing law and not  as
 4    a new enactment.
 5        (c)  No certificate of error, other than a certificate to
 6    establish an exemption under Section 14-25, shall be executed
 7    for  any  tax  year more than 3 years after the date on which
 8    the annual judgment and order of sale for that tax  year  was
 9    first entered.
10        (d)  The  time  limitation  of  subsection  (c) shall not
11    apply to a certificate of error correcting an  assessment  to
12    $1,  under  Section  10-35, on a parcel that a subdivision or
13    planned development has acquired by  adverse  possession,  if
14    during the tax year for which the certificate is executed the
15    subdivision  or planned development used the parcel as common
16    area, as defined in Section 10-35, and if application for the
17    certificate of error is made prior to December 1, 31, 1997.
18    (Source: P.A. 89-126, eff.  7-11-95;  89-671,  eff.  8-14-96;
19    90-4, eff. 3-7-97; 90-288, eff. 8-1-97; revised 10-21-97.)
20        (35 ILCS 200/15-35)
21        Sec. 15-35.  Schools.  All property donated by the United
22    States  for school purposes, and all property of schools, not
23    sold or leased or otherwise used with a view  to  profit,  is
24    exempt,  whether  owned by a resident or non-resident of this
25    State or by a corporation incorporated in any  state  of  the
26    United States.  Also exempt is:
27             (a)  property  of  schools  which  is  leased  to  a
28        municipality  to  be  used  for  municipal  purposes on a
29        not-for-profit basis;,
30             (b)  property of schools on which  the  schools  are
31        located  and  any  other  property of schools used by the
32        schools exclusively for school purposes,  including,  but
33        not  limited to, student residence halls, dormitories and
                            -201-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        other housing facilities for students and  their  spouses
 2        and  children, staff housing facilities, and school-owned
 3        and operated dormitory or  residence  halls  occupied  in
 4        whole  or in part by students who belong to fraternities,
 5        sororities, or other campus organizations;.
 6             (c)  property donated, granted, received or used for
 7        public school, college, theological seminary, university,
 8        or other educational purposes, whether held in  trust  or
 9        absolutely; and,
10             (d)  in  counties with more than 200,000 inhabitants
11        which classify property, property (including interests in
12        land and other facilities) on or  adjacent  to  (even  if
13        separated by a public street, alley, sidewalk, parkway or
14        other  public  way)  the  grounds  of  a  school, if that
15        property is used by an academic, research or professional
16        society, institute,  association  or  organization  which
17        serves  the  advancement of learning in a field or fields
18        of study taught by the school and which property  is  not
19        used with a view to profit.
20    (Source: P.A. 83-1226; 88-455; revised 3-31-97.)
21        (35 ILCS 200/15-172)
22        Sec.  15-172. Senior Citizens Assessment Freeze Homestead
23    Exemption.
24        (a)  This Section may be cited  as  the  Senior  Citizens
25    Assessment Freeze Homestead Exemption.
26        (b)  As used in this Section:
27        "Applicant"   means   an  individual  who  has  filed  an
28    application under this Section.
29        "Base amount" means  the  base  year  equalized  assessed
30    value  of  the  residence  plus  the  first  year's equalized
31    assessed value of any added improvements which increased  the
32    assessed value of the residence after the base year.
33        "Base  year"  means the taxable year prior to the taxable
                            -202-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    year for which the applicant first qualifies and applies  for
 2    the  exemption  provided  that  in the prior taxable year the
 3    property was improved with a  permanent  structure  that  was
 4    occupied  as  a residence by the applicant who was liable for
 5    paying real property taxes on the property and who was either
 6    (i) an owner of record  of  the  property  or  had  legal  or
 7    equitable  interest in the property as evidenced by a written
 8    instrument or (ii) had a legal or  equitable  interest  as  a
 9    lessee  in  the  parcel  of  property  that was single family
10    residence.
11        "Chief  County  Assessment  Officer"  means  the   County
12    Assessor  or Supervisor of Assessments of the county in which
13    the property is located.
14        "Equalized assessed value" means the  assessed  value  as
15    equalized by the Illinois Department of Revenue.
16        "Household"  means  the  applicant,  the  spouse  of  the
17    applicant,  and  all  persons  using  the  residence  of  the
18    applicant as their principal place of residence.
19        "Household  income"  means  the  combined  income  of the
20    members of a household for the calendar  year  preceding  the
21    taxable year.
22        "Income" has the same meaning as provided in Section 3.07
23    of  the  Senior  Citizens  and  Disabled Persons Property Tax
24    Relief and Pharmaceutical Assistance Act.
25        "Internal Revenue Code of 1986" means the  United  States
26    Internal  Revenue  Code  of 1986 or any successor law or laws
27    relating to federal income  taxes  in  effect  for  the  year
28    preceding the taxable year.
29        "Life  care  facility  that  qualifies  as a cooperative"
30    means a facility as defined in Section 2  of  the  Life  Care
31    Facilities Act.
32        "Residence"   means  the  principal  dwelling  place  and
33    appurtenant structures used for residential purposes in  this
34    State  occupied  on  January  1  of  the  taxable  year  by a
                            -203-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    household and so much of the surrounding  land,  constituting
 2    the  parcel  upon which the dwelling place is situated, as is
 3    used for residential purposes. If the Chief County Assessment
 4    Officer has established a specific legal  description  for  a
 5    portion  of  property  constituting  the residence, then that
 6    portion of property shall be deemed  the  residence  for  the
 7    purposes of this Section.
 8        "Taxable  year"  means  the calendar year during which ad
 9    valorem property taxes payable in the  next  succeeding  year
10    are levied.
11        (c)  Beginning  in  taxable  year 1994, a senior citizens
12    assessment freeze homestead exemption  is  granted  for  real
13    property  that is improved with a permanent structure that is
14    occupied as a residence by an applicant who (i) is  65  years
15    of age or older during the taxable year, (ii) has a household
16    income  of  $35,000  or less, (iii) is liable for paying real
17    property taxes on the property,  and  (iv)  is  an  owner  of
18    record  of  the property or has a legal or equitable interest
19    in the property as evidenced by a  written  instrument.  This
20    homestead  exemption shall also apply to a leasehold interest
21    in a parcel of property improved with a  permanent  structure
22    that  is  a  single  family  residence  that is occupied as a
23    residence by a person who (i) is 65 years  of  age  or  older
24    during  the  taxable  year,  (ii)  has  a household income of
25    $35,000 or less, (iii) has a  legal  or  equitable  ownership
26    interest  in  the  property as lessee, and (iv) is liable for
27    the payment of real property taxes on that property.
28        The amount of  this  exemption  shall  be  the  equalized
29    assessed value of the residence in the taxable year for which
30    application is made minus the base amount.
31        When  the applicant is a surviving spouse of an applicant
32    for a  prior  year  for  the  same  residence  for  which  an
33    exemption  under this Section has been granted, the base year
34    and base amount for that residence are the same  as  for  the
                            -204-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    applicant for the prior year.
 2        Each  year at the time the assessment books are certified
 3    to the County Clerk, the Board of Review or Board of  Appeals
 4    shall  give to the County Clerk a list of the assessed values
 5    of improvements on each parcel qualifying for this  exemption
 6    that  were added after the base year for this parcel and that
 7    increased the assessed value of the property.
 8        In the case of land improved with an  apartment  building
 9    owned  and  operated as a cooperative or a building that is a
10    life care facility  that  qualifies  as  a  cooperative,  the
11    maximum  reduction  from  the equalized assessed value of the
12    property is limited to the sum of the  reductions  calculated
13    for  each unit occupied as a residence by a person or persons
14    65 years of age or older with a household income  of  $35,000
15    or  less  who is liable, by contract with the owner or owners
16    of record, for paying real property taxes on the property and
17    who is an owner of record of a legal or equitable interest in
18    the cooperative apartment building, other  than  a  leasehold
19    interest.  In the instance of a cooperative where a homestead
20    exemption  has  been  granted   under   this   Section,   the
21    cooperative  association  or its management firm shall credit
22    the  savings  resulting  from  that  exemption  only  to  the
23    apportioned tax liability of the owner who qualified for  the
24    exemption.   Any  person who willfully refuses to credit that
25    savings to an owner who qualifies for the exemption is guilty
26    of a Class B misdemeanor.
27        When a homestead exemption has been  granted  under  this
28    Section  and  an  applicant  then  becomes  a  resident  of a
29    facility licensed  under  the  Nursing  Home  Care  Act,  the
30    exemption shall be granted in subsequent years so long as the
31    residence  (i)  continues  to  be  occupied  by the qualified
32    applicant's spouse or (ii) if remaining unoccupied, is  still
33    owned by the qualified applicant for the homestead exemption.
34        Beginning  January  1,  1997, when an individual dies who
                            -205-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    would have qualified for an exemption under this Section, and
 2    the surviving spouse does not independently qualify for  this
 3    exemption  because  of  age, the exemption under this Section
 4    shall be granted to the surviving spouse for the taxable year
 5    preceding and the taxable year of the death,  provided  that,
 6    except   for  age,  the  surviving  spouse  meets  all  other
 7    qualifications for the granting of this exemption  for  those
 8    years.
 9        When  married  persons  maintain separate residences, the
10    exemption provided for in this Section may be claimed by only
11    one of such persons and for only one residence.
12        For taxable year 1994 only, in counties having less  than
13    3,000,000  inhabitants,  to  receive  the exemption, a person
14    shall submit an application by February 15, 1995 to the Chief
15    County Assessment Officer of the county in which the property
16    is  located.   In   counties   having   3,000,000   or   more
17    inhabitants, for taxable year 1994 and all subsequent taxable
18    years,  to  receive  the  exemption,  a  person may submit an
19    application to the Chief County  Assessment  Officer  of  the
20    county in which the property is located during such period as
21    may be specified by the Chief County Assessment Officer.  The
22    Chief  County  Assessment Officer in counties of 3,000,000 or
23    more  inhabitants  shall  annually   give   notice   of   the
24    application  period  by  mail or by publication.  In counties
25    having  less  than  3,000,000  inhabitants,  beginning   with
26    taxable year 1995 and thereafter, to receive the exemption, a
27    person  shall submit an application by July 1 of each taxable
28    year to the Chief County Assessment Officer of the county  in
29    which  the  property is located.  A county may, by ordinance,
30    establish a date  for  submission  of  applications  that  is
31    different  than  July  1. The applicant shall submit with the
32    application an affidavit of the applicant's  total  household
33    income,  age,  marital  status  (and  if married the name and
34    address of the applicant's spouse, if known),  and  principal
                            -206-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    dwelling  place  of  members of the household on January 1 of
 2    the taxable year. The Department shall establish, by rule,  a
 3    method  for  verifying  the  accuracy  of affidavits filed by
 4    applicants under this  Section.  The  applications  shall  be
 5    clearly  marked  as  applications  for  the  Senior  Citizens
 6    Assessment Freeze Homestead Exemption.
 7        Notwithstanding  any  other provision to the contrary, in
 8    counties having  fewer  than  3,000,000  inhabitants,  if  an
 9    applicant  fails  to  file  the  application required by this
10    Section in a timely manner and this failure to file is due to
11    a mental or physical condition sufficiently severe so  as  to
12    render the applicant incapable of filing the application in a
13    timely manner, the Chief County Assessment Officer may extend
14    the  filing  deadline  for  a  period  of  30  days after the
15    applicant regains the capability to file the application, but
16    in no case may the  filing  deadline  be  extended  beyond  3
17    months  of the original filing deadline.  In order to receive
18    the extension provided in this paragraph, the applicant shall
19    provide the Chief County Assessment  Officer  with  a  signed
20    statement  from  the applicant's physician stating the nature
21    and  extent  of  the  condition,  that,  in  the  physician's
22    opinion, the condition was so severe  that  it  rendered  the
23    applicant  incapable  of  filing  the application in a timely
24    manner, and the date on  which  the  applicant  regained  the
25    capability to file the application.
26        Beginning  January  1,  1998,  notwithstanding  any other
27    provision to the contrary,  in  counties  having  fewer  than
28    3,000,000  inhabitants,  if  an  applicant  fails to file the
29    application required by this Section in a timely  manner  and
30    this failure to file is due to a mental or physical condition
31    sufficiently  severe  so as to render the applicant incapable
32    of filing the application  in  a  timely  manner,  the  Chief
33    County  Assessment Officer may extend the filing deadline for
34    a period of 3 months.  In  order  to  receive  the  extension
                            -207-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    provided  in  this paragraph, the applicant shall provide the
 2    Chief County Assessment Officer with a signed statement  from
 3    the  applicant's  physician  stating the nature and extent of
 4    the condition, and that,  in  the  physician's  opinion,  the
 5    condition  was  so  severe  that  it  rendered  the applicant
 6    incapable of filing the application in a timely manner.
 7        In counties having less than 3,000,000 inhabitants, if an
 8    applicant was denied an exemption in taxable  year  1994  and
 9    the  denial  occurred  due  to  an  error  on  the part of an
10    assessment official, or his or her agent  or  employee,  then
11    beginning in taxable year 1997 the applicant's base year, for
12    purposes of determining the amount of the exemption, shall be
13    1993 rather than 1994. In addition, in taxable year 1997, the
14    applicant's  exemption  shall also include an amount equal to
15    (i) the amount of any exemption denied to  the  applicant  in
16    taxable  year  1995  as  a  result of using 1994, rather than
17    1993, as the base year, (ii)  the  amount  of  any  exemption
18    denied  to  the applicant in taxable year 1996 as a result of
19    using 1994, rather than 1993, as the base year, and (iii) the
20    amount of the exemption erroneously denied for  taxable  year
21    1994.
22        For  purposes  of  this  Section, a person who will be 65
23    years of  age  during  the  current  taxable  year  shall  be
24    eligible  to  apply  for  the homestead exemption during that
25    taxable  year.   Application  shall  be   made   during   the
26    application  period  in  effect  for the county of his or her
27    residence.
28        The Chief County Assessment  Officer  may  determine  the
29    eligibility  of  a  life  care  facility  that qualifies as a
30    cooperative to receive the benefits provided by this  Section
31    by  use  of  an  affidavit,  application,  visual inspection,
32    questionnaire, or other reasonable method in order to  insure
33    that  the  tax  savings  resulting  from  the  exemption  are
34    credited  by  the  management  firm  to  the  apportioned tax
                            -208-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    liability of each  qualifying  resident.   The  Chief  County
 2    Assessment  Officer  may  request  reasonable  proof that the
 3    management firm has so credited that exemption.
 4        Except as  provided  in  this  Section,  all  information
 5    received  by  the  chief  county  assessment  officer  or the
 6    Department from applications filed  under  this  Section,  or
 7    from any investigation conducted under the provisions of this
 8    Section,  shall be confidential, except for official purposes
 9    or pursuant to official  procedures  for  collection  of  any
10    State  or  local  tax or enforcement of any civil or criminal
11    penalty or sanction imposed by this Act or by any statute  or
12    ordinance  imposing  a  State  or  local  tax. Any person who
13    divulges any  such  information  in  any  manner,  except  in
14    accordance with a proper judicial order, is guilty of a Class
15    A misdemeanor.
16        Nothing  contained  in  this  Section  shall  prevent the
17    Director or chief county assessment officer  from  publishing
18    or  making  available  reasonable  statistics  concerning the
19    operation of the exemption contained in this Section in which
20    the contents of claims are grouped into aggregates in such  a
21    way  that information contained in any individual claim shall
22    not be disclosed.
23        (d)  Each Chief County Assessment Officer shall  annually
24    publish  a  notice  of availability of the exemption provided
25    under this Section.  The notice shall be published  at  least
26    60  days  but no more than 75 days prior to the date on which
27    the  application  must  be  submitted  to  the  Chief  County
28    Assessment Officer of the county in  which  the  property  is
29    located.   The  notice shall appear in a newspaper of general
30    circulation in the county.
31    (Source:  P.A.  89-62,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-426,  eff.  6-1-96;
32    89-557,  eff.  1-1-97;  89-581,  eff.  1-1-97;  89-626,  eff.
33    8-9-96; 90-14, eff. 7-1-97;  90-204,  eff.  7-25-97;  90-523,
34    eff.  11-13-97;  90-524,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-531, eff. 1-1-98;
                            -209-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    revised 12-23-97.)
 2        (35 ILCS 200/15-175)
 3        Sec. 15-175.   General  homestead  exemption.   Homestead
 4    property   is  entitled  to  an  annual  homestead  exemption
 5    limited,  except  as  described   here   with   relation   to
 6    cooperatives,  to a reduction in the equalized assessed value
 7    of homestead property equal  to  the  increase  in  equalized
 8    assessed  value  for  the  current  assessment year above the
 9    equalized assessed value of the property for 1977, up to  the
10    maximum  reduction  set  forth  below.  If  however, the 1977
11    equalized assessed  value  upon  which  taxes  were  paid  is
12    subsequently  determined  by  local  assessing officials, the
13    Property Tax Appeal Board, or a court to have been excessive,
14    the equalized assessed value which should have been placed on
15    the property for 1977 shall be used to determine  the  amount
16    of the exemption.
17        The  maximum  reduction  shall be $4,500 in counties with
18    3,000,000  or  more  inhabitants  and  $3,500  in  all  other
19    counties.
20        In counties with fewer than  3,000,000  inhabitants,  if,
21    based  on  the most recent assessment, the equalized assessed
22    value of the homestead property for  the  current  assessment
23    year  is  greater  than  the  equalized assessed value of the
24    property  for  1977,  the  owner  of   the   property   shall
25    automatically   receive  the  exemption  granted  under  this
26    Section in an amount equal to  the  increase  over  the  1977
27    assessment  up  to  the  maximum  reduction set forth in this
28    Section.
29        "Homestead  property"   under   this   Section   includes
30    residential  property that is occupied by its owner or owners
31    as his or their  principal  dwelling  place,  or  that  is  a
32    leasehold  interest  on  which  a  single family residence is
33    situated, which is occupied as a residence by  a  person  who
                            -210-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    has an ownership interest therein, legal or equitable or as a
 2    lessee,  and on which the person is liable for the payment of
 3    property taxes. For land improved with an apartment  building
 4    owned  and operated as a cooperative or a building which is a
 5    life  care  facility  as  defined  in  Section   15-170   and
 6    considered  to  be  a  cooperative  under Section 15-170, the
 7    maximum reduction from the equalized assessed value shall  be
 8    limited  to  the  increase  in  the value above the equalized
 9    assessed value of the property for 1977, up  to  the  maximum
10    reduction  set  forth  above,  multiplied  by  the  number of
11    apartments or units occupied by a person or  persons  who  is
12    liable,  by  contract with the owner or owners of record, for
13    paying property taxes on the property  and  is  an  owner  of
14    record  of  a  legal or equitable interest in the cooperative
15    apartment building, other  than  a  leasehold  interest.  For
16    purposes  of  this Section, the term "life care facility" has
17    the meaning stated in Section 15-170.
18        In a cooperative where a  homestead  exemption  has  been
19    granted,  the  cooperative association or its management firm
20    shall credit the savings resulting from that  exemption  only
21    to  the  apportioned tax liability of the owner who qualified
22    for the exemption.  Any person who willfully  refuses  to  so
23    credit the savings shall be guilty of a Class B misdemeanor.
24        Where  married  persons  maintain  and reside in separate
25    residences qualifying as homestead property,  each  residence
26    shall  receive  50%  of  the  total  reduction  in  equalized
27    assessed valuation provided by this Section.
28        In  counties  with  more  than 3,000,000 inhabitants, the
29    assessor, or chief county assessment  officer  may  determine
30    the  eligibility  of  residential  property  to  receive  the
31    homestead   exemption   by  application,  visual  inspection,
32    questionnaire or other reasonable methods.  The determination
33    shall be made in accordance with  guidelines  established  by
34    the  Department.    In  counties  with  fewer  than 3,000,000
                            -211-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    inhabitants, in the event of a sale of homestead property the
 2    homestead exemption shall remain in effect for the  remainder
 3    of  the  assessment  year of the sale.  The assessor or chief
 4    county assessment officer may require the new  owner  of  the
 5    property  to  apply  for  the  homestead  exemption  for  the
 6    following assessment year.
 7    (Source: P.A.  90-368,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-552, eff. 12-12-97;
 8    revised 1-6-98.)
 9        (35 ILCS 200/15-180)
10        Sec.   15-180.    Homestead   improvements.     Homestead
11    properties that have been improved and residential structures
12    on  homestead  property  that  have  been rebuilt following a
13    catastrophic event are entitled to  a  homestead  improvement
14    exemption,  limited  to $30,000 per year through December 31,
15    1997, and $45,000 beginning January 1, 1998  and  thereafter,
16    in  fair  cash  value,  when  that property is owned and used
17    exclusively for a residential purpose and upon  demonstration
18    that  a  proposed  increase in assessed value is attributable
19    solely to a new improvement of an existing structure  or  the
20    rebuilding   of   a   residential   structure   following   a
21    catastrophic  event.   To  be eligible for an exemption under
22    this Section after  a  catastrophic  event,  the  residential
23    structure   must   be   rebuilt  within  2  years  after  the
24    catastrophic event.  The  exemption  for  rebuilt  structures
25    under  this  Section  applies to the increase in value of the
26    rebuilt structure over the value of the structure before  the
27    catastrophic  event.   The  amount  of the exemption shall be
28    limited to the fair cash value added by the  new  improvement
29    or  rebuilding  and  shall continue for 4 years from the date
30    the improvement or rebuilding is completed and  occupied,  or
31    until the next following general assessment of that property,
32    whichever is later.
33        A proclamation of disaster by the President of the United
                            -212-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    States  or  Governor  of  the  State  of  Illinois  is  not a
 2    prerequisite to the classification  of  an  occurrence  as  a
 3    catastrophic  event  under  this  Section.   A  "catastrophic
 4    event"  may  include  an  occurrence  of widespread or severe
 5    damage or loss of property resulting  from  any  catastrophic
 6    cause  including  but  not  limited  to fire, including arson
 7    (provided the fire was not caused by the willful action of an
 8    owner or resident of the property), flood, earthquake,  wind,
 9    storm,  explosion,  or  extended  periods of severe inclement
10    weather.  In the case of a residential structure affected  by
11    flooding,  the  structure  shall  not  be  eligible  for this
12    homestead improvement exemption unless it is located within a
13    local jurisdiction which is  participating  in  the  National
14    Flood Insurance Program.
15        In  counties  of  less  than  3,000,000  inhabitants,  in
16    addition  to  the  notice  requirement under Section 12-30, a
17    supervisor of assessments, county assessor,  or  township  or
18    multi-township  assessor responsible for adding an assessable
19    improvement to  a  residential  property's  assessment  shall
20    either  notify  a  taxpayer whose assessment has been changed
21    since the last preceding assessment that he  or  she  may  be
22    eligible  for  the  exemption  provided under this Section or
23    shall grant the exemption automatically.
24    (Source: P.A.  88-455;  89-595,  eff.  1-1-97;  89-690,  eff.
25    6-1-97;  90-14,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-186, eff. 7-24-97; revised
26    10-15-97)
27        (35 ILCS 200/18-165)
28        Sec. 18-165. Abatement of taxes.
29        (a)  Any taxing district, upon a  majority  vote  of  its
30    governing  authority,  may,  after  the  determination of the
31    assessed valuation of its property, order the clerk  of  that
32    county  to  abate  any  portion of its taxes on the following
33    types of property:
                            -213-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (1)  Commercial and industrial.
 2                  (A)  The  property   of   any   commercial   or
 3             industrial  firm,  including  but not limited to the
 4             property of any firm that is  used  for  collecting,
 5             separating,   storing,   or   processing  recyclable
 6             materials,  locating  within  the  taxing   district
 7             during  the  immediately preceding year from another
 8             state, territory, or country, or having  been  newly
 9             created  within  this  State  during the immediately
10             preceding year, or expanding an  existing  facility.
11             The  abatement shall not exceed a period of 10 years
12             and the aggregate amount of  abated  taxes  for  all
13             taxing   districts   combined   shall   not   exceed
14             $4,000,000; or
15                  (B)  The   property   of   any   commercial  or
16             industrial development of at least 500 acres  having
17             been   created  within  the  taxing  district.   The
18             abatement shall not exceed a period of 20 years  and
19             the  aggregate amount of abated taxes for all taxing
20             districts combined shall not exceed $12,000,000.
21                  (C)  The  property   of   any   commercial   or
22             industrial  firm  currently  located  in  the taxing
23             district that expands a facility or  its  number  of
24             employees.  The  abatement shall not exceed a period
25             of 10 years and the aggregate amount of abated taxes
26             for all taxing districts combined shall  not  exceed
27             $4,000,000.  The  abatement period may be renewed at
28             the option of the taxing districts.
29             (2)  Horse  racing.   Any  property  in  the  taxing
30        district which is used for the racing of horses and  upon
31        which   capital  improvements  consisting  of  expansion,
32        improvement or replacement of  existing  facilities  have
33        been  made  since  July 1, 1987.  The combined abatements
34        for such property from all taxing districts in any county
                            -214-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        shall not exceed $5,000,000 annually and shall not exceed
 2        a period of 10 years.
 3             (3)  Auto racing.  Any property designed exclusively
 4        for the racing of motor vehicles.  Such  abatement  shall
 5        not exceed a period of 10 years.
 6             (4)  Academic  or  research institute.  The property
 7        of any academic  or  research  institute  in  the  taxing
 8        district   that  (i)  is  an  exempt  organization  under
 9        paragraph (3) of Section 501(c) of the  Internal  Revenue
10        Code,  (ii)  operates  for  the  benefit of the public by
11        actually and exclusively performing  scientific  research
12        and  making  the results of the research available to the
13        interested public  on  a  non-discriminatory  basis,  and
14        (iii)  employs  more  than  100  employees.  An abatement
15        granted under this paragraph shall be  for  at  least  15
16        years  and  the  aggregate amount of abated taxes for all
17        taxing districts combined shall not exceed $5,000,000.
18        (b)  Upon a majority vote of its governing authority, any
19    municipality may, after the  determination  of  the  assessed
20    valuation  of  its  property, order the county clerk to abate
21    any portion of its taxes on  any  property  that  is  located
22    within the corporate limits of the municipality in accordance
23    with Section 8-3-18 of the Illinois Municipal Code.
24    (Source:  P.A.  89-561,  eff.  1-1-97;  90-46,  eff.  7-3-97;
25    90-415, eff. 8-15-97; revised 10-30-97.)
26        (35 ILCS 200/18-185)
27        Sec. 18-185.  Short title; definitions.  This Section and
28    Sections  18-190  through 18-245 may be cited as the Property
29    Tax Extension Limitation Law.  As  used  in  Sections  18-190
30    through 18-245:
31        "Consumer Price Index" means the Consumer Price Index for
32    All  Urban  Consumers  for  all items published by the United
33    States Department of Labor.
                            -215-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        "Extension limitation" means (a) the lesser of 5% or  the
 2    percentage  increase  in  the Consumer Price Index during the
 3    12-month calendar year preceding the levy  year  or  (b)  the
 4    rate of increase approved by voters under Section 18-205.
 5        "Affected  county"  means  a  county of 3,000,000 or more
 6    inhabitants or a county contiguous to a county  of  3,000,000
 7    or more inhabitants.
 8        "Taxing  district"  has  the  same  meaning  provided  in
 9    Section  1-150, except as otherwise provided in this Section.
10    For the 1991 through 1994 levy years only, "taxing  district"
11    includes  only  each non-home rule taxing district having the
12    majority of its 1990  equalized  assessed  value  within  any
13    county  or  counties contiguous to a county with 3,000,000 or
14    more inhabitants.  Beginning with the 1995 levy year, "taxing
15    district" includes only each non-home  rule  taxing  district
16    subject  to  this  Law  before  the  1995  levy year and each
17    non-home rule taxing district not subject to this Law  before
18    the  1995 levy year having the majority of its 1994 equalized
19    assessed value in an affected county or counties.   Beginning
20    with  the levy year in which this Law becomes applicable to a
21    taxing  district  as  provided  in  Section  18-213,  "taxing
22    district" also includes those taxing districts  made  subject
23    to this Law as provided in Section 18-213.
24        "Aggregate  extension" for taxing districts to which this
25    Law applied before  the  1995  levy  year  means  the  annual
26    corporate extension for the taxing district and those special
27    purpose  extensions  that  are  made  annually for the taxing
28    district, excluding special purpose extensions: (a) made  for
29    the  taxing  district to pay interest or principal on general
30    obligation bonds that were approved by referendum;  (b)  made
31    for  any  taxing  district  to  pay  interest or principal on
32    general obligation bonds issued before October 1,  1991;  (c)
33    made  for any taxing district to pay interest or principal on
34    bonds issued to refund or  continue  to  refund  those  bonds
                            -216-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    issued  before  October  1,  1991;  (d)  made  for any taxing
 2    district to pay interest or  principal  on  bonds  issued  to
 3    refund  or  continue  to refund bonds issued after October 1,
 4    1991 that were approved  by  referendum;  (e)  made  for  any
 5    taxing district to pay interest or principal on revenue bonds
 6    issued before October 1, 1991 for payment of which a property
 7    tax  levy  or  the full faith and credit of the unit of local
 8    government is pledged; however, a  tax  for  the  payment  of
 9    interest or principal on those bonds shall be made only after
10    the governing body of the unit of local government finds that
11    all  other sources for payment are insufficient to make those
12    payments; (f) made for payments under a  building  commission
13    lease when the lease payments are for the retirement of bonds
14    issued  by  the commission before October 1, 1991, to pay for
15    the  building  project;  (g)  made  for  payments  due  under
16    installment contracts entered into before  October  1,  1991;
17    (h)  made  for  payments  of  principal and interest on bonds
18    issued under the Metropolitan Water Reclamation District  Act
19    to  finance construction projects initiated before October 1,
20    1991; (i) made for payments  of  principal  and  interest  on
21    limited   bonds,  as  defined  in  Section  3  of  the  Local
22    Government Debt Reform Act, in an amount not  to  exceed  the
23    debt  service  extension  base  less the amount in items (b),
24    (c), (e), and  (h)  of  this  definition  for  non-referendum
25    obligations,  except obligations initially issued pursuant to
26    referendum; (j) made for payments of principal  and  interest
27    on bonds issued under Section 15 of the Local Government Debt
28    Reform   Act;   and  (k)  made  by  a  school  district  that
29    participates  in  the  Special  Education  District  of  Lake
30    County, created by special education  joint  agreement  under
31    Section  10-22.31  of  the  School  Code,  for payment of the
32    school  district's  share  of  the  amounts  required  to  be
33    contributed by the Special Education District of Lake  County
34    to  the Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund under Article 7 of
                            -217-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the Illinois Pension Code; the amount of any extension  under
 2    this  item  (k)  shall be certified by the school district to
 3    the county clerk.
 4        "Aggregate extension" for the taxing districts  to  which
 5    this  Law  did  not  apply  before the 1995 levy year (except
 6    taxing districts subject  to  this  Law  in  accordance  with
 7    Section  18-213) means the annual corporate extension for the
 8    taxing district and those special purpose extensions that are
 9    made annually for  the  taxing  district,  excluding  special
10    purpose  extensions:  (a) made for the taxing district to pay
11    interest or principal on general obligation bonds  that  were
12    approved  by  referendum; (b) made for any taxing district to
13    pay interest or principal on general obligation bonds  issued
14    before March 1, 1995; (c) made for any taxing district to pay
15    interest  or  principal on bonds issued to refund or continue
16    to refund those bonds issued before March 1, 1995;  (d)  made
17    for any taxing district to pay interest or principal on bonds
18    issued  to  refund  or  continue to refund bonds issued after
19    March 1, 1995 that were approved by referendum; (e) made  for
20    any  taxing  district to pay interest or principal on revenue
21    bonds issued before March 1, 1995  for  payment  of  which  a
22    property tax levy or the full faith and credit of the unit of
23    local  government  is pledged; however, a tax for the payment
24    of interest or principal on those bonds shall  be  made  only
25    after  the  governing  body  of  the unit of local government
26    finds that all other sources for payment are insufficient  to
27    make  those  payments; (f) made for payments under a building
28    commission  lease  when  the  lease  payments  are  for   the
29    retirement  of bonds issued by the commission before March 1,
30    1995 to pay for the building project; (g) made  for  payments
31    due  under installment contracts entered into before March 1,
32    1995; (h) made for payments  of  principal  and  interest  on
33    bonds   issued   under  the  Metropolitan  Water  Reclamation
34    District  Act  to  finance  construction  projects  initiated
                            -218-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    before October 1, 1991; (i) made for  payments  of  principal
 2    and interest on limited bonds, as defined in Section 3 of the
 3    Local  Government Debt Reform Act, in an amount not to exceed
 4    the debt service extension base less the amount in items (b),
 5    (c),  and  (e)  of   this   definition   for   non-referendum
 6    obligations,  except obligations initially issued pursuant to
 7    referendum and bonds described  in  subsection  (h)  of  this
 8    definition;  (j)  made for payments of principal and interest
 9    on bonds issued under Section 15 of the Local Government Debt
10    Reform Act; (k) made for payments of principal  and  interest
11    on  bonds  authorized  by  Public Act 88-503 and issued under
12    Section 20a of the Chicago Park District Act for aquarium  or
13    museum  projects;  and (l) made for payments of principal and
14    interest on bonds authorized by Public Act 87-1191 and issued
15    under Section 42 of the Cook County Forest Preserve  District
16    Act for zoological park projects.
17        "Aggregate  extension"  for all taxing districts to which
18    this Law applies in accordance with  Section  18-213,  except
19    for  those  taxing  districts  subject  to  paragraph  (2) of
20    subsection (e) of Section 18-213, means the annual  corporate
21    extension  for  the taxing district and those special purpose
22    extensions that are made annually for  the  taxing  district,
23    excluding special purpose extensions: (a) made for the taxing
24    district  to  pay interest or principal on general obligation
25    bonds that were approved by  referendum;  (b)  made  for  any
26    taxing  district  to  pay  interest  or  principal on general
27    obligation  bonds  issued  before  the  date  on  which   the
28    referendum  making this Law applicable to the taxing district
29    is held; (c) made for any taxing district to pay interest  or
30    principal  on  bonds  issued  to refund or continue to refund
31    those bonds issued before the date on  which  the  referendum
32    making  this  Law  applicable to the taxing district is held;
33    (d) made for any taxing district to pay interest or principal
34    on bonds issued to refund or continue to refund bonds  issued
                            -219-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    after  the  date  on  which  the  referendum  making this Law
 2    applicable to the taxing district is held if the  bonds  were
 3    approved by referendum after the date on which the referendum
 4    making  this  Law  applicable to the taxing district is held;
 5    (e) made for any taxing district to pay interest or principal
 6    on  revenue  bonds  issued  before  the  date  on  which  the
 7    referendum making this Law applicable to the taxing  district
 8    is  held for payment of which a property tax levy or the full
 9    faith and credit of the unit of local government is  pledged;
10    however,  a  tax  for the payment of interest or principal on
11    those bonds shall be made only after the  governing  body  of
12    the unit of local government finds that all other sources for
13    payment are insufficient to make those payments; (f) made for
14    payments  under  a  building  commission lease when the lease
15    payments are for  the  retirement  of  bonds  issued  by  the
16    commission  before  the  date  on which the referendum making
17    this Law applicable to the taxing district is held to pay for
18    the  building  project;  (g)  made  for  payments  due  under
19    installment contracts entered into before the date  on  which
20    the  referendum  making  this  Law  applicable  to the taxing
21    district is held; (h) made  for  payments  of  principal  and
22    interest  on  limited  bonds,  as defined in Section 3 of the
23    Local Government Debt Reform Act, in an amount not to  exceed
24    the debt service extension base less the amount in items (b),
25    (c),   and   (e)   of   this  definition  for  non-referendum
26    obligations, except obligations initially issued pursuant  to
27    referendum;  (i)  made for payments of principal and interest
28    on bonds issued under Section 15 of the Local Government Debt
29    Reform Act; and (j) made for a qualified airport authority to
30    pay interest or principal on general obligation bonds  issued
31    for the purpose of paying obligations due under, or financing
32    airport  facilities  required  to  be  acquired, constructed,
33    installed or equipped pursuant  to,  contracts  entered  into
34    before  March  1,  1996  (but not including any amendments to
                            -220-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    such a contract taking effect on or after that date).
 2        "Aggregate extension" for all taxing districts  to  which
 3    this   Law  applies  in  accordance  with  paragraph  (2)  of
 4    subsection (e) of Section 18-213 means the  annual  corporate
 5    extension  for  the taxing district and those special purpose
 6    extensions that are made annually for  the  taxing  district,
 7    excluding special purpose extensions: (a) made for the taxing
 8    district  to  pay interest or principal on general obligation
 9    bonds that were approved by  referendum;  (b)  made  for  any
10    taxing  district  to  pay  interest  or  principal on general
11    obligation bonds issued before the  effective  date  of  this
12    amendatory  Act  of 1997; (c) made for any taxing district to
13    pay interest or  principal  on  bonds  issued  to  refund  or
14    continue  to  refund  those bonds issued before the effective
15    date of this amendatory Act of 1997; (d) made for any  taxing
16    district  to  pay  interest  or  principal on bonds issued to
17    refund or continue to refund bonds issued after the effective
18    date of this  amendatory  Act  of  1997  if  the  bonds  were
19    approved  by  referendum  after  the  effective  date of this
20    amendatory Act of 1997; (e) made for any taxing  district  to
21    pay  interest or principal on revenue bonds issued before the
22    effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997 for payment  of
23    which a property tax levy or the full faith and credit of the
24    unit  of  local government is pledged; however, a tax for the
25    payment of interest or principal on those bonds shall be made
26    only after the governing body of the unit of local government
27    finds that all other sources for payment are insufficient  to
28    make  those  payments; (f) made for payments under a building
29    commission  lease  when  the  lease  payments  are  for   the
30    retirement  of  bonds  issued  by  the  commission before the
31    effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997 to pay for  the
32    building project; (g) made for payments due under installment
33    contracts  entered  into  before  the  effective date of this
34    amendatory Act of 1997; (h) made for  payments  of  principal
                            -221-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    and interest on limited bonds, as defined in Section 3 of the
 2    Local  Government Debt Reform Act, in an amount not to exceed
 3    the debt service extension base less the amount in items (b),
 4    (c),  and  (e)  of   this   definition   for   non-referendum
 5    obligations,  except obligations initially issued pursuant to
 6    referendum; (i) made for payments of principal  and  interest
 7    on bonds issued under Section 15 of the Local Government Debt
 8    Reform Act; and (j) made for a qualified airport authority to
 9    pay  interest or principal on general obligation bonds issued
10    for the purpose of paying obligations due under, or financing
11    airport facilities  required  to  be  acquired,  constructed,
12    installed  or  equipped  pursuant  to, contracts entered into
13    before March 1, 1996 (but not  including  any  amendments  to
14    such a contract taking effect on or after that date).
15        "Debt  service  extension  base" means an amount equal to
16    that portion of the extension for a taxing district  for  the
17    1994 levy year, or for those taxing districts subject to this
18    Law  in  accordance  with  Section  18-213,  except for those
19    subject to paragraph (2) of subsection (e) of Section 18-213,
20    for the levy year in which the  referendum  making  this  Law
21    applicable  to  the  taxing  district  is  held, or for those
22    taxing districts subject  to  this  Law  in  accordance  with
23    paragraph  (2)  of  subsection  (e) of Section 18-213 for the
24    1996 levy year, constituting  an  extension  for  payment  of
25    principal and interest on bonds issued by the taxing district
26    without referendum, but not including (i) bonds authorized by
27    Public Act 88-503 and issued under Section 20a of the Chicago
28    Park  District  Act  for  aquarium  and museum projects; (ii)
29    bonds issued under Section 15 of the  Local  Government  Debt
30    Reform  Act;  or (iii) refunding obligations issued to refund
31    or  to  continue  to  refund  obligations  initially   issued
32    pursuant  to referendum.  The debt service extension base may
33    be established or increased as provided under Section 18-212.
34        "Special purpose extensions" include, but are not limited
                            -222-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    to, extensions  for  levies  made  on  an  annual  basis  for
 2    unemployment   and   workers'  compensation,  self-insurance,
 3    contributions to pension plans, and extensions made  pursuant
 4    to  Section  6-601  of  the  Illinois Highway Code for a road
 5    district's permanent road fund  whether  levied  annually  or
 6    not.   The  extension  for  a  special  service  area  is not
 7    included in the aggregate extension.
 8        "Aggregate extension base" means  the  taxing  district's
 9    last preceding aggregate extension as adjusted under Sections
10    18-215 through 18-230.
11        "Levy  year" has the same meaning as "year" under Section
12    1-155.
13        "New property" means (i) the assessed value, after  final
14    board   of   review  or  board  of  appeals  action,  of  new
15    improvements or additions to  existing  improvements  on  any
16    parcel  of  real property that increase the assessed value of
17    that real property during the levy  year  multiplied  by  the
18    equalization  factor  issued  by the Department under Section
19    17-30 and (ii) the  assessed  value,  after  final  board  of
20    review  or  board  of  appeals  action,  of real property not
21    exempt from real estate taxation,  which  real  property  was
22    exempt  from  real  estate  taxation  for  any portion of the
23    immediately  preceding   levy   year,   multiplied   by   the
24    equalization  factor  issued  by the Department under Section
25    17-30.
26        "Qualified airport authority" means an airport  authority
27    organized  under the Airport Authorities Act and located in a
28    county bordering on the  State  of  Wisconsin  and  having  a
29    population in excess of 200,000 and not greater than 500,000.
30        "Recovered  tax  increment value" means the amount of the
31    current year's equalized assessed value, in  the  first  year
32    after a municipality terminates the designation of an area as
33    a redevelopment project area previously established under the
34    Tax  Increment  Allocation  Development  Act  in the Illinois
                            -223-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Municipal Code, previously established under  the  Industrial
 2    Jobs   Recovery  Law  in  the  Illinois  Municipal  Code,  or
 3    previously established under the  Economic  Development  Area
 4    Tax  Increment  Allocation  Act,  of each taxable lot, block,
 5    tract, or  parcel  of  real  property  in  the  redevelopment
 6    project  area  over  and above the initial equalized assessed
 7    value of each property in the redevelopment project area.
 8        Except as otherwise provided in this  Section,  "limiting
 9    rate"  means  a  fraction  the numerator of which is the last
10    preceding aggregate extension base times an amount  equal  to
11    one plus the extension limitation defined in this Section and
12    the  denominator  of  which  is  the current year's equalized
13    assessed value of all real property in  the  territory  under
14    the jurisdiction of the taxing district during the prior levy
15    year.    For   those  taxing  districts  that  reduced  their
16    aggregate extension for the last  preceding  levy  year,  the
17    highest  aggregate  extension  in any of the last 3 preceding
18    levy years shall be used for the  purpose  of  computing  the
19    limiting   rate.   The  denominator  shall  not  include  new
20    property.  The denominator shall not  include  the  recovered
21    tax increment value.
22    (Source:  P.A.  89-1,  eff.  2-12-95;  89-138,  eff. 7-14-95;
23    89-385, eff.  8-18-95;  89-436,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-449,  eff.
24    6-1-96;  89-510,  eff.  7-11-96; 89-718, eff. 3-7-97; 90-485,
25    eff. 1-1-98; 90-511, eff. 8-22-97; revised 10-24-97.)
26        (35 ILCS 200/19-60)
27        Sec. 19-60.  Bond as security for  taxes  collected.  The
28    bond  of  every county or township collector shall be held to
29    be security for the payment by the collector to  the,  county
30    treasurer and the taxing districts and proper authorities, of
31    all   taxes,  special  assessments  which  are  collected  or
32    received on their behalf, and  of  all  penalties  which  are
33    recovered against him.
                            -224-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    (Source: Laws 1939, p. 886; P.A. 88-455; revised 12-18-97.)
 2        (35 ILCS 200/20-160)
 3        Sec.  20-160.   Office  may  be  declared vacant.  If any
 4    county collector fails to account and pay over as required in
 5    Sections 20-140 2-140 and 20-150, the office may be  declared
 6    vacant  by the county board, or by any court in which suit is
 7    brought on his or her official bond.
 8    (Source: Laws 1939, p. 886; P.A. 88-455; revised 8-7-97.)
 9        (35 ILCS 200/21-260)
10        Sec.  21-260.   Collector's  scavenger  sale.   Upon  the
11    county collector's application under Section  21-145,  to  be
12    known  as  the  Scavenger  Sale  Application, the Court shall
13    enter judgment for the general taxes, special taxes,  special
14    assessments, interest, penalties and costs as are included in
15    the advertisement and appear to be due thereon after allowing
16    an opportunity to object and a hearing upon the objections as
17    provided  in  Section 21-175, and order those properties sold
18    by the County Collector at public sale to the highest  bidder
19    for  cash,  notwithstanding the bid may be less than the full
20    amount  of  taxes,  special   taxes,   special   assessments,
21    interest,  penalties  and  costs  for which judgment has been
22    entered.
23        (a)  Conducting the  sale  -  Bidding.    All  properties
24    shall be offered for sale in consecutive order as they appear
25    in  the  delinquent  list.  The  minimum bid for any property
26    shall be $250 or one-half of the tax if the  total  liability
27    is  less  than $500.  The successful bidder shall immediately
28    pay the amount of minimum bid  to  the  County  Collector  in
29    cash, by certified or cashier's check, or by money order.  If
30    the  bid exceeds the minimum bid, the successful bidder shall
31    pay the balance of the bid to the county collector  in  cash,
32    by  certified  or  cashier's  check, or by money order by the
                            -225-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    close of the next business day.  If the minimum  bid  is  not
 2    paid at the time of sale or if the balance is not paid by the
 3    close of the next business day, then the sale is void and the
 4    minimum  bid,  if  paid,  is  forfeited to the county general
 5    fund.  In that event, the property  shall  be  reoffered  for
 6    sale  within  30  days  of  the  last offering of property in
 7    regular order.  The collector shall  make  available  to  the
 8    public  a  list  of  all  properties  to  be  included in any
 9    reoffering due to the voiding  of  the  original  sale.   The
10    collector  is  not  required  to  serve  or publish any other
11    notice of the reoffering of those properties.  In  the  event
12    that  any  of the properties are not sold upon reoffering, or
13    are sold for less than the  amount  of  the  original  voided
14    sale,  the  original  bidder who failed to pay the bid amount
15    shall remain liable for the unpaid balance of the bid  in  an
16    action  under Section 21-240.  Liability shall not be reduced
17    where the bidder upon reoffering also fails to  pay  the  bid
18    amount,  and  in  that event both bidders shall remain liable
19    for the unpaid balance of their respective bids.  A  sale  of
20    properties  under  this  Section  shall  not  be  final until
21    confirmed by the court.
22        (b)  Confirmation of sales.  The county  collector  shall
23    file his or her report of sale in the court within 30 days of
24    the  date  of sale of each property.  No notice of the county
25    collector's  application  to  confirm  the  sales  shall   be
26    required  except  as  prescribed  by rule of the court.  Upon
27    confirmation, except in cases where  the  sale  becomes  void
28    under   Section  22-85,  or  in  cases  where  the  order  of
29    confirmation is vacated by  the  court,  a  sale  under  this
30    Section  shall  extinguish  the  in  rem  lien of the general
31    taxes,  special  taxes  and  special  assessments  for  which
32    judgment has been entered and a redemption shall  not  revive
33    the  lien.  Confirmation of the sale shall in no event affect
34    the owner's personal liability to pay the taxes, interest and
                            -226-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    penalties as provided in this Code or prevent institution  of
 2    a  proceeding under Section 21-440 to collect any amount that
 3    may remain due after the sale.
 4        (c)  Issuance of tax sale certificates. Upon confirmation
 5    of the sale the County Clerk and the County  Collector  shall
 6    issue  to the purchaser a certificate of purchase in the form
 7    prescribed  by  Section  21-250  as  near  as  may   be.    A
 8    certificate of purchase shall not be issued to any person who
 9    is  ineligible to bid at the sale or to receive a certificate
10    of purchase under Section 21-265.
11        (d)  Scavenger Tax Judgment, Sale and Redemption Record -
12    Sale of parcels not sold.  The county collector shall prepare
13    a Scavenger Tax Judgment, Sale and  Redemption  Record.   The
14    county  clerk  shall  write  or  stamp  on  the scavenger tax
15    judgment, sale, forfeiture and redemption record opposite the
16    description of any property offered for sale and not sold, or
17    not confirmed for any reason,  the  words  "offered  but  not
18    sold".  The  properties which are offered for sale under this
19    Section and not sold or not confirmed shall  be  offered  for
20    sale  annually  thereafter  in  the  manner  provided in this
21    Section until sold, except in the  case  of  mineral  rights,
22    which  after  10  consecutive years of being offered for sale
23    under this Section and not sold or confirmed shall no  longer
24    be  required  to  be  offered  for  sale. At any time between
25    annual sales the County Collector may advertise for sale  any
26    properties   subject   to   sale  under  judgments  for  sale
27    previously entered under this Section and  not  executed  for
28    any reason.  The advertisement and sale shall be regulated by
29    the provisions of this Code as far as applicable.
30        (e)  Proceeding to tax deed. The owner of the certificate
31    of  purchase  shall  give notice as required by Sections 22-5
32    through 22-30, and may extend the  period  of  redemption  as
33    provided by Section 21-385. At any time within 5 months prior
34    to  expiration  of the period of redemption from a sale under
                            -227-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    this Code, the owner of a certificate of purchase may file  a
 2    petition  and  may  obtain  a  tax  deed under Sections 22-30
 3    through 22-55. All proceedings for the issuance of a tax deed
 4    and all tax deeds for  properties  sold  under  this  Section
 5    shall  be  subject  to  Sections  22-30  through 22-55. Deeds
 6    issued under this Section are subject to Section 22-70.  This
 7    Section shall be liberally construed so  to  that  the  deeds
 8    provided for in this Section convey merchantable title.
 9        (f)  Redemptions from scavenger sales. Redemptions may be
10    made  from  sales  under  this Section in the same manner and
11    upon the same terms and conditions as redemptions from  sales
12    made  under  the  County  Collector's  annual application for
13    judgment and order of sale, except that in  lieu  of  penalty
14    the  person  redeeming  shall  pay interest as follows if the
15    sale occurs before September 9, 1993:
16             (1)  If redeemed within the first 2 months from  the
17        date  of  the  sale, 3% per month or portion thereof upon
18        the amount for which the property was sold;
19             (2)  If redeemed between 2 and  6  months  from  the
20             date  of  the  sale, 12% of the amount for which the
21             property was sold;
22             (3)  If redeemed between 6 and 12  months  from  the
23        date  of  the  sale,  24%  of  the  amount  for which the
24        property was sold;
25             (4)  If redeemed between 12 and 18 months  from  the
26        date  of  the  sale,  36%  of  the  amount  for which the
27        property was sold;
28             (5)  If redeemed between 18 and 24 months  from  the
29        date  of  the  sale,  48%  of  the  amount  for which the
30        property was sold;
31             (6)  If redeemed after 24 months from  the  date  of
32        sale,  the  48% herein provided together with interest at
33        6% per year thereafter.
34        If the sale occurs on or after  September  9,  1993,  the
                            -228-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    person  redeeming  shall  pay  interest  on  that part of the
 2    amount for which the property was sold equal to or less  than
 3    the  full  amount  of  delinquent taxes, special assessments,
 4    penalties, interest, and costs, included in the judgment  and
 5    order of sale as follows:
 6             (1)  If  redeemed within the first 2 months from the
 7        date of the sale, 3% per month upon the amount of  taxes,
 8        special  assessments,  penalties, interest, and costs due
 9        for each of the first 2 months, or fraction thereof.
10             (2)  If redeemed at any time between 2 and 6  months
11        from  the  date  of the sale, 12% of the amount of taxes,
12        special assessments, penalties, interest, and costs due.
13             (3)  If redeemed at any time between 6 and 12 months
14        from the date of the sale, 24% of the  amount  of  taxes,
15        special assessments, penalties, interest, and costs due.
16             (4)  If  redeemed  at  any  time  between  12 and 18
17        months from the date of the sale, 36% of  the  amount  of
18        taxes,  special  assessments,  penalties,  interest,  and
19        costs due.
20             (5)  If  redeemed  at  any  time  between  18 and 24
21        months from the date of the sale, 48% of  the  amount  of
22        taxes,  special  assessments,  penalties,  interest,  and
23        costs due.
24             (6)  If  redeemed  after  24 months from the date of
25        sale, the 48% provided for the 24  months  together  with
26        interest  at  6%  per  annum  thereafter on the amount of
27        taxes,  special  assessments,  penalties,  interest,  and
28        costs due.
29        The person redeeming shall not be  required  to  pay  any
30    interest on any part of the amount for which the property was
31    sold  that  exceeds  the  full  amount  of  delinquent taxes,
32    special assessments, penalties, interest, and costs  included
33    in the judgment and order of sale.
34        Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this Section,
                            -229-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    except for owner-occupied  single  family  residential  units
 2    which  are condominium units, cooperative units or dwellings,
 3    the amount required to be  paid  for  redemption  shall  also
 4    include  an  amount  equal  to  all  delinquent  taxes on the
 5    property which taxes were delinquent at  the  time  of  sale.
 6    The  delinquent  taxes  shall  be  apportioned  by the county
 7    collector among the taxing districts in which the property is
 8    situated in accordance with law. In the event that all moneys
 9    received from any sale held  under  this  Section  exceed  an
10    amount  equal  to  all delinquent taxes on the property sold,
11    which taxes were delinquent at the  time  of  sale,  together
12    with  all  publication  and  other  costs associated with the
13    sale, then, upon redemption, the  County  Collector  and  the
14    County  Clerk  shall  apply  the excess amount to the cost of
15    redemption.
16        (g)  Bidding by county or other  taxing  districts.   Any
17    taxing  district  may  bid  at  a scavenger sale.  The county
18    board of the county in  which  properties  offered  for  sale
19    under  this  Section  are  located may bid as trustee for all
20    taxing districts having an interest  in  the  taxes  for  the
21    nonpayment of which the parcels are offered. The County shall
22    apply  on  the bid the unpaid taxes due upon the property and
23    no cash need be paid. The County  or  other  taxing  district
24    acquiring  a  tax  sale  certificate  shall  take  all  steps
25    necessary to acquire title to the property and may manage and
26    operate the property so acquired.
27        When  a  county,  or  other  taxing  district  within the
28    county, is a petitioner for a tax deed, no filing  fee  shall
29    be required on the petition. The county as a tax creditor and
30    as  trustee for other tax creditors, or other taxing district
31    within the county shall not be required to allege  and  prove
32    that  all  taxes and special assessments which become due and
33    payable after the sale to the  county  have  been  paid.  The
34    county shall not be required to pay the subsequently accruing
                            -230-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    taxes  or  special  assessments at any time. Upon the written
 2    request of the county  board  or  its  designee,  the  county
 3    collector  shall  not  offer the property for sale at any tax
 4    sale subsequent to the sale of the  property  to  the  county
 5    under this Section. The lien of taxes and special assessments
 6    which  become  due and payable after a sale to a county shall
 7    merge in the  fee  title  of  the  county,  or  other  taxing
 8    district,  on the issuance of a deed. The County may sell the
 9    properties  so  acquired,  or  the  certificate  of  purchase
10    thereto, and the proceeds of the sale shall be distributed to
11    the  taxing  districts  in  proportion  to  their  respective
12    interests therein. The presiding officer of the county board,
13    with the advice and consent of the County Board, may  appoint
14    some  officer  or person to attend scavenger sales and bid on
15    its behalf.
16        (h)  Miscellaneous provisions.  In  the  event  that  the
17    tract  of  land  or lot sold at any such sale is not redeemed
18    within the time permitted by law and a tax  deed  is  issued,
19    all  moneys  that may be received from the sale of properties
20    in  excess  of  the  delinquent  taxes,  together  with   all
21    publication  and other costs associated with the sale, shall,
22    upon petition of any  interested  party  to  the  court  that
23    issued  the  tax deed, be distributed by the County Collector
24    pursuant to order of the court among the persons having legal
25    or equitable interests in the property according to the  fair
26    value  of their interests in the tract or lot. Section 21-415
27    does not apply to properties sold under this Section. Appeals
28    may be taken from the orders and judgments entered under this
29    Section as in other civil cases.  The remedy herein  provided
30    is  in  addition  to  other  remedies  for  the collection of
31    delinquent taxes.
32    (Source: P.A. 90-514, eff. 8-22-97; revised 12-18-97.)
33        (35 ILCS 200/21-315)
                            -231-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Sec. 21-315.  Interest on refund.
 2        (a)  In those cases which arise solely under grounds  set
 3    forth  in Section 21-310 or 22-35, and in no other cases, the
 4    court which orders a sale in error shall also award  interest
 5    on  the  refund  of  the  amount  paid for the certificate of
 6    purchase, together with all costs paid by the  owner  of  the
 7    certificate  of  purchase  or  his or her assignor which were
 8    posted to the tax judgment, sale, redemption  and  forfeiture
 9    record, except as otherwise provided in this Section.  Except
10    as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Section, interest shall be
11    awarded and paid at the rate of 1% per month from the date of
12    sale to the date of payment to the tax purchaser,  or  in  an
13    amount  equivalent  to  the  penalty  interest which would be
14    recovered on a redemption at the time of payment pursuant  to
15    the order for sale in error, whichever is less.
16        (b)  Interest   on   the  refund  to  the  owner  of  the
17    certificate of purchase shall not be paid (i) in any case  in
18    which  the  improvements  upon  the  property  sold have been
19    substantially  destroyed   or   rendered   uninhabitable   or
20    otherwise unfit for occupancy, (ii) when the sale in error is
21    made  in  pursuant to Section 22-35, (iii) in any case, after
22    January  1,  1990,  in  which  the  real  estate  contains  a
23    hazardous substance, hazardous waste, or underground  storage
24    tank  that would require a cleanup or other removal under any
25    federal, State, or local law, ordinance or  regulation,  only
26    if  the  tax  purchaser purchased the property without actual
27    knowledge of the  hazardous  substance,  hazardous  waste  or
28    underground storage tank, or (iv) in any other case where the
29    court  determines that the tax purchaser had actual knowledge
30    prior to the sale  of  the  grounds  on  which  the  sale  is
31    declared to be erroneous.
32        (c)  When  the county collector files a petition for sale
33    in error under Section 21-310 and mails a notice  thereof  by
34    certified  or  registered  mail  to  the  tax  purchaser, any
                            -232-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    interest otherwise payable under this Section shall cease  to
 2    accrue  as  of the date the petition is filed, unless the tax
 3    purchaser agrees to an order  for  sale  in  error  upon  the
 4    presentation  of  the  petition  to the court.  Notices under
 5    this subsection may be mailed to the original  owner  of  the
 6    certificate of purchase, or to the latest assignee, if known.
 7    When  the  owner  of the certificate of purchase contests the
 8    collector's petition solely to determine whether the  grounds
 9    for  sale  in  error  are  such  as  to  support  a claim for
10    interest, the court may direct that the principal  amount  of
11    the  refund  be  paid  to  the  owner  of  the certificate of
12    purchase forthwith. If the court thereafter determines that a
13    claim for interest lies under this Section,  it  shall  award
14    such interest from the date of sale to the date the principal
15    amount was paid.
16    (Source:  P.A.  88-455;  88-676,  eff.  12-14-94; 89-69, eff.
17    6-30-95; revised 12-18-97.)
18        (35 ILCS 200/22-90)
19        Sec. 22-90.  Recording  of  certificate  of  purchase  by
20    municipality.   If  any  city,  village or incorporated town,
21    interested  in  the  collection  of  any   special   tax   or
22    assessment, acquires a certificate of purchase at a tax sale,
23    it  is  not  be required to take out a deed, but may preserve
24    its lien under the certificate of purchase, beyond the period
25    of redemption, by recording the certificate  of  purchase  or
26    evidence  thereof  within  1  year from the expiration of the
27    period of redemption or extended period of redemption, in the
28    office of the recorder of the county in which the property is
29    situated, or by presenting  the certificate for  registration
30    in  the manner provided by law, to the registrar of titles in
31    the case of property registered under the  Registered  Titles
32    (Torrens)  Act.   The recorded certificate of purchase or the
33    evidence thereof shall contain language in substantially  the
                            -233-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    following form:
 2    STATE OF ....)
 3                 )SS
 4    COUNTY OF ...)
 5        The  following  described  property was sold to the (here
 6    place name of city, village,  or  incorporated  town),  at  a
 7    public   sale   for   the  nonpayment  of  special  taxes  or
 8    assessments in the above stated county, on the  ....  day  of
 9    ....,  19 .., to-wit: (here place property description).  The
10    sale was for the delinquent special tax or  assessment  (here
11    place the special assessment warrant number and installment).
12    Unless  payment  or settlement is made at the office of (here
13    place proper city, village or incorporated town officer), the
14    municipality for which the above lien or liens  were  created
15    may at any time after expiration of the period of redemption,
16    sell  and  assign  the  certificate  of purchase.  Either the
17    municipality or its assignee at any time after expiration  of
18    the period of redemption may file a complaint to foreclose or
19    bring  an  action  for  the  amount  of  the  special  tax or
20    assessment due.
21        Dated this ....  day of ...., 19...
22                                      ...........................
23                                              (Proper Officer)
24    (Source: P.A. 87-669; 88-455; revised 12-18-97.)
25        Section 44.   The  Motor  Fuel  Tax  Law  is  amended  by
26    changing Section 8 as follows:
27        (35 ILCS 505/8) (from Ch. 120, par. 424)
28        Sec.  8.   Except  as  provided  in Section 8a, all money
29    received by the Department under this Act, including payments
30    made to the Department by member jurisdictions  participating
31    in  the  International Fuel Tax Agreement, shall be deposited
32    in a special fund in the State treasury, to be known  as  the
                            -234-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    "Motor Fuel Tax Fund", and shall be used as follows:
 2        (a)  2  1/2  cents  per  gallon  of  the tax collected on
 3    special fuel under paragraph (b) of Section 2 and Section 13a
 4    of this Act shall be transferred to  the  State  Construction
 5    Account Fund in the State Treasury;
 6        (b)  $420,000  shall  be  transferred  each  month to the
 7    State Boating Act Fund  to  be  used  by  the  Department  of
 8    Natural  Resources for the purposes specified in Article X of
 9    the Boat Registration and Safety Act;
10        (c)  $1,500,000 shall be transferred each  month  to  the
11    Grade  Crossing  Protection  Fund  to be used as follows: not
12    less than $6,000,000 each fiscal year shall be used  for  the
13    construction   or   reconstruction   of  rail  highway  grade
14    separation structures; beginning with fiscal  year  1997  and
15    ending  in  fiscal  year  1999,  $1,500,000,  and $750,000 in
16    fiscal year 2000 and each fiscal  year  thereafter  shall  be
17    transferred  to  the Transportation Regulatory Fund and shall
18    be accounted for as part of the rail carrier portion of  such
19    funds  and shall be used to pay the cost of administration of
20    the Illinois Commerce Commission's railroad safety program in
21    connection with its duties under subsection  (3)  of  Section
22    18c-7401  of the Illinois Vehicle Code, with the remainder to
23    be used by the Department of Transportation upon order of the
24    Illinois Commerce Commission, to pay that part  of  the  cost
25    apportioned  by  such  Commission  to  the State to cover the
26    interest of the State-wide public in  the  use  of  highways,
27    roads  or  streets in the county highway system, township and
28    district road system or municipal street system as defined in
29    the Illinois Highway Code, as the same may from time to  time
30    be  amended,  for  separation  of  grades,  for installation,
31    construction or  reconstruction  of  crossing  protection  or
32    reconstruction, alteration, relocation including construction
33    or  improvement  of any existing highway necessary for access
34    to property or improvement of any  grade  crossing  including
                            -235-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the  necessary  highway  approaches  thereto  of any railroad
 2    across the highway or public road, as provided for in and  in
 3    accordance  with  Section  18c-7401  of  the Illinois Vehicle
 4    Code.  In entering orders for  projects  for  which  payments
 5    from  the  Grade  Crossing  Protection Fund will be made, the
 6    Commission shall account for expenditures authorized  by  the
 7    orders  on a cash rather than an accrual basis.  For purposes
 8    of this requirement an "accrual basis" assumes that the total
 9    cost of the project is expended in the fiscal year  in  which
10    the order is entered, while a "cash basis" allocates the cost
11    of  the  project  among  fiscal  years  as  expenditures  are
12    actually made;
13        (d)  of  the  amount remaining after allocations provided
14    for in subsections (a), (b)  and  (c),  a  sufficient  amount
15    shall be reserved to pay all of the following:
16             (1)  the  costs  of  the  Department  of  Revenue in
17        administering this Act;
18             (2)  the costs of the Department  of  Transportation
19        in  performing its duties imposed by the Illinois Highway
20        Code for supervising the use  of  motor  fuel  tax  funds
21        apportioned   to   municipalities,   counties   and  road
22        districts;
23             (3)  refunds provided for in Section 13 of this  Act
24        and  under  the  terms  of  the  International  Fuel  Tax
25        Agreement referenced in Section 14a;
26             (4)  from  October  1, 1985 until June 30, 1994, the
27        administration of the Vehicle Emissions  Inspection  Law,
28        which   amount   shall   be   certified  monthly  by  the
29        Environmental Protection Agency to the State  Comptroller
30        and   shall   promptly   be   transferred  by  the  State
31        Comptroller and Treasurer from the Motor Fuel Tax Fund to
32        the Vehicle Inspection Fund, and beginning July 1,  1994,
33        and  until  December 31, 2000, one-twelfth of $25,000,000
34        each  month  for  the  administration  of   the   Vehicle
                            -236-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Emissions  Inspection  Law  of 1995, to be transferred by
 2        the State Comptroller and Treasurer from the  Motor  Fuel
 3        Tax Fund into the Vehicle Inspection Fund;
 4             (5)  amounts  ordered  paid  by the Court of Claims;
 5        and
 6             (6)  payment of motor fuel use taxes due  to  member
 7        jurisdictions  under  the terms of the International Fuel
 8        Tax  Agreement.   The  Department  shall  certify   these
 9        amounts to the Comptroller by the 15th day of each month;
10        the  Comptroller  shall cause orders to be drawn for such
11        amounts, and the Treasurer shall administer those amounts
12        on or before the last day of each month;
13        (e)  after allocations for  the  purposes  set  forth  in
14    subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d), the remaining amount shall
15    be apportioned as follows:
16             (1)  58.4% shall be deposited as follows:
17                  (A)  37%  into  the  State Construction Account
18             Fund, and
19                  (B)  63% into  the  Road  Fund,  $1,250,000  of
20             which   shall   be   reserved  each  month  for  the
21             Department  of  Transportation   to   be   used   in
22             accordance  with  the  provisions  of Sections 6-901
23             through 6-906 of the Illinois Highway Code;
24             (2)  41.6% shall be transferred to the Department of
25        Transportation to be distributed as follows:
26                  (A)  49.10% to the municipalities of the State,
27                  (B)  16.74% to the counties of the State having
28             1,000,000 or more inhabitants,
29                  (C)  18.27% to the counties of the State having
30             less than 1,000,000 inhabitants,
31                  (D)  15.89% to the road districts of the State.
32        As soon as may be after the first day of each  month  the
33    Department of Transportation shall allot to each municipality
34    its   share   of   the  amount  apportioned  to  the  several
                            -237-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    municipalities which shall be in proportion to the population
 2    of such municipalities as determined by  the  last  preceding
 3    municipal  census  if  conducted by the Federal Government or
 4    Federal census. If territory is annexed to  any  municipality
 5    subsequent  to  the  time  of  the  last preceding census the
 6    corporate authorities of such municipality may cause a census
 7    to be taken of such annexed territory and the  population  so
 8    ascertained   for  such  territory  shall  be  added  to  the
 9    population of the municipality  as  determined  by  the  last
10    preceding census for the purpose of determining the allotment
11    for that municipality.  If the population of any municipality
12    was  not  determined by the last Federal census preceding any
13    apportionment, the apportionment to such  municipality  shall
14    be  in accordance with any census taken by such municipality.
15    Any municipal census used in  accordance  with  this  Section
16    shall be certified to the Department of Transportation by the
17    clerk of such municipality, and the accuracy thereof shall be
18    subject  to  approval  of  the Department which may make such
19    corrections as it ascertains to be necessary.
20        As soon as may be after the first day of each  month  the
21    Department  of  Transportation shall allot to each county its
22    share of the amount apportioned to the  several  counties  of
23    the  State  as herein provided. Each allotment to the several
24    counties having less than 1,000,000 inhabitants shall  be  in
25    proportion  to  the  amount  of  motor  vehicle  license fees
26    received from the residents of such  counties,  respectively,
27    during  the  preceding  calendar year. The Secretary of State
28    shall, on or before April 15 of each year,  transmit  to  the
29    Department  of  Transportation  a  full  and  complete report
30    showing the amount of motor  vehicle  license  fees  received
31    from  the  residents of each county, respectively, during the
32    preceding calendar year.  The  Department  of  Transportation
33    shall,  each  month, use for allotment purposes the last such
34    report received from the Secretary of State.
                            -238-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        As soon as may be after the first day of each month,  the
 2    Department  of  Transportation  shall  allot  to  the several
 3    counties their share of the amount apportioned for the use of
 4    road districts.  The allotment shall be apportioned among the
 5    several counties in the State in  the  proportion  which  the
 6    total mileage of township or district roads in the respective
 7    counties  bears  to  the  total  mileage  of all township and
 8    district roads in the State. Funds allotted to the respective
 9    counties for the use  of  road  districts  therein  shall  be
10    allocated  to the several road districts in the county in the
11    proportion which  the  total  mileage  of  such  township  or
12    district  roads in the respective road districts bears to the
13    total mileage of all such township or district roads  in  the
14    county.   After  July  1  of any year, no allocation shall be
15    made for any road district unless it levied a  tax  for  road
16    and  bridge  purposes  in  an  amount  which will require the
17    extension of such tax against the  taxable  property  in  any
18    such  road district at a rate of not less than either .08% of
19    the value thereof, based upon the  assessment  for  the  year
20    immediately  prior  to  the year in which such tax was levied
21    and as equalized by the Department of Revenue or,  in  DuPage
22    County,  an  amount equal to or greater than $12,000 per mile
23    of  road  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  road   district,
24    whichever is less.  If any road district has levied a special
25    tax  for  road purposes pursuant to Sections 6-601, 6-602 and
26    6-603 of the Illinois Highway Code, and such tax  was  levied
27    in  an  amount which would require extension at a rate of not
28    less than .08% of the value of the taxable property  thereof,
29    as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue, or, in
30    DuPage County, an amount equal to or greater than $12,000 per
31    mile  of  road  under  the jurisdiction of the road district,
32    whichever is less, such levy  shall,  however,  be  deemed  a
33    proper  compliance  with  this Section and shall qualify such
34    road district for an allotment  under  this  Section.   If  a
                            -239-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    township  has  transferred  to the road and bridge fund money
 2    which, when added to the amount of any tax levy of  the  road
 3    district  would  be  the  equivalent  of a tax levy requiring
 4    extension at a rate of at least .08%,  or, in DuPage  County,
 5    an  amount  equal to or greater than $12,000 per mile of road
 6    under the jurisdiction of the  road  district,  whichever  is
 7    less,  such  transfer, together with any such tax levy, shall
 8    be deemed a proper compliance with  this  Section  and  shall
 9    qualify  the  road  district  for  an  allotment  under  this
10    Section.
11        In  counties in which a property tax extension limitation
12    is imposed under the Property Tax Extension  Limitation  Law,
13    road  districts  may retain their entitlement to a motor fuel
14    tax allotment if, at the  time  the  property  tax  extension
15    limitation  was imposed, the road district was levying a road
16    and bridge tax at a rate sufficient to entitle it to a  motor
17    fuel   tax  allotment  and  continues  to  levy  the  maximum
18    allowable amount after the imposition  of  the  property  tax
19    extension   limitation.    Any   road  district  may  in  all
20    circumstances retain its entitlement  to  a  motor  fuel  tax
21    allotment  if  it  levied  a road and bridge tax in an amount
22    that will require  the  extension  of  the  tax  against  the
23    taxable  property  in the road district at a rate of not less
24    than 0.08% of the assessed value of the property, based  upon
25    the assessment for the year immediately preceding the year in
26    which  the  tax was levied and as equalized by the Department
27    of Revenue or, in  DuPage  County,  an  amount  equal  to  or
28    greater  than $12,000 per mile of road under the jurisdiction
29    of the road district, whichever is less.
30        As used in this Section the term  "road  district"  means
31    any  road  district,  including  a county unit road district,
32    provided for by the  Illinois  Highway  Code;  and  the  term
33    "township  or  district  road" means any road in the township
34    and district road system as defined in the  Illinois  Highway
                            -240-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Code.  For the purposes of this Section, "road district" also
 2    includes   park  districts,  forest  preserve  districts  and
 3    conservation  districts  organized  under  Illinois  law  and
 4    "township or district road" also includes such roads  as  are
 5    maintained  by  park districts, forest preserve districts and
 6    conservation districts.   The  Department  of  Transportation
 7    shall  determine  the  mileage  of  all township and district
 8    roads for the purposes of making allotments  and  allocations
 9    of motor fuel tax funds for use in road districts.
10        Payment  of  motor  fuel tax moneys to municipalities and
11    counties  shall  be  made  as  soon  as  possible  after  the
12    allotment is made.  The  treasurer  of  the  municipality  or
13    county may invest these funds until their use is required and
14    the  interest earned by these investments shall be limited to
15    the same uses as the principal funds.
16    (Source: P.A.  89-167,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-445,  eff.  2-7-96;
17    89-699, eff. 1-16-97; 90-110, eff. 7-14-97; revised 8-14-97.)
18        Section  45.   The Cannabis and Controlled Substances Tax
19    Act is amended by changing Section 16 as follows:
20        (35 ILCS 520/16) (from Ch. 120, par. 2166)
21        Sec. 16.  All  assessments  are  Jeopardy  Assessments  -
22    lien.
23        (a)  Assessment.    An   assessment   for  a  dealer  not
24    possessing valid stamps or  other  official  indicia  showing
25    that  the  tax  has  been paid shall be considered a jeopardy
26    assessment or collection, as provided by Section 1102 of  the
27    Illinois  Income Tax Act.  The Department shall determine and
28    assess a tax and applicable penalties and interest  according
29    to  the  best  judgment  and  information  available  to  the
30    Department,  which amount so fixed by the Department shall be
31    prima facie correct and shall be prima facie evidence of  the
32    correctness  of  the  amount  of  tax  due,  as shown in such
                            -241-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    determination.  When, according  to  the  best  judgment  and
 2    information  available  to  the Department with regard to all
 3    real and personal property and  rights  to  property  of  the
 4    dealer,  there  is no reasonable expectation of collection of
 5    the amount of tax and penalty to be assessed, the  Department
 6    may  issue an assessment under this Section for the amount of
 7    tax without penalty.
 8        (b)  Filing  of  Lien.   Upon  issuance  of  a   jeopardy
 9    assessment as provided by subsection (a) of this Section, the
10    Department  may  file a notice of jeopardy assessment lien in
11    the office of  the  recorder  of  the  county  in  which  any
12    property  of the taxpayer may be located and shall notify the
13    taxpayer of such filing.
14        (c)  Protest.  If the taxpayer believes that he does  not
15    owe  some  or  all  of  the  amount  for  which  the jeopardy
16    assessment lien against him has been filed,  he  may  protest
17    within  20 days after being notified by the Department of the
18    filing  of  such  jeopardy  assessment  lien  and  request  a
19    hearing, whereupon the Department shall  hold  a  hearing  in
20    conformity with the provisions of Section 908 of the Illinois
21    Income  Tax  Act  and,  pursuant  thereto,  shall  notify the
22    taxpayer of its decision as to whether or not  such  jeopardy
23    assessment lien will be released.
24        After  the  expiration  of  the  period  within which the
25    person assessed may file an action for judicial review  under
26    the  Administrative  Review  Law  without  such  action being
27    filed, a certified copy of the final  assessment  or  revised
28    final  assessment  of  the  Department  may be filed with the
29    Circuit Court of the county in which the dealer  resides,  or
30    of Cook County in the case of a dealer who does not reside in
31    this  State, or in the county where the violation of this Act
32    took place. The certified copy of  the  final  assessment  or
33    revised   final   assessment   shall   be  accompanied  by  a
34    certification which recites facts that are sufficient to show
                            -242-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    that  the  Department  complied   with   the   jurisdictional
 2    requirements  of  the Act in arriving at its final assessment
 3    or its revised final assessment and that the dealer had  this
 4    opportunity  for  an  administrative hearing and for judicial
 5    review, whether he availed himself or herself  of  either  or
 6    both  of  these  opportunities  or  not.   If  the  court  is
 7    satisfied    that    the   Department   complied   with   the
 8    jurisdictional requirements of the Act  in  arriving  at  its
 9    final assessment or its revised final assessment and that the
10    taxpayer  had  his  opportunity for an administrative hearing
11    and for judicial review, whether he availed himself of either
12    or both of these opportunities or not, the court shall render
13    judgment in favor of the Department and against the  taxpayer
14    for the amount shown to be due by the final assessment or the
15    revised final assessment, plus any interest which may be due,
16    and  such judgment shall be entered in the judgment docket of
17    the court.   Such  judgment  shall  bear  the  same  rate  of
18    interest  and  shall have the same effect as other judgments.
19    The judgment may be enforced,  and  all  laws  applicable  to
20    sales  for  the enforcement of a judgment shall be applicable
21    to sales made under such  judgments.   The  Department  shall
22    file   the  certified  copy  of  its  assessment,  as  herein
23    provided, with the Circuit Court within 2  years  after  such
24    assessment becomes final except when the taxpayer consents in
25    writing  to  an  extension  of such filing period, and except
26    that the time limitation period on the Department's right  to
27    file  the  certified  copy of its assessment with the Circuit
28    Court shall not run during any period of time  in  which  the
29    order of any court has the effect of enjoining or restraining
30    the  Department  from  filing  such  certified  copy  of  its
31    assessment with the Circuit Court.
32        If,  when  the  cause of action for a proceeding in court
33    accrues against a person, he or she is out of the State,  the
34    action  may  be  commenced  within  the times herein limited,
                            -243-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    after his or her coming into or returning to the  State;  and
 2    if, after the cause of action accrues, he or she departs from
 3    and  remains out of the State, the time of his or her absence
 4    from the State, the time of his or her absence is no part  of
 5    the  time limited for the commencement of the action; but the
 6    foregoing provisions concerning absence from the State  shall
 7    not  apply  to  any  case  in which, at the time the cause of
 8    action accrues, the party against whom the  cause  of  action
 9    accrues  is  not  a  resident of this State.  The time within
10    which a court action is  action's  to  be  commenced  by  the
11    Department hereunder shall not run from the date the taxpayer
12    files  a  petition in bankruptcy under the Federal Bankruptcy
13    Act until 30 days after notice of termination  or  expiration
14    of the automatic stay imposed by the Federal Bankruptcy Act.
15        No  claim  shall  be  filed  against  the  estate  of any
16    deceased person or any person under legal disability for  any
17    tax  or penalty or part of either, or interest, except in the
18    manner prescribed and within the time limited by the  Probate
19    Act of 1975, as amended.
20        The collection of tax or penalty or interest by any means
21    provided  for  herein  shall  not be a bar to any prosecution
22    under this Act.
23        In addition to any penalty provided for in this Act,  any
24    amount  of tax which is not paid when due shall bear interest
25    at the rate determined in accordance with the Uniform Penalty
26    and Interest Act, per month or fraction thereof from the date
27    when such tax becomes past due until such tax is  paid  or  a
28    judgment therefor is obtained by the Department.  If the time
29    for  making  or completing an audit of a taxpayer's books and
30    records is extended  with  the  taxpayer's  consent,  at  the
31    request  of and for the convenience of the Department, beyond
32    the date  on  which  the  statute  of  limitations  upon  the
33    issuance  of  a  notice  of  tax  liability by the Department
34    otherwise run, no interest shall accrue during the period  of
                            -244-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    such  extension.   Interest  shall  be  collected in the same
 2    manner and as part of the tax.
 3        If the Department determines that an  amount  of  tax  or
 4    penalty  or interest was incorrectly assessed, whether as the
 5    result of  a  mistake  of  fact  or  an  error  of  law,  the
 6    Department  shall  waive  the  amount  of  tax  or penalty or
 7    interest that accrued due to the incorrect assessment.
 8    (Source:  P.A.  87-205;  88-669,   eff.   11-29-94;   revised
 9    12-18-97.)
10        Section  46.  The Public Utilities Revenue Act is amended
11    by changing Section 5 as follows:
12        (35 ILCS 620/5) (from Ch. 120, par. 472)
13        Sec. 5. All of the provisions of Sections 4, (except that
14    the time limitation provisions shall run from the  date  when
15    the  tax is due rather than from the date when gross receipts
16    are received), 5 (except that the time limitation  provisions
17    on  the  issuance  of notices of tax liability shall run from
18    the date when the tax is due rather than from the  date  when
19    gross receipts are received and except that, in the case of a
20    failure  to  file a return required by this Act, no notice of
21    tax liability shall be issued  covering  tax  due  with  that
22    return  more than 6 years after the original due date of that
23    return, and except that  the  30%  penalty  provided  for  in
24    Section  5  shall  not apply), 5, 5a, 5b, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5f, 5g,
25    5i, 5j, 6b, and 6c of  the  Retailers'  Occupation  Tax  Act,
26    which  are  not  inconsistent  with this Act, and the Uniform
27    Penalty and Interest Act shall apply, as far as  practicable,
28    to  the  subject  matter of this Act to the same extent as if
29    such provisions were  included  herein.  References  in  such
30    incorporated Sections of the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act to
31    retailers,  to  sellers or to persons engaged in the business
32    of selling tangible personal property mean persons engaged in
                            -245-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the business of distributing electricity when  used  in  this
 2    Act.   References   in  such  incorporated  Sections  of  the
 3    Retailers' Occupation Tax Act to sales of  tangible  personal
 4    property  mean  the  distributing of electricity when used in
 5    this Act.
 6    (Source: P.A.  90-491,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-561,  eff.  1-1-98;
 7    revised 1-6-98.)
 8        Section    47.     The    Telecommunications    Municipal
 9    Infrastructure  Maintenance  Fee  Act  is amended by changing
10    Section 25 as follows:
11        (35 ILCS 635/25)
12        Sec. 25. Collection, enforcement, and  administration  of
13    telecommunications infrastructure maintenance fees.
14        (a)  A  telecommunications  retailer  shall  charge  each
15    customer  an  additional  charge  equal  to the sum of (1) an
16    amount equal to  the  State  infrastructure  maintenance  fee
17    attributable  to  that  customer's service address and (2) an
18    amount equal to the optional infrastructure maintenance  fee,
19    if  any,  attributable to that customer's service address and
20    (3)  an  amount  equal  to   the   municipal   infrastructure
21    maintenance  fee,  if  any,  attributable  to that customer's
22    service address.   Such  additional  charge  shall  be  shown
23    separately on the bill to each customer.
24        (b)  The  State  infrastructure  maintenance  fee and the
25    optional infrastructure maintenance fee shall  be  designated
26    as  a  replacement for the personal property tax and shall be
27    remitted by the telecommunications retailer to  the  Illinois
28    Department   of   Revenue;   provided,   however,   that  the
29    telecommunications retailer  may  retain  an  amount  not  to
30    exceed 2% of the State infrastructure maintenance fee and the
31    optional  infrastructure maintenance fee, if any, paid to the
32    Department, with a timely paid and  timely  filed  return  to
                            -246-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    reimburse   itself   for  expenses  incurred  in  collecting,
 2    accounting for, and remitting the fee.   All  amounts  herein
 3    remitted  to  the  Department  shall  be  transferred  to the
 4    Personal Property Tax Replacement Fund in the State Treasury.
 5        (c)  The municipal infrastructure maintenance  fee  shall
 6    be   remitted  by  the  telecommunications  retailer  to  the
 7    municipality   imposing    the    municipal    infrastructure
 8    maintenance     fee;     provided,    however,    that    the
 9    telecommunications retailer  may  retain  an  amount  not  to
10    exceed  2%  of  the  municipal infrastructure maintenance fee
11    collected by it to reimburse itself for expenses incurred  in
12    accounting  for  and  remitting  the  fee.   The municipality
13    imposing the municipal infrastructure maintenance  fee  shall
14    collect, enforce, and administer the fee.
15        (d)  Except as provided in subsection (e) (f), during any
16    period  of time when a municipality receives any compensation
17    other than the municipal infrastructure maintenance  fee  set
18    forth  in Section 20, for a telecommunications retailer's use
19    of  the  public  right-of-way,  no  municipal  infrastructure
20    maintenance fee may be imposed by such municipality  pursuant
21    to this Act.
22        (e)  A   municipality   that,  pursuant  to  a  franchise
23    agreement in existence on the effective  date  of  this  Act,
24    receives  compensation from a telecommunications retailer for
25    the use of the public right of way, may  impose  a  municipal
26    infrastructure  maintenance  fee pursuant to this Act only on
27    the condition that such municipality (1) waives its right  to
28    receive  all  fees,  charges and other compensation under all
29    existing   franchise   agreements   or    the    like    with
30    telecommunications   retailers   during  the  time  that  the
31    municipality imposes a municipal  infrastructure  maintenance
32    fee  and  (2)  imposes by ordinance (or other proper means) a
33    municipal  infrastructure  maintenance  fee   which   becomes
34    effective  no sooner than 90 days after such municipality has
                            -247-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    provided  written  notice   by   certified   mail   to   each
 2    telecommunications retailer with whom the municipality has an
 3    existing  franchise  agreement,  that the municipality waives
 4    all compensation under such existing franchise agreement.
 5    (Source: P.A. 90-154, eff.  1-1-98;  90-562,  eff.  12-16-97;
 6    revised 12-30-97.)
 7        Section  48.   The  Illinois  Pension  Code is amended by
 8    changing Sections  1-113,  2-108.1,  2-120,  5-168.1,  7-171,
 9    8-154, 8-173, 8-230.1, 9-108, 9-167, 9-170.1, 9-177, 9-179.2,
10    9-182, 11-167, 11-221.1, 12-124, 14-103.13, 14-104, 14-104.5,
11    14-108,  15-106,  15-134,  15-136,  15-157,  15-185,  16-140,
12    17-116.6,  17-127, 17-129, and 17-156.1 and setting forth and
13    renumbering  multiple  versions  of  Section   14-104.10   as
14    follows:
15        (40 ILCS 5/1-113) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 1-113)
16        Sec.  1-113.  Investment  authority  of  certain  pension
17    funds,  not including those established under Article 3 or 4.
18    The  investment  authority  of  a  board  of  trustees  of  a
19    retirement system or pension fund established under this Code
20    shall, if  so  provided  in  the  Article  establishing  such
21    retirement  system  or  pension  fund,  embrace the following
22    investments:
23        (1)  Bonds, notes and other  direct  obligations  of  the
24    United  States Government; bonds, notes and other obligations
25    of any United States Government  agency  or  instrumentality,
26    whether  or not guaranteed; and obligations the principal and
27    interest of  which  are  guaranteed  unconditionally  by  the
28    United  States  Government or by an agency or instrumentality
29    thereof.
30        (2)  Obligations of the Inter-American Development  Bank,
31    the  International  Bank  for Reconstruction and Development,
32    the  African  Development  Bank,  the  International  Finance
                            -248-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Corporation, and the Asian Development Bank.
 2        (3)  Obligations  of  any  state,  or  of  any  political
 3    subdivision in Illinois, or of any  county  or  city  in  any
 4    other  state having a population as shown by the last federal
 5    census of not less than 30,000 inhabitants provided that such
 6    political subdivision is  not  permitted  by  law  to  become
 7    indebted  in  excess  of  10%  of  the  assessed valuation of
 8    property therein and has not defaulted for  a  period  longer
 9    than  30 days in the payment of interest and principal on any
10    of its general obligations or indebtedness during a period of
11    10 calendar years immediately preceding such investment.
12        (4)  Nonconvertible bonds, debentures,  notes  and  other
13    corporate  obligations of any corporation created or existing
14    under the laws of the United States or any state, district or
15    territory thereof, provided there has been no default on  the
16    obligations  of  the corporation or its predecessor(s) during
17    the 5 calendar years immediately preceding the  purchase.  Up
18    to  5%  of  the  assets  of  a pension fund established under
19    Article 9 of this Code  may  be  invested  in  nonconvertible
20    bonds,  debentures, notes, and other corporate obligations of
21    corporations created or existing under the laws of a  foreign
22    country,   provided   there   has  been  no  default  on  the
23    obligations of the corporation or its predecessors during the
24    5 calendar years immediately preceding the date of purchase.
25        (5)  Obligations guaranteed by the Government of  Canada,
26    or  by any Province of Canada, or by any Canadian city with a
27    population of not less than 150,000 inhabitants, provided (a)
28    they are payable in United States  currency  and  are  exempt
29    from  any Canadian withholding tax; (b) the investment in any
30    one issue of  bonds  shall  not  exceed  10%  of  the  amount
31    outstanding;  and  (c) the total investments at book value in
32    Canadian securities shall be  limited  to  5%  of  the  total
33    investment account of the board at book value.
34        (5.1)  Direct  obligations of the State of Israel for the
                            -249-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    payment of money, or obligations for  the  payment  of  money
 2    which  are  guaranteed  as  to  the  payment of principal and
 3    interest by the State of Israel, or common or preferred stock
 4    or notes issued by a bank owned or controlled in whole or  in
 5    part by the State of Israel, on the following conditions:
 6             (a)  The total investments in such obligations shall
 7        not  exceed  5%  of  the  book  value  of  the  aggregate
 8        investments owned by the board;
 9             (b)  The  State of Israel shall not be in default in
10        the payment of principal or interest on any of its direct
11        general obligations on the date of such investment;
12             (c)  The bonds, stock or notes, and interest thereon
13        shall be payable in currency of the United States;
14             (d)  The bonds shall (1) contain an option  for  the
15        redemption thereof after 90 days from date of purchase or
16        (2)  either  become  due  5  years from the date of their
17        purchase or be subject to redemption 120 days  after  the
18        date of notice for redemption;
19             (e)  The  investment  in  these obligations has been
20        approved in writing by investment counsel employed by the
21        board, which counsel shall be a national or state bank or
22        trust company authorized to do a trust  business  in  the
23        State  of  Illinois,  or  an investment advisor qualified
24        under the Federal Investment Advisors  Act  of  1940  and
25        registered under the Illinois Securities Act of 1953;
26             (f)  The  fund or system making the investment shall
27        have at least $5,000,000 of net present assets.
28        (6)  Notes secured by mortgages under Sections 203,  207,
29    220  and 221 of the National Housing Act which are insured by
30    the Federal Housing Commissioner, or his  successor  assigns,
31    or   debentures   issued  by  such  Commissioner,  which  are
32    guaranteed as  to  principal  and  interest  by  the  Federal
33    Housing  Administration,  or  agency  of  the  United  States
34    Government,  provided  the  aggregate  investment  shall  not
                            -250-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    exceed  20%  of  the total investment account of the board at
 2    book value, and provided further that the investment in  such
 3    notes  under  Sections  220  and 221 shall in no event exceed
 4    one-half of  the  maximum  investment  in  notes  under  this
 5    paragraph.
 6        (7)  Loans to veterans guaranteed in whole or part by the
 7    United  States Government pursuant to Title III of the Act of
 8    Congress known  as  the  "Servicemen's  Readjustment  Act  of
 9    1944,"   58   Stat.   284,  38  U.S.C.  693,  as  amended  or
10    supplemented from time  to  time,  provided  such  guaranteed
11    loans are liens upon real estate.
12        (8)  Common  and  preferred  stocks  and convertible debt
13    securities authorized for investment of trust funds under the
14    laws of the State of Illinois, provided:
15             (a)  the  common  stocks,  except  as  provided   in
16        subparagraph  (g),  are  listed  on a national securities
17        exchange or board of trade, as  defined  in  the  federal
18        Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  or  quoted  in  the
19        National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers  Automated
20        Quotation System (NASDAQ);
21             (b)  the  securities are of a corporation created or
22        existing under the laws  of  the  United  States  or  any
23        state,  district  or territory thereof, except that up to
24        5% of the assets of  a  pension  fund  established  under
25        Article  9  of  this  Code  may be invested in securities
26        issued by corporations created or existing under the laws
27        of a foreign country, if those securities  are  otherwise
28        in conformance with this paragraph (8);
29             (c)  the corporation is not in arrears on payment of
30        dividends on its preferred stock;
31             (d)  the   total   book  value  of  all  stocks  and
32        convertible debt owned by any pension fund or  retirement
33        system  shall  not exceed 40% of the aggregate book value
34        of all investments of such  pension  fund  or  retirement
                            -251-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        system,  except  for  a pension fund or retirement system
 2        governed by Article 9, 13, or 17, where the total of  all
 3        stocks  and  convertible debt shall not exceed 50% of the
 4        aggregate book value of all fund investments;
 5             (e)  the book value of stock  and  convertible  debt
 6        investments in any one corporation shall not exceed 5% of
 7        the  total investment account at book value in which such
 8        securities are held, determined as of  the  date  of  the
 9        investment,  and  the investments in the stock of any one
10        corporation shall not exceed 5% of the total  outstanding
11        stock  of  such  corporation,  and the investments in the
12        convertible debt of any one corporation shall not  exceed
13        5%  of  the  total  amount  of  such  debt  that  may  be
14        outstanding;
15             (f)  the  straight  preferred  stocks or convertible
16        preferred stocks  and  convertible  debt  securities  are
17        issued  or guaranteed by a corporation whose common stock
18        qualifies for investment by the board; and
19             (g)  that any common stocks not listed or quoted  as
20        provided  in  subdivision  8(a)  above  be limited to the
21        following types of institutions: (a) any bank which is  a
22        member  of  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation
23        having   capital  funds  represented  by  capital  stock,
24        surplus and undivided profits of  at  least  $20,000,000;
25        (b)  any  life  insurance  company  having  capital funds
26        represented by capital stock, special surplus  funds  and
27        unassigned  surplus  totalling  at least $50,000,000; and
28        (c)  any  fire  or  casualty  insurance  company,  or   a
29        combination  thereof, having capital funds represented by
30        capital stock, net surplus and voluntary reserves  of  at
31        least $50,000,000.
32        (9)  Withdrawable accounts of State chartered and federal
33    chartered  savings  and  loan  associations  insured  by  the
34    Federal  Savings  and Loan Insurance Corporation; deposits or
                            -252-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    certificates of deposit in State and national  banks  insured
 2    by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation;  and share
 3    accounts or share certificate accounts in a State or  federal
 4    credit  union,  the accounts of which are insured as required
 5    by The Illinois Credit Union Act or the Federal Credit  Union
 6    Act, as applicable.
 7        No  bank  or  savings  and loan association shall receive
 8    investment funds as permitted by this subsection (9),  unless
 9    it has complied with the requirements established pursuant to
10    Section 6 of the Public Funds Investment Act.
11        (10)  Trading,  purchase  or  sale  of  listed options on
12    underlying securities owned by the board.
13        (11)  Contracts  and  agreements   supplemental   thereto
14    providing  for  investments  in the general account of a life
15    insurance company authorized to do business in Illinois.
16        (12)  Conventional mortgage pass-through securities which
17    are  evidenced  by  interests  in   Illinois   owner-occupied
18    residential  mortgages,  having  not  less than an "A" rating
19    from at least one national securities  rating  service.  Such
20    mortgages  may  have loan-to-value ratios up to 95%, provided
21    that any amount over  80%  is  insured  by  private  mortgage
22    insurance.  The  pool  of  such mortgages shall be insured by
23    mortgage guaranty or equivalent insurance, in accordance with
24    industry standards.
25        (13)  Pooled or commingled funds managed by a national or
26    State bank which is authorized to do a trust business in  the
27    State  of Illinois, shares of registered investment companies
28    as defined in the federal  Investment  Company  Act  of  1940
29    which are registered under that Act, and separate accounts of
30    a  life  insurance  company  authorized  to  do  business  in
31    Illinois,  where  such pooled or commingled funds, shares, or
32    separate  accounts  are  comprised  of  common  or  preferred
33    stocks, bonds, or money market instruments.
34        (14)  Pooled or commingled funds managed by a national or
                            -253-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    state bank which is authorized to do a trust business in  the
 2    State  of  Illinois,  separate  accounts  managed  by  a life
 3    insurance company authorized to do business in Illinois,  and
 4    commingled  group  trusts  managed  by  an investment adviser
 5    registered under the federal Investment Advisors Act of  1940
 6    (15  U.S.C.  80b-1 et seq.) and under the Illinois Securities
 7    Law of 1953, where such pooled or commingled funds,  separate
 8    accounts  or  commingled  group  trusts are comprised of real
 9    estate or loans upon real estate secured by first  or  second
10    mortgages.  The total investment in such pooled or commingled
11    funds,  commingled  group  trusts and separate accounts shall
12    not exceed 10% of the aggregate book value of all investments
13    owned by the fund.
14        (15)  Investment companies which (a)  are  registered  as
15    such  under  the  Investment  Company  Act  of  1940, (b) are
16    diversified, open-end management investment companies and (c)
17    invest only in money market instruments.
18        (16)  Up to 10% of the assets of the fund may be invested
19    in investments not included in paragraphs (1) through (15) of
20    this Section, provided that such investments comply with  the
21    requirements  and  restrictions  set forth in Sections 1-109,
22    1-109.1, 1-109.2, 1-110 and 1-111 of this Code.
23        The board shall have the authority  to  enter  into  such
24    agreements  and to execute such documents as it determines to
25    be necessary to complete any investment transaction.
26        Any limitations herein set forth shall be applicable only
27    at the time of purchase and shall not require the liquidation
28    of any investment at any time.
29        All investments shall be clearly held and  accounted  for
30    to  indicate  ownership  by such board. Such board may direct
31    the registration of securities in its own name or in the name
32    of a nominee created for the express purpose of  registration
33    of  securities  by  a national or state bank or trust company
34    authorized to conduct  a  trust  business  in  the  State  of
                            -254-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Illinois.
 2        Investments  shall  be  carried  at  cost  or  at a value
 3    determined in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
 4    principles and accounting procedures approved by such board.
 5    (Source:  P.A.  90-12,  eff.  6-13-97;  90-507, eff. 8-22-97;
 6    90-511, eff. 8-22-97; revised 11-17-97.)
 7        (40 ILCS 5/2-108.1) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 2-108.1)
 8        Sec. 2-108.1. Highest salary for annuity purposes.
 9        (a)  "Highest  salary   for   annuity   purposes"   means
10    whichever of the following is applicable to the participant:
11             (1)  For  a  participant  who  is  a  member  of the
12        General Assembly on his or her last day of  service:  the
13        highest   salary  that  is  prescribed  by  law,  on  the
14        participant's last day of service, for a  member  of  the
15        General  Assembly  who  is  not  an officer; plus, if the
16        participant was elected  or  appointed  to  serve  as  an
17        officer  of  the General Assembly for 2 or more years and
18        has made contributions as required under  subsection  (d)
19        of  Section  2-126,  the  highest  additional  amount  of
20        compensation  prescribed  by  law,  at  the  time  of the
21        participant's service as an officer, for members  of  the
22        General Assembly who serve in that office.
23             (2)  For  a  participant  who holds one of the State
24        executive offices specified in Section 2-105  on  his  or
25        her last day of service: the highest salary prescribed by
26        law  for service in that office on the participant's last
27        day of service.
28             (3)  For a participant who  is  Clerk  or  Assistant
29        Clerk of the House Senate of Representatives or Secretary
30        or  Assistant  Secretary of the Senate on his or her last
31        day of service: the salary received for service  in  that
32        capacity  on  the  last day of service, but not to exceed
33        the highest salary (including additional compensation for
                            -255-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        service as an officer) that is prescribed by law  on  the
 2        participant's  last  day  of service for the highest paid
 3        officer of the General Assembly.
 4             (4)  For  a  participant   who   is   a   continuing
 5        participant  under Section 2-117.1 on his or her last day
 6        of service: the  salary  received  for  service  in  that
 7        capacity  on  the  last day of service, but not to exceed
 8        the highest salary (including additional compensation for
 9        service as an officer) that is prescribed by law  on  the
10        participant's  last  day  of service for the highest paid
11        officer of the General Assembly.
12        (b)  The earnings limitations of subsection (a) apply  to
13    earnings  under  any  other  participating  system  under the
14    Retirement Systems Reciprocal  Act  that  are  considered  in
15    calculating a proportional annuity under this Article, except
16    in  the  case  of  a person who first became a member of this
17    System  before  August  22,  the  effective  date   of   this
18    amendatory Act of 1994.
19        (c)  In   calculating   the   subsection   (a)   earnings
20    limitation   to  be  applied  to  earnings  under  any  other
21    participating system under the Retirement Systems  Reciprocal
22    Act  for  the  purpose  of calculating a proportional annuity
23    under this Article, the participant's  last  day  of  service
24    shall  be  deemed  to  mean  the  last  day of service in any
25    participating system from which the person has applied for  a
26    proportional  annuity under the Retirement Systems Reciprocal
27    Act.
28    (Source: P.A. 88-593, eff. 8-22-94; revised 6-27-97.)
29        (40 ILCS 5/2-120) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 2-120)
30        Sec.  2-120.    Reversionary   annuity.   (a)  Prior   to
31    retirement,  a  participant  may  elect  to  take  a  reduced
32    retirement  annuity  and provide, with the actuarial value of
33    the amount  of  the  reduction  in  annuity,  a  reversionary
                            -256-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    annuity  for  a spouse, parent, child, brother or sister. The
 2    option  shall  be  exercised  by  the  filing  of  a  written
 3    designation with the board prior to retirement,  and  may  be
 4    revoked by the participant at any time before retirement. The
 5    death  of  the  participant  or  the  designated reversionary
 6    annuitant  prior  to  the  participant's   retirement   shall
 7    automatically void this option. If the reversionary annuitant
 8    dies  after the participant's retirement, the reduced annuity
 9    being paid to the retired participant shall remain  unchanged
10    and no reversionary annuity shall be payable.
11        (b)  A  reversionary  annuity shall not be payable if the
12    participant dies before the expiration of 2  years  from  the
13    date  the  written  designation was filed with the board even
14    though he or she had retired  and  was  receiving  a  reduced
15    retirement annuity under this option.
16        (c)  A  reversionary annuity shall begin on the first day
17    of the  month  following  the  death  of  the  annuitant  and
18    continue until the death of the reversionary annuitant.
19        (d)  For  a  member  electing  to  take a reduced annuity
20    under this  Section,  the  automatic  increases  provided  in
21    Section 2-119.1 2-119.2 shall be applied to the amount of the
22    reduced retirement annuity.
23    (Source: P.A. 83-1440; revised 12-18-97.)
24        (40 ILCS 5/5-168.1) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 5-168.1)
25        Sec.  5-168.1.   The  employer  may  pick up the employee
26    contributions required by  Sections  5-167.1,  5-169,  5-170,
27    5-171  and  5-175.1  5.175.1 for salary earned after December
28    31, 1981.  If employee contributions are not picked  up,  the
29    amount  that  would have been picked up under this amendatory
30    Act of 1980 shall continue to be deducted  from  salary.   If
31    employee contributions are picked up they shall be treated as
32    employer contributions in determining tax treatment under the
33    United  States  Internal  Revenue Code; however, the employer
                            -257-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    shall continue to withhold Federal  and  state  income  taxes
 2    based  upon  these  contributions  until the Internal Revenue
 3    Service or the Federal courts rule that pursuant  to  Section
 4    414(h)  of  the  United  States  Internal Revenue Code, these
 5    contributions shall not be included as gross  income  of  the
 6    employee  until  such  time  as  they are distributed or made
 7    available.    The   employer   shall   pay   these   employee
 8    contributions from the same source of funds which is used  in
 9    paying salary to the employee. The employer may pick up these
10    contributions  by  a  reduction  in  the  cash  salary of the
11    employee or by an offset against a future salary increase  or
12    by  a combination of a reduction in salary and offset against
13    a future salary  increase.   If  employee  contributions  are
14    picked  up  they  shall  be  treated for all purposes of this
15    Article 5, including Section 5-168, in the same manner and to
16    the same extent as employee contributions made prior  to  the
17    date picked up.
18    (Source: P.A. 81-1536; revised 12-18-97.)
19        (40 ILCS 5/7-171) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 7-171)
20        Sec. 7-171. Finance; taxes.
21        (a)  Each municipality other than a school district shall
22    appropriate  an  amount sufficient to provide for the current
23    municipality contributions required by Section 7-172 of  this
24    Article,  for  the fiscal year for which the appropriation is
25    made and all amounts  due  for  municipal  contributions  for
26    previous years. Those municipalities which have been assessed
27    an  annual  amount  to  amortize  its unfunded obligation, as
28    provided in subparagraph 5 of paragraph (a) of Section  7-172
29    of this Article, shall include in the appropriation an amount
30    sufficient  to  pay  the  amount assessed.  The appropriation
31    shall be based upon  an  estimate  of  assets  available  for
32    municipality  contributions  and liabilities therefor for the
33    fiscal  year  for  which  appropriations  are  to  be   made,
                            -258-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    including  funds  available  from  levies for this purpose in
 2    prior years.
 3        (b)  For the purpose of providing monies for municipality
 4    contributions, beginning for the year in which a municipality
 5    is included in this fund:
 6             (1)  A municipality other than a school district may
 7        levy a tax which shall not exceed the amount appropriated
 8        for municipality contributions.
 9             (2)  A school district may levy a tax in  an  amount
10        reasonably  calculated at the time of the levy to provide
11        for the municipality contributions required under Section
12        7-172 of this Article for  the  fiscal  years  for  which
13        revenues  from  the levy will be received and all amounts
14        due for municipal contributions for previous years.   Any
15        levy adopted before the effective date of this amendatory
16        Act  of  1995  by  a  school district shall be considered
17        valid and authorized to the extent that  the  amount  was
18        reasonably  calculated at the time of the levy to provide
19        for the municipality contributions required under Section
20        7-172 for the fiscal years for which  revenues  from  the
21        levy  will  be received and all amounts due for municipal
22        contributions for previous years.  In no  event  shall  a
23        budget  adopted by a school district limit a levy of that
24        school district adopted under this Section.
25        (c)  Any county which is served by a regional  office  of
26    education  that  serves 2 or more counties may include in its
27    appropriation   an   amount   sufficient   to   provide   its
28    proportionate share of  the  municipality  contributions  for
29    that  regional  office of education.  The tax levy authorized
30    by this Section may include an amount  necessary  to  provide
31    monies for this contribution.
32        (d)  Any  county  that  is  a  part  of a multiple-county
33    health department or consolidated health department which  is
34    formed  under  "An  Act  in relation to the establishment and
                            -259-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    maintenance  of  county  and  multiple-county  public  health
 2    departments", approved July 9, 1943, as amended, and which is
 3    a participating instrumentality may include in  the  county's
 4    appropriation   an   amount   sufficient   to   provide   its
 5    proportionate  share  of  municipality  contributions  of the
 6    department.  The tax levy  authorized  by  this  Section  may
 7    include  the  amount  necessary  to  provide  monies for this
 8    contribution.
 9        (d-5)  A  school  district  participating  in  a  special
10    education joint agreement created under Section  10-22.31  of
11    the  School  Code that is a participating instrumentality may
12    include in the school district's tax levy under this  Section
13    an  amount  sufficient  to provide its proportionate share of
14    the municipality contributions for current and prior  service
15    by  employees  of  the  participating instrumentality created
16    under the joint agreement.
17        (e)  Such tax shall  be  levied  and  collected  in  like
18    manner,  with the general taxes of the municipality and shall
19    be in addition to all other taxes which the  municipality  is
20    now  or  may hereafter be authorized to levy upon all taxable
21    property therein, and shall be exclusive of and  in  addition
22    to  the  amount  of  tax  levied  for  general purposes under
23    Section 8-3-1 of the "Illinois Municipal Code", approved  May
24    29,  1961,  as  amended, or under any other law or laws which
25    may limit the amount of tax which the municipality  may  levy
26    for general purposes.  The tax may be levied by the governing
27    body  of  the  municipality without being authorized as being
28    additional to all other taxes by a vote of the people of  the
29    municipality.
30        (f)  The  county  clerk  of  the county in which any such
31    municipality is located, in reducing  tax  levies  shall  not
32    consider  any  such tax as a part of the general tax levy for
33    municipality purposes, and shall not include the same in  the
34    limitation of any other tax rate which may be extended.
                            -260-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (g)  The  amount  of  the  tax  to  be levied in any year
 2    shall, within the limits herein prescribed, be determined  by
 3    the governing body of the respective municipality.
 4        (h)  The  revenue derived from any such tax levy shall be
 5    used only for the purposes specified in this Article and,  as
 6    collected, shall be paid to the treasurer of the municipality
 7    levying  the  tax.  Monies received by a county treasurer for
 8    use in making contributions to a regional office of education
 9    for its municipality contributions shall be held by  him  for
10    that  purpose and paid to the regional office of education in
11    the same manner as other monies appropriated for the  expense
12    of the regional office.
13    (Source:  P.A.  89-329,  eff.  8-17-95; 90-448, eff. 8-16-97;
14    90-511, eff. 8-22-97; revised 11-17-97.)
15        (40 ILCS 5/8-154) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 8-154)
16        Sec. 8-154.  Maximum annuities.
17        (1)  The annuities to  an  employee  and  his  widow  are
18    subject to the following limitations:
19             (a)  No  age and service annuity, or age and service
20        and prior service annuity combined, in excess of  60%  of
21        the highest salary of an employee, and no minimum annuity
22        in  excess of the amount provided in Section 8-138 or set
23        forth as a maximum in any  other  Section  of  this  Code
24        relating  to  minimum  annuities  for municipal employees
25        included under Article 8 of this Code shall be payable to
26        any employee - excepting to the extent that  the  annuity
27        may  exceed  such  per cent or amount under Section 8-137
28        and  8-137.1  providing  for  automatic  increases  after
29        retirement.
30             (b)  No annuity in excess of  60%  of  such  highest
31        salary  shall  be  payable  to  a  widow  if  death of an
32        employee results  solely  from  injury  incurred  in  the
33        performance  of an act of duty; provided, the annuity for
                            -261-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        a widow, or a widow's annuity plus compensation  annuity,
 2        shall  not  exceed $500 per month if the employee's death
 3        occurs before January 23, 1987,  except  as  provided  in
 4        paragraph (d).  The widow's annuity, or a widow's annuity
 5        plus  compensation  annuity,  shall  not  be limited to a
 6        maximum dollar amount if the employee's death  occurs  on
 7        or  after  January  23,  1987,  regardless of the date of
 8        injury.
 9             (c)  No annuity in excess of  50%  of  such  highest
10        salary  shall  be payable to a widow in the case of death
11        resulting in whole or in part from any cause  other  than
12        injury  incurred  in  the  performance of an act of duty;
13        provided, the annuity for a widow, or a  widow's  annuity
14        plus  supplemental  annuity,  shall  not  exceed $500 per
15        month if the employee's death occurs before  January  23,
16        1987,  except  as provided in paragraph (d).  The widow's
17        annuity, or widow's annuity  plus  supplemental  annuity,
18        shall  not  be  limited to a maximum dollar amount if the
19        employee's death occurs on or after January 23, 1987.
20             (d)  For widows of employees who died before January
21        23, 1987 after retirement on annuity or in  service,  the
22        maximum  dollar  amount limitation on widow's annuity (or
23        widow's  annuity  plus   compensation   or   supplemental
24        annuity)  shall  cease to apply, beginning with the first
25        annuity  payment  after  the  effective  date   of   this
26        amendatory Act of 1997; except that if a refund of excess
27        contributions  for  widow's  annuity has been paid by the
28        Fund, the increase  resulting  from  this  paragraph  (d)
29        shall  not begin before the refund has been repaid to the
30        Fund, together with interest at the effective  rate  from
31        the date of the refund to the date of repayment.
32        (2)  If  when  an employee's annuity is fixed, the amount
33    accumulated to his credit therefor, as of  his  age  at  such
34    time  exceeds  the  amount  necessary  for  the  annuity, all
                            -262-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    contributions for annuity purposes after the  date  on  which
 2    the  accumulated  sums  to  the  credit  of such employee for
 3    annuity purposes would first have provided such employee with
 4    such amount of annuity as of his age at such  date  shall  be
 5    refunded  when  he  enters upon annuity, with interest at the
 6    effective rate.
 7        If the aforesaid annuity so fixed is not payable,  but  a
 8    larger  amount  is  payable as a minimum annuity, such refund
 9    shall be reduced by 5/12 of the value of  the  difference  in
10    the  annuity payable and the amount theretofore fixed, as the
11    value of such difference may be at the date and as of the age
12    of the employee when his annuity is granted; provided that if
13    the employee was credited with  city  contributions  for  any
14    period  for  which he made no contribution, or a contribution
15    of less than 3 1/4% of salary, a  further  reduction  in  the
16    refund  shall be made by the equivalent of what he would have
17    contributed during such period less his actual contributions,
18    had the rate  of  employee  contributions  in  force  on  the
19    effective  date been in effect throughout his entire service,
20    prior to such effective date, with interest computed on  such
21    amounts at the effective rate.
22        (3)  If  at the time the annuity for a wife is fixed, the
23    employee's  credit  for  a  widow's  annuity   exceeds   that
24    necessary  to  provide  such  an annuity equal to the maximum
25    annuity provided in this section, all employee  contributions
26    for  such  annuity,  for  service after the date on which the
27    accumulated sums to the  credit  of  such  employee  for  the
28    purpose   of  providing  widow's  annuity  would  first  have
29    provided such widow with such  amount  of  annuity,  if  such
30    annuity  were  computed  on the basis of the Combined Annuity
31    Mortality Table with interest at 3% per annum  with  ages  at
32    date  of  determination  taken  as specified in this Article,
33    shall be refunded to  the  employee,  with  interest  at  the
34    effective  rate.  If  the  employee  was  credited  with city
                            -263-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    contributions for widow's annuity for any  service  prior  to
 2    the  effective  date,  any  amount  so  refundable,  shall be
 3    reduced by the equivalent of what he would have  contributed,
 4    had  his  contributions  for widow's annuity been made at the
 5    rate of 1%  throughout  his  entire  service,  prior  to  the
 6    effective   date,  with  interest  on  such  amounts  at  the
 7    effective rate.
 8        (4)  If at the death of an employee prior to age 65,  the
 9    credit  for widow's annuity exceeds that necessary to provide
10    the maximum annuity prescribed in this section, all  employee
11    contributions  for  annuity  purposes,  for service after the
12    date on which the accumulated sums  to  the  credit  of  such
13    employee  for  the  purpose of providing such maximum annuity
14    for the widow would first have provided such widow with  such
15    amount of annuity, if such annuity were computed on the basis
16    of  the  Combined Annuity Mortality Table with interest at 3%
17    per annum  with  ages  at  date  of  determination  taken  as
18    specified  in  this  Article, shall be refunded to the widow,
19    with interest at the effective rate.
20        If the employee was credited with city contributions  for
21    any  period  of  service  during which he was not required to
22    make a contribution, or made a contribution of  less  than  3
23    1/4% of salary, the refund shall be reduced by the equivalent
24    of  the  contributions he would have made during such period,
25    less any amount he contributed,  had  the  rate  of  employee
26    contributions  in  effect on the effective date been in force
27    throughout his entire service, prior to the  effective  date,
28    with interest on such amounts at the effective rate; provided
29    that if the employee was credited with city contributions for
30    widow's  annuity for any service prior to the effective date,
31    any amount so refundable shall  be  further  reduced  by  the
32    equivalent  of  what  he  would  have contributed had he made
33    contributions  for  widow's  annuity  at  the  rate   of   1%
34    throughout  his entire service; prior to such effective date,
                            -264-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    with interest on such amounts at the effective rate.
 2    (Source: P.A. 90-511, eff. 8-22-97; revised 12-18-97.)
 3        (40 ILCS 5/8-173) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 8-173)
 4        Sec. 8-173. Financing; tax levy.
 5        (a)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  (f)  of   this
 6    Section,  the  city  council  of  the  city  shall levy a tax
 7    annually upon all taxable property in the city at a rate that
 8    will produce a sum which, when added to the amounts  deducted
 9    from  the  salaries of the employees or otherwise contributed
10    by them will be  sufficient  for  the  requirements  of  this
11    Article,  but  which when extended will produce an amount not
12    to exceed the greater of the following: (a) The sum  obtained
13    by  the levy of a tax of .1093% of the value, as equalized or
14    assessed  by  the  Department  of  Revenue,  of  all  taxable
15    property within such city, or (b)  the  sum  of  $12,000,000.
16    However  any city in which a Fund has been established and in
17    operation under this Article for more than 3 years  prior  to
18    1970,  that city shall levy for the year 1970 a tax at a rate
19    on the dollar of assessed valuation of all  taxable  property
20    that will produce, when extended, an amount not to exceed 1.2
21    times  the total amount of contributions made by employees to
22    the Fund for annuity purposes in the calendar year 1968, and,
23    for the year 1971 and 1972 such levy that will produce,  when
24    extended,  an amount not to exceed 1.3 times the total amount
25    of contributions made by of employees to the Fund for annuity
26    purposes in the calendar years 1969 and  1970,  respectively;
27    and  for  the  year  1973 an amount not to exceed 1.365 times
28    such total amount of  contributions  made  by  employees  for
29    annuity  purposes in the calendar year 1971; and for the year
30    1974 an amount not to exceed 1.430 times such total amount of
31    contributions made by employees for annuity purposes  in  the
32    calendar  year  1972;  and for the year 1975 an amount not to
33    exceed 1.495 times such total amount of contributions made by
                            -265-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    employees for annuity purposes in the calendar year 1973; and
 2    for the year 1976 an amount not to exceed  1.560  times  such
 3    total  amount  of contributions made by employees for annuity
 4    purposes in the calendar year 1974; and for the year 1977  an
 5    amount  not  to  exceed  1.625  times  such  total  amount of
 6    contributions made by employees for annuity purposes  in  the
 7    calendar  year  1975;  and  for  the  year 1978 and each year
 8    thereafter such levy that will  produce,  when  extended,  an
 9    amount  not  to  exceed  1.690  times  the  total  amount  of
10    contributions  made  by or on behalf of employees to the Fund
11    for annuity purposes in the calendar year 2  years  prior  to
12    the year for which the annual applicable tax is levied.
13        The tax shall be levied and collected in like manner with
14    the  general taxes of the city, and shall be exclusive of and
15    in addition to the amount of tax  the  city  is  now  or  may
16    hereafter  be  authorized  to levy for general purposes under
17    any laws which may limit the amount of tax which the city may
18    levy for general purposes.  The county clerk of the county in
19    which the city is located, in reducing tax levies  under  the
20    provisions  of  any  Act concerning the levy and extension of
21    taxes, shall not consider the tax herein provided  for  as  a
22    part of the general tax levy for city purposes, and shall not
23    include  the same within any limitation of the percent of the
24    assessed valuation  upon  which  taxes  are  required  to  be
25    extended for such city.
26        Revenues  derived from such tax shall be paid to the city
27    treasurer of the city as collected and held by  him  for  the
28    benefit of the fund.
29        If  the  payments  on  account  of taxes are insufficient
30    during any year to meet the requirements of this Article, the
31    city may issue tax anticipation warrants against the  current
32    tax levy.
33        (b)  On  or  before January 10, annually, the board shall
34    notify the city council of the requirements of  this  Article
                            -266-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    that the tax herein provided shall be levied for that current
 2    year.   The  board  shall compute the amounts necessary to be
 3    credited to the reserves established and maintained as herein
 4    provided, and shall  make  an  annual  determination  of  the
 5    amount  of  the  required city contributions, and certify the
 6    results thereof to the city council.
 7        (c)  In  respect  to  employees  of  the  city  who   are
 8    transferred to the employment of a park district by virtue of
 9    the  "Exchange  of  Functions  Act  of  1957",  the corporate
10    authorities of the park district shall annually  levy  a  tax
11    upon  all  the  taxable property in the park district at such
12    rate per cent of the value of such property, as equalized  or
13    assessed   by   the   Department  of  Revenue,  as  shall  be
14    sufficient, when added to the  amounts  deducted  from  their
15    salaries  and  otherwise  contributed  by them to provide the
16    benefits to which they and their dependents and beneficiaries
17    are entitled under this Article. The city shall  not  levy  a
18    tax hereunder in respect to such employees.
19        The  tax  so  levied  by  the  park  district shall be in
20    addition to and exclusive of all other taxes authorized to be
21    levied by the park district for corporate, annuity  fund,  or
22    other  purposes.  The county clerk of the county in which the
23    park district is located, in reducing any  tax  levied  under
24    the  provisions  of any act concerning the levy and extension
25    of taxes shall not consider such tax as part of  the  general
26    tax levy for park purposes, and shall not include the same in
27    any limitation of the per cent of the assessed valuation upon
28    which  taxes  are  required  to  be  extended  for  the  park
29    district.   The  proceeds  of  the  tax  levied  by  the park
30    district, upon receipt by the district, shall be  immediately
31    paid  over to the city treasurer of the city for the uses and
32    purposes of the fund.
33        The various sums, to be contributed by the city and  park
34    district  and  allocated for the purposes of this Article and
                            -267-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    any interest to be contributed by the city, shall be  derived
 2    from  the  revenue  from  said  tax or otherwise as expressly
 3    provided in this Section.
 4        If it is not possible or practicable for the city to make
 5    contributions for age and service annuity and widow's annuity
 6    at the same time that employee  contributions  are  made  for
 7    such  purposes, such city contributions shall be construed to
 8    be due and payable as of the end of the fiscal year for which
 9    the tax is levied and shall accrue thereafter  with  interest
10    at the effective rate until paid.
11        (d)  With  respect to employees whose wages are funded as
12    participants under the Comprehensive Employment and  Training
13    Act  of  1973,  as  amended  (P.L. 93-203, 87 Stat. 839, P.L.
14    93-567, 88 Stat. 1845),  hereinafter  referred  to  as  CETA,
15    subsequent  to  October  1,  1978, and in instances where the
16    board has elected to establish a  manpower  program  reserve,
17    the  board shall compute the amounts necessary to be credited
18    to the manpower program reserves established  and  maintained
19    as  herein  provided, and shall make a periodic determination
20    of the amount of required contributions from the City to  the
21    reserve  to  be  reimbursed  by  the  federal  government  in
22    accordance  with  rules  and  regulations  established by the
23    Secretary of the United States Department  of  Labor  or  his
24    designee,  and  certify  the  results  thereof  to  the  City
25    Council.   Any such amounts shall become a credit to the City
26    and will be used to reduce the amount which  the  City  would
27    otherwise   contribute   during   succeeding  years  for  all
28    employees.
29        (e)  In lieu of establishing a manpower  program  reserve
30    with   respect   to  employees  whose  wages  are  funded  as
31    participants under the Comprehensive Employment and  Training
32    Act  of  1973, as authorized by subsection (d), the board may
33    elect to establish a special municipality  contribution  rate
34    for  all such employees.  If this option is elected, the City
                            -268-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    shall contribute to the  Fund  from  federal  funds  provided
 2    under  the  Comprehensive Employment and Training Act program
 3    at the special rate so  established  and  such  contributions
 4    shall  become  a credit to the City and be used to reduce the
 5    amount which  the  City  would  otherwise  contribute  during
 6    succeeding years for all employees.
 7        (f)  In  lieu  of  levying  all  or  a portion of the tax
 8    required under this Section in any year, the city may deposit
 9    with the city treasurer no later than March 1  of  that  year
10    for  the  benefit  of the fund, to be held in accordance with
11    this Article, an amount that, together with the taxes  levied
12    under this Section for that year, is not less than the amount
13    of  the  city contributions for that year as certified by the
14    board to the city council.  The deposit may be  derived  from
15    any source legally available for that purpose, including, but
16    not  limited to, the proceeds of city borrowings.  The making
17    of a deposit shall satisfy fully  the  requirements  of  this
18    Section  for  that  year  to  the  extent  of  the amounts so
19    deposited.
20    (Source: P.A. 90-31, eff. 6-27-97; revised 12-18-97.)
21        (40 ILCS 5/8-230.1) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 8-230.1)
22        Sec.  8-230.1.  Right  of  employees  to  contribute  for
23    certain other service.  Any employee in  the  service,  after
24    having  made  contributions  covering  a period of 10 or more
25    years to the annuity and benefit fund  herein  provided  for,
26    may  elect  to  pay  for  and  receive credit for all annuity
27    purposes for service theretofore rendered by the employee him
28    to the Chicago Transit Authority created by the "Metropolitan
29    Transit Authority Act", approved April 12, 1945, as  amended,
30    or  its predecessor public utilities; provided, that the last
31    5 years of service prior to retirement on annuity shall  have
32    been  as  an  employee  of the City and a contributor to this
33    Fund.  Such service credit may be paid for and granted on the
                            -269-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    same basis and conditions as are applicable in  the  case  of
 2    employees  who  make  payment  for  past  service  under  the
 3    provisions  of  Section the immediately preceding Sec. 8-230,
 4    but  on  the  assumption  that  the  such  employee's  salary
 5    throughout all of his or her service with the such  Authority
 6    or  its  predecessor  public utilities was at the rate of the
 7    employee's his salary at the date of his or her entrance into
 8    the service as a municipal employee.  In no  event,  however,
 9    shall  such  service be credited if the such employee has not
10    forfeited  and  relinquished  pension  credit   for   service
11    covering  such  period  under  any pension or retirement plan
12    applicable to the such Authority or  its  predecessor  public
13    utilities,   and   instituted  and  maintained  by  the  such
14    Authority or its predecessor public utilities for the benefit
15    of its employees.
16    (Source: P.A. 82-971; revised 8-8-97.)
17        (40 ILCS 5/9-108) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 9-108)
18        Sec. 9-108. "Employee", "contributor" or "participant".
19        (a)  Any employee of the county employed in any  position
20    in  the  classified  civil  service  of the county, or in any
21    position under the County Police  Merit  Board  as  a  deputy
22    sheriff in the County Police Department.
23        Any  such  employee  employed  after  January 1, 1968 and
24    before January 1, 1984 shall be entitled only to the benefits
25    provided in Sections 9-147 and 9-156, prior to the earlier of
26    completion of 12 consecutive calendar months of  service  and
27    January  1,  1984,  and no contributions shall be made by him
28    during this period.   Upon  the  completion  of  said  period
29    contributions  shall  begin  and  the  employee  shall become
30    entitled to the benefits of this Article.
31        Any such employee may elect  to  make  contributions  for
32    such   period   and   receive  credit  therefor  under  rules
33    prescribed by the board.
                            -270-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Any such employee in service on or after January 1, 1984,
 2    regardless of when he became an employee, shall be  deemed  a
 3    participant  and  contributor  to  the  fund  created by this
 4    Article and the employee shall be entitled to the benefits of
 5    this Article.
 6        (b)  Any employee of the county employed in any  position
 7    not  included  in  the classified civil service of the county
 8    whose salary or wage wages is paid in whole or in part by the
 9    county.  Any such employee employed after July 1,  1957,  and
10    before  January  1,  1984,  shall  be  entitled  only  to the
11    benefits provided in Sections 9-147 and 9-156, prior  to  the
12    earlier  of  completion  of 12 consecutive calendar months of
13    service and January 1, 1984, and no  contributions  shall  be
14    made  by him during this period.  Upon the completion of said
15    period contributions  shall  begin  and  the  employee  shall
16    become entitled to the benefits of this Article.
17        Any  such  employee  may  elect to make contributions for
18    such  period  and  receive  credit   therefor   under   rules
19    prescribed by the board.
20        Any such employee in service on or after January 1, 1984,
21    regardless  of  when he became an employee, shall be deemed a
22    participant and contributor  to  the  fund  created  by  this
23    Article and the employee shall be entitled to the benefits of
24    this Article.
25        (c)  Any  county  officer  elected by vote of the people,
26    including a member of the county  board,  when  such  officer
27    elects to become a contributor.; and
28        (d)  Any person employed by the board.
29        (e)  Employees  of  a  County Department of Public Aid in
30    counties of 3,000,000 or more population who are  transferred
31    to  State  employment by operation of law enacted by the 76th
32    General Assembly and who elect not to become members  of  the
33    Retirement  System  established under Article 14 of this Code
34    as of the date they become State employees shall retain their
                            -271-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    membership in the fund established in this  Article  9  until
 2    the  first  day of the calendar month next following the date
 3    on which they become State  employees,  at  which  time  they
 4    shall  become members of the System established under Article
 5    14.
 6        (f)  If,  by  operation  of  law,   a   function   of   a
 7    "Governmental   Unit",   as  such  term  is  defined  in  the
 8    "Retirement Systems Reciprocal Act"  in  Article  20  of  the
 9    Illinois  Pension Code, is transferred in whole or in part to
10    the county in which this Article is in force and effect,  and
11    employees  are transferred as a group or class to such county
12    service, such transferred  employee  shall,  if  on  the  day
13    immediately  prior  to  the  date  of  such transfer he was a
14    contributor and participant in the annuity and  benefit  fund
15    or retirement system in operation in such other "Governmental
16    Unit"  for  employees  of  such  Unit,  immediately upon such
17    transfer be deemed a participant and contributor to the  fund
18    created by this Article.
19    (Source: P.A. 83-869; revised 8-8-97.)
20        (40 ILCS 5/9-167) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 9-167)
21        Sec.  9-167.  Refund - In lieu of annuity.  In lieu of an
22    annuity, an employee  who  withdraws  after  age  60,  having
23    annuity rights based on a credit of not more than 10 years of
24    service, or an employee who withdraws and whose annuity would
25    amount  to  less  than  $150  a  month  for life, or a former
26    employee who is receiving an annuity from the  Fund  of  less
27    than  $150  per  month,  regardless of his date of withdrawal
28    from service, may elect to receive a refund of the total  sum
29    accumulated  to  his  credit  from employee contributions for
30    annuity purposes, minus any amounts previously paid to him by
31    the Fund.
32        The widow of any employee, eligible for annuity upon  the
33    death of her husband, whose annuity would amount to less than
                            -272-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    $150  a month for life, and any widow receiving an annuity of
 2    less than $150 per month, may, in lieu of a widow's  annuity,
 3    elect  to  receive  a refund of the accumulated contributions
 4    for annuity purposes, based on the amounts contributed by her
 5    deceased  employee  husband,  but  reduced  by  any   amounts
 6    theretofore  paid  to either the widow or the employee in the
 7    form  of  an  annuity  or  refund  out  of  such  accumulated
 8    contributions.
 9        Accumulated  contributions   shall   mean   the   amounts
10    including   interest  credited  thereon  contributed  by  the
11    employee for age and service and widow's annuity to the  date
12    of his withdrawal or death, whichever first occurs, including
13    the  accumulations  from  any  amounts contributed for him as
14    salary deductions while receiving duty  disability  benefits,
15    and  if  not  otherwise  included any accumulations from sums
16    contributed by him and applied to any pension fund superseded
17    by this fund, and interest  credited  thereon  in  accordance
18    with the other provisions of this Article.
19        The acceptance of such refund in lieu of widow's annuity,
20    on the part of a widow, shall not deprive a child or children
21    of  the right to receive a child's annuity as provided for in
22    Sections Sec. 9-154 and 9-155 of this  Article,  and  neither
23    shall  the  payment  of  child's  annuity in the case of such
24    refund to a widow reduce  the  amount  herein  set  forth  as
25    refundable to such widow electing a refund in lieu of widow's
26    annuity.
27    (Source: P.A. 83-1362; revised 8-8-97.)
28        (40 ILCS 5/9-170.1) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 9-170.1)
29        Sec.  9-170.1.   From  and  after  January  1,  1970  any
30    employee   who   is   credited  with  35  or  more  years  of
31    contributing service may  elect  to  discontinue  the  salary
32    deductions for all annuities as specified in Sections Section
33    9-133,  9-170, and 9-176.  Upon such election the annuity for
                            -273-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the employee and his wife or widow is fixed and determined as
 2    of the date of such discontinuance.  No increase  in  annuity
 3    for  the  employee  or  his  wife or widow accrues thereafter
 4    while he is in service.  This election shall be in writing to
 5    the Retirement Board at least 60 days  before  the  date  the
 6    salary deductions cease.
 7    (Source: P.A. 87-794; revised 8-8-97.)
 8        (40 ILCS 5/9-177) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 9-177)
 9        Sec. 9-177.  Additional contributions for widow's annuity
10    for   widows   of  present  employees,  future  entrants  and
11    re-entrants.  In addition to the contributions to be made  by
12    each employee and by the county for widow's annuity as herein
13    provided additional contributions shall be made as follows:
14        (a)  Beginning  September  1, 1935, 1% of each payment of
15    salary, not in excess of  $3,000  a  year,  of  each  present
16    employee  described in subdivision (b) of Section Sec. 9-109,
17    and of  each  future  entrant  and  re-entrant  described  in
18    subdivision (d) or (e) of Section 9-110.
19        (b)  Concurrently  with  each  deduction from salary, the
20    county shall contribute a sum equal to 1 3/4% of each payment
21    of salary, not in excess of $3,000 a year.
22    (Source: Laws 1963, p. 161; revised 8-8-97.)
23        (40 ILCS 5/9-179.2) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 9-179.2)
24        Sec. 9-179.2.  Other governmental  service-Former  County
25    Service.   Any  employee  who  has  rendered  service  to any
26    "governmental  unit"  as  such  term  is   defined   in   the
27    "Retirement  Systems  Reciprocal Act" under Article 20 of the
28    Illinois  Pension  Code,  who  did  not  contribute  to   the
29    retirement  system of such "governmental unit", including the
30    retirement system created by this Article 9 of  the  Illinois
31    Pension  code,  for such service because of ineligibility for
32    participation and has no equity or rights in such  retirement
                            -274-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    system because of such service shall be given credit for such
 2    service in this fund, provided:
 3        (a)  The  employee  shall  pay to this fund, while in the
 4    service of  such  county,  or  while  in  the  service  of  a
 5    governmental  unit  whose  retirement  system has adopted the
 6    "Retirement Systems Reciprocal Act", such amounts,  including
 7    interest at the effective rate, as he would have paid to this
 8    fund, on the basis of his salary in effect during the service
 9    rendered  to  such  other  "governmental  unit"  at the rates
10    prescribed in Section 9 of this Article 9 for the periods  of
11    such service to the end that such service shall be considered
12    as  service  rendered to such county, with all the rights and
13    conditions attaching to such service  and payments;  and  (b)
14    this  Section  shall  not be applicable to any period of such
15    service for which the employee retains credit  in  any  other
16    public  annuity  and  benefit  fund established by Act of the
17    Legislature of this State and in operation for  employees  of
18    such  other  "governmental unit" from which such employee was
19    transferred.
20    (Source: P.A. 77-1220; revised 12-18-97.)
21        (40 ILCS 5/9-182) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 9-182)
22        Sec. 9-182. Contributions by  county  for  prior  service
23    annuities and pensions under former acts.
24        (a)  The  county,  State  or federal contributions herein
25    authorized in Section Article 9-169 shall  be  applied  first
26    for the purposes of this Article 9 other than those stated in
27    this Section.
28        The  balance  of the sum produced from such contributions
29    shall be applied for the following purposes:
30             1.  "An  Act  to  provide  for  the  formation   and
31        disbursement  of  a  pension  fund  in  counties having a
32        population  of  150,000  or  more  inhabitants,  for  the
33        benefit of officers and employees in the service of  such
                            -275-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        counties", approved June 29, 1915, as amended;
 2             2.  Section 9-225 of this Article;
 3             3.  To  meet  such  part  of  any minimum annuity as
 4        shall be in excess of the age  and  service  annuity  and
 5        prior  service  annuity,  and  to  meet  such part of any
 6        minimum widow's  annuity  in  excess  of  the  amount  of
 7        widow's  annuity  and  widow's prior service annuity also
 8        for the purpose of providing the county cost of automatic
 9        increases in annuity after retirement in accordance  with
10        Section  9-133 and for any other purpose for which moneys
11        are not otherwise provided in this Article;
12             4.  To  provide  a   sufficient   balance   in   the
13        investment and interest reserve to permit a transfer from
14        that reserve to other reserves of the fund;
15             5.  To  credit  to  the  county contribution reserve
16        such amounts required from the county but not contributed
17        by it for age and service and  prior  service  annuities,
18        and widows' and widows' prior service annuities.
19        (b)  All  such  contributions  shall  be  credited to the
20    prior service annuity reserve.   When  the  balance  of  this
21    reserve  equals its liabilities (including in addition to all
22    other liabilities,  the  present  values  of  all  annuities,
23    present or prospective, according to the applicable mortality
24    tables  and  rates  of  interest),  the county shall cease to
25    contribute the sum stated  in  this  Section.   Whenever  the
26    balance  of  the  investment  and  interest  reserve  is  not
27    sufficient  to  permit  a  transfer  from that reserve to any
28    other reserve, the county shall contribute sums sufficient to
29    make possible such transfer; provided, that if annexation  of
30    territory  and  the  employment  by  the county of any county
31    employee of any such territory at  the  time  of  annexation,
32    after  the county has ceased to contribute as herein provided
33    results in additional liabilities for prior  service  annuity
34    and  widow's  prior  service  annuity  for any such employee,
                            -276-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    contributions by  the  county  for  such  purposes  shall  be
 2    resumed.
 3    (Source: P. A. 78-656; revised 8-8-97.)
 4        (40 ILCS 5/11-167) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 11-167)
 5        Sec.  11-167.  Refunds in lieu of annuity.  In lieu of an
 6    annuity, an employee who withdraws, and whose  annuity  would
 7    amount  to  less  than  $300  a  month  for life may elect to
 8    receive a refund of the total sum accumulated to  his  credit
 9    from employee contributions for annuity purposes.
10        The  widow of any employee, eligible for annuity upon the
11    death of her husband, whose annuity would amount to less than
12    $300 a month for life, may, in lieu  of  a  widow's  annuity,
13    elect  to  receive  a refund of the accumulated contributions
14    for annuity purposes, based on the amounts contributed by her
15    deceased  employee  husband,  but  reduced  by  any   amounts
16    theretofore  paid  to him in the form of an annuity or refund
17    out of such accumulated contributions.
18        Accumulated  contributions   shall   mean   the   amounts
19    including   interest  credited  thereon  contributed  by  the
20    employee for age and service and widow's annuity to the  date
21    of  his  withdrawal  or  death,  whichever  first occurs, and
22    including the accumulations from any amounts contributed  for
23    him  as  salary  deductions  while  receiving duty disability
24    benefits; provided that such amounts contributed by the  city
25    after  December 31, 1983 while the employee is receiving duty
26    disability benefits shall not be included.
27        The acceptance of such  refund  in  of  lieu  of  widow's
28    annuity, on the part of a widow, shall not deprive a child or
29    children  of  the  right  to  receive  a  child's  annuity as
30    provided  for in Sections 11-153 and 11-154 of this  Article,
31    and  neither  shall  the  payment of a child's annuity in the
32    case of such refund to a widow reduce the amount  herein  set
33    forth  as  refundable to such widow electing a refund in lieu
                            -277-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of widow's annuity.
 2    (Source: P.A. 86-1488; revised 12-18-97.)
 3        (40 ILCS 5/11-221.1) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 11-221.1)
 4        Sec. 11-221.1.  Right  of  employees  to  contribute  for
 5    certain  other  service.   Any employee in the service, after
 6    having made contributions covering a period of 10 ten or more
 7    years to the annuity and benefit fund  herein  provided  for,
 8    may  elect  to  pay  for  and  receive credit for all annuity
 9    purposes for service theretofore rendered by the employee him
10    to the Chicago Transit Authority created by the "Metropolitan
11    Transit Authority Act", approved April 12, 1945, as  amended;
12    provided,  that  if  the  such  employee has more than 10 ten
13    years of such service, only the last 10  ten  years  of  such
14    service  shall  be credited.  Such service credit may be paid
15    for and granted on the  same  basis  and  conditions  as  are
16    applicable in the case of employees who make payment for past
17    service  under  the  provisions  of  Section  the immediately
18    preceding Sec. 11-221, but on the assumption  that  the  such
19    employee's  salary  throughout all of his or her service with
20    the such Authority was at the  rate  of  the  employee's  his
21    salary at the date of his or her entrance into the service as
22    an  employee.   In  no  event, however, shall such service be
23    credited  if  the  such  employee  has  not   forfeited   and
24    relinquished  pension credit for service covering such period
25    under any pension or retirement plan applicable to  the  such
26    Authority and instituted and maintained by the such Authority
27    for the benefit of its employees.
28    (Source: P. A. 77-1761; revised 8-8-97.)
29        (40 ILCS 5/12-124) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 12-124)
30        Sec.  12-124.  Fixation of service annuity, prior service
31    annuity  or  surviving  spouse's   annuity;   limitation   on
32    reversionary annuity.
                            -278-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        "Fixation  of  annuity":  As applied to a service annuity
 2    or prior service annuity or a  surviving  spouse's  spouses's
 3    annuity,  the  final determination of the such annuity at the
 4    date of retirement.
 5        A reversionary annuity calculated after January  1,  1990
 6    may  not  be  more than 75% of the service annuity granted to
 7    the employee annuitant on the date of retirement  unless  the
 8    minimum annuity to the surviving spouse payable under Section
 9    12-135.1  exceeds  the 75% maximum payable, in which case the
10    minimum will be payable.
11    (Source: P.A. 86-272; 87-1265; revised 7-17-97.)
12        (40 ILCS 5/14-103.13) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 14-103.13)
13        Sec.   14-103.13.    Membership   service.    "Membership
14    service": Service rendered while a member of the  System  for
15    which credit is allowable under this Article, and for persons
16    entering  service  on or after January 1, 1984, or after July
17    1, 1982 in the case of an emergency or temporary employee  as
18    defined  in  Sections  8b.8  and  8b.9  8b8  and  8b9  of the
19    "Personnel Code", service  rendered  as  an  employee  before
20    becoming  a  member,  if  credit for such service is received
21    pursuant to Section 14-104.5.
22    (Source: P.A. 83-430; revised 8-8-97.)
23        (40 ILCS 5/14-104) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 14-104)
24        Sec. 14-104. Service for which  contributions  permitted.
25    Contributions  provided  for  in this Section shall cover the
26    period of service  granted,  and  be  based  upon  employee's
27    compensation  and  contribution rate in effect on the date he
28    last became a member of the System;  provided  that  for  all
29    employment  prior  to  January  1, 1969 the contribution rate
30    shall be that in effect for a noncovered employee on the date
31    he  last  became  a  member  of  the  System.   Contributions
32    permitted under this Section shall include  regular  interest
                            -279-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    from  the date an employee last became a member of the System
 2    to date of payment.
 3        These  contributions  must  be  paid   in   full   before
 4    retirement either in a lump sum or in installment payments in
 5    accordance with such rules as may be adopted by the board.
 6        (a)  Any  member  may  make  contributions as required in
 7    this Section for any period of  service,  subsequent  to  the
 8    date of establishment, but prior to the date of membership.
 9        (b)  Any  employee  who had been previously excluded from
10    membership because of age at entry  and  subsequently  became
11    eligible  may elect to make contributions as required in this
12    Section for  the  period  of  service  during  which  he  was
13    ineligible.
14        (c)  An  employee  of  the  Department  of Insurance who,
15    after January 1, 1944 but  prior  to  becoming  eligible  for
16    membership, received salary from funds of insurance companies
17    in  the  process of rehabilitation, liquidation, conservation
18    or dissolution, may elect to make contributions  as  required
19    in this Section for such service.
20        (d)  Any  employee who rendered service in a State office
21    to which he was elected, or rendered service in the  elective
22    office  of  Clerk of the Appellate Court prior to the date he
23    became a member, may make contributions for such  service  as
24    required   in   this  Section.   Any  member  who  served  by
25    appointment of the Governor under  the  Civil  Administrative
26    Code  of  Illinois and did not participate in this System may
27    make contributions as  required  in  this  Section  for  such
28    service.
29        (e)  Any  person employed by the United States government
30    or any instrumentality or agency thereof from January 1, 1942
31    through November 15, 1946 as the result of  a  transfer  from
32    State  service  by  executive  order  of the President of the
33    United States shall  be  entitled  to  prior  service  credit
34    covering the period from January 1, 1942 through December 31,
                            -280-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    1943  as  provided  for  in  this  Article  and to membership
 2    service credit  for the period from January 1,  1944  through
 3    November  15,  1946  by  making the contributions required in
 4    this Section.  A person so employed on January  1,  1944  but
 5    whose  employment began after January 1, 1942 may qualify for
 6    prior service and membership service credit  under  the  same
 7    conditions.
 8        (f)  An  employee of the Department of Labor of the State
 9    of  Illinois  who  performed  services  for  and  under   the
10    supervision  of  that Department prior to January 1, 1944 but
11    who was compensated for those services  directly  by  federal
12    funds  and not by a warrant of the Auditor of Public Accounts
13    paid by the State Treasurer may  establish  credit  for  such
14    employment  by  making  the  contributions  required  in this
15    Section. An employee of the Department of Agriculture of  the
16    State  of  Illinois, who performed services for and under the
17    supervision of that Department prior to June 1, 1963, but was
18    compensated for those services directly by federal funds  and
19    not  paid by a warrant of the Auditor of Public Accounts paid
20    by the State Treasurer, and who did  not  contribute  to  any
21    other public employee retirement system for such service, may
22    establish   credit   for   such   employment  by  making  the
23    contributions required in this Section.
24        (g)  Any employee who executed  a  waiver  of  membership
25    within  60  days  prior  to  January 1, 1944 may, at any time
26    while in the service of a department, file with the  board  a
27    rescission  of  such  waiver.   Upon making the contributions
28    required by this Section,  the member shall  be  granted  the
29    creditable  service  that  would  have  been  received if the
30    waiver had not been executed.
31        (h)  Until May 1, 1990, an employee who was employed on a
32    full-time basis by a  regional  planning  commission  for  at
33    least 5 continuous years may establish creditable service for
34    such  employment  by  making the contributions required under
                            -281-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    this  Section,  provided  that  any  credits  earned  by  the
 2    employee  in  the  commission's  retirement  plan  have  been
 3    terminated.
 4        (i)  Any  person  who  rendered  full  time   contractual
 5    services to the General Assembly as a member of a legislative
 6    staff  may establish service credit for up to 8 years of such
 7    services by making  the  contributions  required  under  this
 8    Section, provided that application therefor is made not later
 9    than July 1, 1991.
10        (j)  By paying the contributions otherwise required under
11    this  Section,  plus  an amount determined by the Board to be
12    equal to the employer's  normal  cost  of  the  benefit  plus
13    interest,  an  employee  may  establish  service credit for a
14    period of up to 2 years spent in active military service  for
15    which  he  does  not qualify for credit under Section 14-105,
16    provided that (1) he was  not  dishonorably  discharged  from
17    such  military  service, and (2) the amount of service credit
18    established by a member under this subsection (j), when added
19    to the amount of  military  service  credit  granted  to  the
20    member  under  subsection  (b)  of  Section 14-105, shall not
21    exceed 5 years.
22        (k)  An employee who was employed on a full-time basis by
23    the  Illinois   State's   Attorneys   Association   Statewide
24    Appellate Assistance Service LEAA-ILEC grant project prior to
25    the  time that project became the State's Attorneys Appellate
26    Service Commission, now the Office of the  State's  Attorneys
27    Appellate  Prosecutor,  an  agency  of  State government, may
28    establish creditable service for  not  more  than  60  months
29    service  for such employment by making contributions required
30    under this Section.
31        (l)  By paying the contributions otherwise required under
32    this Section, plus an amount determined by the  Board  to  be
33    equal  to  the  employer's  normal  cost  of the benefit plus
34    interest, a member may establish service credit  for  periods
                            -282-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of  less  than  one year spent on authorized leave of absence
 2    from service, provided that (1) the period of leave began  on
 3    or  after  January  1, 1982 and (2) any credit established by
 4    the member for the  period  of  leave  in  any  other  public
 5    employee retirement system has been terminated.  A member may
 6    establish  service credit under this subsection for more than
 7    one period of authorized leave, and in that  case  the  total
 8    period of service credit established by the member under this
 9    subsection may exceed one year.
10        (m)  (l)  Any person who rendered contractual services to
11    a member of the General Assembly as a worker in the  member's
12    district  office may establish creditable service for up to 3
13    years  of  those   contractual   services   by   making   the
14    contributions  required under this Section.  The System shall
15    determine a full-time salary equivalent for  the  purpose  of
16    calculating  the  required contribution.  To establish credit
17    under this subsection, the applicant must apply to the System
18    by March 1, 1998.
19        (n) (l)  Any person who rendered contractual services  to
20    a  member  of  the  General  Assembly  as  a worker providing
21    constituent services to persons in the member's district  may
22    establish  creditable  service  for  up  to  8 years of those
23    contractual services by  making  the  contributions  required
24    under  this  Section.  The System shall determine a full-time
25    salary equivalent for the purpose of calculating the required
26    contribution.  To establish credit under this subsection, the
27    applicant must apply to the System by March 1, 1998.
28    (Source: P.A. 90-32,  eff.  6-27-97;  90-448,  eff.  8-16-97;
29    90-511, eff. 8-22-97; revised 9-5-97.)
30        (40 ILCS 5/14-104.5) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 14-104.5)
31        Sec.  14-104.5.   A member who enters service on or after
32    January 1, 1984, or after July 1, 1982  as  an  emergency  or
33    temporary  employee, as defined in Sections 8b.8 and 8b.9 8b8
                            -283-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    and 8b9 of  the  "Personnel  Code",  may  receive  membership
 2    service  credit  for periods of employment during which he or
 3    she was an employee but not a member by making  contributions
 4    for  such  periods  based  on his or her compensation and the
 5    contribution rate in effect when he  or  she  last  became  a
 6    member  of  the  System, plus regular interest thereon to the
 7    date of payment unless such payment is made within the  first
 8    6 months after becoming a member or prior to July 1, 1984.
 9    (Source: P.A. 83-430; revised 8-8-97.)
10        (40 ILCS 5/14-104.10)
11        Sec.  14-104.10.  Federal  or out-of-state employment.  A
12    contributing employee may establish additional service credit
13    for periods of full-time employment by the federal government
14    or a unit  of  state  or  local  government  located  outside
15    Illinois  for  which  he  or  she does not qualify for credit
16    under any other provision of this Article, provided that  (i)
17    the  amount  of  service credit established by a person under
18    this Section shall not exceed 8 years or 40% of  his  or  her
19    membership  service  under  this  Article, whichever is less,
20    (ii) the amount of service credit  established  by  a  person
21    under  this Section for federal employment, when added to the
22    amount of all military service credit granted to  the  person
23    under  this  Article, shall not exceed 8 years, and (iii) any
24    credit received for the federal or out-of-state employment in
25    any  federal  or  other  public  employee  pension  fund   or
26    retirement   system  has  been  terminated  or  relinquished.
27    Credit may not be established  under  this  Section  for  any
28    period of military service or for any period for which credit
29    has  been  or  may be established under Section 14-110 or any
30    other provision of this Article.
31        In order to establish service credit under this  Section,
32    the applicant must submit a written application to the System
33    by  June  30, 1998, including documentation of the federal or
                            -284-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    out-of-state employment satisfactory to the Board, and pay to
 2    the System (1) employee contributions at the  rates  provided
 3    in  this  Article  based upon the person's salary on the last
 4    day as a participating  employee  prior  to  the  federal  or
 5    out-of-state   employment,   or   on   the  first  day  as  a
 6    participating employee after that  employment,  whichever  is
 7    greater,  plus  (2)  an  amount determined by the Board to be
 8    equal to the employer's normal cost of the  benefits  accrued
 9    for  that  employment, plus (3) regular interest on items (1)
10    and (2) from the date of conclusion of the employment to  the
11    date of payment.
12    (Source: P.A. 90-32, eff. 6-27-97.)
13        (40 ILCS 5/14-104.11)
14        Sec.  14-104.11.  14-104.10. Illinois Development Finance
15    Authority.  An employee may establish creditable service  for
16    periods prior to the date upon which the Illinois Development
17    Finance  Authority  first becomes a department (as defined in
18    Section 14-103.04) during which he or she was employed by the
19    Illinois  Development  Finance  Authority  or  the   Illinois
20    Industrial  Development Authority, by applying in writing and
21    paying  to  the  System  an  amount  equal  to  (i)  employee
22    contributions for  the  period  for  which  credit  is  being
23    established,  based  upon the employee's compensation and the
24    applicable contribution rate in effect on the date he or  she
25    last  became a member of the System, plus (ii) the employer's
26    normal cost of the credit established, plus (iii) interest on
27    the amounts in items (i) and (ii) at the  rate  of  2.5%  per
28    year,  compounded  annually, from the date the applicant last
29    became a member of the System to the date of payment.    This
30    payment  must  be paid in full before retirement, either in a
31    lump sum or in installment payments in  accordance  with  the
32    rules of the Board.
33    (Source: P.A. 90-511, eff. 8-22-97; revised 10-20-97.)
                            -285-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (40 ILCS 5/14-108) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 14-108)
 2        Sec. 14-108.  Amount of retirement annuity.  A member who
 3    has contributed to the System for at least 12 months shall be
 4    entitled  to  a  prior  service  annuity  for  each  year  of
 5    certified prior service credited to him, except that a member
 6    shall  receive 1/3 of the prior service annuity for each year
 7    of service for which contributions have been made and all  of
 8    such  annuity  shall  be  payable  after  the member has made
 9    contributions for a period of 3 years.  Proportionate amounts
10    shall be payable for service of less than a full  year  after
11    completion of at least 12 months.
12        The   total   period  of  service  to  be  considered  in
13    establishing the  measure  of  prior  service  annuity  shall
14    include  service  credited in the Teachers' Retirement System
15    of  the  State  of  Illinois  and  the   State   Universities
16    Retirement  System  for which contributions have been made by
17    the member to such systems; provided that at least 1 year  of
18    the total period of 3 years prescribed for the allowance of a
19    full  measure  of  prior  service  annuity  shall  consist of
20    membership service in this system for which credit  has  been
21    granted.
22        (a)  In  the  case  of  a  member who retires on or after
23    January 1, 1998 and is a noncovered employee, the  retirement
24    annuity  for  membership  service  and prior service shall be
25    2.2% of final average compensation for each year of  service.
26    Any service credit established as a covered employee shall be
27    computed as stated in paragraph (b).
28        (b)  In  the  case  of  a  member who retires on or after
29    January 1, 1998 and is a  covered  employee,  the  retirement
30    annuity  for  membership  service  and prior service shall be
31    computed as stated in paragraph (a) for  all  service  credit
32    established  as  a  noncovered  employee;  for service credit
33    established as a covered employee it shall be 1.67% of  final
34    average compensation for each year of service.
                            -286-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (c)  For  a  member  with  30  but  less than 35 years of
 2    creditable service retiring after attaining age 55 but before
 3    age 60, the retirement annuity shall be reduced by 1/2 of  1%
 4    for  each  month that the member's age is under age 60 at the
 5    time of retirement.
 6        (d)  A retirement annuity shall not exceed 75%  of  final
 7    average compensation, subject to such extension as may result
 8    from the application of Section 14-114 or Section 14-115.
 9        (e)  The   retirement  annuity  payable  to  any  covered
10    employee who is a member of the  System  and  in  service  on
11    January 1, 1969, or in service thereafter in 1969 as a result
12    of  legislation  enacted  by  the  Illinois  General Assembly
13    transferring the  member  to  State  employment  from  county
14    employment  in  a county Department of Public Aid in counties
15    of 3,000,000 or more population, under a plan of coordination
16    with  the  Old  Age,  Survivors  and  Disability   provisions
17    thereof,  if not fully insured for Old Age Insurance payments
18    under the Federal Old Age, Survivors and Disability Insurance
19    provisions at the date of acceptance of a retirement annuity,
20    shall not be less than the amount for which the member  would
21    have been eligible if coordination were not applicable.
22        (f)  The   retirement  annuity  payable  to  any  covered
23    employee who is a member of the  System  and  in  service  on
24    January 1, 1969, or in service thereafter in 1969 as a result
25    of  the  legislation  designated in the immediately preceding
26    paragraph, if fully insured for Old  Age  Insurance  payments
27    under  the  Federal  Social  Security  Act  at  the  date  of
28    acceptance of a retirement annuity, shall not be less than an
29    amount  which  when  added  to  the Primary Insurance Benefit
30    payable to the member upon attainment of age  65  under  such
31    Federal  Act, will equal the annuity which would otherwise be
32    payable  if  the  coordinated  plan  of  coverage  were   not
33    applicable.
34        (g)  In  the  case  of  a  member  who  is  a  noncovered
                            -287-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    employee,  the retirement annuity for membership service as a
 2    security  employee  of  the  Department  of  Corrections   or
 3    security  employee  of the Department of Human Services shall
 4    be 1.9% of final average compensation for each of  the  first
 5    10  years  of  service; 2.1% for each of the next 10 years of
 6    service; 2.25% for each year of service in excess of  20  but
 7    not  exceeding  30;  and  2.5% for each year in excess of 30;
 8    except that the annuity may be  calculated  under  subsection
 9    (a)  rather than this subsection (g) if the resulting annuity
10    is greater.
11        (h)  In the case of a member who is a  covered  employee,
12    the  retirement  annuity for membership service as a security
13    employee  of  the  Department  of  Corrections  or   security
14    employee  of  the Department of Human Services shall be 1.67%
15    of final average compensation for each of the first 10  years
16    of  service;  1.90% for each of the next 10 years of service;
17    2.10% for each year of  service  in  excess  of  20  but  not
18    exceeding 30; and 2.30% for each year in excess of 30.
19        (i)  For  the purposes of this Section and Section 14-133
20    of this Act, the term "security employee of the Department of
21    Corrections"  and  the  term  "security   employee   of   the
22    Department   of  Human  Services"  shall  have  the  meanings
23    ascribed to them in subsection (c) of Section 14-110.
24        (j)  The  retirement   annuity   computed   pursuant   to
25    paragraphs  (g)  or  (h)  shall  be  applicable only to those
26    security employees  of  the  Department  of  Corrections  and
27    security  employees  of  the Department of Human Services who
28    have at least 20 years of membership service and who are  not
29    eligible  for  the  alternative  retirement  annuity provided
30    under Section 14-110.  However, persons transferring to  this
31    System  under  Section 14-108.2 who have service credit under
32    Article 16  of  this  Code  may  count  such  service  toward
33    establishing  their  eligibility  under  the  20-year service
34    requirement of this subsection; but such service may be  used
                            -288-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    only  for  establishing  such  eligibility,  and  not for the
 2    purpose of increasing or calculating any benefit.
 3        (k)  (Blank).
 4        (l)  The changes to this Section made by this  amendatory
 5    Act  of  1997  (changing  certain retirement annuity formulas
 6    from a stepped rate to a flat  rate)  apply  to  members  who
 7    retire on or after January 1, 1998, without regard to whether
 8    employment  terminated  before  the  effective  date  of this
 9    amendatory Act of 1997.  An annuity shall not  be  calculated
10    in  steps  by  using the new flat rate for some steps and the
11    superseded stepped rate for other steps of the same  type  of
12    service.
13    (Source:  P.A.  89-507,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-65,  eff.  7-7-97;
14    90-448, eff. 8-16-97; revised 11-17-97.)
15        (40 ILCS 5/15-106) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 15-106)
16        Sec.  15-106.  Employer.   "Employer":  The University of
17    Illinois,  Southern  Illinois   University,   Chicago   State
18    University,  Eastern  Illinois  University,  Governors  State
19    University,  Illinois State University, Northeastern Illinois
20    University, Northern Illinois  University,  Western  Illinois
21    University, the State Board of Higher Education, the Illinois
22    Mathematics  and Science Academy, the State Geological Survey
23    Division of the Department of Natural  Resources,  the  State
24    Natural  History Survey Division of the Department of Natural
25    Resources, the State Water Survey Division of the  Department
26    of  Natural  Resources,  the  Waste  Management  and Research
27    Center of the Department of Natural Resources, the University
28    Civil Service Merit Board, the Board of Trustees of the State
29    Universities  Retirement  System,  the   Illinois   Community
30    College  Board,  State  Community  College of East St. Louis,
31    community  college  boards,  any  association  of   community
32    college  boards  organized  under  Section 3-55 of the Public
33    Community College Act, the  Board  of  Examiners  established
                            -289-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    under  the  Illinois  Public Accounting Act, and, only during
 2    the period for which employer  contributions  required  under
 3    Section  15-155  are  paid,  the following organizations: the
 4    alumni  associations,  the  foundations  and   the   athletic
 5    associations  which  are affiliated with the universities and
 6    colleges included in this Section as employers. A  department
 7    as defined in Section 14-103.04 is an employer for any person
 8    appointed by the Governor under the Civil Administrative Code
 9    of  Illinois  who  is  a participating employee as defined in
10    Section 15-109.
11    (Source: P.A. 89-4, eff. 1-1-96; 89-445, eff. 2-7-96; 90-490,
12    eff. 8-17-97; 90-511, eff. 8-22-97; revised 11-17-97.)
13        (40 ILCS 5/15-134) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 15-134)
14        Sec. 15-134.  Participant.
15        (a)  Each person shall, as  a  condition  of  employment,
16    become  a  participant  and be subject to this Article on the
17    date that he or she becomes an employee, makes an election to
18    participate in, or otherwise becomes a participant in one  of
19    the retirement programs offered under this Article, whichever
20    date is later.
21        An  employee  who becomes a participant shall continue to
22    be a participant until he or she becomes an  annuitant,  dies
23    or  accepts  a  refund of contributions, except that a person
24    shall not be deemed a participant while participating  in  an
25    optional  program  for  part-time  workers  established under
26    Section 15-158.1.
27        (b)  A  person  employed  concurrently  by  2   or   more
28    employers  is  eligible  to  participate  in  the  system  on
29    compensation received from all employers.
30    (Source: P.A.  89-430,  eff.  12-15-95;  90-65,  eff. 7-7-97;
31    90-448, eff. 8-16-97; revised 11-17-97.)
32        (40 ILCS 5/15-136) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 15-136)
                            -290-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Sec. 15-136.  Retirement annuities - Amount.
 2        (a)  The  amount  of  the  retirement  annuity  shall  be
 3    determined by whichever of the following rules is  applicable
 4    and provides the largest annuity:
 5        Rule  1:  The  retirement annuity shall be 1.67% of final
 6    rate of earnings for each of the first 10 years  of  service,
 7    1.90%  for  each  of  the next 10 years of service, 2.10% for
 8    each year of service in excess of 20 but  not  exceeding  30,
 9    and  2.30%  for each year in excess of 30; or for persons who
10    retire on or after January 1, 1998, 2.2% of the final rate of
11    earnings for each year of service.  However, except that  the
12    annuity  for  those  persons  having  made  an election under
13    Section 15-154(a-1) shall be calculated and payable under the
14    portable  retirement  benefit   program   pursuant   to   the
15    provisions of Section 15-136.4.
16        Rule  2:  The  retirement annuity shall be the sum of the
17    following,  determined   from   amounts   credited   to   the
18    participant  in  accordance with the actuarial tables and the
19    prescribed rate  of  interest  in  effect  at  the  time  the
20    retirement annuity begins:
21             (i)  The  normal annuity which can be provided on an
22        actuarially equivalent basis, by the  accumulated  normal
23        contributions as of the date the annuity begins; and
24             (ii)  an  annuity  from employer contributions of an
25        amount which can be provided on an actuarially equivalent
26        basis from the accumulated normal contributions  made  by
27        the   participant  under  Section  15-113.6  and  Section
28        15-113.7 plus 1.4  times  all  other  accumulated  normal
29        contributions  made  by  the participant, except that the
30        annuity for those persons having made an  election  under
31        Section 15-154(a-1) shall be calculated and payable under
32        the  portable  retirement benefit program pursuant to the
33        provisions of Section 15-136.4.
34        Rule 3:  The retirement annuity of a participant  who  is
                            -291-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    employed  at  least  one-half time during the period on which
 2    his or her final rate of earnings is based, shall be equal to
 3    the  participant's  years  of  service  not  to  exceed   30,
 4    multiplied  by  (1)  $96  if  the participant's final rate of
 5    earnings is less than $3,500, (2) $108 if the final  rate  of
 6    earnings is at least $3,500 but less than $4,500, (3) $120 if
 7    the  final  rate of earnings is at least $4,500 but less than
 8    $5,500, (4) $132 if the final rate of earnings  is  at  least
 9    $5,500  but  less  than $6,500, (5) $144 if the final rate of
10    earnings is at least $6,500 but less than $7,500, (6) $156 if
11    the final rate of earnings is at least $7,500 but  less  than
12    $8,500,  (7)  $168  if the final rate of earnings is at least
13    $8,500 but less than $9,500, and (8) $180 if the  final  rate
14    of  earnings  is  $9,500 or more, except that the annuity for
15    those  persons  having  made  an   election   under   Section
16    15-154(a-1)   shall  be  calculated  and  payable  under  the
17    portable  retirement  benefit   program   pursuant   to   the
18    provisions of Section 15-136.4.
19        Rule  4:  A participant who is at least age 50 and has 25
20    or more years of service as a police officer or  firefighter,
21    and  a  participant who is age 55 or over and has at least 20
22    but less than 25 years of service  as  a  police  officer  or
23    firefighter,  shall  be entitled to a retirement annuity of 2
24    1/4% of the final rate of earnings for each of the  first  10
25    years  of  service as a police officer or firefighter, 2 1/2%
26    for each of the next 10 years of service as a police  officer
27    or  firefighter,  and  2  3/4%  for each year of service as a
28    police officer or firefighter in excess of  20,  except  that
29    the  annuity  for those persons having made an election under
30    Section 15-154(a-1) shall be calculated and payable under the
31    portable  retirement  benefit   program   pursuant   to   the
32    provisions  of  Section 15-136.4.  The retirement annuity for
33    all other service shall be computed  under  Rule  1,  payable
34    under the portable retirement benefit program pursuant to the
                            -292-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    provisions of Section 15-136.4, if applicable.
 2        (b)  The  retirement annuity provided under Rules 1 and 3
 3    above shall be reduced by  1/2  of  1%  for  each  month  the
 4    participant  is  under  age  60  at  the  time of retirement.
 5    However, this reduction shall  not  apply  in  the  following
 6    cases:
 7             (1)  For  a  disabled  participant  whose disability
 8        benefits have been discontinued because  he  or  she  has
 9        exhausted   eligibility  for  disability  benefits  under
10        clause (6) of Section 15-152;
11             (2)  For a participant who has at least  the  number
12        of  years  of service required to retire at any age under
13        subsection (a) of Section 15-135; or
14             (3)  For that portion of a retirement annuity  which
15        has   been   provided   on  account  of  service  of  the
16        participant during periods when he or she  performed  the
17        duties  of  a  police  officer  or  firefighter, if these
18        duties were performed for at least  5  years  immediately
19        preceding the date the retirement annuity is to begin.
20        (c)  The  maximum retirement annuity provided under Rules
21    1, 2, and 4 shall be the lesser of (1) the  annual  limit  of
22    benefits  as specified in Section 415 of the Internal Revenue
23    Code of 1986, as such Section may be  amended  from  time  to
24    time  and  as  such  benefit  limits shall be adjusted by the
25    Commissioner of Internal Revenue, and (2) 80% of  final  rate
26    of earnings.
27        (d)  An  annuitant whose status as an employee terminates
28    after August 14, 1969 shall receive  automatic  increases  in
29    his or her retirement annuity as follows:
30        Effective  January  1  immediately following the date the
31    retirement annuity begins, the  annuitant  shall  receive  an
32    increase  in  his or her monthly retirement annuity of 0.125%
33    of the monthly retirement annuity provided under Rule 1, Rule
34    2, Rule 3, or Rule 4, contained in this  Section,  multiplied
                            -293-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    by  the number of full months which elapsed from the date the
 2    retirement annuity payments began to January  1,  1972,  plus
 3    0.1667%  of  such  annuity,  multiplied by the number of full
 4    months which elapsed from January 1, 1972, or  the  date  the
 5    retirement  annuity  payments  began,  whichever is later, to
 6    January 1, 1978, plus 0.25% of such annuity multiplied by the
 7    number of full months which elapsed from January 1, 1978,  or
 8    the  date the retirement annuity payments began, whichever is
 9    later, to the effective date of the increase.
10        The annuitant shall receive an increase  in  his  or  her
11    monthly  retirement  annuity  on  each  January  1 thereafter
12    during the annuitant's life of  3%  of  the  monthly  annuity
13    provided under Rule 1, Rule 2, Rule 3, or Rule 4 contained in
14    this  Section.  The change made under this subsection by P.A.
15    81-970 is effective January  1,  1980  and  applies  to  each
16    annuitant  whose  status  as an employee terminates before or
17    after that date.
18        Beginning January 1, 1990, all automatic annual increases
19    payable  under  this  Section  shall  be  calculated   as   a
20    percentage  of  the  total annuity payable at the time of the
21    increase, including all increases  previously  granted  under
22    this Article.
23        The  change  made  in  this subsection by P.A. 85-1008 is
24    effective January 26, 1988, and is applicable without  regard
25    to whether status as an employee terminated before that date.
26        (e)  If,  on  January 1, 1987, or the date the retirement
27    annuity payment period begins, whichever is later, the sum of
28    the retirement annuity provided under Rule 1  or  Rule  2  of
29    this  Section  and  the  automatic  annual increases provided
30    under the preceding subsection or Section  15-136.1,  amounts
31    to  less  than the retirement annuity which would be provided
32    by Rule 3, the retirement annuity shall be  increased  as  of
33    January  1,  1987, or the date the retirement annuity payment
34    period begins, whichever is later, to the amount which  would
                            -294-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    be  provided by Rule 3 of this Section. Such increased amount
 2    shall be considered as the retirement annuity in  determining
 3    benefits  provided under other Sections of this Article. This
 4    paragraph applies without regard  to  whether  status  as  an
 5    employee   terminated  before  the  effective  date  of  this
 6    amendatory Act of  1987,  provided  that  the  annuitant  was
 7    employed  at  least  one-half time during the period on which
 8    the final rate of earnings was based.
 9        (f)  A participant is entitled to such additional annuity
10    as may be provided on an actuarially equivalent basis, by any
11    accumulated additional contributions to his  or  her  credit.
12    However, the additional contributions made by the participant
13    toward the automatic increases in annuity provided under this
14    Section  shall  not  be taken into account in determining the
15    amount of such additional annuity.
16        (g)  If, (1) by law, a function of a  governmental  unit,
17    as  defined by Section 20-107 of this Code, is transferred in
18    whole or in part  to  an  employer,  and  (2)  a  participant
19    transfers  employment  from  such  governmental  unit to such
20    employer within 6 months after the transfer of the  function,
21    and (3) the sum of (A) the annuity payable to the participant
22    under  Rule  1,  2, or 3 of this Section (B) all proportional
23    annuities payable to the participant by all other  retirement
24    systems  covered  by  Article 20, and (C) the initial primary
25    insurance amount to which the participant is  entitled  under
26    the  Social Security Act, is less than the retirement annuity
27    which would have been payable if  all  of  the  participant's
28    pension  credits  validated  under  Section  20-109  had been
29    validated under this system, a supplemental annuity equal  to
30    the  difference  in  such  amounts  shall  be  payable to the
31    participant.
32        (h)  On January 1, 1981, an annuitant who was receiving a
33    retirement annuity on or before January 1,  1971  shall  have
34    his  or  her  retirement annuity then being paid increased $1
                            -295-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    per month for each year of creditable service. On January  1,
 2    1982,  an  annuitant  whose  retirement  annuity  began on or
 3    before January 1, 1977, shall  have  his  or  her  retirement
 4    annuity  then being paid increased $1 per month for each year
 5    of creditable service.
 6        (i)  On January 1, 1987, any annuitant  whose  retirement
 7    annuity  began  on  or before January 1, 1977, shall have the
 8    monthly retirement annuity increased by an amount equal to 8¢
 9    per year of creditable service times the number of years that
10    have elapsed since the annuity began.
11    (Source: P.A. 90-14, eff. 7-1-97; 90-65, eff. 7-7-97; 90-448,
12    eff. 8-16-97; revised 8-21-97.)
13        (40 ILCS 5/15-157) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 15-157)
14        Sec. 15-157.  Employee Contributions.
15        (a)  Each participating employee shall make contributions
16    towards the retirement annuity of each  payment  of  earnings
17    applicable  to  employment under this system on and after the
18    date  of  becoming  a  participant  as  follows:   Prior   to
19    September 1, 1949, 3 1/2% of earnings; from September 1, 1949
20    to  August 31, 1955, 5%; from September 1, 1955 to August 31,
21    1969,  6%;  from  September  1,  1969,   6   1/2%.      These
22    contributions  are  to  be considered as normal contributions
23    for purposes of this Article.
24        Each participant who is a police officer  or  firefighter
25    shall  make  normal  contributions  of  8% of each payment of
26    earnings applicable to employment  as  a  police  officer  or
27    firefighter  under this system on or after September 1, 1981,
28    unless he or she files with the board within  60  days  after
29    the  effective date of this amendatory Act of 1991 or 60 days
30    after the board receives notice that he or she is employed as
31    a police  officer  or  firefighter,  whichever  is  later,  a
32    written  notice  waiving  the  retirement formula provided by
33    Rule 4 of Section 15-136.  This waiver shall be  irrevocable.
                            -296-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    If  a participant had met the conditions set forth in Section
 2    15-132.1 prior to the effective date of this  amendatory  Act
 3    of   1991   but   failed   to   make  the  additional  normal
 4    contributions required by this paragraph, he or she may elect
 5    to pay the additional contributions plus compound interest at
 6    the effective rate.  If  such  payment  is  received  by  the
 7    board,  the  service  shall  be  considered as police officer
 8    service in calculating the retirement annuity under Rule 4 of
 9    Section 15-136.
10        (b)  Starting  September  1,  1969,  each   participating
11    employee  shall make additional contributions of 1/2 of 1% of
12    earnings to finance a portion  of  the  cost  of  the  annual
13    increases   in  retirement  annuity  provided  under  Section
14    15-136.
15        (c)  Each participating employee  shall  make  additional
16    contributions  of 1% of earnings applicable under this system
17    on and after August 1, 1959.   The  contribution  made  under
18    this  subsection shall be used to finance survivors insurance
19    benefits, unless the participant has made an  election  under
20    Section  15-154(a-1),  in  which  case  the contribution made
21    under this subsection shall be used to finance  the  benefits
22    obtained under that election.  Contributions in excess of $80
23    during  any  fiscal year beginning before August 31, 1969 and
24    in excess of $120 during any  fiscal  year  thereafter  until
25    September   1,   1971   shall  be  considered  as  additional
26    contributions for purposes of this Article.
27        (d)  If the board by board rule so permits and subject to
28    such conditions and limitations as may be  specified  in  its
29    rules,  a participant may make other additional contributions
30    of such percentage of earnings or amounts as the  participant
31    shall  elect  in  a  written  notice  thereof received by the
32    board.
33        (e)  That fraction of a participant's  total  accumulated
34    normal  contributions, the numerator of which is equal to the
                            -297-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    number of years  of  service  in  excess  of  that  which  is
 2    required  to  qualify for the maximum retirement annuity, and
 3    the denominator of which is equal to the total service of the
 4    participant, shall be considered  as  accumulated  additional
 5    contributions.   The  determination of the applicable maximum
 6    annuity and the adjustment in contributions required by  this
 7    provision  shall  be made as of the date of the participant's
 8    retirement.
 9        (f)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   a   participating
10    employee  shall  not  be required to make contributions under
11    this Section after the date upon which  continuance  of  such
12    contributions  would  otherwise  cause  his or her retirement
13    annuity to exceed the maximum retirement annuity as specified
14    in clause (1) of subsection (c) of Section 15-136.
15        (g)  A participating employee may make contributions  for
16    the purchase of service credit under this Article.
17    (Source:  P.A.  90-32,  eff.  6-27-97;  90-65,  eff.  7-7-97;
18    90-448,   eff.   8-16-97;   90-511,   eff.  8-22-97;  revised
19    11-14-97.)
20        (40 ILCS 5/15-185) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 15-185)
21        Sec. 15-185.  Annuities, etc., exempt.   The  accumulated
22    employee  and  employer  contributions shall be held in trust
23    for each participant and annuitant, and this trust  shall  be
24    treated  as  a spendthrift trust.  Except as provided in this
25    Article, all cash, securities  and  other  property  of  this
26    system,  all  annuities and other benefits payable under this
27    Article and  all  accumulated  credits  of  participants  and
28    annuitants  in  this  system  and  the right of any person to
29    receive an annuity or other benefit under this Article, or  a
30    refund  of  contributions,  shall not be subject to judgment,
31    execution,  garnishment,  attachment,  or  other  seizure  by
32    process, in bankruptcy or otherwise,  nor  to  sale,  pledge,
33    mortgage  or  other  alienation, and shall not be assignable.
                            -298-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    The board, however, may deduct from the benefits, refunds and
 2    credits payable to the participant, annuitant or beneficiary,
 3    amounts owed  by the participant or annuitant to the  system.
 4    No  attempted  sale,  transfer  or assignment of any benefit,
 5    refund or credit shall prevent the right of the board to make
 6    the deduction and offset authorized  in  this  Section.   Any
 7    participant  or  annuitant  may authorize the board to deduct
 8    from disability benefits or annuities, premiums due under any
 9    group hospital-surgical insurance program which is  sponsored
10    or  approved  by  any  employer; however, the deductions from
11    disability benefits may not begin prior to 6 months after the
12    disability occurs.
13        A person receiving  an  annuity  or  benefit  under  this
14    Article   may  also  authorize  withholding  from  that  such
15    annuity  or  benefit  for  the  purposes enumerated in and in
16    accordance with  the  provisions  of  the  State  Salary  and
17    Annuity Withholding Act.
18        Public  Act  86-273  This  amendatory  Act  of  1989 is a
19    clarification of existing law  and  shall  be  applicable  to
20    every  participant  and  annuitant  without regard to whether
21    status as an employee terminates before the effective date of
22    that this amendatory Act of 1989.
23    (Source: P.A.  90-65,  eff.  7-7-97;  90-448,  eff.  8-16-97;
24    90-511, eff. 8-22-97; revised 11-17-97.)
25        (40 ILCS 5/16-140) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 16-140)
26        Sec. 16-140.  Survivors' benefits - definitions.
27        (a)  For the purpose of Sections 16-138 through 16-143.2,
28    the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless
29    the context otherwise requires:
30             (1)  "Average  salary":  the  average salary for the
31        highest 4 consecutive years within the last 10  years  of
32        creditable service immediately preceding date of death or
33        retirement,  whichever  is  applicable,  or  the  average
                            -299-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        salary  for  the  total  creditable service if service is
 2        less than 4 years.
 3             (2)  "Member":   any   teacher   included   in   the
 4        membership of the system. However, a teacher who  becomes
 5        an  annuitant  of  the system or a teacher whose services
 6        terminate after 20 years of service from any cause  other
 7        than  retirement  is  considered a member, subject to the
 8        conditions and limitations stated in this Article.
 9             (3)  "Dependent beneficiary": (A) a surviving spouse
10        of a member or annuitant who was married to the member or
11        annuitant for the 12 month period  immediately  preceding
12        and  on  the  date  of death of such member or annuitant,
13        except where a child is born of such marriage,  in  which
14        case the qualifying period shall not be applicable; (A-1)
15        a  surviving  spouse of a member or annuitant who (i) was
16        married to the member or annuitant on  the  date  of  the
17        member  or  annuitant's  death,  (ii)  was married to the
18        member or annuitant for a period of at  least  12  months
19        (but  not necessarily the 12 months immediately preceding
20        the member or annuitant's death), (iii) first applied for
21        a survivor's benefit before April 1, 1997, and  (iv)  has
22        not  received  a  benefit under subsection (a) of Section
23        16-141  or  paragraph  (1)  of  Section  16-142;  (B)  an
24        eligible child of  a  member  or  annuitant;  and  (C)  a
25        dependent parent.
26             Unless   otherwise   designated   by   the   member,
27        eligibility  for  benefits  shall  be in the order named,
28        except that a dependent parent shall be eligible only  if
29        there  is no other dependent beneficiary.  Any benefit to
30        be received by or paid to a dependent beneficiary  to  be
31        determined  under  this paragraph as provided in Sections
32        16-141 and 16-142 may be received by or paid to  a  trust
33        established   for  such  dependent  beneficiary  if  such
34        dependent beneficiary is living at the time such  benefit
                            -300-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        would be received by or paid to such trust.
 2             (4)  "Eligible   child":  an  unmarried  natural  or
 3        adopted child of the member or  annuitant  under  age  18
 4        (age 22 if a full-time student).  An unmarried natural or
 5        adopted  child,  regardless  of  age, who is dependent by
 6        reason of a physical or  mental  disability,  except  any
 7        such  child  receiving  benefits under Article III of the
 8        Illinois Public Aid Code, is eligible for so long as such
 9        physical or  mental  disability  continues.   An  adopted
10        child,  however,  is eligible only if the proceedings for
11        adoption were finalized while the child was a minor.
12             For purposes of this subsection, "disability"  means
13        an   inability  to  engage  in  any  substantial  gainful
14        activity by reason of any medically determinable physical
15        or mental impairment which can be expected to  result  in
16        death  or which has lasted or can be expected to last for
17        a continuous period of not less than 12 months.
18             The changes made  to  this  Section  by  Public  Act
19        90-448  this amendatory Act of 1997, relating to benefits
20        for certain unmarried children who are full-time students
21        under  age  22,  apply  without  regard  to  whether  the
22        deceased member was in service on or after the  effective
23        date  of that this amendatory Act of 1997.  These changes
24        do  not  authorize  the  repayment  of  a  refund  or   a
25        re-election  of  benefits, and any benefit or increase in
26        benefits resulting from  these  changes  is  not  payable
27        retroactively for any period before the effective date of
28        that this amendatory Act of 1997.
29             (5)  "Dependent  parent": a parent who was receiving
30        at least 1/2 of his or  her  support  from  a  member  or
31        annuitant  for  the 12-month period immediately preceding
32        and on the date of such member's  or  annuitant's  death,
33        provided  however,  that such dependent status terminates
34        upon a member's  acceptance  of  a  refund  for  survivor
                            -301-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        benefit contributions as provided under Section 16-142.
 2             (6)  "Non-dependent    beneficiary":   any   person,
 3        organization or other entity designated by the member who
 4        does not qualify as a dependent beneficiary.
 5             (7)  "In service": the condition of a  member  being
 6        in  receipt  of salary as a teacher at any time within 12
 7        months immediately before his  or  her  death,  being  on
 8        leave  of  absence  for  which the member, upon return to
 9        teaching, would be eligible to  purchase  service  credit
10        under  subsection  (b)(5)  of Section 16-127, or being in
11        receipt  of  a  disability  or  occupational   disability
12        benefit.   This  term  does  not include any annuitant or
13        member who  previously  accepted  a  refund  of  survivor
14        benefit  contributions  under  paragraph  (1)  of Section
15        16-142 unless the conditions specified in subsection  (b)
16        of Section 16-143.2 are met.
17        (b)  The change to this Section made by Public Act 90-511
18    this amendatory Act of 1997 applies without regard to whether
19    the  deceased  member or annuitant was in service on or after
20    the effective date of that this amendatory Act.
21    (Source: P.A. 89-430, eff. 12-15-95;  90-448,  eff.  8-16-97;
22    90-511, eff. 8-22-97; revised 11-17-97.)
23        (40 ILCS 5/17-116.6)
24        Sec. 17-116.6. Early retirement incentives.
25        (a)  A  teacher who is covered by a collective bargaining
26    agreement shall not be  eligible  for  the  early  retirement
27    incentives  provided under this Section unless the collective
28    bargaining agent and the Board of Education have entered into
29    an agreement under which the agent agrees  that  any  payment
30    for  accumulated  unused  sick  days to which the employee is
31    entitled upon withdrawal from service  may  be  paid  by  the
32    Board  of  Education in installments over a period of up to 5
33    years, and a copy of this agreement has been filed  with  the
                            -302-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Board of the Fund.
 2        (b)  To  be  eligible  for  the benefits provided in this
 3    Section, a person must:
 4             (1)  be a member of  this  Fund  who  is  a  reserve
 5        teacher as defined in Section 34-1.1 of the School Code;
 6             (2)  have  not  previously  received a bachelor's or
 7        more  advanced  degree  from  an  accredited  college  or
 8        university;
 9             (3)  have  not  previously  received  a   retirement
10        pension under this Article;
11             (4)  file with the Board and the Board of Education,
12        by  the later of 60 days after the effective date of this
13        amendatory Act of  1993  or  60  days  after  becoming  a
14        reserve  teacher, but in no event later than December 31,
15        1995,  a  written  application  requesting  the  benefits
16        provided in this Section;
17             (5)  be eligible to  receive  a  retirement  pension
18        under this Article (for which purpose any age enhancement
19        or  creditable service received under this Section may be
20        used)  and  elect  to  receive  the  retirement   pension
21        beginning no earlier than September 1, 1993, and no later
22        than 120 days after becoming a reserve teacher;
23             (6)  have  attained  age  50 (without the use of any
24        age enhancement or creditable service received under this
25        Section) by the effective date of the retirement pension;
26             (7)  have at least 5  years  of  creditable  service
27        under this Fund or any of the participating systems under
28        the Retirement Systems Reciprocal Act (without the use of
29        any  creditable  service  received under this Section) by
30        the effective date of the retirement pension.
31        (b)  An eligible person may establish up to  5  years  of
32    creditable service under this Section.  In addition, for each
33    period  of creditable service established under this Section,
34    a person's age at retirement shall be deemed to be  increased
                            -303-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    by an equal period.
 2        The creditable service established under this Section may
 3    be   used  for  all  purposes  under  this  Article  and  the
 4    Retirement Systems Reciprocal Act, except for the purposes of
 5    Section 17-116.1, and the determination of average salary  or
 6    compensation under this or any other Article of this Code.
 7        The age enhancement established under this Section may be
 8    used   for   all   purposes  under  this  Article  (including
 9    calculation of a proportionate pension payable by  this  Fund
10    under  the  Retirement  Systems  Reciprocal  Act), except for
11    purposes of the reversionary pension  under  Section  17-120,
12    and  distributions required by federal law on account of age.
13    However, age enhancement established under this Section shall
14    not be used  in  determining  benefits  payable  under  other
15    Articles of this Code under the Retirement Systems Reciprocal
16    Act.
17        (c)  For  all  creditable  service established under this
18    Section, the employer  must  pay  to  the  Fund  an  employer
19    contribution consisting of 12% of the member's highest annual
20    full-time  rate  of  compensation for each year of creditable
21    service granted under this Section.
22        The employer contribution shall be paid to  the  Fund  in
23    one  of  the following ways:  (i) in a single sum at the time
24    of  the  member's  retirement,  (ii)   in   equal   quarterly
25    installments  over  a  period  of  5  years  from the date of
26    retirement, or (iii) subject to the approval of the Board  of
27    the  Fund,  in  unequal installments over a period of no more
28    than 5 years from the date of retirement, as  provided  in  a
29    payment plan designed by the Fund to accommodate the needs of
30    the  employer.   The  employer's failure to make the required
31    contributions in a timely manner shall not affect the payment
32    of the retirement pension.
33        For  all  creditable  service  established   under   this
34    Section,  the  employee  must  pay  to  the  Fund an employee
                            -304-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    contribution consisting of 4% of the member's highest  annual
 2    salary  rate  used  in  the  determination  of the retirement
 3    pension for each year of  creditable  service  granted  under
 4    this  Section.   The  employee contribution shall be deducted
 5    from the retirement annuity in 24 monthly installments.
 6        (d)  An annuitant who has received any age enhancement or
 7    creditable service under this Section and  whose  pension  is
 8    suspended  or  cancelled under Section 17-149 or 17-150 shall
 9    thereby forfeit the age enhancement and  creditable  service.
10    The  forfeiture  of  creditable service under this subsection
11    shall not entitle the employer to a refund  of  the  employer
12    contribution  paid  under this Section, nor to forgiveness of
13    any part of  that  contribution  that  remains  unpaid.   The
14    forfeiture  of creditable service under this subsection shall
15    not  entitle  the  employee  to  a  refund  of  the  employee
16    contribution paid under this Section.
17        (e)  A member who receives any early retirement incentive
18    under Section 17-116.3, 17-116.4, or 17-116.5 may not receive
19    any early retirement incentive under this Section.
20    (Source: P.A. 88-511; revised 12-18-97.)
21        (40 ILCS 5/17-127) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 17-127)
22        Sec. 17-127. Financing; revenues for the Fund.
23        (a)  The revenues for the  Fund  shall  consist  of:  (1)
24    amounts  paid  into the Fund by contributors thereto and from
25    employer contributions and State appropriations in accordance
26    with this Article; (2) amounts contributed to the Fund by  an
27    Employer; (3) amounts contributed to the Fund pursuant to any
28    law   now   in   force   or  hereafter  to  be  enacted;  (4)
29    contributions from any other source; and (5) the earnings  on
30    investments.
31        (b)  The  General  Assembly finds that for many years the
32    State has contributed to the Fund an annual  amount  that  is
33    between  20%  and  30%  of  the  amount  of  the annual State
                            -305-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    contribution to the Article 16  retirement  system,  and  the
 2    General  Assembly  declares that it is its goal and intention
 3    to continue this level of contribution to  the  Fund  in  the
 4    future.
 5    (Source:  P.A.  90-548,  eff.  12-4-97;  90-566, eff. 1-2-98;
 6    revised 1-8-98.)
 7        (40 ILCS 5/17-129) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 17-129)
 8        Sec. 17-129. Employer contributions; deficiency in Fund.
 9        (a)  If in any fiscal year  of  the  Board  of  Education
10    ending  prior to 1997 the total amounts paid to the Fund from
11    the Board of Education (other than under this subsection, and
12    other  than  amounts  used  for  making   or   "picking   up"
13    contributions  on  behalf  of teachers) and from the State do
14    not equal the total contributions made by or on behalf of the
15    teachers for such year, or if the total income of the Fund in
16    any such fiscal year of  the  Board  of  Education  from  all
17    sources  is less than the total such expenditures by the Fund
18    for such year, the Board of  Education  shall,  in  the  next
19    succeeding year, in addition to any other payment to the Fund
20    set  apart  and appropriate from moneys from its tax levy for
21    educational  purposes,  a  sum  sufficient  to  remove   such
22    deficiency  or  deficiencies,  and promptly pay such sum into
23    the Fund in order to restore any of the reserves of the  Fund
24    that  may  have  been  so  temporarily  applied.  Any amounts
25    received by the Fund after December 4, the effective date  of
26    this  amendatory  Act  of  1997  from  State  appropriations,
27    including under Section 17-127, shall be a credit against and
28    shall  fully  satisfy any obligation that may have arisen, or
29    be claimed to have arisen, under this  subsection  (a)  as  a
30    result  of  any deficiency or deficiencies in the fiscal year
31    of the Board of Education ending in calendar year 1997.
32        (b)  (i)  For fiscal years 2011 through 2045, the minimum
33    contribution to the Fund to be made by the Board of Education
                            -306-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    in each fiscal year shall be an amount determined by the Fund
 2    to be sufficient to bring the total assets of the Fund up  to
 3    90% of the total actuarial liabilities of the Fund by the end
 4    of  fiscal  year  2045.   In making these determinations, the
 5    required Board of Education contribution shall be  calculated
 6    each  year  as  a level percentage of the applicable employee
 7    payrolls over the years remaining  to  and  including  fiscal
 8    year  2045  and  shall be determined under the projected unit
 9    credit actuarial cost method.
10        (ii)  For fiscal years 1999 through 2010,  the  Board  of
11    Education's  contribution to the Fund, as a percentage of the
12    applicable employee payroll,  shall  be  increased  in  equal
13    annual  increments  so that by fiscal year 2011, the Board of
14    Education is contributing at the  rate  required  under  this
15    subsection.
16        (iii)  Beginning  in  fiscal year 2046, the minimum Board
17    of Education contribution for each fiscal year shall  be  the
18    amount needed to maintain the total assets of the Fund at 90%
19    of the total actuarial liabilities of the Fund.
20        (iv)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of paragraphs (i),
21    (ii), and (iii) of this subsection (b), for any  fiscal  year
22    the  contribution  to  the  Fund  from the Board of Education
23    shall  not  be  required  to  be  in  excess  of  the  amount
24    calculated as needed to maintain the  assets  (or  cause  the
25    assets to be) at the 90% level by the end of the fiscal year.
26        (v)  Any  contribution by the State to or for the benefit
27    of the Fund, including, without limitation,  as  referred  to
28    under   Section   17-127,  shall  be  a  credit  against  any
29    contribution required to be made by the  Board  of  Education
30    under this subsection (b).
31        (c)  The  Board  shall  determine  the amount of Board of
32    Education contributions required for each fiscal year on  the
33    basis  of  the actuarial tables and other assumptions adopted
34    by the Board and the recommendations of the actuary, in order
                            -307-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    to meet the minimum contribution requirements of  subsections
 2    (a)  and  (b).  Annually, on or before February 28, the Board
 3    shall certify to the Board of Education  the  amount  of  the
 4    required  Board  of  Education  contribution  for  the coming
 5    fiscal year.  The certification shall include a copy  of  the
 6    actuarial recommendations upon which it is based.
 7    (Source:  P.A.  89-15,  eff.  5-30-95;  90-548, eff. 12-4-97;
 8    90-566, eff. 1-2-98; revised 1-8-98.)
 9        (40 ILCS 5/17-156.1) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 17-156.1)
10        Sec. 17-156.1. Increases to retired members.   A  teacher
11    who  retired prior to September 1, 1959 on service retirement
12    pension who  was  at  least  55  years  of  age  at  date  of
13    retirement  and  had  at  least 20 years of validated service
14    shall be entitled to receive benefits under this Section.
15        These benefits shall be in an amount equal to  1-1/2%  of
16    the  total of (1) the initial service retirement pension plus
17    (2) any emeritus payment payable  under  Sections  34-86  and
18    34-87  of  the  School  Code,  approved  March  18,  1961, as
19    amended, multiplied by the number of full years  on  pension.
20    This  payment  shall begin in January of 1970.  An additional
21    1-1/2% shall be added in January  of  each  year  thereafter.
22    Beginning January 1, 1972 the rate of increase in the service
23    retirement  pension each year shall be 2%.  Beginning January
24    1, 1979, the rate  of  increase  in  the  service  retirement
25    pension each year shall be 3%. Beginning January 1, 1990, all
26    automatic  annual  increases payable under this Section shall
27    be calculated as a percentage of the total pension payable at
28    the time of the increase, including all increases  previously
29    granted under this Article, notwithstanding Section 17-157.
30        A  pensioner  who  otherwise  qualifies for the aforesaid
31    benefit shall make a one-time payment  of  1%  of  the  final
32    monthly  average salary multiplied by the number of completed
33    years of service forming the basis of his service  retirement
                            -308-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    pension  or,  if  the  pension  was not computed according to
 2    average salary as defined in Section Sec. 17-116, 1%  of  the
 3    monthly  base  pension  multiplied  by  each complete year of
 4    service forming the basis of his service retirement  pension.
 5    Unless  the  pensioner  rejects the benefits of this Section,
 6    such sum shall be deducted from the pensioner's December 1969
 7    pension check and shall not be refundable.
 8    (Source: P.A. 86-273; revised 8-8-97.)
 9        Section  49.   The  Central  Midwest  Radioactive   Waste
10    Compact Act is amended by changing Section 1 as follows:
11        (45 ILCS 140/1) (from Ch. 127, par. 63v-1)
12        Sec.  1.  The State of Illinois ratifies and approves the
13    following compact:
14                   ARTICLE I.  POLICY AND PURPOSE
15        There is created the Central Midwest Interstate Low-Level
16    Radioactive Waste Compact.
17        The states party  to  this  compact  recognize  that  the
18    Congress  of  the  United  States,  by enacting the Low-Level
19    Radioactive Waste Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 2021),  has  provided
20    for  and  encouraged the development of low-level radioactive
21    waste compacts as a tool for managing such waste.   The party
22    states  also  recognize  that  the  management  of  low-level
23    radioactive waste is handled most efficiently on  a  regional
24    basis;  and,  that  the  safe  and  efficient  management  of
25    low-level  radioactive  waste  generated  within  the  region
26    requires  that  sufficient  capacity  to manage such waste be
27    properly provided.
28        a)  It is the policy of the party states to enter into  a
29    regional  low-level  radioactive waste management compact for
30    the purpose of:
31        1)  providing  the  instrument  and   framework   for   a
32    cooperative effort;
                            -309-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        2)  providing   sufficient   facilities  for  the  proper
 2    management of low-level radioactive waste  generated  in  the
 3    region;
 4        3)  protecting  the  health and safety of the citizens of
 5    the region;
 6        4)  limiting the number of facilities required to  manage
 7    low-level   radioactive   waste   generated   in  the  region
 8    effectively and efficiently;
 9        5)  promoting  the  volume  and   source   reduction   of
10    low-level radioactive waste generated in the region;
11        6)  distributing  the  costs, benefits and obligations of
12    successful low-level radioactive waste  management  equitably
13    among the party states and among generators and other persons
14    who use regional facilities to manage their waste;
15        7)  ensuring  the ecological and economical management of
16    low-level radioactive waste,  including  the  prohibition  of
17    shallow-land burial of waste; and
18        8)  promoting  the  use  of  above-ground  facilities and
19    other  disposal  technologies  providing  greater  and  safer
20    confinement of low-level radioactive waste than  shallow-land
21    burial facilities.
22        b)  Implicit in the Congressional consent to this compact
23    is  the expectation by the Congress and the party states that
24    the appropriate federal agencies  will  actively  assist  the
25    Compact  Commission  and  the individual party states to this
26    compact by:
27        1)  expeditious enforcement of federal rules, regulations
28    and laws;
29        2)  imposition of sanctions against those found to be  in
30    violation of federal rules, regulations and laws; and
31        3)  timely  inspection  of  their  licensees to determine
32    their compliance with these rules, regulations and laws.
33                      ARTICLE II.  DEFINITIONS
34        As used in  this  compact,  unless  the  context  clearly
                            -310-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    requires a different construction:
 2        a)  "Commission"  means  the  Central  Midwest Interstate
 3    Low-Level Radioactive Waste Commission.
 4        b)  "Decommissioning" means the measures taken at the end
 5    of a  facility's  operating  life  to  assure  the  continued
 6    protection  of  the public from any residual radioactivity or
 7    other potential hazards present at a facility.
 8        c)  "Disposal" means the  isolation  of  waste  from  the
 9    biosphere in a permanent facility designed for that purpose.
10        d)  "Eligible  state"  means either the State of Illinois
11    or the Commonwealth of Kentucky.
12        e)  "Extended care" means the continued observation of  a
13    facility  after  closure  for the purpose of detecting a need
14    for   maintenance,   ensuring   environmental   safety,   and
15    determining  compliance   with   applicable   licensure   and
16    regulatory  requirements  and includes undertaking any action
17    or clean-up  necessary  to  protect  public  health  and  the
18    environment   from   radioactive  releases  from  a  regional
19    facility.
20        f)  "Facility" means a parcel of land or  site,  together
21    with   the  structures,  equipment  and  improvements  on  or
22    appurtenant to the land or site, which is used  or  is  being
23    developed for the treatment, storage or disposal of low-level
24    radioactive waste.
25        g)  "Generator"  means a person who produces or possesses
26    low-level radioactive waste in the course of or  incident  to
27    manufacturing,    power   generation,   processing,   medical
28    diagnosis and treatment, research,  or  other  industrial  or
29    commercial  activity  and who, to the extent required by law,
30    is licensed by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory  Commission  or  a
31    party state, to produce or possess such waste.
32        h)  "Host state" means any party state that is designated
33    by the Commission to host a regional facility.
34        i)  "Institutional   control"   means   those  activities
                            -311-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    carried out by the host state to physically control access to
 2    the disposal  site  following  transfer  of  control  of  the
 3    disposal site from the disposal site operator to the state or
 4    federal  government.  These activities must include, but need
 5    not  be  limited  to,  environmental   monitoring,   periodic
 6    surveillance,  minor  custodial  care,  and  other  necessary
 7    activities  at  the site as determined by the host state, and
 8    administration  of  funds  to  cover  the  costs  for   these
 9    activities.   The  period  of  institutional  control will be
10    determined by the host state, but institutional  control  may
11    not be relied upon for more than 100 years following transfer
12    of  control  of  the  disposal  site  to the state or federal
13    government.
14        j)  "Long-term liability" means the financial  obligation
15    to  compensate  any  person  for  medical  and other expenses
16    incurred from damages  to  human  health,  personal  injuries
17    suffered  from  damages to human health and damages or losses
18    to real or personal property, and to provide  for  the  costs
19    for accomplishing any necessary corrective action or clean-up
20    on  real  or personal property caused by radioactive releases
21    from a regional facility.
22        k)  "Low-level  radioactive  waste"  or   "waste"   means
23    radioactive   waste   not   classified   as   (1)  high-level
24    radioactive waste, (2) transuranic waste, (3)  spent  nuclear
25    fuel, or (4) by-product material as defined in Section 11e(2)
26    of  the  Atomic  Energy  Act  of 1954.  This definition shall
27    apply  notwithstanding  any  declaration   by   the   federal
28    government,  a  state  or  any  regulatory  agency  that  any
29    radioactive material is exempt from any regulatory control.
30        l)  "Management  plan"  means  the  plan  adopted  by the
31    Commission for the storage,  transportation,  treatment   and
32    disposal of waste within the region.
33        m)  "Manifest"  means a shipping document identifying the
34    generator of waste, the volume  of  waste,  the  quantity  of
                            -312-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    radionuclides  in the shipment, and such other information as
 2    may be required by the appropriate regulatory agency.
 3        n)  "Party state" means any eligible state  which  enacts
 4    the compact into law and pays the membership fee.
 5        o)  "Person"  means any individual, corporation, business
 6    enterprise or other legal entity, either public  or  private,
 7    and  any  legal successor, representative, agent or agency of
 8    that individual, corporation, business enterprise,  or  legal
 9    entity.
10        p)  "Region"  means  the  geographical  area of the party
11    states.
12        q)  "Regional facility" means any facility as defined  in
13    Article II (f) that is (1) located within the region, and (2)
14    established  by a party state pursuant to designation of that
15    state as a host state by the Commission.
16        r)  "Shallow-land burial" means a land disposal  facility
17    in  which  radioactive  waste is disposed of in or within the
18    upper  30  meters  of  the  earth's  surface;  however,  this
19    definition  shall  not  include  an   enclosed,   engineered,
20    strongly  structurally  enforced  and  solidified bunker that
21    extends below the earth's surface.
22        s)  "Site" means the geographic location of a facility.
23        t)  "Source   reduction"   means   those   administrative
24    practices that reduce the radionuclide  levels  in  low-level
25    radioactive   waste   or   that  prevent  the  generation  of
26    additional low-level radioactive waste.
27        u)  "State" means a  state  of  the  United  States,  the
28    District  of  Columbia,  the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
29    Virgin Islands or any other  territorial  possession  of  the
30    United States.
31        v)  "Storage"  means  the  temporary holding of waste for
32    treatment or disposal.
33        w)  "Treatment" means any method, technique  or  process,
34    including  storage  for radioactive decay, designed to change
                            -313-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the  physical,  chemical  or  biological  characteristics  or
 2    composition of any waste in order to render the  waste  safer
 3    for   transport   or   management,   amenable   to  recovery,
 4    convertible to another usable material or reduced in volume.
 5        x)  "Volume reduction" means those methods including, but
 6    not limited to, biological, chemical, mechanical and  thermal
 7    methods  used  to  reduce  the  amount  of  space  that waste
 8    materials occupy and to put them into  a  form  suitable  for
 9    storage or disposal.
10        y)  "Waste   management"  means  the  source  and  volume
11    reduction, storage, transportation, treatment or disposal  of
12    waste.
13                    ARTICLE III.  THE COMMISSION
14        a)  There  is  created  the  Central  Midwest  Interstate
15    Low-Level  Radioactive  Waste  Commission.  Upon the eligible
16    states becoming party states, the Commission shall consist of
17    two voting Commissioners  from  each  state  eligible  to  be
18    designated  a  host  state  under  Article  VI(b), one voting
19    Commissioner  from  any  other  party  state,  and  for  each
20    regional facility, one  non-voting  Commissioner  who  is  an
21    elected  official  of  local government and a resident of the
22    county where that regional facility is located.  The Governor
23    of each party state shall notify the Commission in writing of
24    its Commissioners and any alternates.
25        b)  Each voting Commissioner is entitled to one vote.  No
26    action of the Commission is binding unless a majority of  the
27    voting  membership  casts  its  vote  in  the affirmative. In
28    addition,  no  agreement  by  the  Commission  under  Article
29    III(i)(1), Article III(i)(2), or Article III(i)(3)  is  valid
30    unless all voting Commissioners from the party state in which
31    the  facility  where  the waste would be sent is located cast
32    their votes in the affirmative.
33        c)  The Commission shall elect annually  from  among  its
34    members  a  chairperson.   The  Commission  shall  adopt  and
                            -314-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    publish,  in  convenient  form, by-laws and policies that are
 2    not inconsistent with this compact, including procedures that
 3    conform with the provisions  of  the  Federal  Administrative
 4    Procedure  Act  (5  U.S.C.  ss.  500  to 559) to the greatest
 5    extent practicable in regard to notice, conduct and recording
 6    of meetings; access by the public to  records;  provision  of
 7    information  to the public; conduct of adjudicatory hearings;
 8    and issuance of decisions.
 9        d)  The Commission shall meet at least once annually  and
10    shall also meet upon the call of any voting Commissioner.
11        e)  All  meetings  of  the  Commission and its designated
12    committees shall  be  open  to  the  public  with  reasonable
13    advance  notice.  The Commission may, by majority vote, close
14    a meeting to  the  public  for  the  purpose  of  considering
15    sensitive  personnel or legal strategy matters.  However, all
16    Commission actions  and  decisions  shall  be  made  in  open
17    meetings  and  appropriately  recorded.   A  roll call may be
18    required upon request of any voting Commissioner.
19        f)  The Commission may establish advisory committees  for
20    the  purpose  of  advising  the  Commission  on  any  matters
21    pertaining  to  waste management, waste generation and source
22    and volume reduction.
23        g)  The Office of the Commission shall  be  in  Illinois.
24    The  Commission  may  appoint  or contract for and compensate
25    such staff necessary to carry out its duties  and  functions.
26    The  staff  shall serve at the Commission's pleasure with the
27    exception that staff hired as the result of securing  federal
28    funds  shall  be  hired and governed under applicable federal
29    statutes  and  regulations.   In  selecting  any  staff,  the
30    Commission  shall  assure  that  the   staff   has   adequate
31    experience  and  formal  training  to carry out the functions
32    assigned to it by the Commission.
33        h)  All files, records and data of the  Commission  shall
34    be  open  to  reasonable  public inspection and may be copied
                            -315-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    upon payment of  reasonable  fees  to  be  established  where
 2    appropriate   by   the  Commission,  except  for  information
 3    privileged  against  introduction  in  judicial  proceedings.
 4    Such fees may be waived or shall be reduced substantially for
 5    not-for-profit organizations.
 6        i)  The Commission may:
 7        1)  Enter into an agreement  with  any  person  to  allow
 8    waste from outside the region to be disposed of at facilities
 9    in the region.  However, no such agreement shall be effective
10    unless and until ratified by a law enacted by the party state
11    to which the waste would be sent for disposal.
12        2)  Enter  into  an  agreement  with  any person to allow
13    waste described in Article VII(a)(6) to be  treated,  stored,
14    or  disposed  of  at  regional  facilities.  However, no such
15    agreement shall be effective unless and until ratified  by  a
16    law  enacted by the host state of the regional facility where
17    the waste would be sent for treatment, storage, or disposal.
18        3)  Enter into an agreement  with  any  person  to  allow
19    waste  from  outside  the  region  to be treated or stored at
20    facilities in the region. However, any such  agreement  shall
21    be  revoked  as  a  matter  of law if, within one year of the
22    effective date of the agreement, a law  is  enacted  ordering
23    the  revocation  by  the party state where the waste would be
24    sent for treatment or storage.
25        4)  Approve, or enter into an agreement with  any  person
26    for, the export of waste from the region.
27        5)  Approve  the  disposal  of waste generated within the
28    region at a facility in the  region  other  than  a  regional
29    facility,  subject  to  the  limitations of Articles V(f) and
30    VII(a)(6).
31        6)  Require that waste generated  within  the  region  be
32    treated  or  stored at available regional facilities, subject
33    to the limitations of Articles V(f), VII(a)(3) and VII(a)(6).
34        7)  Appear as an intervenor or party in  interest  before
                            -316-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    any court of law or any federal, state or local agency, board
 2    or  commission in any matter related to waste management.  In
 3    order to represent its views, the Commission may arrange  for
 4    any    expert   testimony,   reports,   evidence   or   other
 5    participation.
 6        8)  Review the emergency closure of a regional  facility,
 7    determine  the  appropriateness  of  that  closure,  and take
 8    whatever actions are necessary to ensure that  the  interests
 9    of the region are protected, provided that a party state with
10    a  total  volume  of  waste recorded on low-level radioactive
11    waste manifests for any year that is less than 10 percent  of
12    the  total  volume  recorded on such manifests for the region
13    during the same year shall not be designated a host state  or
14    be  required to store the region's waste.  In determining the
15    10 percent exclusion,  there  shall  not  be  included  waste
16    recorded on low-level radioactive waste manifests by a person
17    whose  principal business is providing a service by arranging
18    for the collection,  transportation,  treatment,  storage  or
19    disposal of such waste.
20        9)  Take any action which is appropriate and necessary to
21    perform its duties and functions as provided in this compact.
22        10)  Suspend the privileges or revoke the membership of a
23    party state.
24        j)  The Commission shall:
25        1)  Submit  within  10  days  of  its  execution  to  the
26    governor and the appropriate officers of the legislative body
27    of  the party state in which any affected facility is located
28    a copy of any agreement entered into by the Commission  under
29    Article III(i)(1), Article III(i)(2) or Article III(i)(3).
30        2)  Submit an annual report to, and otherwise communicate
31    with,  the  governors  and  the  appropriate  officers of the
32    legislative  bodies  of  the  party  states   regarding   the
33    activities of the Commission. The annual report shall include
34    a  description of the status of the activities taken pursuant
                            -317-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    to any agreement entered into by the Commission under Article
 2    III(i)(1), Article III(i)(2) or  Article  III(i)(3)  and  any
 3    violation  of any provision thereof, and a description of the
 4    source, volume, activity, and current  status  of  any  waste
 5    from  outside  the  region  or  waste described under Article
 6    VII(a)(6) that was treated, stored  or  disposed  of  in  the
 7    region in the previous year.
 8        3)  Hear,  negotiate, and, as necessary, resolve by final
 9    decision disputes which may arise between  the  party  states
10    regarding this compact.
11        4)  Adopt   and   amend,   as   appropriate,  a  regional
12    management plan that plans for the  establishment  of  needed
13    regional facilities.
14        5)  Adopt an annual budget.
15        k)  Funding  of  the  budget  of  the Commission shall be
16    provided as follows:
17        1)  Each state, upon becoming a party  state,  shall  pay
18    $50,000  to  the  Commission  which  shall  be  used  for the
19    administrative costs of the Commission.
20        2)  Each state hosting a  regional  facility  shall  levy
21    surcharges  on  each user of the regional facility based upon
22    its portion of the total volume and characteristics of wastes
23    managed at that facility.  The surcharges  collected  at  all
24    regional facilities shall:
25        A)  be  sufficient  to  cover  the  annual  budget of the
26    Commission; and
27        B)  be paid to the Commission,  provided,  however,  that
28    each host state collecting surcharges may retain a portion of
29    the  collection  sufficient to cover its administrative costs
30    of collection.
31        l)  The Commission shall keep accurate  accounts  of  all
32    receipts  and  disbursements.   The Commission shall contract
33    with an independent certified public accountant  to  annually
34    audit  all receipts and disbursements of Commission funds and
                            -318-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    to submit an audit  report  to  the  Commission.   The  audit
 2    report  shall  be  made  a  part  of the annual report of the
 3    Commission required by this Article.
 4        m)  The Commission may accept for any of its purposes and
 5    functions and may  utilize  and  dispose  of  any  donations,
 6    grants  of money, equipment, supplies, materials and services
 7    from any state or the United States (or  any  subdivision  or
 8    agency   thereof),   or   interstate   agency,  or  from  any
 9    institution, person, firm or corporation.  The nature, amount
10    and condition, if any, attendant upon any donation  or  grant
11    accepted  or  received  by  the  Commission together with the
12    identity of the donor, grantor or lender, shall  be  detailed
13    in the annual report of the Commission.  The Commission shall
14    establish guidelines for the acceptance of donations, grants,
15    equipment,  supplies, materials and services and shall review
16    such guidelines annually.
17        n)  The Commission is not liable for any costs associated
18    with any of the following:
19        1)  the licensing and construction of any facility;
20        2)  the operation of any facility;
21        3)  the stabilization and closure of any facility;
22        4)  the extended care of any facility;
23        5)  the institutional control, after extended care of any
24    facility; or
25        6)  the transportation of waste to any facility.
26        o)  The  Commission  is  a  legal  entity  separate   and
27    distinct  from the party states and is liable for its actions
28    as a separate and distinct legal  entity.  Commissioners  are
29    not  personally  liable  for  actions  taken by them in their
30    official capacity.
31        p)  Except as  provided  under  Article  III(n),  Article
32    III(o),  Article  VI(p)  and  Article  VI(q), nothing in this
33    compact alters liability for any action, omission, course  of
34    conduct  or  liability  resulting  from  any  causal or other
                            -319-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    relationships.
 2        q)  Any person aggrieved  by  a  final  decision  of  the
 3    Commission  which  adversely affects the legal rights, duties
 4    or privileges  of  such  person,  may  petition  a  court  of
 5    competent jurisdiction, within 60 days after the Commission's
 6    final  decision,  to  obtain  judicial  review  of said final
 7    decision.
 8                ARTICLE IV.  REGIONAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
 9        The Commission shall adopt  a  regional  management  plan
10    designed to ensure the safe and efficient management of waste
11    generated  within  the  region.  In adopting a regional waste
12    management plan the Commission shall:
13        a)  Adopt procedures  for  determining,  consistent  with
14    considerations  of  public  health  and  safety, the type and
15    number of regional facilities which are  presently  necessary
16    and  which  are  projected  to  be  necessary to manage waste
17    generated within the region.
18        b)  Develop  and  adopt  policies  promoting  source  and
19    volume reduction of waste generated within the region.
20        c)  Develop alternative means for the treatment,  storage
21    and  disposal  of  waste,  other  than shallow-land burial or
22    underground injection well.
23        d)  Prepare a draft regional management plan  that  shall
24    be  made  available  in  a  convenient form to the public for
25    comment.  The Commission shall conduct  one  or  more  public
26    hearings  in  each  party  state prior to the adoption of the
27    regional management plan.  The regional management plan shall
28    include the Commission's response to public and  party  state
29    comment.
30         ARTICLE V.  RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF PARTY STATES
31        a)  Each  party  state  shall  act  in  good faith in the
32    performance of acts and courses of conduct which are intended
33    to  ensure  the  provision   of   facilities   for   regional
                            -320-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    availability  and  usage  in  a  manner  consistent with this
 2    compact.
 3        b)  Other  than  the  provisions  of  Article  V(f)   and
 4    VII(a)(6),  each party state has the right to have all wastes
 5    generated within its borders managed at regional  facilities.
 6    This  right  shall  be  subject  to  the  provisions  of this
 7    Compact. All party states have an equal right  of  access  to
 8    any  facility outside the region made available to the region
 9    by any agreement entered into by the Commission  pursuant  to
10    Article III(i)(4).
11        c)  Party  states  or  generators  may  negotiate for the
12    right of access to a facility  outside  the  region  and  may
13    export   waste  outside  the  region  subject  to  Commission
14    approval under Article III(i)(4).
15        d)  To the extent permitted by federal  law,  each  party
16    state  may  enforce  any  applicable  federal and state laws,
17    regulations  and  rules  pertaining  to  the  packaging   and
18    transportation  of  waste generated within or passing through
19    its borders.  Nothing in this Section shall be  construed  to
20    require  a  party  state to enter into any agreement with the
21    U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
22        e)  Each party state shall provide to the Commission  any
23    data and information the Commission requires to implement its
24    responsibilities.    Each  party  state  shall  establish the
25    capability to obtain any data and information required by the
26    Commission.
27        f)  Waste originating from the Maxey Flats nuclear  waste
28    disposal  site  in  Fleming  County,  Kentucky  shall  not be
29    shipped to any facility in Illinois for storage, treatment or
30    disposal.  Disposition of these  wastes  shall  be  the  sole
31    responsibility of the Commonwealth of Kentucky and such waste
32    shall  not  be  subject to the provisions of Article IX(b)(3)
33    and (4) of this compact.
34        ARTICLE VI.  DEVELOPMENT AND OPERATION OF FACILITIES
                            -321-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        a)  Any party state may volunteer to become a host state,
 2    and the Commission may designate that state as a host state.
 3        b)  If all regional facilities required by  the  regional
 4    management  plan are not developed pursuant to Article VI(a),
 5    or upon notification that an existing regional facility  will
 6    be  closed,  the  Commission may designate a party state as a
 7    host state. A party state shall not be designated as  a  host
 8    state  for  any  regional  facility  under this Article VI(b)
 9    unless  that  state's  total  volume  of  waste  recorded  on
10    low-level radioactive waste manifests for any  year  is  more
11    than  10% of the total volume recorded on those manifests for
12    the region during the same  year.   In  determining  the  10%
13    exclusion,  there  shall  not  be  included waste recorded on
14    low-level radioactive  waste  manifests  by  a  person  whose
15    principal  business  is  providing a service by arranging for
16    the  collection,  transportation,   treatment,   storage   or
17    disposal  of  such  waste,  or  waste  described  in  Article
18    VII(a)(6).
19        c)  Each  party  state  designated  as  a  host  state is
20    responsible  for  determining  possible  facility   locations
21    within  its  borders.  The selection of a facility site shall
22    not conflict with applicable federal  and  host  state  laws,
23    regulations  and rules not inconsistent with this compact and
24    shall be based on factors  including,  but  not  limited  to,
25    geological, environmental, engineering and economic viability
26    of possible facility locations.
27        d)  Any  party  state  designated  as  a  host  state may
28    request  the  Commission  to  relieve  that  state   of   the
29    responsibility  to serve as a host state.  The Commission may
30    relieve a party state of this responsibility upon  a  showing
31    by  the  requesting  party  state  that no feasible potential
32    regional facility site of the type it is designated  to  host
33    exists  within  its borders or for other good cause shown and
34    consistent with the purposes of the Compact.
                            -322-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        e)  After a state is  designated  a  host  state  by  the
 2    Commission,  it is responsible for the timely development and
 3    operation of a regional facility.
 4        f)  To the extent permitted by federal and state  law,  a
 5    host state shall regulate and license any facility within its
 6    borders and ensure the extended care of that facility.
 7        g)  The  Commission may designate a party state as a host
 8    state while a  regional  facility  is  in  operation  if  the
 9    Commission determines that an additional regional facility is
10    or may be required to meet the needs of the region.
11        h)  Designation  of  a  host  state is for a period of 20
12    years  or  the  life  of  the  regional  facility  which   is
13    established  under  that  designation,  whichever is shorter.
14    Upon request of a host state, the Commission may  modify  the
15    period of its designation.
16        i)  A  host  state  may  establish  a  fee system for any
17    regional facility within its borders.  The fee  system  shall
18    be  reasonable  and  equitable. This fee system shall provide
19    the host state with sufficient revenue  to  cover  any  costs
20    including,   but   not  limited  to,  the  planning,  siting,
21    licensure,  operation,  pre-closure  corrective   action   or
22    clean-up,  monitoring,  inspection, decommissioning, extended
23    care  and   long-term   liability,   associated   with   such
24    facilities.  This fee system may provide for payment to units
25    of local government affected by a regional facility for costs
26    incurred  in  connection with such facility.  This fee system
27    may also include reasonable revenue beyond the costs incurred
28    for the host state, subject to approval  by  the  Commission.
29    The  fee system shall include incentives for source or volume
30    reduction and may be based on the hazard  of  the  waste.   A
31    host  state  shall  submit  an  annual financial audit of the
32    operation of the regional facility to the Commission.
33        j)  A host state shall ensure that  a  regional  facility
34    located  within  its  borders  which is permanently closed is
                            -323-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    properly decommissioned.  A host state shall also provide for
 2    the extended care of  a  closed  or  decommissioned  regional
 3    facility  within  its  borders  so that the public health and
 4    safety of the state and region are ensured, unless,  pursuant
 5    to  the federal Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982, the federal
 6    government has assumed title  and  custody  of  the  regional
 7    facility  and  the  federal  government  thereby  has assumed
 8    responsibility to provide  for  the  extended  care  of  such
 9    facility.
10        k)  A  host  state intending to close a regional facility
11    located within its borders shall  notify  the  Commission  in
12    writing of its intention and the reasons.  Notification shall
13    be  given  to the Commission at least five years prior to the
14    intended date of closure.  This Section shall not prevent  an
15    emergency  closing  of a regional facility by a host state to
16    protect its air, land and water resources and the health  and
17    safety  of  its citizens.  However, a host state which has an
18    emergency closing of a regional  facility  shall  notify  the
19    Commission in writing within 3 working days of its action and
20    shall,  within  30  working  days  of its action, demonstrate
21    justification for the closing.
22        l)  If a regional facility closes before an additional or
23    new facility becomes operational, waste generated within  the
24    region  may  be shipped temporarily to any location agreed on
25    by the Commission until a regional facility  is  operational,
26    provided  that  the  region's  waste shall not be stored in a
27    party  state  with  a  total  volume  of  waste  recorded  on
28    low-level radioactive waste manifests for any year  which  is
29    less  than 10% of  the total volume recorded on the manifests
30    for the region during the same year.   In determining the 10%
31    exclusion, there shall not  be  included  waste  recorded  on
32    low-level  radioactive  waste  manifests  by  a  person whose
33    principal business is providing a service  by  arranging  for
34    the   collection,   transportation,   treatment,  storage  or
                            -324-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    disposal  of  such  waste,  or  waste  described  in  Article
 2    VII(a)(6).
 3        m)  A party state which is designated as a host state  by
 4    the Commission and fails to fulfill its obligations as a host
 5    state  may have its privileges under the compact suspended or
 6    membership in the compact revoked by the Commission.
 7        n)  The host state shall create  an  "Extended  Care  and
 8    Long-Term  Liability  Fund" and shall allocate sufficient fee
 9    revenues, received pursuant to Article VI(i), to provide  for
10    the costs of:
11        1)  decommissioning and other procedures required for the
12    proper closure of a regional facility;
13        2)  monitoring,  inspection and other procedures required
14    for the proper extended care of a regional facility;
15        3)  undertaking  any  corrective   action   or   clean-up
16    necessary  to  protect  human health and the environment from
17    radioactive releases from a regional facility;
18        4)  compensating  any  person  for  medical   and   other
19    expenses  incurred  from  damages  to  human health, personal
20    injuries suffered from damages to human health and damages or
21    losses to real or personal property,  and  accomplishing  any
22    necessary  corrective  action or clean-up on real or personal
23    property caused  by  radioactive  releases  from  a  regional
24    facility;  the host state may allocate monies in this Fund in
25    amounts as it deems appropriate to purchase insurance  or  to
26    make   other   similar   financial   protection  arrangements
27    consistent with the purposes of this Fund; this Article VI(n)
28    shall in no manner limit the  financial  responsibilities  of
29    the site operator under Article VI(o), the party states under
30    Article  VI(p),  or  any person who sends waste to a regional
31    facility, under Article VI(q).
32        o)  The operator of a regional facility shall purchase an
33    amount of property and third-party liability insurance deemed
34    appropriate by the host state,  pay  the  necessary  periodic
                            -325-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    premiums  at  all  times  and  make  periodic payments to the
 2    Extended Care and Long-Term Liability Fund as  set  forth  in
 3    Article  VI(n)  for such amounts as the host state reasonably
 4    determines is necessary to provide  for  future  premiums  to
 5    continue  such  insurance coverage, in order to pay the costs
 6    of compensating any person for  medical  and  other  expenses
 7    incurred  from  damages  to  human  health, personal injuries
 8    suffered from damages to human health and damages  or  losses
 9    to real or personal property, and accomplishing any necessary
10    corrective  action  or  clean-up on real or personal property
11    caused by radioactive releases from a regional facility.   In
12    the  event  of such costs resulting from radioactive releases
13    from a regional facility,  the  host  state  should,  to  the
14    maximum  extent  possible,  seek  to  obtain monies from such
15    insurance prior to using monies from the  Extended  Care  and
16    Long-Term Liability Fund.
17        p)  All  party  states  shall  be  liable for the cost of
18    extended care and long-term liability  in  excess  of  monies
19    available  from  the  Extended  Care  and Long-Term Liability
20    Fund, as set forth in Article VI(n) and from the property and
21    third-party liability  insurance  as  set  forth  in  Article
22    VI(o).   A  party  state may meet such liability for costs by
23    levying surcharges  upon  generators  located  in  the  party
24    state.   The  extent  of such liability shall be based on the
25    proportionate share of the total volume of  waste  placed  in
26    the  regional  facility  by  generators  located in each such
27    party state.  Such liability shall be joint and several among
28    the party states with a right  of  contribution  between  the
29    party  states.   However,  this  Section shall not apply to a
30    party  state  with  a  total  volume  of  waste  recorded  on
31    low-level radioactive waste manifests for any  year  that  is
32    less  than 10% of the total volume recorded on such manifests
33    for the region during the same year.
34        q)  Any person who sends waste from outside the region or
                            -326-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    waste described in Article VII(a)(6) for  treatment,  storage
 2    or  disposal  at  a regional facility shall be liable for the
 3    cost  of  extended  care  and  long-term  liability  of  that
 4    regional facility in excess of the monies available from  the
 5    Extended  Care  and  Long-Term Liability Fund as set forth in
 6    Article VI(n) and from the property and third-party liability
 7    insurance as set forth in Article VI(o).  The extent  of  the
 8    liability  for the person shall be based on the proportionate
 9    share of the total volume of waste sent by that person to the
10    regional facility.
11              ARTICLE VII.  OTHER LAWS AND REGULATIONS
12        a)  Nothing in this compact:
13        1)  abrogates or limits the applicability of any  act  of
14    Congress  or diminishes or otherwise impairs the jurisdiction
15    of any federal agency  expressly  conferred  thereon  by  the
16    Congress;
17        2)  prevents  the enforcement of any other law of a party
18    state which is not inconsistent with this compact;
19        3)  prohibits any storage or treatment of  waste  by  the
20    generator on its own premises;
21        4)  affects  any  administrative  or  judicial proceeding
22    pending on the effective date of this compact;
23        5)  alters the relations between the respective  internal
24    responsibility  of  the  government  of a party state and its
25    subdivisions;
26        6)  establishes any right to the  treatment,  storage  or
27    disposal  at  any  facility  in  the  region  or provides any
28    authority to prohibit export from the region of waste that is
29    owned or generated by the United States Department of Energy,
30    owned or generated by the United States Navy as a  result  of
31    the  decommissioning  decomissioning of vessels of the United
32    States Navy, or owned or  generated  as  the  result  of  any
33    research,  development,  testing  or production of any atomic
34    weapon; or
                            -327-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        7)  affects the rights and powers of any party  state  or
 2    its  political  subdivisions,  to the extent not inconsistent
 3    with this compact, to regulate and license  any  facility  or
 4    the transportation of waste within its borders or affects the
 5    rights  and powers of any state or its political subdivisions
 6    to tax or impose fees on the waste managed  at  any  facility
 7    within its borders;
 8        8)  requires  a  party  state to enter into any agreement
 9    with the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission; or
10        9)  alters or limits liability of transporters  of  waste
11    and  owners and operators of sites for their acts, omissions,
12    conduct or relationships in accordance with applicable laws.
13        b)  For purposes of this compact, all state laws or parts
14    of laws in conflict with this compact are  hereby  superseded
15    to the extent of the conflict.
16        c)  No law, rule, regulation, fee or surcharge of a party
17    state,  or  of  any of its subdivisions or instrumentalities,
18    may be applied in a manner which  discriminates  against  the
19    generators of another party state.
20        d)  No  person  who  provides  a service by arranging for
21    collection, transportation, treatment, storage or disposal of
22    waste from outside the region shall be allowed to dispose  of
23    any  waste,  regardless  of  origin,  in  the  region  unless
24    specifically permitted under an agreement entered into by the
25    Commission  in  accordance  with  the requirements of Article
26    III(i)(1).
27      ARTICLE VIII.  ELIGIBLE PARTIES, WITHDRAWAL, REVOCATION,
28                    ENTRY INTO FORCE, TERMINATION
29        a)  Eligible parties to this compact  are  the  State  of
30    Illinois   and   Commonwealth   of   Kentucky.    Eligibility
31    terminates on April 15, 1985.
32        b)  An  eligible  state  becomes  a  party state when the
33    state enacts the compact into law and pays the membership fee
34    required in Article III(k)(1).
                            -328-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        c)  The Commission is formed upon the appointment of  the
 2    Commissioners and the tender of the membership fee payable to
 3    the  Commission  by  the    eligible states.  The Governor of
 4    Illinois shall convene the initial meeting of the Commission.
 5    The Commission shall cause legislation to  be  introduced  in
 6    the Congress which grants the consent of the Congress to this
 7    compact,  and  shall  take  action  necessary to organize the
 8    Commission and implement the provisions of this compact.
 9        d)  Other than the special circumstances  for  withdrawal
10    in  Section  (f)  of  this  Article,  either  party state may
11    withdraw from this compact  at  any  time  by  repealing  the
12    authorizing  legislation,  but  no withdrawal may take effect
13    until 5 years after the Governor  of  the  withdrawing  state
14    gives  notice  in writing of the withdrawal to the Commission
15    and to the Governor of the other state.  Withdrawal does  not
16    affect  any  liability already incurred by or chargeable to a
17    party state prior to the time of such withdrawal.   Any  host
18    state which grants a disposal permit for waste generated in a
19    withdrawing  state  shall void the permit when the withdrawal
20    of that state is effective.
21        e)  This compact becomes effective July 1,  1984,  or  at
22    any  date  subsequent  to July 1, 1984, upon enactment by the
23    eligible states.   However,  Article  IX(b)  shall  not  take
24    effect  until  the  Congress  has  by  law  consented to this
25    compact.   The Congress shall have an opportunity to withdraw
26    such  consent  every  5  years.   Failure  of  the   Congress
27    affirmatively  to  withdraw  its  consent  has  the effect of
28    renewing consent  for  an  additional  5  year  period.   The
29    consent given to this compact by the Congress shall extend to
30    the power of the region to ban the shipment of waste into the
31    region   pursuant   to  Article  III(i)(1)  and  to  prohibit
32    exportation  of  waste  generated  within  the  region  under
33    Article III(i)(4).
34        f)  A state which has been designated a  host  state  may
                            -329-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    withdraw  from  the  compact.  The option to withdraw must be
 2    exercised within 90 days of the  date  the  Governor  of  the
 3    designated  state receives written notice of the designation.
 4    Withdrawal becomes  effective  immediately  after  notice  is
 5    given   in   the  following  manner.   The  Governor  of  the
 6    withdrawing  state  shall  give  notice  in  writing  to  the
 7    Commission and to the Governor of each party state.  A  state
 8    which  withdraws from the compact under this Section forfeits
 9    any  funds  already  paid  pursuant  to  this   compact.    A
10    designated  host state which withdraws from the compact after
11    90 days and prior to  fulfilling  its  obligations  shall  be
12    assessed  a  sum the Commission determines to be necessary to
13    cover the costs borne by the Commission and  remaining  party
14    states as a result of that withdrawal.
15                       ARTICLE IX.  PENALTIES
16        a)  Each   party   state   shall  prescribe  and  enforce
17    penalties against any  person  who  is  not  an  official  of
18    another state for violation of any provision of this compact.
19        b)  Unless  authorized  by  the  Commission  pursuant  to
20    Article  III(i), or otherwise provided in this compact, after
21    January 1, 1986 it is a violation of this compact:
22        1)  for any person to deposit at a facility in the region
23    waste from outside the region;
24        2)  for any facility in the region to accept  waste  from
25    outside the region;
26        3)  for  any  person to export from the region waste that
27    is generated within the region;
28        4)  for any person to dispose  of  waste  at  a  facility
29    other than a regional facility;
30        5)  for  any  person  to  deposit  at a regional facility
31    waste described in Article VII(a)(6); or
32        6)  for any regional facility to accept  waste  described
33    in Article VII(a)(6).
34        c)  It  is  a violation of this compact for any person to
                            -330-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    treat or store waste at a  facility  other  than  a  regional
 2    facility  if  such  treatment or storage is prohibited by the
 3    Commission under Article III(i)(6).
 4        d)  Each party state acknowledges that the receipt  by  a
 5    host  state  of waste packaged or transported in violation of
 6    applicable laws, rules  or  regulations  may  result  in  the
 7    imposition  of  sanctions by the host state which may include
 8    suspension or revocation of the violator's right of access to
 9    the facility in the host state.
10        e)  Each party state has the right to seek legal recourse
11    against any party state  which  acts  in  violation  of  this
12    compact.
13              ARTICLE X.  SEVERABILITY AND CONSTRUCTION
14        The  provisions of this compact shall be severable and if
15    any phrase, clause, sentence or provision of this compact  is
16    declared  by a court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary
17    to the Constitution of any participating state or the  United
18    States,  or  if  the applicability thereof to any government,
19    agency, person or circumstance is held invalid, the  validity
20    of  the  remainder  of  this  compact  and  the applicability
21    thereof to any government,  agency,  person  or  circumstance
22    shall  not  be  affected  thereby.   If any provision of this
23    compact shall be held contrary to  the  Constitution  of  any
24    state participating therein, the compact shall remain in full
25    force and effect as to the state affected as to all severable
26    matters.
27    (Source: P.A. 87-1166; revised 7-17-97.)
28        Section 50.  The Public Officer Prohibited Activities Act
29    is amended by changing Section 3 as follows:
30        (50 ILCS 105/3) (from Ch. 102, par. 3)
31        Sec. 3. Prohibited interest in contracts.
32        (a)  No  person holding any office, either by election or
                            -331-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    appointment under the laws or Constitution of this State, may
 2    be in any manner financially interested directly in  his  own
 3    name   or  indirectly  in  the  name  of  any  other  person,
 4    association, trust, or corporation, in any  contract  or  the
 5    performance  of  any  work  in the making or letting of which
 6    such officer may be called upon  to  act  or  vote.  No  such
 7    officer  may  represent,  either  as  agent or otherwise, any
 8    person, association, trust, or corporation, with  respect  to
 9    any  application or bid for any contract or work in regard to
10    which such officer may be called upon to vote.  Nor  may  any
11    such  officer  take  or receive, or offer to take or receive,
12    either directly or indirectly, any money or  other  thing  of
13    value  as a gift or bribe or means of influencing his vote or
14    action in his  official  character.  Any  contract  made  and
15    procured in violation hereof is void.  This Section shall not
16    apply   to  any  person  serving  on  an  advisory  panel  or
17    commission or to any director serving on a hospital  district
18    board as provided under subsection (a-5) of Section 13 of the
19    Hospital District Law.
20        (b)  However,  any  elected  or  appointed  member of the
21    governing body may provide materials, merchandise,  property,
22    services, or labor, subject to the following provisions under
23    either paragraph (1) or (2):
24             (1)  If:
25             A.  the   contract   is   with   a   person,   firm,
26        partnership,  association,  corporation,  or  cooperative
27        association  in  which  such  interested  member  of  the
28        governing body of the municipality has less than a 7 1/2%
29        share in the ownership; and
30             B.  such  interested  member  publicly discloses the
31        nature and extent of his  interest  prior  to  or  during
32        deliberations   concerning  the  proposed  award  of  the
33        contract; and
34             C.  such interested member abstains from  voting  on
                            -332-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        the  award of the contract, though he shall be considered
 2        present for the purposes of establishing a quorum; and
 3             D.  such contract is approved by a majority vote  of
 4        those members presently holding office; and
 5             E.  the contract is awarded after sealed bids to the
 6        lowest  responsible  bidder if the amount of the contract
 7        exceeds $1500, or awarded without bidding if  the  amount
 8        of the contract is less than $1500; and
 9             F.  the  award  of  the contract would not cause the
10        aggregate amount of all such contracts so awarded to  the
11        same person, firm, association, partnership, corporation,
12        or  cooperative  association  in  the same fiscal year to
13        exceed $25,000.,
14             (2)  If:
15             A.  the award of  the  contract  is  approved  by  a
16        majority  vote  of the governing body of the municipality
17        provided that any such interested  member  shall  abstain
18        from voting; and
19             B.  the  amount  of  the  contract  does  not exceed
20        $2,000; and
21             C.  the award of the contract would  not  cause  the
22        aggregate  amount of all such contracts so awarded to the
23        same person, firm, association, partnership, corporation,
24        or cooperative association in the  same  fiscal  year  to
25        exceed $4,000; and
26             D.  such  interested  member  publicly discloses the
27        nature and extent of his  interest  prior  to  or  during
28        deliberations   concerning  the  proposed  award  of  the
29        contract; and
30             E.  such interested member abstains from  voting  on
31        the  award of the contract, though he shall be considered
32        present for the purposes of establishing a quorum.
33        (b-5)  In addition to the above exemptions,  any  elected
34    or  appointed  member  of  the  governing  body  may  provide
                            -333-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    materials, merchandise, property, services, or labor if:
 2             A.  the   contract   is   with   a   person,   firm,
 3        partnership,  association,  corporation,  or  cooperative
 4        association   in  which  the  interested  member  of  the
 5        governing body of the municipality,  advisory  panel,  or
 6        commission has less than a 1% share in the ownership; and
 7             B.  the  award  of  the  contract  is  approved by a
 8        majority vote of the governing body of  the  municipality
 9        provided  that  any  such interested member shall abstain
10        from voting; and
11             C.  such interested member  publicly  discloses  the
12        nature  and  extent  of  his  interest  before  or during
13        deliberations  concerning  the  proposed  award  of   the
14        contract; and
15             D.  such  interested  member abstains from voting on
16        the award of the contract, though he shall be  considered
17        present for the purposes of establishing a quorum.
18        (c)  A  contract  for  the  procurement of public utility
19    services by a public entity with a public utility company  is
20    not  barred  by  this  Section  by one or more members of the
21    governing body of the  public  entity  being  an  officer  or
22    employee   of  the  public  utility  company  or  holding  an
23    ownership interest of no more  than  7  1/2%  in  the  public
24    utility company, or holding an ownership interest of any size
25    if  the  public entity is a municipality with a population of
26    less than 7,500 and the public utility's rates  are  approved
27    by the Illinois Commerce Commission.  An elected or appointed
28    member of the governing body of the public entity having such
29    an interest shall be deemed not to have a prohibited interest
30    under this Section.
31        (d)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Section
32    or any other law to the contrary, until January  1,  1994,  a
33    member   of  the  city  council  of  a  municipality  with  a
34    population under 20,000 may purchase  real  estate  from  the
                            -334-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    municipality,  at a price of not less than  100% of the value
 2    of the real estate as determined by a written  MAI  certified
 3    appraisal  or  by  a  written  certified appraisal of a State
 4    certified or licensed real estate appraiser, if the  purchase
 5    is  approved  by a unanimous vote of the city council members
 6    then holding  office  (except  for  the  member  desiring  to
 7    purchase   the  real  estate,  who  shall  not  vote  on  the
 8    question).
 9        (e)  For the purposes of this Section only,  a  municipal
10    officer  shall  not be deemed interested if the officer is an
11    employee of a company or owns or holds an interest of  1%  or
12    less in the municipal officer's individual name in a company,
13    or  both,  that  company  is  involved  in the transaction of
14    business with the municipality, and that company's  stock  is
15    traded on a nationally recognized securities market, provided
16    the  interested  member: (i) publicly discloses the fact that
17    he or she is an employee or holds an interest of 1%  or  less
18    in a company before deliberation of the proposed award of the
19    contract;   (ii)   refrains  from  evaluating,  recommending,
20    approving,  deliberating,  or  otherwise   participating   in
21    negotiation,  approval,  or  both,  of the contract, work, or
22    business; (iii) abstains from voting  on  the  award  of  the
23    contract  though  he  or  she shall be considered present for
24    purposes of establishing a quorum; and (iv) the  contract  is
25    approved  by  a  majority  vote  of  those  members currently
26    holding office.
27        A municipal officer shall not be deemed interested if the
28    officer owns or holds an interest of 1% or less, not  in  the
29    officer's  individual  name  but  through a mutual fund, in a
30    company, that company  is  involved  in  the  transaction  of
31    business  with  the municipality, and that company's stock is
32    traded on a nationally recognized securities market.
33    (Source: P.A.  90-197,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-364,  eff,  1-1-98;
34    revised 10-28-97.)
                            -335-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Section 51.  The Industrial Building Revenue Bond Act  is
 2    amended by changing Section 6 as follows:
 3        (50 ILCS 445/6) (from Ch. 85, par. 876)
 4        Sec.  6.  A  resolution  authorizing  issuance  of  bonds
 5    pursuant  to this Act may contain covenants as to (a) the use
 6    and disposition of the income and  revenues  from  industrial
 7    projects  for  which  the  bonds  are  issued,  including the
 8    creation and maintenance of reserves;  (b)  the  issuance  of
 9    other or additional bonds payable from or with respect to the
10    income  from the industrial projects; (c) the maintenance and
11    repair of the industrial projects; (d) the  insurance  to  be
12    carried  on  the  industrial  projects and the disposition of
13    insurance proceeds; and (e) the terms  and  conditions  under
14    which   bondholders   or   their  trustees  are  entitled  to
15    appointment of a receiver by the circuit court with power  to
16    take  possession  of  an  industrial  project  and  to lease,
17    maintain, set payments for, and receive and apply income from
18    the industrial project in the same manner  and  to  the  same
19    extent as the authority.
20        A resolution authorizing issuance of bonds under this Act
21    may  provide  that the principal and interest on bonds issued
22    under authority of this Act be secured by a mortgage or trust
23    deed covering the industrial project for which the bonds  are
24    issued,  and  include  subsequent improvements or extensions.
25    The  mortgage  or  trust  deed  may  contain  covenants   and
26    agreements   to   safeguard  the  bonds.  The  covenants  and
27    agreements  shall  be  provided   for   in   the   resolution
28    authorizing  issuance of the bonds and shall be executed in a
29    manner provided for in  the  resolution.  The  covenants  and
30    agreements  shall  not  be  inconsistent  with  this  Act.  A
31    mortgage or deed of trust by which  a  security  interest  is
32    created,  or a financing statement relating thereto, need not
33    be filed under the Uniform Commercial Code, or otherwise,  in
                            -336-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    order  to  perfect  such  security  interest,  except  in the
 2    records of the authority.
 3        The provisions  of  this  Act,  resolutions  adopted  and
 4    mortgages  and  trust  deeds executed under authority of this
 5    Act are contracts with the bondholders and  shall  remain  in
 6    effect  until  the principal and interest on the bonds issued
 7    are paid.
 8        The duties of the authority and its  governing  body  and
 9    officers  under  this  Act, resolutions adopted and mortgages
10    and trust deeds executed, are  enforceable  enforcible  by  a
11    bondholder by mandamus, injunction, foreclosure of a mortgage
12    or  trust  deed  or  other  appropriate  civil  action in the
13    appropriate circuit court.
14    (Source: P.A. 83-345; revised 6-27-97.)
15        Section 52.  The Counties Code  is  amended  by  changing
16    Sections  3-7002,  3-7005, 3-14010, 5-1006.5, 5-1012, 5-1093,
17    5-12001, 5-30004, 5-30011, 6-5002, and 6-12003 as follows:
18        (55 ILCS 5/3-7002) (from Ch. 34, par. 3-7002)
19        Sec. 3-7002.  Cook County Sheriff's Merit Board. There is
20    created the Cook County Sheriff's  Merit  Board,  hereinafter
21    called  the  Board,  consisting of 5 members appointed by the
22    Sheriff with the advice and  consent  of  the  county  board,
23    except   that  on  and  after  the  effective  date  of  this
24    amendatory Act  of  1997,  the  Sheriff  may  appoint  2  two
25    additional members, with the advice and consent of the county
26    board,  at  his  or  her  discretion.   Of  the members first
27    appointed, one shall serve until the third Monday  in  March,
28    1965 one until the third Monday in March, 1967, and one until
29    the  third Monday in March, 1969. Of the 2 additional members
30    first appointed under authority of  this  amendatory  Act  of
31    1991,  one shall serve until the third Monday in March, 1995,
32    and one until the third Monday in March, 1997.
                            -337-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Upon the expiration of the terms of office of those first
 2    appointed (including the 2 additional members first appointed
 3    under authority  of  this  amendatory  Act  of  1991),  their
 4    respective  successors shall be appointed to hold office from
 5    the third Monday in March of the  year  of  their  respective
 6    appointments for a term of 6 years and until their successors
 7    are  appointed  and qualified for a like term.  As additional
 8    members are appointed under authority of this amendatory  Act
 9    of   1997,   their   terms  shall  be  set  to  be  staggered
10    consistently with the terms of the existing Board members. No
11    more than 3 members of the Board shall be affiliated with the
12    same political party, except that as additional  members  are
13    appointed  by  the Sheriff under authority of this amendatory
14    Act of 1997, the political affiliation of the Board shall  be
15    such  that  no  more  than  one-half  of the members plus one
16    additional member may be affiliated with the  same  political
17    party.   No  member  shall have held or have been a candidate
18    for an elective public office within one year  preceding  his
19    or her appointment.
20        The Sheriff may deputize members of the Board.
21    (Source:  P.A.  90-447,  eff.  8-16-97; 90-511, eff. 8-22-97;
22    revised 11-17-97.)
23        (55 ILCS 5/3-7005) (from Ch. 34, par. 3-7005)
24        Sec. 3-7005.  Meetings. As soon as practicable after  the
25    members  of  the  Board have been appointed, they shall meet,
26    upon the call of the Sheriff, and shall organize by selecting
27    a  chairman  and  a  secretary.  The  initial  chairman   and
28    secretary,  and  their  successors,  shall be selected by the
29    Board from among its members for a term of 2 years or for the
30    remainder of their term of office as a member of  the  Board,
31    whichever  is  the shorter.  Two members Forty percent of the
32    Board shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of
33    business,  except  that  as  additional members are appointed
                            -338-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    under authority of this amendatory Act of 1997, the number of
 2    members that must be present to constitute a quorum shall  be
 3    the  number  of  members  that constitute at least 40% of the
 4    Board.  The Board shall hold regular quarterly  meetings  and
 5    such other meetings as may be called by the chairman.
 6    (Source:  P.A.  90-447,  eff.  8-16-97; 90-511, eff. 8-22-97;
 7    revised 11-17-97.)
 8        (55 ILCS 5/3-14010) (from Ch. 34, par. 3-14010)
 9        Sec. 3-14010.  Department of Data Processing.  The  Board
10    of  Commissioners  has  authority  to  create  and maintain a
11    Department of Data Processing to which may be  assigned  such
12    powers  as the County Board may deem necessary for the proper
13    functioning  of  County  government.  This   department   has
14    authority  to  service  all  County  departments, offices and
15    agencies established under the Board  of  Commissioners.  The
16    Board   of  Commissioners  may  enter  into  agreements  with
17    constitutional  officers  of  county  government   for   such
18    services  by  the  Department  of  Data Processing within the
19    respective offices  of  such  elected  county  officers.  The
20    department  shall  be  headed  by  a  Director,  who shall be
21    appointed by the President with the advice advise and consent
22    of the Board of Commissioners.
23    (Source: P.A. 86-962; revised 6-27-97.)
24        (55 ILCS 5/5-1006.5)
25        Sec. 5-1006.5.  Special County Retailers' Occupation  Tax
26    For Public Safety.
27        (a)  The county board of any county may impose a tax upon
28    all  persons  engaged  in  the  business  of selling tangible
29    personal property, other than  personal  property  titled  or
30    registered  with  an  agency  of  this State's government, at
31    retail in the county on the gross  receipts  from  the  sales
32    made  in the course of business to provide revenue to be used
                            -339-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    exclusively for public safety purposes in that county,  if  a
 2    proposition for the tax has been submitted to the electors of
 3    that county and approved by a majority of those voting on the
 4    question.   If  imposed,  this  tax  shall be imposed only in
 5    one-quarter percent increments.  By  resolution,  the  county
 6    board  may  order  the  proposition  to  be  submitted at any
 7    election.  The county clerk shall certify the question to the
 8    proper election authority, who shall submit  the  proposition
 9    at an election in accordance with the general election law.
10        The  proposition  shall be in substantially the following
11    form:
12             "Shall (name of county) be authorized  to  impose  a
13        public  safety  tax  at the rate of .... upon all persons
14        engaged in the  business  of  selling  tangible  personal
15        property  at  retail in the county on gross receipts from
16        the sales made in the course of their business to be used
17        for crime prevention, detention, and other public  safety
18        purposes?"
19    Votes  shall  be recorded as Yes or No.  If a majority of the
20    electors voting on the proposition vote in favor of  it,  the
21    county may impose the tax.
22        This  additional  tax  may not be imposed on the sales of
23    food for human consumption that is to  be  consumed  off  the
24    premises  where  it  is sold (other than alcoholic beverages,
25    soft drinks, and food which has been prepared  for  immediate
26    consumption) and prescription and non-prescription medicines,
27    drugs,   medical   appliances   and  insulin,  urine  testing
28    materials, syringes, and needles used by diabetics.  The  tax
29    imposed  by  a  county  under  this  Section  and  all  civil
30    penalties  that  may  be  assessed  as an incident of the tax
31    shall be collected and enforced by the Illinois Department of
32    Revenue.  The certificate of registration that is  issued  by
33    the  Department to a retailer under the Retailers' Occupation
34    Tax Act shall permit the retailer to  engage  in  a  business
                            -340-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    that  is  taxable  without  registering  separately  with the
 2    Department  under  an  ordinance  or  resolution  under  this
 3    Section.  The Department has full  power  to  administer  and
 4    enforce  this Section, to collect all taxes and penalties due
 5    under this Section, to dispose  of  taxes  and  penalties  so
 6    collected  in  the  manner  provided  in this Section, and to
 7    determine all rights to credit memoranda arising  on  account
 8    of  the  erroneous  payment  of  a  tax or penalty under this
 9    Section.  In the administration of and compliance  with  this
10    Section,  the  Department and persons who are subject to this
11    Section shall (i) have the same rights, remedies, privileges,
12    immunities, powers, and duties, (ii) be subject to  the  same
13    conditions,   restrictions,   limitations,   penalties,   and
14    definitions  of  terms,  and  (iii)  employ the same modes of
15    procedure as are prescribed in Sections 1, 1a, 1a-1, 1d,  1e,
16    1f, 1i, 1j, 2, 2-5, 2-5.5, 2-10 (in respect to all provisions
17    contained  in  those  Sections  other  than the State rate of
18    tax), 2-15 through 2-70, 2a, 2b,  2c,  3  (except  provisions
19    relating   to   transaction   returns   and  quarter  monthly
20    payments), 4, 5, 5a, 5b, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5f, 5g, 5h, 5i, 5j,  5k,
21    5l,  6,  6a,  6b, 6c, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 11a, 12, and 13 of the
22    Retailers' Occupation Tax Act and Section 3-7 of the  Uniform
23    Penalty  and  Interest  Act  as  if those provisions were set
24    forth in this Section.
25        Persons subject to any tax imposed  under  the  authority
26    granted  in  this  Section may reimburse themselves for their
27    sellers' tax liability by separately stating the  tax  as  an
28    additional charge, which charge may be stated in combination,
29    in a single amount, with State tax which sellers are required
30    to  collect under the Use Tax Act, pursuant to such bracketed
31    schedules as the Department may prescribe.
32        Whenever the Department determines that a  refund  should
33    be made under this Section to a claimant instead of issuing a
34    credit  memorandum,  the  Department  shall  notify the State
                            -341-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Comptroller, who shall cause the order to be  drawn  for  the
 2    amount  specified and to the person named in the notification
 3    from the Department.  The refund shall be paid by  the  State
 4    Treasurer   out   of  the  County  Public  Safety  Retailers'
 5    Occupation Tax Fund.
 6        (b)  If a tax has been imposed under  subsection  (a),  a
 7    service occupation tax shall also be imposed at the same rate
 8    upon  all  persons engaged, in the county, in the business of
 9    making sales of service, who, as an incident to making  those
10    sales  of service, transfer tangible personal property within
11    the county as an incident to a sale of service. This tax  may
12    not be imposed on sales of food for human consumption that is
13    to  be consumed off the premises where it is sold (other than
14    alcoholic beverages,  soft  drinks,  and  food  prepared  for
15    immediate  consumption) and prescription and non-prescription
16    medicines,  drugs,  medical  appliances  and  insulin,  urine
17    testing materials, syringes, and needles used  by  diabetics.
18    The tax imposed under this subsection and all civil penalties
19    that  may  be  assessed  as  an  incident  thereof  shall  be
20    collected  and  enforced  by  the  Department of Revenue. The
21    Department has full power  to  administer  and  enforce  this
22    subsection; to collect all taxes and penalties due hereunder;
23    to  dispose of taxes and penalties so collected in the manner
24    hereinafter provided; and to determine all rights  to  credit
25    memoranda  arising on account of the erroneous payment of tax
26    or  penalty  hereunder.    In  the  administration  of,   and
27    compliance  with  this subsection, the Department and persons
28    who are subject to this paragraph shall  (i)  have  the  same
29    rights, remedies, privileges, immunities, powers, and duties,
30    (ii)   be  subject  to  the  same  conditions,  restrictions,
31    limitations,   penalties,   exclusions,    exemptions,    and
32    definitions  of  terms,  and  (iii)  employ the same modes of
33    procedure as are prescribed in Sections 1a-1, 2 (except  that
34    the   reference  to  State  in  the  definition  of  supplier
                            -342-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    maintaining a place of business in this State shall mean  the
 2    county),  2a,  3  through  3-50 (in respect to all provisions
 3    therein other than the State rate of tax), 4 (except that the
 4    reference to the State shall be  to  the  county),  5,  7,  8
 5    (except  that  the  jurisdiction  to which the tax shall be a
 6    debt to the extent indicated in that Section 8 shall  be  the
 7    county),  9  (except  as  to  the  disposition  of  taxes and
 8    penalties collected, and except that the returned merchandise
 9    credit for this tax may not be taken against any State  tax),
10    10, 11, 12 (except the reference therein to Section 2b of the
11    Retailers' Occupation Tax Act), 13 (except that any reference
12    to  the  State shall mean the county), the first paragraph of
13    Section 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 and 20 of the  Service  Occupation
14    Tax  Act  and Section 3-7 of the Uniform Penalty and Interest
15    Act, as fully as if those provisions were set forth herein.
16        Persons subject to any tax imposed  under  the  authority
17    granted in this subsection may reimburse themselves for their
18    serviceman's  tax  liability by separately stating the tax as
19    an  additional  charge,  which  charge  may  be   stated   in
20    combination,   in  a  single  amount,  with  State  tax  that
21    servicemen are authorized to collect under  the  Service  Use
22    Tax  Act,  in  accordance  with such bracket schedules as the
23    Department may prescribe.
24        Whenever the Department determines that a  refund  should
25    be  made  under  this  subsection  to  a  claimant instead of
26    issuing a credit memorandum, the Department shall notify  the
27    State  Comptroller,  who  shall cause the warrant to be drawn
28    for the amount specified, and to the  person  named,  in  the
29    notification  from  the Department.  The refund shall be paid
30    by the State  Treasurer  out  of  the  County  Public  Safety
31    Retailers' Occupation Fund.
32        Nothing   in   this  subsection  shall  be  construed  to
33    authorize the county to impose a tax upon  the  privilege  of
34    engaging  in any business which under the Constitution of the
                            -343-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    United States may not be made the subject of taxation by  the
 2    State.
 3        (c)  The  Department  shall  immediately  pay over to the
 4    State Treasurer,  ex  officio,  as  trustee,  all  taxes  and
 5    penalties  collected  under this Section to be deposited into
 6    the County Public  Safety  Retailers'  Occupation  Tax  Fund,
 7    which  shall  be an unappropriated trust fund held outside of
 8    the State treasury.  On  or  before  the  25th  day  of  each
 9    calendar  month,  the Department shall prepare and certify to
10    the Comptroller the disbursement of stated sums of  money  to
11    the   counties  from  which  retailers  have  paid  taxes  or
12    penalties to  the  Department  during  the  second  preceding
13    calendar  month.   The amount to be paid to each county shall
14    be the amount  (not  including  credit  memoranda)  collected
15    under this Section during the second preceding calendar month
16    by the Department plus an amount the Department determines is
17    necessary to offset any amounts that were erroneously paid to
18    a  different  taxing  body,  and  not including (i) an amount
19    equal to  the  amount  of  refunds  made  during  the  second
20    preceding  calendar  month by the Department on behalf of the
21    county and (ii) any amount that the Department determines  is
22    necessary  to  offset  any  amounts  that  were  payable to a
23    different taxing  body  but  were  erroneously  paid  to  the
24    county.   Within  10 days after receipt by the Comptroller of
25    the disbursement certification to the counties  provided  for
26    in  this  Section  to  be  given  to  the  Comptroller by the
27    Department, the Comptroller shall  cause  the  orders  to  be
28    drawn   for   the   respective  amounts  in  accordance  with
29    directions contained in the certification.
30        In addition to the disbursement required by the preceding
31    paragraph, an allocation shall be made in March of each  year
32    to   each   county   that  received  more  than  $500,000  in
33    disbursements under the preceding paragraph in the  preceding
34    calendar year.  The allocation shall be in an amount equal to
                            -344-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the  average  monthly  distribution  made to each such county
 2    under the preceding paragraph during the  preceding  calendar
 3    year  (excluding  the  2  months  of  highest receipts).  The
 4    distribution made in March of each  year  subsequent  to  the
 5    year  in  which  an  allocation  was  made  pursuant  to this
 6    paragraph and the preceding paragraph shall be reduced by the
 7    amount allocated and disbursed under this  paragraph  in  the
 8    preceding  calendar  year.   The Department shall prepare and
 9    certify to the Comptroller for disbursement  the  allocations
10    made in accordance with this paragraph.
11        (d)  For   the   purpose   of   determining   the   local
12    governmental unit whose tax is applicable, a retail sale by a
13    producer  of  coal  or another mineral mined in Illinois is a
14    sale at retail at the place where the coal or  other  mineral
15    mined   in  Illinois  is  extracted  from  the  earth.   This
16    paragraph does not apply to coal or another mineral  when  it
17    is  delivered  or shipped by the seller to the purchaser at a
18    point outside Illinois so that the sale is exempt  under  the
19    United States Constitution as a sale in interstate or foreign
20    commerce.
21        (e)  Nothing  in  this  Section  shall  be  construed  to
22    authorize  a  county  to  impose  a tax upon the privilege of
23    engaging in any business that under the Constitution  of  the
24    United States may not be made the subject of taxation by this
25    State.
26        (e-5)  If  a county imposes a tax under this Section, the
27    county board may, by ordinance, discontinue or lower the rate
28    of the tax.  If the county  board  lowers  the  tax  rate  or
29    discontinues the tax, a referendum must be held in accordance
30    with  subsection (a) of this Section in order to increase the
31    rate of the tax or to reimpose the discontinued tax.
32        (f)  The  results   of   any   election   authorizing   a
33    proposition to impose a tax under this Section or effecting a
34    change in the rate of tax, or any ordinance lowering the rate
                            -345-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    or  discontinuing  the  tax, shall be certified by the county
 2    clerk and filed with the Illinois Department of Revenue on or
 3    before the first day of  June.  The  Illinois  Department  of
 4    Revenue  shall  then  proceed  to administer and enforce this
 5    Section or to lower the rate or discontinue the tax,  as  the
 6    case  may  be,  as of the first day of January next following
 7    the filing.
 8        (g)  When certifying the amount of a monthly disbursement
 9    to a county under this Section, the Department shall increase
10    or decrease the amounts by an amount necessary to offset  any
11    miscalculation  of previous disbursements.  The offset amount
12    shall be the amount erroneously disbursed within the previous
13    6 months from the time a miscalculation is discovered.
14        (h)  This Section may be cited  as  the  "Special  County
15    Occupation Tax For Public Safety Law".
16        (i)  For   purposes  of  this  Section,  "public  safety"
17    includes  but  is  not  limited  to  fire  fighting,  police,
18    medical, ambulance, or other emergency services.
19    (Source: P.A.  89-107,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-718,  eff.  3-7-97;
20    90-190,  eff.  7-24-97;  90-267,  eff.  7-30-97; 90-552, eff.
21    12-12-97; 90-562, eff. 12-16-97; revised 12-30-97.)
22        (55 ILCS 5/5-1012) (from Ch. 34, par. 5-1012)
23        Sec. 5-1012. Issuance of county bonds.  When  the  county
24    board  of any county deems it necessary to issue county bonds
25    to enable them to perform any of the duties imposed upon them
26    by law, they may, by an order, entered of record,  specifying
27    the  amount  of bonds required, and the object for which they
28    are to be issued, submit to the legal voters of their county,
29    at any election, the question of issuing such  county  bonds.
30    The  county  board  shall  certify the question to the proper
31    election officials  who  shall  submit  the  question  at  an
32    election  in  accordance  with  the general election law. The
33    amount of the bonds so issued shall not exceed, including the
                            -346-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    then existing indebtedness of the county,  5.75%  of  on  the
 2    value of such taxable property of such county, as ascertained
 3    by  the  assessment  for  the  State  and  county tax for the
 4    preceding year or, until January 1, 1983, if greater, the sum
 5    that is produced by multiplying the county's  1978  equalized
 6    assessed  valuation  by  the  debt  limitation  percentage in
 7    effect on January  1,  1979.  The  proposition  shall  be  in
 8    substantially  the  following  form:  "For  county bonds", or
 9    "Against county bonds", and if a majority  of  the  votes  on
10    that  question shall be "For county bonds", such county board
11    may issue such bonds in  such  denominations  as  the  county
12    board  may  determine  of  not  less  than  $25 each, payable
13    respectively, in not less than one, nor more than  20  years,
14    with  interest payable annually or semi-annually, at the rate
15    of not  more  than  the  greater  of  (i)  the  maximum  rate
16    authorized  by  the Bond Authorization Act, as amended at the
17    time of the making of the contract, or  (ii)  8%  per  annum.
18    This  Section  shall  not require submission to the voters of
19    the county of bond issues authorized  to  be  issued  without
20    such  submission to the voters under Section 5-1027 or 5-1062
21    or under Division 5-33, 6-6, 6-8 or 6-27 of this Code.
22        With respect to instruments  for  the  payment  of  money
23    issued  under  this Section or its predecessor either before,
24    on, or after the effective date of Public Act 86-4, it is and
25    always has been the intention of  the  General  Assembly  (i)
26    that   the  Omnibus  Bond  Acts  are  and  always  have  been
27    supplementary  grants  of  power  to  issue  instruments   in
28    accordance  with  the  Omnibus  Bond  Acts, regardless of any
29    provision of this Act  or  "An  Act  to  revise  the  law  in
30    relation  to  counties",  approved  March  31, 1874, that may
31    appear to be or to have  been  more  restrictive  than  those
32    Acts,  (ii)  that  the  provisions  of  this  Section  or its
33    predecessor  are  not  a  limitation  on  the   supplementary
34    authority  granted  by  the Omnibus Bond Acts, and (iii) that
                            -347-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    instruments issued under  this  Section  or  its  predecessor
 2    within  the  supplementary  authority  granted by the Omnibus
 3    Bond Acts are not invalid because of any  provision  of  this
 4    Act  or  "An  Act to revise the law in relation to counties",
 5    approved March 31, 1874, that may appear to  be  or  to  have
 6    been more restrictive than those Acts.
 7    (Source: P.A. 86-962; 86-1028; 86-1463; revised 12-18-97.)
 8        (55 ILCS 5/5-1093) (from Ch. 34, par. 5-1093)
 9        Sec.  5-1093.  Federal  funds. A county board may receive
10    funds from the United States government under the Housing and
11    Community Development Act of 1974,  Public  Law  93-383;  the
12    National  Affordable Housing Act of 1990, Public Law 101-625;
13    and the Housing and Community Development Act of 1992, Public
14    Law 102-550 and may disburse those  funds  and  other  county
15    funds  for  community  development  and other housing program
16    activities.
17        The powers granted by this Section shall not be exercised
18    within the boundaries of any city,  village  or  incorporated
19    town unless the approval of the corporate authorities of such
20    municipality is first obtained.
21        The  powers  granted  by  this Section are in addition to
22    powers otherwise possessed by  a  county  and  shall  not  be
23    construed as as a limitations of such other powers.
24    (Source: P.A. 88-28; revised 12-18-97.)
25        (55 ILCS 5/5-12001) (from Ch. 34, par. 5-12001)
26        Sec.   5-12001.  Authority   to   regulate  and  restrict
27    location and use of structures.
28        For the purpose of promoting the public  health,  safety,
29    morals, comfort and general welfare, conserving the values of
30    property   throughout   the  county,  lessening  or  avoiding
31    congestion in the public streets and highways, and  lessening
32    or  avoiding  the  hazards  to persons and damage to property
                            -348-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    resulting from the accumulation or runoff of storm  or  flood
 2    waters, the county board or board of county commissioners, as
 3    the  case  may  be,  of  each county, shall have the power to
 4    regulate and restrict the  location  and  use  of  buildings,
 5    structures  and land for trade, industry, residence and other
 6    uses which may be specified by such board,  to  regulate  and
 7    restrict the intensity of such uses, to establish building or
 8    setback  lines  on  or  along  any street, trafficway, drive,
 9    parkway or  storm  or  floodwater  runoff  channel  or  basin
10    outside the limits of cities, villages and incorporated towns
11    which  have  in effect municipal zoning ordinances; to divide
12    the entire county outside the limits of such cities, villages
13    and incorporated towns into districts of such number,  shape,
14    area  and  of such different classes, according to the use of
15    land and buildings, the  intensity  of  such  use  (including
16    height  of  buildings  and  structures  and  surrounding open
17    space) and other classification as may be deemed best  suited
18    to carry out the purposes of this Division; to prohibit uses,
19    buildings  or  structures  incompatible with the character of
20    such districts respectively; and to prevent additions to  and
21    alteration  or remodeling of existing buildings or structures
22    in such a way as to avoid the  restrictions  and  limitations
23    lawfully  imposed  hereunder:  Provided,  that  permits  with
24    respect  to  the  erection,  maintenance, repair, alteration,
25    remodeling or extension of buildings or structures used or to
26    be used for agricultural purposes shall be issued free of any
27    charge.  The corporate  authorities  of  the  county  may  by
28    ordinance  require  the  construction  of  fences  around  or
29    protective  covers  over  previously  constructed  artificial
30    basins  of  water  dug in the ground and used for swimming or
31    wading, which are located on private residential property and
32    intended for the  use  of  the  owner  and  guests.   In  all
33    ordinances  or resolutions passed under the authority of this
34    Division,  due  allowance  shall   be   made   for   existing
                            -349-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    conditions,   the   conservation   of  property  values,  the
 2    directions of building development to the best  advantage  of
 3    the  entire county, and the uses to which property is devoted
 4    at the time  of  the  enactment  of  any  such  ordinance  or
 5    resolution.
 6        The  powers by this Division given shall not be exercised
 7    so as to deprive the owner of any existing  property  of  its
 8    use  or  maintenance  for  the  purpose  to  which it is then
 9    lawfully devoted; nor shall they be exercised so as to impose
10    regulations or require permits with respect to land used  for
11    agricultural  purposes,  which  includes  the growing of farm
12    crops, truck garden  crops,  animal  and  poultry  husbandry,
13    apiculture,      aquaculture,     dairying,     floriculture,
14    horticulture, nurseries, tree farms,  sod  farms,  pasturage,
15    viticulture,    and    wholesale    greenhouses   when   such
16    agricultural purposes constitute the  principal  activity  on
17    the  land, other than parcels of land consisting of less than
18    5 acres from which $1,000 or less  of  agricultural  products
19    were  sold in any calendar year in counties with a population
20    between 300,000 and 400,000 or in counties  contiguous  to  a
21    county  with  a  population  between 300,000 and 400,000, and
22    other than parcels of land consisting of less than 5 acres in
23    counties with a population in  excess  of  400,000,  or  with
24    respect  to  the  erection,  maintenance, repair, alteration,
25    remodeling or extension of buildings or structures used or to
26    be used for agricultural purposes upon such land except  that
27    such buildings or structures for agricultural purposes may be
28    required  to  conform  to  building  or  set  back  lines and
29    counties may establish a minimum lot size for  residences  on
30    land  used  for  agricultural  purposes;  nor  shall any such
31    powers be so exercised as to prohibit the  temporary  use  of
32    land  for  the  installation,  maintenance  and  operation of
33    facilities used by contractors  in  the  ordinary  course  of
34    construction  activities,  except that such facilities may be
                            -350-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    required to be located not less  than  1,000  feet  from  any
 2    building  used  for residential purposes, and except that the
 3    period of such temporary use shall not exceed the duration of
 4    the construction contract; nor shall any such powers  include
 5    the  right to specify or regulate the type or location of any
 6    poles, towers, wires, cables, conduits, vaults,  laterals  or
 7    any  other similar distributing equipment of a public utility
 8    as defined in the Public utilities Act, if the public utility
 9    is subject to the Messages Tax Act, the Gas Revenue  Tax  Act
10    or the Public Utilities Revenue Act, or if such facilities or
11    equipment  are  located on any rights of way and are used for
12    railroad purposes, nor shall any such powers be exercised  in
13    any  respect  as  to  the  facilities,  as defined in Section
14    5-12001.1, of a telecommunications carrier, as  also  defined
15    therein,  except to the extent and in the manner set forth in
16    Section  5-12001.1.   As  used  in  this  Act,  "agricultural
17    purposes" do not include the extraction of  sand,  gravel  or
18    limestone,  and  such  activities  may be regulated by county
19    zoning ordinance even when such activities are related to  an
20    agricultural purpose.
21        Nothing  in  this Division shall be construed to restrict
22    the  powers  granted  by  statute  to  cities,  villages  and
23    incorporated towns as to territory contiguous to but  outside
24    of  the  limits  of  such  cities,  villages and incorporated
25    towns. Any zoning ordinance enacted by  a  city,  village  or
26    incorporated  town shall supersede, with respect to territory
27    within the corporate limits of the municipality,  any  county
28    zoning  plan  otherwise  applicable.  The  powers  granted to
29    counties by this Division shall be treated as in addition  to
30    powers conferred by statute to control or approve maps, plats
31    or  subdivisions.   In this Division, "agricultural purposes"
32    include,  without  limitation,   the   growing,   developing,
33    processing,  conditioning,  or  selling  of hybrid seed corn,
34    seed beans, seed oats, or other farm seeds.
                            -351-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Nothing in this Division shall be construed  to  prohibit
 2    the  corporate  authorities  of  a  county  from  adopting an
 3    ordinance that exempts pleasure driveways or park  districts,
 4    as  defined  in  the Park District Code, with a population of
 5    greater than 100,000,  from  the  exercise  of  the  county's
 6    powers under this Division.
 7    (Source:  P.A.  89-654,  eff.  8-14-96;  90-261, eff. 1-1-98;
 8    90-522, eff. 1-1-98; revised 11-4-97.)
 9        (55 ILCS 5/5-30004) (from Ch. 34, par. 5-30004)
10        Sec.  5-30004.   Authority  to   protect   and   preserve
11    landmarks  and  preservation  districts.  The county board of
12    each county shall have the following authority:
13        (1)  to establish and appoint by ordinance a preservation
14    study committee and to take any reasonable temporary  actions
15    to  protect  potential  landmarks  and preservation districts
16    during the term of an appointed preservation study committee;
17        (2)  to establish and appoint by ordinance a preservation
18    commission  upon  recommendation  of  a  preservation   study
19    committee;
20        (3)  to  conduct  an  ongoing  survey  of  the  county to
21    identify buildings, structures, areas, sites  and  landscapes
22    that  are  of  historic,  archaeological,  architectural,  or
23    scenic  significance,  and  therefore  potential landmarks or
24    preservation districts;
25        (4)  to designate by ordinance landmarks and preservation
26    districts  upon  the   recommendation   of   a   preservation
27    commission  and  to establish a system of markers, plaques or
28    certificates  for  designated  landmarks   and   preservation
29    districts;
30        (5)  to  prepare  maps  showing the location of landmarks
31    and preservation districts, publish educational  information,
32    and  prepare  educational  programs  concerning landmarks and
33    preservation districts and their designation and protection;
                            -352-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (6)  to exercise any  of  the  powers  and  authority  in
 2    relation  to regional planning and zoning granted counties by
 3    Divisions 5-12 and  5-14,  for  the  purpose  of  protecting,
 4    preserving   and   continuing   the   use  of  landmarks  and
 5    preservation districts;
 6        (7)  to nominate landmarks and historic districts to  any
 7    state or federal registers of historic places;
 8        (8)  to  appropriate  and  expend  funds to carry out the
 9    purposes of this Division;
10        (9)  to review applications for construction, alteration,
11    removal or demolition affecting landmarks or property  within
12    preservation districts;
13        (10)  to  acquire  by  negotiated  purchase  any interest
14    including conservation rights in  landmarks  or  in  property
15    within   preservation   districts,  or  property  immediately
16    adjacent  to  or  surrounding   landmarks   or   preservation
17    districts;
18        (11)  to  apply for and accept any gift, grant or bequest
19    from any private or public source, including agencies of  the
20    federal  or  State  government, for any purpose authorized by
21    this Division;
22        (12)  to  establish  a  system  for   the   transfer   of
23    development rights including, as appropriate, a mechanism for
24    the  deposit  of  development  rights in a development rights
25    bank, and for the transfer of development  rights  from  that
26    development  rights bank in the same manner as authorized for
27    municipalities by Section 11-48.2-2 11-48.2 of  the  Illinois
28    Municipal Code.  All receipts arising from the transfer shall
29    be  deposited  in  a  special  county  account  to be applied
30    against expenditures necessitated by the county  program  for
31    the  designation and protection of landmarks and preservation
32    districts.  Any  development   rights   acquired,   sold   or
33    transferred  from  a  development rights bank, shall not be a
34    "security" as that term is defined  in  Section  2.1  of  The
                            -353-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Illinois Securities Law of 1953, and shall be exempt from all
 2    requirements for the registration of securities.
 3        (13)  to  establish  a  loan  or  grant  program from any
 4    source of funds for  designated  landmarks  and  preservation
 5    districts  and  to  issue  interest  bearing revenue bonds or
 6    general obligation bonds pursuant to ordinance enacted by the
 7    county  board,  after  compliance   with   requirements   for
 8    referendum,  payable from the revenues to be derived from the
 9    operation of  any  landmark  or  of  any  property  within  a
10    preservation district;
11        (14)  to  abate  real  property  taxes on any landmark or
12    property within a  preservation  district  to  encourage  its
13    preservation  and  continued  use  or  to  provide relief for
14    owners unduly burdened by designation;
15        (15)  to  advise  and  assist  owners  of  landmarks  and
16    property  within  preservation  districts  on  physical   and
17    financial aspects of preservation, renovation, rehabilitation
18    and reuse;
19        (16)  to  advise  cities, villages or incorporated towns,
20    upon request of the appropriate official of the municipality,
21    concerning enactment of ordinances to  protect  landmarks  or
22    preservation districts;
23        (17)  to  exercise  within  the  boundaries  of any city,
24    village, or incorporated town any of the powers and authority
25    granted counties by this Division so long  as  the  corporate
26    authorities  by  ordinance  or by intergovernmental agreement
27    pursuant  to  the  Intergovernmental  Cooperation   Act,   or
28    pursuant  to Article 7, Section 10 of the Constitution of the
29    State of Illinois have  authorized  the  county  preservation
30    commission  established  by  authority  of  this  Division to
31    designate landmarks  or  preservation  districts  within  its
32    corporate boundaries, and such county preservation commission
33    shall  have  only  those  powers,  duties and legal authority
34    provided in this Division;
                            -354-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (18)  to exercise any of the above powers to preserve and
 2    protect property  owned  by  any  unit  of  local  government
 3    including  counties,  or  to review alteration, construction,
 4    demolition  or  removal  undertaken  by  any  unit  of  local
 5    government  including  counties  that  affect  landmarks  and
 6    preservation districts.
 7        (19)  to exercise any other power or authority  necessary
 8    or appropriate to carrying out the purposes of this Division,
 9    including  those  powers  and  authorities listed in Sections
10    5-30010 and 5-30011.
11    (Source: P.A. 86-962; revised 12-18-97.)
12        (55 ILCS 5/5-30011) (from Ch. 34, par. 5-30011)
13        Sec.  5-30011.   Authority  of  preservation  commission.
14    Every preservation commission established by ordinance of the
15    county board pursuant to the report  and  recommendations  of
16    the  preservation  study  committee  shall have the following
17    powers and authority:
18        (1)  To conduct  an  ongoing  survey  of  the  county  to
19    identify  buildings,  structures, areas, sites and landscapes
20    that  are  of  historic,  archaeological,  architectural,  or
21    scenic significance, and  therefore  potential  landmarks  or
22    preservation districts;
23        (2)  To  hold public hearings and recommend to the county
24    board the designation of landmarks or preservation  districts
25    identified in the survey;
26        (3)  To   compile   information  concerning  and  prepare
27    descriptions of,  the  landmarks  or  preservation  districts
28    identified   and   recommended   for   designation,  and  the
29    characteristics that meet the standards for designation;
30        (4)  To prepare, keep current, and publish a map or  maps
31    showing  the  locations and exact boundaries of both proposed
32    and designated landmarks and preservation districts, and,  if
33    the  preservation  commission  so  chooses, the locations and
                            -355-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    boundaries  of  designated  State  or  federal  landmarks  or
 2    districts;
 3        (5)  To keep a register of all designated  landmarks  and
 4    preservation districts;
 5        (6)  To  establish  an  appropriate  system of markers or
 6    plaques  for  all  designated  landmarks   and   preservation
 7    districts,  and  for streets, roads and highways leading from
 8    one landmark or  preservation  district  to  another  and  to
 9    confer  recognition  upon the owners of landmarks or property
10    within  preservation  districts  by  means  of  certificates,
11    plaques or markers;
12        (7)  To nominate landmarks and historic districts to  any
13    state or federal registers of historic places;
14        (8)  To  advise advice and assist owners of landmarks and
15    property  within  preservation  districts  on  physical   and
16    financial aspects of preservation, renovation, rehabilitation
17    and  reuse,  and  on procedures for inclusion on any state or
18    federal register of historic places;
19        (9)  To inform and educate the  citizens  of  the  county
20    concerning  the  historic,  archaeological, architectural, or
21    scenic heritage of the county by publishing appropriate maps,
22    newsletters, brochures and pamphlets, and by holding programs
23    and seminars;
24        (10)  To hold public hearings and to review  applications
25    for construction, alteration, removal or demolition affecting
26    landmarks or property within preservation districts and issue
27    or deny certificates of appropriateness for such actions;
28        (11)  To   consider   applications  for  certificates  of
29    economic hardship that would allow the  performance  of  work
30    for  which  a  certificate  of appropriateness may be, or has
31    been denied;
32        (12)  To develop specific criteria and guidelines for the
33    proper alteration, construction,  demolition  or  removal  of
34    landmarks, or of property within preservation districts;
                            -356-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (13)  To    review    proposed   amendments   to   zoning
 2    regulations, applications for special  uses  or  applications
 3    for   zoning   variations   that   affect   any  landmark  or
 4    preservation   district.    Proposed    zoning    amendments,
 5    applications for special use or zoning variations that affect
 6    any  landmark  or  preservation  district  as  defined in the
 7    ordinance establishing the preservation commission  shall  be
 8    transmitted  to  the  preservation  commission for review and
 9    comment prior to the  date  of  the  hearing  by  the  county
10    regional plan commission or zoning board of appeals;
11        (14)  To  administer  on  behalf  of the county board any
12    property, or full  or  partial  interest  in  real  property,
13    including  a conservation right, which the county may have or
14    accept as a gift or otherwise, upon designation by the county
15    board;
16        (15)  To accept and administer on behalf  of  the  county
17    board such gifts, grants and money or other personal property
18    as may be appropriate for the purposes of this Division. Such
19    money  may  be expended for publishing maps and brochures, or
20    for  hiring  staff  persons  or  consultants  or   performing
21    otherwise  appropriate  functions for the purpose of carrying
22    out the duties and powers of the preservation commission  and
23    the purposes of this Division;
24        (16)  To  administer any system established by the county
25    board for the transfer of development rights;
26        (17)  To call upon available county  agencies  and  staff
27    members as well as other experts for technical advice;
28        (18)  To  retain  such  specialists or consultants, or to
29    appoint  such  citizen,   neighborhood   or   area   advisory
30    committees, as may be required from time to time;
31        (19)  To   testify  before  all  boards  and  commissions
32    including any county regional plan commission, and the zoning
33    board  of  appeal  on  any  matter  affecting  potential   or
34    designated landmarks or preservation districts;
                            -357-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (20)  To  periodically  review  any  county comprehensive
 2    plan  and  to  develop  a  preservation  component   in   any
 3    comprehensive  plan  of the county and to recommend it to the
 4    county regional plan commission and the county board;
 5        (21)  To periodically  consult  with  the  county  zoning
 6    administrator  and  review  any  county  zoning ordinance and
 7    building code and to recommend to the  county  regional  plan
 8    commission  and  the  county board any amendments appropriate
 9    for the protection and continued use of landmarks or property
10    within preservation districts;
11        (22)  To adopt rules and procedures for operation of  the
12    preservation  commission  and  the  conduct  of  hearings and
13    meetings;
14        (23)  To undertake any other action or activity necessary
15    or appropriate  to  the  implementation  of  its  powers  and
16    duties,   or  to  implementation  of  the  purposes  of  this
17    Division.
18    (Source: P.A. 86-962; revised 12-18-97.)
19        (55 ILCS 5/6-5002) (from Ch. 34, par. 6-5002)
20        Sec. 6-5002. Resolution authorizing bonds. The resolution
21    authorizing the issuance of  such  bonds  shall  specify  the
22    total amount of bonds to be issued, the form and denomination
23    of the bonds, the date they are to bear, the place where they
24    are  payable,  the date or dates of maturity, which shall not
25    be more than 20 years after the date the bonds bear, the rate
26    of  interest  which  shall  not  exceed  the   maximum   rate
27    authorized  by  the Bond Authorization Act, as amended at the
28    time of the making of the contract, and the  dates  on  which
29    interest is payable.
30        Such  resolution  shall  prescribe all the details of the
31    bonds and shall provide for the  levy  and  collection  of  a
32    direct annual tax upon all taxable property within the county
33    sufficient  to  pay  the principal thereof at maturity and to
                            -358-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    pay the interest thereon as it falls due, which tax shall not
 2    be subject to any statutory  limitations  relative  to  taxes
 3    which may be extended for county purposes.
 4        With  respect  to  instruments  for  the payment of money
 5    issued under this Section or its predecessor  either  before,
 6    on, or after the effective date of Public Act 86-4, it is and
 7    always  has  been  the  intention of the General Assembly (i)
 8    that  the  Omnibus  Bond  Acts  are  and  always  have   been
 9    supplementary   grants  of  power  to  issue  instruments  in
10    accordance with the Omnibus  Bond  Acts,  regardless  of  any
11    provision  of these Sections 6-5001 through 6-5005 or "An Act
12    to authorize the issuance of bonds by a  county  having  more
13    than 500,000 inhabitants for the purchase of voting machines,
14    and  to  provide for the payment therefor", approved July 20,
15    1949, that may appear to be or to have been more  restrictive
16    than  those Acts, (ii) that the provisions of this Section or
17    its predecessor are not a  limitation  on  the  supplementary
18    authority  granted  by  the Omnibus Bond Acts, and (iii) that
19    instruments issued under  this  Section  or  its  predecessor
20    within  the  supplementary  authority  granted by the Omnibus
21    Bond Acts are not invalid because of any provision  of  these
22    Sections  6-5001  through  6-5005 or "An Act to authorize the
23    issuance of bonds  by  a  county  having  more  than  500,000
24    inhabitants  ihabitants  for the purchase of voting machines,
25    and to provide for the payment therefor", approved  July  20,
26    1949,  that may appear to be or to have been more restrictive
27    than those Acts.
28    (Source: P.A. 86-962; 86-1028; revised 7-21-97.)
29        (55 ILCS 5/6-12003) (from Ch. 34, par. 6-12003)
30        Sec. 6-12003. Issuance  of  bonds;  maturity.  All  bonds
31    issued  under the provisions of this Division shall be signed
32    in the name of the county by the chairman of the county board
33    and shall be countersigned by the county clerk and shall have
                            -359-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the seal of the county attached  thereto.  Such  bonds  shall
 2    mature at such time or times as is fixed by said county board
 3    provided  that all of such bonds shall mature within 20 years
 4    from their date and  bear  interest  at  not  to  exceed  the
 5    maximum  rate  authorized  by  the Bond Authorization Act, as
 6    amended at the time of the making of  the  contract,  payable
 7    annually  or  semi-annually,  and  may  be sold as the county
 8    board may direct at not less than par and  accrued  interest,
 9    and  the proceeds derived from the sale thereof shall be used
10    solely and only for the payment of such claims, or the  bonds
11    may  be exchanged par for par for such claims, such bonds may
12    be delivered from time to time or all at one time.
13        With respect to instruments  for  the  payment  of  money
14    issued  under  this Section or its predecessor either before,
15    on, or after the effective date of Public Act 86-4, it is and
16    always has been the intention of  the  General  Assembly  (i)
17    that   the  Omnibus  Bond  Acts  are  and  always  have  been
18    supplementary  grants  of  power  to  issue  instruments   in
19    accordance  with  the  Omnibus  Bond  Acts, regardless of any
20    provision of this Division or "An Act to authorize any county
21    having a population of less than 5,000 to issue funding bonds
22    and to provide for the validation validaton of claims  to  be
23    paid  by  or  from the proceeds of such bonds, and to provide
24    for a tax to pay the principal and interest of  said  bonds",
25    approved  August  15,  1961, that may appear to be or to have
26    been  more  restrictive  than  those  Acts,  (ii)  that   the
27    provisions  of  this  Section  or  its  predecessor are not a
28    limitation on the  supplementary  authority  granted  by  the
29    Omnibus  Bond  Acts,  and (iii) that instruments issued under
30    this Section or  its  predecessor  within  the  supplementary
31    authority  granted  by  the Omnibus Bond Acts are not invalid
32    because of any provision of  this  Division  or  "An  Act  to
33    authorize  any  county having a population of less than 5,000
34    to issue funding bonds and to provide for the  validation  of
                            -360-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    claims  to be paid by or from the proceeds of such bonds, and
 2    to provide for a tax to pay the  principal  and  interest  of
 3    said  bonds", approved August 15, 1961, that may appear to be
 4    or to have been more restrictive than those Acts.
 5    (Source: P.A. 86-962; 86-1028; revised 7-21-97.)
 6        Section 53.  The County Economic Development Project Area
 7    Property Tax Allocation Act is amended by changing Sections 3
 8    and 8 as follows:
 9        (55 ILCS 85/3) (from Ch. 34, par. 7003)
10        Sec. 3.  Definitions.  In this Act, words or terms  shall
11    have  the following meanings unless the context usage clearly
12    indicates that another meaning is intended.
13        (a)  "Department" means the Department  of  Commerce  and
14    Community Affairs.
15        (b)  "Economic  development  plan" means the written plan
16    of a county which sets forth an economic development  program
17    for  an  economic  development  project  area.  Each economic
18    development plan shall include but  not  be  limited  to  (1)
19    estimated economic development project costs, (2) the sources
20    of  funds  to  pay such costs, (3) the nature and term of any
21    obligations to be issued by the county to pay such costs, (4)
22    the most recent equalized assessed valuation of the  economic
23    development  project  area,  (5) an estimate of the equalized
24    assessed valuation of the economic development  project  area
25    after  completion  of  the economic development plan, (6) the
26    estimated date of  completion  of  any  economic  development
27    project  proposed to be undertaken, (7) a general description
28    of any proposed developer, user, or tenant of any property to
29    be  located  or  improved  within  the  economic  development
30    project area, (8) a description of the  type,  structure  and
31    general  character  of  the  facilities  to  be  developed or
32    improved in the economic  development  project  area,  (9)  a
                            -361-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    description of the general land uses to apply in the economic
 2    development  project  area,  (10)  a description of the type,
 3    class and number of employees to be employed in the operation
 4    of the facilities to be developed or improved in the economic
 5    development project area and (11) a commitment by the  county
 6    to  fair  employment practices and an affirmative action plan
 7    with respect  to  any  economic  development  program  to  be
 8    undertaken by the county.
 9        (c)  "Economic development project" means any development
10    project in furtherance of the objectives of this Act.
11        (d)  "Economic   development   project  area"  means  any
12    improved or vacant area which is located within the corporate
13    limits of a county and which (1) is within the unincorporated
14    area of such county, or, with the  consent  of  any  affected
15    municipality,  is located partially within the unincorporated
16    area  of  such  county  and  partially  within  one  or  more
17    municipalities, (2) is contiguous, (3) is  not  less  in  the
18    aggregate  than  100 acres, (4) is suitable for siting by any
19    commercial,   manufacturing,    industrial,    research    or
20    transportation enterprise of facilities to include but not be
21    limited  to commercial businesses, offices, factories, mills,
22    processing   plants,   assembly   plants,   packing   plants,
23    fabricating plants,  industrial  or  commercial  distribution
24    centers,  warehouses,  repair overhaul or service facilities,
25    freight terminals, research facilities,  test  facilities  or
26    transportation  facilities, whether or not such area has been
27    used at any time for such facilities and whether or  not  the
28    area  has  been  used  or is suitable for such facilities and
29    whether or not the area has been  used  or  is  suitable  for
30    other  uses,  including commercial agricultural purposes, and
31    (5) which has been certified by the  Department  pursuant  to
32    this Act.
33        (e)  "Economic   development  project  costs"  means  and
34    includes the sum total of all reasonable or  necessary  costs
                            -362-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    incurred  by  a  county incidental to an economic development
 2    project, including, without limitation, the following:
 3             (1)  Costs of studies, surveys, development of plans
 4        and specifications, implementation and administration  of
 5        an  economic development plan, personnel and professional
 6        service  costs  for  architectural,  engineering,  legal,
 7        marketing, financial,  planning,  sheriff,  fire,  public
 8        works  or  other  services,  provided that no charges for
 9        professional services may be based  on  a  percentage  of
10        incremental tax revenue;
11             (2)  Property  assembly  costs  within  an  economic
12        development  project  area,  including but not limited to
13        acquisition of land and other real or  personal  property
14        or   rights   or   interests  therein,  and  specifically
15        including    payments    to    developers    or     other
16        non-governmental  persons  as  reimbursement for property
17        assembly  costs  incurred  by  such  developer  or  other
18        non-governmental person;
19             (3)  Site  preparation  costs,  including  but   not
20        limited  to  clearance  of  any  area  within an economic
21        development project area by demolition or removal of  any
22        existing  buildings,  structures, fixtures, utilities and
23        improvements and  clearing  and  grading;  and  including
24        installation,  repair,  construction,  reconstruction, or
25        relocation of public streets, public utilities, and other
26        public site improvements within or  without  an  economic
27        development  project  area  which  are  essential  to the
28        preparation of the economic development project area  for
29        use  in accordance with an economic development plan; and
30        specifically including payments to  developers  or  other
31        non-governmental   persons   as  reimbursement  for  site
32        preparation  costs  incurred   by   such   developer   or
33        non-governmental person;
34             (4)  Costs     of     renovation,    rehabilitation,
                            -363-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        reconstruction, relocation, repair or remodeling  of  any
 2        existing  buildings, improvements, and fixtures within an
 3        economic  development  project  area,  and   specifically
 4        including     payments    to    developers    or    other
 5        non-governmental persons as reimbursement for such  costs
 6        incurred by such developer or non-governmental person;
 7             (5)  Costs   of   construction  within  an  economic
 8        development  project   area   of   public   improvements,
 9        including  but  not  limited  to,  buildings, structures,
10        works, improvements, utilities or fixtures;
11             (6)  Financing costs, including but not  limited  to
12        all  necessary  and  incidental  expenses  related to the
13        issuance of obligations, payment of any interest  on  any
14        obligations  issued  hereunder  which  accrues during the
15        estimated  period  of  construction   of   any   economic
16        development project for which such obligations are issued
17        and  for  not  exceeding  36  months  thereafter, and any
18        reasonable reserves  related  to  the  issuance  of  such
19        obligations;
20             (7)  All or a portion of a taxing district's capital
21        costs  resulting  from  an  economic  development project
22        necessarily incurred or estimated to  be  incurred  by  a
23        taxing  district  in the furtherance of the objectives of
24        an economic development project, to the extent  that  the
25        county  by written agreement accepts, approves and agrees
26        to incur or to reimburse such costs;
27             (8)  Relocation costs to the extent  that  a  county
28        determines  that  relocation  costs  shall  be paid or is
29        required to make payment of relocation costs  by  federal
30        or State law;
31             (9)  The  estimated  tax revenues from real property
32        in an economic development project  area  acquired  by  a
33        county which, according to the economic development plan,
34        is  to  be  used  for  a private use and which any taxing
                            -364-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        district would have received had the county  not  adopted
 2        property   tax   allocation  financing  for  an  economic
 3        development project area and which would result from such
 4        taxing district's levies  made  after  the  time  of  the
 5        adoption   by  the  county  of  property  tax  allocation
 6        financing to the  time  the  current  equalized  assessed
 7        value  of  real  property  in  the  economic  development
 8        project area exceeds the total initial equalized value of
 9        real property in that area;
10             (10)  Costs of rebating ad valorem taxes paid by any
11        developer  or  other nongovernmental person in whose name
12        the general taxes were paid for the last  preceding  year
13        on  any  lot,  block,  tract  or  parcel  of  land in the
14        economic development project area, provided that:
15                  (i)  such economic development project area  is
16             located  in  an  enterprise zone created pursuant to
17             the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act;
18                  (ii)  such ad valorem taxes  shall  be  rebated
19             only  in such amounts and for such tax year or years
20             as the county and any one or  more  affected  taxing
21             districts   shall   have  agreed  by  prior  written
22             agreement;
23                  (iii)  any amount of rebate of taxes shall  not
24             exceed  the  portion, if any, of taxes levied by the
25             county or such taxing district or districts which is
26             attributable  to  the  increase   in   the   current
27             equalized  assessed  valuation  of each taxable lot,
28             block, tract or  parcel  of  real  property  in  the
29             economic development project area over and above the
30             initial  equalized  assessed  value of each property
31             existing  at  the  time  property   tax   allocation
32             financing  was adopted for said economic development
33             project area; and
34                  (iv)  costs of rebating ad valorem taxes  shall
                            -365-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             be  paid  by  a  county  solely from the special tax
 2             allocation fund established pursuant to this Act and
 3             shall be paid from the proceeds of  any  obligations
 4             issued by a county.
 5             (11)  Costs  of  job  training,  advanced vocational
 6        education or career education programs, including but not
 7        limited to courses  in  occupational,  semi-technical  or
 8        technical fields leading directly to employment, incurred
 9        by one or more taxing districts, provided that such costs
10        are  related  to  the  establishment  and  maintenance of
11        additional job training, advanced vocational education or
12        career education programs for persons employed or  to  be
13        employed  by employers located in an economic development
14        project area, and further provided, that when such  costs
15        are  incurred  by  a  taxing district or taxing districts
16        other than the county, they  shall  be  set  forth  in  a
17        written  agreement  by or among the county and the taxing
18        district or taxing districts, which  agreement  describes
19        the  program to be undertaken, including, but not limited
20        to, the number of employees to be trained, a  description
21        of  the  training and services to be provided, the number
22        and type of  positions  available  or  to  be  available,
23        itemized costs of the program and sources of funds to pay
24        the  same,  and  the  term  of the agreement.  Such costs
25        include, specifically, the payment by  community  college
26        districts  of  costs pursuant to Section 3-37, 3-38, 3-40
27        and 3-40.1 of the Public Community  College  Act  and  by
28        school  districts  of costs pursuant to Sections 10-22.20
29        and 10-23.3a 10-23.2a of the School Code;
30             (12)  Private financing costs incurred by developers
31        or other non-governmental persons in connection  with  an
32        economic  development project, and specifically including
33        payments to developers or other non-governmental  persons
34        as   reimbursement   for  such  costs  incurred  by  such
                            -366-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        developer  or  other  non-governmental  persons  provided
 2        that:
 3                  (A)  private financing costs shall be  paid  or
 4             reimbursed  by  a  county only pursuant to the prior
 5             official action of the county evidencing  an  intent
 6             to pay such private financing costs;
 7                  (B)  except  as provided in subparagraph (D) of
 8             this Section, the aggregate  amount  of  such  costs
 9             paid or reimbursed by a county in any one year shall
10             not  exceed  30%  of  such costs paid or incurred by
11             such developer or other non-governmental  person  in
12             that year;
13                  (C)  private  financing  costs shall be paid or
14             reimbursed by a county solely from the  special  tax
15             allocation fund established pursuant to this Act and
16             shall not be paid or reimbursed from the proceeds of
17             any obligations issued by a county;
18                  (D)  if   there   are   not   sufficient  funds
19             available in the special tax allocation fund in  any
20             year  to make such payment or reimbursement in full,
21             any amount of such private financing costs remaining
22             to be paid or reimbursed by a  county  shall  accrue
23             and  be  payable  when  funds  are  available in the
24             special tax allocation fund to  make  such  payment;
25             and
26                  (E)  in   connection   with  its  approval  and
27             certification of  an  economic  development  project
28             pursuant  to  Section  5 of this Act, the Department
29             shall review any agreement authorizing  the  payment
30             or  reimbursement  by  a county of private financing
31             costs in its consideration  of  the  impact  on  the
32             revenues  of  the  county  and  the  affected taxing
33             districts of the  use  of  property  tax  allocation
34             financing.
                            -367-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (f)  "Obligations"  means  any  instrument evidencing the
 2    obligation of  a  county  to  pay  money,  including  without
 3    limitation, bonds, notes, installment or financing contracts,
 4    certificates,  tax  anticipation warrants or notes, vouchers,
 5    and any other evidence of indebtedness.
 6        (g)  "Taxing districts" means municipalities,  townships,
 7    counties,   and   school,   road,  park,  sanitary,  mosquito
 8    abatement, forest preserve, public health,  fire  protection,
 9    river  conservancy,  tuberculosis  sanitarium  and  any other
10    county corporations or districts with the power to levy taxes
11    on real property.
12    (Source: P.A. 86-1388; revised 12-18-97.)
13        (55 ILCS 85/8) (from Ch. 34, par. 7008)
14        Sec. 8.  Issuance of obligations for economic development
15    project  costs.  Obligations  secured  by  the  special   tax
16    allocation  fund  provided  for  in Section 7 for an economic
17    development  project  area  may  be  issued  to  provide  for
18    economic development project costs.  Those obligations,  when
19    so  issued,  shall  be  retired in the manner provided in the
20    ordinance authorizing the issuance of the obligations by  the
21    receipts  of  taxes  levied as specified in Section 6 against
22    the taxable property included  in  the  economic  development
23    project  area  and by other revenues designated or pledged by
24    the county.  A county may in the ordinance pledge all or  any
25    part  of  the funds in and to be deposited in the special tax
26    allocation fund created pursuant to Section 7 to the  payment
27    of  the  economic  development project costs and obligations.
28    Whenever a county pledges all of the funds to the credit of a
29    special tax allocation fund to secure obligations  issued  or
30    to  be  issued to pay economic development project costs, the
31    county may specifically provide that funds remaining  to  the
32    credit  of such special tax allocation fund after the payment
33    of such obligations shall be accounted for annually and shall
                            -368-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    be deemed to be "surplus" funds,  and  such  "surplus"  funds
 2    shall  be  distributed  as  hereinafter provided.  Whenever a
 3    county pledges less than all of the monies to the credit of a
 4    special tax allocation fund to secure obligations  issued  or
 5    to  be  issued to pay economic development project costs, the
 6    county shall provide that monies to the credit of  a  special
 7    tax  allocation  fund  and  not  subject  to  such  pledge or
 8    otherwise encumbered or required for payment  of  contractual
 9    obligations  for specified economic development project costs
10    shall be calculated  annually  and  shall  be  deemed  to  be
11    "surplus"   funds,   and   such   "surplus"  funds  shall  be
12    distributed as hereinafter provided.  All funds to the credit
13    of a special tax allocation  fund  which  are  deemed  to  be
14    "surplus" funds shall be distributed annually within 180 days
15    after  the close of the county's fiscal year by being paid by
16    the county treasurer to the  county  collector.   The  county
17    collector   shall   thereafter   make   distribution  to  the
18    respective taxing districts in the same manner and proportion
19    as the most recent distribution by the  county  collector  to
20    those  taxing  districts  of  real  property  taxes from real
21    property in the economic development project area.
22        Without limiting the foregoing in this Section the county
23    may, in addition to obligations secured by  the  special  tax
24    allocation  fund,  pledge  for  a period not greater than the
25    term of the obligations towards payment of those  obligations
26    any  part  or  any  combination  of  the  following:  (i) net
27    revenues of all or part of any economic development  project;
28    (ii) taxes levied and collected on any or all property in the
29    county,  including,  specifically, taxes levied or imposed by
30    the county in a special service area pursuant to "An  Act  to
31    provide  the  manner  of  levying  or  imposing taxes for the
32    provision of special services to areas within the  boundaries
33    of  home  rule  units  and  non-home  rule municipalities and
34    counties", approved September 21, 1973; (iii) the full  faith
                            -369-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    and  credit  of the county; (iv) a mortgage on part or all of
 2    the economic development project; or (v) any other  taxes  or
 3    anticipated receipts that the county may lawfully pledge.
 4        Such  obligations  may  be  issued  in one or more series
 5    bearing interest at such  rate  or  rates  as  the  corporate
 6    authorities of the county shall determine by ordinance, which
 7    rate or rates may be variable or fixed, without regard to any
 8    limitations  contained  in any law now in effect or hereafter
 9    adopted.  Such obligations shall bear  such  date  or  dates,
10    mature  at  such  time  or  times not exceeding 20 years from
11    their respective dates, but in no event  exceeding  23  years
12    from  the  date  of establishment of the economic development
13    project area, be in  such  denomination,  be  in  such  form,
14    whether   coupon,   registered   or  book-entry,  carry  such
15    registration, conversion and exchange privileges, be executed
16    in such manner, be payable in such medium of payment at  such
17    place  or  places  within  or  without the State of Illinois,
18    contain such covenants, terms and conditions, be  subject  to
19    redemption  with or without premium, be subject to defeasance
20    upon such terms, and have such  rank  or  priority,  as  such
21    ordinance shall provide.  Obligations issued pursuant to this
22    Act  may  be  sold at public or private sale at such price as
23    shall be determined  by  the  corporate  authorities  of  the
24    counties.   Such  obligations  may,  but  need not, be issued
25    utilizing the provisions of any one or more  of  the  omnibus
26    bond  Acts specified in Section 1.33 of "An Act to revise the
27    law  in  relation  to  the  construction  of  the  statutes",
28    approved March 5, 1874,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  the
29    Statute  on Statutes.  No referendum approval of the electors
30    shall  be  required  as  a  condition  to  the  issuance   of
31    obligations  pursuant  to this Act except as provided in this
32    Section.
33        In the event the county (i) authorizes  the  issuance  of
34    obligations pursuant to the authority of this Act and secured
                            -370-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    by  the  full  faith and credit of the county or (ii) pledges
 2    taxes levied and collected on any  or  all  property  in  the
 3    county,  which  obligations  or  taxes are not obligations or
 4    taxes authorized under home rule powers pursuant to Section 6
 5    of Article VII of the Illinois Constitution of 1970,  or  are
 6    not  obligations or taxes authorized under "An Act to provide
 7    the manner of levying or imposing taxes for the provision  of
 8    special  services to areas within the boundaries of home rule
 9    units  and  non-home  rule  municipalities   and   counties",
10    approved  September  21,  1973, the ordinance authorizing the
11    issuance of those obligations or pledging those  taxes  shall
12    be  published  within  10  days  after the ordinance has been
13    adopted,  in  one  or  more  newspapers  having   a   general
14    circulation  within  the  county.   The  publication  of  the
15    ordinance  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  notice  of  (1) the
16    specific  number  of  voters  required  to  sign  a  petition
17    requesting the questions of the issuance of  the  obligations
18    or pledging ad valorem taxes to be submitted to the electors;
19    (2) the time within which the petition must be filed; and (3)
20    the  date  of  the  prospective referendum.  The county clerk
21    shall provide a petition form to  any  individual  requesting
22    one.
23        If  no  petition  is  filed  with  the  county  clerk, as
24    hereinafter provided in this Section, within  21  days  after
25    the  publication  of the ordinance, the ordinance shall be in
26    effect.  However, if within that 21 day period a petition  is
27    filed with the county clerk, signed by electors numbering not
28    less  than  5% of the number of legal voters who voted at the
29    last  general  election  in  such  county,  asking  that  the
30    question of issuing obligations  using  the  full  faith  and
31    credit  of  the county as security for the cost of paying for
32    economic development project costs, or of pledging ad valorem
33    taxes for the payment  of  those  obligations,  or  both,  be
34    submitted to the electors of the county, the county shall not
                            -371-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    be  authorized  to  issue obligations of the county using the
 2    full faith and credit of the county as security  or  pledging
 3    ad  valorem  taxes  for  the payment of those obligations, or
 4    both,  until  the  proposition  has  been  submitted  to  and
 5    approved  by  a  majority  of  the  voters  voting   on   the
 6    proposition  at  a  regularly scheduled election.  The county
 7    shall  certify  the  proposition  to  the   proper   election
 8    authorities  for  submission  in  accordance with the general
 9    election law.
10        The ordinance authorizing  the  obligations  may  provide
11    that  the  obligations  shall contain a recital that they are
12    issued  pursuant  to  this  Act,  which  recital   shall   be
13    conclusive  evidence  of their validity and of the regularity
14    of their issuance.
15        In  the  event  the   county   authorizes   issuance   of
16    obligations  pursuant  to  this Act secured by the full faith
17    and credit of  the  county,  the  ordinance  authorizing  the
18    obligations  may  provide  for  the  levy and collection of a
19    direct annual tax upon all taxable property within the county
20    sufficient to pay the principal thereof and interest  thereon
21    as it matures, which levy may be in addition to and exclusive
22    of  the maximum of all other taxes authorized to be levied by
23    the county, which levy,  however,  shall  be  abated  to  the
24    extent  that  monies  from  other  sources  are available for
25    payment of the  obligations  and  the  county  certifies  the
26    amount of those monies available to the county clerk.
27        A certified copy of the ordinance shall be filed with the
28    county  clerk  and  shall  constitute  the  authority for the
29    extension and collection of the taxes to be deposited in  the
30    special tax allocation fund.
31        A  county  may  also  issue its obligations to refund, in
32    whole or in  part,  obligations  theretofore  issued  by  the
33    county  under  the authority of this Act, whether at or prior
34    to maturity.  However, the last  maturity  of  the  refunding
                            -372-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    obligations  shall  not  be expressed to mature later than 23
 2    years  from  the  date  of  the  ordinance  establishing  the
 3    economic development project area.
 4        In the event a county issues obligations under home  rule
 5    powers    and    other   legislative   authority,   including
 6    specifically, "An Act to provide the  manner  of  levying  or
 7    imposing  taxes  for  the  provisions  of special services to
 8    areas within the boundaries of home rule units  and  non-home
 9    rule  municipalities  and  counties",  approved September 21,
10    1973, the proceeds of which are pledged to pay  for  economic
11    development project costs, the county may, if it has followed
12    the  procedures  in  conformance  with this Act, retire those
13    obligations from funds in the special tax allocation fund  in
14    amount  and  in  such manner as if those obligations had been
15    issued pursuant to the provisions of this Act.
16        No obligations issued  pursuant  to  this  Act  shall  be
17    regarded   as   indebtedness  of  the  county  issuing  those
18    obligations for the purpose of any limitation imposed by law.
19        Obligations issued pursuant to  this  Act  shall  not  be
20    subject  to  the provisions of the Bond Authorization Act "An
21    Act to authorize public corporations to  issue  bonds,  other
22    evidences  of  indebtedness  and  tax  anticipation  warrants
23    subject  to  interest  rate  limitations  set forth therein",
24    approved May 26, 1979.
25    (Source: P.A. 86-1388; revised 12-18-97.)
26        Section 55.  The Township Code  is  amended  by  changing
27    Sections 70-15 and 145-20 as follows:
28        (60 ILCS 1/70-15)
29        Sec.  70-15.  Chief  executive  officer;  fiscal  duties;
30    penalty for neglect.
31        (a)  The supervisor is the chief executive officer of the
32    township.
                            -373-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (b)  The  supervisor shall receive and pay out all moneys
 2    raised in the township for defraying township charges, except
 3    those raised for the support of highways and bridges, and for
 4    township library purposes.
 5        (c)  The supervisor shall,  within  30  days  before  the
 6    annual  township  meeting, prepare and file with the township
 7    clerk a full  statement  of  the  financial  affairs  of  the
 8    township,  showing  (i)  the balance (if any) received by the
 9    supervisor from his or her predecessor in office or from  any
10    other  source;  (ii)  the  amount of tax levied the preceding
11    year for the payment of township  indebtedness  and  charges;
12    (iii) the amount collected and paid over to the supervisor as
13    supervisor; (iv) the amount paid out by the supervisor and on
14    what  account,  including  any  amount  paid  out on township
15    indebtedness,  specifying  the  nature  and  amount  of   the
16    township  indebtedness,  the amount paid on the indebtedness,
17    the amount paid on principal, and the amount paid on interest
18    account; and (v) the  amount  and  kind  of  all  outstanding
19    indebtedness   due   and  unpaid,  the  amount  and  kind  of
20    indebtedness not yet due, and when the indebtedness  not  yet
21    due   will  mature.  The  township  clerk  shall  record  the
22    statement in the record book of the township as soon as it is
23    filed and shall post a copy of the statement at the place  of
24    holding the annual township meeting 2 days before the meeting
25    is held. The clerk shall also read aloud the statement to the
26    electors at the annual township meeting.
27        (d)  Any   supervisor  or  township  clerk  who  wilfully
28    neglects to comply with this Section shall forfeit and pay to
29    the township the sum of not less than $50 nor more than $200.
30    The amount forfeited shall be sued for and recovered  by  the
31    township  in  its corporate name and shall be appropriated to
32    repairs of highways and bridges in the township.
33    (Source: P.A. 87-847; 88-62; revised 12-18-97.)
                            -374-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (60 ILCS 1/145-20)
 2        Sec. 145-20. "Building" or "purchasing" a township  hall,
 3    as  used in this Article, means the purchasing of real estate
 4    upon which to build the township hall or upon which  the  the
 5    township  hall  is  situated, as well as to build or purchase
 6    the township hall.
 7    (Source: P.A. 88-62; revised 7-17-97.)
 8        Section 56.  The Illinois Municipal Code  is  amended  by
 9    changing   Sections   8-4-15,   8-11-2,   9-2-78,   10-2.1-6,
10    10-2.1-14,   11-6-2,   11-19.2-1,  11-74-2,  11-74.6-10,  and
11    11-119.1-12 as follows:
12        (65 ILCS 5/8-4-15) (from Ch. 24, par. 8-4-15)
13        Sec. 8-4-15. The  ordinance  authorizing  such  refunding
14    revenue bonds shall prescribe all the details thereof and the
15    bonds shall be in such form and denomination, payable at such
16    places,  bear  such date and be executed by such officials as
17    may be provided in the bond  ordinance.  The  ordinance  also
18    shall  determine the period of usefulness of the utility. The
19    refunding revenue bonds shall mature  within  the  determined
20    period  of usefulness of the utility and shall mature, in any
21    event, within not to exceed 40 years from their date, and may
22    be made callable on any interest payment date at a  price  of
23    par  and  accrued  interest,  after  notice shall be given by
24    publication or otherwise at any time  or  times  and  in  the
25    manner as may be provided for in the bond ordinance.
26        The ordinance may contain such covenants and restrictions
27    upon  the  issuance of additional refunding revenue bonds, or
28    revenue bonds for  the  improvement  and  extension  of  such
29    utility  or  facility as may be deemed necessary or advisable
30    for the assurance of the payment  of  the  refunding  revenue
31    bonds  thereby authorized. Such bonds shall be payable solely
32    from the revenues derived from such municipally-owned utility
                            -375-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    or  facility  and  such  bonds  shall  not,  in  any   event,
 2    constitute  an  indebtedness  of  the municipality within the
 3    meaning of any constitutional or statutory limitation, and it
 4    shall be plainly stated on the face of each bond that it does
 5    not constitute an indebtedness of the municipality within the
 6    meaning of any constitutional or statutory limitation, and it
 7    shall be plainly stated on the face of each bond that it does
 8    not constitute an indebtedness of the municipality within any
 9    constitutional or statutory provision or limitation.
10        The validity of any refunding revenue bonds shall  remain
11    unimpaired,  although  one or more of the officials executing
12    the same shall cease to be such officer  or  officers  before
13    delivery thereof, and such bonds shall have all the qualities
14    of  negotiable instruments under the Law Merchant and Article
15    3 of the Uniform Commercial Code.
16    (Source: P.A. 76-826; revised 12-18-97.)
17        (65 ILCS 5/8-11-2) (from Ch. 24, par. 8-11-2)
18        (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 90-561)
19        Sec.   8-11-2.  The   corporate   authorities   of    any
20    municipality  may tax any or all of the following occupations
21    or privileges:
22             1.  Persons engaged in the business of  transmitting
23        messages by means of electricity or radio magnetic waves,
24        or  fiber optics, at a rate not to exceed 5% of the gross
25        receipts  from  that  business  originating  within   the
26        corporate limits of the municipality.
27             2.  Persons engaged in the business of distributing,
28        supplying,   furnishing,   or  selling  gas  for  use  or
29        consumption within the corporate limits of a municipality
30        of 500,000 or fewer population, and not for resale, at  a
31        rate not to exceed 5% of the gross receipts therefrom.
32             2a.  Persons    engaged    in    the   business   of
33        distributing, supplying, furnishing, or selling  gas  for
                            -376-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        use  or  consumption  within  the  corporate  limits of a
 2        municipality of over  500,000  population,  and  not  for
 3        resale,  at a rate not to exceed 8% of the gross receipts
 4        therefrom.  If imposed, this tax shall be paid in monthly
 5        payments.
 6             3.  Persons engaged in the business of distributing,
 7        supplying, furnishing, or selling electricity for use  or
 8        consumption   within   the   corporate   limits   of  the
 9        municipality, and not for resale, at a rate not to exceed
10        5% of the gross receipts therefrom.
11             4.  Persons engaged in the business of distributing,
12        supplying,  furnishing,  or  selling  water  for  use  or
13        consumption  within   the   corporate   limits   of   the
14        municipality, and not for resale, at a rate not to exceed
15        5% of the gross receipts therefrom.
16        None  of  the  taxes  authorized  by  this Section may be
17    imposed  with  respect  to  any  transaction  in   interstate
18    commerce or otherwise to the extent to which the business may
19    not,  under  the  constitution  and  statutes  of  the United
20    States, be made the subject of taxation by this State or  any
21    political sub-division thereof; nor shall any persons engaged
22    in  the  business  of distributing, supplying, furnishing, or
23    selling  gas,  water,  or  electricity,  or  engaged  in  the
24    business of transmitting  messages  be  subject  to  taxation
25    under  the  provisions of this Section for those transactions
26    that  are  or  may  become  subject  to  taxation  under  the
27    provisions of the "Municipal Retailers' Occupation  Tax  Act"
28    authorized by Section 8-11-1; nor shall any tax authorized by
29    this Section be imposed upon any person engaged in a business
30    unless the tax is imposed in like manner and at the same rate
31    upon  all  persons engaged in businesses of the same class in
32    the municipality, whether privately or municipally  owned  or
33    operated.
34        Any  of  the  taxes  enumerated in this Section may be in
                            -377-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    addition to the payment of money, or  value  of  products  or
 2    services  furnished  to  the  municipality by the taxpayer as
 3    compensation for the use of its  streets,  alleys,  or  other
 4    public  places,  or  installation  and  maintenance  therein,
 5    thereon  or  thereunder  of  poles,  wires,  pipes  or  other
 6    equipment used in the operation of the taxpayer's business.
 7        (a)  If  the  corporate  authorities  of  any  home  rule
 8    municipality  have adopted an ordinance that imposed a tax on
 9    public utility customers, between July 1, 1971,  and  October
10    1,  1981,  on the good faith belief that they were exercising
11    authority pursuant to Section 6 of Article VII  of  the  1970
12    Illinois   Constitution,   that   action   of  the  corporate
13    authorities   shall   be   declared    legal    and    valid,
14    notwithstanding  a  later  decision  of  a  judicial tribunal
15    declaring the ordinance invalid.  No  municipality  shall  be
16    required  to  rebate,  refund, or issue credits for any taxes
17    described in this paragraph, and those taxes shall be  deemed
18    to  have  been  levied  and  collected in accordance with the
19    Constitution and laws of this State.
20        (b)  In any case in which (i) prior to October 19,  1979,
21    the corporate authorities of any municipality have adopted an
22    ordinance  imposing  a  tax authorized by this Section (or by
23    the predecessor provision of the "Revised Cities and Villages
24    Act") and have explicitly or in  practice  interpreted  gross
25    receipts  to include either charges added to customers' bills
26    pursuant to the provision of paragraph (a) of Section  36  of
27    the Public Utilities Act or charges added to customers' bills
28    by  taxpayers  who  are not subject to rate regulation by the
29    Illinois Commerce Commission for the  purpose  of  recovering
30    any of the tax liabilities or other amounts specified in such
31    paragraph (a) of Section 36 of that Act, and (ii) on or after
32    October  19,  1979,  a  judicial tribunal has construed gross
33    receipts to exclude  all  or  part  of  those  charges,  then
34    neither  those municipality nor any taxpayer who paid the tax
                            -378-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    shall be required to rebate, refund, or issue credits for any
 2    tax imposed or charge collected from  customers  pursuant  to
 3    the  municipality's interpretation prior to October 19, 1979.
 4    This paragraph reflects a legislative finding that  it  would
 5    be  contrary to the public interest to require a municipality
 6    or its taxpayers to refund taxes or charges  attributable  to
 7    the  municipality's  more  inclusive  interpretation of gross
 8    receipts prior to October 19, 1979, and is  not  intended  to
 9    prescribe or limit judicial construction of this Section. The
10    legislative  finding  set  forth  in this subsection does not
11    apply to taxes imposed  after  the  effective  date  of  this
12    amendatory Act of 1995.
13        (c)  (Blank).
14        (d)  For  the  purpose  of  the  taxes enumerated in this
15    Section:
16        "Gross receipts" means the consideration received for the
17    transmission of  messages,  the  consideration  received  for
18    distributing, supplying, furnishing or selling gas for use or
19    consumption   and  not  for  resale,  and  the  consideration
20    received for distributing, supplying, furnishing  or  selling
21    electricity  for  use  or consumption and not for resale, and
22    the  consideration  received  for  distributing,   supplying,
23    furnishing  or  selling  water for use or consumption and not
24    for resale, and  for  all  services  rendered  in  connection
25    therewith  valued  in  money,  whether  received  in money or
26    otherwise, including cash, credit, services and  property  of
27    every  kind  and  material  and  for  all  services  rendered
28    therewith,  and  shall be determined without any deduction on
29    account of the cost of transmitting  such  messages,  without
30    any  deduction on account of the cost of the service, product
31    or commodity supplied, the cost of materials used,  labor  or
32    service  cost,  or  any  other  expenses  whatsoever.  "Gross
33    receipts" shall not include that portion of the consideration
34    received  for distributing, supplying, furnishing, or selling
                            -379-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    gas, electricity, or water to, or  for  the  transmission  of
 2    messages for, business enterprises described in paragraph (e)
 3    of  this Section to the extent and during the period in which
 4    the exemption authorized by paragraph (e) is in effect or for
 5    school districts or units of local  government  described  in
 6    paragraph  (f)  during  the  period  in  which  the exemption
 7    authorized in paragraph  (f) is in effect.  "Gross  receipts"
 8    shall   not   include   amounts  paid  by  telecommunications
 9    retailers    under    the    Telecommunications     Municipal
10    Infrastructure Maintenance Fee Act.
11        For  utility  bills  issued  on or after May 1, 1996, but
12    before May 1, 1997,  and  for  receipts  from  those  utility
13    bills,  "gross  receipts"  does  not include one-third of (i)
14    amounts added to customers' bills under Section 9-222 of  the
15    Public  Utilities  Act,  or  (ii) amounts added to customers'
16    bills by taxpayers who are not subject to rate regulation  by
17    the   Illinois   Commerce   Commission  for  the  purpose  of
18    recovering any of the tax liabilities  described  in  Section
19    9-222  of  the Public Utilities Act. For utility bills issued
20    on or after May 1, 1997, but before  May  1,  1998,  and  for
21    receipts  from those utility bills, "gross receipts" does not
22    include two-thirds of (i) amounts added to  customers'  bills
23    under  Section  9-222  of  the  Public Utilities Act, or (ii)
24    amount added to customers' bills by  taxpayers  who  are  not
25    subject   to   rate   regulation  by  the  Illinois  Commerce
26    Commission for the purpose  of  recovering  any  of  the  tax
27    liabilities   described   in  Section  9-222  of  the  Public
28    Utilities Act. For utility bills issued on or  after  May  1,
29    1998,  and  for  receipts  from  those  utility bills, "gross
30    receipts" does not include (i) amounts  added  to  customers'
31    bills  under  Section  9-222  of the Public Utilities Act, or
32    (ii) amounts added to customers' bills by taxpayers  who  are
33    not  subject  to  rate  regulation  by  the Illinois Commerce
34    Commission for the purpose  of  recovering  any  of  the  tax
                            -380-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    liabilities   described   in  Section  9-222  of  the  Public
 2    Utilities Act.
 3        For purposes of this Section "gross receipts"  shall  not
 4    include  (i)  amounts added to customers' bills under Section
 5    9-221 of the Public Utilities Act, or (ii) charges  added  to
 6    customers'  bills  to recover the surcharge imposed under the
 7    Emergency  Telephone  System  Act.  This  paragraph  is   not
 8    intended  to  nor  does  it make any change in the meaning of
 9    "gross receipts" for the purposes of  this  Section,  but  is
10    intended  to  remove possible ambiguities, thereby confirming
11    the  existing  meaning  of  "gross  receipts"  prior  to  the
12    effective date of this amendatory Act of 1995.
13        The words "transmitting messages",  in  addition  to  the
14    usual  and popular meaning of person to person communication,
15    shall  include  the  furnishing,  for  a  consideration,   of
16    services or facilities (whether owned or leased), or both, to
17    persons in connection with the transmission of messages where
18    those  persons  do not, in turn, receive any consideration in
19    connection therewith, but shall not include  such  furnishing
20    of  services or facilities to persons for the transmission of
21    messages to the extent that any such services  or  facilities
22    for   the  transmission  of  messages  are  furnished  for  a
23    consideration, by those persons to  other  persons,  for  the
24    transmission of messages.
25        "Person"  as  used  in  this  Section  means  any natural
26    individual, firm, trust,  estate,  partnership,  association,
27    joint  stock company, joint adventure, corporation, municipal
28    corporation or political subdivision  of  this  State,  or  a
29    receiver, trustee, guardian or other representative appointed
30    by order of any court.
31        "Public utility" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in
32    Section  3-105  of the Public Utilities Act and shall include
33    telecommunications carriers as defined in Section  13-202  of
34    that Act.
                            -381-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        In  the  case  of  persons  engaged  in  the  business of
 2    transmitting messages through the use  of  mobile  equipment,
 3    such   as  cellular  phones  and  paging  systems,  the gross
 4    receipts from the  business  shall  be  deemed  to  originate
 5    within  the  corporate  limits  of a municipality only if the
 6    address to which the bills for the service are sent is within
 7    those corporate limits. If,  however,  that  address  is  not
 8    located  within  a municipality that imposes a tax under this
 9    Section, then (i) if the party responsible for  the  bill  is
10    not an individual, the gross receipts from the business shall
11    be  deemed  to  originate  within the corporate limits of the
12    municipality where that party's principal place  of  business
13    in Illinois is located, and (ii) if the party responsible for
14    the  bill  is  an  individual,  the  gross  receipts from the
15    business shall be deemed to originate  within  the  corporate
16    limits  of  the  municipality  where  that  party's principal
17    residence in Illinois is located.
18        (e)  Any municipality  that  imposes  taxes  upon  public
19    utilities  pursuant  to this Section whose territory includes
20    any part  of  an  enterprise  zone  or  federally  designated
21    Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone may, by a majority vote of its
22    corporate  authorities,  exempt from those taxes for a period
23    not exceeding 20 years  any  specified  percentage  of  gross
24    receipts   of   public   utilities   received  from  business
25    enterprises that:
26             (1)  either (i)  make  investments  that  cause  the
27        creation of a minimum of 200 full-time equivalent jobs in
28        Illinois,  (ii) make investments of at least $175,000,000
29        that cause the creation of a  minimum  of  150  full-time
30        equivalent  jobs  in  Illinois, or (iii) make investments
31        that cause the retention of a minimum of 1,000  full-time
32        jobs in Illinois; and
33             (2)  are  either  (i)  located in an Enterprise Zone
34        established pursuant to the Illinois Enterprise Zone  Act
                            -382-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        or  (ii)  Department  of  Commerce  and Community Affairs
 2        designated High Impact Businesses located in a  federally
 3        designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone; and
 4             (3)  are certified by the Department of Commerce and
 5        Community  Affairs  as  complying  with  the requirements
 6        specified in clauses (1) and (2) of this paragraph (e).
 7        Upon adoption of the ordinance authorizing the exemption,
 8    the municipal clerk shall transmit a copy of  that  ordinance
 9    to  the  Department  of  Commerce and Community Affairs.  The
10    Department of Commerce and Community Affairs shall  determine
11    whether  the business enterprises located in the municipality
12    meet the criteria  prescribed  in  this  paragraph.   If  the
13    Department  of Commerce and Community Affairs determines that
14    the business enterprises meet the criteria,  it  shall  grant
15    certification.   The  Department  of  Commerce  and Community
16    Affairs shall act upon certification requests within 30  days
17    after receipt of the ordinance.
18        Upon  certification  of  the  business  enterprise by the
19    Department of Commerce and Community Affairs, the  Department
20    of Commerce and Community Affairs shall notify the Department
21    of  Revenue  of the certification.  The Department of Revenue
22    shall notify the public utilities of the exemption status  of
23    the  gross  receipts  received  from  the  certified business
24    enterprises.  Such exemption status shall be effective within
25    3 months after certification.
26        (f)  A  municipality  that  imposes  taxes  upon   public
27    utilities  under  this  Section  and whose territory includes
28    part of another unit of local government or a school district
29    may by ordinance exempt the other unit of local government or
30    school district from those taxes.
31        (g)  The amendment of this Section by Public  Act  84-127
32    shall  take  precedence  over  any  other  amendment  of this
33    Section by any  other  amendatory  Act  passed  by  the  84th
34    General  Assembly  before  the  effective  date of Public Act
                            -383-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    84-127.
 2        (h)  In any case in which, before July 1, 1992, a  person
 3    engaged  in the business of transmitting messages through the
 4    use of mobile equipment, such as cellular phones  and  paging
 5    systems,  has  determined  the  municipality within which the
 6    gross receipts from the business originated by  reference  to
 7    the location of its transmitting or switching equipment, then
 8    (i)  neither  the  municipality to which tax was paid on that
 9    basis nor the taxpayer that paid tax on that basis  shall  be
10    required to rebate, refund, or issue credits for any such tax
11    or  charge collected from customers to reimburse the taxpayer
12    for the tax and (ii) no municipality to which tax would  have
13    been  paid  with  respect  to  those  gross  receipts  if the
14    provisions of this amendatory Act of 1991 had been in  effect
15    before  July  1,  1992,  shall  have  any  claim  against the
16    taxpayer for any amount of the tax.
17    (Source: P.A.  89-325,  eff.  1-1-96;  90-16,  eff.  6-16-97;
18    90-562, eff. 12-16-97.)
19        (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 90-561)
20        Sec.   8-11-2.  The   corporate   authorities   of    any
21    municipality  may tax any or all of the following occupations
22    or privileges:
23             1.  Persons engaged in the business of  transmitting
24        messages by means of electricity or radio magnetic waves,
25        or  fiber optics, at a rate not to exceed 5% of the gross
26        receipts  from  that  business  originating  within   the
27        corporate limits of the municipality.
28             2.  Persons engaged in the business of distributing,
29        supplying,   furnishing,   or  selling  gas  for  use  or
30        consumption within the corporate limits of a municipality
31        of 500,000 or fewer population, and not for resale, at  a
32        rate not to exceed 5% of the gross receipts therefrom.
33             2a.  Persons    engaged    in    the   business   of
34        distributing, supplying, furnishing, or selling  gas  for
                            -384-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        use  or  consumption  within  the  corporate  limits of a
 2        municipality of over  500,000  population,  and  not  for
 3        resale,  at a rate not to exceed 8% of the gross receipts
 4        therefrom.  If imposed, this tax shall be paid in monthly
 5        payments.
 6             3.  The privilege of using or consuming  electricity
 7        acquired  in  a  purchase  at retail and used or consumed
 8        within the corporate limits of the municipality at  rates
 9        not  to exceed the following maximum rates, calculated on
10        a monthly basis for each purchaser:
11             (i)  For the  first  2,000  kilowatt-hours  used  or
12        consumed in a month; 0.61 cents per kilowatt-hour;
13             (ii)  For  the  next  48,000  kilowatt-hours used or
14        consumed in a month; 0.40 cents per kilowatt-hour;
15             (iii)  For the next 50,000  kilowatt-hours  used  or
16        consumed in a month; 0.36 cents per kilowatt-hour;
17             (iv)  For  the  next  400,000 kilowatt-hours used or
18        consumed in a month; 0.35 cents per kilowatt-hour;
19             (v)  For the next  500,000  kilowatt-hours  used  or
20        consumed in a month; 0.34 cents per kilowatt-hour;
21             (vi)  For  the next 2,000,000 kilowatt-hours used or
22        consumed in a month; 0.32 cents per kilowatt-hour;
23             (vii)  For the next 2,000,000 kilowatt-hours used or
24        consumed in a month; 0.315 cents per kilowatt-hour;
25             (viii)  For the next 5,000,000  kilowatt-hours  used
26        or consumed in a month; 0.31 cents per kilowatt-hour;
27             (ix)  For the next 10,000,000 kilowatt-hours used or
28        consumed in a month; 0.305 cents per kilowatt-hour; and
29             (x)  For  all electricity used or consumed in excess
30        of 20,000,000 kilowatt-hours in a month, 0.30  cents  per
31        kilowatt-hour.
32             If  a municipality imposes a tax at rates lower than
33        either the maximum rates specified in this Section or the
34        alternative maximum rates  promulgated  by  the  Illinois
                            -385-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Commerce  Commission,  as  provided  below, the tax rates
 2        shall be imposed upon the kilowatt  hour  categories  set
 3        forth  above  with  the same proportional relationship as
 4        that   which   exists   among   such    maximum    rates.
 5        Notwithstanding  the  foregoing, until December 31, 2008,
 6        no municipality shall establish rates that are in  excess
 7        of  rates  reasonably calculated to produce revenues that
 8        equal the maximum total revenues such municipality  could
 9        have   received   under   the   tax  authorized  by  this
10        subparagraph in the last full calendar year prior to  the
11        effective  date  of  Section 65 of this amendatory Act of
12        1997; provided that this shall not be a limitation on the
13        amount  of  tax  revenues  actually  collected  by   such
14        municipality.
15             Upon  the  request of the corporate authorities of a
16        municipality, the  Illinois  Commerce  Commission  shall,
17        within  90 days after receipt of such request, promulgate
18        alternative  rates  for  each  of   these   kilowatt-hour
19        categories  that  will  reflect, as closely as reasonably
20        practical for that municipality, the distribution of  the
21        tax  among classes of purchasers as if the tax were based
22        on  a  uniform  percentage  of  the  purchase  price   of
23        electricity.    A   municipality   that  has  adopted  an
24        ordinance imposing a tax pursuant to subparagraph 3 as it
25        existed prior to the effective date of Section 65 of this
26        amendatory Act of 1997 may, rather than imposing the  tax
27        permitted  by  this  amendatory  Act of 1997, continue to
28        impose the tax pursuant to that ordinance with respect to
29        gross  receipts  received  from   residential   customers
30        through July 31, 1999, and with respect to gross receipts
31        from  any  non-residential  customer until the first bill
32        issued  to  such  customer  for  delivery   services   in
33        accordance  with  Section  16-104 of the Public Utilities
34        Act but in no case later than the  last  bill  issued  to
                            -386-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        such  customer  before  December  31,  2000. No ordinance
 2        imposing the tax permitted by this amendatory Act of 1997
 3        shall be applicable to any non-residential customer until
 4        the first bill  issued  to  such  customer  for  delivery
 5        services  in accordance with Section 16-104 of the Public
 6        Utilities Act but in no case later  than  the  last  bill
 7        issued  to  such non-residential customer before December
 8        31, 2000.
 9             4.  Persons engaged in the business of distributing,
10        supplying,  furnishing,  or  selling  water  for  use  or
11        consumption  within   the   corporate   limits   of   the
12        municipality, and not for resale, at a rate not to exceed
13        5% of the gross receipts therefrom.
14        None  of  the  taxes  authorized  by  this Section may be
15    imposed  with  respect  to  any  transaction  in   interstate
16    commerce  or otherwise to the extent to which the business or
17    privilege may not, under the constitution and statutes of the
18    United States, be made the subject of taxation by this  State
19    or  any political sub-division thereof; nor shall any persons
20    engaged  in  the   business   of   distributing,   supplying,
21    furnishing,   selling   or   transmitting   gas,   water,  or
22    electricity, or  engaged  in  the  business  of  transmitting
23    messages,  or  using  or  consuming electricity acquired in a
24    purchase  at  retail,  be  subject  to  taxation  under   the
25    provisions of this Section for those transactions that are or
26    may  become  subject  to taxation under the provisions of the
27    "Municipal  Retailers'  Occupation  Tax  Act"  authorized  by
28    Section 8-11-1; nor shall any tax authorized by this  Section
29    be  imposed  upon  any person engaged in a business or on any
30    privilege unless the tax is imposed in like manner and at the
31    same rate upon all persons engaged in businesses of the  same
32    class  in  the municipality, whether privately or municipally
33    owned or operated, or exercising the  same  privilege  within
34    the municipality.
                            -387-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Any  of  the  taxes  enumerated in this Section may be in
 2    addition to the payment of money, or  value  of  products  or
 3    services  furnished  to  the  municipality by the taxpayer as
 4    compensation for the use of its  streets,  alleys,  or  other
 5    public  places,  or  installation  and  maintenance  therein,
 6    thereon  or  thereunder  of  poles,  wires,  pipes  or  other
 7    equipment used in the operation of the taxpayer's business.
 8        (a)  If  the  corporate  authorities  of  any  home  rule
 9    municipality  have adopted an ordinance that imposed a tax on
10    public utility customers, between July 1, 1971,  and  October
11    1,  1981,  on the good faith belief that they were exercising
12    authority pursuant to Section 6 of Article VII  of  the  1970
13    Illinois   Constitution,   that   action   of  the  corporate
14    authorities   shall   be   declared    legal    and    valid,
15    notwithstanding  a  later  decision  of  a  judicial tribunal
16    declaring the ordinance invalid.  No  municipality  shall  be
17    required  to  rebate,  refund, or issue credits for any taxes
18    described in this paragraph, and those taxes shall be  deemed
19    to  have  been  levied  and  collected in accordance with the
20    Constitution and laws of this State.
21        (b)  In any case in which (i) prior to October 19,  1979,
22    the corporate authorities of any municipality have adopted an
23    ordinance  imposing  a  tax authorized by this Section (or by
24    the predecessor provision of the "Revised Cities and Villages
25    Act") and have explicitly or in  practice  interpreted  gross
26    receipts  to include either charges added to customers' bills
27    pursuant to the provision of paragraph (a) of Section  36  of
28    the Public Utilities Act or charges added to customers' bills
29    by  taxpayers  who  are not subject to rate regulation by the
30    Illinois Commerce Commission for the  purpose  of  recovering
31    any of the tax liabilities or other amounts specified in such
32    paragraph (a) of Section 36 of that Act, and (ii) on or after
33    October  19,  1979,  a  judicial tribunal has construed gross
34    receipts to exclude  all  or  part  of  those  charges,  then
                            -388-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    neither  those municipality nor any taxpayer who paid the tax
 2    shall be required to rebate, refund, or issue credits for any
 3    tax imposed or charge collected from  customers  pursuant  to
 4    the  municipality's interpretation prior to October 19, 1979.
 5    This paragraph reflects a legislative finding that  it  would
 6    be  contrary to the public interest to require a municipality
 7    or its taxpayers to refund taxes or charges  attributable  to
 8    the  municipality's  more  inclusive  interpretation of gross
 9    receipts prior to October 19, 1979, and is  not  intended  to
10    prescribe or limit judicial construction of this Section. The
11    legislative  finding  set  forth  in this subsection does not
12    apply to taxes imposed  after  the  effective  date  of  this
13    amendatory Act of 1995.
14        (c)  The  tax  authorized  by  subparagraph  3  shall  be
15    collected  from  the  purchaser   by the person maintaining a
16    place of business in this State who delivers the  electricity
17    to  the  purchaser.   This tax shall constitute a debt of the
18    purchaser to the person who delivers the electricity  to  the
19    purchaser and if unpaid, is recoverable in the same manner as
20    the  original charge for delivering the electricity.  Any tax
21    required to be collected pursuant to an ordinance  authorized
22    by  subparagraph  3  and  any  such tax collected by a person
23    delivering electricity shall constitute a debt  owed  to  the
24    municipality  by  such  person  delivering  the  electricity,
25    provided,  that  the  person  delivering electricity shall be
26    allowed  credit  for  such  tax  related  to  deliveries   of
27    electricity   the  charges  for  which  are  written  off  as
28    uncollectible, and provided further, that if such charges are
29    thereafter  collected,  the  delivering  supplier  shall   be
30    obligated to remit such tax.  For purposes of this subsection
31    (c),  any  partial payment not specifically identified by the
32    purchaser  shall  be  deemed  to  be  for  the  delivery   of
33    electricity. Persons delivering electricity shall collect the
34    tax from the purchaser by adding such tax to the gross charge
                            -389-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    for  delivering  the electricity, in the manner prescribed by
 2    the municipality.  Persons delivering electricity shall  also
 3    be  authorized to add to such gross charge an amount equal to
 4    3% of the tax to reimburse the person delivering  electricity
 5    for   the  expenses  incurred  in  keeping  records,  billing
 6    customers, preparing and filing returns,  remitting  the  tax
 7    and  supplying data to the municipality upon request.  If the
 8    person delivering electricity fails to collect the  tax  from
 9    the  purchaser,  then  the purchaser shall be required to pay
10    the tax directly to the municipality in the manner prescribed
11    by the municipality.  Persons delivering electricity who file
12    returns pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall, at the time  of
13    filing  such  return,  pay the municipality the amount of the
14    tax collected pursuant to subparagraph 3.
15        (d)  For the purpose of  the  taxes  enumerated  in  this
16    Section:
17        "Gross receipts" means the consideration received for the
18    transmission  of  messages,  the  consideration  received for
19    distributing, supplying, furnishing or selling gas for use or
20    consumption  and  not  for  resale,  and  the   consideration
21    received  for  distributing, supplying, furnishing or selling
22    water for use or consumption and not for resale, and for  all
23    services  rendered  in  connection therewith valued in money,
24    whether received  in  money  or  otherwise,  including  cash,
25    credit,  services and property of every kind and material and
26    for all services rendered therewith, and shall be  determined
27    without  any deduction on account of the cost of transmitting
28    such messages, without any deduction on account of  the  cost
29    of  the  service,  product or commodity supplied, the cost of
30    materials used, labor or service cost, or any other  expenses
31    whatsoever.   "Gross receipts" shall not include that portion
32    of the consideration received  for  distributing,  supplying,
33    furnishing,   or  selling  gas,  or  water  to,  or  for  the
34    transmission of messages for, business enterprises  described
                            -390-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    in paragraph (e) of this Section to the extent and during the
 2    period  in which the exemption authorized by paragraph (e) is
 3    in  effect  or  for  school  districts  or  units  of   local
 4    government  described  in  paragraph (f) during the period in
 5    which the exemption authorized in paragraph (f) is in effect.
 6    "Gross  receipts"  shall  not   include   amounts   paid   by
 7    telecommunications  retailers  under  the  Telecommunications
 8    Municipal Infrastructure Maintenance Fee Act.
 9        For  utility  bills  issued  on or after May 1, 1996, but
10    before May 1, 1997,  and  for  receipts  from  those  utility
11    bills,  "gross  receipts"  does  not include one-third of (i)
12    amounts added to customers' bills under Section 9-222 of  the
13    Public  Utilities  Act,  or  (ii) amounts added to customers'
14    bills by taxpayers who are not subject to rate regulation  by
15    the   Illinois   Commerce   Commission  for  the  purpose  of
16    recovering any of the tax liabilities  described  in  Section
17    9-222  of  the Public Utilities Act. For utility bills issued
18    on or after May 1, 1997, but before  May  1,  1998,  and  for
19    receipts  from those utility bills, "gross receipts" does not
20    include two-thirds of (i) amounts added to  customers'  bills
21    under  Section  9-222  of  the  Public Utilities Act, or (ii)
22    amount added to customers' bills by  taxpayers  who  are  not
23    subject   to   rate   regulation  by  the  Illinois  Commerce
24    Commission for the purpose  of  recovering  any  of  the  tax
25    liabilities   described   in  Section  9-222  of  the  Public
26    Utilities Act. For utility bills issued on or  after  May  1,
27    1998,  and  for  receipts  from  those  utility bills, "gross
28    receipts" does not include (i) amounts  added  to  customers'
29    bills  under  Section  9-222  of the Public Utilities Act, or
30    (ii) amounts added to customers' bills by taxpayers  who  are
31    not  subject  to  rate  regulation  by  the Illinois Commerce
32    Commission for the purpose  of  recovering  any  of  the  tax
33    liabilities   described   in  Section  9-222  of  the  Public
34    Utilities Act.
                            -391-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        For purposes of this Section "gross receipts"  shall  not
 2    include  (i)  amounts added to customers' bills under Section
 3    9-221 of the Public Utilities Act, or (ii) charges  added  to
 4    customers'  bills  to recover the surcharge imposed under the
 5    Emergency  Telephone  System  Act.  This  paragraph  is   not
 6    intended  to  nor  does  it make any change in the meaning of
 7    "gross receipts" for the purposes of  this  Section,  but  is
 8    intended  to  remove possible ambiguities, thereby confirming
 9    the  existing  meaning  of  "gross  receipts"  prior  to  the
10    effective date of this amendatory Act of 1995.
11        The words "transmitting messages",  in  addition  to  the
12    usual  and popular meaning of person to person communication,
13    shall  include  the  furnishing,  for  a  consideration,   of
14    services or facilities (whether owned or leased), or both, to
15    persons in connection with the transmission of messages where
16    those  persons  do not, in turn, receive any consideration in
17    connection therewith, but shall not include  such  furnishing
18    of  services or facilities to persons for the transmission of
19    messages to the extent that any such services  or  facilities
20    for   the  transmission  of  messages  are  furnished  for  a
21    consideration, by those persons to  other  persons,  for  the
22    transmission of messages.
23        "Person"  as  used  in  this  Section  means  any natural
24    individual, firm, trust,  estate,  partnership,  association,
25    joint  stock  company,  joint adventure, corporation, limited
26    liability company, municipal corporation, the State or any of
27    its political subdivisions, any State university  created  by
28    statute,   or   a   receiver,   trustee,  guardian  or  other
29    representative appointed by order of any court.
30        "Person maintaining a place of business  in  this  State"
31    shall  mean  any  person  having  or  maintaining within this
32    State, directly or by a subsidiary  or  other  affiliate,  an
33    office,    generation    facility,   distribution   facility,
34    transmission  facility,  sales  office  or  other  place   of
                            -392-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    business,  or  any  employee,  agent, or other representative
 2    operating within this State under the authority of the person
 3    or its subsidiary or other affiliate, irrespective of whether
 4    such place of business or agent or  other  representative  is
 5    located  in this State permanently or temporarily, or whether
 6    such person, subsidiary or other  affiliate  is  licensed  or
 7    qualified to do business in this State.
 8        "Public utility" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in
 9    Section  3-105  of the Public Utilities Act and shall include
10    telecommunications carriers as defined in Section  13-202  of
11    that Act and alternative retail electric suppliers as defined
12    in Section 16-102 of that Act.
13        "Purchase  at  retail"  shall  mean  any  acquisition  of
14    electricity   by   a   purchaser   for  purposes  of  use  or
15    consumption, and not for resale, but shall  not  include  the
16    use  of  electricity  by  a  public  utility  directly in the
17    generation, production, transmission,  delivery  or  sale  of
18    electricity.
19        "Purchaser"  shall  mean any person who uses or consumes,
20    within the corporate limits of the municipality,  electricity
21    acquired in a purchase at retail.
22        In  the  case  of  persons  engaged  in  the  business of
23    transmitting messages through the use  of  mobile  equipment,
24    such   as  cellular  phones  and  paging  systems,  the gross
25    receipts from the  business  shall  be  deemed  to  originate
26    within  the  corporate  limits  of a municipality only if the
27    address to which the bills for the service are sent is within
28    those corporate limits. If,  however,  that  address  is  not
29    located  within  a municipality that imposes a tax under this
30    Section, then (i) if the party responsible for  the  bill  is
31    not an individual, the gross receipts from the business shall
32    be  deemed  to  originate  within the corporate limits of the
33    municipality where that party's principal place  of  business
34    in Illinois is located, and (ii) if the party responsible for
                            -393-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the  bill  is  an  individual,  the  gross  receipts from the
 2    business shall be deemed to originate  within  the  corporate
 3    limits  of  the  municipality  where  that  party's principal
 4    residence in Illinois is located.
 5        (e)  Any municipality  that  imposes  taxes  upon  public
 6    utilities  or  upon  the  privilege  of  using  or  consuming
 7    electricity pursuant to this Section whose territory includes
 8    any  part  of  an  enterprise  zone  or  federally designated
 9    Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone may, by a majority vote of its
10    corporate authorities, exempt from those taxes for  a  period
11    not  exceeding  20  years  any  specified percentage of gross
12    receipts of public utilities received  from,  or  electricity
13    used or consumed by, business enterprises that:
14             (1)  either  (i)  make  investments  that  cause the
15        creation of a minimum of 200 full-time equivalent jobs in
16        Illinois, (ii) make investments of at least  $175,000,000
17        that  cause  the  creation  of a minimum of 150 full-time
18        equivalent jobs in Illinois, or  (iii)  make  investments
19        that  cause the retention of a minimum of 1,000 full-time
20        jobs in Illinois; and
21             (2)  are either (i) located in  an  Enterprise  Zone
22        established  pursuant to the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act
23        or (ii) Department  of  Commerce  and  Community  Affairs
24        designated  High Impact Businesses located in a federally
25        designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone; and
26             (3)  are certified by the Department of Commerce and
27        Community Affairs  as  complying  with  the  requirements
28        specified in clauses (1) and (2) of this paragraph (e).
29        Upon adoption of the ordinance authorizing the exemption,
30    the  municipal  clerk shall transmit a copy of that ordinance
31    to the Department of Commerce  and  Community  Affairs.   The
32    Department  of Commerce and Community Affairs shall determine
33    whether the business enterprises located in the  municipality
34    meet  the  criteria  prescribed  in  this  paragraph.  If the
                            -394-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Department of Commerce and Community Affairs determines  that
 2    the  business  enterprises  meet the criteria, it shall grant
 3    certification.  The  Department  of  Commerce  and  Community
 4    Affairs  shall act upon certification requests within 30 days
 5    after receipt of the ordinance.
 6        Upon certification of  the  business  enterprise  by  the
 7    Department  of Commerce and Community Affairs, the Department
 8    of Commerce and Community Affairs shall notify the Department
 9    of Revenue of the certification.  The Department  of  Revenue
10    shall  notify the public utilities of the exemption status of
11    the gross receipts received from, and the electricity used or
12    consumed  by,  the  certified  business  enterprises.    Such
13    exemption  status  shall  be  effective within 3 months after
14    certification.
15        (f)  A  municipality  that  imposes  taxes  upon   public
16    utilities  or  upon  the  privilege  of  using  or  consuming
17    electricity  under  this Section and whose territory includes
18    part of another unit of local government or a school district
19    may by ordinance exempt the other unit of local government or
20    school district from those taxes.
21        (g)  The amendment of this Section by Public  Act  84-127
22    shall  take  precedence  over  any  other  amendment  of this
23    Section by any  other  amendatory  Act  passed  by  the  84th
24    General  Assembly  before  the  effective  date of Public Act
25    84-127.
26        (h)  In any case in which, before July 1, 1992, a  person
27    engaged  in the business of transmitting messages through the
28    use of mobile equipment, such as cellular phones  and  paging
29    systems,  has  determined  the  municipality within which the
30    gross receipts from the business originated by  reference  to
31    the location of its transmitting or switching equipment, then
32    (i)  neither  the  municipality to which tax was paid on that
33    basis nor the taxpayer that paid tax on that basis  shall  be
34    required to rebate, refund, or issue credits for any such tax
                            -395-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    or  charge collected from customers to reimburse the taxpayer
 2    for the tax and (ii) no municipality to which tax would  have
 3    been  paid  with  respect  to  those  gross  receipts  if the
 4    provisions of this amendatory Act of 1991 had been in  effect
 5    before  July  1,  1992,  shall  have  any  claim  against the
 6    taxpayer for any amount of the tax.
 7    (Source: P.A.  89-325,  eff.  1-1-96;  90-16,  eff.  6-16-97;
 8    90-561,  eff.  8-1-98;   90-562,   eff.   12-16-97;   revised
 9    12-29-97.)
10        (65 ILCS 5/9-2-78) (from Ch. 24, par. 9-2-78)
11        Sec.  9-2-78.  If  an appeal is taken on any part of such
12    judgment, and if the board elects elect to proceed  with  the
13    improvement,  notwithstanding such an appeal, as provided for
14    in Section 9-2-102, the  clerk  shall  certify  the  appealed
15    portion, from time to time, in the manner above mentioned, as
16    the   judgment   is   rendered   thereon,   and  the  warrant
17    accompanying this certificate in each case shall be authority
18    for the collection  of  so  much  of  the  assessment  as  is
19    included in the portion of the roll thereto attached.
20        The  warrant  in  all  cases  of  assessment,  under this
21    Division 2, shall contain a copy of the  certificate  of  the
22    judgment describing lots, blocks, tracts, and parcels of land
23    assessed  so  far as they are contained in the portion of the
24    roll so certified, and shall  state  the  respective  amounts
25    assessed  on  each  lot, block, tract, or parcel of land, and
26    shall be delivered to the officer authorized to  collect  the
27    special  assessment.   The collector having a warrant for any
28    assessment levied to be paid by installments may receive  any
29    or  all  of  the  installments  of that assessment, but if he
30    receives only a part  of  the  installments,  then  he  shall
31    receive them in their numerical order.
32    (Source: Laws 1961, p. 576; revised 8-7-97.)
                            -396-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (65 ILCS 5/10-2.1-6) (from Ch. 24, par. 10-2.1-6)
 2        Sec.     10-2.1-6.     Examination     of     applicants;
 3    disqualifications.
 4        (a)  All  applicants for a position in either the fire or
 5    police department of the municipality shall be under 35 years
 6    of age, shall be subject to  an  examination  that  shall  be
 7    public,  competitive,  and open to all applicants (unless the
 8    council or board of trustees by ordinance limit applicants to
 9    electors of the municipality, county, state  or  nation)  and
10    shall  be  subject to reasonable limitations as to residence,
11    health, habits, and moral character.   The  municipality  may
12    not  charge  or collect any fee from an applicant who has met
13    all   prequalification   standards   established    by    the
14    municipality for any such position.
15        (b)  Residency  requirements  in  effect  at  the time an
16    individual  enters  the  fire  or   police   service   of   a
17    municipality  (other  than  a municipality that has more than
18    1,000,000 inhabitants) cannot be made  more  restrictive  for
19    that  individual  during  his  period  of  service  for  that
20    municipality, or be made a condition of promotion, except for
21    the rank or position of Fire or Police Chief.
22        (c)  No  person  with a record of misdemeanor convictions
23    except those under Sections 11-6, 11-7, 11-9,  11-14,  11-15,
24    11-17,  11-18,  11-19, 12-2, 12-6, 12-15, 14-4, 16-1, 21.1-3,
25    24-3.1, 24-5, 25-1, 28-3, 31-1, 31-4, 31-6, 31-7, 32-1, 32-2,
26    32-3, 32-4, 32-8, and subsections (1), (6) and (8) of Section
27    24-1 of the Criminal Code of 1961 or arrested for  any  cause
28    but  not  convicted  on that cause shall be disqualified from
29    taking the examination to qualify for a position in the  fire
30    department on grounds of habits or moral character.
31        (d)  The  age limitation in subsection (a) does not apply
32    (i) to any person  previously  employed  as  a  policeman  or
33    fireman  in a regularly constituted police or fire department
34    of (I) any municipality or (II) a  fire  protection  district
                            -397-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    whose  obligations  were  assumed  by  a  municipality  under
 2    Section  21  of the Fire Protection District Act, (ii) to any
 3    person who has served a municipality as a regularly  enrolled
 4    volunteer  fireman for 5 years immediately preceding the time
 5    that municipality begins to use full time firemen to  provide
 6    all  or  part of its fire protection service, or (iii) to any
 7    person who has served as an auxiliary policeman under Section
 8    3.1-30-20 for at least 5 years and is under 40 years of age.
 9        (e)  Applicants who are 20 years  of  age  and  who  have
10    successfully  completed 2 years of law enforcement studies at
11    an accredited college or university  may  be  considered  for
12    appointment  to  active  duty with the police department.  An
13    applicant described in this subsection (e) who  is  appointed
14    to  active duty shall not have power of arrest, nor shall the
15    applicant be permitted to carry firearms,  until  he  or  she
16    reaches 21 years of age.
17        (f)  Applicants  who  are  18  years  of age and who have
18    successfully completed 2 years of study in  fire  techniques,
19    amounting  to  a  total  of 4 high school credits, within the
20    cadet  program  of  a  municipality  may  be  considered  for
21    appointment to active duty with the fire  department  of  any
22    municipality.
23        (g)  The  council  or  board of trustees may by ordinance
24    provide that persons residing outside  the  municipality  are
25    eligible to take the examination.
26        (h)  The examinations shall be practical in character and
27    relate to those matters that will fairly test the capacity of
28    the persons examined to discharge the duties of the positions
29    to  which they seek appointment. No person shall be appointed
30    to the police or fire  department  if  he  or  she  does  not
31    possess  a  high  school diploma or an equivalent high school
32    education. A board of fire and police commissioners  may,  by
33    its  rules,  require  police  applicants  to have obtained an
34    associate's degree or a bachelor's degree as  a  prerequisite
                            -398-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    for  employment.   The  examinations  shall  include tests of
 2    physical  qualifications  and  health.  No  person  shall  be
 3    appointed to the police or fire department if he or  she  has
 4    suffered  the  amputation  of any limb unless the applicant's
 5    duties will be only clerical or  as  a  radio  operator.   No
 6    applicant  shall  be examined concerning his or her political
 7    or religious  opinions  or  affiliations.   The  examinations
 8    shall   be   conducted  by  the  board  of  fire  and  police
 9    commissioners  of  the  municipality  as  provided  in   this
10    Division 2.1.
11        (i)  No  person  who is classified by his local selective
12    service draft board as a conscientious objector, or  who  has
13    ever  been  so  classified,  may  be  appointed to the police
14    department.
15        (j)  No person shall be appointed to the police  or  fire
16    department unless he or she is a person of good character and
17    not  an  habitual drunkard, gambler, or a person who has been
18    convicted of a felony or a crime involving  moral  turpitude.
19    No person, however, shall be disqualified from appointment to
20    the   fire  department  because  of  his  or  her  record  of
21    misdemeanor convictions except  those  under  Sections  11-6,
22    11-7,  11-9,  11-14,  11-15, 11-17, 11-18, 11-19, 12-2, 12-6,
23    12-15, 14-4, 16-1, 21.1-3, 24-3.1, 24-5,  25-1,  28-3,  31-1,
24    31-4,   31-6,   31-7,  32-1,  32-2,  32-3,  32-4,  32-8,  and
25    subsections (1), (6) and (8) of Section 24-1 of the  Criminal
26    Code  of  1961  or arrest for any cause without conviction on
27    that cause. Any such person who is in the department  may  be
28    removed  on  charges brought and after a trial as provided in
29    this Division 2.1.
30    (Source: P.A. 89-52,  eff.  6-30-95;  90-445,  eff.  8-16-97;
31    90-481, eff. 8-17-97; revised 11-17-97.)
32        (65 ILCS 5/10-2.1-14) (from Ch. 24, par. 10-2.1-14)
33        Sec. 10-2.1-14. Register of eligibles.  The board of fire
                            -399-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    and police commissioners shall prepare and keep a register of
 2    persons  whose general average standing, upon examination, is
 3    not less than the minimum fixed by the rules  of  the  board,
 4    and  who  are  otherwise  eligible.  These persons shall take
 5    rank upon the register as candidates in the  order  of  their
 6    relative  excellence  as  determined  by examination, without
 7    reference to priority of time of examination. Applicants  who
 8    have been awarded a certificate attesting to their successful
 9    completion  of  the  Minimum  Standards Basic Law Enforcement
10    Training Course, as provided in the Illinois Police  Training
11    Act, may be given preference in appointment over noncertified
12    applicants.
13        Within  60  days  after  each examination, an eligibility
14    list shall be posted by the board, which shall show the final
15    grades of the candidates without  reference  to  priority  of
16    time of examination and subject to claim for military credit.
17    Candidates  who are eligible for military credit shall make a
18    claim in writing within 10 days  after  the  posting  of  the
19    eligibility  list  or  such  claim  shall  be  deemed waived.
20    Appointment shall be subject to a final physical examination.
21        If a person is placed on an eligibility list and  becomes
22    overage  before  he  or  she is appointed to a police or fire
23    department, the person remains eligible for appointment until
24    the list is  abolished  pursuant  to  authorized  procedures.
25    Otherwise  no  person  who  has  attained the age of 36 years
26    shall be inducted as a member of a police department  and  no
27    person who has attained the age of 35 years shall be inducted
28    as  a  member  of  a  fire  department,  except  as otherwise
29    provided in this division.
30    (Source: P.A. 89-52,  eff.  6-30-95;  90-455,  eff.  8-16-97;
31    90-481, eff. 8-17-97; revised 11-17-97.)
32        (65 ILCS 5/11-6-2) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-6-2)
33        Sec.   11-6-2.   The   corporate   authorities   of  each
                            -400-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    municipality may  contract  with  fire  protection  districts
 2    organized under "An Act to create Fire Protection Districts,"
 3    approved July 8, 1927, as now or hereafter amended, which are
 4    adjacent  to  the  municipality,  for  the furnishing of fire
 5    protection service for property located within the  districts
 6    but  outside  the  limits of the municipality, and may supply
 7    fire protection service to the owners of property which  lies
 8    outside  the  limits  of  the  municipality and may set up by
 9    ordinance a scale of charges changes therefor. The  corporate
10    authorities of any municipality shall provide fire protection
11    service  for  public  school  buildings  situated outside the
12    municipality in accordance with Section 16-10 of "The  School
13    Code".
14    (Source: P.A. 76-1791; revised 12-18-97.)
15        (65 ILCS 5/11-19.2-1) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-19.2-1)
16        Sec.  11-19.2-1.  Definitions.  As used in this Division,
17    unless the context requires otherwise:
18        (a)  "Code" means any municipal ordinance  that  pertains
19    to  or  regulates:  sanitation practices; forestry practices;
20    the attachment of bills or notices to  public  property;  the
21    definition, identification and abatement of public nuisances;
22    and the accumulation, disposal and transportation of garbage,
23    refuse and other forms of solid waste in a municipality.
24        (b)  "Sanitation  inspector"  means  a municipal employee
25    authorized to issue citations  for  code  violations  and  to
26    conduct  inspections  of public or private real property in a
27    municipality to determine if code violations exist.
28        (c)  "Property owner" means the legal or beneficial owner
29    of an improved or unimproved parcel of real estate.
30        (d)  "Hearing  officer"  means  a  person  other  than  a
31    sanitation inspector or law enforcement  officer  having  the
32    following powers and duties:
33             (1)  to  preside at an administrative hearing called
                            -401-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        to determine whether or not a code violation exists;
 2             (2)  to hear testimony and accept evidence from  the
 3        sanitation  inspector,  the respondent and all interested
 4        parties relevant to the existence of a code violation;
 5             (3)  to preserve and authenticate the record of  the
 6        hearing  and  all exhibits and evidence introduced at the
 7        hearing;
 8             (4)  to issue and sign a written  finding,  decision
 9        and order stating whether a code violation exists; and
10             (5)  to  impose penalties consistent with applicable
11        code provisions and to assess costs reasonably related to
12        instituting the proceeding upon  finding  the  respondent
13        liable for the charged violation, provided, however, that
14        in  no event shall the hearing officer have the authority
15        to impose a penalty of incarceration.
16        (e)  "Respondent" means a property owner, waste hauler or
17    other person charged  with  liability  for  an  alleged  code
18    violation  and  the person to whom the notice of violation is
19    directed.
20        (f)  "Solid waste" means demolition materials,  food  and
21    industrial  processing  wastes,  garden  trash, land cleaning
22    wastes, mixed refuse, non-combustible  refuse,  rubbish,  and
23    trash as those terms are defined in Section 1653 of the Solid
24    Waste Disposal District Act.
25        (g)  "Waste   hauler"   means   any   person   owning  or
26    controlling any vehicle used to carry or  transport  garbage,
27    refuse or other forms of solid waste.
28    (Source: P.A. 86-1364; revised 8-7-97.)
29        (65 ILCS 5/11-74-2) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-74-2)
30        Sec. 11-74-2. Whenever used in this Division 74, unless a
31    different meaning clearly appears from the context:
32        (1)  "Industrial  project" means any (a) capital project,
33    including  one  or  more  buildings  and  other   structures,
                            -402-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    improvements,  machinery  and equipment whether or not on the
 2    same site  or  sites  now  existing  or  hereafter  acquired,
 3    suitable  for use by any manufacturing, industrial, research,
 4    transportation or commercial enterprise,  including  but  not
 5    limited  to,  use  as  a  factory,  mill,  processing  plant,
 6    assembly  plant,  packaging  plant, fabricating plant, office
 7    building, industrial distribution center, warehouse,  repair,
 8    overhaul  or  service  facility,  freight  terminal, research
 9    facility, test facility,  railroad  facility,  or  commercial
10    facility,  and  including  also  the  sites thereof and other
11    rights in land therefor whether improved or unimproved,  site
12    preparation   and  landscaping,  and  all  appurtenances  and
13    facilities  incidental  thereto  such  as  utilities,  access
14    roads,  railroad   sidings,   truck   docking   and   similar
15    facilities,  parking facilities, dockage, wharfage, and other
16    improvements necessary or  convenient  thereto;  or  (b)  any
17    land,   buildings,   machinery  or  equipment  comprising  an
18    addition to, or renovation, rehabilitation or improvement  of
19    any existing capital project; (c) construction, remodeling or
20    conversion  of  a  structure  to  be  leased  to the Illinois
21    Department of Corrections for the purposes of its serving  as
22    a  correctional institution or facility pursuant to paragraph
23    (c) of Section 3-2-2 of the Unified Code of  Corrections;  or
24    (d)  construction, remodeling or conversion of a structure to
25    be leased to the Department of  Central  Management  Services
26    for  the  purpose  of serving as a State facility pursuant to
27    Section 67.25 of the Civil Administrative Code of Illinois.
28        (2)  "Municipality"  includes  any   city,   village   or
29    incorporated town in this State.
30    (Source: P.A. 84-946; revised 7-21-97.)
31        (65 ILCS 5/11-74.6-10)
32        Sec. 11-74.6-10.  Definitions.
33        (a)  "Environmentally   contaminated   area"   means  any
                            -403-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    improved  or  vacant  area  within  the   boundaries   of   a
 2    redevelopment  project  area  located  within  the  corporate
 3    limits   of  a  municipality  when,  (i)  there  has  been  a
 4    determination of release or substantial threat of release  of
 5    a  hazardous  substance  or  pesticide,  by the United States
 6    Environmental Protection Agency or the Illinois Environmental
 7    Protection Agency, or the Illinois Pollution  Control  Board,
 8    or  any  court, or a release or substantial threat of release
 9    which is addressed as part of  the  Pre-Notice  Site  Cleanup
10    Program  under  Section 22.2(m) of the Illinois Environmental
11    Protection Act, or a release or substantial threat of release
12    of  petroleum   under   Section   22.12   of   the   Illinois
13    Environmental  Protection  Act,  and  (ii)  which  release or
14    threat of release presents an imminent and substantial danger
15    to public health or welfare or presents a significant  threat
16    to  public health or the environment, and (iii) which release
17    or threat of release would have a significant impact  on  the
18    cost of redeveloping the area.
19        (b)  "Department"  means  the  Department of Commerce and
20    Community Affairs.
21        (c)  "Industrial park" means an area in  a  redevelopment
22    project   area   suitable   for  use  by  any  manufacturing,
23    industrial,  research,  or  transportation   enterprise,   of
24    facilities,  including  but  not limited to factories, mills,
25    processing   plants,   assembly   plants,   packing   plants,
26    fabricating plants, distribution centers, warehouses,  repair
27    overhaul  or  service facilities, freight terminals, research
28    facilities,  test  facilities  or  railroad  facilities.   An
29    industrial  park  may  contain space for commercial and other
30    use as long as the expected principal  use  of  the  park  is
31    industrial  and  is  reasonably  expected  to  result  in the
32    creation of a significant number of new  permanent full  time
33    jobs.  An industrial park may also contain related operations
34    and  facilities  including,  but not limited to, business and
                            -404-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    office  support  services  such  as  centralized   computers,
 2    telecommunications,  publishing, accounting, photocopying and
 3    similar activities and employee services such as child  care,
 4    health   care,   food  service  and  similar  activities.  An
 5    industrial park  may  also  include  demonstration  projects,
 6    prototype  development,  specialized  training  on developing
 7    technology,  and  pure  research  in  any  field  related  or
 8    adaptable to business and industry.
 9        (d)  "Research park" means an  area  in  a  redevelopment
10    project  area  suitable  for  development  of  a  facility or
11    complex  that  includes  research  laboratories  and  related
12    operations.  These related operations may  include,  but  are
13    not  limited to, business and office support services such as
14    centralized   computers,   telecommunications,    publishing,
15    accounting, photocopying and similar activities, and employee
16    services  such  as  child care, health care, food service and
17    similar activities. A research park may include demonstration
18    projects,  prototype  development,  specialized  training  on
19    developing technology, and pure research in any field related
20    or adaptable to business and industry.
21        (e)  "Industrial park conservation area"  means  an  area
22    within the boundaries of a redevelopment project area located
23    within the corporate limits of a municipality or within 1 1/2
24    miles  of  the corporate limits of a municipality if the area
25    is to be annexed to the municipality, if the area is zoned as
26    industrial no later than the date on which  the  municipality
27    by  ordinance  designates the redevelopment project area, and
28    if the area includes improved or vacant land suitable for use
29    as an industrial park or a research  park,  or  both.  To  be
30    designated  as an industrial park conservation area, the area
31    shall also satisfy one of the following standards:
32             (1)  Standard One: The municipality must be a  labor
33        surplus  municipality  and  the  area  must  be served by
34        adequate public and or road transportation for access  by
                            -405-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        the unemployed and for the movement of goods or materials
 2        and  the redevelopment project area shall contain no more
 3        than  2%  of  the  most  recently  ascertained  equalized
 4        assessed value  of all taxable real properties within the
 5        corporate limits of the municipality after adjustment for
 6        all annexations associated with the establishment of  the
 7        redevelopment  project area or be located in the vicinity
 8        of a waste disposal site or other  waste  facility.   The
 9        project plan shall include a plan for and shall establish
10        a  marketing program to attract appropriate businesses to
11        the proposed industrial park conservation area and  shall
12        include  an  adequate plan for financing and construction
13        of  the  necessary   infrastructure.   No   redevelopment
14        projects  may  be  authorized  by  the municipality under
15        Standard One of subsection (e) of this Section unless the
16        project plan also provides  for  an  employment  training
17        project that would prepare unemployed workers for work in
18        the  industrial  park  conservation area, and the project
19        has been approved by official  action  of  or  is  to  be
20        operated  by the local community college district, public
21        school district or state or  locally  designated  private
22        industry council or successor agency, or
23             (2)  Standard   Two:  The  municipality  must  be  a
24        substantial labor surplus municipality and the area  must
25        be  served  by adequate public and or road transportation
26        for access by the unemployed  and  for  the  movement  of
27        goods  or  materials  and  the redevelopment project area
28        shall contain no  more  than  2%  of  the  most  recently
29        ascertained  equalized assessed value of all taxable real
30        properties   within   the   corporate   limits   of   the
31        municipality  after  adjustment   for   all   annexations
32        associated  with  the  establishment of the redevelopment
33        project area. No redevelopment projects may be authorized
34        by the municipality under Standard Two of subsection  (e)
                            -406-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        of this Section unless the project plan also provides for
 2        an   employment   training  project  that  would  prepare
 3        unemployed  workers  for  work  in  the  industrial  park
 4        conservation area, and the project has been  approved  by
 5        official  action  of  or  is  to be operated by the local
 6        community college district,  public  school  district  or
 7        state  or  locally designated private industry council or
 8        successor agency.
 9        (f)  "Vacant  industrial  buildings  conservation   area"
10    means  an  area  containing  one or more industrial buildings
11    located within the corporate limits of the municipality  that
12    has  been  zoned  industrial  for at least 5 years before the
13    designation of that area as a redevelopment project  area  by
14    the  municipality  and  is  planned for reuse principally for
15    industrial purposes. For the  area  to  be  designated  as  a
16    vacant industrial buildings conservation area, the area shall
17    also satisfy one of the following standards:
18             (1)  Standard  One: The area shall consist of one or
19        more industrial buildings totaling at  least  50,000  net
20        square  feet  of industrial space, with a majority of the
21        total area of all the buildings having been vacant for at
22        least 18 months; and (A) the area is located in  a  labor
23        surplus  municipality  or  a  substantial  labor  surplus
24        municipality,  or (B) the equalized assessed value of the
25        properties within the area during the last 2 years is  at
26        least 25% lower than the maximum equalized assessed value
27        of  those  properties during the immediately preceding 10
28        years.
29             (2)  Standard Two: The area exclusively consists  of
30        industrial  buildings or a building complex operated by a
31        user or related users (A) that has within the immediately
32        preceding  5  years  either  (i)  employed  200  or  more
33        employees at that  location,  or  (ii)  if  the  area  is
34        located  in a municipality with a population of 12,000 or
                            -407-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        less, employed more than 50 employees  at  that  location
 2        and  (B)  either  is  currently vacant, or the owner has:
 3        (i) directly notified  the  municipality  of  the  user's
 4        intention to terminate operations at the facility or (ii)
 5        filed a notice of closure under the Worker Adjustment and
 6        Retraining Notification Act.
 7        (g)  "Labor surplus municipality" means a municipality in
 8    which,  during  the  4  calendar  calender  years immediately
 9    preceding the date the municipality by  ordinance  designates
10    an   industrial   park   conservation   area,   the   average
11    unemployment  rate  was  1% or more over the national average
12    unemployment rate for that same period of time  as  published
13    in  the  United  States  Department  of Labor Bureau of Labor
14    Statistics publication entitled "The Employment Situation" or
15    its  successor   publication.  For  the   purpose   of   this
16    subsection  (g),  if  unemployment  rate  statistics  for the
17    municipality are not available, the unemployment rate in  the
18    municipality  shall  be  deemed to be: (i) for a municipality
19    that is not in an urban county, the same as the  unemployment
20    rate  in  the  principal  county  where  the  municipality is
21    located or (ii) for  a municipality in  an  urban  county  at
22    that  municipality's  option,  either  the  unemployment rate
23    certified  for  the  municipality  by  the  Department  after
24    consultation with the Illinois Department  of  Labor  or  the
25    federal  Bureau of Labor Statistics, or the unemployment rate
26    of the municipality as determined by the most recent  federal
27    census  if  that census was not dated more than 5 years prior
28    to the date on which the determination is made.
29        (h)  "Substantial labor  surplus  municipality"  means  a
30    municipality   in   which,   during   the  5  calendar  years
31    immediately preceding the date the municipality by  ordinance
32    designates  an industrial park conservation area, the average
33    unemployment rate was 2% or more over  the  national  average
34    unemployment  rate for  that same period of time as published
                            -408-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    in  the  United  States  Department   of   Labor   Statistics
 2    publication   entitled  "The  Employment  Situation"  or  its
 3    successor publication. For the  purpose  of  this  subsection
 4    (h), if unemployment rate statistics for the municipality are
 5    not  available,  the  unemployment  rate  in the municipality
 6    shall be deemed to be:  (i) for a municipality that is not in
 7    an urban county, the same as the  unemployment  rate  in  the
 8    principal  county  in  which  the municipality is located; or
 9    (ii)  for  a  municipality  in  an  urban  county,  at   that
10    municipality's option, either the unemployment rate certified
11    for  the  municipality  by  the Department after consultation
12    with the Illinois Department of Labor or the  federal  Bureau
13    of   Labor  Statistics,  or  the  unemployment  rate  of  the
14    municipality as determined by the most recent federal  census
15    if  that  census was not dated more than 5 years prior to the
16    date on which the determination is made.
17        (i)  "Municipality" means a city, village or incorporated
18    town.
19        (j)  "Obligations" means bonds, loans, debentures, notes,
20    special certificates or other evidence of indebtedness issued
21    by the municipality to carry out a redevelopment  project  or
22    to refund outstanding obligations.
23        (k)  "Payment in lieu of taxes" means those estimated tax
24    revenues  from  real property in a redevelopment project area
25    acquired  by  a  municipality,   which   according   to   the
26    redevelopment  project  or  plan are to be used for a private
27    use,  that  taxing  districts  would  have  received  had   a
28    municipality  not  adopted tax increment allocation financing
29    and that would result from levies made after the time of  the
30    adoption of tax increment allocation financing until the time
31    the  current equalized assessed value of real property in the
32    redevelopment  project  area  exceeds   the   total   initial
33    equalized assessed value of real property in that area.
34        (l)  "Redevelopment plan" means the comprehensive program
                            -409-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of the municipality for development or redevelopment intended
 2    by  the  payment  of redevelopment project costs to reduce or
 3    eliminate the conditions  that  qualified  the  redevelopment
 4    project  area  as  an  environmentally  contaminated  area or
 5    industrial  park  conservation  area,  or  vacant  industrial
 6    buildings conservation  area,  or  combination  thereof,  and
 7    thereby to enhance the tax bases of the taxing districts that
 8    extend   into   the   redevelopment   project   area.    Each
 9    redevelopment  plan  must  set forth in writing the bases for
10    the municipal  findings  required  in  this  subsection,  the
11    program  to  be  undertaken  to  accomplish  the  objectives,
12    including  but  not  limited  to: (1) estimated redevelopment
13    project costs, (2) evidence indicating that the redevelopment
14    project area on the whole has not been subject to growth  and
15    development  through  investment  by  private enterprise, (3)
16    (i)  in the case of  an  environmentally  contaminated  area,
17    industrial  park  conservation  area,  or a vacant industrial
18    buildings conservation area classified under either  Standard
19    One,  or Standard Two of subsection (f) where the building is
20    currently  vacant,  evidence  that  implementation   of   the
21    redevelopment   plan  is  reasonably  expected  to  create  a
22    significant number of permanent full time jobs, (ii)  in  the
23    case  of  a  vacant  industrial  buildings  conservation area
24    classified under Standard Two (B)(i) or  (ii)  of  subsection
25    (f),  evidence  that implementation of the redevelopment plan
26    is reasonably expected to  retain  a  significant  number  of
27    existing permanent full time jobs, and (iii) in the case of a
28    combination   of   an   environmentally   contaminated  area,
29    industrial  park  conservation  area,  or  vacant  industrial
30    buildings conservation  area,  evidence  that  the  standards
31    concerning  the  creation  or retention of jobs for each area
32    set forth in (i) or (ii) above are met, (4) an assessment  of
33    any  financial impact of the redevelopment project area on or
34    any increased demand for services from  any  taxing  district
                            -410-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    affected  by  the  plan  and  any  program  to  address  such
 2    financial  impact  or  increased  demand,  (5) the sources of
 3    funds  to  pay  costs,  (6)  the  nature  and  term  of   the
 4    obligations  to  be  issued,  (7)  the  most recent equalized
 5    assessed valuation of the redevelopment project area, (8)  an
 6    estimate   of   the   equalized   assessed   valuation  after
 7    redevelopment and the general land uses that are  applied  in
 8    the  redevelopment  project  area,  (9)  a commitment to fair
 9    employment practices and an affirmative action plan, (10)  if
10    it   includes  an  industrial  park  conservation  area,  the
11    following:  (i)  a  general  description  of   any   proposed
12    developer,  (ii)  user  and  tenant  of any property, (iii) a
13    description of the type, structure and general  character  of
14    the facilities to be developed, and (iv) a description of the
15    type, class and number of new employees to be employed in the
16    operation  of  the  facilities  to  be  developed, (11) if it
17    includes an environmentally contaminated area, the following:
18    either (i) a determination of release or  substantial  threat
19    of  release  of  a  hazardous  substance  or  pesticide or of
20    petroleum  by  the  United  States  Environmental  Protection
21    Agency or the Illinois Environmental  Protection  Agency,  or
22    the  Illinois  Pollution  Control Board or any court; or (ii)
23    both an environmental audit report by a nationally recognized
24    independent environmental auditor  having  a  reputation  for
25    expertise  in  these  matters and a copy of the signed Review
26    and Evaluation Services Agreement  indicating  acceptance  of
27    the site by the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency into
28    the  Pre-Notice  Site  Cleanup Program, (12) if it includes a
29    vacant industrial buildings conservation area, the following:
30    (i) a general description of  any  proposed  developer,  (ii)
31    user  and  tenant  of  any  building  or  buildings,  (iii) a
32    description of the type, structure and general  character  of
33    the  building  or  buildings  to  be  developed,  and  (iv) a
34    description of the type, class and number of new employees to
                            -411-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    be employed or existing  employees  to  be  retained  in  the
 2    operation of the building or buildings to be redeveloped, and
 3    (13)  if  property  is to be annexed to the municipality, the
 4    terms of the annexation agreement.
 5        No redevelopment plan shall be adopted by a  municipality
 6    without findings that:
 7             (1)  the redevelopment project area on the whole has
 8        not  been  subject  to  growth  and  development  through
 9        investment by private enterprise and would not reasonably
10        be  anticipated to be developed in accordance with public
11        goals  stated  in  the  redevelopment  plan  without  the
12        adoption of the redevelopment plan;
13             (2)  the redevelopment plan and project  conform  to
14        the   comprehensive  plan  for  the  development  of  the
15        municipality as a whole, or, for  municipalities  with  a
16        population  of  100,000  or  more, regardless of when the
17        redevelopment  plan  and   project   was   adopted,   the
18        redevelopment  plan  and project either:  (i) conforms to
19        the strategic economic development or redevelopment  plan
20        issued  by  the  designated  planning  authority  of  the
21        municipality  or  (ii)  includes land uses that have been
22        approved by the planning commission of the municipality;
23             (3)  that  the  redevelopment  plan  is   reasonably
24        expected  to  create  or  retain  a significant number of
25        permanent full time jobs as set forth in paragraph (3) of
26        subsection (l) above;
27             (4)  the  estimated  date  of  completion   of   the
28        redevelopment   project  and  retirement  of  obligations
29        incurred to finance redevelopment project  costs  is  not
30        more  than  23  years  from the adoption of the ordinance
31        approving the project;
32             (5)  in the case of an industrial park  conservation
33        area,   that   the   municipality   is  a  labor  surplus
34        municipality or a substantial labor surplus  municipality
                            -412-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        and  that the implementation of the redevelopment plan is
 2        reasonably expected to create  a  significant  number  of
 3        permanent full time new jobs and, by the provision of new
 4        facilities,  significantly  enhance  the  tax base of the
 5        taxing  districts  that  extend  into  the  redevelopment
 6        project area;
 7             (6)  in the case of an environmentally  contaminated
 8        area,   that   the  area  is  subject  to  a  release  or
 9        substantial threat of release of a  hazardous  substance,
10        pesticide  or  petroleum  which  presents an imminent and
11        substantial  danger  to  public  health  or  welfare   or
12        presents   a  significant  threat  to  public  health  or
13        environment, that such release or threat of release  will
14        have a significant impact on the cost of redeveloping the
15        area,  that  the implementation of the redevelopment plan
16        is reasonably  expected  to  result  in  the  area  being
17        redeveloped,   the   tax  base  of  the  affected  taxing
18        districts being significantly enhanced thereby,  and  the
19        creation  of  a significant number of permanent full time
20        jobs; and
21             (7)  in the use of  a  vacant  industrial  buildings
22        conservation  area,  that  the area is located within the
23        corporate limits of a municipality that  has  been  zoned
24        industrial for at least 5 years before its designation as
25        a  project redeveloped area, that it contains one or more
26        industrial buildings,  and  whether  the  area  has  been
27        designated   under   Standard  One  or  Standard  Two  of
28        subsection (f) and the basis for that designation.
29        (m)  "Redevelopment project" means any public or  private
30    development  project  in  furtherance  of the objectives of a
31    redevelopment plan.
32        (n)  "Redevelopment project area" means a contiguous area
33    designated by the  municipality  that  is  not  less  in  the
34    aggregate  than  1  1/2 acres, and for which the municipality
                            -413-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    has made a finding that there exist conditions that cause the
 2    area to be classified  as  an  industrial  park  conservation
 3    area,  a  vacant  industrial  building  conservation area, an
 4    environmentally contaminated area or a combination  of  these
 5    types of areas.
 6        (o)  "Redevelopment project costs" means the sum total of
 7    all reasonable or necessary costs incurred or estimated to be
 8    incurred   by  the  municipality,  and  any  of  those  costs
 9    incidental  to  a  redevelopment  plan  and  a  redevelopment
10    project.   These  costs  include,  without  limitation,   the
11    following:
12             (1)  Costs   of  studies,  surveys,  development  of
13        plans,    and    specifications,    implementation    and
14        administration  of  the  redevelopment  plan,  staff  and
15        professional    service    costs    for    architectural,
16        engineering, legal, marketing,  financial,  planning,  or
17        other  services, but no charges for professional services
18        may be  based  on  a  percentage  of  the  tax  increment
19        collected.
20             (2)  Property  assembly costs within a redevelopment
21        project area, including but not limited to acquisition of
22        land and other real or personal  property  or  rights  or
23        interests therein.
24             (3)  Site   preparation  costs,  including  but  not
25        limited to clearance of any area within  a  redevelopment
26        project  area  by  demolition  or removal of any existing
27        buildings,   structures,    fixtures,    utilities    and
28        improvements  and  clearing  and  grading;  and including
29        installation, repair,  construction,  reconstruction,  or
30        relocation of public streets, public utilities, and other
31        public    site   improvements   within   or   without   a
32        redevelopment project area which  are  essential  to  the
33        preparation  of the redevelopment project area for use in
34        accordance with a redevelopment plan.
                            -414-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (4)  Costs    of     renovation,     rehabilitation,
 2        reconstruction,  relocation,  repair or remodeling of any
 3        existing public or private buildings,  improvements,  and
 4        fixtures within a redevelopment project area.
 5             (5)  Costs  of  construction  within a redevelopment
 6        project area of public improvements,  including  but  not
 7        limited  to,  buildings,  structures, works, utilities or
 8        fixtures.
 9             (6)  Costs of eliminating or  removing  contaminants
10        and  other  impediments  required  by  federal  or  State
11        environmental  laws,  rules, regulations, and guidelines,
12        orders or other requirements or those imposed by  private
13        lending institutions as a condition for approval of their
14        financial  support, debt or equity, for the redevelopment
15        projects, provided, however, that in the event (i)  other
16        federal   or  State  funds  have  been  certified  by  an
17        administrative agency as  adequate  to  pay  these  costs
18        during   the   18   months  after  the  adoption  of  the
19        redevelopment plan, or (ii)  the  municipality  has  been
20        reimbursed  for such costs by persons legally responsible
21        for them, such federal, State, or  private  funds  shall,
22        insofar  as  possible, be fully expended prior to the use
23        of any revenues deposited in the special  tax  allocation
24        fund  of  the  municipality  and  any other such federal,
25        State or private funds received shall be deposited in the
26        fund.  The municipality shall seek reimbursement of these
27        costs from persons legally responsible  for  these  costs
28        and the costs of obtaining this reimbursement.
29             (7)  Costs of job training and retraining projects.
30             (8)  Financing  costs,  including but not limited to
31        all necessary and  incidental  expenses  related  to  the
32        issuance  of obligations and which may include payment of
33        interest  on  any  obligations  issued  under  this   Act
34        accruing  during  the estimated period of construction of
                            -415-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        any redevelopment project for which the  obligations  are
 2        issued  and  for  not  exceeding 36 months thereafter and
 3        including reasonable reserves related to those costs.
 4             (9)  All or a portion of a taxing district's capital
 5        costs   resulting   from   the   redevelopment    project
 6        necessarily  incurred or to be incurred in furtherance of
 7        the objectives of the redevelopment plan and project,  to
 8        the  extent the municipality by written agreement accepts
 9        and approves those costs.
10             (10)  Relocation  costs  to  the   extent   that   a
11        municipality  determines  that  relocation costs shall be
12        paid or is required to make payment of  relocation  costs
13        by federal or State law.
14             (11)  Payments in lieu of taxes.
15             (12)  Costs  of  job  training,  advanced vocational
16        education or career education, including but not  limited
17        to  courses  in occupational, semi-technical or technical
18        fields leading directly to employment, incurred by one or
19        more taxing districts, if those costs are: (i) related to
20        the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  additional  job
21        training,  advanced  vocational   education   or   career
22        education programs for persons employed or to be employed
23        by employers located in a redevelopment project area; and
24        (ii)   are  incurred  by  a  taxing  district  or  taxing
25        districts other than the municipality and are  set  forth
26        in  a  written agreement by or among the municipality and
27        the taxing district or taxing districts, which  agreement
28        describes the program to be undertaken, including but not
29        limited  to  the  number  of  employees  to be trained, a
30        description of the training and services to be  provided,
31        the  number  and  type  of  positions  available or to be
32        available, itemized costs of the program and  sources  of
33        funds to pay for the same, and the term of the agreement.
34        These   costs   include,  specifically,  the  payment  by
                            -416-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        community college districts of costs under Sections 3-37,
 2        3-38, 3-40 and 3-40.1 of the Public Community College Act
 3        and by school districts of costs under Sections 10-22.20a
 4        and 10-23.3a of the School Code.
 5             (13)  The interest costs incurred by redevelopers or
 6        other  nongovernmental  persons  in  connection  with   a
 7        redevelopment   project,     and  specifically  including
 8        payments to redevelopers or other nongovernmental persons
 9        as  reimbursement  for  such  costs  incurred   by   such
10        redeveloper  or  other  nongovernmental  person, provided
11        that:
12                  (A)  interest costs shall be paid or reimbursed
13             by  a  municipality  only  pursuant  to  the   prior
14             official  action  of  the municipality evidencing an
15             intent to pay or reimburse such interest costs;
16                  (B)  such payments in  any  one  year  may  not
17             exceed  30% of the annual interest costs incurred by
18             the redeveloper with  regard  to  the  redevelopment
19             project during that year;
20                  (C)  except  as  provided  in subparagraph (E),
21             the  aggregate  amount  of  such   costs   paid   or
22             reimbursed by a municipality shall not exceed 30% of
23             the   total  (i)  costs  paid  or  incurred  by  the
24             redeveloper or other nongovernmental person in  that
25             year plus (ii) redevelopment project costs excluding
26             any property assembly costs and any relocation costs
27             incurred by a municipality pursuant to this Act;
28                  (D)  interest costs shall be paid or reimbursed
29             by  a  municipality  solely  from  the  special  tax
30             allocation fund established pursuant to this Act and
31             shall not be paid or reimbursed from the proceeds of
32             any obligations issued by a municipality;
33                  (E)  if   there   are   not   sufficient  funds
34             available in the special tax allocation fund in  any
                            -417-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             year  to make such payment or reimbursement in full,
 2             any amount of such interest  cost  remaining  to  be
 3             paid  or  reimbursed  by a municipality shall accrue
 4             and be payable  when  funds  are  available  in  the
 5             special tax allocation fund to make such payment.
 6             (14)  The  costs  of  construction  of new privately
 7        owned buildings shall not be  an  eligible  redevelopment
 8        project cost.
 9        If  a special service area has been established under the
10    Special Service Area Tax Act, then any tax increment revenues
11    derived from  the  tax  imposed  thereunder  to  the  Special
12    Service  Area  Tax  Act  may be used within the redevelopment
13    project area for the purposes permitted by that Act  as  well
14    as the purposes permitted by this Act.
15        (p)  "Redevelopment  Planning  Area"  means  an  area  so
16    designated  by  a  municipality  after  the  municipality has
17    complied with all the findings  and  procedures  required  to
18    establish   a   redevelopment  project  area,  including  the
19    existence  of  conditions  that  qualify  the  area   as   an
20    industrial  park  conservation  area,  or  an environmentally
21    contaminated  area,  or   a   vacant   industrial   buildings
22    conservation  area, or a combination of these types of areas,
23    and adopted a redevelopment plan and project for the planning
24    area and its included redevelopment project areas.  The  area
25    shall  not be designated as a redevelopment planning area for
26    more than 5 years.  At any time in the 5 years following that
27    designation of the area, the municipality may  designate  the
28    area,  or any portion of the area, as a redevelopment project
29    area without making additional  findings  or  complying  with
30    additional   procedures   required  for  the  creation  of  a
31    redevelopment project area.
32        (q)  "Taxing  districts"   means   counties,   townships,
33    municipalities,  and  school,  road, park, sanitary, mosquito
34    abatement, forest preserve, public health,  fire  protection,
                            -418-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    river  conservancy,  tuberculosis  sanitarium  and  any other
 2    municipal corporations or districts with the  power  to  levy
 3    taxes.
 4        (r)  "Taxing  districts' capital costs" means those costs
 5    of taxing districts for capital improvements that  are  found
 6    by  the municipal corporate authorities to be necessary and a
 7    direct result of the redevelopment project.
 8        (s)  "Urban county" means a county with 240,000  or  more
 9    inhabitants.
10        (t)  "Vacant  area",  as  used  in subsection (a) of this
11    Section, means any  parcel or combination of parcels of  real
12    property   without  industrial,  commercial  and  residential
13    buildings that has not been used for commercial  agricultural
14    purposes  within  5  years  before  the  designation  of  the
15    redevelopment project area, unless that parcel is included in
16    an industrial park conservation area.
17    (Source: P.A. 88-537; revised 7-21-97.)
18        (65 ILCS 5/11-119.1-12) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-119.1-12)
19        Sec.  11-119.1-12.   A.  This Division shall be construed
20    liberally to effectuate its legislative intent  and  purpose,
21    as  complete and independent authority for the performance of
22    each and every act and thing authorized by this Division, and
23    all  authority  granted  shall  be  broadly  interpreted   to
24    effectuate this intent and purpose and not as a limitation of
25    powers.  This Division is expressly not a limit on any of the
26    powers  granted any unit of local government of this State by
27    constitution, statute, charter or otherwise, other than  when
28    the  unit of local government is acting expressly pursuant to
29    this Division Divison.
30        B.  In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between
31    this Division and any other law  or  charter  provision,  the
32    provisions of this Division shall prevail.
33        C.  Any   provision   of   this  Division  which  may  be
                            -419-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    determined  by  competent  authority  to  be  prohibited   or
 2    unenforceable   in   any   jurisdiction  shall,  as  to  such
 3    jurisdiction,  be  ineffective  to   the   extent   of   such
 4    prohibition  or  unenforceability  without  invalidating  the
 5    remaining  provisions  hereof,  and  any  such prohibition or
 6    unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate  or
 7    render    unenforceable   such   provision   in   any   other
 8    jurisdiction.
 9    (Source: P.A. 83-997; revised 7-21-97.)
10        Section 57.  The Economic Development  Project  Area  Tax
11    Increment  Allocation  Act  of  1995  is  amended by changing
12    Section 5 as follows:
13        (65 ILCS 110/5)
14        Sec. 5.  Legislative Declaration.
15        (a)  The General Assembly finds, determines, and declares
16    the following:
17             (1)  Actions taken by the Secretary  of  Defense  to
18        close  military  installations  under  Title  II  of  the
19        Defense  Authorization  Amendments  and  Base Closure and
20        Realignment Act  (Public  Law  100-526;  10  U.S.C.  2687
21        note),  the  Defense  Base Closure and Realignment Act of
22        1990 (part A of title XXIX  of  Public  Law  101-510;  10
23        U.S.C.  2687  note)  or  Section  2687 of Title 10 of the
24        United States Code (10 U.S.C. 2687), as supplemented  and
25        amended,  have  an  adverse socioeconomic impact upon the
26        State  residents  due  to  the  loss  of   civilian   job
27        opportunities,  the  transfer  of  permanently  stationed
28        military   personnel,  the  decline  in  population,  the
29        vacancy of existing  buildings,  structures,  residential
30        housing   units  and  other  facilities,  the  burden  of
31        assuming and maintaining existing  utility  systems,  and
32        the erosion of the State's economic base.
                            -420-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (2)  The  redevelopment  and reuse by the public and
 2        private sectors of any military  installation  closed  by
 3        the Secretary of Defense and converted to civilian use is
 4        impaired due to little or no platting of any of the land,
 5        deleterious  land  use  and  layout,  lack  of  community
 6        planning,  depreciation of physical maintenance, presence
 7        of structures below  minimum  code  standards,  excessive
 8        vacancies,  lack of adequate utility services and need to
 9        improve transportation facilities.
10             (3)  The closing of  military  installations  within
11        the  State  is  a  serious  menace to the health, safety,
12        morals, and general welfare of the people of  the  entire
13        State.
14             (4)  Protection   against   the   economic   burdens
15        associated  with  the  closing of military installations,
16        the  consequent  spread  of  economic   stagnation,   the
17        impairments to redevelopment and reuse, and the resulting
18        harm to the tax base of the State can best be provided by
19        promoting, attracting and stimulating commerce, industry,
20        manufacturing   and   other  public  and  private  sector
21        investment within the State.
22             (5)  The  continual  encouragement,   redevelopment,
23        reuse,  growth,  and  expansion of commercial businesses,
24        industrial and manufacturing facilities and other  public
25        and  private  investment on closed military installations
26        within the State requires a  cooperative  and  continuous
27        partnership between government and the private sector.
28             (6)  The  State  has  a  responsibility  to create a
29        favorable climate for new and improved job  opportunities
30        for  its  citizens  and  to  increase the tax base of the
31        State and its political subdivisions by  encouraging  the
32        redevelopment and reuse by the public and private sectors
33        of    new    commercial    businesses,   industrial   and
34        manufacturing facilities, and other  civilian  uses  with
                            -421-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        respect  to the vacant buildings, structures, residential
 2        housing units, and other facilities  on  closed  military
 3        miliary installations within the State.
 4             (7)  The  lack  of redevelopment and reuse of closed
 5        military installations within the  State  has  persisted,
 6        despite  efforts  of  State  and  local  authorities  and
 7        private   organizations   to   attract   new   commercial
 8        businesses,  industrial  and manufacturing facilities and
 9        other public and private sector investment  for  civilian
10        use to closed military installations within the State.
11             (8)  The   economic   burdens  associated  with  the
12        closing of military installations within  the  State  may
13        continue  and  worsen  if  the  State  and  its political
14        subdivisions  are  not   able   to   provide   additional
15        incentives   to  commercial  businesses,  industrial  and
16        manufacturing facilities, and other  public  and  private
17        investment for civilian use, to locate on closed military
18        installations within the State.
19             (9)  The  provision  of additional incentives by the
20        State and  its  political  subdivisions  is  intended  to
21        relieve   conditions  of  unemployment,  create  new  job
22        opportunities, increase industry and  commerce,  increase
23        the tax base of the State and its political subdivisions,
24        and   alleviate   vacancies  and  conditions  leading  to
25        deterioration and blight on closed military installations
26        within the State, thereby creating job opportunities  and
27        eradicating  deteriorating  and  blighting conditions for
28        the  residents  of  the  State  and  reducing  the  evils
29        attendant upon unemployment and blight.
30        (b)  It is hereby declared to be the policy of the State,
31    in the interest of promoting the health, safety, morals,  and
32    general  welfare  of  all the people of the State, to provide
33    incentives  that  will  create  new  job  opportunities   and
34    eradicate  potentially blighted conditions on closed military
                            -422-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    installations within the State, and it  is  further  declared
 2    that  the  relief of conditions of unemployment, the creation
 3    of new  job  opportunities,  the  increase  of  industry  and
 4    commerce  within  the State, the alleviation of vacancies and
 5    conditions leading to deterioration and blight, the reduction
 6    of the evils of unemployment, and the  increase  of  the  tax
 7    base  of  the State and its political subdivisions are public
 8    purposes and for the public safety, benefit, and  welfare  of
 9    the residents of this State.
10    (Source: P.A. 89-176, eff. 1-1-96; revised 6-27-97.)
11        Section  58.   The  Interstate Airport Authorities Act is
12    amended by changing Section 4 as follows:
13        (70 ILCS 10/4) (from Ch. 15 1/2, par. 254)
14        Sec. 4.  The airport authority shall have the power to:
15        (1)  Operate and conduct an airport;
16        (2)  Operate   farming   operations   on   real    estate
17    appurtenant to the airport;
18        (3)  Exercise  the  power of eminent domain in accordance
19    with the laws of the state in which the airport is located;
20        (4)  Maintain, operate and extend water and sewer systems
21    on the real estate of the land appurtenant  to  the  airport,
22    and make and collect charges for services;
23        (5)  Construct   and   lease   industrial   and  aviation
24    buildings on the land appurtenant to the airport;
25        (6)  Lease land, now owned by any combining  governmental
26    unit,  suitable  for  an  airport facility, for a term of not
27    less than 99 ninety-nine years;
28        (7)  Secure expert guidance on the development of an area
29    air facility to the end that the interests of  the  area  are
30    best  served;  and  to  implement that development within the
31    laws of the party states;
32        (8)  Establish and fix by ordinance a restricted zone for
                            -423-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    such distances in any direction from the boundaries  of  such
 2    airport  facility  as in the opinion of the airport authority
 3    is  necessary  and  practicable,  regulating  the  height  of
 4    structures to provide free air space for access  by  aircraft
 5    and  for  the safe use of the airport, all in a manner not in
 6    conflict with the existing laws of the party state  in  which
 7    the airport is located;:
 8        (9)  Accept,  receive  and receipt for federal moneys and
 9    other  moneys,  public  or  private,  for  the   acquisition,
10    construction,    enlargement,    improvement,    maintenance,
11    equipment  or  operation of airports and other air navigation
12    facilities and sites therefor;
13        (10)  Buy and sell machinery for aviation  purposes;  and
14    to  negotiate  and  contract for personal services, materials
15    and supplies: Provided, That whenever personal property is to
16    be  purchased  or  sold,  there  shall  be  due  notice   and
17    competitive  bidding  as directed and required by the laws of
18    the state in which the airport is located; and
19        (11)  Perform all functions and  do  all  acts  that  are
20    necessary  to  the  total  development  of  a  commercial and
21    industrial air facility, not inconsistent with  the  laws  of
22    the party states.
23    (Source: Laws 1963, P. 2121; revised 8-8-97.)
24        Section 59.  The Civic Center Code is amended by changing
25    Sections 105-5, 170-30, 255-45, and 255-90 as follows:
26        (70 ILCS 200/105-5)
27        Sec. 105-5. Definitions.  When used in this Article:
28        "Authority"  means  the  Illinois-Michigan Canal National
29    Heritage Corridor Civic Center Authority.
30        "Board" means the governing and  administrative  body  of
31    the  Illinois-Michigan Canal National Heritage Corridor Civic
32    Center Authority.
                            -424-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        "Metropolitan area" means all that territory in the State
 2    of Illinois lying within the municipalities of Lyons, McCook,
 3    Hodgkins  Hodgins,  Countryside,  Indianhead   Park,   Willow
 4    Springs,   Justice,  Bridgeview,  Bedford  Park,  Summit  and
 5    Lemont, and  all  the  incorporated  area  lying  within  the
 6    Village  of  Burr  Ridge,  all  the unincorporated area lying
 7    within Cook and DuPage County, which is bounded on the  North
 8    by  the north line of the Des Plaines River, on the west by a
 9    line 10,000 feet west of the center line of Illinois Rt.  83,
10    on  the south by the north line of the Sanitary & Ship Canal,
11    and all the unincorporated area lying within Cook and  DuPage
12    County which is bounded on the northwest by the north line of
13    the  Sanitary  Drainage  &  Ship  Canal,  on the South by the
14    Calumet Sag Channel, and on the East by the  center  line  of
15    Illinois  Rt.  83,  and all the area not lying within a city,
16    village or incorporated town  lying  within  Lemont  Township
17    which   is   located  north  of  a  line  commencing  at  the
18    intersection of the east line of Lemont Township and McCarthy
19    Road (123rd Street), thence westerly until  the  intersection
20    of  McCarthy  Road  and  Archer  Avenue, thence southwesterly
21    until the intersection of Archer  Avenue  and  127th  Street,
22    thence  westerly to the west line of Lemont Township, and all
23    the unincorporated  municipal  area  lying  within  Community
24    College   District  No.  524,  located  in  Lyons  and  Palos
25    Townships, lying north of a line commencing at a point  which
26    is  the  intersection lines of Harlem Avenue and Archer Road,
27    thence southwesterly along the center line of Archer Road  to
28    the  center  line  of  96th  Avenue  (LaGrange  Road), thence
29    southerly along said center line of 96th Avenue to the center
30    line of McCarthy Road (123rd Street), thence  westerly  along
31    the  center  line  of McCarthy Road to the west line of Palos
32    Township.
33    (Source: P.A. 90-328, eff. 1-1-98; revised 12-16-97.)
                            -425-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (70 ILCS 200/170-30)
 2        Sec. 170-30. Tax.  If a majority of  the  voters  of  the
 3    said  metropolitan  area  approve  the  issuance  of bonds as
 4    provided in Section 170-25, the Authority shall have power to
 5    levy and collect annually a sum sufficient  to  pay  for  the
 6    annual  principal and interest charges by a sum equal to such
 7    grants or matching grants as the Authority shall receive,  in
 8    any year, for this purpose.
 9        Such  taxes  proposed  by the Authority to be levied upon
10    the taxable property within the metropolitan  area  shall  be
11    levied  by ordinance. After the ordinance has been adopted it
12    shall, within 10 days after its passage, be published once in
13    a newspaper published and having a general circulation within
14    the  metropolitan  area.  A  certified  copy  of  such   levy
15    ordinance  shall be filed with the county clerk no later than
16    the 3rd Tuesday in September  in  each  year.  Thereupon  the
17    county  clerk  shall  extend such tax; provided the aggregate
18    amount of taxes levied for any one year shall not exceed  the
19    rate  of  .0005% of the full fair cash value, as equalized or
20    assessed by the Department of Revenue.
21    (Source: P.A. 90-328, eff. 1-1-98; revised 11-14-97.)
22        (70 ILCS 200/255-45)
23        Sec. 255-45. Borrowing; general  obligation  and  revenue
24    bonds;  backdoor  referendum.  The Authority may borrow money
25    for the purpose of carrying out its duties and exercising its
26    powers under this Article, and issue its  general  obligation
27    and  revenue  bonds as evidence of the indebtedness incurred.
28    In addition to other purposes, such bonds may be  issued  for
29    the  purpose  of  refunding outstanding general obligation or
30    revenue bonds of the Authority.  Such general obligation  and
31    revenue  bonds shall be in the form, shall mature at the time
32    (no later than 40 years from the  date  of  issuance),  shall
33    bear  interest  at  the rates (not to exceed the maximum rate
                            -426-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    authorized by the Bond Authorization Act, as amended  at  the
 2    time of the making of the contract), shall be executed by the
 3    officers  and  shall be sold in the manner as the Board shall
 4    determine; except that if issued to bear interest at the  the
 5    maximum  rate  authorized  by  the Bond Authorization Act, as
 6    amended at the time of the making of the contract, the  bonds
 7    shall be sold for not less than par and accrued interest, and
 8    that  the  selling prices of bonds bearing interest at a rate
 9    of  less  than  the  maximum  rate  authorized  by  the  Bond
10    Authorization Act, as amended at the time of  the  making  of
11    the  contract,  shall  be  such that the interest cost to the
12    Authority of the money received from the sale  of  the  bonds
13    shall  not  exceed  the  maximum  rate authorized by the Bond
14    Authorization Act, as amended at the time of  the  making  of
15    the  contract,  computed to absolute maturity of the bonds in
16    accordance with standard tables of bond values.  In case  any
17    officer  whose  signature  appears  on any bond ceases, after
18    affixing his signature, to hold office, his  signature  shall
19    nevertheless be valid and effective for all purposes.
20        Before  any  such  bonds  (for  which a referendum is not
21    required by Section 255-50) may be authorized to  be  issued,
22    the  Board  shall  by  ordinance  propose the issuance of the
23    bonds.  This ordinance shall set forth  the  total  principal
24    amount  of bonds proposed to be issued and shall in a general
25    way describe the purpose  for  which  the  bonds  are  to  be
26    issued.  After this ordinance has been passed by the Board it
27    shall  within  10  days  be  published  once  in  a newspaper
28    published  and  having  a  general  circulation  within   the
29    metropolitan  area.   The  publication of the ordinance shall
30    include a  notice  of  (1)  the  specific  number  of  voters
31    required  to  sign a petition requesting that the question of
32    the adoption of the ordinance be submitted to the electors of
33    the metropolitan area; (2) the time  in  which  the  petition
34    must   be   filed;  and  (3)  the  date  of  the  prospective
                            -427-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    referendum.  The Secretary  of  the  Board  shall  provide  a
 2    petition form to any individual requesting one.
 3        If  within 30 days after the publication of the ordinance
 4    proposing the issuance of bonds for which a referendum is not
 5    required by Section 255-50, a petition signed  by  registered
 6    voters  of  the metropolitan area equal to 10% or more of the
 7    registered voters in the metropolitan area, is filed with the
 8    Secretary of  the  Board  asking  for  a  referendum  on  the
 9    proposition  to  issue the bonds, the Board shall certify the
10    proposition, in the form provided by Section 255-50,  to  the
11    proper  election  officials  in  accordance  with the general
12    election law. If no such petition or  no  valid  petition  is
13    filed  within 30 days after the publication of the ordinance,
14    it shall then be in effect.  If such a petition is  so  filed
15    the  ordinance  proposing the issuance of the bonds shall not
16    be in effect and the bonds proposed by  the  ordinance  shall
17    not  be  issued  until the proposition has been approved by a
18    majority of the voters of the metropolitan area voting on the
19    proposition.
20        When the ordinance proposing the issuance of the bonds is
21    in effect, the Board may by ordinance authorize the  issuance
22    of  such  bonds setting forth the maturity schedule, interest
23    rate, form and other details of the bonds and their issuance.
24    A copy of the ordinance so authorizing the  issuance  of  the
25    bonds certified by the secretary shall be filed in the office
26    of the county clerk.
27        With  respect  to  instruments  for  the payment of money
28    issued under this Section either before,  on,  or  after  the
29    effective  date of Public Act 86-4, it is and always has been
30    the intention of the General Assembly (i)  that  the  Omnibus
31    Bond  Acts  are  and always have been supplementary grants of
32    power to issue instruments in  accordance  with  the  Omnibus
33    Bond  Acts,  regardless of any provision of this Article that
34    may appear to be or to have been more restrictive than  those
                            -428-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Acts,  (ii)  that  the  provisions  of this Section are not a
 2    limitation on the  supplementary  authority  granted  by  the
 3    Omnibus  Bond  Acts,  and (iii) that instruments issued under
 4    this Section within the supplementary  authority  granted  by
 5    the  Omnibus  Bond  Acts  are  not  invalid  because  of  any
 6    provision  of  this  Article that may appear to be or to have
 7    been more restrictive than those Acts.
 8    (Source: P.A. 90-328, eff. 1-1-98; revised 1-24-98.)
 9        (70 ILCS 200/255-90)
10        Sec. 255-90.  Organization of  the  Board.   As  soon  as
11    practicably  possible  after  the  appointment of the initial
12    members and, thereafter, within 15 days of each  election  of
13    members,  the  Board  shall  organize  for the transaction of
14    business, select a chairman, vice-chairman, and  a  temporary
15    secretary   from  its  own  number,  and  adopt  by-laws  and
16    regulations to govern its proceedings.  The initial  chairman
17    and his successors shall be elected by the Board from time to
18    time  for  the  term  of his office as a member of the Board.
19    Terms of members are subject to Section 2A-54 of the Election
20    Code.
21    (Source: P.A. 90-328, eff. 1-1-98; incorporates 90-358,  eff.
22    1-1-98; revised 10-27-97.)
23        Section  60.   The East St. Louis Area Development Act is
24    amended by changing the title of the Act as follows:
25        (70 ILCS 505/Act title)
26        An Act creating  the  East  St.  Louis  Area  Development
27    Authority, to define its powers, responsibilities and duties,
28    and  to  establish the framework for a cooperative coopertive
29    relationship between such Authority and  existing  State  and
30    Federal   departments   and  agencies,  and  units  of  local
31    government and school districts.
                            -429-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Section 61.   The  Tri-County  River  Valley  Development
 2    Authority Law is amended by changing Section 2004 as follows:
 3        (70 ILCS 525/2004) (from Ch. 85, par. 7504)
 4        Sec. 2004.  Establishment.
 5        (a)  There  is  hereby  created  a political subdivision,
 6    body politic and municipal corporation named  the  Tri-County
 7    River   Valley   Development   Authority.    The  territorial
 8    jurisdiction of the Authority is that geographic area  within
 9    the  boundaries  of Peoria, Tazewell and Woodford counties in
10    the State of Illinois and any navigable waters and air  space
11    located therein.
12        (b)  The  governing  and  administrative  powers  of  the
13    Authority  shall be vested in a body consisting of 11 members
14    including, as ex officio members, the  Director  of  Commerce
15    and  Community  Affairs,  or  his  or  her  designee, and the
16    Director of Natural Resources, or that  Director's  designee.
17    The  other  9  members  of  the Authority shall be designated
18    "public members",  3  of  whom  shall  be  appointed  by  the
19    Governor, 3 of whom shall be appointed one each by the county
20    board  chairmen of Peoria, Tazewell and Woodford counties and
21    3 of whom shall be appointed one each by the city councils of
22    East Peoria, Pekin and  Peoria.   All  public  members  shall
23    reside  within the territorial jurisdiction of this Act.  Six
24    members shall constitute a quorum.  The public members  shall
25    be  persons  of  recognized  ability and experience in one or
26    more of the following areas: economic  development,  finance,
27    banking,  industrial  development, small business management,
28    real  estate  development,  community  development,   venture
29    finance,  organized labor or civic, community or neighborhood
30    organization.  The Chairman of  the  th  Authority  shall  be
31    elected by the Board annually from the 6 members appointed by
32    the county board chairmen and city councils.
33        (c)  The  terms  of  all  members  of the Authority shall
                            -430-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    begin 30 days after the effective date of this  Article.   Of
 2    the  9 public members appointed pursuant to this Act, 3 shall
 3    serve until the third Monday in January 1992, 3  shall  serve
 4    until  the  third  Monday  in January 1993, and 3 shall serve
 5    until the third Monday in January 1994.  All successors shall
 6    be appointed by the original appointing  authority  and  hold
 7    office  for  a term of 3 years commencing the third Monday in
 8    January of the year in which their term commences, except  in
 9    case  of  an  appointment  to  fill  a  vacancy.    Vacancies
10    occurring  among  the  public members shall be filled for the
11    remainder  of  the  term.   In   case   of   vacancy   in   a
12    Governor-appointed  membership  when  the  Senate  is  not in
13    session, the Governor may make a temporary appointment  until
14    the  next  meeting  of  the  Senate  when  a  person shall be
15    nominated to fill such office, and any  person  so  nominated
16    who  is  confirmed by the Senate shall hold office during the
17    remainder  of  the  term  and  until  a  successor  shall  be
18    appointed and qualified.  Members of the Authority shall  not
19    be entitled to compensation for their services as members but
20    may  be  reimbursed  for  all  necessary expenses incurred in
21    connection with the performance of their duties as members.
22        (d)  The Governor may remove any  public  member  of  the
23    Authority  in  case  of  incompetency,  neglect  of  duty, or
24    malfeasance in office.
25        (e)  The Board may  appoint  an  Executive  Director  who
26    shall  have  a  background  in finance, including familiarity
27    with the legal and procedural requirements of issuing  bonds,
28    real  estate or economic development and administration.  The
29    Executive Director shall hold office at the discretion of the
30    Board.   The  Executive   Director   shall   be   the   chief
31    administrative  and  operational  officer  of  the Authority,
32    shall direct and supervise  its  administrative  affairs  and
33    general management, shall perform such other duties as may be
34    prescribed from time to time by the members and shall receive
                            -431-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    compensation  fixed by the Authority.  The Executive Director
 2    shall attend all  meetings  of  the  Authority;  however,  no
 3    action  of  the  Authority shall be invalid on account of the
 4    absence of  the  Executive  Director  from  a  meeting.   The
 5    Authority  may  engage  the services of such other agents and
 6    employees,  including   attorneys,   appraisers,   engineers,
 7    accountants, credit analysts and other consultants, as it may
 8    deem  advisable  and may prescribe their duties and fix their
 9    compensation.
10        (f)  The Board may, by majority vote, nominate  up  to  4
11    non-voting   members   for   appointment   by  the  Governor.
12    Non-voting members shall be persons of recognized ability and
13    experience in one or more of the  following  areas:  economic
14    development,  finance, banking, industrial development, small
15    business  management,  real  estate  development,   community
16    development,  venture  finance,  organized  labor  or  civic,
17    community  or  neighborhood organization.  Non-voting members
18    shall serve at the pleasure of the  Board.    All  non-voting
19    members   may  attend  meetings  of  the  Board  and  may  be
20    reimbursed as provided in subsection (c).
21        (g)  The Board shall create a task  force  to  study  and
22    make recommendations to the Board on the economic development
23    of  the  territory  within the jurisdiction of this Act.  The
24    members of the task force shall reside within the territorial
25    jurisdiction of this Article, shall serve at the pleasure  of
26    the  Board  and  shall  be  persons of recognized ability and
27    experience in one or more of the  following  areas:  economic
28    development,  finance, banking, industrial development, small
29    business  management,  real  estate  development,   community
30    development,  venture  finance,  organized  labor  or  civic,
31    community   or  neighborhood  organization.   The  number  of
32    members constituting the task force shall be set by the Board
33    and may vary from time to time.  The Board may set a specific
34    date by which the task force is to submit  its  final  report
                            -432-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    and recommendations to the Board.
 2    (Source: P.A. 89-445, eff. 2-7-96; revised 6-27-97.)
 3        Section  62.   The Downstate Forest Preserve District Act
 4    is amended by changing Section 2 as follows:
 5        (70 ILCS 805/2) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 6303)
 6        Sec. 2.  The proposition shall be  substantially  in  the
 7    following form:
 8    -------------------------------------------------------------
 9       "Shall there be organized a forest
10    preserve  district in accordance with
11    the order of the judge of the circuit
12    court of .... county,  under the date              YES
13    of  the  ....  day  of  ....,  19...,
14    191..,  to be known as  (insert  here
15    the  name of the proposed district as      ------------------
16    entered in the order of the judge  of
17    the  circuit court)  and described as
18    follows:   (insert description of the              NO
19    proposed district as entered  in  the
20    order  of  the  judge  of the circuit
21    court)" [?]
22    -------------------------------------------------------------
23        The  clerk  of the circuit court of the such county shall
24    cause a statement of the result of the such referendum in the
25    proposed each district to be filed  in  the  records  of  the
26    circuit  court  of  the such county, and if a majority of the
27    votes cast  in  the  proposed  any  district  upon  the  such
28    question  is  found  to  be in favor of the organization of a
29    such forest  preserve  district,  the  proposed  such  forest
30    preserve  district  shall  thenceforth be deemed an organized
31    forest preserve district under this Act.
32    (Source: P.A. 83-343; revised 8-11-97.)
                            -433-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Section 63.   The  Mosquito  Abatement  District  Act  is
 2    amended by changing Section 3 as follows:
 3        (70 ILCS 1005/3) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 76)
 4        Sec.  3.   The  determination  of  the  court  as  to the
 5    necessity for  the  organization  of  the  proposed  mosquito
 6    abatement  district,  together  with  the  description of the
 7    boundaries of such district as fixed by such court, shall  be
 8    entered of record in of the court.  Thereupon the court shall
 9    certify  the  question  of  the organization of the territory
10    included within the boundaries fixed  by  it  as  a  mosquito
11    abatement district to the proper election officials who shall
12    submit  the question to the legal voters resident within such
13    territory at an election to be held in the district.   Notice
14    of   such  referendum  shall  be  given  and  the  referendum
15    conducted in the manner provided by the general election law.
16    The notice of such election shall state the  purpose  of  the
17    referendum,  describe  the territory proposed to be organized
18    as a mosquito abatement district, and state the time of  such
19    election.
20        The  proposition  shall be in substantially the following
21    form:
22    -------------------------------------------------------------
23        Shall this territory (describing      YES
24    it) be organized as The ..........   ------------------------
25    Mosquito Abatement District?              NO
26    -------------------------------------------------------------
27        The court shall cause a statement of  the  result  to  be
28    entered of record in the court.
29    (Source: P.A. 83-343; revised 12-18-97.)
30        Section  64.   The  Park  District  Code  is  amended  by
31    changing Section 8-21 as follows:
                            -434-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (70 ILCS 1205/8-21) (from Ch. 105, par. 8-21)
 2        Sec.  8-21.   Each  park  district may insure against any
 3    loss or liability of the park district, members of  the  park
 4    board,  and  employees  thereof,  by  reason  of civil rights
 5    damage claims and suits, constitutional rights damage  claims
 6    and  suits,  death and bodily injury damage claims and suits,
 7    and property  damage  claims  and  suits,  including  defense
 8    thereof,  when  damages  are sought for negligent or wrongful
 9    acts allegedly committed within the scope of  employment,  or
10    under the direction, of the park board.  Such insurance shall
11    be  carried with a company licensed to write such coverage in
12    this State.
13        Each park district may provide for or participate in  the
14    provision  of  insurance  protection  and  benefits  for  its
15    employees  and their dependents, including but not limited to
16    retirement   annuities,    and    medical,    surgical    and
17    hospitalization  benefits, in such types and amounts as shall
18    be determined by the board, for the  purposes  of  aiding  in
19    securing  and  retaining the services of competent employees.
20    Where employee participation in such provision  is  involved,
21    the  board,  with  the  consent of the employee, may withhold
22    deductions from the employee's salary necessary to defray the
23    employee's share of such insurance costs.  Such insurance  or
24    benefits may be contracted for only with an insurance company
25    authorized  to  do  business in this State, or any non-profit
26    hospital service corporation organized under  the  Non-Profit
27    Health  Care  Service  Plan  Act  or  incorporated  under the
28    Medical  Service  Plan  Act.   Such  insurance  may   include
29    provision  for  employees  and  their  dependents who rely on
30    treatment by prayer or spiritual means alone for healing,  in
31    accordance  with  the  tenets  and  practice  of a recognized
32    religious denomination.
33        For the purposes of this Section,  "dependent"  means  an
34    employee's  spouse  and any unmarried child (1) under the age
                            -435-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of 19 years,  including  (a)  an  adopted  child  and  (b)  a
 2    stepchild  or recognized child who lives with the employee in
 3    a regular parent-child relationship or (2) under the  age  of
 4    23  who  is enrolled as a full-time student in any accredited
 5    school, college or university.
 6    (Source: P.A. 83-807; revised 1-21-98.)
 7        Section 65.  The Chicago Park District Act is amended  by
 8    changing Section 17 as follows:
 9        (70 ILCS 1505/17) (from Ch. 105, par. 333.17)
10        Sec.   17.  Fiscal  year;  budget  report;  appropriation
11    ordinance.
12        (a)  After the year in which this  Act  is  adopted,  the
13    fiscal  year  of  the Chicago Park District shall commence on
14    the first day of January and end on the thirty-first  day  of
15    December. This period shall constitute the budget year of the
16    district.  The  fiscal  provisions  set forth in this Section
17    shall apply only in the  years  following  the  year  of  the
18    adoption of this Act.
19        (b)  At least 60 days before the beginning of each fiscal
20    year, the secretary shall prepare and submit to the president
21    a  budget report to the commission which shall include, among
22    other things, a statement of proposed  expenditures  for  the
23    ensuing  fiscal  year. The statement of proposed expenditures
24    shall show separately  the  amounts  for  ordinary  recurring
25    expenses,  for  extraordinary expenditures, for debt service,
26    and for capital outlays and shall be accompanied by  detailed
27    estimates  of  expenditure  requirements  setting  forth  the
28    objects of expenditure (such as personal service, contractual
29    services,  supplies  and materials, and the like) and showing
30    further classification, by character, object, or purpose,  as
31    required by the system of expenditure accounts adopted by the
32    commission.  The  secretary shall also submit with his or her
                            -436-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    statement of proposed expenditures (i) a consolidated summary
 2    statement of the financial condition of  the  district;  (ii)
 3    classified   statements   of   income  and  receipts  and  of
 4    expenditures and disbursements for the last completed  fiscal
 5    year  and  as estimated for the fiscal year then in progress;
 6    and  (iii)  a  statement  of  the  means  of  financing   the
 7    operations  of  the  district,  indicating the cash and other
 8    current resources to be available at  the  beginning  of  the
 9    next  fiscal  year  and  the  estimated cash receipts of that
10    year. Estimated receipts  from  taxes  levied  from  property
11    shall  in  no  event exceed an amount produced by multiplying
12    the maximum statutory rate of tax by the last known  assessed
13    valuation   of   taxable  property  within  the  district  as
14    equalized for State and county  taxes.  The  secretary  shall
15    submit,  with  the budget report, a draft of an appropriation
16    ordinance  and  a  pertinent  description  of  the   proposed
17    financial  and  operating  program  and  of  its  anticipated
18    effects on the district's finances and affairs.
19        (c)  The   amounts   of  proposed  expenditures,  and  of
20    revenues for appropriations, as set  forth  in  the  proposed
21    appropriation  ordinance  shall  include,  in addition to the
22    other   requirements   for   operation,   maintenance,    and
23    improvement, the full amounts reasonably to be anticipated as
24    needed  for  (i)  interest  on  district  debt coming due and
25    payable, (ii) paying off principal debt maturing  during  the
26    year,  (iii)  annual  installments  on  sinking funds for the
27    meeting of any anticipated cash deficit from  the  operations
28    of the fiscal year then in progress, (iv) payments due to any
29    retirement  or  other special funds, (v) paying off any final
30    judgments in  effect  at  the  time,  (vi)  making  good  any
31    deficiency  in  any  sinking,  endowment, or trust fund to be
32    kept inviolate, and (vii) any payments for any contracts  for
33    capital improvements properly entered into during the current
34    fiscal  year  or  any  previous  fiscal  year  for work to be
                            -437-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    performed  in  the  fiscal  year  for  which  the  budget  is
 2    prepared. These requirements shall be adequately provided for
 3    in the appropriation ordinance adopted by the commission.
 4        (d)  Upon receiving the  budget  report,  the  commission
 5    shall  make  the  report and a tentative budget appropriation
 6    bill available to public inspection for at least 10  days  by
 7    having  at  least  3 copies of the report and bill on file in
 8    the office of the district secretary.  The  commission  shall
 9    hold  at  least  one  public hearing on the budget report and
10    tentative budget appropriation bill. Seven days public notice
11    of the hearing shall be given by at least one publication  in
12    a newspaper having a general circulation in the district.
13        (e)  After the hearing, the commission shall consider the
14    budget  report  and  shall,  before  the beginning of the new
15    fiscal year, adopt an annual appropriation ordinance in which
16    the commission shall appropriate the sums of  money  required
17    to meet all necessary expenditures during the fiscal year. In
18    no  event shall the aggregate amounts appropriated exceed the
19    total means of financing. The vote of the commissioners  upon
20    the  appropriation  ordinance shall be taken by yeas and nays
21    and recorded in the proceedings of the commission.
22        (f)  Except as otherwise provided in this subsection (f),
23    after  the  adoption  of  the  appropriation  ordinance,  the
24    commission shall not make any further or other  appropriation
25    before  the adoption or passage of the next succeeding annual
26    appropriation  ordinance  and  shall  have  no  power  either
27    directly or indirectly to make any contract  or  do  any  act
28    that will add to the expense or liabilities of the district a
29    sum  over  and  above  the  amount provided for in the annual
30    appropriation    ordinance    for    that    fiscal     year.
31    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing provision, the commission may
32    adopt  a  supplemental  appropriation   ordinance   for   any
33    corporate   purpose  in  an  amount  not  in  excess  of  any
34    additional receipts available to the Chicago  Park  District,
                            -438-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    or  estimated  to  be  received  by  the  district, after the
 2    adoption  of  the  annual   appropriation   ordinance.    The
 3    supplemental  appropriation  ordinance  shall,  however, only
 4    affect  revenue  that  becomes  available  after  the  annual
 5    appropriation  ordinance  is  adopted.    For   purposes   of
 6    supplemental  appropriation  ordinances, notice of the public
 7    hearing at which the ordinance is to be considered  shall  be
 8    given  by  publishing  notice of the hearing at least once no
 9    less than 10 days before the hearing.
10        (g)  When the voters have approved a bond ordinance for a
11    particular purpose and the bond ordinance had not been passed
12    at the time of  the  adoption  of  the  annual  appropriation
13    ordinance,   the   commission   may   pass   a   supplemental
14    appropriation  ordinance  (upon  compliance with the terms of
15    this Act) making appropriations for  the  particular  purpose
16    for  which  the  bonds  were  authorized. Nothing in this Act
17    shall be construed to forbid the commission from  making  any
18    expenditure  or incurring any liability rendered necessary to
19    meet emergencies such as floods,  fires,  storms,  unforeseen
20    damages,  or other catastrophes catastrophies happening after
21    the  annual  appropriation  ordinance  has  been  passed   or
22    adopted.  Nothing contained in this Act shall be construed to
23    deprive the commission of the power to provide for and  cause
24    to  be  paid  from  the  district's funds any charge upon the
25    district imposed by law without the action of the commission.
26        (h)  The Chicago Park District shall, at any  time  after
27    the  beginning  of  each fiscal year, have power to authorize
28    the  making  of  transfers  among  appropriations  within   a
29    department  or other separate division under its jurisdiction
30    or of sums of money appropriated for one object or purpose to
31    another object or purpose.  The  commission  shall  adopt  an
32    ordinance  establishing  procedures  by  which  the transfers
33    shall  be  made.   In   no   event   shall   transfers   from
34    appropriations    for    ordinary   recurring   expenses   to
                            -439-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    appropriations for capital outlays or from capital outlays to
 2    ordinary  recurring  expenses  be  authorized  or  made.   No
 3    appropriation for any  purpose  shall  be  reduced  below  an
 4    amount  sufficient  to cover all unliquidated and outstanding
 5    contracts  or  obligations  certified  from  or  against  the
 6    appropriation for that purpose.
 7        (i)  No contract shall be made or  expense  or  liability
 8    incurred by the commission, by any member or committee of the
 9    commission, or by any person or persons for or on its behalf,
10    notwithstanding the expenditures may have been ordered by the
11    commission,   unless   an  appropriation  for  the  contract,
12    expense,  or  liability  has  been  previously  made  by  the
13    commission in  the  manner  provided  in  this  Section.   No
14    officer  or  employee  employe  shall  during  a  fiscal year
15    expend, or contract to be expended, any money  or  incur  any
16    liability  or  enter  into  any  contract  that  by its terms
17    involves the expenditures of money for any purpose for  which
18    provisions  are made in the appropriation ordinance in excess
19    of the amounts appropriated in the ordinance.  Any  contract,
20    verbal or written, made in violation of this Section shall be
21    null  and void as to the district, and no moneys belonging to
22    the  district  shall  be  paid  on  the  contract.    Nothing
23    contained  in this subsection (i) shall prevent the making of
24    contracts for the lawful  purposes  of  the  district  for  a
25    period  of more than one year, but any contract so made shall
26    be executory only for the amounts for which the district  may
27    become lawfully liable in succeeding fiscal years.
28        (j)  If,  at the termination of any fiscal year or at the
29    time when the appropriation ordinance  is  required  to  have
30    been  passed  and  published  as  provided  by  this Act, the
31    appropriations necessary for the support of the district  for
32    the  ensuing  fiscal  year  have  not  been made, the several
33    amounts appropriated in the last appropriation ordinance  for
34    the  objects and purposes specified in that ordinance, so far
                            -440-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    as the amounts related to operation and maintenance expenses,
 2    shall be deemed to be re-appropriated for the several objects
 3    and purposes specified in the last  appropriation  ordinance.
 4    Until  the commission acts in that behalf, the proper officer
 5    shall make the payments necessary  for  the  support  of  the
 6    district on the basis of the preceding fiscal year.
 7        (k)  The  appropriation  ordinance shall not be construed
 8    as an approval by the commission of any contract  liabilities
 9    or  of  any project or purpose mentioned in the ordinance but
10    should be regarded only as a provision of a fund or funds for
11    the payment of the  liabilities,  project,  or  purpose  when
12    contract  liabilities  have  been found to be valid and legal
13    obligations  against  such   district   and   when   properly
14    vouchered,  audited,  and approved by the commission, or when
15    any project or purpose is  approved  and  authorized  by  the
16    commission, as the case may be.
17        (l)  During  the  year  in which this Act is adopted, the
18    commissioners of the Chicago Park District shall provide  for
19    the  necessary expenses of the district by ordinance filed in
20    the records of the commission, and no  expenditure  shall  be
21    made   nor   obligation  incurred  except  pursuant  to  that
22    ordinance.
23    (Source: P.A. 87-1274; revised 6-27-97.)
24        Section 66.  The Havana Regional  Port  District  Act  is
25    amended by changing Section 28 as follows:
26        (70 ILCS 1805/28) (from Ch. 19, par. 628)
27        Sec.  28.  The  Board  shall  appoint  a  secretary and a
28    treasurer, who need not be members  of  the  Board,  to  hold
29    office during the pleasure of the Board, and fix their duties
30    and  compensation.  Before  entering upon the duties of their
31    respective  offices  each  shall  take  and   subscribe   the
32    constitutional  oath  of  office,  and  the  treasurer  shall
                            -441-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    execute  a  bond  in  the  amount and with corporate sureties
 2    approved by the Board. The  bond  shall  be  payable  to  the
 3    District  in  whatever  penal  sum  is directed by the Board,
 4    conditioned upon the faithful performance of  the  duties  of
 5    the  office  and  the  payment  of  all money received by him
 6    according to law and the orders of the Board. The Board  may,
 7    at  any  time,  require a new bond from the treasurer in such
 8    penal sum as  may  then  be  determined  by  the  Board.  The
 9    obligation  of  the  sureties  shall  not  extend to any loss
10    sustained by insolvency, failure or closing  of  any  savings
11    and  loan  association  or national or State bank wherein the
12    treasurer has deposited funds if the bank or savings and loan
13    association has been approved by the Board  as  a  depositary
14    for these funds. The oaths of office and the treasurer's bond
15    shall be filed in the principal office of the Port District.
16    (Source: P.A. 83-541; revised 12-18-97.)
17        Section  67.   The  Jackson-Union  Counties Regional Port
18    District Act is amended by changing Sections 2.21 and  16  as
19    follows:
20        (70 ILCS 1820/2.21) (from Ch. 19, par. 852.21)
21        Sec.  2.21.  "Mayor" means the mayor, president, or other
22    chief elected official of the  following  municipalities,  as
23    the case may require: of the City of Grand Tower, the Village
24    chief  elected  official  of  Dowell,  the City chief elected
25    official of Ava, the Mayor of the City  of  Murphysboro,  the
26    Mayor  of  the  City  of Carbondale, the Mayor of the City of
27    Anna, the President of the Village of Cobden,  the  President
28    of  the  Village  of  Makanda,  the  Mayor  of  the  City  of
29    Jonesboro,  the  Village  Mayor of the City of Alto Pass, the
30    Village Mayor of the City of Elkville, the President  of  the
31    Village  of Dongola, the President of the Village of Campbell
32    Hill, the  President  of  the  Village  of  Mill  Creek,  the
                            -442-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    President  of  the Village of Vergennes, the Village Mayor of
 2    the City of DeSoto Desota, and the Village Mayor of the  City
 3    of Gorham, as the case may require.
 4    (Source: P.A. 79-1475; revised 6-27-97.)
 5        (70 ILCS 1820/16) (from Ch. 19, par. 866)
 6        Sec.  16.   The  Governor  shall appoint 4 members of the
 7    Board, each Mayor  of  the  municipalities  of  Grand  Tower,
 8    Jonesboro,  Gorham,  Murphysboro,  Carbondale,  Anna, Cobden,
 9    Makanda, Ava, Mill Creek,  Elkville,  Alto  Pass,  Vergennes,
10    Dowell,  DeSoto  Desota,  Campbell  Hill,  and  Dongola shall
11    appoint one member of the Board, and  each  County  Board  of
12    Jackson  County  and Union County shall appoint one member of
13    the Board.  All initial appointments shall be made within  60
14    days after this Act takes effect.  Of the 4 members initially
15    appointed  by  the  Governor 2 shall be appointed for initial
16    terms expiring June 1,  1978,  and  2  for  an  initial  term
17    expiring  June  1,  1979.  The terms of the members initially
18    appointed by the respective Mayors and  County  Boards  shall
19    expire  June  1,  1979.  At the expiration of the term of any
20    member, his successor shall be appointed by the Governor, the
21    respective Mayors, or the respective  County Boards  in  like
22    manner  and  with  like  regard  to place of residence of the
23    appointee, as in the case of  appointments  for  the  initial
24    terms.
25        After  the  expiration  of  initial terms, each successor
26    shall hold office for the term of 3 years beginning the first
27    day of  June  of  the  year  in  which  the  term  of  office
28    commences.   In  the  case  of  a  vacancy during the term of
29    office of any member appointed by the Governor, the  Governor
30    shall  make  an  appointment  for  the  remainder of the term
31    vacant and until a successor is appointed and qualified.   In
32    case  of  a  vacancy  during the term of office of any member
                            -443-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    appointed  by  a  Mayor,  the  proper  Mayor  shall  make  an
 2    appointment for the remainder of the term vacant and until  a
 3    successor  is  appointed and qualified.  In case of a vacancy
 4    during the term of office of any member appointed by a County
 5    Board, the proper County Board shall make an appointment  for
 6    the  remainder  of  the  term vacant and until a successor is
 7    appointed and qualified.  The Governor, each Mayor, and  each
 8    County  Board  shall certify their respective appointments to
 9    the Secretary of State.  Within 30 days  after  certification
10    of  his  appointment,  and before entering upon the duties of
11    his office, each member of the Board shall take and subscribe
12    the constitutional oath of office and file it in  the  office
13    of the Secretary of State.
14        Every  person  appointed to the Board after the effective
15    date of this amendatory Act of 1981 shall be  a  resident  of
16    the  unit  of  local  government which makes the appointment.
17    Persons  appointed  by  the  Governor  shall  reside  in  the
18    district.
19    (Source: P.A. 82-388; revised 6-27-97.)
20        Section 68.  The Sanitary District Act of 1907 is amended
21    by changing Section 27.1 as follows:
22        (70 ILCS 2205/27.1) (from Ch. 42, par. 273.1)
23        Sec.  27.1.   The  board  of  trustees  of  any  sanitary
24    district may arrange to provide for the benefit of  employees
25    and  trustees  of  the  sanitary district group life, health,
26    accident, hospital and medical insurance, or any one  or  any
27    combination  of  such types of insurance.  Such insurance may
28    include provision for employees  and  trustees  who  rely  on
29    treatment  by  prayer or spiritual means alone for healing in
30    accordance with the tenets and practice of a well  recognized
31    religious  denomination.   The  board of trustees may provide
32    for payment by the sanitary district of the premium or charge
                            -444-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    for such insurance.
 2        If the board of  trustees  do  not  provide  for  a  plan
 3    pursuant  to  which the sanitary district pays the premium or
 4    charge for any group insurance plan, the  board  of  trustees
 5    may  provide  for  the  withholding  and  deducting  from the
 6    compensation of such of the employees and trustees as consent
 7    thereto the premium or charge for  any  group  life,  health,
 8    accident, hospital and medical insurance.
 9        The  board of trustees may exercise the powers granted in
10    this section only if the kinds of such  group  insurance  are
11    obtained from any insurance company authorized to do business
12    in  the  State of Illinois or any non-profit hospital service
13    corporation organized under the provisions of the  Non-Profit
14    Hospital  Service  Plan  Act,  as  heretofore  and  hereafter
15    amended,  or incorporated under the provisions of the Medical
16    Service Plan Act, as heretofore and hereafter amended, or any
17    other organization or service offering similar coverage.  The
18    board of trustees may  enact  an  ordinance  prescribing  the
19    method of operation of such insurance program.
20    (Source: Laws 1963, p. 2756; revised 1-21-98.)
21        Section  69.   The  North  Shore Sanitary District Act is
22    amended by changing Sections 12 and 29 as follows:
23        (70 ILCS 2305/12) (from Ch. 42, par. 288)
24        Sec. 12. The board of trustees may levy and collect other
25    taxes  for  corporate  purposes  upon  property  within   the
26    territorial  limits  of  the sanitary district, the aggregate
27    amount of which for each year may not exceed .083% of  value,
28    as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue, except
29    that  if  a  higher  rate  has been established by referendum
30    before August 2,  1965,  it  shall  continue.  If  the  board
31    desires  to  levy such taxes at a rate in excess of .083% but
32    not in excess of .35% of the value of  all  taxable  property
                            -445-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    within   the   district  as  equalized  or  assessed  by  the
 2    Department of Revenue, they shall order the  question  to  be
 3    submitted  at an election to be held within the district. The
 4    certification and submission of the question and the election
 5    shall be governed by  the  general  election  law.  Upon  the
 6    filing  of  a petition signed by 10% of the registered voters
 7    of the district, . the right to levy an  additional  tax,  or
 8    any  portion  thereof, authorized by the legal voters, may at
 9    any  time  after  one  or  more  tax  levies  thereunder,  be
10    terminated by a majority vote of the electors of the district
11    at a referendum. The trustees of the district  shall  certify
12    the  proposition  to the proper election officials, who shall
13    submit the proposition at an election in accordance with  the
14    general election law.
15        In  addition  to  the  other  taxes  authorized  by  this
16    Section,  the board of trustees may levy and collect, without
17    referendum, a tax for the  purpose  of  paying  the  cost  of
18    operation  of  the  chlorination of sewage, or other means of
19    disinfection or additional treatment as may  be  required  by
20    water  quality standards approved or adopted by the Pollution
21    Control Board or by the court, which tax is  not  subject  to
22    the  rate  limitations  imposed  by  this  Section but may be
23    extended at a rate not to exceed .03% of  the  value  of  all
24    taxable property within the district as equalized or assessed
25    by the Department of Revenue.
26        Such  tax may be extended at a rate in excess of .03% but
27    not to exceed .05%, providing the question  of  levying  such
28    increase  has  first  been  submitted  to  the voters of such
29    district at any regular election held  in  such  district  in
30    accordance  with  the  general  election  law  and  has  been
31    approved by a majority of such voters voting thereon.
32        The board shall cause the amount required to be raised by
33    taxation  in each year to be certified to the county clerk by
34    the second Tuesday in September, as provided in  Section  157
                            -446-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of  the  General Revenue Law of Illinois. All taxes so levied
 2    and certified shall be collected and  enforced  in  the  same
 3    manner  and  by  the same officers as State and county taxes,
 4    and shall be paid over by the officers collecting the same to
 5    the treasurer of the sanitary district in the manner  and  at
 6    the time provided by the General Revenue Law of Illinois.
 7        The  treasurer shall, when the moneys of the district are
 8    deposited with any bank  or  savings  and  loan  association,
 9    require  that bank or savings and loan association to pay the
10    same rates of interest for the moneys deposited as  the  bank
11    or  savings  and  loan  association  is  accustomed to pay to
12    depositors under like circumstances, in the usual  course  of
13    its  business.  All  interest  so paid shall be placed in the
14    general funds of the district, to be  used  as  other  moneys
15    belonging  to the district raised by general taxation or sale
16    of water.
17        No bank or savings and  loan  association  shall  receive
18    public  funds  as  permitted  by  this Section, unless it has
19    complied  with  the  requirements  established  pursuant   to
20    Section  6  of  "An  Act  relating  to certain investments of
21    public funds by public agencies", approved July 23, 1943,  as
22    now or hereafter amended.
23        In addition to the foregoing, the Board of Trustees shall
24    have  all  of the powers set forth in Division 7 of Article 8
25    of the Illinois Municipal Code until September 10, 1986.
26    (Source: P.A. 83-541; revised 12-18-97.)
27        (70 ILCS 2305/29) (from Ch. 42, par. 296.9)
28        Sec. 29.  The board of trustees of any sanitary  district
29    may  arrange  to  provide  for  the  benefit of employees and
30    trustees  of  the  sanitary  district  group  life,   health,
31    accident,  hospital  and medical insurance, or any one or any
32    combination of those types of insurance.  Such insurance  may
33    include  provision  for  employees  and  trustees who rely on
                            -447-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    treatment by prayer or spiritual means alone for  healing  in
 2    accordance  with the tenets and practice of a well recognized
 3    religious denomination.  The board of  trustees  may  provide
 4    for payment by the sanitary district of the premium or charge
 5    for such insurance.
 6        If  the  board  of  trustees  does not provide for a plan
 7    pursuant to which the sanitary district pays the  premium  or
 8    charge  for  any  group insurance plan, the board of trustees
 9    may provide  for  the  withholding  and  deducting  from  the
10    compensation of such of the employees and trustees as consent
11    thereto  the  premium  or  charge for any group life, health,
12    accident, hospital and medical insurance.
13        The board of trustees may exercise the powers granted  in
14    this  Section  only  if  the  kinds  of  group  insurance are
15    obtained from an insurance company authorized to do  business
16    in  the State of Illinois, from a non-profit hospital service
17    corporation organized under the Non-Profit  Hospital  Service
18    Plan   Act,   as   heretofore   and   hereafter  amended,  or
19    incorporated  under  the  Medical  Service   Plan   Act,   as
20    heretofore   and   hereafter   amended,  or  from  any  other
21    organization or service offering similar coverage.  The board
22    of trustees may enact an ordinance prescribing the method  of
23    operation of such an insurance program.
24    (Source: Laws 1967, p. 3808; revised 1-21-98.)
25        Section 70.  The Sanitary District Act of 1917 is amended
26    by changing Sections 25 and 26 as follows:
27        (70 ILCS 2405/25) (from Ch. 42, par. 317g)
28        Sec.  25.  The board of trustees of any sanitary district
29    may arrange to provide  for  the  benefit  of  employees  and
30    trustees   of  the  sanitary  district  group  life,  health,
31    accident, hospital and medical insurance, or any one  or  any
32    combination  of  such types of insurance.  Such insurance may
                            -448-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    include provision for employees  and  trustees  who  rely  on
 2    treatment  by  prayer or spiritual means alone for healing in
 3    accordance with the tenets and practice of a well  recognized
 4    religious  denomination.   The  board of trustees may provide
 5    for payment by the sanitary district of the premium or charge
 6    for such insurance.
 7        If the board of  trustees  do  not  provide  for  a  plan
 8    pursuant  to  which the sanitary district pays the premium or
 9    charge for any group insurance plan, the  board  of  trustees
10    may  provide  for  the  withholding  and  deducting  from the
11    compensation of such of the employees and trustees as consent
12    thereto the premium or charge for  any  group  life,  health,
13    accident, hospital and medical insurance.
14        The  board of trustees may exercise the powers granted in
15    this section only if the kinds of such  group  insurance  are
16    obtained from any insurance company authorized to do business
17    in  the State of Illinois, or any non-profit hospital service
18    corporation organized under the provisions of the  Non-Profit
19    Hospital  Service  Plan  Act,  as  heretofore  and  hereafter
20    amended,  or incorporated under the provisions of the Medical
21    Service Plan Act, as heretofore and hereafter amended, or any
22    other organization or service offering similar coverage.  The
23    board of trustees may  enact  an  ordinance  prescribing  the
24    method of operation of such insurance program.
25    (Source: Laws 1963, p. 2755; revised 1-21-98.)
26        (70 ILCS 2405/26) (from Ch. 42, par. 317h)
27        Sec.  26.  (1) The terms used in this Section are defined
28    as follows:
29        The term "Board of Trustees" means the Board of  Trustees
30    of a sanitary district organized under this Act.
31        The    term   "District   Director"   means   the   chief
32    administrative officer of such sanitary district.
33        The term  "Waters"  means  all  accumulations  of  water,
                            -449-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    surface  and  underground, natural and artificial, public and
 2    private, or parts thereof,  which  are  wholly  or  partially
 3    within,  or  flow through, the territorial boundaries of such
 4    sanitary district.
 5        The term "Wastewater" means the combination of liquid and
 6    water-carried wastes from residences,  commercial  buildings,
 7    industrial   plants   and  institutions,  including  polluted
 8    cooling water.
 9        The term "Sanitary Wastewater" means the  combination  of
10    liquid  and  water-carried  wastes discharged from toilet and
11    other sanitary plumbing facilities.
12        The term "Industrial Wastewater" means a  combination  of
13    liquid   and   water-carried   waste,   discharged  from  any
14    industrial establishment and  resulting  from  any  trade  or
15    process  carried  on  in  that  establishment  including  the
16    wastewater  from pretreatment facilities and polluted cooling
17    water.
18        The term "Combined Wastewater" means wastewater including
19    sanitary  wastewater,  industrial  wastewater,  storm  water,
20    infiltration and inflow carried to the sewage treatment plant
21    by a sewer.
22        The term  "Pollutant"  means  any  dredged  spoil,  solid
23    waste,  incinerator  residue, sewage, garbage, sewage sludge,
24    munitions, chemical wastes, biological materials, radioactive
25    materials, heat, wrecked or discharged equipment, rock, sand,
26    cellar dirt and industrial, municipal, and agricultural waste
27    discharged into any waters as will or is likely to  create  a
28    nuisance  or  render  such  waters  harmful or detrimental or
29    injurious  to  public  health,  safety  or  welfare,  or   to
30    domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural, recreational,
31    or  other  legitimate  uses,  or  to livestock, wild animals,
32    birds, fish, or other aquatic life, or causes  or  may  cause
33    interference  with  the  operation  of  the sanitary district
34    sewage treatment plant.
                            -450-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        The term "Interference" means an inhibition or disruption
 2    of  the  sanitary  district's  sewage  treatment  plant,  its
 3    treatment processes or operations, or its  sludge  processes,
 4    use  or  disposal  which  is  a  cause  of  or  significantly
 5    contributes  to  either a violation of any requirement of the
 6    sewage treatment work's ability to discharge to the waters of
 7    the State of Illinois or to the prevention of  sewage  sludge
 8    use  or  disposal  by the sewage treatment work in accordance
 9    with the applicable statutory and regulatory provisions.
10        The term "Person" means any and all persons,  natural  or
11    artificial,  including  any  individual, firm or association,
12    and any unit  of  local  government  or  private  corporation
13    organized  or  existing  under  the laws of this or any other
14    state or country.
15        (2)  The sanitary district, acting through  the  District
16    Director,  may  study,  investigate  and  from  time  to time
17    determine ways and means of removing from  the  water  within
18    such   sanitary  district  so  far  as  is  practicable,  all
19    pollutants in accordance with Federal and State statutes  and
20    applicable  regulations,  and to determine methods of abating
21    such pollutants that are detrimental to public health  or  to
22    animals,   fish  or  aquatic  life,  or  detrimental  to  the
23    practicable use of the waters  for  purposes  of  recreation,
24    industry   or   agriculture,  or  which  interfere  or  might
25    interfere with the  operation  of  such  sanitary  district's
26    sewage treatment plant.
27        (3)  The  sanitary district may by ordinance provide that
28    no user  who  is  planning  to  discharge  into  any  waters,
29    pollutants  or  wastewater  which  may cause the pollution of
30    such waters within such  sanitary  district,  may  make  such
31    discharge  unless  a  written  permit  or  permits  for  such
32    discharge  have  been granted by the sanitary district acting
33    through its Board of Trustees. The sanitary district  may  by
34    ordinance provide that no changes in or additions to a user's
                            -451-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    discharge  into any waters, including changes in or additions
 2    to the method of treating of wastewater or pollutants, may be
 3    made within such  sanitary  district  unless  and  until  the
 4    proposed  changes  have been submitted to and approved by the
 5    sanitary district and a permit or permits  have  been  issued
 6    therefor by the Board of Trustees.
 7        (4)  Plans  and  specifications describing any discharges
 8    set forth in this Act shall  be  submitted  to  the  sanitary
 9    district  before  a  written permit or permits may be issued.
10    Construction of any facilities required  by  such  plans  and
11    specifications  must  be  in  accordance  with such plans and
12    specifications. In case it is necessary or desirable to  make
13    material changes in said plans or specifications, the revised
14    plans  or  specifications,  together with the reasons for the
15    proposed changes must be submitted to the  sanitary  district
16    for a revised or supplemental written permit.
17        (5)  The  sanitary  district, acting through the District
18    Director, may require any user, other than a user discharging
19    only domestic strength waste, which  is  discharging  to  the
20    sanitary  district,  to  file  with  it complete plans of the
21    whole or of any part of its wastewater discharge  system  and
22    any other information and records concerning the installation
23    and operation of such system.
24        (6)  The  sanitary  district, acting through the District
25    Director, may establish procedures  for  the  review  of  any
26    plans,  specifications  or  other data relative to any user's
27    wastewater discharge system, for which this  Act  requires  a
28    written permit or permits.
29        (7)  The  sanitary  district, acting through the District
30    Director,  may  adopt  and  enforce  rules  and   regulations
31    governing  the  issuance of permits and the method and manner
32    under which plans, specifications,  or  other  data  relative
33    thereto  must  be  submitted  for  such  wastewater discharge
34    systems or for additions to, changes in or extensions of such
                            -452-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    wastewater discharge systems.
 2        (8)  Whenever the sanitary district, acting  through  the
 3    District  Director,  determines that wastewater or pollutants
 4    are being discharged into any waters and when, in the opinion
 5    of the District Director, such discharge pollutes the same or
 6    renders such waters incapable of use for the purposes  stated
 7    herein, the District Director may by conference, conciliation
 8    and  persuasion,  endeavor  to the fullest extent possible to
 9    eliminate such discharge or cause such  discharger  to  cease
10    such  pollution.   The  District Director shall not hold more
11    than  one  such  conference  for  any  single  user  in   any
12    consecutive  12  month period before calling for a Show Cause
13    Hearing as set forth herein.  In addition,  nothing  in  this
14    Section  shall  prohibit  the  Director, upon discovery of an
15    ongoing or potential discharge of pollutants  to  the  sewage
16    treatment  works  which  reasonably  appears  to  present  an
17    imminent  danger  to  the  health or welfare of persons, from
18    seeking and obtaining from the Circuit Court of the county in
19    which the such  sanitary  district  is  located  a  Temporary
20    Restraining  Order to halt or prohibit such discharge or from
21    proceeding  under  any  other  provision  of  this  Act;  and
22    provided  further,  that  where  the  Director  discovers  an
23    ongoing or potential discharge to its sewage treatment  works
24    which  presents or may present a danger to the environment or
25    which threatens to interfere or interferes with the operation
26    of its treatment works, he may call a Show Cause  Hearing  as
27    set  forth herein without the requirement for such process of
28    conference, conciliation and persuasion.
29        In the case of the failure  by  conference,  conciliation
30    and  persuasion  to  correct or remedy any claimed violation,
31    the District Director may order whoever causes such discharge
32    to show cause before the Board of Trustees of  such  sanitary
33    district  why  such  discharge should not be discontinued.  A
34    notice may be served on the offending party directing him  or
                            -453-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    it  to  show cause before such Board of Trustees why an Order
 2    should not be entered directing the  discontinuance  of  such
 3    discharge.   Such  notice  shall  specify  the time and place
 4    where a hearing will be held and shall be  served  personally
 5    or by registered or certified mail at least 5 days before the
 6    hearing;  and  in the case of a unit of local government or a
 7    corporation, such service shall be upon an officer  or  agent
 8    thereof.  After reviewing the evidence, the Board of Trustees
 9    may  issue  an  order  to  the  party  responsible  for  such
10    discharge,  directing  that  the user responsible shall cease
11    such discharge immediately or that following a specified time
12    such discharge shall cease or the discharge permit or permits
13    previously  issued  to  such  discharger  shall  be   revoked
14    immediately  or  after  a  time  certain, or shall issue such
15    other order as may serve to abate  said  discharge.   If  the
16    party  fails  to  cease such discharge in accordance with the
17    Board's Order, the  sanitary  district  may  disconnect  such
18    discharge on Order of the Board of Trustees.
19        (9)  Any   permit   authorized   and   issued  under  the
20    provisions of this Act may, when necessary, in the opinion of
21    the District Director, to prevent pollution of  such  waters,
22    be  revoked  or  modified  by  the  Board  of  Trustees after
23    investigation, notice and hearing as  provided  in  paragraph
24    (8) of this Section.
25        (10)  A  violation  of  an order of the Board of Trustees
26    shall be considered a nuisance.   If  any  person  discharges
27    sewage  or  industrial wastes or other wastes into any waters
28    contrary to the orders of the Board of Trustees, the sanitary
29    district, acting through the District Director, has the power
30    to commence an action or proceeding in the Circuit  Court  in
31    and for the county in which such sanitary district is located
32    for  the  purpose  of  having the discharge stopped either by
33    mandamus or injunction.
34        The Court shall specify a time,  not  exceeding  20  days
                            -454-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    after  the  service of the copy of the Petition, in which the
 2    party complained of must answer  the  Petition,  and  in  the
 3    meantime, the party may be restrained.  In case of default in
 4    answer  or  after answer, the Court shall immediately inquire
 5    into the facts and circumstances of the case  and  enter  any
 6    appropriate   judgment   order  in  respect  to  the  matters
 7    complained of.   An  appeal  may  be  taken  from  the  final
 8    judgment  in  the  same  manner  and  with the same effect as
 9    appeals are taken from judgments  of  the  Circuit  Court  in
10    other actions for mandamus or injunction.
11        (11)  The Board of Trustees or any member thereof, or any
12    officer or employee designated by such Board, may conduct the
13    hearing  and  take the evidence provided for in paragraph (8)
14    of this Section, and transmit a report of  the  evidence  and
15    hearing,  together  with  recommendations,  to  the  Board of
16    Trustees for action thereon.
17        At any public hearing, testimony must be taken under oath
18    and recorded stenographically.  The  transcript  so  recorded
19    must  be  made  available  to any member of the public or any
20    party to the  hearing  upon  payment  of  the  usual  charges
21    therefor.
22        In  any such hearing, the Board, or the designated member
23    or members, or  any  officer  or  employee  of  the  District
24    designated   by  the  Board,  may  subpoena  and  compel  the
25    attendance  of  witnesses  and  the  production  of  evidence
26    reasonably necessary to the resolution of  the  matter  under
27    consideration.   The  Board,  or  the  designated  member  or
28    members,   or   any  officer  or  employee  of  the  District
29    designated by the Board, shall issue such subpoenas upon  the
30    request  of any party to a Show Cause Hearing under paragraph
31    (8) of this Section or upon its own Motion, and  may  examine
32    witnesses.
33        (12)  The  provisions  of  the Administrative Review Law,
34    and the rules adopted pursuant thereto, apply to  and  govern
                            -455-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    all   proceedings   for   the   judicial   review   of  final
 2    administrative decisions of the Board of Trustees  hereunder.
 3    The  term  "administrative decision" is defined as in Section
 4    3-101 of the Code of Civil Procedure.
 5        (13)  Whoever violates any  provisions  of  this  Act  or
 6    fails  to  comply  with  an order of the Board of Trustees in
 7    accordance with the provisions of this Act shall be fined not
 8    less than $100 nor more than $1,000.  Each day's  continuance
 9    of  such  violation  or  failure  is a separate offense.  The
10    penalties provided in this Section plus reasonable attorney's
11    fees, court  costs  and  other  expenses  of  litigation  are
12    recoverable  by the sanitary district upon its suit, as debts
13    are recoverable at law.
14    (Source: P.A. 83-1525; revised 12-18-97.)
15        Section 71.  The Metropolitan Water Reclamation  District
16    Act  is amended by changing Sections 3.1, 5.7, 8a, and 19a as
17    follows:
18        (70 ILCS 2605/3.1) (from Ch. 42, par. 322.1)
19        Sec.  3.1.   EPA   Director.    The   Director   of   the
20    Environmental  Protection  Agency or his or her appointee may
21    attend, and participate  in,  meetings  of  the  Metropolitan
22    Water  Reclamation  Sanitary District of Greater Chicago, but
23    he or she who shall have no vote at such meetings.
24    (Source: P.A. 76-2438; revised 1-15-98.)
25        (70 ILCS 2605/5.7) (from Ch. 42, par. 324q)
26        Sec. 5.7. The board of trustees  of  the  district  shall
27    consider  the  budget  estimates  as  submitted  to it by the
28    general  superintendent  and  may  add  to,  revise,   alter,
29    increase  or  decrease  the  items  contained  in the budget.
30    However,  in  no  event  may  the  total  aggregate  proposed
31    expenditures in the budget exceed the total  estimated  means
                            -456-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of financing the budget.
 2        The  board of trustees shall, before January first of the
 3    budget year, adopt the budget which is effective  on  January
 4    first of the budget year. The appropriation ordinance and tax
 5    levy  ordinance  must  be  parts  of  the  budget and must be
 6    adopted as a part thereof by single action of  the  board  of
 7    trustees.  The appropriation ordinance must be filed with and
 8    be a part of the tax levy ordinance, which tax levy ordinance
 9    need not contain any further or additional specifications  of
10    purposes,  itemizations  or  details for which appropriations
11    and  the  levy  are  made.  The  board  of   trustees   shall
12    appropriate  such sums of money as may be necessary to defray
13    all necessary expenses and liabilities of the district to  be
14    paid  by  the  board of trustees or incurred during and until
15    the time of the adoption  and  effective  date  of  the  next
16    annual appropriation ordinance under this Section.  The board
17    of  trustees  shall  appropriate such sums of money as may be
18    necessary to pay the principal and  interest  on  bonds.  The
19    board  may  not expend any money or incur any indebtedness or
20    liability  on  behalf  of  the  district  in  excess  of  the
21    percentage and several amounts limited by law,  when  applied
22    to  the  last  known  assessment. The appropriation ordinance
23    must specify the several funds, organization units,  objects,
24    character   and   functions   (activities)   for  which  such
25    appropriations are made, and the amount appropriated for each
26    fund, organization  unit,  object,  character,  and  function
27    (activity).  The receipts of the district as estimated in the
28    budget and as provided for by the  tax  levy  ordinances  and
29    other   revenues   and   borrowing  Acts  or  ordinances  are
30    applicable  in  the  amounts  and  according  to  the   funds
31    specified  in  the  budget  for  the  purpose  of meeting the
32    expenditures authorized by  the  appropriate  ordinance.  The
33    vote  of the board of trustees upon the budget shall be taken
34    by yeas and nays, and shall be entered in the proceedings  of
                            -457-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the board of trustees.
 2        The  appropriation  ordinance  may be amended at the next
 3    regular meeting of the board  of  trustees  occurring  before
 4    January  first  of  the  budget year and not less than 5 days
 5    after the passage thereof in like manner as other ordinances.
 6    If any items of appropriations contained therein  are  vetoed
 7    by  the  president  of  the  board,  with recommendations for
 8    alterations  or  changes  therein,  the  adoption   of   such
 9    recommendations by a yea and nay vote is the equivalent of an
10    amendment  of  such  annual appropriation ordinance with like
11    effect as if an amendatory ordinance had been passed.
12        Such appropriation ordinance together with other parts of
13    the budget as the board of trustees desire must be  published
14    in  a  newspaper  of  general circulation in the district and
15    made conveniently available for  inspection  by  the  public.
16    Such  publication  must  be made after the date of passage of
17    such budget and before January 20 of the budget year, but the
18    date of publication does  not  affect  the  legality  of  the
19    appropriation  ordinance  or  the  tax  levy ordinance or any
20    other ordinances necessary to  give  effect  to  the  budget.
21    Such  ordinances are effective on the first day of January of
22    the budget year.
23        The Clerk shall certify that such appropriation ordinance
24    as published is a true, accurate and  complete  copy  of  the
25    appropriation  ordinance  as passed and approved by the board
26    of trustees. The board of trustees shall also make public, by
27    publication  or  otherwise,  at  this  time,  the  tax   rate
28    necessary  or estimated to be necessary to finance the budget
29    as adopted.
30        After adoption of the appropriation ordinance, the  board
31    of  trustees  may not make any further or other appropriation
32    prior to the adoption  or  passage  of  the  next  succeeding
33    annual  appropriation  ordinance.  The  board  has  no power,
34    either directly or indirectly, to make  any  contract  or  to
                            -458-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    take   any  action  which  adds  to  the  total  of  district
 2    expenditures or liabilities in any budget year any  sum  over
 3    and above the amount provided for in the annual appropriation
 4    ordinance  for  the  budget  year.   However,  the  board  of
 5    trustees  has the power, anything in this Act to the contrary
 6    notwithstanding, if after the adoption of  the  appropriation
 7    ordinance  (1) federal or State grants or loans are accepted,
 8    (2) the voters approve a  bond  ordinance  for  a  particular
 9    purpose  or  the issuance of bonds is otherwise authorized by
10    law, or (3) duly authorized bonds of the  district  remaining
11    unissued and unsold have been cancelled and any ordinance has
12    been adopted by the board of trustees under Section 9 of this
13    Act  authorizing  the  issuance of bonds not exceeding in the
14    aggregate the  amount  of  bonds  so  cancelled,  to  pass  a
15    supplemental  appropriation ordinance (in compliance with the
16    provisions of this Act as to publication and  voting  thereon
17    by  the  board  of  trustees)  making  appropriation, for the
18    particular purpose only as set forth in the ordinance, of the
19    proceeds of the grants, loans, or  bond  issue  or  any  part
20    thereof  required  to  be  expended  during  the fiscal year.
21    However, nothing  herein  contained  prevents  the  board  of
22    trustees,  by  a  concurring  vote  of  two-thirds of all the
23    trustees (votes to be taken by yeas and nays and  entered  in
24    the  proceeding  of  the  board of trustees), from making any
25    expenditures or incurring any liability rendered necessary to
26    meet emergencies such as epidemics, flood,  fire,  unforeseen
27    damages  or other catastrophes catastrophies, happening after
28    the  annual  appropriation  ordinance  has  been  passed   or
29    adopted,.  nor  does  anything  herein  deprive  the board of
30    trustees of the power to provide for and  cause  to  be  paid
31    from  the district funds any charge upon the district imposed
32    by law without the action of the board of trustees.
33    (Source: P.A. 87-364; revised 6-27-97.)
                            -459-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (70 ILCS 2605/8a) (from Ch. 42, par. 327a)
 2        Sec. 8a. The Sanitary District, in addition to the  other
 3    powers  vested  in it, is empowered, with the approval of the
 4    Department  of  Natural  Resources  as   successor   to   the
 5    Department  of Transportation and the Department of Purchases
 6    and Construction  of  the  State  of  Illinois,  through  its
 7    Director,  to  remise, release, quit claim, grant, convey and
 8    transfer all its right, title and interest in and to any  and
 9    all  lands, tenements and hereditaments and in and to any and
10    all property, including structures, of every kind and  nature
11    or  rights  to  or  in,  under,  over  and adjoining the Main
12    Channel, Main Channel Extension, Calumet-Sag Channel and  the
13    North   Shore  Channel  of  the  Sanitary  District  and  for
14    improvements made by the Sanitary District  in,  under,  over
15    and  adjoining  the Chicago River, the Calumet River, the Des
16    Plaines DesPlaines River and tributaries thereto, and any and
17    all other  land,  property  or  structures  of  the  Sanitary
18    District,  to  the  United  States  of  America, the State of
19    Illinois,  the  County   of   Cook   or/and   any   Municipal
20    Corporation,  upon  such terms as may be mutually agreed upon
21    by the Sanitary District and the United  States  of  America,
22    the  State  of  Illinois,  the  County  of  Cook  or/and  any
23    Municipal  Corporation;  and  the  Board  of  Trustees of the
24    Sanitary District is empowered to and may authorize the doing
25    of all things and acts, and the execution of  such  documents
26    and  instruments and adopt such resolutions and ordinances in
27    connection therewith that may be required, and the provisions
28    of this Section 8a shall constitute  complete  authority  for
29    the performance of all acts herein provided without reference
30    to  other laws and shall be construed as conferring powers in
31    addition to, but not limiting,  powers  granted  under  other
32    existing laws.
33        Provided  that The proceeds derived from any such sale or
34    transfer to  the  United  States  of  America  shall,  unless
                            -460-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Congress shall otherwise provide, be used only for paying the
 2    costs   of  controlling  works  in  the  Chicago  River,  the
 3    completion, construction and enlargement of sewage  treatment
 4    works,  and  additions  therefor,  pumping stations, tunnels,
 5    conduits and intercepting sewers  connecting  therewith,  and
 6    outlet  sewers, together with the equipment and appurtenances
 7    necessary thereto, and for the acquisition of the  sites  and
 8    rights of way necessary thereto, and for engineering expenses
 9    for  designing  and supervising the construction of the works
10    above described, which works are made necessary by the decree
11    of the Supreme Court of the United States in the consolidated
12    cases entitled "Wisconsin et al. v. The State of Illinois and
13    The Sanitary District of  Chicago",  numbers  7,  11  and  12
14    original.;
15        Provided,  however,  that Any excess of the proceeds, not
16    required for the cost  of  construction  of  the  works  made
17    necessary  by the decree, may be used for the construction of
18    sewage  disposal  plants  and  equipment   thereof,   pumping
19    stations,  and intercepting sewers and appurtenances thereto,
20    the acquisition of  sites  and  easements  therefor  and  the
21    expense   of  design  and  supervision  of  the  construction
22    thereof.
23    (Source: P.A. 89-445, eff. 2-7-96; revised 6-27-97.)
24        (70 ILCS 2605/19a) (from Ch. 42, par. 340)
25        Sec. 19a.  No person shall be  an  incompetent  judge  or
26    juror  by  reason  of  his being an inhabitant or or owner or
27    life tenant of real estate in any  sanitary  district  formed
28    under  the  provisions  hereof  in  any  action in which such
29    sanitary district may be a party in interest.
30    (Source: P.A. 84-551; revised 6-27-97.)
31        Section 72.  The Sanitary District Act of 1936 is amended
32    by changing Sections 1 and 4.1 as follows:
                            -461-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (70 ILCS 2805/1) (from Ch. 42, par. 412)
 2        Sec. 1.  Incorporation; referendum.
 3        (a)  Any area of contiguous territory within  the  limits
 4    of  a  single  county  and  without  the  limits of any city,
 5    village or  incorporated  town,  may  be  incorporated  as  a
 6    sanitary  district  under  this Act in the manner provided in
 7    this Section. following:
 8        (b)  Any 20%  of  the  legal  voters  residing,  resident
 9    within the limits of the such proposed sanitary district, may
10    petition  the  Circuit  Court  in  the  county  in  which the
11    proposed district is situated, to cause to  be  submitted  to
12    the  legal  voters of the such proposed sanitary district the
13    question of as to whether the such proposed  territory  shall
14    be organized as a sanitary district under this Act.  The Such
15    petition  shall  be  addressed to the Circuit Court and shall
16    contain a definite  description  of  the  boundaries  of  the
17    territory  to  be embraced in the such district, and the name
18    of the such proposed sanitary district.
19        (c)  Upon filing of the such petition in  the  office  of
20    the  circuit  clerk  in the county in which the such proposed
21    sanitary district is situated, it shall be the  duty  of  the
22    Circuit  Court  shall  to name 3 judges of the such court who
23    shall constitute a board of commissioners, which  shall  have
24    power  and  authority  to consider the boundaries of the such
25    proposed sanitary district and whether  the  such  boundaries
26    shall be as described in the such petition or otherwise.  The
27    decision  of  2  two  of  the  such  commissioners  shall  be
28    conclusive  and shall not be subject to review in any manner,
29    directly or indirectly.
30        (d)  Notice shall be given by the Circuit  Court  of  the
31    time  and  place where the such commissioners will meet, by a
32    publication of such notice at least 20 days prior to the such
33    meeting in one or more daily or weekly  newspapers  published
34    in the such proposed district or and, if no such newspaper is
                            -462-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    published  in the such proposed district, then by the posting
 2    of at least 5 five copies of the  such  notice  in  the  such
 3    proposed district at least 20 days before the such hearing.
 4        (e)  At  the such meeting all persons who reside resident
 5    in the such proposed district shall have an opportunity to be
 6    heard and to make suggestions regarding touching the location
 7    and boundary of  the  such  proposed  district  and  to  make
 8    suggestions  regarding  the  same.   The  Such commissioners,
 9    after hearing statements, evidence and suggestions, shall fix
10    and determine the boundaries of the such  proposed  district,
11    and  for  that purpose and to that extent they, may alter and
12    amend the such petition.  After the such determination by the
13    commissioners, or a majority  of  them,  their  determination
14    shall  be incorporated in an order, which shall be entered of
15    record in the Circuit Court.
16        (f)  Upon the entering of the  such  order,  the  Circuit
17    Court  shall certify the the question of the organization and
18    establishment of the proposed  sanitary  district,  with  the
19    boundaries   as  determined  by  the  commissioners,  to  the
20    appropriate  election  authorities  who  shall   submit   the
21    question  at  an  election  in  accordance  with  the general
22    election law.  In addition to the requirements of the general
23    election law, notice shall specify briefly the purpose of the
24    such election,  with  a  description  of  the  such  proposed
25    sanitary district.
26        (g)  Each  legal  voter resident within the such proposed
27    sanitary district shall have the right to cast  a  ballot  at
28    the  such referendum.  The question shall be in substantially
29    the following form:
30    -------------------------------------------------------------
31        For Sanitary District
32    -------------------------------------------------------------
33        Against Sanitary District
34    -------------------------------------------------------------
                            -463-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (h)  The Circuit Court shall cause  a  statement  of  the
 2    result  of the such referendum to be entered of record in the
 3    Circuit Court.  If a majority of  the  votes  cast  upon  the
 4    question   of  the  organization  and  establishment  of  the
 5    proposed  sanitary  district  shall  be  in  favor   of   the
 6    organization  and  establishment  of  the  proposed  sanitary
 7    district,   the   such   proposed   sanitary  district  shall
 8    thenceforth be deemed to have been incorporated and to be  an
 9    organized sanitary district under this Act.
10    (Source: P.A. 83-343; revised 6-27-97.)
11        (70 ILCS 2805/4.1) (from Ch. 42, par. 415.1)
12        Sec. 4.1.  The board of trustees of any sanitary district
13    may  arrange  to  provide  for  the  benefit of employees and
14    trustees  of  the  sanitary  district  group  life,   health,
15    accident,  hospital  and medical insurance, or any one or any
16    combination of such types of insurance.  Such  insurance  may
17    include  provision  for  employees  and  trustees who rely on
18    treatment by prayer or spiritual means alone for  healing  in
19    accordance  with the tenets and practice of a well recognized
20    religious denomination.  The board of  trustees  may  provide
21    for payment by the sanitary district of the premium or charge
22    for such insurance.
23        If  the  board  of  trustees  do  not  provide for a plan
24    pursuant to which the sanitary district pays the  premium  or
25    charge  for  any  group insurance plan, the board of trustees
26    may provide  for  the  withholding  and  deducting  from  the
27    compensation of such of the employees and trustees as consent
28    thereto  the  premium  or  charge for any group life, health,
29    accident, hospital and medical insurance.
30        The board of trustees may exercise the powers granted  in
31    this  section  only  if the kinds of such group insurance are
32    obtained from any insurance company authorized to do business
33    in the State of Illinois, or any non-profit hospital  service
                            -464-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    corporation  organized under the provisions of the Non-profit
 2    Hospital  Service  Plan  Act,  as  heretofore  and  hereafter
 3    amended, or incorporated under the provisions of the  Medical
 4    Service Plan Act, as heretofore and hereafter amended, or any
 5    other organization or service offering similar coverage.  The
 6    board  of  trustees  may  enact  an ordinance prescribing the
 7    method of operations of such insurance program.
 8    (Source: Laws 1963, p. 2754; revised 1-21-98.)
 9        Section 73.  The Metro  East  Solid  Waste  Disposal  and
10    Energy Producing Service Act is amended by changing Section 1
11    as follows:
12        (70 ILCS 3110/1) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 7101)
13        Sec.  1.   Finding  and  Purpose.  For the benefit of the
14    People of this State, the increase of their commerce, welfare
15    and prosperity, and  the  improvement  of  their  health  and
16    living conditions, it is essential that provision be made for
17    the  efficient collection and disposal of waste on a district
18    basis from both public and private sources in compliance with
19    State and federal laws, regulations, and policies and for the
20    generation of energy and the  recovery  of  usable  resources
21    form such waste to the extent practicable.  It is the purpose
22    of   this  Act  to  assist  certain  participating  political
23    subdivisions of this State, other  public  entities  and  the
24    private  sector  of  the  economy  to  provide adequate waste
25    disposal facilities and  facilities  for  the  generation  of
26    steam, electricity, or other forms of energy from fuels which
27    are  derived  from or are otherwise related to waste disposal
28    facilities by providing a coordinating agency and a financing
29    vehicle for such facilities.  It is the purpose of  this  Act
30    to  assist  the  participating municipalities to effect waste
31    disposal programs on a district basis and to  that  end  this
32    Act  provides  for  the  creation  of  the  Metro  East Solid
                            -465-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Disposal and Energy Producing Service.  It is  the  intention
 2    and purpose of this Act that, without in any way limiting the
 3    discretion  of the Service, the Service and the Environmental
 4    Protection Agency are to  cooperate  to  the  maximum  extent
 5    practicable in effecting a district waste disposal and energy
 6    generating    program    to    service.   the   participating
 7    municipalities.
 8    (Source: P.A. 84-1320; revised 12-18-97.)
 9        Section 74.  The Surface Water Protection District Act is
10    amended by changing Section 19 as follows:
11        (70 ILCS 3405/19) (from Ch. 42, par. 466)
12        Sec. 19. Bonds.  Any surface  water  protection  district
13    may  borrow  money  for  its corporate purposes and may issue
14    bonds therefor, but shall not become indebted in any  manner,
15    or  for  any  purpose,  in  to  an  amount  exceeding, in the
16    aggregate, to exceed 5% of the valuation of taxable  property
17    therein,  to  be ascertained by the last equalized assessment
18    for State and county taxes previous to the incurring of  such
19    indebtedness.   Whenever  the  board  of trustees of the such
20    district  desires  to  issue  bonds  under  this  Section  it
21    hereunder they shall, except as otherwise provided in Section
22    20a,  certify  the  question  to  to  the   proper   election
23    officials,  who  shall  submit the question at an election in
24    accordance with the general election law.  The result of  the
25    referendum shall be entered upon the records of the district.
26    If  a  majority  of the votes on the question are in favor of
27    the issuance issue of bonds,  the  board  of  trustees  shall
28    order and direct the execution of the bonds for and on behalf
29    of  the district.  All bonds issued hereunder shall mature in
30    not  exceeding  20  annual  installments.   The  ballots  for
31    elections held under this Section shall be  in  substantially
32    the following form:
                            -466-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    -------------------------------------------------------------
 2        Shall .... Surface Water               YES
 3    Protection District issue bonds      ------------------------
 4    in the amount of .... dollars?             NO
 5    -------------------------------------------------------------
 6    (Source: P.A. 81-1489; revised 6-27-97.)
 7        Section  75.   The  Water  Authorities  Act is amended by
 8    changing Section 2 as follows:
 9        (70 ILCS 3715/2) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 224)
10        Sec. 2.  The court  shall  canvass  the  returns  of  the
11    election and by written order shall determine and declare the
12    result  thereof  within the territory that shall be described
13    in the order, which order shall be entered of record  in  the
14    the court.  If a majority of the votes cast upon the question
15    shall  be  in  favor of the same, the order shall declare the
16    territory  a  duly  organized  water  authority  and  a  body
17    corporate and politic.  In case the territory of the proposed
18    authority is situated in more than one county, then the court
19    shall cause a certified copy of the order to  be  filed  with
20    the  circuit  clerk  of  each  of  the  such  other county or
21    counties, who shall cause the same to be filed of  record  in
22    their respective courts.
23    (Source: P.A. 83-343; revised 6-27-97.)
24        Section 76.  The Illinois Local Library Act is amended by
25    changing Section 5-9 as follows:
26        (75 ILCS 5/5-9) (from Ch. 81, par. 5-9)
27        Sec. 5-9. Nothing in this Article 5 shall be construed as
28    limiting  or  affecting  in  any  way the powers of boards of
29    trustees of township libraries  under  the  Township  Library
30    Bond  Act  "An Act to enable boards of of public libraries to
                            -467-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    borrow money for  the  erection  or  improvement  of  library
 2    buildings  or  to  purchase  library sites", approved May 18,
 3    1905, as heretofore and hereafter amended.
 4    (Source: P.A. 84-770; revised 6-27-97.)
 5        Section 77.  The School Code is amended by setting  forth
 6    and  renumbering  multiple  versions  of  Section 2-3.120 and
 7    changing Sections 2-3.25g, 9-11.2, 10-10, 10-22.3a, 10-22.31,
 8    17-2.2c, 18-8, and 18-8.05 as follows:
 9        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.25g) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.25g)
10        Sec. 2-3.25g.  Waiver or modification of mandates  within
11    the  School  Code  and  administrative rules and regulations.
12    Notwithstanding any other provisions of this School  Code  or
13    any other law of this State to the contrary, school districts
14    may  petition  the State Board of Education for the waiver or
15    modification of the mandates of this School Code  or  of  the
16    administrative rules and regulations promulgated by the State
17    Board    of   Education.    Waivers   or   modifications   of
18    administrative rules and  regulations  and  modifications  of
19    mandates  of  this School Code may be requested when a school
20    district demonstrates that it can address the intent  of  the
21    rule or mandate in a more effective, efficient, or economical
22    manner  or  when necessary to stimulate innovation or improve
23    student performance.  Waivers of mandates of the School  Code
24    may  be requested when the waivers are necessary to stimulate
25    innovation or improve student performance.  Waivers  may  not
26    be  requested from laws, rules, and regulations pertaining to
27    special education, teacher certification, or  teacher  tenure
28    and seniority.
29        School  districts,  as  a  matter  of inherent managerial
30    policy,  and  any  Independent  Authority  established  under
31    Section 2-3.25f may submit an application  for  a  waiver  or
32    modification authorized under this Section.  Each application
                            -468-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    must  include  a  written  request  by the school district or
 2    Independent Authority and must demonstrate that the intent of
 3    the mandate can be addressed in a more effective,  efficient,
 4    or  economical  manner  or  be based upon a specific plan for
 5    improved student performance and  school  improvement.    Any
 6    district  requesting  a waiver or modification for the reason
 7    that intent of  the  mandate  can  be  addressed  in  a  more
 8    economical  manner  shall include in the application a fiscal
 9    analysis showing current  expenditures  on  the  mandate  and
10    projected  savings resulting from the waiver or modification.
11    Applications and plans developed by school districts must  be
12    approved  by  each  board  of  education  following  a public
13    hearing on the application and plan and the  opportunity  for
14    the  board to hear testimony from educators directly involved
15    in its implementation,  parents,  and  students.  The  public
16    hearing  must  be  preceded  by at least one published notice
17    occurring at least 7 days prior to the hearing in a newspaper
18    of general circulation within the school district  that  sets
19    forth  the  time,  date, place, and general subject matter of
20    the hearing.  The school district must notify in writing  the
21    affected   exclusive   collective  bargaining  agent  of  the
22    district's  intent  to  seek  approval   of   a   waiver   or
23    modification  and of the hearing to be held to take testimony
24    from educators.  The affected exclusive collective bargaining
25    agents shall be notified of such public hearing  at  least  7
26    days prior to the date of the hearing and shall be allowed to
27    attend such public hearing.
28        A  request for a waiver or modification of administrative
29    rules and regulations  or  for  a  modification  of  mandates
30    contained in this School Code shall be submitted to the State
31    Board of Education within 15 days after approval by the board
32    of  education.   Following  receipt of the request, the State
33    Board shall have  45  days  to  review  the  application  and
34    request.    If  the  State  Board  fails  to  disapprove  the
                            -469-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    application  within  that  45  day  period,  the  waiver   or
 2    modification  shall  be  deemed granted.  The State Board may
 3    disapprove  any  request  if  it  is  not  based  upon  sound
 4    educational practices, endangers  the  health  or  safety  of
 5    students   or  staff,  compromises  equal  opportunities  for
 6    learning, or fails to demonstrate that the intent of the rule
 7    or mandate can be addressed in a more  effective,  efficient,
 8    or  economical manner or have improved student performance as
 9    a primary goal.  Any request disapproved by the  State  Board
10    may  be  appealed  to  the General Assembly by the requesting
11    school district as outlined in this Section.
12        A request for a waiver from mandates  contained  in  this
13    School  Code  shall be submitted to the State Board within 15
14    days after approval by the board  of  education.   The  State
15    Board   shall   review  the  applications  and  requests  for
16    completeness and shall compile the requests in reports to  be
17    filed  with  the General Assembly. The State Board shall file
18    reports outlining the waivers requested by  school  districts
19    and  appeals  by  school districts of requests disapproved by
20    the  State  Board  with  the  Senate   and   the   House   of
21    Representatives before each May 1 and October 1.  The General
22    Assembly  may  disapprove  the  report  of the State Board in
23    whole or in part within 30 calendar days after each house  of
24    the  General Assembly next convenes after the report is filed
25    by adoption of a resolution by a record vote of the  majority
26    of  members  elected  in each house.  If the General Assembly
27    fails to disapprove any waiver request  or  appealed  request
28    within  such  30 day period, the waiver or modification shall
29    be deemed granted.  Any resolution  adopted  by  the  General
30    Assembly disapproving a report of the State Board in whole or
31    in part shall be binding on the State Board.
32        An  approved  waiver or modification may remain in effect
33    for a period not to exceed 5 school years and may be  renewed
34    upon application by the school district. However, such waiver
                            -470-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    or modification may be changed within that 5-year period by a
 2    local  school  district  board following the procedure as set
 3    forth in this Section for the initial waiver or  modification
 4    request.   If  neither  the  State Board of Education nor the
 5    General Assembly disapproves, the change is deemed granted.
 6        On or before February 1, 1998, and each year  thereafter,
 7    the State Board of Education shall submit a cumulative report
 8    summarizing all types of waiver mandates and modifications of
 9    mandates  granted by the State Board or the General Assembly.
10    The report shall identify the topic of the waiver along  with
11    the  number  and percentage of school districts for which the
12    waiver has been granted.  The report shall also  include  any
13    recommendations  from the State Board regarding the repeal or
14    of modification of waived mandates.
15    (Source: P.A. 89-3, eff. 2-27-95; 89-626, eff. 8-9-96; 90-62,
16    eff. 7-3-97; 90-462, eff. 8-17-97; revised 11-17-97.)
17        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.120)
18        Sec.  2-3.120.  Non-Public  school  students'  access  to
19    technology.
20        (a)  The General Assembly finds  and  declares  that  the
21    Constitution  of  the  State  of  Illinois  provides  that  a
22    "fundamental   goal  of  the  People  of  the  State  is  the
23    educational development of all persons to the limit of  their
24    capacities",  and  that  the educational development of every
25    school student serves the public purposes of the  State.   In
26    order  to  enable  Illinois students to leave school with the
27    basic skills and knowledge that will enable them to find  and
28    hold  jobs  and  otherwise  function as productive members of
29    society in the 21st Century, all students must have access to
30    the vast educational resources provided  by  computers.   The
31    provisions  of  this  Section are in the public interest, for
32    the public benefit, and serve a secular public purpose.
33        (b)  The  State  Board   of   Education   shall   provide
                            -471-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    non-public  schools  with  ports  to  the  Board's  statewide
 2    educational  network,  provided  that  this  access  does not
 3    diminish  the  services  available  to  public  schools   and
 4    students.  The State Board of Education shall charge for this
 5    access  in  an  amount necessary to offset its cost.  Amounts
 6    received by the State Board of Education under  this  Section
 7    shall be deposited in the School Technology Revolving Fund as
 8    described  in  Section 2-3.121.  The statewide network may be
 9    used only for secular educational purposes.
10        (c)  For purposes of this Section,  a  non-public  school
11    means:  (i)  any  non-profit, non-public college; or (ii) any
12    non-profit,   non-home-based,   non-public   elementary    or
13    secondary  school  that is in compliance with Title VI of the
14    Civil Rights Act of 1964 and attendance  at  which  satisfies
15    the requirements of Section 26-1 of the School Code.
16    (Source: P.A. 90-463, eff. 8-17-97; 90-566, eff. 1-2-98.)
17        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.123)
18        Sec.  2-3.123. 2-3.120.  Giant Steps pilot program.  From
19    appropriations made for purposes of this Section,  the  State
20    Board  of  Education  shall  implement and administer a Giant
21    Steps pilot program for the study and  evaluation  of  autism
22    and  to  provide related teacher training.  The program shall
23    be operated over a period of 3 school years,  beginning  with
24    the  1997-1998  school year.  The State Board of Education is
25    authorized to make grants to school districts that  apply  to
26    participate  in  the  Giant  Steps program as implemented and
27    administered by the State  Board  of  Education.   The  State
28    Board  of  Education  shall  by  rule  provide  the  form  of
29    application  and criteria to be used and applied in selecting
30    participating school districts.
31    (Source: P.A. 90-498, eff. 8-18-97; revised 11-19-97.)
32        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.125)
                            -472-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Sec. 2-3.125. 2-3.120.  Arts and humanities organizations
 2    and cultural institutions. The State Board  of  Education  is
 3    authorized  to  reimburse  not-for-profit arts and humanities
 4    organizations  and   cultural   institutions   of   Illinois,
 5    including  but  not  limited to, museums and theater or dance
 6    companies, for the costs of providing educational programs to
 7    public elementary and secondary school students.
 8    (Source: P.A. 90-361, eff. 1-1-98; revised 1-12-98.)
 9        (105 ILCS 5/9-11.2) (from Ch. 122, par. 9-11.2)
10        Sec.  9-11.2.   For   all   school   districts   electing
11    candidates  to a board of education in a manner other than at
12    large, candidates not elected at large  who  file  nominating
13    petitions  for  a full term shall be grouped together by area
14    of residence as follows:
15        (1)  by congressional townships, or
16        (2)  according to incorporated or  unincorporated  areas,
17    or
18        (3)  by  affected school districts, if the form of ballot
19    prescribed by Format 2a or 2b of Section 9-12 is required  to
20    be used for the election.
21        For  all  school districts electing candidates to a board
22    of education in a manner other than at large, candidates  not
23    elected  at  large  who  file  nominating  petitions  for  an
24    unexpired term shall be grouped together by area of residence
25    as follows:
26        (1)  by congressional townships, or
27        (2)  according  to  incorporated or unincorporated areas,
28    or
29        (3)  by affected school districts, if the form of  ballot
30    prescribed  by Format 2a or 2b of Section 9-12 is required to
31    be used for the election.
32        Except in those instances when the ballot under Format  5
33    of  Section  9-12 is required to be used, candidate groupings
                            -473-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    by area  of  residence  for  full  terms  shall  precede  the
 2    candidate  groupings by area of residence for unexpired terms
 3    on the ballot. In all instances, however, the ballot order of
 4    each candidate grouping shall be determined by the  order  of
 5    petition filing or lottery held pursuant to Section 9-11.1 in
 6    the following manner:
 7        The  area  of residence of the candidate determined to be
 8    first by order of petition filing  or  by  lottery  shall  be
 9    listed  first  among  the  candidate groupings on the ballot.
10    All other candidates from the same  area  of  residence  will
11    follow  according to order of petition filing or the lottery.
12    The area of residence  of  the  candidate  determined  to  be
13    second  by  the order of petition filing or the lottery shall
14    be listed second among the candidate groupings on the ballot.
15    All other candidates from the same  area  of  residence  will
16    follow  according  to  the  order  of  petition filing or the
17    lottery.  The ballot order of additional candidate  groupings
18    by area of residence shall be established in a like manner.
19        In  any  school  district  that  elects its board members
20    according to area of residence  and  that  has  one  or  more
21    unexpired  terms  to  be filled at an election, the winner or
22    winners of the unexpired term or terms  shall  be  determined
23    first and independently of those running for full terms.  The
24    winners  of  the  full  terms shall then be determined taking
25    into consideration the areas of residence of those elected to
26    fill the unexpired term or terms.
27        "Area  of  Residence"   means   congressional   township,
28    incorporated and unincorporated territories, and, if the form
29    of  ballot  prescribed  by Format 2a or 2b of Section 9-12 is
30    required to be used in electing  candidates  to  a  board  of
31    education, affected school districts.
32        "Affected  school  district" means either of the 2 entire
33    elementary school districts that are formed into  a  combined
34    school  district  established as provided in subsection (a-5)
                            -474-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of Section 11B-7.
 2    (Source: P.A.  89-579,  eff.  7-30-96;  90-59,  eff.  7-3-97;
 3    90-459, eff. 8-17-97; revised 11-14-97.)
 4        (105 ILCS 5/10-10) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-10)
 5        Sec.  10-10.  Board  of  education;  Term; Vacancy.   All
 6    school districts having a population of not fewer than  1,000
 7    and  not more than 500,000 inhabitants, as ascertained by any
 8    special or general census, and not governed by special  Acts,
 9    shall  be  governed  by  a board of education consisting of 7
10    members,  serving  without  compensation  except  as   herein
11    provided.  Each member shall be elected for a term of 4 years
12    except  as  otherwise provided in subsection (a-5) of Section
13    11B-7 for the initial members of the board of education of  a
14    combined school district to which that subsection applies. If
15    5  members  are  elected in 1983 pursuant to the extension of
16    terms provided by law  for  transition  to  the  consolidated
17    election  schedule under the general election law, 2 of those
18    members shall be elected to serve terms  of  2  years  and  3
19    shall  be elected to serve terms of 4 years; their successors
20    shall serve for a 4 year term.  When the voters of a district
21    have voted to elect members of the board of education  for  6
22    year  terms,  as provided in Section 9-5, the terms of office
23    of members of the board of education of that district  expire
24    when their successors assume office but not later than 7 days
25    after  such  election. If at the regular school election held
26    in the first odd-numbered year  after  the  determination  to
27    elect  members  for  6 year terms 2 members are elected, they
28    shall serve for a 6 year term; and of the members elected  at
29    the  next regular school election 3 shall serve for a term of
30    6 years and 2 shall serve a  term  of  2  years.   Thereafter
31    members  elected  in  such  districts shall be elected to a 6
32    year term.  If at the regular school  election  held  in  the
33    first  odd-numbered  year  after  the  determination to elect
                            -475-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    members for 6 year terms 3 members are  elected,  they  shall
 2    serve  for  a  6 year term; and of the members elected at the
 3    next regular school election 2 shall serve for a  term  of  2
 4    years  and  2  shall serve for a term of 6 years.  Thereafter
 5    members elected in such districts shall be  elected  to  a  6
 6    year  term.   If  at  the regular school election held in the
 7    first odd-numbered year  after  the  determination  to  elect
 8    members for 6 year terms 4 members are elected, 3 shall serve
 9    for  a  term  of  6 years and one shall serve for a term of 2
10    years; and of the members elected at the next regular  school
11    election 2 shall serve for terms of 6 years and 2 shall serve
12    for  terms  of  2  years.  Thereafter members elected in such
13    districts shall be elected to a  6  year  term.   If  at  the
14    regular  school  election held in the first odd-numbered year
15    after the determination to elect members for a 6 year term  5
16    members  are elected, 3 shall serve for a term of 6 years and
17    2 shall serve for a term of  2  years;  and  of  the  members
18    elected at the next regular school election 2 shall serve for
19    terms  of  6  years  and  2 shall serve for terms of 2 years.
20    Thereafter members elected in such districts shall be elected
21    to a 6 year term.  An election for board members shall not be
22    held in school districts which by  consolidation,  annexation
23    or otherwise shall cease to exist as a school district within
24    6  six  months  after  the election date, and the term of all
25    board  members  which  would  otherwise  terminate  shall  be
26    continued until such district  shall  cease  to  exist.  Each
27    member  shall,  on  the date of his election, be a citizen of
28    the United States of the age of 18 years or over, a  resident
29    of  the  State and the territory of the district for at least
30    one year immediately preceding  his  election,  a  registered
31    voter  as provided in the general election law, and shall not
32    be a school trustee or a school treasurer.  When the board of
33    education is the  successor  of  the  school  directors,  all
34    rights of property, and all rights regarding causes of action
                            -476-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    existing  or  vested  in  such directors, shall vest in it as
 2    fully as they were vested in the school directors.  Terms  of
 3    members are subject to Section 2A-54 of the Election Code.
 4        Nomination  papers filed under this Section are not valid
 5    unless the candidate named therein files with  the  secretary
 6    of  the board of education or with a person designated by the
 7    board to receive nominating  petitions  a  receipt  from  the
 8    county clerk showing that the candidate has filed a statement
 9    of   economic   interests   as   required   by  the  Illinois
10    Governmental Ethics Act.  Such  receipt  shall  be  so  filed
11    either  previously  during  the  calendar  year  in which his
12    nomination papers were filed or within  the  period  for  the
13    filing  of  nomination  papers in accordance with the general
14    election law.
15        Whenever a vacancy occurs, the  remaining  members  shall
16    notify  the  regional superintendent of that vacancy within 5
17    days after its occurrence  and  shall  proceed  to  fill  the
18    vacancy  until  the  next  regular  school election, at which
19    election a successor shall be elected to serve the  remainder
20    of  the  unexpired term.  However, if the vacancy occurs with
21    less than 868 days remaining in the term, or if  the  vacancy
22    occurs  less than 88 days before the next regularly scheduled
23    election for this office then the person so  appointed  shall
24    serve the remainder of the unexpired term, and no election to
25    fill  the  vacancy shall be held. Should they fail so to act,
26    within  45  days  after  the  vacancy  occurs,  the  regional
27    superintendent of schools under whose supervision and control
28    the district is operating, as defined in  Section  3-14.2  of
29    this  Act,  shall  within 30 days after the remaining members
30    have failed to fill the vacancy, fill the vacancy as provided
31    for herein. Upon the  regional  superintendent's  failure  to
32    fill  the  vacancy,  the  vacancy shall be filled at the next
33    regularly scheduled election.  Whether elected  or  appointed
34    by  the  remaining  members  or  regional superintendent, the
                            -477-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    successor shall be an inhabitant of the particular area  from
 2    which  his  or her predecessor was elected if the residential
 3    requirements contained in Section 11A-8, 11B-7,  or  12-2  of
 4    this Act apply.
 5    (Source:  P.A.  89-129,  eff.  7-14-95; 89-579, eff. 7-30-96;
 6    90-358, eff. 1-1-98; 90-459, eff. 8-17-97; revised 11-14-97.)
 7        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.3a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.3a)
 8        Sec. 10-22.3a.  To  provide  for  or  to  participate  in
 9    provisions  for  insurance  protection  and  benefits for its
10    employees and their dependents including but not  limited  to
11    retirement  annuities,  medical, surgical and hospitalization
12    benefits in such types and  amounts,  if  any,  as  shall  be
13    determined  by  the  board,  for  the  purpose  of  aiding in
14    securing and retaining the services of  competent  employees.
15    Where  employee participation in such provisions is involved,
16    the board, with the consent of  the  employee,  may  withhold
17    deductions from the employee's salary necessary to defray the
18    employee's  share of such insurance costs.  Such insurance or
19    benefits may be contracted for only with an insurance company
20    authorized to do business in this State,  or  any  non-profit
21    hospital  service  corporation organized under the non-profit
22    Hospital Service Plan Act or incorporated under  the  Medical
23    Service  Plan Act.  Such insurance may include provisions for
24    employees and their  dependents  who  rely  on  treatment  by
25    prayer  or  spiritual  means alone for healing, in accordance
26    with the  tenets  and  practice  of  a  recognized  religious
27    denomination.
28        For  purposes of this Section, the term "dependent" means
29    an employee's spouse and any unmarried child  (1)  under  the
30    age  of  19  years  including  (a) an adopted child and (b) a
31    step-child or recognized child who lives with the employee in
32    a regular parent-child relationship, or (2) under the age  of
33    23  who  is enrolled as a full-time student in any accredited
                            -478-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    school, college or university.
 2    (Source: P. A. 76-26; revised 1-21-98.)
 3        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.31) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.31)
 4        Sec. 10-22.31.  Special education.
 5        (a)  To enter into joint  agreements  with  other  school
 6    boards  to  provide the needed special educational facilities
 7    and to employ a director and other  professional  workers  as
 8    defined  in  Section  14-1.10  and to establish facilities as
 9    defined  in  Section  14-1.08  for  the  types  of   children
10    described  in Sections 14-1.02 through 14-1.07.  The director
11    (who may be employed under a multi-year contract as  provided
12    in  subsection  (c)  of  this Section) and other professional
13    workers may be employed  by  one  district,  which  shall  be
14    reimbursed on a mutually agreed basis by other districts that
15    are  parties  to  the  joint  agreement.  Such agreements may
16    provide that one district may supply professional workers for
17    a  joint  program  conducted  in  another   district.    Such
18    agreement   shall   provide   that   any   full-time   school
19    psychologist who is employed by a joint agreement program and
20    spends  over  50%  of  his or her time in one school district
21    shall not be required to work a different  teaching  schedule
22    than  the  other school psychologists in that district.  Such
23    agreement shall include, but not be  limited  to,  provisions
24    for  administration,  staff,  programs,  financing,  housing,
25    transportation,  an  advisory body, and for the withdrawal of
26    districts from the  joint  agreement.   Except  as  otherwise
27    provided  in  Section 10-22.31.1, the withdrawal of districts
28    from the joint agreement shall be by petition to the regional
29    board of school trustees.  Such agreement may be  amended  at
30    any  time as provided in the joint agreement or, if the joint
31    agreement does not so provide, then  such  agreement  may  be
32    amended   at   any  time  upon  the  adoption  of  concurring
33    resolutions by the school boards of all member districts.   A
                            -479-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    fully  executed  copy  of  any  such  agreement  or amendment
 2    entered into on or after January 1, 1989 shall be filed  with
 3    the  State Board of Education.  Such petitions for withdrawal
 4    shall be made to the regional board of school trustees of all
 5    counties  having  jurisdiction  over  one  or  more  of   the
 6    districts in the joint agreement.  Upon receipt of a petition
 7    for withdrawal, the regional boards of school trustees having
 8    jurisdiction  over  the  cooperating  districts shall publish
 9    notice of and  conduct  a  joint  hearing  on  the  issue  as
10    provided in Section 7-6.  No such petition may be considered,
11    however,  unless in compliance with Section 7-8.  If approved
12    by a 2/3 vote of all trustees of those regional boards, at  a
13    joint  meeting,  the  withdrawal  takes effect as provided in
14    Section 7-9 of this Act.
15        (b)  To either (1) designate an  administrative  district
16    to  act  as fiscal and legal agent for the districts that are
17    parties to the joint agreement, or (2) designate a  governing
18    board  composed  of  one  member  of the school board of each
19    cooperating district and designated by such boards to act  in
20    accordance with the joint agreement.  No such governing board
21    may  levy  taxes  and  no  such governing board may incur any
22    indebtedness except within an annual  budget  for  the  joint
23    agreement  approved  by the governing board and by the boards
24    of at least a majority of the cooperating school districts or
25    a number of districts greater than a majority if required  by
26    the  joint  agreement.   If more than 17 school districts are
27    parties to the  joint  agreement,  the  governing  board  may
28    appoint   an  executive  board  of  at  least  7  members  to
29    administer the joint agreement in accordance with its  terms.
30    However,  if  20  school  districts,  a majority of which are
31    located wholly or partially in a county with a population  in
32    excess  of  3,000,000  inhabitants,  are  parties  to a joint
33    agreement that does not have an administrative district:  (i)
34    at least a majority of the members appointed by the governing
                            -480-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    board to the executive board shall be members of  the  school
 2    boards   of  the  cooperating  districts;  and  (ii)  if  the
 3    governing board wishes to appoint members who are not  school
 4    board   members,  they  shall  be  superintendents  from  the
 5    cooperating districts.
 6        (c)  To employ a director of a  joint  agreement  program
 7    under a multi-year contract.  No such contract can be offered
 8    or  accepted for less than or more than 3 years, except for a
 9    person serving as a director of  a  special  education  joint
10    agreement  for  the  first time in Illinois.  In such a case,
11    the initial contract shall be for  a  2  year  period.   Such
12    contract  may be discontinued at any time by mutual agreement
13    of the  contracting  parties,  or  may  be  extended  for  an
14    additional 3 years at the end of any year.
15        The  contract  year  is July 1 through the following June
16    30th, unless the contract  specifically  provides  otherwise.
17    Notice  of  intent  not  to  renew a contract when given by a
18    controlling board  or  administrative  district  must  be  in
19    writing  stating  the  specific  reason  therefor.  Notice of
20    intent not to  renew  the  contract  must  be  given  by  the
21    controlling  board or the administrative district at least 90
22    days  before  the  contract  expires.   Failure to do so will
23    automatically extend the contract for one additional year.
24        By accepting the terms of the  multi-year  contract,  the
25    director  of  a  special education joint agreement waives all
26    rights granted under Sections 24-11  through  24-16  for  the
27    duration  of his or her employment as a director of a special
28    education joint agreement.
29        (d)  To designate a district that is a party to the joint
30    agreement as the issuer of bonds or notes  for  the  purposes
31    and  in  the  manner  provided  in  this  Section.  It is not
32    necessary for such district to  also  be  the  administrative
33    district for the joint agreement, nor is it necessary for the
34    same district to be designated as the issuer of all series of
                            -481-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    bonds  or notes issued hereunder.  Any district so designated
 2    may, from time to time, borrow money and, in evidence of  its
 3    obligation to repay the borrowing, issue its negotiable bonds
 4    or   notes   for  the  purpose  of  acquiring,  constructing,
 5    altering, repairing, enlarging and equipping any building  or
 6    portion  thereof, together with any land or interest therein,
 7    necessary  to  provide  special  educational  facilities  and
 8    services as defined in Section 14-1.08.  Title in and to  any
 9    such  facilities  shall  be held in accordance with the joint
10    agreement.
11        Any  such  bonds  or  notes  shall  be  authorized  by  a
12    resolution of the board of education of the issuing district.
13    The resolution may contain such covenants as  may  be  deemed
14    necessary  or advisable by the district to assure the payment
15    of the bonds or notes.  The  resolution  shall  be  effective
16    immediately upon its adoption.
17        Prior to the issuance of such bonds or notes, each school
18    district  that is a party to the joint agreement shall agree,
19    whether by amendment to the joint agreement or by  resolution
20    of the board of education, to be jointly and severally liable
21    for  the  payment of the bonds and notes.  The bonds or notes
22    shall be payable solely  and  only  from  the  payments  made
23    pursuant to such agreement.
24        Neither  the bonds or notes nor the obligation to pay the
25    bonds or notes under any joint agreement shall constitute  an
26    indebtedness of any district, including the issuing district,
27    within   the  meaning  of  any  constitutional  or  statutory
28    limitation.
29        As long as any bonds or notes are outstanding and unpaid,
30    the agreement by a district to pay the bonds and notes  shall
31    be irrevocable notwithstanding the district's withdrawal from
32    membership in the joint special education program.
33        (e)  If  a  district  whose  employees are on strike was,
34    prior to the strike, sending students  with  disabilities  to
                            -482-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    special   educational  facilities  and  services  in  another
 2    district or cooperative, the district affected by the  strike
 3    shall  continue  to  send such students during the strike and
 4    shall be eligible to receive appropriate State reimbursement.
 5        (f)  With respect to those joint agreements that  have  a
 6    governing board composed of one member of the school board of
 7    each  cooperating  district and designated by those boards to
 8    act in accordance with the  joint  agreement,  the  governing
 9    board  shall have, in addition to its other powers under this
10    Section, the authority  to  issue  bonds  or  notes  for  the
11    purposes  and in the manner provided in this subsection.  The
12    governing board of the joint agreement may from time to  time
13    borrow  money and, in evidence of its obligation to repay the
14    borrowing, issue  its  negotiable  bonds  or  notes  for  the
15    purpose  of  acquiring,  constructing,  altering,  repairing,
16    enlarging  and  equipping  any  building  or portion thereof,
17    together with any land  or  interest  therein,  necessary  to
18    provide   special  educational  facilities  and  services  as
19    defined in Section 14-1.08 and including also facilities  for
20    activities   of   administration   and   educational  support
21    personnel employees.  Title in and  to  any  such  facilities
22    shall be held in accordance with the joint agreement.
23        Any  such  bonds  or  notes  shall  be  authorized  by  a
24    resolution  of  the  governing  board.   The  resolution  may
25    contain   such  covenants  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  or
26    advisable by the governing board to assure the payment of the
27    bonds or notes and interest accruing thereon.  The resolution
28    shall be effective immediately upon its adoption.
29        Each school  district  that  is  a  party  to  the  joint
30    agreement  shall  be  automatically  liable, by virtue of its
31    membership in the  joint  agreement,  for  its  proportionate
32    share  of  the  principal  amount of the bonds and notes plus
33    interest accruing thereon, as  provided  in  the  resolution.
34    Subject  to  the  joint  and  several  liability  hereinafter
                            -483-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    provided  for,  the  resolution  may  provide  for  different
 2    payment  schedules  for  different  districts except that the
 3    aggregate amount of  scheduled  payments  for  each  district
 4    shall be equal to its proportionate share of the debt service
 5    in  the  bonds  or  notes  based  upon  the fraction that its
 6    equalized assessed valuation bears  to  the  total  equalized
 7    assessed  valuation  of all the district members of the joint
 8    agreement as adjusted in the manner hereinafter provided.  In
 9    computing that fraction the most recent  available  equalized
10    assessed  valuation  at the time of the issuance of the bonds
11    and notes shall be used, and the equalized assessed valuation
12    of any district maintaining grades K to 12 shall  be  doubled
13    in  both  the  numerator and denominator of the fraction used
14    for all of the  districts  that  are  members  of  the  joint
15    agreement.  In case of default in payment by any member, each
16    school  district that is a party to the joint agreement shall
17    automatically be jointly and severally liable for the  amount
18    of  any  deficiency.  The bonds or notes and interest thereon
19    shall  be  payable  solely  and  only  from  the  funds  made
20    available pursuant  to  the  procedures  set  forth  in  this
21    subsection.   No project authorized under this subsection may
22    require an annual contribution for  bond  payments  from  any
23    member  district  in  excess of 0.15% of the value of taxable
24    property as  equalized  or  assessed  by  the  Department  of
25    Revenue  in  the  case of districts maintaining grades K-8 or
26    9-12 and 0.30% of the value of taxable property as  equalized
27    or  assessed  by  the  Department  of  Revenue in the case of
28    districts maintaining grades K-12.  This limitation on taxing
29    authority  is  expressly  applicable  to   taxing   authority
30    provided  under Section 17-9 and other applicable Sections of
31    this Act.  Nothing contained  in  this  subsection  shall  be
32    construed  as  an  exception  to the property tax limitations
33    contained in  Section  17-2,  17-2.2a,  17-5,  or  any  other
34    applicable Section of this Act.
                            -484-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Neither  the bonds or notes nor the obligation to pay the
 2    bonds or notes under any joint agreement shall constitute  an
 3    indebtedness  of  any  district  within  the  meaning  of any
 4    constitutional or statutory limitation.
 5        As long as any bonds or notes are outstanding and unpaid,
 6    the obligation of a district to pay its  proportionate  share
 7    of  the  principal  of and interest on the bonds and notes as
 8    required in this Section shall be a general obligation of the
 9    district  payable  from  any  and  all  sources  of   revenue
10    designated  for that purpose by the board of education of the
11    district  and  shall  be  irrevocable   notwithstanding   the
12    district's  withdrawal  from  membership in the joint special
13    education program.
14    (Source: P.A. 89-397,  eff.  8-20-95;  89-613,  eff.  8-9-96;
15    89-626,  eff.  8-9-96;  90-103,  eff.  7-11-97;  90-515, eff.
16    8-22-97; revised 11-13-97.)
17        (105 ILCS 5/17-2.2c) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2.2c)
18        Sec. 17-2.2c.  Tax for leasing educational facilities  or
19    computer  technology  or  both,  and for temporary relocation
20    expense purposes.  The school board of any district  may,  by
21    proper resolution, may levy an annual tax, in addition to any
22    other  taxes  and  not  subject  to the limitations specified
23    elsewhere in this Article, not to exceed .05% upon the  value
24    of  the  taxable  property  as  equalized  or assessed by the
25    Department of Revenue, for the purpose of leasing educational
26    facilities or computer technology or both, and, in  order  to
27    repay  the  State  all moneys distributed to it for temporary
28    relocation expenses of the district, may levy an  annual  tax
29    not  to exceed .05% upon the value of the taxable property as
30    equalized or assessed by the  Department  of  Revenue  for  a
31    period not to exceed 7 years for the purpose of providing for
32    the  repayment of moneys distributed for temporary relocation
33    expenses of the school district pursuant to Section 2-3.77.
                            -485-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        The tax rate limit specified by this Section with respect
 2    to  an  annual  tax  levied  for  the  purpose   of   leasing
 3    educational  facilities or computer technology or both may be
 4    increased to .10% upon  the  approval  of  a  proposition  to
 5    effect  such increase by a majority of the electors voting on
 6    that proposition  at  a  regular  scheduled  election.   Such
 7    proposition  may  be  initiated  by  resolution of the school
 8    board and shall be certified by the secretary to  the  proper
 9    election  authorities  for  submission in accordance with the
10    general election law.
11        The district is  authorized  to  pledge  any  tax  levied
12    pursuant   to   this  Section  for  the  purpose  of  leasing
13    educational facilities or  computer  technology  or  both  to
14    secure the payment of any lease, lease-purchase agreement, or
15    installment  purchase  agreement entered into by the district
16    for such purpose.
17        For the purposes of this Section, "leasing of educational
18    facilities or  computer  technology  or  both"  includes  any
19    payment with respect to a lease, lease-purchase agreement, or
20    installment  purchase  agreement to acquire or use buildings,
21    rooms, grounds, and appurtenances to be used by the  district
22    for  the use of schools or for school administration purposes
23    and all equipment, fixtures, renovations, and improvements to
24    existing facilities of the district necessary to  accommodate
25    computers, as well as computer hardware and software.
26        Any  school  district  may  abolish or abate its fund for
27    leasing educational facilities or computer technology or both
28    and  for  temporary  relocation  expense  purposes  upon  the
29    adoption  of  a  resolution   so   providing   and   upon   a
30    determination by the school board that the moneys in the fund
31    are  no  longer  needed for leasing educational facilities or
32    computer technology  or  both  or  for  temporary  relocation
33    expense  purposes.   The resolution shall direct the transfer
34    of any balance in the fund to another school district fund or
                            -486-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    funds  immediately  upon  the   resolution   taking   effect.
 2    Thereafter,  any  outstanding  taxes  of  the school district
 3    levied pursuant to this Section shall be collected  and  paid
 4    into  the  fund  or  funds  as  directed by the school board.
 5    Nothing in this Section shall prevent a school district  that
 6    has  abolished  or abated the fund from again creating a fund
 7    for  leasing  educational  facilities   and   for   temporary
 8    relocation  expense  purposes  in the manner provided in this
 9    Section.
10    (Source: P.A.  89-106,  eff.  7-7-95;  90-97,  eff.  7-11-97;
11    90-464, eff. 8-17-97; revised 11-17-97.)
12        (105 ILCS 5/18-8) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-8)
13        (Section scheduled to be repealed on July 1, 1998)
14        Sec.  18-8.  Basis  for   apportionment   to   districts,
15    laboratory schools and alternative schools.
16        A.  The  amounts to be apportioned for school years prior
17    to the 1998-1999 school year shall  be  determined  for  each
18    educational service region by school districts, as follows:
19        1.  General Provisions.
20        (a)  In the computation of the amounts to be apportioned,
21    the  average  daily  attendance  of  all  pupils  in grades 9
22    through 12 shall be multiplied by 1.25.   The  average  daily
23    attendance  of  all  pupils  in  grades  7  and  8  shall  be
24    multiplied by 1.05.
25        (b)  The   actual  number  of  pupils  in  average  daily
26    attendance shall be computed in a one-teacher school district
27    by dividing the total aggregate days of pupil  attendance  by
28    the  actual  number of days school is in session but not more
29    than 30 such pupils shall be  accredited  for  such  type  of
30    district;  and  in  districts  of  2  or more teachers, or in
31    districts where records of attendance  are  kept  by  session
32    teachers, by taking the sum of the respective averages of the
33    units composing the group.
                            -487-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (c)  Pupils in average daily attendance shall be computed
 2    upon the average of the best 3 months of pupils attendance of
 3    the  current  school  year  except  as district claims may be
 4    later  amended  as  provided  hereinafter  in  this  Section.
 5    However,  for  any   school   district   maintaining   grades
 6    kindergarten through 12, the "average daily attendance" shall
 7    be  computed  on  the  average of the best 3 months of pupils
 8    attendance of the current year in grades kindergarten through
 9    8, added together with the average of the best  3  months  of
10    pupils attendance of the current year in grades 9 through 12,
11    except as district claims may be later amended as provided in
12    this  Section.   Days  of attendance shall be kept by regular
13    calendar months, except any  days  of  attendance  in  August
14    shall  be  added  to  the  month of September and any days of
15    attendance in June shall  be  added  to  the  month  of  May.
16    Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Section,  days  of
17    attendance  by  pupils  shall be counted only for sessions of
18    not less than 5 clock hours of  school  work  per  day  under
19    direct  supervision  of:  (i)  teachers, or (ii) non-teaching
20    personnel   or   volunteer   personnel   when   engaging   in
21    non-teaching  duties  and  supervising  in  those   instances
22    specified in subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 and paragraph
23    10  of  Section 34-18, with pupils of legal school age and in
24    kindergarten and grades 1 through 12.
25        (d)  Pupils regularly enrolled in  a  public  school  for
26    only  a part of the school day may be counted on the basis of
27    1/6 day for every class hour of instruction of 40 minutes  or
28    more attended pursuant to such enrollment.
29        (e)  Days of attendance may be less than 5 clock hours on
30    the  opening  and  closing  of  the school term, and upon the
31    first day of pupil attendance, if preceded by a day  or  days
32    utilized as an institute or teachers' workshop.
33        (f)  A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted as
34    a  day  of  attendance  upon  certification  by  the regional
                            -488-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    superintendent, and approved by the State  Superintendent  of
 2    Education  to the extent that the district has been forced to
 3    use daily multiple sessions.
 4        (g)  A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted as
 5    a day of attendance (1) when the remainder of the school  day
 6    or  at  least  2 hours in the evening of that day is utilized
 7    for an in-service training program  for  teachers,  up  to  a
 8    maximum  of  5  days  per school year of which a maximum of 4
 9    days  of  such  5  days  may  be  used   for   parent-teacher
10    conferences,  provided  a  district  conducts  an  in-service
11    training  program for teachers which has been approved by the
12    State Superintendent of Education; or,  in  lieu  of  4  such
13    days,  2  full days may be used, in which event each such day
14    may be counted as a day of attendance; and (2) when  days  in
15    addition  to  those  provided  in item (1) are scheduled by a
16    school pursuant to its school improvement plan adopted  under
17    Article  34 or its revised or amended school improvement plan
18    adopted under Article 2, provided that (i) such sessions of 3
19    or more  clock  hours  are  scheduled  to  occur  at  regular
20    intervals,  (ii)  the  remainder  of the school days in which
21    such sessions occur  are  utilized  for  in-service  training
22    programs  or other staff development activities for teachers,
23    and (iii) a sufficient number of minutes of school work under
24    the direct supervision of teachers are added  to  the  school
25    days  between such regularly scheduled sessions to accumulate
26    not less than the number of minutes by which such sessions of
27    3 or more clock hours fall short of 5 clock hours.  Any  full
28    days  used  for  the  purposes of this paragraph shall not be
29    considered for  computing  average  daily  attendance.   Days
30    scheduled for in-service training programs, staff development
31    activities,  or  parent-teacher  conferences may be scheduled
32    separately  for  different   grade   levels   and   different
33    attendance centers of the district.
34        (h)  A  session  of not less than one clock hour teaching
                            -489-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or  by  telephone
 2    to  the  classroom  may  be counted as 1/2 day of attendance,
 3    however these pupils must receive 4 or more  clock  hours  of
 4    instruction to be counted for a full day of attendance.
 5        (i)  A  session  of at least 4 clock hours may be counted
 6    as a day of attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils  in
 7    full  day kindergartens, and a session of 2 or more hours may
 8    be  counted  as  1/2  day  of   attendance   by   pupils   in
 9    kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.
10        (j)  For children with disabilities who are below the age
11    of  6  years  and  who  cannot attend two or more clock hours
12    because of their disability or immaturity, a session  of  not
13    less  than  one  clock  hour  may  be  counted  as 1/2 day of
14    attendance; however for such children whose educational needs
15    so require a session of 4 or more clock hours may be  counted
16    as a full day of attendance.
17        (k)  A  recognized  kindergarten  which provides for only
18    1/2 day of attendance by each pupil shall not have more  than
19    1/2  day  of  attendance  counted  in  any  1  day.  However,
20    kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days of  attendance  in  any  5
21    consecutive  school  days.   Where  a  pupil  attends  such a
22    kindergarten for 2 half days on  any  one  school  day,  such
23    pupil  shall  have  the  following  day  as a day absent from
24    school, unless the  school  district  obtains  permission  in
25    writing   from   the   State   Superintendent  of  Education.
26    Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full  day  of
27    attendance  by  each  pupil  shall  be  counted  the  same as
28    attendance by first grade pupils.  Only  the  first  year  of
29    attendance  in  one  kindergarten  shall be counted except in
30    case of children who entered the kindergarten in their  fifth
31    year  whose educational development requires a second year of
32    kindergarten as determined under the rules and regulations of
33    the State Board of Education.
34        (l)  Days  of  attendance  by  tuition  pupils  shall  be
                            -490-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    accredited only to the districts that pay the  tuition  to  a
 2    recognized school.
 3        (m)  The  greater  of  the  immediately  preceding year's
 4    weighted average daily  attendance  or  the  average  of  the
 5    weighted   average   daily   attendance  of  the  immediately
 6    preceding year and the previous 2 years shall be used.
 7        For any school year beginning July 1, 1986 or thereafter,
 8    if the weighted average daily  attendance  in  either  grades
 9    kindergarten  through  8 or grades 9 through 12 of a district
10    as computed for the  first  calendar  month  of  the  current
11    school  year  exceeds  by  more than 5%, but not less than 25
12    pupils, the district's weighted average daily attendance  for
13    the  first  calendar  month of the immediately preceding year
14    in, respectively, grades kindergarten through 8 or  grades  9
15    through  12,  a  supplementary  payment  shall be made to the
16    district equal to the difference in the  amount  of  aid  the
17    district  would be paid under this Section using the weighted
18    average daily attendance in the district as computed for  the
19    first  calendar  month  of  the  current  school year and the
20    amount of aid the district would be paid using  the  weighted
21    average  daily  attendance  in  the  district  for  the first
22    calendar month  of  the  immediately  preceding  year.   Such
23    supplementary State aid payment shall be paid to the district
24    as  provided  in  Section  18-8.4  and  shall  be  treated as
25    separate from  all  other  payments  made  pursuant  to  this
26    Section 18-8.
27        (n)  The  number  of  low  income  eligible  pupils  in a
28    district shall result in an increase in the weighted  average
29    daily  attendance  calculated  as  follows: The number of low
30    income pupils shall increase the weighted ADA by .53 for each
31    student adjusted  by  dividing  the  percent  of  low  income
32    eligible  pupils in the district by the ratio of eligible low
33    income pupils in the State to the  best  3  months'  weighted
34    average  daily  attendance  in the State.  In no case may the
                            -491-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    adjustment under this paragraph result in a greater weighting
 2    than .625 for each eligible low income student.   The  number
 3    of  low  income  eligible  pupils  in a district shall be the
 4    low-income eligible count from the  most  recently  available
 5    federal  census  and  the  weighted  average daily attendance
 6    shall be calculated in accordance with the  other  provisions
 7    of this paragraph.
 8        (o)  Any school district which fails for any given school
 9    year  to maintain school as required by law, or to maintain a
10    recognized school is not eligible to  file  for  such  school
11    year  any  claim  upon  the  common  school fund.  In case of
12    nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in a  school
13    district otherwise operating recognized schools, the claim of
14    the  district  shall  be  reduced in the proportion which the
15    average daily attendance in the attendance center or  centers
16    bear  to the average daily attendance in the school district.
17    A "recognized school" means any public school which meets the
18    standards as established for recognition by the  State  Board
19    of  Education.   A  school  district or attendance center not
20    having recognition status at the end  of  a  school  term  is
21    entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal claim
22    which was filed while it was recognized.
23        (p)  School  district claims filed under this Section are
24    subject to Sections 18-9, 18-10 and 18-12, except  as  herein
25    otherwise provided.
26        (q)  The  State  Board of Education shall secure from the
27    Department of Revenue the value as equalized or  assessed  by
28    the  Department  of  Revenue of all taxable property of every
29    school district together with the applicable tax rate used in
30    extending taxes for the funds of the district as of September
31    30 of the previous year.  The Department of Revenue shall add
32    to the equalized assessed value of all  taxable  property  of
33    each  school district situated entirely or partially within a
34    county with 2,000,000 or more inhabitants an amount equal  to
                            -492-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the  total  amount  by which the homestead exemptions allowed
 2    under Sections 15-170 and 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for
 3    real property situated in that school  district  exceeds  the
 4    total  amount  that  would  have  been allowed in that school
 5    district as homestead exemptions under those Sections if  the
 6    maximum  reduction  under  Section 15-170 of the Property Tax
 7    Code was $2,000  and  the  maximum  reduction  under  Section
 8    15-175 of the Property Tax Code was $3,500.  The county clerk
 9    of  any  county  with  2,000,000  or  more  inhabitants shall
10    annually calculate and certify to  the  Department  for  each
11    school  district  all homestead exemption amounts required by
12    this amendatory Act of 1992.  In a new district which has not
13    had any tax rates yet determined for extension  of  taxes,  a
14    leveled uniform rate shall be computed from the latest amount
15    of  the  fund taxes extended on the several areas within such
16    new district.
17        (r)  If a school district operates  a  full  year  school
18    under  Section  10-19.1,  the general state aid to the school
19    district shall be determined by the State Board of  Education
20    in accordance with this Section as near as may be applicable.
21        2.  New  or  recomputed  claim.  The  general  State  aid
22    entitlement for a newly created school district or a district
23    which has annexed an entire school district shall be computed
24    using   attendance,   compensatory  pupil  counts,  equalized
25    assessed valuation, and tax rate data which would  have  been
26    used  had the district been in existence for 3 years. General
27    State aid entitlements shall  not  be  recomputed  except  as
28    permitted herein.
29        3.  Impaction.   Impaction  payments  shall  be  made  as
30    provided for in Section 18-4.2.
31        4.  Summer  school.  Summer school payments shall be made
32    as provided in Section 18-4.3.
33        5.  Computation of State aid.  The State grant  shall  be
34    determined as follows:
                            -493-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (a)  The State shall guarantee the amount of money that a
 2    district's operating tax rate as limited in other Sections of
 3    this  Act  would produce if every district maintaining grades
 4    kindergarten through 12 had an equalized  assessed  valuation
 5    equal  to  $74,791  per  weighted  ADA  pupil; every district
 6    maintaining grades kindergarten through 8  had  an  equalized
 7    assessed  valuation  of  $108,644 per weighted ADA pupil; and
 8    every  district  maintaining  grades  9  through  12  had  an
 9    equalized assessed valuation of  $187,657  per  weighted  ADA
10    pupil.   The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  adjust  the
11    equalized  assessed  valuation   amounts   stated   in   this
12    paragraph,  if  necessary,  to  conform  to the amount of the
13    appropriation approved for any fiscal year.
14        (b)  The operating tax rate to be used shall  consist  of
15    all district taxes extended for all purposes except community
16    college educational purposes for the payment of tuition under
17    Section  6-1  of  the  Public Community College Act, Bond and
18    Interest,  Summer  School,  Rent,  Capital  Improvement   and
19    Vocational  Education  Building.   Any  district may elect to
20    exclude Transportation from the calculation of its  operating
21    tax  rate.  Districts  may  include  taxes  extended  for the
22    payment of principal and interest on bonds issued  under  the
23    provisions  of  Sections  17-2.11a and 20-2 at a rate of .05%
24    per year for  each  purpose  or  the  actual  rate  extended,
25    whichever is less.
26        (c)  For  calculation  of  aid  under this Act a district
27    shall use the combined authorized tax rates of all funds  not
28    exempt  in (b) above, not to exceed 2.76% of the value of all
29    its  taxable  property  as  equalized  or  assessed  by   the
30    Department   of  Revenue  for  districts  maintaining  grades
31    kindergarten through 12;  1.90%  of  the  value  of  all  its
32    taxable  property  as equalized or assessed by the Department
33    of Revenue  for  districts  maintaining  grades  kindergarten
34    through  8  only;  1.10%  of  the  value  of  all its taxable
                            -494-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    property as  equalized  or  assessed  by  the  Department  of
 2    Revenue  for  districts maintaining grades 9 through 12 only.
 3    A district may, however, as provided in Article 17,  increase
 4    its  operating  tax  rate  above the maximum rate provided in
 5    this subsection without affecting the amount of State aid  to
 6    which it is entitled under this Act.
 7        (d) (1)  For  districts  maintaining  grades kindergarten
 8    through 12  with  an  operating  tax  rate  as  described  in
 9    subsections  5(b)  and  (c) of less than 2.18%, and districts
10    maintaining grades kindergarten through 8 with  an  operating
11    tax  rate  of less than 1.28%, State aid shall be computed by
12    multiplying the difference between the  guaranteed  equalized
13    assessed  valuation per weighted ADA pupil in subsection 5(a)
14    and the equalized assessed valuation per weighted  ADA  pupil
15    in  the district by the operating tax rate, multiplied by the
16    weighted average daily attendance of the district;  provided,
17    however,  that  for  the 1989-1990 school year only, a school
18    district maintaining  grades  kindergarten  through  8  whose
19    operating  tax rate with reference to which its general State
20    aid for the 1989-1990 school year is determined is less  than
21    1.28%  and  more  than 1.090%, and which had an operating tax
22    rate of 1.28% or more for the previous year, shall  have  its
23    general  State  aid  computed  according to the provisions of
24    subsection 5(d)(2).
25        (2)  For  districts   maintaining   grades   kindergarten
26    through  12  with  an  operating  tax  rate  as  described in
27    subsection 5(b) and (c) of 2.18% and  above,  the  State  aid
28    shall  be  computed  as provided in subsection (d) (1) but as
29    though the district had an operating tax rate  of  2.76%;  in
30    K-8  districts with an operating tax rate of 1.28% and above,
31    the State aid shall be computed as provided in subsection (d)
32    (1) but as though the district had an operating tax  rate  of
33    1.90%; and in 9-12 districts, the State aid shall be computed
34    by   multiplying   the   difference  between  the  guaranteed
                            -495-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    equalized  assessed  valuation  per  weighted  average  daily
 2    attendance  pupil  in  subsection  5(a)  and  the   equalized
 3    assessed  valuation  per  weighted  average  daily attendance
 4    pupil in the district by  the  operating  tax  rate,  not  to
 5    exceed  1.10%,  multiplied  by  the  weighted  average  daily
 6    attendance  of  the  district.   State aid computed under the
 7    provisions of this subsection (d) (2)  shall  be  treated  as
 8    separate  from  all  other  payments  made  pursuant  to this
 9    Section.  The State Comptroller  and  State  Treasurer  shall
10    transfer  from  the General Revenue Fund to the Common School
11    Fund the amounts necessary to permit these claims to be  paid
12    in  equal  installments  along  with other State aid payments
13    remaining to be made for the 1983-1984 school year under this
14    Section.
15        (3)  For  any  school  district  whose   1995   equalized
16    assessed  valuation  is  at  least  6%  less  than  its  1994
17    equalized  assessed valuation as the result of a reduction in
18    the equalized assessed  valuation  of  the  taxable  property
19    within  such  district  of  any  one  taxpayer  whose taxable
20    property within the district has a  1994  equalized  assessed
21    valuation  constituting  at  least  20% of the 1994 equalized
22    assessed  valuation  of  all  taxable  property  within   the
23    district,  the  1996-97  State  aid of such district shall be
24    computed using its 1995 equalized assessed valuation.
25        (4)  For  any  school  district  whose   1988   equalized
26    assessed  valuation  is  55%  or  less  of its 1981 equalized
27    assessed valuation, the 1990-91 State aid  of  such  district
28    shall  be computed by multiplying the 1988 equalized assessed
29    valuation by a factor of .8.  Any such school district  which
30    is  reorganized  effective  for the 1991-92 school year shall
31    use the formula provided in this subparagraph for purposes of
32    the calculation made  pursuant  to  subsection  (m)  of  this
33    Section.
34        (e)  The  amount of State aid shall be computed under the
                            -496-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    provisions of subsections  5(a)  through  5(d)  provided  the
 2    equalized  assessed  valuation per weighted ADA pupil is less
 3    than .87 of the amounts in subsection 5(a). If the  equalized
 4    assessed  valuation  per  weighted  ADA  pupil is equal to or
 5    greater than .87 of the amounts in subsection 5(a), the State
 6    aid shall be computed  under  the  provisions  of  subsection
 7    5(f).
 8        (f)  If the equalized assessed valuation per weighted ADA
 9    pupil  is  equal  to  or  greater  than .87 of the amounts in
10    subsection 5(a), the State aid per weighted ADA  pupil  shall
11    be  computed  by  multiplying  the  product  of .13 times the
12    maximum per pupil amount computed  under  the  provisions  of
13    subsections  5(a)  through  5(d)  by  an  amount equal to the
14    quotient of .87 times the equalized  assessed  valuation  per
15    weighted  ADA  pupil  in  subsection  5(a)  for  that type of
16    district divided by  the  district  equalized  valuation  per
17    weighted  ADA  pupil  except  in  no  case shall the district
18    receive State aid per weighted ADA pupil  of  less  than  .07
19    times  the  maximum  per  pupil  amount  computed  under  the
20    provisions of subsections 5(a) through 5(d).
21        (g)  In  addition  to  the  above  grants,  summer school
22    grants shall be made based upon the calculation  as  provided
23    in subsection 4 of this Section.
24        (h)  The  board  of  any  district  receiving  any of the
25    grants provided for in this Section may apply those funds  to
26    any  fund  so  received for which that board is authorized to
27    make expenditures by law.
28        (i) (1) (a)  In school districts with  an  average  daily
29    attendance  of  50,000  or more, the amount which is provided
30    under subsection 1(n) of this Section by the application of a
31    base Chapter 1 weighting factor of .375 shall be  distributed
32    to  the  attendance centers within the district in proportion
33    to the number of pupils enrolled at  each  attendance  center
34    who  are eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or
                            -497-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966  and
 2    under  the  National  School Lunch Act during the immediately
 3    preceding school year.  The  amount  of  State  aid  provided
 4    under  subsection  1(n) of this Section by the application of
 5    the Chapter 1 weighting factor in excess  of  .375  shall  be
 6    distributed  to the attendance centers within the district in
 7    proportion to the total enrollment at each attendance center.
 8    Beginning with school year  1989-90,  and  each  school  year
 9    thereafter, all funds provided under subsection 1 (n) of this
10    Section  by the application of the Chapter 1 weighting factor
11    which are in excess of the level of  non-targeted  Chapter  1
12    funds   in  school  year  1988-89  shall  be  distributed  to
13    attendance centers, and only to  attendance  centers,  within
14    the  district  in proportion to the number of pupils enrolled
15    at each attendance center who are eligible to receive free or
16    reduced price lunches or breakfasts under the  Federal  Child
17    Nutrition  Act and under the National School Lunch Act during
18    the immediately preceding school year.  Beginning  in  school
19    year  1989-90,  25%  of the previously non-targeted Chapter 1
20    funds as established for school year 1988-89  shall  also  be
21    distributed to the attendance centers, and only to attendance
22    centers,  in  the  district  in  proportion  to the number of
23    pupils enrolled at each attendance center who are eligible to
24    receive free or reduced price lunches or breakfasts under the
25    Federal Child Nutrition Act and  under  the  National  School
26    Lunch  Act  during  the immediately preceding school year; in
27    school year  1990-91,  50%  of  the  previously  non-targeted
28    Chapter  1 funds as established for school year 1988-89 shall
29    be distributed to attendance centers, and only to  attendance
30    centers,  in  the  district  in  proportion  to the number of
31    pupils enrolled at each attendance center who are eligible to
32    receive such free or  reduced  price  lunches  or  breakfasts
33    during  the immediately preceding school year; in school year
34    1991-92, 75% of the previously non-targeted Chapter  1  funds
                            -498-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    as  established  for school year 1988-89 shall be distributed
 2    to attendance centers, and only to attendance centers, in the
 3    district in proportion to the number of  pupils  enrolled  at
 4    each  attendance center who are eligible to receive such free
 5    or reduced price lunches or breakfasts during the immediately
 6    preceding school year; in school year 1992-93 and thereafter,
 7    all funds provided under subsection 1 (n) of this Section  by
 8    the  application  of  the Chapter 1 weighting factor shall be
 9    distributed to attendance centers,  and  only  to  attendance
10    centers,  in  the  district  in  proportion  to the number of
11    pupils enrolled at each attendance center who are eligible to
12    receive free or reduced price lunches or breakfasts under the
13    Federal Child Nutrition Act and  under  the  National  School
14    Lunch  Act  during  the  immediately  preceding  school year;
15    provided, however, that the distribution  formula  in  effect
16    beginning with school year 1989-90 shall not be applicable to
17    such  portion of State aid provided under subsection 1 (n) of
18    this Section by the application of the  Chapter  1  weighting
19    formula  as  is  set  aside  and  appropriated  by the school
20    district for the purpose of providing desegregation  programs
21    and  related  transportation to students (which portion shall
22    not exceed 5% of the total  amount  of  State  aid  which  is
23    provided   under   subsection   1  (n)  of  this  Section  by
24    application of the Chapter  1  weighting  formula),  and  the
25    relevant  percentages  shall  be  applied  to  the  remaining
26    portion  of  such  State  aid.   The  distribution  of  these
27    portions  of  general  State  aid  among  attendance  centers
28    according  to these requirements shall not be compensated for
29    or contravened by adjustments of the  total  of  other  funds
30    appropriated  to  any  attendance centers.   (b) The Board of
31    Education shall utilize funding from one or  several  sources
32    in  order to fully implement this provision annually prior to
33    the opening of school.  The Board of  Education  shall  apply
34    savings  from  reduced  administrative  costs  required under
                            -499-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Section 34-43.1 and growth in non-Chapter 1 State  and  local
 2    funds  to  assure that all attendance centers receive funding
 3    to replace losses due to redistribution of Chapter 1 funding.
 4    The distribution formula and funding to replace losses due to
 5    the distribution formula shall occur, in full, using any  and
 6    all  sources available, including, if necessary, revenue from
 7    administrative reductions beyond those  required  in  Section
 8    34-43.1,  in  order to provide the necessary funds.  (c) Each
 9    attendance center shall be provided by the school district  a
10    distribution  of  noncategorical  funds and other categorical
11    funds to which an attendance center is entitled under law  in
12    order  that  the  State  aid  provided  by application of the
13    Chapter 1 weighting factor and  required  to  be  distributed
14    among  attendance  centers  according  to the requirements of
15    this  paragraph  supplements  rather   than   supplants   the
16    noncategorical  funds and other categorical funds provided by
17    the   school   district   to    the    attendance    centers.
18    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing provisions of this subsection
19    5(i)(1) or any other law to the contrary, beginning with  the
20    1995-1996  school  year  and for each school year thereafter,
21    the board of a school district to  which  the  provisions  of
22    this  subsection  apply  shall  be  required  to  allocate or
23    provide to attendance centers of the  district  in  any  such
24    school  year,  from  the  State aid provided for the district
25    under this Section by application of the Chapter 1  weighting
26    factor,  an aggregate amount of not less than $261,000,000 of
27    State Chapter 1 funds. Any State  Chapter  1  funds  that  by
28    reason  of  the provisions of this paragraph are not required
29    to be allocated and provided to  attendance  centers  may  be
30    used  and  appropriated  by the board of the district for any
31    lawful school purpose.    Chapter  1  funds  received  by  an
32    attendance   center   (except   those  funds  set  aside  for
33    desegregation  programs   and   related   transportation   to
34    students) shall be used on the schedule cited in this Section
                            -500-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    at  the  attendance center at the discretion of the principal
 2    and local school council for programs to improve  educational
 3    opportunities  at  qualifying  schools  through the following
 4    programs and services:  early  childhood  education,  reduced
 5    class  size  or  improved  adult  to student classroom ratio,
 6    enrichment   programs,   remedial   assistance,    attendance
 7    improvement  and  other educationally beneficial expenditures
 8    which supplement the regular and basic programs as determined
 9    by the State Board of Education.  Chapter 1 funds  shall  not
10    be expended for any political or lobbying purposes as defined
11    by board rule. (d) Each district subject to the provisions of
12    this  paragraph  shall  submit an acceptable plan to meet the
13    educational needs of disadvantaged  children,  in  compliance
14    with  the  requirements of this paragraph, to the State Board
15    of Education prior to July 15 of each year. This  plan  shall
16    be  consistent  with  the  decisions of local school councils
17    concerning  the  school  expenditure   plans   developed   in
18    accordance  with  part  4 of Section 34-2.3.  The State Board
19    shall approve or reject the plan within  60  days  after  its
20    submission.   If the plan is rejected the district shall give
21    written notice of intent to modify the plan within 15 days of
22    the notification of rejection and then submit a modified plan
23    within 30 days after the date of the written notice of intent
24    to modify.  Districts may amend approved  plans  pursuant  to
25    rules promulgated by the State Board of Education.
26        Upon  notification  by  the State Board of Education that
27    the district has not submitted a plan prior to July 15  or  a
28    modified  plan  within  the time period specified herein, the
29    State aid funds affected by said plan or modified plan  shall
30    be  withheld  by the State Board of Education until a plan or
31    modified plan is submitted.
32        If  the  district  fails  to  distribute  State  aid   to
33    attendance  centers  in accordance with an approved plan, the
34    plan for the following year shall allocate funds, in addition
                            -501-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    to the funds otherwise  required  by  this  subparagraph,  to
 2    those  attendance  centers  which were underfunded during the
 3    previous year in amounts equal to such underfunding.
 4        For  purposes  of  determining   compliance   with   this
 5    subsection  in  relation  to  Chapter  1  expenditures,  each
 6    district  subject  to the provisions of this subsection shall
 7    submit as a separate document by December 1 of  each  year  a
 8    report  of  Chapter  1 expenditure data for the prior year in
 9    addition to any modification of its current plan.  If  it  is
10    determined  that  there has been a failure to comply with the
11    expenditure   provisions   of   this   subsection   regarding
12    contravention or supplanting,  the  State  Superintendent  of
13    Education  shall,  within  60  days of receipt of the report,
14    notify the district and any affected  local  school  council.
15    The  district  shall  within  45  days  of  receipt  of  that
16    notification  inform the State Superintendent of Education of
17    the remedial or corrective action to be  taken,  whether   by
18    amendment  of the current plan, if feasible, or by adjustment
19    in the plan for the following year.  Failure to  provide  the
20    expenditure   report  or  the  notification  of  remedial  or
21    corrective action in  a  timely  manner  shall  result  in  a
22    withholding of the affected funds.
23        The  State  Board of Education shall promulgate rules and
24    regulations to implement the provisions  of  this  subsection
25    5(i)(1).  No funds shall be released under subsection 1(n) of
26    this Section or under this subsection 5(i)(1) to any district
27    which has not submitted a plan which has been approved by the
28    State Board of Education.
29        (2)  School districts with an average daily attendance of
30    more  than 1,000 and less than 50,000 and having a low income
31    pupil weighting factor in excess of .53 shall submit  a  plan
32    to  the  State Board of Education prior to October 30 of each
33    year for the use of the funds resulting from the  application
34    of  subsection  1(n)  of  this Section for the improvement of
                            -502-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    instruction  in  which  priority  is  given  to  meeting  the
 2    education needs of disadvantaged children.  Such  plan  shall
 3    be   submitted  in  accordance  with  rules  and  regulations
 4    promulgated by the State Board of Education.
 5        (j)  For the purposes of calculating State aid under this
 6    Section, with respect to any part of a school district within
 7    a  redevelopment  project  area  in  respect   to   which   a
 8    municipality  has  adopted tax increment allocation financing
 9    pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation  Redevelopment  Act,
10    Sections   11-74.4-1   through  11-74.4-11  of  the  Illinois
11    Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law,  Sections
12    11-74.6-1  through 11-74.6-50 of the Illinois Municipal Code,
13    no part of the current equalized assessed valuation  of  real
14    property   located   in   any  such  project  area  which  is
15    attributable to an increase above the total initial equalized
16    assessed  valuation  of  such  property  shall  be  used   in
17    computing  the  equalized assessed valuation per weighted ADA
18    pupil in the district, until such time as  all  redevelopment
19    project   costs  have  been  paid,  as  provided  in  Section
20    11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment Allocation  Redevelopment  Act
21    or in Section 11-74.6-35 of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law.
22    For the purpose of computing the equalized assessed valuation
23    per  weighted  ADA  pupil  in  the district the total initial
24    equalized  assessed  valuation  or  the   current   equalized
25    assessed  valuation,  whichever is lower, shall be used until
26    such time as all redevelopment project costs have been paid.
27        (k)  For a school district operating under the  financial
28    supervision  of  an  Authority created under Article 34A, the
29    State aid otherwise  payable  to  that  district  under  this
30    Section,  other  than  State  aid  attributable  to Chapter 1
31    students, shall be reduced by an amount equal to  the  budget
32    for  the  operations  of  the  Authority  as certified by the
33    Authority to the State Board  of  Education,  and  an  amount
34    equal  to  such  reduction  shall  be  paid  to the Authority
                            -503-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    created for such district for its operating expenses  in  the
 2    manner  provided  in  Section  18-11.  The remainder of State
 3    school aid for any such district shall be paid in  accordance
 4    with Article 34A when that Article provides for a disposition
 5    other than that provided by this Article.
 6        (l)  For  purposes  of  calculating  State aid under this
 7    Section,  the  equalized  assessed  valuation  for  a  school
 8    district used to compute State aid  shall  be  determined  by
 9    adding  to the real property equalized assessed valuation for
10    the district an amount computed by  dividing  the  amount  of
11    money  received  by  the district under the provisions of "An
12    Act in relation to  the  abolition  of  ad  valorem  personal
13    property  tax  and the replacement of revenues lost thereby",
14    certified August 14, 1979, by the  total  tax  rate  for  the
15    district.  For  purposes  of  this  subsection 1976 tax rates
16    shall be used for school districts in the county of Cook  and
17    1977  tax  rates  shall  be  used for school districts in all
18    other counties.
19        (m) (1)  For a new school district  formed  by  combining
20    property   included  totally  within  2  or  more  previously
21    existing school districts, for its first year of existence or
22    if the new district was formed after  October  31,  1982  and
23    prior  to  September  23,  1985,  for  the  year  immediately
24    following  September 23, 1985, the State aid calculated under
25    this Section shall be computed for the new district  and  for
26    the  previously  existing  districts  for  which  property is
27    totally included within the new district.  If the computation
28    on the basis of the previously existing districts is greater,
29    a supplementary payment equal to the difference shall be made
30    for the first 3 years of existence of the new district or  if
31    the  new district was formed after October 31, 1982 and prior
32    to September 23, 1985, for the 3 years immediately  following
33    September 23, 1985.
34        (2)  For  a  school  district  which  annexes  all of the
                            -504-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    territory of one or more entire other school  districts,  for
 2    the   first  year  during  which  the  change  of  boundaries
 3    attributable to such annexation  becomes  effective  for  all
 4    purposes  as  determined under Section 7-9 or 7A-8, the State
 5    aid calculated under this Section shall be computed  for  the
 6    annexing district as constituted after the annexation and for
 7    the  annexing  and each annexed district as constituted prior
 8    to the annexation; and if the computation on the basis of the
 9    annexing and annexed districts as constituted  prior  to  the
10    annexation  is  greater, a supplementary payment equal to the
11    difference shall be made for the first 3 years  of  existence
12    of  the  annexing  school  district  as constituted upon such
13    annexation.
14        (3)  For 2 or more school districts which  annex  all  of
15    the  territory  of one or more entire other school districts,
16    and for 2 or more community unit districts which result  upon
17    the  division  (pursuant  to petition under Section 11A-2) of
18    one or more other unit school districts into 2 or more  parts
19    and  which  together include all of the parts into which such
20    other unit school district or districts are so  divided,  for
21    the   first  year  during  which  the  change  of  boundaries
22    attributable to such annexation or division becomes effective
23    for all purposes as determined under Section 7-9  or  11A-10,
24    as  the  case  may  be,  the  State aid calculated under this
25    Section shall be computed  for  each  annexing  or  resulting
26    district  as constituted after the annexation or division and
27    for each annexing and annexed district, or for each resulting
28    and divided district, as constituted prior to the  annexation
29    or  division;  and  if  the  aggregate of the State aid as so
30    computed  for  the  annexing  or   resulting   districts   as
31    constituted after the annexation or division is less than the
32    aggregate  of  the  State aid as so computed for the annexing
33    and annexed districts,  or  for  the  resulting  and  divided
34    districts,   as   constituted  prior  to  the  annexation  or
                            -505-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    division,  then  a  supplementary  payment   equal   to   the
 2    difference  shall  be made and allocated between or among the
 3    annexing or resulting districts,  as  constituted  upon  such
 4    annexation  or  division,  for  the  first  3  years of their
 5    existence.  The total difference payment shall  be  allocated
 6    between  or  among the annexing or resulting districts in the
 7    same ratio as the pupil enrollment from that portion  of  the
 8    annexed  or divided district or districts which is annexed to
 9    or included in each such annexing or resulting district bears
10    to the total pupil enrollment  from  the  entire  annexed  or
11    divided  district  or  districts, as such pupil enrollment is
12    determined for the school year last ending prior to the  date
13    when  the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation
14    or division becomes effective for all purposes.   The  amount
15    of  the total difference payment and the amount thereof to be
16    allocated to the annexing or  resulting  districts  shall  be
17    computed  by  the  State  Board  of Education on the basis of
18    pupil enrollment and other data which shall be  certified  to
19    the State Board of Education, on forms which it shall provide
20    for  that  purpose, by the regional superintendent of schools
21    for each educational service region in which the annexing and
22    annexed districts, or resulting  and  divided  districts  are
23    located.
24        (4)  If  a unit school district annexes all the territory
25    of another unit school district effective  for  all  purposes
26    pursuant  to  Section 7-9 on July 1, 1988, and if part of the
27    annexed territory is detached within 90 days  after  July  1,
28    1988,  then  the detachment shall be disregarded in computing
29    the supplementary State aid payments under this paragraph (m)
30    for the entire 3 year period and the supplementary State  aid
31    payments shall not be diminished because of the detachment.
32        (5)  Any  supplementary State aid payment made under this
33    paragraph (m) shall be treated as  separate  from  all  other
34    payments made pursuant to this Section.
                            -506-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (n)  For the purposes of calculating State aid under this
 2    Section, the real property equalized assessed valuation for a
 3    school district used to compute State aid shall be determined
 4    by  subtracting  from the real property value as equalized or
 5    assessed by the Department of Revenue  for  the  district  an
 6    amount  computed  by  dividing the amount of any abatement of
 7    taxes under Section 18-170 of the Property Tax  Code  by  the
 8    maximum  operating  tax rates specified in subsection 5(c) of
 9    this Section and an amount computed by dividing the amount of
10    any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of Section 18-165
11    of the Property Tax Code by the maximum operating  tax  rates
12    specified in subsection 5(c) of this Section.
13        (o)  Notwithstanding   any   other   provisions  of  this
14    Section, for the 1996-1997 school  year  the  amount  of  the
15    aggregate  general  State  aid  entitlement  that is received
16    under this Section by each school district  for  that  school
17    year  shall  be  not  less  than  the amount of the aggregate
18    general State  aid  entitlement  that  was  received  by  the
19    district  under  this  Section for the 1995-1996 school year.
20    If a school district is to receive an aggregate general State
21    aid entitlement under this Section for the  1996-1997  school
22    year  that  is  less than the amount of the aggregate general
23    State aid entitlement that the district received  under  this
24    Section  for  the  1995-1996 school year, the school district
25    shall also receive, from a separate  appropriation  made  for
26    purposes  of this paragraph (o), a supplementary payment that
27    is equal to  the  amount  by  which  the  general  State  aid
28    entitlement  received  by the district under this Section for
29    the 1995-1996 school  year  exceeds  the  general  State  aid
30    entitlement  that  the  district  is  to  receive  under this
31    Section for the 1996-1997 school year.
32        Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, for
33    the 1997-1998 school year the amount of the aggregate general
34    State aid entitlement that is received under this Section  by
                            -507-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    each  school  district for that school year shall be not less
 2    than  the  amount  of  the  aggregate   general   State   aid
 3    entitlement  that  was  received  by  the district under this
 4    Section for the 1996-1997 school year.  If a school  district
 5    is  to  receive  an  aggregate  general State aid entitlement
 6    under this Section for the 1997-1998 school year that is less
 7    than  the  amount  of  the  aggregate   general   State   aid
 8    entitlement that the district received under this Section for
 9    the  1996-1997  school  year,  the school district shall also
10    receive, from a separate appropriation made for  purposes  of
11    this  paragraph (o), a supplementary payment that is equal to
12    the  amount  by  which  the  general  State  aid  entitlement
13    received by the district under this Section for the 1996-1997
14    school year exceeds the general State  aid  entitlement  that
15    the  district  is  to  receive  under  this  Section  for the
16    1997-1998 school year.
17        If the amount appropriated for supplementary payments  to
18    school districts under this paragraph (o) is insufficient for
19    that  purpose,  the supplementary payments that districts are
20    to receive under this paragraph shall be  prorated  according
21    to  the  aggregate  amount  of  the  appropriation  made  for
22    purposes of this paragraph.
23        (p)  For  the  1997-1998 school year only, a supplemental
24    general  State  aid  grant  shall  be  provided  for   school
25    districts  in an amount equal to the greater of the result of
26    part (i) of this subsection or part (ii) of this  subsection,
27    calculated as follows:
28             (i)  The  general  State  aid  received  by a school
29        district under this Section for the 1997-1998 school year
30        shall be added to the sum of (A) the result  obtained  by
31        multiplying  the  1995 equalized valuation of all taxable
32        property in the district by  the  fixed  calculation  tax
33        rates  of  3.0%  for  unit districts, 2.0% for elementary
34        districts and 1.0% for high school districts plus (B) the
                            -508-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        aggregate   corporate   personal   property   replacement
 2        revenues received by the district  during  the  1996-1997
 3        school year.  That aggregate amount determined under this
 4        part  (i)  shall  be divided by the average of the best 3
 5        months of  pupil  attendance  in  the  district  for  the
 6        1996-1997 school year. If the result obtained by dividing
 7        the  aggregate  amount  determined under this part (i) by
 8        the average of the best 3 months of pupil  attendance  in
 9        the  district  is  less  than  $3,600,  the  supplemental
10        general  State aid grant for that district shall be equal
11        to the amount determined by subtracting from  $3,600  the
12        result   obtained   by   dividing  the  aggregate  amount
13        determined under this part (i) by the average of the best
14        3 months of pupil attendance  in  the  district,  and  by
15        multiplying  that difference by the average of the best 3
16        months of  pupil  attendance  in  the  district  for  the
17        1996-1997 school year.
18             (ii)  The  general  State  aid  received by a school
19        district under this Section for the 1997-1998 school year
20        shall be added to the sum of (A) the result  obtained  by
21        multiplying  the 1995 equalized assessed valuation of all
22        taxable  property  in  the  district  by  the  district's
23        applicable 1995 operating tax rate  as  defined  in  this
24        part  (ii)  plus  (B)  the  aggregate  corporate personal
25        property replacement revenues received  by  the  district
26        during  the 1996-1997 school year.  That aggregate amount
27        shall be divided by the average of the best 3  months  of
28        pupil attendance in the district for the 1996-1997 school
29        year.   If  the result obtained by dividing the aggregate
30        amount determined in this part (ii) by the average of the
31        best 3 months of pupil attendance in the district is less
32        than $4,100, the supplemental general State aid grant for
33        that district shall be equal to the amount determined  by
34        subtracting  from  the  $4,100  the  result  obtained  by
                            -509-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        dividing  the  aggregate  amount  determined in this part
 2        (ii) by the  average  of  the  best  3  months  of  pupil
 3        attendance  in  the  district  and  by  multiplying  that
 4        difference  by  the average of the best 3 months of pupil
 5        attendance in the district for the 1996-1997 school year.
 6        For the purposes of this part (ii), the "applicable  1995
 7        operating  tax  rate"  shall  mean the following: (A) for
 8        unit districts with operating tax rates of 3.00% or less,
 9        elementary districts with operating tax rates of 2.00% or
10        less, and high school districts with operating tax  rates
11        of  1.00% or less, the applicable 1995 operating tax rate
12        shall be 3.00% for unit districts, 2.00%  for  elementary
13        districts,  and  1.00% for high school districts; (B) for
14        unit districts with operating tax rates of 4.50% or more,
15        elementary districts with operating tax rates of 3.00% or
16        more, and high school districts with operating tax  rates
17        of  1.85% or more, the applicable 1995 operating tax rate
18        shall be 4.50% for unit districts, 3.00%  for  elementary
19        districts,  and  1.85% for high school districts; and (C)
20        for unit districts with operating tax rates of more  than
21        3.00%  and less than 4.50%, for elementary districts with
22        operating tax rates of more  than  2.00%  and  less  than
23        3.00%,  and  for high school districts with operating tax
24        rates of  more  than  1.00%  and  less  than  1.85%,  the
25        applicable   1995   operating   tax  rate  shall  be  the
26        district's actual 1995 operating tax rate.
27        If the moneys appropriated in a separate line item by the
28    General  Assembly  to  the  State  Board  of  Education   for
29    supplementary payments required to be made and distributed to
30    school  districts  for  the  1997-1998 school year under this
31    subsection  5(p)  are  insufficient,  the   amount   of   the
32    supplementary payments required to be made and distributed to
33    those  school  districts  under  this  subsection shall abate
34    proportionately.
                            -510-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (p-5)  For the 1997-98 school year only,  a  supplemental
 2    general   State  aid  grant  shall  be  provided  for  school
 3    districts based on the number of low-income  eligible  pupils
 4    within  the  school  district.   For  the  purposes  of  this
 5    subsection  5(p-5), "low-income eligible pupils" shall be the
 6    low-income  eligible  pupil  count  from  the  most  recently
 7    available federal census.  The supplemental general State aid
 8    grant for each district shall  be  equal  to  the  number  of
 9    low-income eligible pupils within that district multiplied by
10    $30.50.    If the moneys appropriated in a separate line item
11    by the General Assembly to the State Board of  Education  for
12    supplementary payments required to be made and distributed to
13    school  districts  for  the  1997-98  school  year under this
14    subsection  5(p-5)  are  insufficient,  the  amount  of   the
15    supplementary payments required to be made and distributed to
16    those   districts   under   this   subsection   shall   abate
17    proportionately.
18        B.  In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing
19    board  of  a  public  university  that  operates a laboratory
20    school under this Section or to any alternative  school  that
21    is  operated  by  a  regional  superintendent of schools, the
22    State Board of Education shall require by rule such reporting
23    requirements as it deems necessary.
24        As used in this  Section,  "laboratory  school"  means  a
25    public  school  which  is  created  and  operated by a public
26    university and approved by the State Board of Education.  The
27    governing board of a public university which  receives  funds
28    from the State Board under this subsection B may not increase
29    the number of students enrolled in its laboratory school from
30    a  single district, if that district is already sending 50 or
31    more students, except under a mutual  agreement  between  the
32    school  board  of  a  student's district of residence and the
33    university  which  operates   the   laboratory   school.    A
34    laboratory  school  may  not  have  more than 1,000 students,
                            -511-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    excluding students with disabilities in a  special  education
 2    program.
 3        As  used  in  this  Section, "alternative school" means a
 4    public school which is created and  operated  by  a  Regional
 5    Superintendent  of Schools and approved by the State Board of
 6    Education. Such alternative  schools  may  offer  courses  of
 7    instruction  for  which  credit  is  given  in regular school
 8    programs, courses to prepare students  for  the  high  school
 9    equivalency  testing  program  or vocational and occupational
10    training. A regional superintendent of schools  may  contract
11    with a school district or a public community college district
12    to  operate  an  alternative  school.   An alternative school
13    serving more than  one  educational  service  region  may  be
14    operated  under such terms as the regional superintendents of
15    schools of those educational service regions may agree.
16        Each laboratory and alternative  school  shall  file,  on
17    forms  provided  by the State Superintendent of Education, an
18    annual  State  aid  claim  which  states  the  average  daily
19    attendance of the school's students by  month.   The  best  3
20    months'  average  daily attendance shall be computed for each
21    school.  The  weighted  average  daily  attendance  shall  be
22    computed  and  the  weighted average daily attendance for the
23    school's most recent 3 year average shall be compared to  the
24    most  recent  weighted  average  daily  attendance,  and  the
25    greater of the 2 shall be used for the calculation under this
26    subsection  B.   The  general  State aid entitlement shall be
27    computed by multiplying the school's  student  count  by  the
28    foundation level as determined under this Section.
29        C.  This Section is repealed July 1, 1998.
30    (Source: P.A.  89-15,  eff.  5-30-95;  89-235,  eff.  8-4-95;
31    89-397,  eff.  8-20-95;  89-610,  eff.  8-6-96;  89-618, eff.
32    8-9-96; 89-626, eff. 8-9-96; 89-679, eff. 8-16-96; 90-9, eff.
33    7-1-97; 90-14, eff. 7-1-97;  90-548,  eff.  12-4-97;  90-566,
34    eff. 1-2-98; revised 1-8-98.)
                            -512-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)
 2        (This  Section  may contain text from a Public Act with a
 3    delayed effective date.)
 4        Sec. 18-8.05.  Basis for apportionment of  general  State
 5    financial  aid  and  supplemental  general  State  aid to the
 6    common schools for the 1998-1999 and subsequent school years.
 7    (A)  General Provisions.
 8        (1)  The  provisions  of  this  Section  apply   to   the
 9    1998-1999 and subsequent school years.  The system of general
10    State  financial aid provided for in this Section is designed
11    to assure that, through a combination of State financial  aid
12    and  required local resources, the financial support provided
13    each pupil in Average Daily Attendance equals  or  exceeds  a
14    prescribed per pupil Foundation Level.  This formula approach
15    imputes  a  level  of per pupil Available Local Resources and
16    provides for the basis to calculate  a  per  pupil  level  of
17    general  State  financial  aid  that, when added to Available
18    Local Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level.  The
19    amount of per pupil general State financial  aid  for  school
20    districts,   in   general,  varies  in  inverse  relation  to
21    Available Local Resources.  Per pupil amounts are based  upon
22    each  school district's Average Daily Attendance as that term
23    is defined in this Section.
24        (2)  In addition to general State financial  aid,  school
25    districts  with  specified levels or concentrations of pupils
26    from  low  income  households   are   eligible   to   receive
27    supplemental  general  State financial aid grants as provided
28    pursuant to subsection (H). The supplemental State aid grants
29    provided for school districts under subsection (H)  shall  be
30    appropriated  for distribution to school districts as part of
31    the same line item in which the general State  financial  aid
32    of school districts is appropriated under this Section.
33        (3)  To  receive financial assistance under this Section,
34    school districts are required to file claims with  the  State
                            -513-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Board of Education, subject to the following requirements:
 2             (a)  Any  school  district which fails for any given
 3        school year to maintain school as required by law, or  to
 4        maintain  a recognized school is not eligible to file for
 5        such school year any claim upon the Common  School  Fund.
 6        In  case  of  nonrecognition  of  one  or more attendance
 7        centers  in  a  school   district   otherwise   operating
 8        recognized  schools,  the  claim of the district shall be
 9        reduced  in  the  proportion  which  the  Average   Daily
10        Attendance  in  the  attendance center or centers bear to
11        the Average Daily Attendance in the school  district.   A
12        "recognized  school"  means any public school which meets
13        the standards as established for recognition by the State
14        Board of Education.   A  school  district  or  attendance
15        center  not  having  recognition  status  at the end of a
16        school term is entitled to receive State aid payments due
17        upon  a  legal  claim  which  was  filed  while  it   was
18        recognized.
19             (b)  School district claims filed under this Section
20        are subject to Sections 18-9, 18-10, and 18-12, except as
21        otherwise provided in this Section.
22             (c)  If  a  school  district  operates  a  full year
23        school under Section 10-19.1, the general  State  aid  to
24        the  school  district  shall  be  determined by the State
25        Board of Education in accordance  with  this  Section  as
26        near as may be applicable.
27             (d)  Claims  for  financial  assistance  under  this
28        Section  shall  not  be  recomputed  except  as expressly
29        provided under this Section.
30        (4)  Except as provided in subsections (H) and  (L),  the
31    board  of  any  district receiving any of the grants provided
32    for in this Section may apply those  funds  to  any  fund  so
33    received   for   which  that  board  is  authorized  to  make
34    expenditures by law.
                            -514-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        School districts are not  required  to  exert  a  minimum
 2    Operating  Tax  Rate in order to qualify for assistance under
 3    this Section.
 4        (5)  As used in this Section the  following  terms,  when
 5    capitalized, shall have the meaning ascribed herein:
 6             (a)  "Average  Daily  Attendance":  A count of pupil
 7        attendance  in  school,  averaged  as  provided  for   in
 8        subsection   (C)  and  utilized  in  deriving  per  pupil
 9        financial support levels.
10             (b)  "Available Local Resources":  A computation  of
11        local  financial support, calculated on the basis Average
12        Daily Attendance and  derived  as  provided  pursuant  to
13        subsection (D).
14             (c)  "Corporate    Personal   Property   Replacement
15        Taxes":  Funds paid to local school districts pursuant to
16        "An Act in  relation  to  the  abolition  of  ad  valorem
17        personal  property  tax  and  the replacement of revenues
18        lost thereby, and amending and repealing certain Acts and
19        parts of Acts in connection therewith", certified  August
20        14, 1979, as amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
21             (d)  "Foundation  Level":  A prescribed level of per
22        pupil financial support as  provided  for  in  subsection
23        (B).
24             (e)  "Operating  Tax  Rate":   All  school  district
25        property   taxes   extended   for  all  purposes,  except
26        community college educational purposes for the payment of
27        tuition under Section 6-1 of the Public Community College
28        Act, Bond and  Interest,  Summer  School,  Rent,  Capital
29        Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
30    (B)  Foundation Level.
31        (1)  The  Foundation Level is a figure established by the
32    State representing the minimum level of per  pupil  financial
33    support  that  should  be  available to provide for the basic
34    education of each pupil in Average Daily Attendance.  As  set
                            -515-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    forth  in  this  Section,  each school district is assumed to
 2    exert  a  sufficient  local  taxing  effort  such  that,   in
 3    combination with the aggregate of general State financial aid
 4    provided  the  district,  an  aggregate  of  State  and local
 5    resources are available to meet the basic education needs  of
 6    pupils in the district.
 7        (2)  For  the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level
 8    of support is $4,225.  For the  1999-2000  school  year,  the
 9    Foundation  Level  of  support  is $4,325.  For the 2000-2001
10    school year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,425.
11        (3)  For the 2001-2002 school year and each  school  year
12    thereafter, the Foundation Level of support is $4,425 or such
13    greater  amount  as  may be established by law by the General
14    Assembly.
15    (C)  Average Daily Attendance.
16        (1)  For  purposes  of  calculating  general  State   aid
17    pursuant  to  subsection  (E),  an  Average  Daily Attendance
18    figure shall  be  utilized.   The  Average  Daily  Attendance
19    figure  for formula calculation purposes shall be the monthly
20    average of the actual number of pupils in attendance of  each
21    school district, as further averaged for the best 3 months of
22    pupil  attendance for each school district.  In compiling the
23    figures for  the  number  of  pupils  in  attendance,  school
24    districts  and  the  State  Board  of  Education  shall,  for
25    purposes  of  general  State  aid funding, conform attendance
26    figures to the requirements of subsection (F).
27        (2)  The Average Daily  Attendance  figures  utilized  in
28    subsection (E) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
29    school  year  immediately preceding the school year for which
30    general State aid is being calculated.
31    (D)  Available Local Resources.
32        (1)  For  purposes  of  calculating  general  State   aid
33    pursuant  to  subsection  (E),  a representation of Available
                            -516-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Local Resources per  pupil,  as  that  term  is  defined  and
 2    determined  in this subsection, shall be utilized.  Available
 3    Local Resources per pupil shall include a  calculated  dollar
 4    amount representing local school district revenues from local
 5    property   taxes   and   from   Corporate  Personal  Property
 6    Replacement Taxes,  expressed  on  the  basis  of  pupils  in
 7    Average Daily Attendance.
 8        (2)  In  determining  a  school  district's  revenue from
 9    local property taxes, the  State  Board  of  Education  shall
10    utilize  the  equalized  assessed  valuation  of  all taxable
11    property of each school district as of September  30  of  the
12    previous  year.   The  equalized  assessed valuation utilized
13    shall be obtained and determined as  provided  in  subsection
14    (G).
15        (3)  For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten
16    through  12,  local  property tax revenues per pupil shall be
17    calculated  as  the  product  of  the  applicable   equalized
18    assessed  valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and
19    divided by the district's Average  Daily  Attendance  figure.
20    For  school districts maintaining grades kindergarten through
21    8, local property tax revenues per pupil shall be  calculated
22    as the product of the applicable equalized assessed valuation
23    for  the  district  multiplied  by  2.30%, and divided by the
24    district's  Average  Daily  Attendance  figure.   For  school
25    districts maintaining grades 9 through 12, local property tax
26    revenues per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed
27    valuation of the district multiplied by 1.20%, and divided by
28    the district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
29        (4)  The Corporate Personal  Property  Replacement  Taxes
30    paid to each school district during the calendar year 2 years
31    before  the  calendar  year  in  which  a school year begins,
32    divided by the  Average  Daily  Attendance  figure  for  that
33    district,  shall  be added to the local property tax revenues
34    per pupil as derived by the application  of  the  immediately
                            -517-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    preceding  paragraph (3).  The sum of these per pupil figures
 2    for each school district  shall  constitute  Available  Local
 3    Resources  as  that term is utilized in subsection (E) in the
 4    calculation of general State aid.
 5    (E)  Computation of General State Aid.
 6        (1)  For each school year, the amount  of  general  State
 7    aid  allotted  to  a school district shall be computed by the
 8    State Board of Education as provided in this subsection.
 9        (2)  For any school district for  which  Available  Local
10    Resources  per  pupil  is less than the product of 0.93 times
11    the Foundation Level, general State  aid  for  that  district
12    shall  be  calculated  as  an  amount equal to the Foundation
13    Level minus Available  Local  Resources,  multiplied  by  the
14    Average Daily Attendance of the school district.
15        (3)  For  any  school  district for which Available Local
16    Resources per pupil is equal to or greater than  the  product
17    of  0.93 times the Foundation Level and less than the product
18    of 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid per
19    pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the  Foundation  Level
20    derived   using   a  linear  algorithm.   Under  this  linear
21    algorithm, the calculated general State aid per  pupil  shall
22    decline   in  direct  linear  fashion  from  0.07  times  the
23    Foundation Level for a school district with  Available  Local
24    Resources  equal  to the product of 0.93 times the Foundation
25    Level, to 0.05  times  the  Foundation  Level  for  a  school
26    district  with Available Local Resources equal to the product
27    of 1.75  times  the  Foundation  Level.   The  allocation  of
28    general  State  aid  for  school  districts  subject  to this
29    paragraph 3 shall be the calculated  general  State  aid  per
30    pupil  figure  multiplied  by the Average Daily Attendance of
31    the school district.
32        (4)  For any school district for  which  Available  Local
33    Resources  per  pupil  equals  or exceeds the product of 1.75
34    times the Foundation Level, the general  State  aid  for  the
                            -518-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    school  district  shall  be calculated as the product of $218
 2    multiplied by the Average  Daily  Attendance  of  the  school
 3    district.
 4    (F)  Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
 5        (1)  Each  school district shall, by July 1 of each year,
 6    submit to the State Board of Education, on  forms  prescribed
 7    by  the  State Board of Education, attendance figures for the
 8    school year that began in the preceding calendar  year.   The
 9    attendance  information  so  transmitted  shall  identify the
10    average daily attendance figures for each month of the school
11    year, except that any days of attendance in August  shall  be
12    added to the month of September and any days of attendance in
13    June shall be added to the month of May.
14        Except  as  otherwise  provided  in this Section, days of
15    attendance by pupils shall be counted only  for  sessions  of
16    not  less  than  5  clock  hours of school work per day under
17    direct supervision of: (i)  teachers,  or  (ii)  non-teaching
18    personnel   or   volunteer   personnel   when   engaging   in
19    non-teaching   duties  and  supervising  in  those  instances
20    specified in subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 and paragraph
21    10 of Section 34-18, with pupils of legal school age  and  in
22    kindergarten and grades 1 through 12.
23        Days  of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited
24    only to the districts that pay the tuition  to  a  recognized
25    school.
26        (2)  Days  of  attendance  by pupils of less than 5 clock
27    hours of school shall be subject to the following  provisions
28    in the compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
29             (a)  Pupils  regularly  enrolled  in a public school
30        for only a part of the school day may be counted  on  the
31        basis  of  1/6 day for every class hour of instruction of
32        40 minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment.
33             (b)  Days of attendance may be  less  than  5  clock
34        hours  on the opening and closing of the school term, and
                            -519-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        upon the first day of pupil attendance, if preceded by  a
 2        day  or  days  utilized  as  an  institute  or  teachers'
 3        workshop.
 4             (c)  A  session  of  4  or  more  clock hours may be
 5        counted as a day of attendance upon certification by  the
 6        regional   superintendent,  and  approved  by  the  State
 7        Superintendent  of  Education  to  the  extent  that  the
 8        district has been forced to use daily multiple sessions.
 9             (d)  A session of 3  or  more  clock  hours  may  be
10        counted  as a day of attendance (1) when the remainder of
11        the school day or at least 2 hours in the evening of that
12        day is utilized for an in-service  training  program  for
13        teachers,  up  to  a maximum of 5 days per school year of
14        which a maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used  for
15        parent-teacher  conferences, provided a district conducts
16        an in-service training program  for  teachers  which  has
17        been  approved  by the State Superintendent of Education;
18        or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may be  used,  in
19        which  event  each  such  day  may be counted as a day of
20        attendance; and  (2)  when  days  in  addition  to  those
21        provided  in  item (1) are scheduled by a school pursuant
22        to its school improvement plan adopted under  Article  34
23        or its revised or amended school improvement plan adopted
24        under  Article 2, provided that (i) such sessions of 3 or
25        more clock  hours  are  scheduled  to  occur  at  regular
26        intervals, (ii) the remainder of the school days in which
27        such  sessions occur are utilized for in-service training
28        programs  or  other  staff  development  activities   for
29        teachers,  and  (iii)  a  sufficient number of minutes of
30        school work under the direct supervision of teachers  are
31        added to the school days between such regularly scheduled
32        sessions  to  accumulate  not  less  than  the  number of
33        minutes by which such sessions of 3 or more  clock  hours
34        fall  short  of 5 clock hours. Any full days used for the
                            -520-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        purposes of this paragraph shall not  be  considered  for
 2        computing  average  daily attendance.  Days scheduled for
 3        in-service   training   programs,    staff    development
 4        activities,   or   parent-teacher   conferences   may  be
 5        scheduled  separately  for  different  grade  levels  and
 6        different attendance centers of the district.
 7             (e)  A session of  not  less  than  one  clock  hour
 8        teaching  of  hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or
 9        by telephone to the classroom may be counted as  1/2  day
10        of  attendance,  however  these  pupils must receive 4 or
11        more clock hours of instruction to be counted for a  full
12        day of attendance.
13             (f)  A  session  of  at  least  4 clock hours may be
14        counted as a day of attendance for  first  grade  pupils,
15        and  pupils in full day kindergartens, and a session of 2
16        or more hours may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance  by
17        pupils  in  kindergartens  which  provide only 1/2 day of
18        attendance.
19             (g)  For children with disabilities  who  are  below
20        the  age of 6 years and who cannot attend 2 or more clock
21        hours  because  of  their  disability  or  immaturity,  a
22        session of not less than one clock hour may be counted as
23        1/2 day of attendance; however for  such  children  whose
24        educational needs so require a session of 4 or more clock
25        hours may be counted as a full day of attendance.
26             (h)  A  recognized  kindergarten  which provides for
27        only 1/2 day of attendance by each pupil shall  not  have
28        more  than  1/2  day  of attendance counted in any 1 day.
29        However, kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days of attendance
30        in any 5 consecutive school days.  When a  pupil  attends
31        such  a  kindergarten  for  2 half days on any one school
32        day, the pupil shall have the  following  day  as  a  day
33        absent  from  school,  unless the school district obtains
34        permission in writing from the  State  Superintendent  of
                            -521-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Education.  Attendance at kindergartens which provide for
 2        a  full  day of attendance by each pupil shall be counted
 3        the same as attendance by first grade pupils.   Only  the
 4        first  year  of  attendance  in one kindergarten shall be
 5        counted, except in  case  of  children  who  entered  the
 6        kindergarten   in  their  fifth  year  whose  educational
 7        development requires a second  year  of  kindergarten  as
 8        determined  under  the rules and regulations of the State
 9        Board of Education.
10    (G)  Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
11        (1)  For purposes of the calculation of  Available  Local
12    Resources  required  pursuant  to  subsection  (D), the State
13    Board of  Education  shall  secure  from  the  Department  of
14    Revenue  the value as equalized or assessed by the Department
15    of Revenue of all taxable property of every  school  district
16    together with the applicable tax rate used in extending taxes
17    for  the  funds  of  the  district  as of September 30 of the
18    previous year.
19        This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by
20    the requirements of this subsection, shall be utilized in the
21    calculation of Available Local Resources.
22        (2)  The equalized assessed valuation  in  paragraph  (1)
23    shall be adjusted, as applicable, in the following manner:
24             (a)  For the purposes of calculating State aid under
25        this  Section,  with  respect  to  any  part  of a school
26        district within a redevelopment project area  in  respect
27        to   which  a  municipality  has  adopted  tax  increment
28        allocation  financing  pursuant  to  the  Tax   Increment
29        Allocation  Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through
30        11-74.4-11  of  the  Illinois  Municipal  Code   or   the
31        Industrial  Jobs Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through
32        11-74.6-50 of the Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the
33        current equalized assessed  valuation  of  real  property
34        located in any such project area which is attributable to
                            -522-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        an  increase  above  the total initial equalized assessed
 2        valuation of such property shall be used as part  of  the
 3        equalized  assessed valuation of the district, until such
 4        time as all redevelopment project costs have  been  paid,
 5        as  provided  in  Section  11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment
 6        Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35  of
 7        the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law.  For the purpose of the
 8        equalized  assessed  valuation of the district, the total
 9        initial  equalized  assessed  valuation  or  the  current
10        equalized assessed valuation, whichever is  lower,  shall
11        be  used  until  such  time  as all redevelopment project
12        costs have been paid.
13             (b)  The real property equalized assessed  valuation
14        for  a  school  district shall be adjusted by subtracting
15        from the real property value as equalized or assessed  by
16        the  Department  of  Revenue  for  the district an amount
17        computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes
18        under Section 18-170 of the Property Tax  Code  by  3.00%
19        for a district maintaining grades kindergarten through 12
20        or   by   2.30%   for   a   district  maintaining  grades
21        kindergarten through  8,  or  by  1.20%  for  a  district
22        maintaining grades 9 through 12 and adjusted by an amount
23        computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes
24        under  subsection  (a)  of Section 18-165 of the Property
25        Tax Code by the same percentage rates for  district  type
26        as specified in this subparagraph (c).
27    (H)  Supplemental General State Aid.
28        (1)  In  addition  to  the  general  State  aid  a school
29    district is allotted pursuant to subsection  (E),  qualifying
30    school  districts  shall receive a grant, paid in conjunction
31    with  a  district's  payments  of  general  State  aid,   for
32    supplemental  general  State aid based upon the concentration
33    level of  children  from  low-income  households  within  the
34    school  district.  Supplemental State aid grants provided for
                            -523-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    school districts under this subsection shall be  appropriated
 2    for distribution to school districts as part of the same line
 3    item  in  which  the  general  State  financial aid of school
 4    districts is appropriated under this Section. For purposes of
 5    this subsection, the term  "Low-Income  Concentration  Level"
 6    shall  be  the  low-income eligible pupil count from the most
 7    recently available federal  census  divided  by  the  Average
 8    Daily Attendance of the school district.
 9        (2)  Supplemental  general  State  aid  pursuant  to this
10    subsection shall be provided as follows:
11             (a)  For any  school  district  with  a  Low  Income
12        Concentration  Level  of  at least 20% and less than 35%,
13        the grant for any school year shall be $800 multiplied by
14        the low income eligible pupil count.
15             (b)  For any  school  district  with  a  Low  Income
16        Concentration  Level  of  at least 35% and less than 50%,
17        the grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall  be  $1,100
18        multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
19             (c)  For  any  school  district  with  a  Low Income
20        Concentration Level of at least 50% and  less  than  60%,
21        the  grant  for  the  1998-99 school year shall be $1,500
22        multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
23             (d)  For any  school  district  with  a  Low  Income
24        Concentration  Level  of  60%  or more, the grant for the
25        1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by the low
26        income eligible pupil count.
27             (e)  For the 1999-2000 school year,  the  per  pupil
28        amount  specified  in  subparagraphs  (b),  (c), and (d),
29        immediately above shall be increased by $100  to  $1,200,
30        $1,600, and $2,000, respectively.
31             (f)  For  the  2000-2001  school year, the per pupil
32        amounts specified  in  subparagraphs  (b),  (c)  and  (d)
33        immediately  above  shall be increased to $1,230, $1,640,
34        and $2,050, respectively.
                            -524-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (3)  School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
 2    more than  1,000  and  less  than  50,000  that  qualify  for
 3    supplemental  general  State  aid pursuant to this subsection
 4    shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior  to
 5    October  30  of  each year for the use of the funds resulting
 6    from this grant of supplemental general  State  aid  for  the
 7    improvement  of  instruction  in  which  priority is given to
 8    meeting the education needs of disadvantaged children.   Such
 9    plan   shall  be  submitted  in  accordance  with  rules  and
10    regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
11        (4)  School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
12    50,000 or more that qualify for  supplemental  general  State
13    aid   pursuant  to  this  subsection  shall  be  required  to
14    distribute from funds available pursuant to this Section,  no
15    less  than  $261,000,000  in  accordance  with  the following
16    requirements:
17             (a)  The required amounts shall  be  distributed  to
18        the  attendance centers within the district in proportion
19        to the number  of  pupils  enrolled  at  each  attendance
20        center  who are eligible to receive free or reduced-price
21        lunches or breakfasts under the federal  Child  Nutrition
22        Act  of  1966  and  under  the  National School Lunch Act
23        during the immediately preceding school year.
24             (b)  The   distribution   of   these   portions   of
25        supplemental  and  general  State  aid  among  attendance
26        centers according to  these  requirements  shall  not  be
27        compensated  for  or  contravened  by  adjustments of the
28        total of  other  funds  appropriated  to  any  attendance
29        centers, and the Board of Education shall utilize funding
30        from  one  or several sources in order to fully implement
31        this provision annually prior to the opening of school.
32             (c)  Each attendance center shall be provided by the
33        school district a distribution  of  noncategorical  funds
34        and other categorical funds to which an attendance center
                            -525-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        is entitled under law in order that the general State aid
 2        and   supplemental   general   State   aid   provided  by
 3        application of this subsection  supplements  rather  than
 4        supplants  the noncategorical funds and other categorical
 5        funds provided by the school district to  the  attendance
 6        centers.
 7             (d)  Any  funds made available under this subsection
 8        that by reason of the provisions of this  subsection  are
 9        not  required  to be allocated and provided to attendance
10        centers may be used and appropriated by the board of  the
11        district for any lawful school purpose.
12             (e)  Funds received by an attendance center pursuant
13        to this subsection shall be used by the attendance center
14        at  the  discretion  of  the  principal  and local school
15        council for programs to improve educational opportunities
16        at qualifying schools through the following programs  and
17        services:  early  childhood education, reduced class size
18        or improved adult to student classroom ratio,  enrichment
19        programs, remedial assistance, attendance improvement and
20        other   educationally   beneficial   expenditures   which
21        supplement  the  regular and basic programs as determined
22        by the State Board of Education.   Funds  provided  shall
23        not be expended for any political or lobbying purposes as
24        defined by board rule.
25             (f)  Each district subject to the provisions of this
26        subdivision  (H)(4)  shall  submit  an acceptable plan to
27        meet the educational needs of disadvantaged children,  in
28        compliance  with  the  requirements of this paragraph, to
29        the State Board of Education prior to  July  15  of  each
30        year. This plan shall be consistent with the decisions of
31        local  school  councils concerning the school expenditure
32        plans developed in accordance  with  part  4  of  Section
33        34-2.3.  The State Board shall approve or reject the plan
34        within  60  days  after  its  submission.  If the plan is
                            -526-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        rejected, the  district  shall  give  written  notice  of
 2        intent   to  modify  the  plan  within  15  days  of  the
 3        notification of rejection and then submit a modified plan
 4        within 30 days after the date of the  written  notice  of
 5        intent  to  modify.    Districts may amend approved plans
 6        pursuant to rules  promulgated  by  the  State  Board  of
 7        Education.
 8             Upon  notification  by  the State Board of Education
 9        that the district has not submitted a plan prior to  July
10        15  or  a  modified plan within the time period specified
11        herein, the State aid funds  affected  by  that  plan  or
12        modified  plan  shall  be  withheld by the State Board of
13        Education until a plan or modified plan is submitted.
14             If the district fails to  distribute  State  aid  to
15        attendance  centers  in accordance with an approved plan,
16        the plan for the following year shall allocate funds,  in
17        addition   to   the  funds  otherwise  required  by  this
18        subsection,  to  those  attendance  centers  which   were
19        underfunded  during the previous year in amounts equal to
20        such underfunding.
21             For purposes of  determining  compliance  with  this
22        subsection  in relation to the requirements of attendance
23        center funding, each district subject to  the  provisions
24        of this subsection shall submit as a separate document by
25        December  1 of each year a report of expenditure data for
26        the prior year in addition to  any  modification  of  its
27        current  plan.  If it is determined that there has been a
28        failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this
29        subsection regarding contravention  or  supplanting,  the
30        State  Superintendent  of Education shall, within 60 days
31        of receipt of the report, notify  the  district  and  any
32        affected local school council.  The district shall within
33        45  days of receipt of that notification inform the State
34        Superintendent of Education of the remedial or corrective
                            -527-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        action to be taken, whether  by amendment of the  current
 2        plan,  if  feasible, or by adjustment in the plan for the
 3        following  year.   Failure  to  provide  the  expenditure
 4        report or the  notification  of  remedial  or  corrective
 5        action  in  a timely manner shall result in a withholding
 6        of the affected funds.
 7             The State Board of Education shall promulgate  rules
 8        and  regulations  to  implement  the  provisions  of this
 9        subsection.   No  funds  shall  be  released  under  this
10        subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted
11        a plan that has been  approved  by  the  State  Board  of
12        Education.
13    (I)  General State Aid for Newly Configured School Districts.
14        (1)  For  a  new  school  district  formed  by  combining
15    property   included  totally  within  2  or  more  previously
16    existing school districts, for its first  year  of  existence
17    the  general  State  aid  and  supplemental general State aid
18    calculated under this Section shall be computed for  the  new
19    district  and for the previously existing districts for which
20    property is totally included within the new district.  If the
21    computation on the basis of the previously existing districts
22    is greater, a supplementary payment equal to  the  difference
23    shall  be  made for the first 4 years of existence of the new
24    district.
25        (2)  For a school  district  which  annexes  all  of  the
26    territory  of  one or more entire other school districts, for
27    the  first  year  during  which  the  change  of   boundaries
28    attributable  to  such  annexation  becomes effective for all
29    purposes as determined under Section 7-9 or 7A-8, the general
30    State aid and supplemental general State aid calculated under
31    this Section shall be computed for the annexing  district  as
32    constituted  after  the  annexation  and for the annexing and
33    each annexed district as constituted prior to the annexation;
34    and if the computation on  the  basis  of  the  annexing  and
                            -528-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    annexed  districts  as constituted prior to the annexation is
 2    greater, a supplementary  payment  equal  to  the  difference
 3    shall  be  made  for  the  first  4 years of existence of the
 4    annexing school district as constituted upon such annexation.
 5        (3)  For 2 or more school districts which  annex  all  of
 6    the  territory  of one or more entire other school districts,
 7    and for 2 or more community unit districts which result  upon
 8    the  division  (pursuant  to petition under Section 11A-2) of
 9    one or more other unit school districts into 2 or more  parts
10    and  which  together include all of the parts into which such
11    other unit school district or districts are so  divided,  for
12    the   first  year  during  which  the  change  of  boundaries
13    attributable to such annexation or division becomes effective
14    for all purposes as determined under Section 7-9  or  11A-10,
15    as  the  case  may be, the general State aid and supplemental
16    general State aid calculated  under  this  Section  shall  be
17    computed   for   each   annexing  or  resulting  district  as
18    constituted after the annexation or  division  and  for  each
19    annexing  and  annexed  district,  or  for each resulting and
20    divided district, as constituted prior to the  annexation  or
21    division;  and  if the aggregate of the general State aid and
22    supplemental  general  State  aid  as  so  computed  for  the
23    annexing or resulting  districts  as  constituted  after  the
24    annexation  or  division  is  less  than the aggregate of the
25    general State aid and supplemental general State  aid  as  so
26    computed  for  the annexing and annexed districts, or for the
27    resulting and divided districts, as constituted prior to  the
28    annexation or division, then a supplementary payment equal to
29    the  difference  shall be made and allocated between or among
30    the annexing or resulting districts, as constituted upon such
31    annexation or division,  for  the  first  4  years  of  their
32    existence.   The  total difference payment shall be allocated
33    between or among the annexing or resulting districts  in  the
34    same  ratio  as the pupil enrollment from that portion of the
                            -529-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    annexed or divided district or districts which is annexed  to
 2    or included in each such annexing or resulting district bears
 3    to  the  total  pupil  enrollment  from the entire annexed or
 4    divided district or districts, as such  pupil  enrollment  is
 5    determined  for the school year last ending prior to the date
 6    when the change of boundaries attributable to the  annexation
 7    or  division  becomes effective for all purposes.  The amount
 8    of the total difference payment and the amount thereof to  be
 9    allocated  to  the  annexing  or resulting districts shall be
10    computed by the State Board of  Education  on  the  basis  of
11    pupil  enrollment  and other data which shall be certified to
12    the State Board of Education, on forms which it shall provide
13    for that purpose, by the regional superintendent  of  schools
14    for each educational service region in which the annexing and
15    annexed  districts,  or  resulting  and divided districts are
16    located.
17        (4)  Any supplementary payment made under this subsection
18    (I) shall be treated as separate from all other payments made
19    pursuant to this Section.
20    (J)  Supplementary Grants in Aid.
21        (1)  Notwithstanding  any  other   provisions   of   this
22    Section,  the  amount  of  the aggregate general State aid in
23    combination with supplemental general State  aid  under  this
24    Section  for  which  each school district is eligible for the
25    1998-1999 school year shall be no less than the amount of the
26    aggregate general State aid entitlement that was received  by
27    the   district  under  Section  18-8  (exclusive  of  amounts
28    received under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of  that  Section)
29    for  the  1997-98  school year, pursuant to the provisions of
30    that Section as it was then in effect. If a  school  district
31    qualifies  to receive a supplementary payment made under this
32    subsection (J) for the 1998-1999 school year, the  amount  of
33    the   aggregate   general   State  aid  in  combination  with
34    supplemental general State aid under this Section  which that
                            -530-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    district  is  eligible  to  receive  for  each  school   year
 2    subsequent to the 1998-1999 school year shall be no less than
 3    the  amount  of  the  aggregate general State aid entitlement
 4    that  was  received  by  the  district  under  Section   18-8
 5    (exclusive  of  amounts  received  under subsections 5(p) and
 6    5(p-5) of  that  Section)  for  the  1997-1998  school  year,
 7    pursuant  to the provisions of that Section as it was then in
 8    effect.
 9        (2)  If, as provided in paragraph (1) of this  subsection
10    (J),  a school district is to receive aggregate general State
11    aid in combination with supplemental general State aid  under
12    this  Section for the 1998-99 school year, or for the 1998-99
13    school year and any subsequent school year, that in any  such
14    school  year is less than the amount of the aggregate general
15    State aid entitlement that  the  district  received  for  the
16    1997-98  school year, the school district shall also receive,
17    from a separate  appropriation  made  for  purposes  of  this
18    subsection  (J), a supplementary payment that is equal to the
19    amount of the difference in the aggregate State  aid  figures
20    as described in paragraph (1).
21        (3)  If   the   amount   appropriated  for  supplementary
22    payments to school districts under  this  subsection  (J)  is
23    insufficient  for  that  purpose,  the supplementary payments
24    that districts are to receive under this subsection shall  be
25    prorated   according   to   the   aggregate   amount  of  the
26    appropriation made for purposes of this subsection.
27    (K)  Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
28        In calculating the amount to be  paid  to  the  governing
29    board  of  a  public  university  that  operates a laboratory
30    school under this Section or to any alternative  school  that
31    is  operated  by  a  regional  superintendent of schools, the
32    State Board of Education shall require by rule such reporting
33    requirements as it deems necessary.
34        As used in this  Section,  "laboratory  school"  means  a
                            -531-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    public  school  which  is  created  and  operated by a public
 2    university and approved by the State Board of Education.  The
 3    governing board of a public university which  receives  funds
 4    from  the  State  Board  under  this  subsection  (K) may not
 5    increase the number of students enrolled  in  its  laboratory
 6    school  from  a  single district, if that district is already
 7    sending 50 or more students, except under a mutual  agreement
 8    between the school board of a student's district of residence
 9    and  the  university which operates the laboratory school.  A
10    laboratory school may not  have  more  than  1,000  students,
11    excluding  students  with disabilities in a special education
12    program.
13        As used in this Section,  "alternative  school"  means  a
14    public  school  which  is  created and operated by a Regional
15    Superintendent of Schools and approved by the State Board  of
16    Education.  Such  alternative  schools  may  offer courses of
17    instruction for which  credit  is  given  in  regular  school
18    programs,  courses  to  prepare  students for the high school
19    equivalency testing program or  vocational  and  occupational
20    training.   A regional superintendent of schools may contract
21    with a school district or a public community college district
22    to operate an  alternative  school.   An  alternative  school
23    serving  more  than  one  educational  service  region may be
24    operated under such terms as the regional superintendents  of
25    schools of those educational service regions may agree.
26        Each  laboratory  and  alternative  school shall file, on
27    forms provided by the State Superintendent of  Education,  an
28    annual  State  aid  claim  which  states  the  Average  Daily
29    Attendance  of  the  school's  students by month.  The best 3
30    months' Average Daily Attendance shall be computed  for  each
31    school.  The  general State aid entitlement shall be computed
32    by multiplying the applicable Average Daily Attendance by the
33    Foundation Level as determined under this Section.
34    (L)  Payments,   Additional   Grants   in   Aid   and   Other
                            -532-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Requirements.
 2        (1)  For a school district operating under the  financial
 3    supervision  of  an  Authority created under Article 34A, the
 4    general State aid otherwise payable to  that  district  under
 5    this  Section,  but  not  the supplemental general State aid,
 6    shall be reduced by an amount equal to  the  budget  for  the
 7    operations  of the Authority as certified by the Authority to
 8    the State Board of Education, and an  amount  equal  to  such
 9    reduction  shall  be  paid  to the Authority created for such
10    district for its operating expenses in the manner provided in
11    Section 18-11.  The remainder of general State school aid for
12    any such district shall be paid in  accordance  with  Article
13    34A  when  that Article provides for a disposition other than
14    that provided by this Article.
15        (2)  Impaction.  Impaction  payments  shall  be  made  as
16    provided for in Section 18-4.2.
17        (3)  Summer school.  Summer school payments shall be made
18    as provided in Section 18-4.3.
19    (M)  Education Funding Advisory Board.
20        The Education Funding Advisory Board, hereinafter in this
21    subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby created.
22    The Board shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the
23    Governor,  by  and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
24    The  members  appointed  shall  include  representatives   of
25    education,  business,  and  the  general  public.  One of the
26    members so appointed shall be designated by the  Governor  at
27    the  time  the  appointment is made as the chairperson of the
28    Board. The initial members of the Board may be appointed  any
29    time after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997.
30    The  regular  term of each member of the Board shall be for 4
31    years from the third Monday of January of the year  in  which
32    the  term  of the member's appointment is to commence, except
33    that of the 5 initial  members  appointed  to  serve  on  the
34    Board,  the  member who is appointed as the chairperson shall
                            -533-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    serve for a term that commences on the date  of  his  or  her
 2    appointment and expires on the third Monday of January, 2002,
 3    and  the  remaining  4  members,  by  lots drawn at the first
 4    meeting of the Board that is held after  all  5  members  are
 5    appointed,  shall  determine  2  of their number to serve for
 6    terms  that  commence  on  the  date  of   their   respective
 7    appointments and expire on the third Monday of January, 2001,
 8    and 2 of their number to serve for terms that commence on the
 9    date of their respective appointments and expire on the third
10    Monday  of  January, 2000.  All members appointed to serve on
11    the Board shall serve until their respective  successors  are
12    appointed  and  confirmed.   Vacancies shall be filled in the
13    same manner  as  original  appointments.   If  a  vacancy  in
14    membership  occurs  at  a  time  when  the  Senate  is not in
15    session, the Governor  shall  make  a  temporary  appointment
16    until  the  next  meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall
17    appoint, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate,  a
18    person  to  fill  that membership for the unexpired term.  If
19    the Senate is not in session when  the  initial  appointments
20    are  made, those appointments shall be made as in the case of
21    vacancies.
22        The Education Funding  Advisory  Board  shall  be  deemed
23    established,   and  the  initial  members  appointed  by  the
24    Governor to serve as members of the Board shall take  office,
25    on the date that the Governor makes his or her appointment of
26    the  fifth initial member of the Board, whether those initial
27    members  are  then  serving  pursuant  to   appointment   and
28    confirmation  or  pursuant to temporary appointments that are
29    made by the Governor as in the case of vacancies.
30        The State Board of Education  shall  provide  such  staff
31    assistance  to  the  Education  Funding  Advisory Board as is
32    reasonably required for the proper performance by  the  Board
33    of its responsibilities.
34        For  school  years  after  the 2000-2001 school year, the
                            -534-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Education Funding Advisory Board, in  consultation  with  the
 2    State  Board  of  Education,  shall  make  recommendations as
 3    provided in this subsection (M) to the General  Assembly  for
 4    the foundation level under subdivision (B)(3) of this Section
 5    and  for the supplemental general State aid grant level under
 6    subsection (H)  of  this  Section  for  districts  with  high
 7    concentrations  of  children  from  poverty.  The recommended
 8    foundation level shall be determined based on  a  methodology
 9    which   incorporates  the  basic  education  expenditures  of
10    low-spending schools exhibiting  high  academic  performance.
11    The   Education   Funding  Advisory  Board  shall  make  such
12    recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1  of  odd
13    numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
14    (N)  General State Aid Adjustment Grant.
15        (1)  Any   school   district   subject  to  property  tax
16    extension limitations as imposed under the provisions of  the
17    Property  Tax  Extension  Limitation Law shall be entitled to
18    receive, subject to the qualifications  and  requirements  of
19    this  subsection,  a  general  State  aid  adjustment  grant.
20    Eligibility  for  this grant shall be determined on an annual
21    basis and claims for grant payments shall be paid subject  to
22    appropriations   made   specific  to  this  subsection.   For
23    purposes of this subsection the following  terms  shall  have
24    the following meanings:
25        "Budget  Year":   The school year for which general State
26    aid is calculated and awarded under subsection (E).
27        "Current Year":  The school  year  immediately  preceding
28    the Budget Year.
29        "Base  Tax  Year":   The  property  tax levy year used to
30    calculate the Budget Year allocation of general State aid.
31        "Preceding  Tax  Year":   The  property  tax  levy   year
32    immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
33        "Extension   Limitation   Ratio":   A   numerical  ratio,
34    certified by a school district's County Clerk, in  which  the
                            -535-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    numerator  is  the  Base  Tax  Year's  tax  extension  amount
 2    resulting  from the Operating Tax Rate and the denominator is
 3    the Preceding Tax Year's tax extension amount resulting  from
 4    the Operating Tax Rate.
 5        "Operating  Tax  Rate": The operating tax rate as defined
 6    in subsection (A).
 7        (2)  To qualify for a general State aid adjustment grant,
 8    a school district must meet all of the following  eligibility
 9    criteria for each Budget Year for which a grant is claimed:
10             (a)  The  Operating  Tax Rate of the school district
11        in the Preceding Tax Year was at least 3.00% in the  case
12        of  a  school  district  maintaining  grades kindergarten
13        through 12, at least  2.30%  in  the  case  of  a  school
14        district maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or at
15        least  1.41% in the case of a school district maintaining
16        grades 9 through 12.
17             (b)  The Operating Tax Rate of the  school  district
18        for  the  Base  Tax  Year was reduced by the Clerk of the
19        County as a result of the requirements  of  the  Property
20        Tax Extension Limitation Law.
21             (c)  The  Available Local Resources per pupil of the
22        school district as calculated pursuant to subsection  (D)
23        using the Base Tax Year are less than the product of 1.75
24        times the Foundation Level for the Budget Year.
25             (d)  The  school  district  has  filed  a proper and
26        timely claim for a general State aid adjustment grant  as
27        required under this subsection.
28        (3)  A  claim  for grant assistance under this subsection
29    shall be filed with the State Board of Education on or before
30    January 1 of the Current Year for  a  grant  for  the  Budget
31    Year.   The  claim  shall  be made on forms prescribed by the
32    State Board of Education and must be accompanied by a written
33    statement from the Clerk of the County, certifying:
34             (a)  That the school district has its extension  for
                            -536-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        the Base Tax Year reduced as a result of the Property Tax
 2        Extension Limitation Law.
 3             (b)  That  the  Operating  Tax  Rate  of  the school
 4        district for the Preceding Tax  Year  met  the  tax  rate
 5        requirements of subdivision (N)(2) of this Section.
 6             (c)  The  Extension Limitation Ratio as that term is
 7        defined in this subsection.
 8        (4)  On or before August 1 of the Budget Year  the  State
 9    Board  of Education shall calculate, for all school districts
10    meeting the other requirements of this subsection, the amount
11    of the general State aid adjustment grant, if any,  that  the
12    school  districts are eligible to receive in the Budget Year.
13    The amount of the general State aid adjustment grant shall be
14    calculated as follows:
15             (a)  Determine the school district's  general  State
16        aid  grant  for the Budget Year as provided in accordance
17        with the provisions of subsection (E).
18             (b)  Determine the school district's adjusted  level
19        of  general  State aid by utilizing in the calculation of
20        Available Local Resources an equalized assessed valuation
21        that is the equalized assessed valuation of the Preceding
22        Tax Year multiplied by the Extension Limitation Ratio.
23             (c)  Subtract the sum derived  in  subparagraph  (a)
24        from  the sum derived in subparagraph (b).  If the result
25        is a positive number, that amount shall  be  the  general
26        State  aid adjustment grant that the district is eligible
27        to receive.
28        (5)  The State Board of Education shall  in  the  Current
29    Year,  based upon claims filed in the Current Year, recommend
30    to the General  Assembly  an  appropriation  amount  for  the
31    general  State aid adjustment grants to be made in the Budget
32    Year.
33        (6)  Claims for general State aid adjustment grants shall
34    be paid in a lump sum on or before January 1  of  the  Budget
                            -537-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Year  only  from  appropriations made by the General Assembly
 2    expressly for claims under this subsection.  No  such  claims
 3    may  be  paid from amounts appropriated for any other purpose
 4    provided for under this  Section.   In  the  event  that  the
 5    appropriation   for   claims   under   this   subsection   is
 6    insufficient  to  meet  all  Budget Year claims for a general
 7    State aid adjustment grant, the appropriation available shall
 8    be proportionately prorated by the State Board  of  Education
 9    amongst all districts filing for and entitled to payments.
10        (7)  The  State  Board  of Education shall promulgate the
11    required claim forms and rules  necessary  to  implement  the
12    provisions of this subsection.
13    (O)  References.
14        (1)  References in other laws to the various subdivisions
15    of Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and
16    replacement  by this Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer
17    to the corresponding provisions of this Section  18-8.05,  to
18    the extent that those references remain applicable.
19        (2)  References  in  other  laws to State Chapter 1 funds
20    shall be deemed to refer to the  supplemental  general  State
21    aid provided under subsection (H) of this Section.
22    (Source:  P.A.  90-548,  eff.  7-1-98;  incorporates  90-566;
23    revised 1-8-98.)
24        Section  78.  The Education Cost-Effectiveness Agenda Act
25    is amended by changing Section 5 as follows:
26        (105 ILCS 225/5) (from Ch. 122, par. 1955)
27        Sec. 5.  Monies in the Fund shall be appropriated to  the
28    Illinois State Board of Education for use in establishing and
29    administering:
30             (1)  A  Retired  Teacher  Service Corps, which would
31        utilize the skills and knowledge of retired  teachers  to
32        provide supplementary instruction of at-risk children, as
                            -538-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        defined  by  the  State Board of Education, and any other
 2        students in need of assistance.;
 3             (2)  A Partnership in Training program  designed  to
 4        bring  private  businesses  and  the  State  together  in
 5        ensuring  a trained and trainable workforce for employers
 6        of  the  State.   The  partnership  shall  cooperate   in
 7        preparing educational programs in the schools designed to
 8        increase  the  vocational  abilities  of students as they
 9        leave high school and enter  the  private  sector.    The
10        purpose  shall  be  to  tie  the schools and the business
11        community together.;
12             (3)  A  Parents  as  Teachers  program  designed  to
13        provide  training,  materials   and    other   assistance
14        necessary  to  enable  parents to provide basic preschool
15        education in the home.; and
16             (4)  A Rural School Satellite Instruction program to
17        link rural schools, through video or audio  communication
18        systems, to otherwise unavailable educational services.
19    Monies  of  the  Fund  shall  supplement,  not  supplant, any
20    funding being used by the State Board of Education for  these
21    purposes  on the effective date of this Act.  The State Board
22    of Education  may  enter  into  contractual  contractural  or
23    cooperative  agreements  with  the  Illinois  Board of Higher
24    Education, Illinois Community College Board,  Illinois  State
25    Scholarship   Commission   and   any   other  relevant  State
26    department or agency or public or  and  private  organization
27    organizations.
28    (Source: P.A. 86-852; revised 6-27-97.)
29        Section 79.  The Board of Higher Education Act is amended
30    by changing Section 9.21 as follows:
31        (110 ILCS 205/9.21) (from Ch. 144, par. 189.21)
32        Sec. 9.21.  Human Relations.
                            -539-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (a)  The  Board  shall  monitor,  budget,  evaluate,  and
 2    report  to  the  General  Assembly in accordance with Section
 3    9.16 of this Act on programs to improve  human  relations  to
 4    include  race,  ethnicity, gender and other issues related to
 5    improving human relations. The programs shall at least:
 6             (1)  require  each  public  institution  of   higher
 7        education   to   include,   in   the   general  education
 8        requirements  for  obtaining  a  degree,  coursework   on
 9        improving  human  relations  to  include race, ethnicity,
10        gender  and  other  issues  related  to  improving  human
11        relations to address  racism  and  sexual  harassment  on
12        their campuses, through existing courses;
13             (2)  require   each  public  institution  of  higher
14        education to report monthly to the  Department  of  Human
15        Rights  and the Attorney General on each adjudicated case
16        in  which  a  finding  of  racial,  ethnic  or  religious
17        intimidation or sexual harassment made  in  a  grievance,
18        affirmative  action  or  other  proceeding established by
19        that institution to investigate and determine allegations
20        of racial, ethnic or religious  intimidation  and  sexual
21        harassment; and
22             (3)  require   each  public  institution  of  higher
23        education to forward to the local  State's  Attorney  any
24        report  received  by  campus  security or by a university
25        police department alleging the commission of a hate crime
26        as defined under Section 12-7.1 12.7-1  of  the  Criminal
27        Code of 1961.
28    (Source: P.A. 87-581; revised 12-18-97.)
29        Section  80.  The Public Community College Act is amended
30    by changing Sections 2-12.1, 2-16.02, and 7-13 as follows:
31        (110 ILCS 805/2-12.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 102-12.1)
32        Sec.   2-12.1.  Experimental   district;   abolition   of
                            -540-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    experimental district  and  establishment  of  new  community
 2    college district.
 3        (a)  The  State  Board  shall  establish  an experimental
 4    community college district, referred to in this  Act  as  the
 5    "experimental  district",  to be comprised of territory which
 6    includes the City of East  St.  Louis,  Illinois.  The  State
 7    Board  shall determine the area and fix the boundaries of the
 8    territory of the experimental district. Within 30 days of the
 9    establishment of the experimental district, the  State  Board
10    shall  file with the county clerk of the county, or counties,
11    concerned a map showing the  territory  of  the  experimental
12    district.
13        Within  the  experimental district, the State Board shall
14    establish,  maintain  and  operate,  until  the  experimental
15    district is abolished and a new community college district is
16    established under subsection (c), an  experimental  community
17    college  to  be  known as the State Community College of East
18    St. Louis.
19        (b)  (Blank).
20        (c)  The experimental district  shall  be  abolished  and
21    replaced by a new community college district as follows:
22             (1)  The  establishment of the new community college
23        district shall become effective for all purposes on  July
24        1,   1996,   notwithstanding   any   minimum  population,
25        equalized  assessed  valuation  or   other   requirements
26        provided  by  Section  3-1 or any other provision of this
27        Act  for  the  establishment  of  a   community   college
28        district.
29             (2)  The  experimental district established pursuant
30        to subsection (a) shall be abolished on July 1, 1996 when
31        the establishment of the new community  college  district
32        becomes effective for all purposes.
33             (3)  The  territory  of  the  new  community college
34        district shall be comprised of the territory of, and  its
                            -541-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        boundaries  shall  be  coterminous with the boundaries of
 2        the experimental district which it will replace, as those
 3        boundaries existed on November 7, 1995.
 4             (4)  Notwithstanding the fact that the establishment
 5        of the new community college  district  does  not  become
 6        effective  for  all  purposes  until  July  1,  1996, the
 7        election for the members of the initial board of the  new
 8        community  college  district,  to  consist  of 7 members,
 9        shall be held at the nonpartisan election in November  of
10        1995  in the manner provided by the general election law,
11        nominating petitions for members  of  the  initial  board
12        shall  be  filed  with the regional superintendent in the
13        manner provided by Section 3-7.10 with respect  to  newly
14        organized districts, and the persons entitled to nominate
15        and  to vote at the election for the members of the board
16        of the  new  community  college  district  shall  be  the
17        electors in the territory referred to in paragraph (3) of
18        this  subsection.  In addition, for purposes of the levy,
19        extension,  and  collection  of  taxes  as  provided   in
20        paragraph  (5.5) of this subsection and for the  purposes
21        of establishing the territory and boundaries of  the  new
22        community  college  district  within  and for which those
23        taxes  are  to  be  levied,  the  new  community  college
24        district shall be deemed established and  effective  when
25        the  7  members of the initial board of the new community
26        college district are elected and take office as  provided
27        in this subsection (c).
28             (5)  Each member elected to the initial board of the
29        new  community  college district must, on the date of his
30        election, be a citizen of the United States, of  the  age
31        of  18 years or over, and a resident of the State and the
32        territory referred to in paragraph (3) of this subsection
33        for at least one year preceding his  election.   Election
34        to  the  initial  board  of  the  new  community  college
                            -542-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        district of a person who on July 1, 1996 is a member of a
 2        common school board constitutes his resignation from, and
 3        creates  a  vacancy on that common school board effective
 4        July 1, 1996.
 5             (5.5)  The members first elected  to  the  board  of
 6        trustees  shall  take  office  on  the  first  Monday  of
 7        December,  1995,  for  the  sole  and limited  purpose of
 8        levying,  at  the  rates  specified  in  the  proposition
 9        submitted to the electors under subsection (b), taxes for
10        the educational  purposes  and  for  the  operations  and
11        maintenance  of  facilities purposes of the new community
12        college district.  The taxes shall be levied in  calendar
13        year  1995  for extension and collection in calendar year
14        1996, notwithstanding the fact  that  the  new  community
15        college  district  does  not  become  effective  for  the
16        purposes of administration of the community college until
17        July  1, 1996.  The regional superintendent shall convene
18        the meeting under this paragraph and  the  members  shall
19        organize for the purpose of that meeting by electing, pro
20        tempore,  a chairperson and a secretary.  At that meeting
21        the board is authorized to  levy  taxes  for  educational
22        purposes and for operations and maintenance of facilities
23        purposes as authorized in this paragraph without adopting
24        any  budget  for  the  new community college district and
25        shall certify the levy to the appropriate county clerk or
26        county clerks in accordance with law.  The county  clerks
27        shall  extend  the  levy  notwithstanding  any  law  that
28        otherwise  requires adoption of a budget before extension
29        of the levy.  The funds produced by the levy  made  under
30        this  paragraph  to  the  extent  received  by  a  county
31        collector  before  July  1,  1996  shall  immediately  be
32        invested  in  lawful  investments  and held by the county
33        collector for payment and transfer to the  new  community
34        college  district,  along  with  all  accrued interest or
                            -543-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        other earnings accrued on the investment, as provided  by
 2        law  on July 1, 1996.  All funds produced by the levy and
 3        received by a county collector on or after July  1,  1996
 4        shall   be  transferred  to  the  new  community  college
 5        district as provided by law at  such  time  as  they  are
 6        received by the county collector.
 7             (5.75)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this
 8        Section  or  the  fact  that  establishment  of  the  new
 9        community college district as provided in this subsection
10        does not take effect until  July  1,  1996,  the  members
11        first  elected  to  the  board  of  trustees  of  the new
12        community  college  district  are  authorized  to   meet,
13        beginning on June 1, 1996 and thereafter for purposes of:
14        (i)  arranging  for  and  approving educational programs,
15        ancillary services, staffing, and associated expenditures
16        that relate to the offering by the new community  college
17        district  of  educational  programs beginning on or after
18        July 1, 1996 and before the  fall  term  of  the  1996-97
19        academic   year,  and  (ii)  otherwise  facilitating  the
20        orderly transition of operations  from  the  experimental
21        district  known  as  State  Community College of East St.
22        Louis to the new community college  district  established
23        under  this subsection. The persons elected to serve, pro
24        tempore, as chairperson and secretary of  the  board  for
25        purposes  of  paragraph  (5.5) shall continue to serve in
26        that capacity for purposes of this paragraph (5.75).
27             (6)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  paragraphs
28        (5.5) and (5.75), each of the members  first  elected  to
29        the  board  of  the  new community college district shall
30        take office on July 1, 1996, and the  Illinois  Community
31        College Board, publicly by lot and not later than July 1,
32        1996,  shall determine the length of term to be served by
33        each member of the initial  board  as  follows:  2  shall
34        serve   until   their   successors  are  elected  at  the
                            -544-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        nonpartisan election in 1997 and have qualified, 2  shall
 2        serve   until   their   successors  are  elected  at  the
 3        consolidated election in 1999 and have qualified,  and  3
 4        shall  serve  until  their  successors are elected at the
 5        consolidated election in 2001 and have qualified.   Their
 6        successors shall serve 6 year terms. Terms of members are
 7        subject to Section 2A-54 of the Election Code.
 8             (7)  The  regional  superintendent shall convene the
 9        initial board of the new community  college  district  on
10        July 1, 1996, and the non-voting student member initially
11        selected  to  that  board  as  provided in Section 3-7.24
12        shall serve a term beginning on the date of selection and
13        expiring on the next succeeding  April  15.   Upon  being
14        convened  on  July  1,  1996,  the board shall proceed to
15        organize  in  accordance  with  Section  3-8,  and  shall
16        thereafter continue to exercise the powers and duties  of
17        a  board  in the manner provided by law for all boards of
18        community  college  districts  except   where   obviously
19        inapplicable   or   otherwise   provided   by  this  Act.
20        Vacancies  shall  be  filled,  and  members  shall  serve
21        without  compensation  subject   to   reimbursement   for
22        reasonable  expenses  incurred  in  connection with their
23        service as members, as provided in Section 3-7.  The duly
24        elected and organized board of the new community  college
25        district  shall  levy  taxes at a rate not to exceed .175
26        percent for educational purposes and at  a  rate  not  to
27        exceed  .05  percent  for  operations  and maintenance of
28        facilities purposes; provided that the board may  act  to
29        increase  such  rates at a regular election in accordance
30        with Section 3-14 and the general election law.
31        (d)  Upon abolition  of  the  experimental  district  and
32    establishment  of  the  new  community  college  district  as
33    provided  in  this  Section,  all tangible personal property,
34    including inventory, equipment, supplies, and library  books,
                            -545-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    materials,  and  collections,  belonging  to the experimental
 2    district and State Community College of East St. Louis at the
 3    time of their abolition under this Section  shall  be  deemed
 4    transferred, by operation of law, to the board of trustees of
 5    the  new  community  college district.  In addition, all real
 6    property, and the  improvements  situated  thereon,  held  by
 7    State Community College of East St. Louis or on its behalf by
 8    its   board   of   trustees  shall,  upon  abolition  of  the
 9    experimental  district  and  college  as  provided  in   this
10    Section, be conveyed by the Illinois Community College Board,
11    in  the manner prescribed by law, to the board of trustees of
12    the new community college  district  established  under  this
13    Section  for  so  long  as that real property is used for the
14    conduct and operation of a public community college  and  the
15    related  purposes  of  a public community college district of
16    this State.  Neither the new community college  district  nor
17    its  board  of  trustees shall have any responsibility to any
18    vendor or  other  person  making  a  claim  relating  to  the
19    property,  inventory, or equipment so transferred.  On August
20    22, the effective date of this amendatory Act  of  1997,  the
21    endowment  funds,  gifts, trust funds, and funds from student
22    activity fees and the operation of student and staff  medical
23    and  health  programs,  union  buildings,  bookstores, campus
24    centers, and other auxiliary enterprises and activities  that
25    were  received  by  the  board of trustees of State Community
26    College of East St. Louis and held and retained by that board
27    of trustees at the time of the abolition of the  experimental
28    district  and  its  replacement  by the new community college
29    district  as  provided  in  this  Section  shall  be   deemed
30    transferred  by  operation of law to the board of trustees of
31    that new community college district, to be  retained  in  its
32    own  treasury  and  used  in the conduct and operation of the
33    affairs and related purposes of  the  new  community  college
34    district.     On  August  22,  the  effective  date  of  this
                            -546-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    amendatory Act of 1997, all funds held locally in  the  State
 2    Community  College  of  East  St.  Louis Contracts and Grants
 3    Clearing Account, the State Community  College  of  East  St.
 4    Louis Income Fund Clearing Account and the Imprest Fund shall
 5    be transferred by the Board to the General Revenue Fund.
 6        (e)  The  outstanding  obligations  incurred  for  fiscal
 7    years  prior  to fiscal year 1997 by the board of trustees of
 8    State  Community  College  of  East  St.  Louis  before   the
 9    abolition  of  that  college and the experimental district as
10    provided in this Section shall be paid  by  the  State  Board
11    from  appropriations made to the State Board from the General
12    Revenue Fund for purposes of this subsection.  To  facilitate
13    the  appropriations  to  be  made for that purpose, the State
14    Comptroller  and  State  Treasurer,  without   delay,   shall
15    transfer to the General Revenue Fund from the State Community
16    College of East St. Louis Income Fund and the State Community
17    College  of East St. Louis Contracts and Grants Fund, special
18    funds previously created in the State Treasury, any  balances
19    remaining  in those special funds on August 22, the effective
20    date of this amendatory Act of 1997.
21    (Source: P.A. 89-141, eff.  7-14-95;  89-473,  eff.  6-18-96;
22    90-358, eff. 1-1-98; 90-509, eff. 8-22-97; revised 11-14-97.)
23        (110 ILCS 805/2-16.02) (from Ch. 122, par. 102-16.02)
24        Sec.  2-16.02.  Grants.   Any  community college district
25    that maintains a community college recognized  by  the  State
26    Board shall receive, when eligible, grants enumerated in this
27    Section.   Funded  semester credit hours or other measures as
28    specified by the State Board  shall  be  used  to  distribute
29    grants  to  community colleges.  Funded semester credit hours
30    shall be defined,  for  purposes  of  this  Section,  as  the
31    greater  of  (1)  the  number  of  semester  credit hours, or
32    equivalent,  in  all  funded  instructional   categories   of
33    students  who  have  been certified as being in attendance at
                            -547-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    midterm during the respective terms of the base  fiscal  year
 2    or  (2)  the average of semester credit hours, or equivalent,
 3    in all funded instructional categories of students  who  have
 4    been  certified  as being in attendance at midterm during the
 5    respective terms of the base fiscal  year  and  the  2  prior
 6    fiscal  years.   For  purposes  of this Section, "base fiscal
 7    year" means the fiscal year 2 years prior to the fiscal  year
 8    for  which  the grants are appropriated.  Such students shall
 9    have been residents of Illinois and shall have been  enrolled
10    in  courses that are part of instructional program categories
11    approved by the State Board and that are applicable toward an
12    associate degree or certificate.  Courses  are  not  eligible
13    for  reimbursement  where  the  district  receives federal or
14    State financing or both, except financing through  the  State
15    Board,  for  50%  or  more  of  the  program  costs  with the
16    exception of courses offered by contract with the  Department
17    of  Corrections  in  correctional  institutions.  Credit hour
18    grants shall be paid  based  on  rates  per  funded  semester
19    credit  hour  or equivalent calculated by the State Board for
20    funded instructional categories using  cost  of  instruction,
21    enrollment,  inflation,  and  other  relevant  factors. Small
22    district grants, in an amount to be determined by  the  State
23    Board,  shall  be made to each district with less than 75,000
24    funded semester credit  hours,  exclusive  of  Department  of
25    Corrections credit hours.
26        Equalization  grants  shall  be  calculated  by the State
27    Board by determining a local revenue factor for each district
28    by:   (A)  adding  (1)  each  district's  Corporate  Personal
29    Property Replacement Fund allocations from  the  base  fiscal
30    year  or  the average of the base fiscal year and prior year,
31    whichever  is  less,  divided  by  the  applicable  statewide
32    average tax rate to (2) the district's most recently  audited
33    year's  equalized  assessed  valuation  or the average of the
34    most recently audited year and prior year, whichever is less,
                            -548-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    (B)  then  dividing  by  the  district's  audited   full-time
 2    equivalent  resident students for the base fiscal year or the
 3    average for the base  fiscal year  and  the  2  prior  fiscal
 4    years,  whichever is greater, and (C) then multiplying by the
 5    applicable statewide average tax rate.  The State Board shall
 6    calculate a statewide weighted average threshold by  applying
 7    the   same  methodology  to  the  totals  of  all  districts'
 8    Corporate Personal Property Tax Replacement Fund allocations,
 9    equalized  assessed   valuations,   and   audited   full-time
10    equivalent  district resident students and multiplying by the
11    applicable statewide average tax rate. The difference between
12    the  statewide  weighted  average  threshold  and  the  local
13    revenue  factor,  multiplied  by  the  number  of   full-time
14    equivalent  resident  students, shall determine the amount of
15    equalization  funding  that  each  district  is  eligible  to
16    receive. A percentage factor,  as  determined  by  the  State
17    Board,  may be applied to the statewide threshold as a method
18    for allocating equalization funding.  A minimum  equalization
19    grant  of  an  amount per district as determined by the State
20    Board shall be established for any community college district
21    which qualifies for an  equalization  grant  based  upon  the
22    preceding  criteria,  but becomes ineligible for equalization
23    funding, or would have received a  grant  of  less  than  the
24    minimum  equalization  grant,  due  to  threshold  prorations
25    applied  to reduce equalization funding.  As of July 1, 1997,
26    community college districts must maintain a minimum  required
27    in-district   tuition   rate  per  semester  credit  hour  as
28    determined by the State Board. For each fiscal  year  between
29    July  1,  1997  and  June 30, 2001, districts not meeting the
30    minimum required rate will be subject to a percent  reduction
31    of equalization funding as determined by the State Board.  As
32    of  July  1,  2001,  districts must meet the required minimum
33    in-district tuition rate to qualify for equalization funding.
34        A  special  populations  grant  of  a  base   amount   as
                            -549-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    determined  by  the  State Board shall be distributed to each
 2    community college district. Any remaining appropriated  funds
 3    for  special  populations purposes shall be distributed based
 4    on factors as determined by the State Board.  Each  community
 5    college  district's  expenditures  of funds from those grants
 6    shall be limited to courses and services related to  programs
 7    for  educationally  disadvantaged  and  minority  students as
 8    specified by the State Board.
 9        A workforce preparation grant of a base grant  amount  as
10    determined  by  the  State Board shall be distributed to each
11    community college district. Any remaining appropriated  funds
12    for workforce preparation programs shall be distributed based
13    on  factors as determined by the State Board.  Each community
14    college district's expenditures of funds  from  those  grants
15    shall  be  limited  to  workforce  preparation activities and
16    services as specified by the State Board.
17        An  advanced  technology   equipment   grant   shall   be
18    distributed   proportionately   to   each  community  college
19    district based on each district's share of  the  State  total
20    funded  semester  credit  hours,  or  equivalent, in business
21    occupational, technical occupational, and health occupational
22    courses or other measures as determined by the  State  Board.
23    Each  community college district's expenditures of funds from
24    those grants shall be limited to procurement of equipment for
25    curricula impacted by technological advances as specified  by
26    the State Board.
27        Until  January 1, 1999, a retirees health insurance grant
28    shall  be  distributed  proportionately  to  each   community
29    college  district  or entity created pursuant to Section 3-55
30    based on the total number of community  college  retirees  in
31    the  State  on  July 1 of the fiscal year prior to the fiscal
32    year for which the grants are appropriated, as determined  by
33    the  State  Board.    Expenditures of funds from those grants
34    shall  be  limited  to  payment  of  costs  associated   with
                            -550-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    retirees'  health  insurance.  Beginning January 1, 1999, the
 2    retirees health insurance grant shall be limited to community
 3    college districts subject to Article VII of  this  Act.   The
 4    retirees   health   insurance  grants  to  community  college
 5    districts  not  subject  to  Article  VII  for  fiscal   year
 6    1998-1999 shall be calculated so as to reflect the January 1,
 7    1999 termination date.
 8        A deferred maintenance grant shall be distributed to each
 9    community  college district based upon criteria as determined
10    by  the  State  Board.  Each  community  college   district's
11    expenditures  of  funds from those grants shall be limited to
12    deferred maintenance activities specified by the State Board.
13        A grant shall be provided to  the  Illinois  Occupational
14    Information   Coordinating   Committee  for  the  purpose  of
15    providing the State Board with labor  market  information  by
16    updating  the  Occupational  Information  System and HORIZONS
17    Career Information  System  and  by  providing  labor  market
18    information  and  technical  assistance,  that  grant  to  be
19    provided  in  its  entirety  during  the first quarter of the
20    fiscal year.
21        The State Board shall distribute such other grants as may
22    be authorized or appropriated by the General Assembly.
23        Each community college district entitled to State  grants
24    under  this Section must submit a report of its enrollment to
25    the State Board not later than 30 days following the  end  of
26    each semester, quarter, or term in a format prescribed by the
27    State  Board.   These  semester  credit hours, or equivalent,
28    shall be certified by each district on forms provided by  the
29    State  Board.   Each  district's  certified  semester  credit
30    hours,  or  equivalent,  are  subject  to  audit  pursuant to
31    Section 3-22.1.
32        The State Board shall certify, prepare, and submit to the
33    State Comptroller during August, November, February, and  May
34    of each fiscal year vouchers setting forth an amount equal to
                            -551-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    25% of the grants approved by the State Board for credit hour
 2    grants,  small  district  grants, special populations grants,
 3    workforce preparation grants, equalization  grants,  advanced
 4    technology equipment grants, deferred maintenance grants, and
 5    retirees  health  insurance  grants.  The  State  Board shall
 6    prepare and submit to  the  State  Comptroller  vouchers  for
 7    special  initiatives  grant  payments  as  set  forth  in the
 8    contracts executed pursuant to  appropriations  received  for
 9    special initiatives. The Comptroller shall cause his warrants
10    to  be  drawn for the respective amounts due, payable to each
11    community college district,  within  15  days  following  the
12    receipt  of  such  vouchers.   If the amount appropriated for
13    grants is different from the amount provided for such  grants
14    under  this  Act, the grants shall be proportionately reduced
15    or increased accordingly.
16        For the purposes  of  this  Section,  "resident  student"
17    means a student in a community college district who maintains
18    residency   in   that   district  or  meets  other  residency
19    definitions established by  the  State  Board,  and  who  was
20    enrolled  either in one of the approved instructional program
21    categories in that district, or in another community  college
22    district  to  which the resident's district is paying tuition
23    under Section 6-2 or with which the resident's  district  has
24    entered into a cooperative agreement in lieu of such tuition.
25        For   the   purposes   of   this  Section,  a  "full-time
26    equivalent" student is equal to 30 semester credit hours.
27        The Illinois Community College Board Contracts and Grants
28    Fund is hereby created  in  the  State  Treasury.   Items  of
29    income  to  this  fund  shall  include  any  grants,  awards,
30    endowments,  or  like  proceeds, and where appropriate, other
31    funds made available  through  contracts  with  governmental,
32    public,   and  private  agencies  or  persons.   The  General
33    Assembly shall from time to time make appropriations  payable
34    from  such fund for the support, improvement, and expenses of
                            -552-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the State Board and Illinois community college districts.
 2    (Source: P.A. 89-141, eff.  7-14-95;  89-281,  eff.  8-10-95;
 3    89-473,  eff.  6-18-96;  89-626,  eff.  8-9-96;  90-468, eff.
 4    8-17-97; 90-486, eff. 8-17-97; 90-497, eff. 8-18-97;  revised
 5    11-17-97.)
 6        (110 ILCS 805/7-13) (from Ch. 122, par. 107-13)
 7        Sec.  7-13.   After the adoption of the budget, the board
 8    may not make any other appropriations before the adoption  or
 9    passage  of  the  next succeeding budget.  The board may not,
10    either directly or indirectly, make any contract  or  do  any
11    act which will add to its expenditures or liabilities, in any
12    fiscal  year,  any thing or sum above the amount provided for
13    in the annual budget for that fiscal year, but the board,  by
14    a  concurring  vote  of  2/3 of all the members thereof (this
15    vote to be  taken  by  yeas  and  nays  and  entered  in  the
16    proceedings  of  the  board),  may  make any expenditures and
17    incur any liability rendered necessary  to  meet  emergencies
18    such   as  epidemics,  fires,  unforeseen  damages  or  other
19    catastrophes catastrophies happening after the annual  budget
20    has  been  passed  or adopted.  However, the board may at any
21    time after the adoption of the annual budget, by  a  vote  of
22    2/3  of  all  the members of the board, pass an additional or
23    supplemental budget, thereby adding appropriations  to  those
24    made in the annual budget and such supplemental or additional
25    budget shall be regarded as an amendment of the annual budget
26    for   that   year,   but   any   additional  or  supplemental
27    appropriations so made may not exceed the  amount  of  moneys
28    which  the  board estimates it will receive in that year from
29    State  appropriations,  from  federal  funds  and  from   any
30    increase  in  the  authorized  tax  rates  over and above the
31    amount of moneys which the board, at the time of the adoption
32    of its annual  budget  for  that  year,  estimated  would  be
33    received  from  those sources.  This Section does not prevent
                            -553-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the board from providing for and causing to be paid from  its
 2    funds  any  charge  imposed  by law without the action of the
 3    board.
 4    (Source: P.A. 85-1335; revised 6-27-97.)
 5        Section 81.  The Governor's Scholars  Board  of  Sponsors
 6    Act is amended by changing Section 1 as follows:
 7        (110 ILCS 940/1) (from Ch. 127, par. 63b131)
 8        Sec.  1.  There  is  created  There is created a Board of
 9    Sponsors  of  The  Governor's  Scholars,  consisting  of   10
10    members,  5  of  whom  shall  be  named by the Governor.  The
11    Director of the Department  of  Central  Management  Services
12    shall  be  an  a  ex  officio  member,  and  there shall be 5
13    academic  members  who  shall  be  named   from   cooperating
14    universities by the Governor.  Members shall serve until July
15    1  of  each  odd-numbered year and until their successors are
16    appointed and  qualified.   Successors  to  academic  members
17    shall  be  appointed  during  the  month  of June in each odd
18    numbered year.  Vacancies shall be filled by appointment  for
19    the   unexpired   term   in   the  same  manner  as  original
20    appointments are made.  Appointments shall be in writing  and
21    filed  with  the Secretary of State as public records record.
22    The Board of Sponsors shall elect its  own  chairman,  and  a
23    program  coordinator  for  The  Governor's Scholars who shall
24    serve as Secretary of the Board of Sponsors without vote.
25        Members of the Board  of  Sponsors  shall  serve  without
26    compensation  but  shall be reimbursed for necessary expenses
27    in connection with the performance of their duties.
28    (Source: P.A. 82-789; revised 8-11-97.)
29        Section 82.  The  Illinois  Banking  Act  is  amended  by
30    changing  Sections  5,  14,  and  17  and  setting  forth and
31    renumbering multiple versions of Section 48.4 as follows:
                            -554-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (205 ILCS 5/5) (from Ch. 17, par. 311)
 2        Sec. 5.  General  corporate  powers.   A  bank  organized
 3    under  this  Act  or subject hereto shall be a body corporate
 4    and politic and shall, without specific  mention  thereof  in
 5    the  charter,  have  all the powers conferred by this Act and
 6    the following additional general corporate powers:
 7        (1)  To sue and be sued,  complain,  and  defend  in  its
 8    corporate name.
 9        (2)  To  have  a  corporate seal, which may be altered at
10    pleasure, and to use the same by causing it  or  a  facsimile
11    thereof   to  be  impressed  or  affixed  or  in  any  manner
12    reproduced, provided that the affixing of a corporate seal to
13    an instrument shall not give the instrument additional  force
14    or effect, or change the construction thereof, and the use of
15    a corporate seal is not mandatory.
16        (3)  To  make,  alter,  amend,  and  repeal  bylaws,  not
17    inconsistent   with   its   charter  or  with  law,  for  the
18    administration of the affairs of the bank.
19        (4)  To elect or appoint and remove officers  and  agents
20    of   the   bank   and  define  their  duties  and  fix  their
21    compensation.
22        (5)  To  adopt  and  operate  reasonable   bonus   plans,
23    profit-sharing  plans, stock-bonus plans, stock-option plans,
24    pension plans and similar incentive plans for its  directors,
25    officers and employees.
26        (5.1)  To  manage,  operate and administer a fund for the
27    investment of funds by a public agency or agencies, including
28    any unit of local  government  or  school  district,  or  any
29    person.   The  fund  for  a public agency shall invest in the
30    same  type  of  investments  and  be  subject  to  the   same
31    limitations provided for the investment of public funds.  The
32    fund  for  public  agencies  shall maintain a separate ledger
33    showing the amount of investment for each  public  agency  in
34    the  fund. "Public funds" and "public agency" as used in this
                            -555-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Section shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 1
 2    of the Public Funds Investment Act.
 3        (6)  To make reasonable donations for the public  welfare
 4    or  for  charitable,  scientific,  religious  or  educational
 5    purposes.
 6        (7)  To  borrow or incur an obligation; and to pledge its
 7    assets:
 8             (a)  to secure its borrowings, its lease of personal
 9        or real property or its other nondeposit obligations;
10             (b)  to enable it to act as agent for  the  sale  of
11        obligations of the United States;
12             (c)  to  secure  deposits  of  public  money  of the
13        United States, whenever  required  by  the  laws  of  the
14        United   States,  including  without  being  limited  to,
15        revenues and funds the deposit of which is subject to the
16        control or regulation of the United States or any of  its
17        officers, agents, or employees and Postal Savings funds;
18             (d)  to secure deposits of public money of any state
19        or  of  any  political corporation or subdivision thereof
20        including, without being limited to, revenues  and  funds
21        the  deposit  of  which  is  subject  to  the  control or
22        regulation of any state or of any  political  corporation
23        or  subdivisions  thereof  or  of  any of their officers,
24        agents, or employees;
25             (e)  to secure deposits of money  whenever  required
26        by the National Bankruptcy Act;
27             (f)  (blank); and
28             (g)  to  secure  trust  funds  commingled  with  the
29        bank's  funds,  whether  deposited  by  the  bank  or  an
30        affiliate  of  the  bank,  pursuant to Section 2-8 of the
31        Corporate Fiduciary Act.
32        (8)  To own, possess, and carry as assets all or part  of
33    the  real estate necessary in or with which to do its banking
34    business, either directly or indirectly through the ownership
                            -556-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of all or part of the capital stock, shares or  interests  in
 2    any  corporation,  association,  trust engaged in holding any
 3    part or parts or all of the bank premises,  engaged  in  such
 4    business  and  in  conducting  a safe deposit business in the
 5    premises or part of them, or engaged in any activity that the
 6    bank is permitted to conduct  in  a  subsidiary  pursuant  to
 7    paragraph (12) of this Section 5.
 8        (9)  To  own,  possess,  and  carry  as assets other real
 9    estate to which it may obtain title in the collection of  its
10    debts  or  that  was  formerly  used  as  a  part of the bank
11    premises, but title to  any  real  estate  except  as  herein
12    permitted  shall not be retained by the bank, either directly
13    or by or through a subsidiary,  as  permitted  by  subsection
14    (12) of this Section for a total period of more than 10 years
15    after acquiring title, either directly or indirectly.
16        (10)  To  do any act, including the acquisition of stock,
17    necessary to  obtain  insurance  of  its  deposits,  or  part
18    thereof, and any act necessary to obtain a guaranty, in whole
19    or  in part, of any of its loans or investments by the United
20    States or any agency thereof, and any act necessary  to  sell
21    or  otherwise  dispose  of any of its loans or investments to
22    the United States or any agency thereof, and to  acquire  and
23    hold membership in the Federal Reserve System.
24        (11)  Notwithstanding  any  other provisions of this Act,
25    to do any act and  to  own,  possess,  and  carry  as  assets
26    property  of  the  character, including stock, that is at the
27    time authorized or permitted to national banks by an  Act  of
28    Congress,  but  subject  always  to  the same limitations and
29    restrictions as are  applicable  to  national  banks  by  the
30    pertinent federal law.
31        (12)  To  own,  possess, and carry as assets stock of one
32    or more corporations that is, or are, engaged in one or  more
33    of the following businesses:
34             (a)  holding   title  to  and  administering  assets
                            -557-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        acquired as a result of the collection or liquidating  of
 2        loans, investments, or discounts; or
 3             (b)  holding  title  to  and  administering personal
 4        property acquired by the  bank,  directly  or  indirectly
 5        through  a  subsidiary,  for  the  purpose  of leasing to
 6        others, provided the lease or leases and  the  investment
 7        of  the  bank,  directly or through a subsidiary, in that
 8        personal property otherwise comply with Section  35.1  of
 9        this Act; or
10             (c)  carrying   on   or  administering  any  of  the
11        activities excepting  the  receipt  of  deposits  or  the
12        payment  of  checks  or  other  orders for the payment of
13        money in which a bank  may  engage  in  carrying  on  its
14        general banking business; provided, however, that nothing
15        contained in this paragraph (c) shall be deemed to permit
16        a  bank organized under this Act or subject hereto to do,
17        either directly or indirectly through any subsidiary, any
18        act, including the making of any loan or  investment,  or
19        to  own, possess, or carry as assets any property that if
20        done by or owned, possessed, or carried by the State bank
21        would be in violation of or prohibited by  any  provision
22        of this Act.
23        The provisions of this subsection (12) shall not apply to
24    and  shall  not be deemed to limit the powers of a State bank
25    with respect to the ownership, possession,  and  carrying  of
26    stock  that  a  State  bank  is permitted to own, possess, or
27    carry under this Act.
28        Any bank intending to establish a subsidiary  under  this
29    subsection (12) shall give written notice to the Commissioner
30    60  days prior to the subsidiary's commencing of business or,
31    as the case may be, prior to acquiring stock in a corporation
32    that has already commenced  business.   After  receiving  the
33    notice,  the  Commissioner may waive or reduce the balance of
34    the 60 day notice period.  The Commissioner may  specify  the
                            -558-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    form  of  the notice and may promulgate rules and regulations
 2    to administer this subsection (12).
 3        (13)  To  accept  for  payment  at  a  future  date   not
 4    exceeding  one year from the date of acceptance, drafts drawn
 5    upon it by its customers; and to issue,  advise,  or  confirm
 6    letters  of  credit  authorizing  the holders thereof to draw
 7    drafts upon it or its correspondents.
 8        (14)  To own and lease personal property acquired by  the
 9    bank  at  the  request  of  a prospective lessee and upon the
10    agreement of that  person  to  lease  the  personal  property
11    provided  that the lease, the agreement with respect thereto,
12    and the amount of the investment of the bank in the  property
13    comply with Section 35.1 of this Act.
14        (15) (a)  To  establish  and maintain, in addition to the
15    main banking premises, branches offering any banking services
16    permitted at the main banking premises of a State bank.
17        (b)  To establish  and  maintain,  after  May  31,  1997,
18    branches  in  another  state that may conduct any activity in
19    that state that is authorized or permitted for any bank  that
20    has  a  banking  charter issued by that state, subject to the
21    same limitations and  restrictions  that  are  applicable  to
22    banks chartered by that state.
23        (16)  (Blank).
24        (17)  To  establish and maintain terminals, as authorized
25    by the Electronic Fund Transfer Act.
26        (18)  To establish and maintain temporary service  booths
27    at  any  International  Fair  held  in  this  State  which is
28    approved by the United States Department of Commerce, for the
29    duration of the international fair for the  sole  purpose  of
30    providing  a  convenient place for foreign trade customers at
31    the fair to exchange  their  home  countries'  currency  into
32    United  States currency or the converse. This power shall not
33    be construed  as  establishing  a  new  place  or  change  of
34    location for the bank providing the service booth.
                            -559-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (19)  To  indemnify  its  officers, directors, employees,
 2    and agents, as authorized for corporations under Section 8.75
 3    of the Business Corporation Act of 1983.
 4        (20)  To own, possess, and carry as assets stock  of,  or
 5    be  or  become  a member of, any corporation, mutual company,
 6    association, trust, or other entity  formed  exclusively  for
 7    the  purpose  of providing directors' and officers' liability
 8    and bankers' blanket bond insurance or reinsurance to and for
 9    the benefit of the stockholders, members,  or  beneficiaries,
10    or  their assets or businesses, or their officers, directors,
11    employees, or agents, and not to or for the  benefit  of  any
12    other person or entity or the public generally.
13        (21)  To  make debt or equity investments in corporations
14    or projects, whether for profit or not for  profit,  designed
15    to  promote the development of the community and its welfare,
16    provided that  the  aggregate  investment  in  all  of  these
17    corporations and in all of these projects does not exceed 10%
18    of  the unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus of the bank
19    and  provided  that  this  limitation  shall  not  apply   to
20    creditworthy  loans  by  the  bank  to  those corporations or
21    projects.  Upon written application to  the  Commissioner,  a
22    bank  may make an investment that would, when aggregated with
23    all other such investments,  exceed  10%  of  the  unimpaired
24    capital  and unimpaired surplus of the bank. The Commissioner
25    may approve the investment if he is of the opinion and  finds
26    that the proposed investment will not have a material adverse
27    effect on the safety and soundness of the bank.
28        (22)  To own, possess, and carry as assets the stock of a
29    corporation engaged in the ownership or operation of a travel
30    agency  or  to  operate  a  travel  agency  as  a part of its
31    business, provided that the bank either owned, possessed, and
32    carried as assets the stock of such a corporation or operated
33    a travel agency as part of its business before July 1, 1991.
34        (23)  With respect to affiliate facilities:
                            -560-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (a)  to conduct at affiliate facilities any  of  the
 2        following  transactions  for  and  on  behalf  of another
 3        commonly owned bank, if so authorized by the other  bank:
 4        receiving  deposits;  cashing and issuing checks, drafts,
 5        and money orders; changing money; and receiving  payments
 6        on existing indebtedness; and
 7             (b)  to  authorize  a commonly owned bank to conduct
 8        for and on behalf of it any of the transactions listed in
 9        this paragraph (23) at one or more affiliate facilities.
10        Any bank intending to conduct or to authorize a  commonly
11    owned  bank  to  conduct  at an affiliate facility any of the
12    transactions specified in  this  paragraph  (23)  shall  give
13    written  notice  to  the Commissioner at least 30 days before
14    any such transaction is conducted at the affiliate facility.
15        (24)  To act as the agent for any fire,  life,  or  other
16    insurance  company  authorized  by  the State of Illinois, by
17    soliciting and selling insurance and collecting  premiums  on
18    policies  issued  by  such  company;  and  to may receive for
19    services so rendered such  fees  or  commissions  as  may  be
20    agreed  upon  between the said bank and the insurance company
21    for which it may act as agent;  provided,  however,  that  no
22    such  bank  shall in any case assume or guarantee the payment
23    of any premium  on  insurance  policies  issued  through  its
24    agency  by its principal; and provided further, that the bank
25    shall not guarantee the truth of any  statement  made  by  an
26    assured in filing his application for insurance.
27    (Source: P.A.  89-208,  eff.  9-29-95;  89-310,  eff. 1-1-96;
28    89-364,  eff.  8-18-95;  89-626,  eff.  8-9-96;  90-41,  eff.
29    10-1-97; 90-301, eff. 8-1-97; revised 10-22-97.)
30        (205 ILCS 5/14) (from Ch. 17, par. 321)
31        Sec. 14. Stock.  Unless otherwise provided  for  in  this
32    Act  provisions  of  general  application to stock of a state
33    bank shall be as follows:
                            -561-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (1)  All banks shall  have  their  capital  divided  into
 2    shares  of  a  par value of not less than one dollar each and
 3    not more than one hundred dollars each. No issue  of  capital
 4    stock  or  preferred stock shall be valid until not less than
 5    the par value of all such stock so issued shall  be  paid  in
 6    and  notice  thereof  by  the  president, a vice-president or
 7    cashier of the bank has been transmitted to the Commissioner.
 8    In  the  case  of  an  increase  in  capital  stock  by   the
 9    declaration  of  a  stock  dividend,  the  capitalization  of
10    retained  earnings  effected  by  such  stock  dividend shall
11    constitute the  payment  for  such  shares  required  by  the
12    preceding  sentence,  provided  that the surplus of said bank
13    after such stock dividend shall be at least  equal  to  fifty
14    per  cent  of the capital as increased. The charter shall not
15    limit or deny the voting power of the shares of any class  of
16    stock except as provided in Section 15(3) of this Act.
17        (2)  Pursuant  to  action  taken  in  accordance with the
18    requirements of Section 17, a bank may issue preferred  stock
19    of   one  or  more  classes  as  shall  be  approved  by  the
20    Commissioner as hereinafter provided, and make such amendment
21    to its charter as may be necessary for this purpose;  but  in
22    the case of any newly organized bank which has not yet issued
23    capital stock the requirements of Section 17 shall not apply.
24        (3)  Without  limiting  the  authority herein contained a
25    bank, when so provided in its charter and  when  approved  by
26    the Commissioner, may issue shares of preferred stock:
27             (a)  Subject  to the right of the bank to redeem any
28        of such shares at not exceeding the price  fixed  by  the
29        charter for the redemption thereof;
30             (b)  Subject  to the provisions of subsection (8) of
31        this  Section  14  entitling  the  holders   thereof   to
32        cumulative or noncumulative dividends;
33             (c)  Having  preference  over  any  other  class  or
34        classes of shares as to the payment of dividends;
                            -562-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (d)  Having  preference as to the assets of the bank
 2        over any other  class  or  classes  of  shares  upon  the
 3        voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the bank;
 4             (e)  Convertible  into  shares of any other class of
 5        stock,  provided  that  preferred  shares  shall  not  be
 6        converted into shares of a  different  par  value  unless
 7        that  part of the capital of the bank represented by such
 8        preferred shares is at the time of the  conversion  equal
 9        to  the  aggregate par value of the shares into which the
10        preferred shares are to be converted.
11        (4)  If any part of the capital of  a  bank  consists  of
12    preferred  stock,  the  determination  of  whether or not the
13    capital of such bank is  impaired  and  the  amount  of  such
14    impairment  shall  be  based  upon the par value of its stock
15    even though the amount which the holders  of  such  preferred
16    stock shall be entitled to receive in the event of retirement
17    or  liquidation  shall  be in excess of the par value of such
18    preferred stock.
19        (5)  Pursuant to action  taken  in  accordance  with  the
20    requirements  of  Section  17  of  this Act, a state bank may
21    provide for a specified number  of  authorized  but  unissued
22    shares  of  capital  stock  for  one or more of the following
23    purposes:
24             (a)  Reserved for issuance under stock  option  plan
25        or plans to directors, officers or employees;
26             (b)  Reserved   for   issuance  upon  conversion  of
27        convertible preferred stock issued  pursuant  to  and  in
28        compliance with the provisions of subsections (2) and (3)
29        of this Section 14.
30             (c)  Reserved   for   issuance  upon  conversion  of
31        convertible debentures or other convertible evidences  of
32        indebtedness issued by a state bank, provided always that
33        the  terms  of  such conversion have been approved by the
34        Commissioner;
                            -563-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (d)  Reserved for issuance by the declaration  of  a
 2        stock  dividend.  If and when any shares of capital stock
 3        are proposed to be authorized and reserved for any of the
 4        purposes set forth  in  subparagraphs  (a),  (b)  or  (c)
 5        above,  the  notice  of  the  meeting, whether special or
 6        annual, of stockholders at which such proposition  is  to
 7        be considered shall be accompanied by a statement setting
 8        forth  or  summarizing the terms upon which the shares of
 9        capital stock so reserved  are  to  be  issued,  and  the
10        extent to which any preemptive rights of stockholders are
11        inapplicable to the issuance of the shares so reserved or
12        to   the   convertible  preferred  stock  or  convertible
13        debentures   or   other    convertible    evidences    of
14        indebtedness, and the approving vote of the holders of at
15        least  two-thirds  of  the  outstanding  shares  of stock
16        entitled to vote at such meeting of  the  terms  of  such
17        issuance  shall  be  requisite  for  the  adoption of any
18        amendment providing for the reservation of authorized but
19        unissued shares for any of said purposes. Nothing in this
20        subsection (5) contained shall be deemed to authorize the
21        issuance of any capital stock for  a  consideration  less
22        than the par value thereof.
23        (6)  Upon written application to the Commissioner 60 days
24    prior  to  the  proposed  purchase and receipt of the written
25    approval of the Commissioner, a state bank may  purchase  and
26    hold  as  treasury  stock such amounts of the total number of
27    issued and outstanding shares of its  capital  and  preferred
28    stock   outstanding   as   the   Commissioner  determines  is
29    consistent with  safety  and  soundness  of  the  bank.   The
30    Commissioner  may  specify  the  manner of accounting for the
31    treasury stock and the  form  of  notice  prior  to  ultimate
32    disposition  of  the  shares.   Except  as authorized in this
33    subsection, it shall not  be  lawful  for  a  state  bank  to
34    purchase  or  hold  any  additional such shares or securities
                            -564-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    described in subsection (2) of Section 37 unless necessary to
 2    prevent loss upon a debt previously contracted in good faith,
 3    in which event such shares  or  securities  so  purchased  or
 4    acquired  shall, within 6 months from the time of purchase or
 5    acquisition, be sold or disposed  of  at  public  or  private
 6    sale.   Any  state  bank  which  intends to purchase and hold
 7    treasury stock as authorized in  this  subsection  (6)  shall
 8    file  a  written  application  with  the Commissioner 60 days
 9    prior to any such proposed purchase.  The  application  shall
10    state the number of shares to be purchased, the consideration
11    for  the shares, the name and address of the person from whom
12    the shares are to be  purchased,  if  known,  and  the  total
13    percentage of its issued and outstanding shares to be held by
14    the bank after the purchase.  The total consideration paid by
15    a  state  bank  for  treasury  stock shall reduce capital and
16    surplus of the bank for purposes  of  Sections  of  this  Act
17    relating  to  lending  and  investment  limits  which require
18    computation of capital and  surplus.  After  considering  and
19    approving  an application to purchase and hold treasury stock
20    under this subsection, the Commissioner may waive  or  reduce
21    the   balance   of   the   60  day  application  period.  The
22    Commissioner may specify the  form  of  the  application  for
23    approval  to  acquire treasury stock and promulgate rules and
24    regulations for the administration of this subsection (6).  A
25    state bank may, acquire or resell its owns shares as treasury
26    stock pursuant to this subsection (6) without a change in its
27    charter pursuant to Section 17.  Such stock may be  held  for
28    any purpose permitted in subsection (5) of this Section 14 or
29    may  be  resold  upon  such  reasonable terms as the board of
30    directors may determine  provided  notice  is  given  to  the
31    Commissioner prior to the resale of such stock.
32        (7)  During the time that a state bank shall continue its
33    banking  business,  it  shall  not  withdraw  or permit to be
34    withdrawn, either in the form of dividends or otherwise,  any
                            -565-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    portion  of its capital, but nothing in this subsection shall
 2    prevent a reduction or change of the  capital  stock  or  the
 3    preferred  stock  under the provisions of Sections 17 through
 4    30 of this Act,  a  purchase  of  treasury  stock  under  the
 5    provisions  of  subsection  (6)  of  this  Section  14  or  a
 6    redemption  of preferred stock pursuant to charter provisions
 7    therefor.
 8        (8)  (a)  Subject to the  provisions  of  this  Act,  the
 9        board  of directors of a state bank from time to time may
10        declare a dividend of so much of the net profits of  such
11        bank  as  it  shall judge expedient, but each bank before
12        the declaration  of  a  dividend  shall  carry  at  least
13        one-tenth  of  its  net  profits  since  the  date of the
14        declaration of the last preceding dividend, or since  the
15        issuance  of  its  charter  in  the  case  of  its  first
16        dividend, to its surplus until the same shall be equal to
17        its capital.
18             (b)  No  dividends  shall  be  paid  by a state bank
19        while it continues its  banking  business  to  an  amount
20        greater  than  its  net  profits  then on hand, deducting
21        first therefrom its losses and bad debts.  All debts  due
22        to  a state bank on which interest is past due and unpaid
23        for a period of 6 months or more,  unless  the  same  are
24        well  secured  and in the process of collection, shall be
25        considered bad debts.
26        (9)  A State bank may, but shall not be obliged to, issue
27    a certificate for a fractional share, and, by action  of  its
28    board  of  directors,  may in lieu thereof, pay cash equal to
29    the value of the  fractional  share.   A  certificate  for  a
30    fractional   share  shall  entitle  the  holder  to  exercise
31    fractional  voting  rights,  to  receive  dividends,  and  to
32    participate in any of the assets of the bank in the event  of
33    liquidation.
34    (Source:  P.A.  90-160,  eff.  7-23-97;  90-301, eff. 8-1-97;
                            -566-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    revised 10-22-97.)
 2        (205 ILCS 5/17) (from Ch. 17, par. 324)
 3        Sec. 17.  Changes in charter.
 4        (a)  By compliance with the  provisions  of  this  Act  a
 5    State bank may:
 6             (1)  change  its main banking premises provided that
 7        there shall not be a removal to a  new  location  without
 8        complying  with the capital requirements of Section 7 and
 9        of subsection (1) of Section 10 hereof,  nor  unless  the
10        Commissioner shall find that the convenience and needs of
11        the  area sought to be served by the bank at its proposed
12        new location will be promoted;
13             (2)  increase, decrease or change its capital stock,
14        whether issued or unissued,  provided  that  in  no  case
15        shall  the  capital be diminished to the prejudice of its
16        creditors;
17             (3)  provide for  authorized  but  unissued  capital
18        stock  reserved  for  issuance  for  one  or  more of the
19        purposes provided for in subsection  (5)  of  Section  14
20        hereof;
21             (4)  authorize   preferred   stock,   or   increase,
22        decrease   or  change  the  preferences,  qualifications,
23        limitations, restrictions or special or  relative  rights
24        of  its  preferred  stock,  whether  issued  or unissued,
25        provided that in no case shall the capital be  diminished
26        to the prejudice of its creditors;
27             (5)  increase,  decrease  or change the par value of
28        its shares of  its  capital  stock  or  preferred  stock,
29        whether issued or unissued;
30             (6)  extend the duration of its charter;
31             (7)  eliminate cumulative voting rights under all or
32        specified   circumstances,  or  eliminate  voting  rights
33        entirely, as to any class or classes or series  of  stock
                            -567-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        of  the  bank  pursuant  to  paragraph (3) of Section 15,
 2        provided that one class of shares or series thereof shall
 3        always have voting in respect to all matters in the bank,
 4        and provided further that the proposal to eliminate  such
 5        voting rights receives the approval of the holders of 70%
 6        of  the  outstanding  shares of stock entitled to vote as
 7        provided in paragraph  (7)  of  subsection  (b)  of  this
 8        Section 17;
 9             (8)  increase, decrease, or change its capital stock
10        or  preferred  stock, whether issued or unissued, for the
11        purpose of eliminating fractional shares or avoiding  the
12        issuance  of  fractional shares, provided that in no case
13        shall the capital be diminished to the prejudice  of  its
14        creditors; or
15             (9)  Make such other change in its charter as may be
16        authorized in this Act.
17        (b)  To  effect  a  change  or  changes in a State bank's
18    charter as provided for in this Section 17:
19             (1)  The board of directors shall adopt a resolution
20        setting forth the proposed amendment and  directing  that
21        it  be  submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders,
22        which may be either an annual or special meeting.
23             (2)  If the meeting is a special meeting, written or
24        printed notice setting forth the  proposed  amendment  or
25        summary  thereof  shall  be  given to each stockholder of
26        record entitled to vote at such meeting at least 30  days
27        before  such  meeting  and in the manner provided in this
28        Act for the giving of notice of meetings of stockholders.
29             (3)  At  such  special  meeting,  a  vote   of   the
30        stockholders  entitled  to  vote  shall  be  taken on the
31        proposed amendment.  Except as provided in paragraph  (7)
32        of  this  subsection (b), the proposed amendment shall be
33        adopted  upon  receiving  the  affirmative  vote  of  the
34        holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding  shares
                            -568-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        of stock entitled to vote at such meeting, unless holders
 2        of  preferred  stock  are  entitled to vote as a class in
 3        respect thereof, in which event  the  proposed  amendment
 4        shall  be  adopted upon receiving the affirmative vote of
 5        the holders of at least  two-thirds  of  the  outstanding
 6        shares  of  each  class  of  shares entitled to vote as a
 7        class in respect thereof and  of  the  total  outstanding
 8        shares  entitled  to vote at such meeting.  Any number of
 9        amendments may be submitted to the stockholders and voted
10        upon by them  at  one  meeting.   A  certificate  of  the
11        amendment, or amendments, verified by the president, or a
12        vice-president,   or   the   cashier,   shall   be  filed
13        immediately in the office of the Commissioner.
14             (4)  At any annual meeting without a  resolution  of
15        the  board  of  directors  and without a notice and prior
16        publication, as hereinabove provided, a proposition for a
17        change in the bank's charter  as  provided  for  in  this
18        Section 17 may be submitted to a vote of the stockholders
19        entitled  to  vote  at the annual meeting, except that no
20        proposition for authorized  but  unissued  capital  stock
21        reserved  for  issuance  for  one or more of the purposes
22        provided for in subsection (5) of Section 14 hereof shall
23        be submitted without complying  with  the  provisions  of
24        said subsection.  The proposed amendment shall be adopted
25        upon  receiving the affirmative vote of the holders of at
26        least two-thirds  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  stock
27        entitled  to  vote  at  such  meeting,  unless holders of
28        preferred stock are  entitled  to  vote  as  a  class  in
29        respect  thereof,  in  which event the proposed amendment
30        shall be adopted upon receiving the affirmative  vote  of
31        the  holders  of  at  least two-thirds of the outstanding
32        shares of each class of shares  entitled  to  vote  as  a
33        class in respect thereof and the total outstanding shares
34        entitled  to  vote at such meeting.  A certificate of the
                            -569-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        amendment, or amendments, verified by the president, or a
 2        vice-president or cashier, shall be filed immediately  in
 3        the office of the Commissioner.
 4             (5)  If an amendment or amendments shall be approved
 5        in   writing   by  the  Commissioner,  the  amendment  or
 6        amendments  so  adopted  and   so   approved   shall   be
 7        accomplished   in   accordance   with  the  vote  of  the
 8        stockholders.   The  Commissioner   shall   revoke   such
 9        approval  in  the  event such amendment or amendments are
10        not effected  within  one  year  from  the  date  of  the
11        issuance  of  the  Commissioner's certificate and written
12        approval  except   for   transactions   permitted   under
13        subsection (5) of Section 14 of this Act.
14             (6)  No  amendment  or amendments shall affect suits
15        in which the bank  is  a  party,  nor  affect  causes  of
16        action,  nor  affect rights of persons in any particular,
17        nor shall actions brought against such bank by its former
18        name be abated by a change of name.
19             (7)  A proposal to amend the  charter  to  eliminate
20        cumulative   voting   rights   under   all  or  specified
21        circumstances, or to eliminate voting rights entirely, as
22        to any class or classes or series or  stock  of  a  bank,
23        pursuant to paragraph (3) of Section 15 and paragraph (7)
24        of  subsection  (a)  of this Section 17, shall be adopted
25        only upon such proposal receiving  the  approval  of  the
26        holders  of  70%  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  stock
27        entitled  to  vote  at  the meeting where the proposal is
28        presented for approval, unless holders of preferred stock
29        are entitled to vote as a class in  respect  thereof,  in
30        which  event the proposed amendment shall be adopted upon
31        receiving the approval of  the  holders  of  70%  of  the
32        outstanding  shares  of  each class of shares entitled to
33        vote as a class in  respect  thereof  and  of  the  total
34        outstanding  shares entitled to vote at the meeting where
                            -570-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        the proposal is presented for approval.  The proposal  to
 2        amend  the  charter pursuant to this paragraph (7) may be
 3        voted upon at the annual meeting or a special meeting.
 4             (8)  Written or printed notice  of  a  stockholders'
 5        meeting  to  vote  on a proposal to increase, decrease or
 6        change the capital stock or preferred stock  pursuant  to
 7        paragraph (8) of subsection (a) of this Section 17 and to
 8        eliminate  fractional  shares  or  avoid  the issuance of
 9        fractional shares shall be given to each  stockholder  of
10        record  entitled  to vote at the meeting at least 30 days
11        before the meeting and in the manner provided in this Act
12        for the giving of notice of meetings of stockholders, and
13        shall include all of the following information:
14                  (A)  A statement of the purpose of the proposed
15             reverse stock split.
16                  (B)  A statement of the amount of consideration
17             being offered for the bank's stock.
18                  (C)  A statement that the  bank  considers  the
19             transaction   fair   to   the  stockholders,  and  a
20             statement of the  material  facts  upon  which  this
21             belief is based.
22                  (D)  A  statement  that the bank has secured an
23             opinion from a  third  party  with  respect  to  the
24             fairness,  from  a  financial  point of view, of the
25             consideration  to  be   paid,   the   identity   and
26             qualifications  of  the  third  party, how the third
27             party was selected, and  any  material  relationship
28             between the third party and the bank.
29                  (E)  A  summary  of  the  opinion including the
30             basis  for  and  the  methods  of  arriving  at  the
31             findings and any limitation imposed by the  bank  in
32             arriving  at  fair  value and a statement making the
33             opinion available for reviewing or  copying  by  any
34             stockholder.
                            -571-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1                  (F)  A  statement  that  objecting stockholders
 2             will be entitled to the fair value of  those  shares
 3             that  are  voted against the charter amendment, if a
 4             proper  demand  is  made  on  the   bank   and   the
 5             requirements  are  satisfied  as  specified  in this
 6             Section.
 7    If a stockholder shall file with the bank, prior to or at the
 8    meeting  of  stockholders  at  which  the  proposed   charter
 9    amendment  is submitted to a vote, a written objection to the
10    proposed charter  amendment  and  shall  not  vote  in  favor
11    thereof,  and  if  the  stockholder,  within  20  days  after
12    receiving  written  notice  of the date the charter amendment
13    was accomplished pursuant to paragraph (5) of subsection  (a)
14    of this Section 17, shall make written demand on the bank for
15    payment  of  the fair value of the stockholder's shares as of
16    the day prior to  the  date  on  which  the  vote  was  taken
17    approving  the  charter  amendment, the bank shall pay to the
18    stockholder,   upon   surrender   of   the   certificate   or
19    certificates representing the stock, the fair value  thereof.
20    The  demand  shall  state  the  number of shares owned by the
21    objecting stockholder.  The bank shall provide written notice
22    of the date on which the charter amendment  was  accomplished
23    to  all  stockholders  who  have  filed written objections in
24    order that the objecting stockholders may know when they must
25    file written demand if they choose to do so.  Any stockholder
26    failing to make demand within  the  20-day  period  shall  be
27    conclusively  presumed  to  have  consented  to  the  charter
28    amendment and shall be bound by the terms thereof.  If within
29    30  days  after  the  date  on  which a charter amendment was
30    accomplished the value of the shares is agreed  upon  between
31    the  objecting  stockholders  and  the bank, payment therefor
32    shall be made within 90 days after  the  date  on  which  the
33    charter amendment was accomplished, upon the surrender of the
34    stockholder's  certificate  or  certificates representing the
                            -572-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    shares. Upon  payment  of  the  agreed  value  the  objecting
 2    stockholder shall cease to have any interest in the shares or
 3    in   the  bank.   If  within  such  period  of  30  days  the
 4    stockholder and the bank do not so agree, then the  objecting
 5    stockholder  may,  within 60 days after the expiration of the
 6    30-day period, file a complaint in the circuit  court  asking
 7    for  a  finding  and  determination  of the fair value of the
 8    shares, and shall be entitled to judgment  against  the  bank
 9    for  the  amount of the fair value as of the day prior to the
10    date on which  the  vote  was  taken  approving  the  charter
11    amendment  with interest thereon to the date of the judgment.
12    The practice, procedure and judgment shall be governed by the
13    Civil Practice Law.   The judgment shall be payable only upon
14    and simultaneously with the surrender  to  the  bank  of  the
15    certificate  or  certificates  representing the shares.  Upon
16    payment of the  judgment,  the  objecting  stockholder  shall
17    cease  to  have  any interest in the shares or the bank.  The
18    shares may be held and disposed of by the bank.   Unless  the
19    objecting  stockholder  shall  file such complaint within the
20    time herein limited, the stockholder and all persons claiming
21    under the stockholder shall be conclusively presumed to  have
22    approved  and  ratified  the  charter amendment, and shall be
23    bound by the terms  thereof.    The  right  of  an  objecting
24    stockholder  to  be  paid the fair value of the stockholder's
25    shares of stock as herein provided shall cease  if  and  when
26    the bank shall abandon the charter amendment.
27        (c)  The   purchase  and  holding  and  later  resale  of
28    treasury stock of a state bank pursuant to the provisions  of
29    subsection  (6)  of  Section 14 may be accomplished without a
30    change in its charter reflecting any decrease or increase  in
31    capital stock.
32    (Source:  P.A.  89-541,  eff.  7-19-96; 90-160, eff. 7-23-97;
33    90-301, eff. 8-1-97; revised 10-22-97.)
                            -573-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (205 ILCS 5/48.4)
 2        Sec.  48.4.   Administrative  liens  for  past-due  child
 3    support.  Any bank governed by this  Act  shall  encumber  or
 4    surrender  accounts  or  assets held by the bank on behalf of
 5    any responsible relative who is subject to  a  child  support
 6    lien,  upon  notice  of  the  lien  or  levy  of the Illinois
 7    Department of Public Aid or its successor agency pursuant  to
 8    Section  10-25.5  of  the  Illinois  Public Aid Code, or upon
 9    notice of interstate  lien  from  any  other  state's  agency
10    responsible  for  implementing  the child support enforcement
11    program set forth in Title IV, Part D of the Social  Security
12    Act.
13    (Source: P.A. 90-18, eff. 7-1-97.)
14        (205 ILCS 5/48.5)
15        Sec.  48.5.  48.4.  Reliance on Commissioner.  No bank or
16    other person shall be liable under this Act for any act  done
17    or  omitted  in  good  faith  in  conformity  with  any rule,
18    interpretation, or opinion  issued  by  the  Commissioner  of
19    Banks  and Real Estate, notwithstanding that after the act or
20    omission has occurred, the rule, opinion,  or  interpretation
21    upon  which  reliance  is  placed  is  amended, rescinded, or
22    determined by judicial or other authority to be  invalid  for
23    any reason.
24    (Source: P.A. 90-161, eff. 7-23-97; revised 10-7-97.)
25        Section  83.   The  Illinois  Bank Holding Company Act of
26    1957 is amended by changing Section 3.071 as follows:
27        (205 ILCS 10/3.071) (from Ch. 17, par. 2510.01)
28        Sec. 3.071.  Out of state bank holding companies.
29        (a)  An out of state bank  holding  company  may  acquire
30    ownership  of more than 5% of the voting shares of or control
31    of one or  more  Illinois  banks  or  Illinois  bank  holding
                            -574-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    companies pursuant to a transaction, occurrence or event that
 2    is  described in paragraphs (1) through (5) of subsection (a)
 3    of  Section  3.02,  provided  the  acquisition  is  made   in
 4    accordance  with  Sections  3.02  and  3.07  of  this  Act in
 5    accordance with subsection (i) of this Section  and  provided
 6    the following conditions are met:
 7             (1)  (Blank).
 8             (2)  An out of state bank holding company seeking to
 9        acquire an Illinois bank or Illinois bank holding company
10        pursuant  to  subsection  (a)  of Section 3.071 shall, if
11        change in control of the bank is governed by  Section  18
12        of  the  Illinois Banking Act, file with the Commissioner
13        the  application  required  by  that  Section  containing
14        information satisfactory to the Commissioner.
15        (b)  (Blank).
16        (c)  (Blank).
17        (d)  (Blank).
18        (e)  (Blank).
19        (f)  (Blank).
20        (g)  (Blank).
21        (h)  (Blank).
22        (i) (1)  An out  of  state  bank  holding  company  which
23        directly  or  indirectly  controls or has control over an
24        Illinois bank that has existed and continuously  operated
25        as a bank for 5 years or less, may not cause the Illinois
26        bank   to   merge  with  or  into,  or  to  have  all  or
27        substantially all of the assets acquired by a  bank  that
28        is an out of state bank.
29             (2)  For  purposes  of  subsection  (i)(1)  of  this
30        Section,  an  Illinois  bank  that  is the resulting bank
31        following a merger involving  an  Illinois  interim  bank
32        shall  be  considered  to  have  been  in  existence  and
33        continuously operated during the existence and continuous
34        operation  of  the  Illinois merged bank. As used in this
                            -575-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        subsection (i)(2), the words "resulting bank" and "merged
 2        bank" shall have the meanings ascribed to those words  in
 3        Section  2  of  the Illinois Banking Act. As used in this
 4        subsection (i)(2), the words "interim bank" shall mean  a
 5        bank  which  shall  not  accept deposits, make loans, pay
 6        checks, or engage in the general business of  banking  or
 7        any part thereof, and is chartered solely for the purpose
 8        of merging with or acquiring control of, or acquiring all
 9        or  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  an  existing
10        Illinois bank.
11             (3)  The  provisions  of  subsection  (i)(1) of this
12        Section shall not apply to the merger or  acquisition  of
13        all  or  substantially  all  of the assets of an Illinois
14        bank:
15                  (i)  if the merger or acquisition is part of  a
16             purchase  or  acquisition  with respect to which the
17             Federal  Deposit  Insurance   Corporation   provides
18             assistance   under  Section  13(c)  of  the  Federal
19             Deposit Insurance Act; or
20                  (ii)  if the Illinois bank is in default or  in
21             danger  of  default.   As  used  in  this subsection
22             (i)(3)(ii), (i)(3), (ii) the words "in default"  and
23             "in  danger  of  default"  shall  have  the  meaning
24             ascribed to those words in Section 2 of the Illinois
25             Banking Act.
26    (Source:  P.A.  89-208,  eff.  9-29-95; 89-567, eff. 7-26-96;
27    90-226, eff. 7-25-97; revised 10-15-97.)
28        Section 84.  The Illinois Savings and Loan Act of 1985 is
29    amended by changing Section 3-11 as follows:
30        (205 ILCS 105/3-11) (from Ch. 17, par. 3303-11)
31        Sec. 3-11.  Reports from officers and directors.
32        (a) It is the duty of the secretary of the association to
                            -576-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    submit to the Commissioner a list of the names and  addresses
 2    of  all  officers and directors of the association. This list
 3    shall be submitted within 30 days after the election  of  the
 4    association's  board  of  directors,  and  any  additions  or
 5    changes  in  the  list shall be submitted to the Commissioner
 6    within with 30 days after the occurrence of such addition  or
 7    change. Along with such list there shall also be submitted an
 8    affidavit executed by every officer and director containing a
 9    statement which shall set forth details as to the present and
10    for  the  5 years preceding the business of every officer and
11    director and the nature and extent of his prior  affiliations
12    with any other financial institution.
13        (b)  The  Commissioner may from time to time require from
14    any officer, consultant, agent or director of any association
15    or its service corporation or other affiliate  reports,  made
16    under   penalty   of   perjury,   concerning   such  person's
17    performance of his duties as director  consultant,  agent  or
18    officer  affecting the association or its service corporation
19    or other affiliate. Any  request  for  such  a  report  shall
20    contain  a statement setting forth the reasons and supporting
21    facts for requesting the report  and  its  relevance  to  the
22    responsibilities of the Commissioner.
23    (Source: P.A. 84-543; revised 12-18-97.)
24        Section  85.   The Savings Bank Act is amended by setting
25    forth and renumbering multiple versions of  Section  1007.115
26    and changing Section 1008 as follows:
27        (205 ILCS 205/1007.115)
28        Sec.     1007.115.  Federal     association.     "Federal
29    association" means a savings and loan association or  savings
30    bank  incorporated  under the federal Home Owners Loan Act of
31    1993, as now or hereafter amended, whose  principal  business
32    office is located within this State.
                            -577-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    (Source: P.A. 90-270, eff. 7-30-97.)
 2        (205 ILCS 205/1007.120)
 3        Sec. 1007.120. 1007.115.  Affiliate facility.  "Affiliate
 4    facility"  of  a  savings bank means a depository institution
 5    main office or  branch  office  of  an  affiliate  depository
 6    institution.   The  depository  institution  main  office  or
 7    branch  office  may  be an affiliate facility with respect to
 8    one or more affiliated savings banks.
 9    (Source: P.A. 90-301, eff. 8-1-97; revised 10-21-97.)
10        (205 ILCS 205/1008) (from Ch. 17, par. 7301-8)
11        Sec. 1008. General corporate powers.
12        (a)  A savings bank operating under this Act shall  be  a
13    body corporate and politic and shall have all of the specific
14    powers  conferred  by  this  Act and in addition thereto, the
15    following general powers:
16             (1)  To sue and be sued, complain, and defend in its
17        corporate name and to have a common seal,  which  it  may
18        alter or renew at pleasure.
19             (2)  To  obtain  and maintain insurance by a deposit
20        insurance corporation as defined in this Act.
21             (3)  To act as a fiscal agent for the United States,
22        the State of Illinois or any department, branch, arm,  or
23        agency  of  the  State or any unit of local government or
24        school district in the State, when  duly  designated  for
25        that   purpose,   and  as  agent  to  perform  reasonable
26        functions as may be required of it.
27             (4)  To  become  a  member  of  or  deal  with   any
28        corporation  or  agency of the United States or the State
29        of Illinois, to the extent that  the  agency  assists  in
30        furthering  or facilitating its purposes or powers and to
31        that end to  purchase  stock  or  securities  thereof  or
32        deposit  money  therewith,  and  to comply with any other
                            -578-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        conditions of membership or credit.
 2             (5)  To make donations in reasonable amounts for the
 3        public welfare or for charitable, scientific,  religious,
 4        or educational purposes.
 5             (6)  To  adopt  and  operate  reasonable  insurance,
 6        bonus,  profit sharing, and retirement plans for officers
 7        and  employees  and  for  directors  including,  but  not
 8        limited to, advisory, honorary, and  emeritus  directors,
 9        who are not officers or employees.
10             (7)  To  reject  any  application for membership; to
11        retire  deposit  accounts  by  enforced   retirement   as
12        provided  in  this  Act  and the bylaws; and to limit the
13        issuance of, or payments on, deposit  accounts,  subject,
14        however, to contractual obligations.
15             (8)  To  purchase  stock in service corporations and
16        to invest in any form  of  indebtedness  of  any  service
17        corporation   as   defined   in   this  Act,  subject  to
18        regulations of the Commissioner.
19             (9)  To  purchase  stock  of  a  corporation   whose
20        principal purpose is to operate a safe deposit company or
21        escrow service company.
22             (10)  To   exercise  all  the  powers  necessary  to
23        qualify as a trustee or custodian under federal or  State
24        law,  provided  that  the authority to accept and execute
25        trusts is subject to  the  provisions  of  the  Corporate
26        Fiduciary  Act and to the supervision of those activities
27        by the Commissioner of Banks and Real Estate.
28             (11)  (Blank).
29             (12)  To establish, maintain, and operate  terminals
30        as  authorized  by the Electronic Fund Transfer Act.  The
31        establishment, maintenance, operation,  and  location  of
32        those  terminals  shall be subject to the approval of the
33        Commissioner.
34             (13)  Pledge its assets:
                            -579-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1                  (A)  to enable it to act as agent for the  sale
 2             of obligations of the United States;
 3                  (B)  to secure deposits;
 4                  (C)  to   secure  deposits  of  money  whenever
 5             required by the National Bankruptcy Act;
 6                  (D)  to  qualify  under  Section  2-9  of   the
 7             Corporate Fiduciary Act; and
 8                  (E)  to  secure trust funds commingled with the
 9             savings  bank's  funds,  whether  deposited  by  the
10             savings bank or an affiliate of the savings bank, as
11             required  under  Section  2-8   of   the   Corporate
12             Fiduciary Act.
13             (14)  To  accept for payment at a future date not to
14        exceed one year from the date of acceptance, drafts drawn
15        upon it by  its  customers;  and  to  issue,  advise,  or
16        confirm  letters of credit authorizing holders thereof to
17        draw drafts upon it or its correspondents.
18             (15)  Subject   to   the    regulations    of    the
19        Commissioner, to own and lease personal property acquired
20        by  the  savings  bank  at  the  request of a prospective
21        lessee and, upon the agreement of that person,  to  lease
22        the personal property.
23             (16)  To  establish  temporary service booths at any
24        International Fair in this State that is approved by  the
25        United  States Department of Commerce for the duration of
26        the international fair for the  purpose  of  providing  a
27        convenient  place for foreign trade customers to exchange
28        their  home  countries'  currency  into   United   States
29        currency  or the converse.  To provide temporary periodic
30        service to persons residing in a bona fide nursing  home,
31        senior  citizens'  retirement  home,  or  long-term  care
32        facility.    These  powers  shall  not  be  construed  as
33        establishing a new place or change of  location  for  the
34        savings bank providing the service booth.
                            -580-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (17)  To    indemnify   its   officers,   directors,
 2        employees, and agents,  as  authorized  for  corporations
 3        under  Section  8.75  of the Business Corporations Act of
 4        1983.
 5             (18)  To provide data processing services to  others
 6        on a for-profit basis.
 7             (19)  To   utilize   any  electronic  technology  to
 8        provide customers with home banking services.
 9             (20)  Subject   to   the    regulations    of    the
10        Commissioner,  to  enter  into  an  agreement to act as a
11        surety.
12             (21)  Subject   to   the    regulations    of    the
13        Commissioner,   to  issue  credit  cards,  extend  credit
14        therewith, and otherwise  engage  in  or  participate  in
15        credit card operations.
16             (22)  To  purchase  for  its  own  account shares of
17        stock of a bankers' bank, described in  Section  13(b)(1)
18        of  the  Illinois  Banking  Act,  on  the  same terms and
19        conditions as a bank may purchase  such  shares.   In  no
20        event  shall  the  total  amount  of such stock held by a
21        savings bank in such bankers'  bank  exceed  10%  of  its
22        capital  and surplus (including undivided profits) and in
23        no event shall a savings bank acquire more than 5% of any
24        class of voting securities of such bankers' bank.
25             (23)  With respect to affiliate facilities:
26                  (A)  to conduct at affiliate facilities any  of
27             the  following transactions for and on behalf of any
28             affiliated depository institution, if so  authorized
29             by  the affiliate or affiliates: receiving deposits;
30             renewing  deposits;  cashing  and  issuing   checks,
31             drafts,  money  orders, travelers checks, or similar
32             instruments; changing money; receiving  payments  on
33             existing  indebtedness;  and  conducting ministerial
34             functions  with  respect   to   loan   applications,
                            -581-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             servicing   loans,   and   providing   loan  account
 2             information; and
 3                  (B)  to  authorize  an  affiliated   depository
 4             institution  to conduct for and on behalf of it, any
 5             of the transactions listed in this subsection at one
 6             or more affiliate facilities.
 7             A savings bank intending to conduct or to  authorize
 8        an  affiliated  depository  institution  to conduct at an
 9        affiliate facility any of the transactions  specified  in
10        this   subsection   shall  give  written  notice  to  the
11        Commissioner at least 30 days before any such transaction
12        is conducted at an affiliate facility.  All conduct under
13        this subsection shall be on terms  consistent  with  safe
14        and sound banking practices and applicable law.
15             (24) (23)  Subject  to  Article XLIV of the Illinois
16        Insurance Code, to act as the agent for any  fire,  life,
17        or  other  insurance  company  authorized by the State of
18        Illinois,  by  soliciting  and  selling   insurance   and
19        collecting  premiums  on policies issued by such company;
20        and may receive for services so  rendered  such  fees  or
21        commissions  as  may  be  agreed  upon  between  the said
22        savings bank and the insurance company for which  it  may
23        act  as  agent;  provided,  however, that no such savings
24        bank shall in any case assume or guarantee the payment of
25        any premium on  insurance  policies  issued  through  its
26        agency  by  its principal; and provided further, that the
27        savings  bank  shall  not  guarantee  the  truth  of  any
28        statement made by an assured in filing his    application
29        for insurance.
30             (25) (23)  To  become  a  member of the Federal Home
31        Loan Bank Board and to  have  the  powers  granted  to  a
32        savings  association organized under the Illinois Savings
33        and Loan Act of 1985 or the laws of  the  United  States,
34        subject to regulations of the Commissioner.
                            -582-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (b)  If  this  Act  or the regulations adopted under this
 2    Act fail to provide specific guidance in matters of corporate
 3    governance, the provisions of the Business Corporation Act of
 4    1983 may be used.
 5    (Source: P.A.  89-74,  eff.  6-30-95;  89-310,  eff.  1-1-96;
 6    89-317,  eff.  8-11-95;  89-355,  eff.  8-17-95; 89-508, eff.
 7    7-3-96; 89-603, eff. 8-2-96; 89-626, eff. 8-9-96; 90-14, eff.
 8    7-1-97; 90-41, eff. 10-1-97; 90-270,  eff.  7-30-97;  90-301,
 9    eff. 8-1-97; revised 10-21-97.)
10        Section  86.  The Illinois Credit Union Act is amended by
11    changing Sections 13 and 58 as follows:
12        (205 ILCS 305/13) (from Ch. 17, par. 4414)
13        Sec. 13.  General Powers.  A credit union may:
14        (1)  Make contracts; sue and be sued;  adopt  and  use  a
15    common seal and alter same;
16        (2)  Acquire,  lease  (either as lessee or lessor), hold,
17    pledge, mortgage, sell and dispose of real  property,  either
18    in  whole  or  in  part,  or  any interest therein, as may be
19    necessary  or  is  incidental  to  its  present   or   future
20    operations  and  needs, subject to such limitations as may be
21    imposed thereon in rules and regulations promulgated  by  the
22    Director;  acquire, lease (either as lessee or lessor), hold,
23    pledge, mortgage, sell and dispose of or  personal  property,
24    either  in  whole or in part, or any interest therein, as may
25    be necessary or  is  incidental  to  its  present  or  future
26    operations and needs;
27        (3)  At the discretion of the Board of Directors, require
28    the  payment  of an entrance fee or annual membership fee, or
29    both, of any person admitted to membership;
30        (4)  Receive savings from its  members  in  the  form  of
31    shares of various classes, or special purpose share accounts;
32    act  as  custodian  of its members' accounts; issue shares in
                            -583-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    trust as provided in this Act;
 2        (5)  Lend its funds  to  its  members  and  otherwise  as
 3    hereinafter provided;
 4        (6)  Borrow  from  any  source  in accordance with policy
 5    established by the Board of Directors to a maximum of 50%  of
 6    capital, surplus and reserves;
 7        (7)  Discount and sell any obligations owed to the credit
 8    union;
 9        (8)  Honor  requests  for withdrawals or transfers of all
10    or any  part  of  member  share  accounts,  and  any  classes
11    thereof,  in any manner approved by the credit union Board of
12    Directors;
13        (9)  Sell all or  substantially  all  of  its  assets  or
14    purchase  all  or  substantially all of the assets of another
15    credit union, subject to the prior approval of the Director;
16        (10)  Invest surplus funds as provided in this Act;
17        (11)  Make deposits in banks, savings banks, savings  and
18    loan  associations,  trust  companies;  and invest in shares,
19    classes of shares  or  share  certificates  of  other  credit
20    unions;
21        (12)  Assess  charges  and  fees to members in accordance
22    with board resolution;
23        (13)  Hold membership in and pay dues to associations and
24    organizations; to invest in shares, stocks or obligations  of
25    any credit union organization;
26        (14)  Declare  dividends  and  pay  interest  refunds  to
27    borrowers as provided in this Act;
28        (15)  Collect,  receive and disburse monies in connection
29    with providing negotiable  checks,  money  orders  and  other
30    money-type  instruments,  and  for such other purposes as may
31    provide benefit or convenience to its members, and  charge  a
32    reasonable fee for such services;
33        (16)  Act  as  fiscal agent for and receive deposits from
34    the federal government, this state or any agency or political
                            -584-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    subdivision thereof;
 2        (17)  Receive savings from  nonmembers  in  the  form  of
 3    shares or share accounts in the case of credit unions serving
 4    predominantly  low-income  members.   The  term  "low  income
 5    members"  shall  mean those members whose annual income falls
 6    at or below the lower level standard of living classification
 7    as established by the Bureau of Labor Statistics and  updated
 8    by  the  Employment  and  Training Administration of the U.S.
 9    Department of Labor. The term "predominantly" is defined as a
10    simple majority;
11        (18)  To establish, maintain, and  operate  terminals  as
12    authorized by the Electronic Fund Transfer Act; and
13        (19)  Subject  to  Article XLIV of the Illinois Insurance
14    Code, to act as the  agent  for  any  fire,  life,  or  other
15    insurance  company  authorized  by the  State of Illinois, by
16    soliciting and selling insurance and collecting  premiums  on
17    policies issued by such company; and may receive for services
18    so  rendered  such  fees or commissions as may be agreed upon
19    between the said credit union and the insurance  company  for
20    which  it  may  act as agent; provided, however, that no such
21    credit union shall  in  any  case  assume  or  guarantee  the
22    payment  of  any premium on insurance policies issued through
23    its agency by its principal; and provided further,  that  the
24    credit  union  shall not guarantee the truth of any statement
25    made by an assured in filing his application for insurance.
26    (Source: P.A.  89-310,  eff.  1-1-96;  90-41,  eff.  10-1-97;
27    revised 12-18-97.)
28        (205 ILCS 305/58) (from Ch. 17, par. 4459)
29        Sec. 58. Share insurance.
30        (1)  Each  credit  union  operating  in  this State shall
31    insure its share accounts with the NCUA, under 12 U.S.C. 1781
32    et. seq. (Sec. 201 et. seq. of the Federal Credit Union  Act)
33    or with such other insurers as may be jointly approved by the
                            -585-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Director  of  Financial  Institutions  and  the  Director  of
 2    Insurance.   Each  approved  insurer  shall  be  found  to be
 3    financially sound and to employ approved actuarial practices.
 4    The Director shall determine that a firm commitment to insure
 5    share accounts has  been  issued  before  a  charter  may  be
 6    granted  for  a  new  credit  union.   Application  for  such
 7    insurance by credit unions in existence on the effective date
 8    of  this  Section  shall  be made not later than December 31,
 9    1981 and such credit unions shall  receive  a  commitment  to
10    insure share accounts by December 31, 1984.
11        (2)  A credit union which has been denied a commitment of
12    insurance  of  accounts  shall  either  dissolve,  merge with
13    another credit union, or apply in writing, within 30 days  of
14    denial,  to  the  Director  for  additional time to obtain an
15    insurance commitment.  The Director may grant up to 24 months
16    additional time upon satisfactory evidence  that  the  credit
17    union   is   making  a  substantial  effort  to  achieve  the
18    conditions precedent to issuance of the commitment.
19        (3)  The Director shall cooperate with the NCUA  or other
20    approved insurers  by  furnishing  copies  of  financial  and
21    examination  reports  and  other  information  bearing on the
22    financial condition of any credit union.
23    (Source: P.A. 81-1526; revised 6-27-97.)
24        Section 87.  The Pawnbroker Regulation Act is amended  by
25    changing Section 5 as follows:
26        (205 ILCS 510/5) (from Ch. 17, par. 4655)
27        Sec. 5.  Record requirements.
28        (a)  Except  in municipalities located in counties having
29    3,000,000 or more inhabitants, every  pawn  and  loan  broker
30    shall  keep  a standard record book that has been approved by
31    the sheriff of  the  county  in  which  the  pawnbroker  does
32    business.  printed,  typed, or  In municipalities in counties
                            -586-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    with 3,000,000 or more inhabitants, the record book shall  be
 2    approved  by  the  police  department  of the municipality in
 3    which the pawn or loan broker does business.  At the time  of
 4    each  and  every  loan  or  taking  of  a pledge, an accurate
 5    account and description, in the English language, of all  the
 6    goods,  articles  and  other  things  pawned  or pledged, the
 7    amount of money, value or thing loaned thereon, the  time  of
 8    pledging  the  same,  the rate of interest to be paid on such
 9    loan, and the name and residence of the  person  making  such
10    pawn  or pledge shall be printed, typed, or written in ink in
11    the record book.  Such entry shall include the serial  number
12    or identification number of items received which are required
13    to bear such number.  Except for items purchased from dealers
14    possessing  a federal employee identification number who have
15    provided a receipt to the pawnbroker, every pawnbroker  shall
16    also record in his book, an accurate account and description,
17    in  the  English  language,  of all goods, articles and other
18    things purchased or received for the  purpose  of  resale  or
19    loan collateral by the pawnbroker from any source, not in the
20    course  of  a  pledge  or  loan, the time of such purchase or
21    receipt and the name and address of the  person  or  business
22    which sold or delivered such goods, articles, or other things
23    to  the  pawnbroker.   No entry in such book shall be erased,
24    mutilated or changed.
25        (b)  Every  pawnbroker   shall   require   2   forms   of
26    identification  to  be  shown  him by each person pledging or
27    pawning  any  goods,  articles  or  other   things   to   the
28    pawnbroker.   One  of  the  two  forms of identification must
29    3nclude  his  or  her  residence  address.   These  forms  of
30    identification shall include, but not be limited to,  any  of
31    the  following:   driver's  license,  social  security  card,
32    utility bill, employee or student identification card, credit
33    card,   or   a   civic,  union  or  professional  association
34    membership card.
                            -587-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (c)  A pawnbroker may maintain the  records  required  by
 2    subsection (a) in computer form if the computer form has been
 3    approved  by  the  Commissioner, the sheriff of the county in
 4    which the shop is located, and the police department  of  the
 5    municipality in which the shop is located.
 6        (d)  Records,  including  reports  to  the  Commissioner,
 7    maintained  by  pawnbrokers  shall  be  confidential,  and no
 8    disclosure  of  pawnbroker  records  shall  be  made   except
 9    disclosures  authorized  by this Act or ordered by a court of
10    competent  jurisdiction.   No   record   transferred   to   a
11    governmental official shall be improperly disclosed, provided
12    that  use  of  those  records  as  evidence  of  a  felony or
13    misdemeanor shall be a proper purpose.
14        (e)  Pawnbrokers and their associations may lawfully give
15    appropriate governmental agencies computer equipment for  the
16    purpose of transferring information pursuant to this Act.
17    (Source:  P.A.  90-56,  eff.  7-3-97;  90-477,  eff.  7-1-98;
18    revised 11-24-97.)
19        Section  88.   The  Corporate Fiduciary Act is amended by
20    changing Sections 1-2, 1-6, and 6-10 and  setting  forth  and
21    renumbering multiple versions of Section 2-12 as follows:
22        (205 ILCS 620/1-2) (from Ch. 17, par. 1551-2)
23        Sec.  1-2.   Policy  of  Act.  The General Assembly finds
24    that corporate fiduciaries perform a  vital  service  in  the
25    administration   of   trusts,   guardianship,  receiverships,
26    estates and other fiduciary capacities; that it is in the the
27    public  interest  that  prior  to  accepting  any   fiduciary
28    appointment,    a    corporate    fiduciary    meet   minimum
29    qualifications with respect to financial capacity as well  as
30    managerial  competence and integrity; that the operation of a
31    corporate fiduciary is impressed with a public interest  such
32    that  it  should  be  supervised as an activity affecting the
                            -588-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    general welfare of the people of the State of  Illinois;  and
 2    that  a  corporate  fiduciary  should  obtain  its authority,
 3    conduct its operations and be supervised as provided in  this
 4    Act.
 5    (Source: P.A. 85-858; revised 6-27-97.)
 6        (205 ILCS 620/1-6) (from Ch. 17, par. 1551-6)
 7        Sec.   1-6.    General  Corporate  Powers.   A  corporate
 8    fiduciary shall have the powers:
 9             (a)  if it is a State  bank,  those  powers  granted
10        under  Sections  3  and 5 of the Illinois Banking Act, as
11        now or hereafter amended; and
12             (b)  if it is a State savings and loan  association,
13        those  powers  granted  under Sections 1-6 through 1-8 of
14        the Illinois Savings and Loan Act  of  1985,  as  now  or
15        hereafter amended; and
16             (c)  if  it  is  a  corporation  organized under the
17        Business Corporation Act of 1983,  as  now  or  hereafter
18        amended,  or  a limited liability company organized under
19        the Limited Liability Company Act, those  powers  granted
20        in  Sections 4.01 through 4.24 of the Trusts and Trustees
21        Act, as now or  hereafter  amended,  to  the  extent  the
22        exercise  of  such  powers by the corporate fiduciary are
23        not contrary to the instrument containing the appointment
24        of the corporate fiduciary, the  court  order  appointing
25        the corporate fiduciary or any other statute specifically
26        limiting  the  power of the corporate fiduciary under the
27        circumstances; and
28             (d)  subject  to  Article  XLIV  of   the   Illinois
29        Insurance  Code,  to act as the agent for any fire, life,
30        or other insurance company authorized  by  the  State  of
31        Illinois,   by   soliciting  and  selling  insurance  and
32        collecting premiums on policies issued by  such  company;
33        and  may  receive  for  services so rendered such fees or
                            -589-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        commissions as  may  be  agreed  upon  between  the  said
 2        corporate  fiduciary  and the insurance company for which
 3        it may act as agent;  provided,  however,  that  no  such
 4        corporate fiduciary shall in any case assume or guarantee
 5        the  payment  of any premium on insurance policies issued
 6        through  its  agency  by  its  principal;  and   provided
 7        further, that the corporate fiduciary shall not guarantee
 8        the  truth  of any statement made by an assured in filing
 9        his application for insurance.
10        The  Commissioner  may  specify   powers   of   corporate
11    fiduciaries  generally or of a particular corporate fiduciary
12    and by rule  or  order  limit  or  restrict  such  powers  of
13    corporate  fiduciaries or a particular corporate fiduciary if
14    he finds the exercise of such power by corporate  fiduciaries
15    generally  or  of  the  corporate fiduciary in particular may
16    tend to be an unsafe or unsound practice, or if such power is
17    otherwise  not  in  the  interest  of  beneficiaries  of  any
18    fiduciary appointment.
19    (Source: P.A.  90-41,  eff.  10-1-97;  90-424,  eff.  1-1-98;
20    revised 11-4-97.)
21        (205 ILCS 620/2-12)
22        Sec.  2-12.  Reproductions of documents.  Notwithstanding
23    any  other  provision  of  law,  if  a  corporate   fiduciary
24    possesses,  records,  or  creates  any  document, memorandum,
25    writing, entry, representation, or  combination  thereof,  of
26    any   act,   transaction,  occurrence,  event,  or  agreement
27    (including,  without  limitation,  a   trust   agreement   or
28    amendment  thereto,  but  excluding in all events an original
29    will or  codicil  thereto)  and  in  the  regular  course  of
30    business  has  caused  any or all of the same to be recorded,
31    copied,   or   reproduced   by   photographic,   photostatic,
32    facsimile, microfiche, optical, or electronic imaging, or any
33    other   electronic   or   computer-generated   process   that
                            -590-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    accurately reproduces or forms a medium  for  so  reproducing
 2    the  original,  the  original may be destroyed in the regular
 3    course of business and such recording, copy, or  reproduction
 4    shall  be  admissible  in  evidence in the same manner as the
 5    original in  any  proceeding,  whether  the  original  is  in
 6    existence  or  not.   This  Section shall not be construed to
 7    exclude from evidence any document or copy  thereof  that  is
 8    otherwise admissible under the rules of evidence.
 9    (Source: P.A. 90-298, eff. 8-1-97.)
10        (205 ILCS 620/2-13)
11        Sec. 2-13. 2-12.  Employment of persons with convictions.
12    Except with the prior written consent of the Commissioner, no
13    person having a certificate of authority under this Act shall
14    knowingly  employ  or otherwise permit an individual to serve
15    as an officer, director, employee, or agent if the individual
16    has been convicted of a felony or  of  any  criminal  offense
17    relating to dishonesty or breach of trust.
18    (Source: P.A. 90-301, eff. 8-1-97; revised 10-15-97.)
19        (205 ILCS 620/6-10) (from Ch. 17, par. 1556-10)
20        Sec. 6-10.  The receiver for a corporate fiduciary, under
21    the  direction  of the Commissioner, shall have the power and
22    authority and is charged with the duties and responsibilities
23    as follows:
24        (1)  To take possession of, and for the  purpose  of  the
25    receivership,  the  title to the books, records and assets of
26    every description of the corporate fiduciary.
27        (2)  To proceed to collect all  debts,  dues  and  claims
28    belonging to the corporate fiduciary.
29        (3)  To  file with the Commissioner a copy of each report
30    which he makes to the court, together with such other reports
31    and records as the Commissioner may require.
32        (4)  The receiver shall have authority to sue and  defend
                            -591-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    in  the  receiver's  own  wn  name  and  with  respect to the
 2    affairs, assets, claims, debts and chooses in action  of  the
 3    corporate fiduciary.
 4        (5)  The  receiver  shall have authority, and it shall be
 5    the receiver's duty, to surrender to the  customers  of  such
 6    corporate  fiduciary,  when  requested in writing directed to
 7    the receiver by such customers, the  assets,  private  papers
 8    and   valuables   left   with  the  corporate  fiduciary  for
 9    safekeeping, under a  custodial  or  agency  agreement,  upon
10    satisfactory proof of ownership.
11        (6)  As  soon  as  can  reasonably  be done, the receiver
12    shall resign  on  behalf  of  the  corporate  fiduciary,  all
13    trusteeships, guardianships, and all appointments as executor
14    and administrator, or as custodian under the Illinois Uniform
15    Transfers  to  Minors Act, as now or hereafter amended, or as
16    fiduciary under custodial or agency agreements or  under  the
17    terms   of   any  other  written  agreement  or  court  order
18    whereunder the corporate fiduciary is holding property  in  a
19    fiduciary  capacity for the benefit of another person, making
20    in each case, from the records and documents available to the
21    receiver, a proper accounting, in the  manner  and  scope  as
22    determined  by the Commissioner to be practical and advisable
23    under  the  circumstances,  on  behalf   of   the   corporate
24    fiduciary.  The  receiver,  prior to resigning, shall cause a
25    successor trustee or fiduciary to be  appointed  pursuant  to
26    the  terms  set forth in the governing instrument or pursuant
27    to the provisions of the Trusts and Trustees Act, as  now  or
28    hereafter  amended,  if  applicable,  then the receiver shall
29    make application to the court having  jurisdiction  over  the
30    liquidation or winding up of the corporate fiduciary, for the
31    appointment  of  a  successor.   The receiver, if a corporate
32    fiduciary, shall not be disqualified from acting as successor
33    trustee or fiduciary if appointed  under  the  terms  of  the
34    governing  instrument,  by  court order or by the customer of
                            -592-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the corporate fiduciary whose affairs are being liquidated or
 2    wound up and, in such case, no  guardian  ad  litem  need  be
 3    appointed to review the accounting of the receiver unless the
 4    beneficiaries  or  customers  of  the  corporate fiduciary so
 5    request in writing.
 6        (7)  The receiver shall have authority to redeem or  take
 7    down  collateral  hypothecated  by the corporate fiduciary to
 8    secure its notes and other evidence of indebtedness  whenever
 9    the  Commissioner  deems it to be in the best interest of the
10    creditors of the corporate fiduciary and directs the receiver
11    so to do.
12        (8)  Whenever the receiver shall find it necessary in the
13    receiver's opinion to use and employ money of  the  corporate
14    fiduciary,   in  order  to  protect  fully  and  benefit  the
15    corporate fiduciary, by the purchase  or  redemption  of  any
16    property,  real or personal, in which the corporate fiduciary
17    may  have  any  rights  by  reason  of  any  bond,  mortgage,
18    assignment, or other claim thereto, the receiver may  certify
19    the  facts  together  with  the receiver's opinions as to the
20    value of the property involved, and the value of  the  equity
21    the  corporate  fiduciary  may  have  in  the property to the
22    Commissioner, together with  a  request  for  the  right  and
23    authority  to  use  and  employ  so  much of the money of the
24    corporate fiduciary as  may  be  necessary  to  purchase  the
25    property,  or  to  redeem the same from a sale if there was a
26    sale, and if such request is granted, the receiver may use so
27    much  of  the  money  of  the  corporate  fiduciary  as   the
28    Commissioner may have authorized to purchase said property at
29    such sale.
30        (9)  The   receiver   shall   deposit  daily  all  monies
31    collected by the receiver  in  any  State  or  national  bank
32    selected  by  the Commissioner, who may require (and the bank
33    so selected may  furnish)  of  such  depository  satisfactory
34    securities  or  satisfactory  surety bond for the safekeeping
                            -593-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    and prompt payment of the money so deposited.   The  deposits
 2    shall  be  made  in the name of the Commissioner in trust for
 3    the receiver and be subject to withdrawal upon the receiver's
 4    order or upon the order of such persons as  the  Commissioner
 5    may   designate.    Such  monies  may  be  deposited  without
 6    interest, unless otherwise agreed.  However, if any  interest
 7    was  paid  by such depository, it shall accrue to the benefit
 8    of the particular trust or fiduciary  account  to  which  the
 9    deposit   belongs.   Except  as  otherwise  directed  by  the
10    Commissioner, notwithstanding any  other  provision  of  this
11    paragraph,  the  receiver's investment and other powers shall
12    be those under the governing instrument or under  the  Trusts
13    and  Trustees  Act,  as  now  or hereafter amended, and shall
14    include  the  power  to  pay  out  income  and  principal  in
15    accordance with the terms of the governing instrument.
16        (10)  The receiver shall do such  things  and  take  such
17    steps  from  time to time under the direction and approval of
18    the Commissioner as may reasonably appear to be necessary  to
19    conserve the corporate fiduciary's assets and secure the best
20    interests of the creditors of the corporate fiduciary.
21        (11)  The   receiver   shall   record   any  judgment  of
22    dissolution entered in a dissolution proceeding and thereupon
23    turn over to  the  Commissioner  a  certified  copy  thereof,
24    together  with  all  books  of  accounts  and ledgers of such
25    corporate fiduciary for preservation, as  distinguished  from
26    the  books of accounts and ledgers of the corporate fiduciary
27    relating to the assets of the beneficiaries of such fiduciary
28    relations, all of which books of accounts and  ledgers  shall
29    be  turned  over  by the receiver to the successor trustee or
30    fiduciary.
31        (12)  The  receiver  may  cause   all   assets   of   the
32    beneficiaries of such fiduciary relations to be registered in
33    the  name  of  the  receiver or in the name of the receiver's
34    nominee.
                            -594-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (13)  The receiver shall have a reasonable period of time
 2    in which to review all of the trust accounts,  executorships,
 3    administrationships,   guardianships,   or   other  fiduciary
 4    relationships, in order to ascertain that the investments  by
 5    the corporate fiduciary of the assets of such trust accounts,
 6    executorships,  administrationships,  guardianships  or other
 7    fiduciary  relationships  comply  with  the  terms   of   the
 8    governing  instrument,  the prudent person rule governing the
 9    investment of such funds, or any  other  law  regulating  the
10    investment of such funds.
11        (14)  For  its  services  in administering the trusts and
12    other fiduciary accounts of the  corporate  fiduciary  during
13    the  period  of  winding  up  the  affairs  of  the corporate
14    fiduciary, the receiver shall be entitled  to  be  reimbursed
15    for all costs and expenses incurred by the receiver and shall
16    also  be  entitled  to  receive  out  of  the  assets  of the
17    individual  fiduciary  accounts  being  administered  by  the
18    receiver during the period of winding up the affairs  of  the
19    corporate  fiduciary  and  prior  to  the  appointment  of  a
20    successor  trustee or fiduciary, the usual and customary fees
21    charged by the receiver in  the  administration  of  its  own
22    fiduciary   accounts  or  reasonable  fees  approved  by  the
23    Commissioner.
24        (15)  The receiver,  during  its  administration  of  the
25    trusts   and   other  fiduciary  accounts  of  the  corporate
26    fiduciary during  the  winding  up  of  the  affairs  of  the
27    corporate  fiduciary,  shall have all of the powers which are
28    vested in trustees under the  terms  and  provisions  of  the
29    Trusts and Trustees Act, as now or hereafter amended.
30        (16)  Upon  the  appointment  of  a  successor trustee or
31    fiduciary, the  receiver  shall  deliver  to  such  successor
32    trustee  or  fiduciary  all  of  the  assets belonging to the
33    individual  trust  or  fiduciary  account  as  to  which  the
34    successor trustee or fiduciary  succeeds,  and  the  receiver
                            -595-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    shall   thereupon  be  relieved  of  any  further  duties  or
 2    obligations with respect thereto.
 3    (Source: P.A. 86-754; revised 6-27-97.)
 4        Section 89.  The Foreign Banking Office Act is amended by
 5    setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of Section 20
 6    as follows:
 7        (205 ILCS 645/20)
 8        Sec.  20.   Administrative  liens  for   past-due   child
 9    support.   Any  foreign  banking corporation governed by this
10    Act shall encumber or surrender accounts or  assets  held  by
11    the  foreign banking corporation on behalf of any responsible
12    relative who is subject to a child support lien, upon  notice
13    of  the lien or levy of the Illinois Department of Public Aid
14    or its successor agency pursuant to Section  10-25.5  of  the
15    Illinois  Public  Aid Code, or upon notice of interstate lien
16    from any other state's agency  responsible  for  implementing
17    the  child support enforcement program set forth in Title IV,
18    Part D of the Social Security Act.
19    (Source: P.A. 90-18, eff. 7-1-97.)
20        (205 ILCS 645/21)
21        Sec.  21.  20.  Reliance  on  Commissioner.   No  foreign
22    banking corporation or other person  shall  be  liable  under
23    this  Act  for  any  act  done  or  omitted  in good faith in
24    conformity with any rule, interpretation, or  opinion  issued
25    by the Commissioner of Banks and Real Estate, notwithstanding
26    that  after  the  act  or  omission  has  occurred, the rule,
27    opinion, or interpretation upon which reliance is  placed  is
28    amended,  rescinded,  or  determined  by  judicial  or  other
29    authority to be invalid for any reason.
30    (Source: P.A. 90-161, eff. 7-23-97; revised 10-7-97.)
                            -596-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Section  90.   The Foreign Bank Representative Office Act
 2    is amended by setting forth and renumbering multiple versions
 3    of Section 7 as follows:
 4        (205 ILCS 650/7)
 5        Sec. 7.  Reliance on Commissioner.  No  foreign  bank  or
 6    other  person shall be liable under this Act for any act done
 7    or omitted  in  good  faith  in  conformity  with  any  rule,
 8    interpretation,  or  opinion  issued  by  the Commissioner of
 9    Banks and Real Estate, notwithstanding that after the act  or
10    omission  has  occurred, the rule, opinion, or interpretation
11    upon which reliance  is  placed  is  amended,  rescinded,  or
12    determined  by  judicial or other authority to be invalid for
13    any reason.
14    (Source: P.A. 90-161, eff. 7-23-97.)
15        (205 ILCS 650/8)
16        Sec. 8. 7.  Powers of the Commissioner.  The Commissioner
17    shall have under this Act all of the powers  granted  to  him
18    under  the  Illinois  Banking  Act to the extent necessary to
19    enable  the  Commissioner  to  supervise  the  representative
20    office of a foreign bank holding a license.
21    (Source: P.A. 90-301, eff. 8-1-97; revised 10-7-97.)
22        Section 91.  The Check Printer and Check  Number  Act  is
23    amended by changing Section 30 as follows:
24        (205 ILCS 690/30)
25        Sec. 30.  Civil action.  When the Commissioner believes a
26    person  has  violated, is violating, or will violate this Act
27    or a rule prescribed under this  Act,  the  Commissioner  may
28    request  the  Attorney  General  to  bring  a civil action in
29    circuit court to enjoin the violation or  enforce  compliance
30    with  this Act or a rule prescribed under this Act.  A person
                            -597-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    not complying with an injunction issued under this Section is
 2    liable to the State of Illinois in a civil suit for an amount
 3    of not more than $10,000.
 4    (Source: P.A. 90-184, eff. 7-23-97; revised 11-14-97.)
 5        Section 92.  The Alternative Health Care Delivery Act  is
 6    amended by changing Section 25 as follows:
 7        (210 ILCS 3/25)
 8        Sec.  25.   Department  responsibilities.  The Department
 9    shall have the responsibilities set forth in this Section.
10        (a)  The  Department   shall   adopt   rules   for   each
11    alternative  health care model authorized under this Act that
12    shall include but not be limited to the following:
13             (1)  Further definition of  the  alternative  health
14        care models.
15             (2)  The  definition  and scope of the demonstration
16        program, including the implementation date and period  of
17        operation, not to exceed 5 years.
18             (3)  License application information required by the
19        Department.
20             (4)  The  care of patients in the alternative health
21        care models.
22             (5)  Rights afforded to patients of the  alternative
23        health care models.
24             (6)  Physical plant requirements.
25             (7)  License application and renewal fees, which may
26        cover   the   cost  of  administering  the  demonstration
27        program.
28             (8)  Information that may be necessary for the Board
29        and  the  Department  to   monitor   and   evaluate   the
30        alternative health care model demonstration program.
31             (9)  Administrative  fines  that  may be assessed by
32        the Department for violations of this Act  or  the  rules
                            -598-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        adopted under this Act.
 2        (b)  The Department shall issue, renew, deny, suspend, or
 3    revoke licenses for alternative health care models.
 4        (c)  The  Department  shall perform licensure inspections
 5    of alternative health care models as deemed necessary by  the
 6    Department to ensure compliance with this Act or rules.
 7        (d)  The   Department  shall  deposit  application  fees,
 8    renewal fees, and fines into the  Regulatory  Evaluation  and
 9    Basic Enforcement Fund.
10        (e)   (d)  The  Department  shall  assist  the  Board  in
11    performing the Board's responsibilities under this Act.
12    (Source: P.A. 87-1188; revised 12-18-97.)
13        Section 93.  The Illinois Clinical Laboratory  and  Blood
14    Bank Act is amended by changing Section 7-101 as follows:
15        (210 ILCS 25/7-101) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 627-101)
16        Sec.   7-101.   Examination  of  specimens.   A  clinical
17    laboratory shall examine specimens only at the request of (i)
18    a licensed  physician,  (ii)  a  licensed  dentist,  (iii)  a
19    licensed  podiatrist,  (iv)  a  therapeutic  optometrist  for
20    diagnostic  or  therapeutic  purposes  related  to the use of
21    diagnostic  topical  or  therapeutic  ocular   pharmaceutical
22    agents, as defined in subsections (c) and (d) of Section 15.1
23    of  the  Illinois  Optometric  Practice  Act  of  1987, (v) a
24    licensed physician assistant in accordance with  the  written
25    guidelines  required  under  subdivision (3) of Section 4 and
26    under Section 7.5 of the Physician Assistant Practice Act  of
27    1987, or (vi) an authorized law enforcement agency or, in the
28    case  of  blood alcohol, at the request of the individual for
29    whom the test is to be performed in compliance with  Sections
30    11-501  and  11-501.1  of  the Illinois Vehicle Code.  If the
31    request to a laboratory  is  oral,  the  physician  or  other
32    authorized  person  shall  submit  a  written  request to the
                            -599-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    laboratory within 48  hours.   If  the  laboratory  does  not
 2    receive the written request within that period, it shall note
 3    that fact in its records.
 4    (Source: P.A.  90-116,  eff.  7-14-97;  90-322,  eff. 1-1-98;
 5    revised 10-23-97.)
 6        Section 94.  The Abused  and  Neglected  Long  Term  Care
 7    Facility  Residents  Reporting  Act  is  amended  by changing
 8    Section 6.2 as follows:
 9        (210 ILCS 30/6.2) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 4166.2)
10        (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2000)
11        Sec. 6.2.  Inspector General.
12        (a)  The Governor shall appoint,  and  the  Senate  shall
13    confirm,  an  Inspector General who shall function within the
14    Department of Human Services and report to the  Secretary  of
15    Human Services and the Governor.  The Inspector General shall
16    investigate  reports  of suspected abuse or neglect (as those
17    terms are defined in Section 3 of this Act)  of  patients  or
18    residents  in any mental health or developmental disabilities
19    facility operated by the Department  of  Human  Services  and
20    shall have authority to investigate and take immediate action
21    on  reports  of  abuse  or  neglect  of  recipients,  whether
22    patients  or residents, in any mental health or developmental
23    disabilities  facility  or  program  that  is   licensed   or
24    certified  by  the Department of Human Services (as successor
25    to  the  Department  of  Mental  Health   and   Developmental
26    Disabilities)  or  that  is funded by the Department of Human
27    Services (as successor to the Department of Mental Health and
28    Developmental Disabilities) and is not licensed or  certified
29    by any agency of the State.  At the specific, written request
30    of  an agency of the State other than the Department of Human
31    Services (as successor to the Department of Mental Health and
32    Developmental  Disabilities),  the  Inspector   General   may
                            -600-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    cooperate  in  investigating  reports of abuse and neglect of
 2    persons with mental illness  or  persons  with  developmental
 3    disabilities.    The   Inspector   General   shall   have  no
 4    supervision over or  involvement  in  routine,  programmatic,
 5    licensure,  or  certification operations of the Department of
 6    Human Services or any of its funded agencies.
 7        The Inspector General shall promulgate rules establishing
 8    minimum requirements for reporting allegations of  abuse  and
 9    neglect    and   initiating,   conducting,   and   completing
10    investigations.  The  promulgated  rules  shall  clearly  set
11    forth  that in instances where 2 or more State agencies could
12    investigate an allegation of abuse or neglect, the  Inspector
13    General  shall not conduct an investigation that is redundant
14    to an investigation conducted by another State agency.    The
15    rules  shall  establish  criteria for determining, based upon
16    the nature of  the  allegation,  the  appropriate  method  of
17    investigation, which may include, but need not be limited to,
18    site  visits,  telephone  contacts,  or  requests for written
19    responses from agencies.  The rules shall  also  clarify  how
20    the  Office  of the Inspector General shall interact with the
21    licensing  unit  of  the  Department  of  Human  Services  in
22    investigations of  allegations  of  abuse  or  neglect.   Any
23    allegations  or  investigations  of  reports made pursuant to
24    this Act shall remain confidential until a  final  report  is
25    completed.  The  resident or patient who allegedly was abused
26    or neglected and his or her legal guardian shall be  informed
27    by  the  facility or agency of the report of alleged abuse or
28    neglect. Final reports regarding unsubstantiated or unfounded
29    allegations shall  remain  confidential,  except  that  final
30    reports may be disclosed pursuant to Section 6 of this Act.
31        The  Inspector General shall be appointed for a term of 4
32    years.
33        (b)  The Inspector General shall within  24  hours  after
34    receiving  a  report  of suspected abuse or neglect determine
                            -601-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    whether the evidence indicates that any possible criminal act
 2    has been committed. If he determines that a possible criminal
 3    act has been committed, or that special expertise is required
 4    in  the  investigation,  he  shall  immediately  notify   the
 5    Department  of  State Police.  The Department of State Police
 6    shall investigate any report indicating  a  possible  murder,
 7    rape,  or  other  felony. All investigations conducted by the
 8    Inspector General shall be conducted in a manner designed  to
 9    ensure  the  preservation  of  evidence for possible use in a
10    criminal prosecution.
11        (b-5)  The Inspector General shall make  a  determination
12    to accept or reject a preliminary report of the investigation
13    of   alleged   abuse   or   neglect   based   on  established
14    investigative procedures.  The facility or agency may request
15    clarification  or   reconsideration   based   on   additional
16    information.   For  cases  where  the  allegation of abuse or
17    neglect is substantiated, the Inspector General shall require
18    the facility or agency to submit  a  written  response.   The
19    written response from a facility or agency shall address in a
20    concise  and  reasoned  manner the actions that the agency or
21    facility will take or has taken to protect  the  resident  or
22    patient  from  abuse  or  neglect, prevent reoccurrences, and
23    eliminate   problems    identified    and    shall    include
24    implementation and completion dates for all such action.
25        (c)  The Inspector General shall, within 10 calendar days
26    after the transmittal date of a completed investigation where
27    abuse or neglect is substantiated or administrative action is
28    recommended,  provide  a  complete  report on the case to the
29    Secretary of Human Services and to the agency  in  which  the
30    abuse  or  neglect  is alleged to have happened. The complete
31    report shall include a written response from  the  agency  or
32    facility  operated by the State to the Inspector General that
33    addresses in a concise and reasoned manner the  actions  that
34    the  agency or facility will take or has taken to protect the
                            -602-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    resident  or  patient  from   abuse   or   neglect,   prevent
 2    reoccurrences,  and  eliminate  problems identified and shall
 3    include implementation and  completion  dates  for  all  such
 4    action.   The  Secretary  of  Human  Services shall accept or
 5    reject the  response and establish how  the  Department  will
 6    determine  whether  the  facility  or  program  followed  the
 7    approved  response.   The  Secretary  may  require Department
 8    personnel to visit  the  facility  or  agency  for  training,
 9    technical    assistance,    programmatic,    licensure,    or
10    certification  purposes.   Administrative  action,  including
11    sanctions,  may  be  applied  should the Secretary reject the
12    response or should the facility or agency fail to follow  the
13    approved  response.   The facility or agency shall inform the
14    resident or  patient  and  the  legal  guardian  whether  the
15    reported  allegation  was  substantiated, unsubstantiated, or
16    unfounded.  There shall be an appeals process for any  person
17    or   agency  that  is  subject  to  any  action  based  on  a
18    recommendation or recommendations.
19        (d)  The  Inspector  General   may   recommend   to   the
20    Departments  of Public Health and Human Services sanctions to
21    be  imposed   against   mental   health   and   developmental
22    disabilities   facilities   under  the  jurisdiction  of  the
23    Department of Human Services for the protection of residents,
24    including  appointment  of  on-site  monitors  or  receivers,
25    transfer or relocation of residents, and  closure  of  units.
26    The Inspector General may seek the assistance of the Attorney
27    General  or  any of the several State's attorneys in imposing
28    such sanctions.
29        (e)  The Inspector General shall  establish  and  conduct
30    periodic   training   programs   for   Department   employees
31    concerning the prevention and reporting of neglect and abuse.
32        (f)  The  Inspector General shall at all times be granted
33    access to any mental  health  or  developmental  disabilities
34    facility  operated  by  the  Department,  shall establish and
                            -603-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    conduct unannounced site visits to those facilities at  least
 2    once  annually,  and shall be granted access, for the purpose
 3    of investigating  a  report  of  abuse  or  neglect,  to  any
 4    facility  or program funded by the Department that is subject
 5    under the provisions of this Section to investigation by  the
 6    Inspector General for a report of abuse or neglect.
 7        (g)  Nothing  in  this Section shall limit investigations
 8    by the Department of Human Services  that  may  otherwise  be
 9    required by law or that may be necessary in that Department's
10    capacity  as the central administrative authority responsible
11    for the operation of State mental  health  and  developmental
12    disability facilities.
13        (h)  This Section is repealed on January 1, 2000.
14    (Source: P.A.  89-427,  eff.  12-7-95;  89-507,  eff. 7-1-97;
15    90-252,  eff.  7-29-97;   90-512,   eff.   8-22-97;   revised
16    11-14-97.)
17        Section  95.   The  Nursing  Home  Care Act is amended by
18    changing Section 3-508 as follows:
19        (210 ILCS 45/3-508) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 4153-508)
20        Sec. 3-508. A receiver appointed under this Act:
21        (a)  Shall exercise those powers and shall perform  those
22    duties set out by the court;
23        (b)  Shall  operate  the  facility in such a manner as to
24    assure safety and adequate health care for the residents;
25        (c)  Shall have the same  rights  to  possession  of  the
26    building  in  which  the facility is located and of all goods
27    and fixtures in the building at the  time  the  petition  for
28    receivership  is  filed  as  the  owner would have had if the
29    receiver had not been appointed, and of  all  assets  of  the
30    facility.   The   receiver  shall  take  such  action  as  is
31    reasonably necessary to protect or  conserve  the  assets  or
32    property  of  which  the  receiver  takes  possession, or the
                            -604-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    proceeds from any transfer thereof, and may use them only  in
 2    the  performance  of  the powers and duties set forth in this
 3    Section and by order of the court;
 4        (d)  May use the building, fixtures, furnishings and  any
 5    accompanying  consumable  goods  in the provision of care and
 6    services to residents and  to  any  other  persons  receiving
 7    services  from  the  facility  at  the  time the petition for
 8    receivership was filed. The receiver shall  collect  payments
 9    for  all  goods  and services provided to residents or others
10    during the period of the receivership at  the  same  rate  of
11    payment  charged  by  the owners at the time the petition for
12    receivership was filed;
13        (e)  May correct  or  eliminate  any  deficiency  in  the
14    structure  or furnishings of the facility which endangers the
15    safety or health  of  residents  while  they  remain  in  the
16    facility,  provided  the  total  cost  of correction does not
17    exceed   $3,000.  The court may order expenditures  for  this
18    purpose  in excess of $3,000 on application from the receiver
19    after notice to the owner and hearing;
20        (f)  May let contracts and hire agents and  employees  to
21    carry  out  the  powers and duties of the receiver under this
22    Section;
23        (g)  Except as specified in Section  3-510,  shall  honor
24    all  leases, mortgages and secured transactions governing the
25    building in which the facility is located and all  goods  and
26    fixtures  in  the  building  of  which the receiver has taken
27    possession, but only to the extent of payments which, in  the
28    case  of  a rental agreement, are for the use of the property
29    during the period of the receivership, or which, in the  case
30    of  a  purchase  agreement, come due during the period of the
31    receivership.
32        (h)  Shall have full power to direct and  manage  and  to
33    discharge  employees of the facility, subject to any contract
34    rights they may have.  The receiver shall  pay  employees  at
                            -605-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the  same  rate of compensation, including benefits, that the
 2    employees would have received from  the  owner.  Receivership
 3    does  not  relieve the owner of any obligation to   employees
 4    not carried out by the receiver;
 5        (i)  Shall, if any resident is transferred or discharged,
 6    follow the procedures set forth in Part 4 of this Article.
 7        (j)  Shall be entitled to and shall  take  possession  of
 8    all  property  or  assets  of  residents  which  are  in  the
 9    possession of a facility or its an owner.  The receiver shall
10    preserve  all  property,  assets  and records of residents of
11    which the receiver takes possession and shall provide for the
12    prompt transfer of the property, assets and  records  to  the
13    new placement of any transferred resident.
14        (k)  Shall  report  to  the  court  on any actions he has
15    taken to bring the facility into compliance with this Act  or
16    with  Title  18  or  19  of  the  Social Security Act that he
17    believes  should  be  continued  when  the  receivership   is
18    terminated  in order to protect the health, safety or welfare
19    of the residents.
20    (Source: P.A. 87-549; revised 12-18-97.)
21        Section 96.  The Emergency Medical Services (EMS) Systems
22    Act is amended  by  changing  Sections  3.200  and  3.205  as
23    follows:
24        (210 ILCS 50/3.200)
25        Sec.  3.200.  State  Emergency  Medical Services Advisory
26    Council.
27        (a)  There shall be established within the Department  of
28    Public  Health  a  State  Emergency Medical Services Advisory
29    Council, which  shall  serve  as  an  advisory  body  to  the
30    Department on matters related to this Act.
31        (b)  Membership   of   the   Council  shall  include  one
32    representative from each EMS Region, to be appointed by  each
                            -606-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    region's EMS Regional Advisory Committee.  The Governor shall
 2    appoint  additional  members  to  the Council as necessary to
 3    insure that the Council includes one representative from each
 4    of the following categories:
 5             (1)  EMS Medical Director,
 6             (2)  Trauma Center Medical Director,
 7             (3)  Licensed, practicing physician with regular and
 8        frequent involvement in the provision of emergency care,
 9             (4)  Licensed,  practicing  physician  with  special
10        expertise in the surgical care of the trauma patient,
11             (5)  EMS System Coordinator,
12             (6)  TNS,
13             (7)  EMT-P,
14             (8)  EMT-I,
15             (9)  EMT-B,
16             (10)  Private vehicle service provider,
17             (11)  Law enforcement officer,
18             (12)  Chief of a public vehicle service provider,
19             (13)  Statewide    firefighters'    union     member
20        affiliated with a vehicle service provider,
21             (14)  Administrative   representative  from  a  fire
22        department vehicle service  provider  in  a  municipality
23        with a population of over 2 million people;
24             (15)  Administrative  representative from a Resource
25        Hospital or EMS System Administrative Director.
26        (c)  Of the members first appointed, 5 members  shall  be
27    appointed  for  a  term  of  one  year,  5  members  shall be
28    appointed for a term of 2 years, and  the  remaining  members
29    shall  be  appointed  for  a  term  of 3 years.  The terms of
30    subsequent appointees shall be 3 years.  All appointees shall
31    serve until their successors are appointed and qualified.
32        (d)  The Council shall be provided  a  90-day  period  in
33    which  to  review  and comment upon all rules proposed by the
34    Department pursuant to this Act,  except  for  rules  adopted
                            -607-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    pursuant  to Section 3.190(a) of this Act, rules submitted to
 2    the State Trauma Advisory Council and emergency rules adopted
 3    pursuant to Section 5-45 5.02 of the Illinois  Administrative
 4    Procedure Act.  The 90-day  review  and  comment  period  may
 5    commence  upon  the  Department's  submission of the proposed
 6    rules to the individual Council members, if  the  Council  is
 7    not  meeting  at  the  time  the proposed rules are ready for
 8    Council review.  Any non-emergency rules adopted prior to the
 9    Council's 90-day review and comment period shall be null  and
10    void.   If  the Council fails to advise the Department within
11    its 90-day review and  comment  period,  the  rule  shall  be
12    considered acted upon.
13        (e)  Council  members  shall be reimbursed for reasonable
14    travel expenses incurred  during  the  performance  of  their
15    duties under this Section.
16        (f)  The  Department shall provide administrative support
17    to the Council for the preparation of the agenda and  minutes
18    for  Council  meetings  and distribution of proposed rules to
19    Council members.
20        (g)  The Council shall act pursuant to  bylaws  which  it
21    adopts,  which  shall  include the annual election of a Chair
22    and Vice-Chair.
23        (h)  The Director or his designee shall be present at all
24    Council meetings.
25        (i)  Nothing in this Section shall preclude  the  Council
26    from  reviewing  and  commenting on proposed rules which fall
27    under the purview of the State Trauma Advisory Council.
28    (Source: P.A. 89-177, eff. 7-19-95; revised 12-18-97.)
29        (210 ILCS 50/3.205)
30        Sec. 3.205.  State Trauma Advisory Council.
31        (a)  There shall be established within the Department  of
32    Public  Health  a  State Trauma Advisory Council, which shall
33    serve as an  advisory  body  to  the  Department  on  matters
                            -608-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    related to trauma care and trauma centers.
 2        (b)  Membership   of   the   Council  shall  include  one
 3    representative from each Regional Trauma Advisory  Committee,
 4    to  be  appointed  by  each  Committee.   The  Governor shall
 5    appoint the following additional members:
 6             (1)  An EMS Medical Director,
 7             (2)  A trauma center medical director,
 8             (3)  A trauma surgeon,
 9             (4)  A trauma nurse coordinator,
10             (5)  A representative from a private vehicle service
11        provider,
12             (6)  A representative from a public vehicle  service
13        provider,
14             (7)  A member of the State EMS Advisory Council.
15        (c)  Of  the  members first appointed, 5 members shall be
16    appointed for  a  term  of  one  year,  5  members  shall  be
17    appointed  for  a  term of 2 years, and the remaining members
18    shall be appointed for a term  of  3  years.   The  terms  of
19    subsequent appointees shall be 3 years.  All appointees shall
20    serve until their successors are appointed and qualified.
21        (d)  The  Council  shall  be  provided a 90-day period in
22    which to review and comment upon all rules  proposed  by  the
23    Department  pursuant  to  this  Act  concerning  trauma care,
24    except for emergency rules adopted pursuant to  Section  5-45
25    5.02  of  the  Illinois  Administrative  Procedure  Act.  The
26    90-day review  and  comment  period  may  commence  upon  the
27    Department's   submission   of  the  proposed  rules  to  the
28    individual Council members, if the Council is not meeting  at
29    the  time  the  proposed  rules are ready for Council review.
30    Any non-emergency rules adopted prior to the Council's 90-day
31    review and comment period shall be null  and  void.   If  the
32    Council  fails  to  advise  the  Department within its 90-day
33    review and comment period, the rule shall be considered acted
34    upon;
                            -609-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (e)  Council members shall be reimbursed  for  reasonable
 2    travel  expenses  incurred  during  the  performance of their
 3    duties under this Section.
 4        (f)  The Department shall provide administrative  support
 5    to  the Council for the preparation of the agenda and minutes
 6    for Council meetings and distribution of  proposed  rules  to
 7    Council members.
 8        (g)  The  Council  shall  act pursuant to bylaws which it
 9    adopts, which shall include the annual election  of  a  Chair
10    and Vice-Chair.
11        (h)  The Director or his designee shall be present at all
12    Council meetings.
13        (i)  Nothing  in  this Section shall preclude the Council
14    from reviewing and commenting on proposed  rules  which  fall
15    under the purview of the State EMS Advisory Council.
16    (Source: P.A. 89-177, eff. 7-19-95; revised 12-18-97.)
17        Section  97.   The Supportive Residences Licensing Act is
18    amended by changing Section 55 as follows:
19        (210 ILCS 65/55) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 9055)
20        Sec. 55. Right to hearing.
21        (a)  No license may  be  denied  or  revoked  unless  the
22    applicant  or licensee is given written notice of the grounds
23    for the Department's action. The applicant  or  licensee  may
24    appeal  the Department's proposed action within 15 days after
25    receipt of  the  Department's  written  notice  by  making  a
26    request  to the Department for a hearing. Notice of the time,
27    place, and nature of  the  hearing  shall  be  given  to  the
28    applicant  or  licensee not less than 2 weeks before the date
29    of the hearing. The hearing shall be conducted in  accordance
30    with  the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act. The Director
31    may  appoint  a   hearing   officer   to   preside   at   any
32    administrative hearing under this Act.
                            -610-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (b)  If  the  applicant  or  licensee  does  not submit a
 2    request for hearing as provided for in this  Section,  or  if
 3    after  conducting  the hearing the Department determines that
 4    the license should not be issued or that the  license  should
 5    be  revoked or denied, the Department shall issue an order to
 6    that effect. If the order is to revoke the license, it  shall
 7    specify  that  the  order  takes  effect  upon receipt by the
 8    licensee and that the Supportive Residence shall not  operate
 9    during  the pendency of any proceeding for judicial review of
10    the Department's decision, except under court order.
11        (c)  Final administrative decisions shall be  subject  to
12    judicial review exclusively as provided in the Administrative
13    Review  Law,  except that any petition for judicial review of
14    Department action under this Act shall  be  filed  within  15
15    days   after   receipt   of   notice   of  the  final  agency
16    determination. The term  "administrative  decision"  has  the
17    meaning   ascribed   to   it   in  Section  3-101  1  of  the
18    Administrative Review Law. The court may stay enforcement  of
19    the  Department's  final  decision  if a showing is made that
20    there is a substantial probability  that  the  party  seeking
21    review will prevail on the merits and will suffer irreparable
22    harm  if  the stay is not granted, and that the facility will
23    meet  the  requirements  of  this  Act  and  its  rules   and
24    regulations during such stay.
25        (d)  The  Director  or  hearing  officer  may  compel  by
26    subpoena or subpoena duces tecum the attendance and testimony
27    of  witnesses  and  the  production  of books and papers, and
28    administer oaths to witnesses. All subpoenas  issued  by  the
29    Director  or hearing officer may be served as provided for in
30    civil actions. The  fees  of  witnesses  for  attendance  and
31    travel shall be the same as the fees for witnesses before the
32    circuit  court  and  shall  be  paid  by  the  party  to  the
33    proceeding  at  whose  request the subpoena is issued. If the
34    subpoena is issued at the request of the Department or  by  a
                            -611-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    person proceeding in forma pauperis, the witness fee shall be
 2    paid by the Department as an administrative expense.
 3        (e)  The  Department may charge any party to a hearing or
 4    other person requesting copies of records or other  documents
 5    for a hearing the actual cost of reproducing those records or
 6    other documents.
 7    (Source: P.A. 87-840; revised 12-18-97.)
 8        Section  98.   The  Hospital  Licensing Act is amended by
 9    changing Section 10.4 as follows:
10        (210 ILCS 85/10.4) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 151.4)
11        Sec. 10.4. Medical staff privileges.
12        (a)  Any hospital licensed under this Act or any hospital
13    organized under  the  University  of  Illinois  Hospital  Act
14    shall,  prior to the granting of any medical staff privileges
15    to an applicant, or renewing a current medical staff member's
16    privileges,  request  of   the   Director   of   Professional
17    Regulation  information  concerning  the licensure status and
18    any disciplinary action  taken  against  the  applicant's  or
19    medical  staff member's license, except for medical personnel
20    who enter  a  hospital  to  obtain  organs  and  tissues  for
21    transplant  from  a  deceased  donor  in  accordance with the
22    Uniform Anatomical Gift Act.  The  Director  of  Professional
23    Regulation  shall  transmit,  in  writing  and  in  a  timely
24    fashion,  such  information  regarding  the  license  of  the
25    applicant  or  the medical staff member, including the record
26    of imposition of any periods of supervision or monitoring  as
27    a  result  of  alcohol  or  substance  abuse,  as provided by
28    Section 23 of the Medical Practice  Act  of  1987,  and  such
29    information  as  may  have  been  submitted to the Department
30    indicating that the application or medical staff  member  has
31    been  denied, or has surrendered, medical staff privileges at
32    a  hospital  licensed  under  this  Act,  or  any  equivalent
                            -612-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    facility in another state or territory of the United  States.
 2    The  Director of Professional Regulation shall define by rule
 3    the period for timely response to such requests.
 4        No  transmittal  of  information  by  the   Director   of
 5    Professional Regulation, under this Section shall be to other
 6    than   the   president,   chief   operating   officer,  chief
 7    administrative officer, or chief of the medical  staff  of  a
 8    hospital  licensed under this Act, a hospital organized under
 9    the University  of  Illinois  Hospital  Act,  or  a  hospital
10    operated    by   the   United   States,   or   any   of   its
11    instrumentalities.  The information so transmitted  shall  be
12    afforded the same status as is information concerning medical
13    studies  by  Part  21  of  Article  VIII of the Code of Civil
14    Procedure, as now or hereafter amended.
15        (b)  All hospitals licensed under this Act, except county
16    hospitals as defined in subsection (c) of Section 15-1 of the
17    Illinois Public Aid Code, shall comply with, and the  medical
18    staff   bylaws   of   these  hospitals  shall  include  rules
19    consistent with, the provisions of this Section in  granting,
20    limiting,  renewing,  or denying medical staff membership and
21    clinical staff privileges.
22             (1)  Minimum procedures for initial  applicants  for
23        medical staff membership shall include the following:
24                  (A)  Written   procedures   relating   to   the
25             acceptance  and processing of initial applicants for
26             medical staff membership.
27                  (B)  Written  procedures  to  be  followed   in
28             determining  an applicant's qualifications for being
29             granted medical staff membership and privileges.
30                  (C)  Written  criteria  to   be   followed   in
31             evaluating an applicant's qualifications.
32                  (D)  An  evaluation  of  an applicant's current
33             health  status  and  current   license   status   in
34             Illinois.
                            -613-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1                  (E)  A  written response to each applicant that
 2             explains the  reason  or  reasons  for  any  adverse
 3             decision (including all reasons based in whole or in
 4             part  on  the  applicant's medical qualifications or
 5             any other basis, including economic factors).
 6             (2)  Minimum  procedures  with  respect  to  medical
 7        staff and clinical  privilege  determinations  concerning
 8        current  members  of  the medical staff shall include the
 9        following:
10                  (A)  A written notice of an adverse decision by
11             the hospital governing board.
12                  (B)  An  explanation  of  the  reasons  for  an
13             adverse decision including all reasons based on  the
14             quality   of   medical  care  or  any  other  basis,
15             including economic factors.
16                  (C)  A statement of the medical staff  member's
17             right  to  request  a  fair  hearing  on the adverse
18             decision before a hearing panel whose membership  is
19             mutually  agreed  upon  by the medical staff and the
20             hospital governing board. The  hearing  panel  shall
21             have  independent  authority  to recommend action to
22             the hospital governing board. Upon  the  request  of
23             the  medical  staff member or the hospital governing
24             board,  the  hearing  panel  shall   make   findings
25             concerning  the nature of each basis for any adverse
26             decision recommended to and accepted by the hospital
27             governing board.
28                       (i)  Nothing  in  this  subparagraph   (C)
29                  limits a hospital's or medical staff's right to
30                  summarily  suspend,  without a prior hearing, a
31                  person's medical staff membership  or  clinical
32                  privileges if the continuation of practice of a
33                  medical  staff  member constitutes an immediate
34                  danger  to  the  public,  including   patients,
                            -614-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1                  visitors,  and  hospital employees and staff. A
 2                  fair hearing shall be commenced within 15  days
 3                  after  the  suspension  and  completed  without
 4                  delay.
 5                       (ii)  Nothing  in  this  subparagraph  (C)
 6                  limits  a  medical  staff's right to permit, in
 7                  the medical staff bylaws, summary suspension of
 8                  membership or clinical privileges in designated
 9                  administrative  circumstances  as  specifically
10                  approved  by  the  medical  staff.  This  bylaw
11                  provision must specifically describe  both  the
12                  administrative  circumstance that can result in
13                  a summary suspension  and  the  length  of  the
14                  summary  suspension. The opportunity for a fair
15                  hearing  is  required  for  any  administrative
16                  summary suspension. Any requested hearing  must
17                  be  commenced  within 15 days after the summary
18                  suspension and completed without delay. Adverse
19                  decisions  other  than  suspension   or   other
20                  restrictions  on  the treatment or admission of
21                  patients may be imposed summarily and without a
22                  hearing   under    designated    administrative
23                  circumstances  as  specifically provided for in
24                  the medical staff bylaws  as  approved  by  the
25                  medical staff.
26                       (iii)  If  a hospital exercises its option
27                  to enter into an exclusive  contract  and  that
28                  contract   results  in  the  total  or  partial
29                  termination  or  reduction  of  medical   staff
30                  membership  or clinical privileges of a current
31                  medical  staff  member,  the   hospital   shall
32                  provide  the  affected  medical staff member 60
33                  days prior notice of the effect on his  or  her
34                  medical  staff  membership  or  privileges.  An
                            -615-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1                  affected   medical   staff  member  desiring  a
 2                  hearing  under   subparagraph   (C)   of   this
 3                  paragraph  (2)  must request the hearing within
 4                  14  days  after  the  date  he  or  she  is  so
 5                  notified.  The  requested  hearing   shall   be
 6                  commenced  and  completed  (with  a  report and
 7                  recommendation to the  affected  medical  staff
 8                  member,  hospital  governing board, and medical
 9                  staff) within 30 days after  the  date  of  the
10                  medical  staff member's request. If agreed upon
11                  by both the  medical  staff  and  the  hospital
12                  governing  board,  the medical staff bylaws may
13                  provide for longer time periods.
14                  (D)  A  statement  of  the  member's  right  to
15             inspect all pertinent information in the  hospital's
16             possession with respect to the decision.
17                  (E)  A  statement  of  the  member's  right  to
18             present  witnesses and other evidence at the hearing
19             on the decision.
20                  (F)  A written notice and  written  explanation
21             of the decision resulting from the hearing.
22                  (G)  Notice given 15 days before implementation
23             of  an  adverse medical staff membership or clinical
24             privileges decision based substantially on  economic
25             factors.  This  notice  shall  be  given  after  the
26             medical   staff   member   exhausts  all  applicable
27             procedures under this Section, including item  (iii)
28             of subparagraph (C) of this paragraph (2), and under
29             the   medical   staff   bylaws  in  order  to  allow
30             sufficient time for the orderly provision of patient
31             care.
32                  (H)  Nothing in  this  paragraph  (2)  of  this
33             subsection (b) limits a medical staff member's right
34             to   waive,  in  writing,  the  rights  provided  in
                            -616-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             subparagraphs (A) through (G) of this paragraph  (2)
 2             of  this  subsection  (b)  upon  being  granted  the
 3             written   exclusive   right  to  provide  particular
 4             services at a hospital, either individually or as  a
 5             member  of  a  group.  If  an  exclusive contract is
 6             signed by a representative of a group of physicians,
 7             a waiver contained in the contract  shall  apply  to
 8             all  members of the group unless stated otherwise in
 9             the contract.
10             (3)  Every  adverse  medical  staff  membership  and
11        clinical  privilege  decision  based   substantially   on
12        economic  factors  shall  be  reported  to  the  Hospital
13        Licensing  Board before the decision takes effect.  These
14        reports shall not be disclosed in any form  that  reveals
15        the identity of any hospital or physician.  These reports
16        shall  be  utilized  to  study  the effects that hospital
17        medical staff membership and clinical privilege decisions
18        based upon economic factors have on access  to  care  and
19        the  availability  of  physician  services.  The Hospital
20        Licensing Board shall submit  an  initial  study  to  the
21        Governor and the General Assembly by January 1, 1996, and
22        subsequent   reports   shall  be  submitted  periodically
23        thereafter.
24             (4)  As used in this Section:
25             "Adverse  decision"  means  a   decision   reducing,
26        restricting,   suspending,   revoking,  denying,  or  not
27        renewing medical staff membership or clinical privileges.
28             "Economic factor" means any information  or  reasons
29        for   decisions   unrelated   to   quality   of  care  or
30        professional competency.
31             "Privilege" means permission to provide  medical  or
32        other   patient  care  services  and  permission  to  use
33        hospital resources, including equipment,  facilities  and
34        personnel  that  are  necessary  to  effectively  provide
                            -617-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        medical  or  other patient care services. This definition
 2        shall not be construed to require a hospital  to  acquire
 3        additional   equipment,   facilities,   or  personnel  to
 4        accommodate the granting of privileges.
 5    (Source:  P.A.  90-14,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-149,  eff.  1-1-98;
 6    revised 11-14-97.)
 7        Section 99.  The  Language  Assistance  Services  Act  is
 8    amended by changing Section 15 as follows:
 9        (210 ILCS 87/15)
10        Sec.  15.  Language  assistance  services authorized.  To
11    insure access to health care  information  and  services  for
12    limited-English-speaking  or  non-English-speaking  residents
13    and  deaf  residents, a health facility may do one or more of
14    the following:
15        (1)  Review existing policies regarding interpreters  for
16    patients  with  limited  English proficiency and for patients
17    who are deaf, including the availability of staff to  act  as
18    interpreters.
19        (2)  Adopt  and  review  annually  a policy for providing
20    language assistance services to  patients  with  language  or
21    communication  barriers.  The policy shall include procedures
22    for providing, to the extent possible as  determined  by  the
23    facility,  the  use  of an interpreter whenever a language or
24    communication barrier exists, except where the patient, after
25    being  informed  of  the  availability  of  the   interpreter
26    service,  chooses  to  use  a  family  member  or  friend who
27    volunteers to interpret.  The procedures shall be designed to
28    maximize efficient use of interpreters and minimize delays in
29    providing interpreters to  patients.   The  procedures  shall
30    insure, to the extent possible as determined by the facility,
31    that  interpreters  are  available, either on the premises or
32    accessible by telephone, 24 hours a day.  The facility  shall
                            -618-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    annually  transmit  to the Department of Public Health a copy
 2    of the updated policy and shall include a description of  the
 3    facility's    efforts   to   insure   adequate   and   speedy
 4    communication between patients with language or communication
 5    barriers and staff.
 6        (3)  Develop, and post in conspicuous locations,  notices
 7    that  advise  patients and their families of the availability
 8    of interpreters, the procedure for obtaining an  interpreter,
 9    and  the  telephone  numbers  to  call  for filing complaints
10    concerning interpreter service problems, including,  but  not
11    limited  to,  a  T.D.D. number for the hearing impaired.  The
12    notices shall be posted, at a minimum, in the emergency room,
13    the admitting area, the facility entrance, and the outpatient
14    area.   Notices  shall  inform  patients   that   interpreter
15    services  are  available on request, shall list the languages
16    for which  interpreter  services  are  available,  and  shall
17    instruct  patients to direct complaints regarding interpreter
18    services to the Department of Public  Health,  including  the
19    telephone numbers to call for that purpose purposes.
20        (4)  Identify and record a patient's primary language and
21    dialect  on  one  or more of the following: a patient medical
22    chart, hospital bracelet, bedside notice, or nursing card.
23        (5)  Prepare  and  maintain,  as  needed,   a   list   of
24    interpreters  who  have been identified as proficient in sign
25    language and in  the  languages  of  the  population  of  the
26    geographical area served by the facility who have the ability
27    to translate the names of body parts, injuries, and symptoms.
28        (6)  Notify  the  facility's  employees of the facility's
29    commitment  to  provide  interpreters  to  all  patients  who
30    request them.
31        (7)  Review  all  standardized  written  forms,  waivers,
32    documents, and informational materials available to  patients
33    on  admission  to determine which to translate into languages
34    other than English.
                            -619-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (8)  Consider  providing  its  nonbilingual  staff   with
 2    standardized  picture  and  phrase  sheets for use in routine
 3    communications   with   patients   who   have   language   or
 4    communication barriers.
 5        (9)  Develop  community  liaison  groups  to  enable  the
 6    facility       and       the        limited-English-speaking,
 7    non-English-speaking,  and  deaf  communities  to  insure the
 8    adequacy of the interpreter services.
 9    (Source: P.A. 88-244; revised 12-18-97.)
10        Section 100.  The Illinois Insurance Code is  amended  by
11    changing  Sections  74,  109,  131.20a,  132.2,  149,  229.4.
12    245.21,  355a, 367.3, 367h, 370h, 499.1, 509.1, 513a2, 810.1,
13    817.1, and 1003 and setting forth  and  renumbering  multiple
14    versions of Sections 155.31 and 356t as follows:
15        (215 ILCS 5/74) (from Ch. 73, par. 686)
16        Sec. 74. Deposit. (1) Each domestic reciprocal subject to
17    the  provisions  of this Article shall make and maintain with
18    the  Director,  for  the   protection   of   all   creditors,
19    policyholders  and policy obligations of the such reciprocal,
20    a deposit of securities that which are authorized investments
21    under  Section   126.11A(1),   126.11A(2),   126.24A(1),   or
22    126.24A(2),  having  a fair market value equal to the surplus
23    required to be maintained under Section 66.
24    (Source: P.A. 90-418, eff. 8-15-97; revised 10-29-97.)
25        (215 ILCS 5/109) (from Ch. 73, par. 721)
26        Sec. 109. Application for certificate of authority.
27        (1)  A foreign or alien company in  order  to  procure  a
28    certificate  of  authority to transact business in this State
29    shall  make  application  therefor  to  the  Director.    The
30    application shall set forth:
31             (a)  the  name  of  the  company,  and  the state or
                            -620-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        country under the  laws  of  which  it  is  organized  or
 2        authorized;
 3             (b)  the  title  of the Act under or by which it was
 4        incorporated or organized, the date of its  incorporation
 5        or  organization and, if a corporation, the period of its
 6        duration;
 7             (c)  the class or classes of insurance business,  as
 8        provided  in Section 4, in which it proposes to engage in
 9        this State, and the kinds of insurances in each class  it
10        proposes to write in this State;
11             (d)  if  a  life  company, that it is not engaged in
12        any state in practices  which,  if  engaged  in  in  this
13        State, would constitute a violation of Section 237;
14             (e)  whether  or  not  it was authorized to transact
15        business in this State during  any  part  of  the  3-year
16        three  year  period prior to its application, and, if so,
17        for what period;
18             (f)  whether or not it survives or was formed  by  a
19        merger, consolidation, reorganization, or reincorporation
20        effected  within  3 three years prior to its application,
21        and, if so, whether and for what period or periods any of
22        the companies  that  are  parties  to  the  such  merger,
23        consolidation,  reorganization,  or  reincorporation were
24        authorized to transact business in this State within  the
25        3-year three year period prior to its application; and
26             (g)  such additional information as the Director may
27        require  to  enable the Director him to determine whether
28        the  such  company  is  entitled  to  a  certificate   of
29        authority  to  transact  business  in  this  State and to
30        determine and assess the taxes, fees and charges  payable
31        as in this Code prescribed.
32        (2)  Such  application  shall be made on forms prescribed
33    and furnished by the Director and shall be  executed  by  the
34    company  by  its  president  or a vice-president or executive
                            -621-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    officer corresponding thereto, and verified by such  officer,
 2    and  if  a  corporation,  the corporate seal shall be thereto
 3    affixed, attested by its secretary or other proper officer.
 4    (Source: Laws 1937, p. 696; revised 6-27-97.)
 5        (215 ILCS 5/131.20a) (from Ch. 73, par. 743.20a)
 6        Sec.  131.20a.  Prior   notification   of   transactions;
 7    dividends and distributions.
 8        (1) (a)  The  following  transactions  between a domestic
 9    company and any person in its holding company system may  not
10    be  entered into unless the company has notified the Director
11    in writing of its intention to enter into such transaction at
12    least 30 days prior thereto, or such shorter  period  as  the
13    Director  may permit, and the Director has not disapproved it
14    within such period:
15             (i)  Sales, purchases, exchanges of assets, loans or
16        extensions of credit,  guarantees,  investments,  or  any
17        other  transaction  involving the transfer of assets from
18        or liabilities to a company equal  to  or  exceeding  the
19        lesser  of  3% of the company's admitted assets or 25% of
20        its surplus as regards policyholders as of the  31st  day
21        of December next preceding.
22             (ii)  Loans  or  extensions  of credit to any person
23        that is not an affiliate which involve the lesser  of  3%
24        of  the company's admitted assets or 25% of the company's
25        surplus, each  as  of  the  31st  day  of  December  next
26        preceding,  made with the agreement or understanding that
27        the  proceeds  of  such  transactions,  in  whole  or  in
28        substantial part,  are  to  be  used  to  make  loans  or
29        extensions  of  credit  to,  to purchase assets of, or to
30        make investments in, any affiliate of the company  making
31        such loans or extensions of credit.
32             (iii)  Reinsurance   agreements   or   modifications
33        thereto,  including  those agreements that may require as
                            -622-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        consideration the transfer of assets from an insurer to a
 2        nonaffiliate, if an  agreement  or  understanding  exists
 3        between  the insurer and nonaffiliate that any portion of
 4        those  assets  will  be  transferred  to  one   or   more
 5        affiliates of the insurer.
 6             (iv)  All  management agreements, service contracts,
 7        cost-sharing  arrangements,  and  any   other   contracts
 8        providing  for  the  rendering  of  services on a regular
 9        systematic basis.
10             (v)  Any  series   of   the   previously   described
11        transactions  that  are  substantially  similar  to  each
12        other,  that  take  place  within any 180 day period, and
13        that in total are equal to or exceed the lesser of 3%  of
14        the  domestic  insurer's  admitted  assets  or 25% of its
15        policyholders surplus, as of the 31st day of the December
16        next preceding.
17             (vi)  Any  other  material  transaction   that   the
18        Director  by  rule  determines might render the company's
19        surplus as regards policyholders unreasonable in relation
20        to the company's outstanding liabilities  and  inadequate
21        to  its financial needs or may otherwise adversely affect
22        the  interests  of   the   company's   policyholders   or
23        shareholders.
24        Nothing  herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or
25    permit any transactions that, in the case of an insurer not a
26    member of the same holding company system, would be otherwise
27    contrary to law.
28        (b)  Any transaction or contract otherwise  described  in
29    paragraph  (a)  of this subsection that is between a domestic
30    insurer and any person that is not  its  affiliate  and  that
31    precedes  or  follows within 180 days or is concurrent with a
32    similar  transaction  between  that   nonaffiliate   and   an
33    affiliate  of  the domestic company and that involves amounts
34    that are equal to or exceed the lesser of 3% of the  domestic
                            -623-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    insurer's  admitted  assets  or 25% of its surplus as regards
 2    policyholders at the end of the prior year may not be entered
 3    into unless the company has notified the Director in  writing
 4    of  its  intention  to enter into the transaction at least 30
 5    days prior thereto or such shorter period as the Director may
 6    permit, and the Director has not disapproved it  within  such
 7    period.
 8        (c)  A  company may not enter into transactions which are
 9    part of a plan or series of like transactions with any person
10    within the holding company system if  the  purpose  of  those
11    separate  transactions  is  to  avoid the statutory threshold
12    amount and thus avoid the review that would occur  otherwise.
13    If  the  Director  determines that such separate transactions
14    were entered into for  such  purpose,  he  may  exercise  his
15    authority under subsection (2) of Section 131.24.
16        (d)  The  Director, in reviewing transactions pursuant to
17    paragraph (a), shall consider whether the transactions comply
18    with the standards set forth in Section  131.20  and  whether
19    they may adversely affect the interests of policyholders.
20        (e)  The Director shall be notified within 30 days of any
21    investment  of the domestic insurer in any one corporation if
22    the total investment in that  corporation  by  the  insurance
23    holding  company  system  exceeds  10%  of that corporation's
24    voting securities.
25        (f)  Except for those transactions transaction subject to
26    approval  under  other  Sections  of  this  Code,  any   such
27    transaction  or  agreements  which are not disapproved by the
28    Director may be effective as of the date  set  forth  in  the
29    notice required under this Section.
30        (g)  If  a  domestic  insurer  enters  into a transaction
31    described  in  this  subsection  without  having  given   the
32    required  notification, the Director may cause the insurer to
33    pay a civil forfeiture  of  not  more  than  $250,000.   Each
34    transaction   so  entered  shall  be  considered  a  separate
                            -624-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    offense.
 2        (2)  No domestic company subject  to  registration  under
 3    Section 131.13 may pay any extraordinary dividend or make any
 4    other   extraordinary  distribution  to  its  securityholders
 5    until: (a) 30 days after the Director has received notice  of
 6    the  declaration  thereof  and  has  not  within  such period
 7    disapproved the payment, or (b) the  Director  approves  such
 8    payment  within  the  30-day  period.   For  purposes of this
 9    subsection, an extraordinary dividend or distribution is  any
10    dividend or distribution of cash or other property whose fair
11    market  value,  together  with  that  of  other  dividends or
12    distributions, made  within  the  period  of  12  consecutive
13    months  ending  on the date on which the proposed dividend is
14    scheduled for payment or distribution exceeds the greater of:
15    (a) 10% of the company's surplus as regards policyholders  as
16    of  the  31st  day of December next preceding, or (b) the net
17    income of the company for the 12-month period ending the 31st
18    day of December next preceding, but does not include pro rata
19    distributions of any class of the company's own securities.
20        Notwithstanding any other provision of law,  the  company
21    may  declare  an extraordinary dividend or distribution which
22    is conditional upon  the  Director's  approval,  and  such  a
23    declaration  confers  no  rights upon security holders until:
24    (a) the Director has approved the payment of the dividend  or
25    distribution,  or  (b)  the  Director has not disapproved the
26    payment within the 30-day period referred to above.
27    (Source: P.A. 88-364; revised 12-18-97.)
28        (215 ILCS 5/132.2) (from Ch. 73, par. 744.2)
29        Sec. 132.2.  Definitions.   As  used  in  Sections  132.1
30    through  132.7,  the terms set forth in this Section have the
31    following meanings:
32        "Company" means any person engaging in  or  proposing  or
33    attempting  to engage in any transaction or kind of insurance
                            -625-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    or surety business and any person or group of persons who may
 2    otherwise be subject to the  administrative,  regulatory,  or
 3    taxing authority of the Director.
 4        "Examiner"  means  any  individual  or  firm  having been
 5    authorized by the Director to conduct  an  examination  under
 6    this Code.
 7        "Insurer" means any company licensed or authorized by the
 8    Director  to  provide  any  insurance  contracts,  whether by
 9    indemnity, guaranty, suretyship, or otherwise; including, but
10    not limited to, those companies licensed or authorized by the
11    Director under the following Acts:
12             (1)  The Voluntary Health Services Plans Act.
13             (2)  (Blank). The Vision Service Plan Act.
14             (3)  The Dental Service Plan Act.
15             (4)  (Blank).
16             (5)  The Farm Mutual Insurance Company Act of 1986.
17             (6)  The Limited Health Service Organization Act.
18             (7)  The Health Maintenance Organization Act.
19        "Person"   means   any   individual,    aggregation    of
20    individuals, trust, association, partnership, or corporation,
21    or any affiliate thereof.
22    (Source: P.A. 87-108; 90-372, eff. 7-1-98; revised 11-21-97.)
23        (215 ILCS 5/149) (from Ch. 73, par. 761)
24        Sec. 149. Misrepresentation and defamation prohibited.
25        (1)  No  company  doing  business  in  this State, and no
26    officer, director, agent, clerk or employee thereof,  broker,
27    or  any other person, shall make, issue or circulate or cause
28    or knowingly permit to be  made,  issued  or  circulated  any
29    estimate,   illustration,  circular,  or  verbal  or  written
30    statement of any sort misrepresenting the terms of any policy
31    issued or to be issued by it or  any  other  company  or  the
32    benefits  or  advantages  promised  thereby or any misleading
33    estimate of the dividends or  share  of  the  surplus  to  be
                            -626-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    received thereon, or shall by the use of any name or title of
 2    any  policy  or  class  of  policies  misrepresent the nature
 3    thereof.
 4        (2)  No such company or officer, director,  agent,  clerk
 5    or  employee  thereof,  or  broker  shall make any misleading
 6    representation or comparison of companies or policies, to any
 7    person insured in any company for the purpose of inducing  or
 8    tending  to  induce  a  policyholder in any company to lapse,
 9    forfeit, change or surrender  his  insurance,  whether  on  a
10    temporary or permanent plan.
11        (3)  No  such company, officer, director, agent, clerk or
12    employee thereof, broker or other person shall make, issue or
13    circulate or cause or knowingly permit to be made, issued  or
14    circulated  any  pamphlet,  circular,  article, literature or
15    verbal or written statement of any kind  which  contains  any
16    false or malicious statement calculated to injure any company
17    doing business in this State in its reputation or business.
18        (4)  No  such company, or officer, director, agent, clerk
19    or employee thereof, no agent, broker, solicitor, or  company
20    service   representative,   and   no   other   person,  firm,
21    corporation, or association of any kind or  character,  shall
22    make,  issue, circulate, use, or utter, or cause or knowingly
23    permit to be made, issued, circulated, used, or uttered,  any
24    policy  or  certificate of insurance, or endorsement or rider
25    thereto, or matter  incorporated  therein  by  reference,  or
26    application  blanks,  or  any stationery, pamphlet, circular,
27    article, literature, advertisement or advertising of any kind
28    or character, visual, or aural, including  radio  advertising
29    and  television  advertising,  or any other verbal or written
30    statement  or  utterance  (a)  which  tends  to  create   the
31    impression  or  from  which  it  may  be implied or inferred,
32    directly or  indirectly,  that  the  company,  its  financial
33    condition  or  status,  or  the payment of its claims, or the
34    merits, desirability, or advisability of its policy forms  or
                            -627-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    kinds  or  plans  of  insurance  are  approved,  endorsed, or
 2    guaranteed  by  the  State  of  Illinois  or  United   States
 3    Government  or  the Director or the Department or are secured
 4    by Government bonds or are secured  by  a  deposit  with  the
 5    Director, or (b) which uses or refers to any deposit with the
 6    Director or any certificate of deposit issued by the Director
 7    or  any  facsimile,  reprint, photograph, photostat, or other
 8    reproduction of any such certificate of deposit.
 9        (5)  Any company,  officer,  director,  agent,  clerk  or
10    employee thereof, broker, or other person who violates any of
11    the  provisions of this Section, or knowingly participates in
12    or abets such  violation,  is  shall  guilty  of  a  business
13    offense and shall be be required to pay a penalty of not less
14    than  $100  one  hundred  dollars,  nor more than $5,000 five
15    thousand dollars, to be recovered in the name of  the  People
16    of the State of Illinois either by the Attorney General or by
17    the  State's  Attorney  of  the county in which the violation
18    occurs. and The penalty so recovered shall be paid  into  the
19    county  treasury if recovered by the State's Attorney or into
20    the State treasury if recovered by the Attorney General.
21        (6)  No company shall be held guilty of  having  violated
22    any of the provisions of this Section by reason of the act of
23    any agent, solicitor or employee, not an officer, director or
24    department  head  thereof,  unless  an  officer,  director or
25    department  head  of  such  company  shall   have   knowingly
26    permitted such act or shall have had prior knowledge thereof.
27        (7)  Any  person, association, organization, partnership,
28    business trust or corporation not authorized to  transact  an
29    insurance  business  in  this  State which disseminates in or
30    causes to be disseminated  in  this  State  any  advertising,
31    invitations   to  inquire,  questionnaires  or  requests  for
32    information designed to result  in  a  solicitation  for  the
33    purchase  of  insurance  by  residents  of this State is also
34    subject to  the  sanctions  of  this  Section.   The  phrase:
                            -628-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    "designed  to  result  in  a solicitation for the purchase of
 2    insurance" includes but is not limited to:
 3             (a)  the use of any form or document which  provides
 4        either    generalized    or   specific   information   or
 5        recommendations regardless of the insurance needs of  the
 6        recipient  or the availability of any insurance policy or
 7        plan; or
 8             (b)  any  offer  to  provide  such  information   or
 9        recommendation  upon  subsequent contacts or solicitation
10        either by the entity  generating  the  material  or  some
11        other person; or
12             (c)  the  use  of a coupon, reply card or request to
13        write for further information; or
14             (d)  the use of an application for insurance  or  an
15        offer to provide insurance coverage for any purpose; or
16             (e)  the  use  of  any material which, regardless of
17        the form and content used or the information imparted, is
18        intended to  result,  in  the  generation  of  leads  for
19        further  solicitations  or  the  preparation of a mailing
20        list which can be sold to others for such purpose.
21    (Source: P.A. 85-1186; revised 6-27-97.)
22        (215 ILCS 5/155.31)
23        Sec.  155.31.   Day  care  and  group  day  care   homes;
24    coverage.
25        (a)  No  insurer providing insurance coverage, as defined
26    in subsection (b) of  Section  143.13  of  this  Code,  shall
27    nonrenew  or cancel an insurance policy on a day care home or
28    group day care home, as defined in  the  Child  Care  Act  of
29    1969,  solely  on  the basis that the insured operates a duly
30    licensed day care home or group day care home on the  insured
31    premises.
32        (b)  An  insurer  providing  such insurance coverage to a
33    licensed day care home or licensed group day  care  home  may
                            -629-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    provide  such  coverage with a separate policy or endorsement
 2    to a policy of  fire  and  extended  coverage  insurance,  as
 3    defined in subsection (b) of Section 143.13.
 4        (c)  Notwithstanding  subsections  (a)  and  (b)  of this
 5    Section, the insurer providing such coverage shall be allowed
 6    to cancel or nonrenew an insurance policy on a day care  home
 7    or  group  day  care  home  based upon the authority provided
 8    under Sections 143.21 and 143.21.1 of this Code.
 9    (Source: P.A. 90-401, eff. 1-1-98.)
10        (215 ILCS 5/155.33)
11        Sec.   155.33.   155.31.    Illinois   Health   Insurance
12    Portability and Accountability Act.  The provisions  of  this
13    Code are subject to the Illinois Health Insurance Portability
14    and Accountability Act as provided in Section 15 of that Act.
15    (Source: P.A. 90-30, eff. 7-1-97; revised 10-7-97.)
16        (215 ILCS 5/155.34)
17        Sec. 155.34. 155.31.  Structured settlements.
18        (a)  No   insurance   company  may  make  payments  on  a
19    structured settlement of  a  claim  for  personal  injury  to
20    anyone  other  than the beneficiary of the settlement without
21    prior approval of the circuit court of the  county  where  an
22    action was or could have been maintained.
23        (b)  No  person  who  is  the beneficiary of a structured
24    settlement of a claim for personal injury may assign  in  any
25    manner  the payments of the settlement without prior approval
26    of the circuit court of the county where  an  action  was  or
27    could have been maintained.
28    (Source: P.A. 90-303, eff. 1-1-98; revised 10-7-97.)
29        (215 ILCS 5/155.35)
30        Sec.      155.35.      155.31.  Insurance      compliance
31    self-evaluative privilege.
                            -630-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (a)  To   encourage   insurance   companies  and  persons
 2    conducting activities regulated  under  this  Code,  both  to
 3    conduct   voluntary   internal  audits  of  their  compliance
 4    programs and management systems and  to  assess  and  improve
 5    compliance  with  State  and  federal  statutes,  rules,  and
 6    orders,  an insurance compliance self-evaluative privilege is
 7    recognized to protect the confidentiality  of  communications
 8    relating   to  voluntary  internal  compliance  audits.   The
 9    General Assembly hereby finds and declares that protection of
10    insurance  consumers  is  enhanced  by  companies'  voluntary
11    compliance with this State's insurance  and  other  laws  and
12    that  the public will benefit from incentives to identify and
13    remedy insurance and other compliance issues.  It is  further
14    declared  that  limited  expansion  of the protection against
15    disclosure will encourage voluntary  compliance  and  improve
16    insurance  market  conduct  quality  and  that  the voluntary
17    provisions of this Section will not inhibit the  exercise  of
18    the  regulatory  authority by those entrusted with protecting
19    insurance consumers.
20        (b)(1)  An  insurance  compliance  self-evaluative  audit
21    document is privileged information and is not  admissible  as
22    evidence  in  any  legal  action  in  any civil, criminal, or
23    administrative proceeding, except as provided in  subsections
24    (c)  and  (d)  of  this  Section.  Documents, communications,
25    data, reports, or other information created as a result of  a
26    claim involving personal injury or workers' compensation made
27    against  an  insurance  policy  are  not insurance compliance
28    self-evaluative  audit  documents  and  are   admissible   as
29    evidence  in  civil  proceedings  as  otherwise  provided  by
30    applicable  rules  of evidence or civil procedure, subject to
31    any applicable statutory or common law  privilege,  including
32    but   not   limited   to   the  work  product  doctrine,  the
33    attorney-client  privilege,  or   the   subsequent   remedial
34    measures exclusion.
                            -631-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (2)  If  any  company,  person,  or  entity  performs  or
 2    directs  the performance of an insurance compliance audit, an
 3    officer or employee involved with  the  insurance  compliance
 4    audit,  or  any  consultant  who  is hired for the purpose of
 5    performing  the  insurance  compliance  audit,  may  not   be
 6    examined in any civil, criminal, or administrative proceeding
 7    as  to  the  insurance  compliance  audit  or  any  insurance
 8    compliance self-evaluative audit document, as defined in this
 9    Section.  This  subsection  (b)(2)  does  not  apply  if  the
10    privilege  set  forth in subsection (b)(1) of this Section is
11    determined under subsection (c) or (d) not to apply.
12        (3)  A company may voluntarily submit, in connection with
13    examinations  conducted  under  this  Article,  an  insurance
14    compliance self-evaluative audit document to the Director, or
15    his  or  her  designee,  as  a  confidential  document  under
16    subsection (f) of Section 132.5 of this Code without  waiving
17    the  privilege set forth in this Section to which the company
18    would otherwise be  entitled;  provided,  however,  that  the
19    provisions  in subsection (f) of Section 132.5 permitting the
20    Director to make confidential documents  public  pursuant  to
21    subsection  (e)  of  Section 132.5 and access to the National
22    Association of Insurance Commissioners shall not apply to the
23    insurance  compliance  self-evaluative  audit   document   so
24    voluntarily  submitted.  Nothing contained in this subsection
25    shall give the Director any authority to compel a company  to
26    disclose  involuntarily  or  otherwise  provide  an insurance
27    compliance self-evaluative audit document.
28        (c)(1)  The privilege set forth in subsection (b) of this
29    Section does not apply to the extent  that  it  is  expressly
30    waived  by the company that prepared or caused to be prepared
31    the insurance compliance self-evaluative audit document.
32        (2)  In a civil or administrative proceeding, a court  of
33    record  may, after an in camera review, require disclosure of
34    material for which the privilege set forth in subsection  (b)
                            -632-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of  this  Section is asserted, if the court determines one of
 2    the following:
 3             (A)  the privilege  is  asserted  for  a  fraudulent
 4        purpose;
 5             (B)  the  material  is not subject to the privilege;
 6        or
 7             (C)  even if subject to the privilege, the  material
 8        shows  evidence  of  noncompliance with State and federal
 9        statutes, rules and orders  and  the  company  failed  to
10        undertake  reasonable  corrective action or eliminate the
11        noncompliance within a reasonable time.
12        (3)  In a criminal proceeding, a  court  of  record  may,
13    after an in camera review, require disclosure of material for
14    which  the  privilege  described  in  subsection  (b) of this
15    Section is asserted, if  the  court  determines  one  of  the
16    following:
17             (A)  the  privilege  is  asserted  for  a fraudulent
18        purpose;
19             (B)  the material is not subject to the privilege;
20             (C)  even if subject to the privilege, the  material
21        shows  evidence  of  noncompliance with State and federal
22        statutes, rules and orders  and  the  company  failed  to
23        undertake  reasonable corrective action or eliminate such
24        noncompliance within a reasonable time; or
25             (D)  the  material  contains  evidence  relevant  to
26        commission of a criminal offense under this Code, and all
27        of the following factors are present:
28                  (i)  the   Director,   State's   Attorney,   or
29             Attorney General  has  a  compelling  need  for  the
30             information;
31                  (ii)  the    information   is   not   otherwise
32             available; and
33                  (iii)  the  Director,  State's   Attorney,   or
34             Attorney General is unable to obtain the substantial
                            -633-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             equivalent  of  the information by any means without
 2             incurring unreasonable cost and delay.
 3        (d)(1)  Within  30  days  after  the  Director,   State's
 4    Attorney,  or  Attorney  General  makes  a written request by
 5    certified mail for  disclosure  of  an  insurance  compliance
 6    self-evaluative  audit  document  under  this subsection, the
 7    company that prepared or caused the document to  be  prepared
 8    may  file with the appropriate court a petition requesting an
 9    in  camera  hearing  on  whether  the  insurance   compliance
10    self-evaluative  audit  document  or portions of the document
11    are privileged under this Section or subject  to  disclosure.
12    The court has jurisdiction over a petition filed by a company
13    under  this  subsection  requesting  an  in camera hearing on
14    whether  the  insurance  compliance   self-evaluative   audit
15    document  or  portions  of  the  document  are  privileged or
16    subject to disclosure.  Failure by  the  company  to  file  a
17    petition waives the privilege.
18        (2)  A   company   asserting   the  insurance  compliance
19    self-evaluative  privilege  in  response  to  a  request  for
20    disclosure under this subsection shall include in its request
21    for an in camera hearing all of the information set forth  in
22    subsection (d)(5) of this Section.
23        (3)  Upon the filing of a petition under this subsection,
24    the  court  shall  issue  an order scheduling, within 45 days
25    after the filing of the petition, an  in  camera  hearing  to
26    determine  whether  the  insurance compliance self-evaluative
27    audit document or portions of  the  document  are  privileged
28    under this Section or subject to disclosure.
29        (4)  The  court,  after  an in camera review, may require
30    disclosure of material for which the privilege in  subsection
31    (b)  of  this  Section  is  asserted if the court determines,
32    based upon  its  in  camera  review,  that  any  one  of  the
33    conditions  set  forth in subsection (c)(2)(A) through (C) is
34    applicable as to a civil or administrative proceeding or that
                            -634-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    any one of the conditions set forth in  subsection  (c)(3)(A)
 2    through  (D) is applicable as to a criminal proceeding.  Upon
 3    making such a determination, the court may  only  compel  the
 4    disclosure  of  those  portions  of  an  insurance compliance
 5    self-evaluative audit document relevant to issues in  dispute
 6    in  the  underlying proceeding. Any compelled disclosure will
 7    not be considered to be a public document or be deemed to  be
 8    a  waiver  of the privilege for any other civil, criminal, or
 9    administrative proceeding.  A party  unsuccessfully  opposing
10    disclosure  may  apply  to the court for an appropriate order
11    protecting the document from further disclosure.
12        (5)  A  company  asserting   the   insurance   compliance
13    self-evaluative  privilege  in  response  to  a  request  for
14    disclosure  under  this  subsection  (d) shall provide to the
15    Director, State's Attorney, or Attorney General, as the  case
16    may   be,  at  the  time  of  filing  any  objection  to  the
17    disclosure, all of the following information:
18             (A)  The   date   of   the   insurance    compliance
19        self-evaluative audit document.
20             (B)  The  identity  of  the  entity  conducting  the
21        audit.
22             (C)  The general nature of the activities covered by
23        the insurance compliance audit.
24             (D)  An   identification  of  the  portions  of  the
25        insurance compliance self-evaluative audit  document  for
26        which the privilege is being asserted.
27        (e) (1)  A  company  asserting  the  insurance compliance
28    self-evaluative privilege set forth in subsection (b) of this
29    Section has the burden of demonstrating the applicability  of
30    the   privilege.   Once   a   company   has  established  the
31    applicability of the privilege, a  party  seeking  disclosure
32    under  subsections  (c)(2)(A)  or (C) of this Section has the
33    burden of proving  that  the  privilege  is  asserted  for  a
34    fraudulent  purpose  or  that the company failed to undertake
                            -635-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    reasonable corrective action or eliminate  the  noncompliance
 2    with  a  reasonable  time. The Director, State's Attorney, or
 3    Attorney General seeking disclosure under  subsection  (c)(3)
 4    of  this  Section  has the burden of proving the elements set
 5    forth in subsection (c)(3) of this Section.
 6        (2)  The parties may at any time stipulate in proceedings
 7    under subsections (c) or (d) of this Section to entry  of  an
 8    order  directing  that  specific  information contained in an
 9    insurance compliance self-evaluative audit document is or  is
10    not subject to the privilege provided under subsection (b) of
11    this Section.
12        (f)  The  privilege  set  forth in subsection (b) of this
13    Section shall not extend to any of the following:
14             (1)  documents, communications,  data,  reports,  or
15        other  information  required  to be collected, developed,
16        maintained, reported, or otherwise made  available  to  a
17        regulatory agency pursuant to this Code, or other federal
18        or State law, rule, or order;
19             (2)  information    obtained   by   observation   or
20        monitoring by any regulatory agency; or
21             (3)  information obtained from a source  independent
22        of the insurance compliance audit.
23        (g)  As used in this Section:
24             (1)  "Insurance compliance audit" means a voluntary,
25        internal  evaluation,  review,  assessment,  or audit not
26        otherwise expressly required by law of a  company  or  an
27        activity  regulated  under  this  Code, or other State or
28        federal law applicable to a  company,  or  of  management
29        systems  related  to  the  company  or  activity, that is
30        designed to identify and  prevent  noncompliance  and  to
31        improve compliance with those statutes, rules, or orders.
32        An  insurance  compliance  audit  may be conducted by the
33        company, its employees, or by independent contractors.
34             (2)  "Insurance  compliance  self-evaluative   audit
                            -636-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        document"  means  documents prepared as a result of or in
 2        connection with and not prior to an insurance  compliance
 3        audit.  An  insurance  compliance  self-evaluation  audit
 4        document  may  include a written response to the findings
 5        of  an  insurance   compliance   audit.    An   insurance
 6        compliance  self-evaluative  audit  document may include,
 7        but is not limited to, as  applicable,  field  notes  and
 8        records of observations, findings, opinions, suggestions,
 9        conclusions,  drafts,  memoranda,  drawings, photographs,
10        computer-generated     or     electronically     recorded
11        information, phone records,  maps,  charts,  graphs,  and
12        surveys,   provided   this   supporting   information  is
13        collected or developed for the primary purpose and in the
14        course of an insurance compliance  audit.   An  insurance
15        compliance   self-evaluative   audit  document  may  also
16        include any of the following:
17                  (A)  an  insurance  compliance   audit   report
18             prepared  by  an  auditor, who may be an employee of
19             the company or an independent contractor, which  may
20             include  the  scope  of  the  audit, the information
21             gained   in   the   audit,   and   conclusions   and
22             recommendations, with exhibits and appendices;
23                  (B)  memoranda and documents analyzing portions
24             or all of the insurance compliance audit report  and
25             discussing potential implementation issues;
26                  (C)  an   implementation  plan  that  addresses
27             correcting  past  noncompliance,  improving  current
28             compliance, and preventing future noncompliance; or
29                  (D)  analytic data generated in the  course  of
30             conducting the insurance compliance audit.
31             (3)  "Company"  has  the same meaning as provided in
32        Section 2 of this Code.
33        (h)  Nothing in  this  Section  shall  limit,  waive,  or
34    abrogate  the  scope or nature of any statutory or common law
                            -637-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    privilege including, but not limited  to,  the  work  product
 2    doctrine,  the  attorney-client  privilege, or the subsequent
 3    remedial measures exclusion.
 4    (Source: P.A. 90-499, eff. 8-19-97; revised 10-9-97.)
 5        (215 ILCS 5/229.4) (from Ch. 73, par. 841.4)
 6        Sec. 229.4.  Standard Non-forfeiture Law  for  Individual
 7    Deferred Annuities.)
 8        (1)  No  contract  of  annuity  issued  on  or  after the
 9    operative date of this Section except as stated in subsection
10    11 shall be delivered or issued for delivery  in  this  State
11    unless  it  contains in substance the following provisions or
12    corresponding provisions which in the opinion of the Director
13    are at  least  as  favorable  to  the  contract  holder  upon
14    cessation of payment of considerations under the contract:.
15             (a)  That    upon    cessation    of    payment   of
16        considerations under a contract, the company will grant a
17        paid-up annuity benefit  on  a  plan  stipulated  in  the
18        contract  of  such  value  as is specified in subsections
19        (3), (4), (5), (6) and (8).
20             (b)  If  a  contract  provides  for   a   lump   sum
21        settlement  at  maturity, or at any other time, that upon
22        surrender of the contract at or prior to the commencement
23        of any annuity payments, the company will pay in lieu  of
24        any  paid-up  annuity benefit a cash surrender benefit of
25        such amount as is specified in subsections (3), (4),  (6)
26        and  (8).   The  company shall reserve the right to defer
27        the payment of such cash surrender benefit for  a  period
28        of  6  months after demand therefor with surrender of the
29        contract.
30             (c)  A statement of the mortality table, if any, and
31        interest rates used in calculating  any  minimum  paid-up
32        annuity,  cash  surrender  or  death  benefits  that  are
33        guaranteed  under  the contract, together with sufficient
                            -638-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        information to determine the amount of such benefits.
 2             (d)  A statement  that  any  paid-up  annuity,  cash
 3        surrender  or  death benefits that may be available under
 4        the contract are  not  less  than  the  minimum  benefits
 5        required  by  any  statute  of  the  state  in  which the
 6        contract is delivered and an explanation of the manner in
 7        which such benefits are altered by the existence  of  any
 8        additional   amounts  credited  by  the  company  to  the
 9        contract, any indebtedness to the company on the contract
10        or any prior withdrawals from or  partial  surrenders  of
11        the contract.
12        Notwithstanding  the requirements of this subsection, any
13    deferred  annuity   contract   may   provide   that   if   no
14    considerations  have  been  received  under  a contract for a
15    period of 2 full years and the portion of the paid-up annuity
16    benefit at maturity on the plan stipulated  in  the  contract
17    arising  from  considerations paid prior to such period would
18    be less than $20.00 monthly, the company may  at  its  option
19    terminate such contract by payment in cash of the the present
20    value  of  such  portion  of  the  paid-up  annuity  benefit,
21    calculated  on  the basis of the mortality table, if any, and
22    interest rate specified in the contract for  determining  the
23    paid-up  annuity  benefit,  and  by  such  payment  shall  be
24    relieved of any further obligation under such contract.
25        (2)  The  minimum values as specified in subsections (3),
26    (4), (5), (6) and (8) of any paid-up annuity, cash  surrender
27    or  death  benefits available under an annuity contract shall
28    be based upon minimum nonforfeiture  amounts  as  defined  in
29    this subsection.
30             (a)  With   respect   to  contracts  providing   for
31        flexible considerations, the minimum nonforfeiture amount
32        at any time at  or  prior  to  the  commencement  of  any
33        annuity  payments shall be equal to an accumulation up to
34        such time at a rate  of  interest  of  3%  per  annum  of
                            -639-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        percentages  of  the  net  considerations, as hereinafter
 2        defined, paid prior to such time, decreased by the sum of
 3        (i) any prior withdrawals from or partial  surrenders  of
 4        the  contract accumulated at a rate of interest of 3% per
 5        annum and (ii) the amount  of  any  indebtedness  to  the
 6        company  on  the  contract,  including  interest  due and
 7        accrued, and increased by any existing additional amounts
 8        credited by the company to the contract.
 9             The net considerations for  a  given  contract  year
10        used  to define the minimum nonforfeiture amount shall be
11        an amount not less than zero and shall be  equal  to  the
12        corresponding   gross   considerations  credited  to  the
13        contract  during  that  contract  year  less  an   annual
14        contract charge of $30.00 and less a collection charge of
15        $1.25  per  consideration credited to the contract during
16        that   contract   year.    The   percentages    of    net
17        considerations  shall be 65% of the net consideration for
18        the  first  contract  year  and  87 1/2%   of   the   net
19        considerations  for  the second and later contract years.
20        Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding sentence,
21        the percentage shall be 65% of the portion of  the  total
22        net  consideration  for  any  renewal contract year which
23        exceeds by not more than  two  times  the  sum  of  those
24        portions  of the net considerations in all prior contract
25        years for which the percentage was 65%.
26             (b)  With respect to contracts providing  for  fixed
27        scheduled  considerations,  minimum nonforfeiture amounts
28        shall be calculated on the assumption that considerations
29        are paid annually in advance and shall be defined as  for
30        contracts  with  flexible  considerations  which are paid
31        annually, with two exceptions:
32                  (i)  The portion of the net  consideration  for
33             the  first  contract year to be accumulated shall be
34             the sum of 65% of  the  net  consideration  for  the
                            -640-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             first  contract  year  plus 22 1/2% of the excess of
 2             the net consideration for the  first  contract  year
 3             over  the  lesser  of the net considerations for the
 4             second and third contract years.
 5                  (ii)  The annual contract charge shall  be  the
 6             lesser  of (A) $30.00 or (B) 10% of the gross annual
 7             consideration.
 8             (c)  With  respect  to  contracts  providing  for  a
 9        single consideration, minimum nonforfeiture amounts shall
10        be defined as for contracts with flexible  considerations
11        except  that  the percentage of net consideration used to
12        determine the minimum nonforfeiture amount shall be equal
13        to 90% and the  net  consideration  shall  be  the  gross
14        consideration less a contract charge of $75.00.
15        (3)  Any   paid-up  annuity  benefit  available  under  a
16    contract shall be such that its present  value  on  the  date
17    annuity  payments  are  to  commence is at least equal to the
18    minimum nonforfeiture amount  on  that  date.   Such  present
19    value  shall  be  computed using the mortality table, if any,
20    and  the  interest  rate  specified  in  the   contract   for
21    determining  the  minimum paid-up annuity benefits guaranteed
22    in the contract.
23        (4)  For contracts which provide cash surrender benefits,
24    such cash surrender  benefits  available  prior  to  maturity
25    shall  not  be  less than the present value as of the date of
26    surrender of that  portion  of  the  maturity  value  of  the
27    paid-up  annuity  benefit  which  would be provided under the
28    contract at maturity arising from considerations  paid  prior
29    to   the  time  of  cash  surrender  reduced  by  the  amount
30    appropriate to reflect any prior withdrawals from or  partial
31    surrenders   of   the  contract,  such  present  value  being
32    calculated on the basis of an interest rate not more than  1%
33    higher  than  the interest rate specified in the contract for
34    accumulating  the  net  considerations  to   determine   such
                            -641-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    maturity  value,  decreased by the amount of any indebtedness
 2    to the company on the contract, including  interest  due  and
 3    accrued,  and  increased  by  any existing additional amounts
 4    credited by the company to the contract.  In no  event  shall
 5    any   cash   surrender  benefit  be  less  than  the  minimum
 6    nonforfeiture amount at that time.  The death  benefit  under
 7    such  contracts shall be at least equal to the cash surrender
 8    benefit.
 9        (5)  For contracts which do not  provide  cash  surrender
10    benefits,  the  present  value of any paid-up annuity benefit
11    available as a nonforfeiture option  at  any  time  prior  to
12    maturity  shall  not  be  less than the present value of that
13    portion of the maturity value of the paid-up benefit provided
14    under the contract arising from considerations paid prior  to
15    the  time  of the contract is surrendered in exchange for, or
16    changed to, a deferred paid-up annuity,  such  present  value
17    being calculated for the period prior to the maturity date on
18    the  basis of the interest rate specified in the contract for
19    accumulating  the  net  considerations  to   determine   such
20    maturity  value,  and  increased  by  any existing additional
21    amounts  credited  by  the  company  to  the  contract.   For
22    contracts which do not provide any death  benefits  prior  to
23    the commencement of any annuity payments, such present values
24    shall  be  calculated  on the basis of such interest rate and
25    the mortality table specified in the contract for determining
26    the maturity value of the paid-up annuity benefit.   However,
27    in  no  event  shall  the  present value of a paid-up annuity
28    benefit be less than the minimum nonforfeiture amount at that
29    time.
30        (6)  For  the  purpose  of   determining   the   benefits
31    calculated  under  subsections  (4)  and  (5), in the case of
32    annuity contracts under which an election may be made to have
33    annuity payments commence at  optional  maturity  dates,  the
34    maturity date shall be deemed to be the latest date for which
                            -642-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    election shall be permitted by the contract, but shall not be
 2    deemed  to be later than the anniversary of the contract next
 3    following the annuitant's seventieth birthday  or  the  tenth
 4    anniversary of the contract, whichever is later.
 5        (7)  Any  contract  which does not provide cash surrender
 6    benefits or does not provide death benefits at least equal to
 7    the minimum nonforfeiture amount prior to the commencement of
 8    any annuity payments shall include a statement in a prominent
 9    place in the contract that such benefits are not provided.
10        (8)  Any  paid-up  annuity,  cash  surrender   or   death
11    benefits  available  at  any time, other than on the contract
12    anniversary  under  any   contract   with   fixed   scheduled
13    considerations,  shall  be  calculated with allowance for the
14    lapse of time and the payment of any scheduled considerations
15    beyond the beginning of the contract year in which  cessation
16    of payment of considerations under the contract occurs.
17        (9)  For  any  contract  which  provides, within the same
18    contract by rider or supplemental  contract  provision,  both
19    annuity  benefits  and  life  insurance  benefits that are in
20    excess of the greater of cash surrender benefits or a  return
21    of  the  gross  considerations  with  interest,  the  minimum
22    nonforfeiture  benefits  shall  be  equal  to  the sum of the
23    minimum nonforfeiture benefits for the  annuity  portion  and
24    the  minimum  nonforfeiture  benefits,  if  any, for the life
25    insurance portion computed as if each portion were a separate
26    contract.  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (3),
27    (4), (5), (6) and (8), additional benefits payable (a) in the
28    event of total and permanent disability, (b) as  reversionary
29    annuity  or deferred reversionary annuity benefits, or (c) as
30    other  policy  benefits   additional   to   life   insurance,
31    endowment,  and  annuity benefits, and considerations for all
32    such   additional   benefits,   shall   be   disregarded   in
33    ascertaining  the  minimum  nonforfeiture  amounts,   paid-up
34    annuity,  cash  surrender  and  death  benefits  that  may be
                            -643-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    required by this section.  The inclusion of  such  additional
 2    benefits  shall  not  be  required  in  any paid-up benefits,
 3    unless such  additional  benefits  separately  would  require
 4    minimum   nonforfeiture   amounts,   paid-up   annuity,  cash
 5    surrender and death benefits.
 6        (10)  After the  effective  date  of  this  Section,  any
 7    company  may  file  with the Director a written notice of its
 8    election to comply with the provisions of this Section  after
 9    a  specified  date  before  the  second  anniversary  of  the
10    effective  date  of  this  Section.  After the filing of such
11    notice, then upon such specified date,  which  shall  be  the
12    operative date of this section for such company, this Section
13    shall  become  operative  with  respect  to annuity contracts
14    thereafter issued by such company.  If  a  company  makes  no
15    such  election,  the  operative date of this section for such
16    company shall be the second anniversary of the effective date
17    of this Section.
18        (11)  This Section shall not apply  to  any  reinsurance,
19    group  annuity  purchased  under a retirement plan or plan of
20    deferred  compensation  established  or  maintained   by   an
21    employer  (including a partnership or sole proprietorship) or
22    by an employee organization, or by both, other  than  a  plan
23    providing   individual   retirement  accounts  or  individual
24    retirement  annuities  under  Section  408  of  the  Internal
25    Revenue Code, as now or hereafter  amended,  premium  deposit
26    fund,   variable   annuity,   investment  annuity,  immediate
27    annuity, any deferred annuity contract after annuity payments
28    have commenced, or reversionary annuity, nor to any  contract
29    which  shall be delivered outside this State through an agent
30    or other representative of the company issuing the contract.
31    (Source: P.A. 80-512; revised 7-1-97.)
32        (215 ILCS 5/245.21) (from Ch. 73, par. 857.21)
33        Sec.  245.21.   Establishment  of  separate  accounts  by
                            -644-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    domestic companies  organized  to  do  a  life,  annuity,  or
 2    accident  and  health insurance business. A domestic company,
 3    including for the  purposes  of  this  Article  all  domestic
 4    fraternal  benefit  societies, may, for authorized classes of
 5    insurance, establish one or more separate accounts,  and  may
 6    allocate   thereto   amounts  (including  without  limitation
 7    proceeds applied under optional modes of settlement or  under
 8    dividend  options)  to provide for life, annuity, or accident
 9    and  health  insurance  (and  benefits  incidental  thereto),
10    payable in fixed or variable amounts or both, subject to  the
11    following:
12        (1)  The   income,   gains   and   losses,   realized  or
13    unrealized, from assets allocated to a separate account  must
14    be credited to or charged against the account, without regard
15    to other income, gains or losses of the company.
16        (2)  Except  as  may be provided with respect to reserves
17    for guaranteed benefits and funds referred  to  in  paragraph
18    (3)  of  this  Section  (i) amounts allocated to any separate
19    account  and  accumulations  thereon  may  be  invested   and
20    reinvested  without regard to any requirements or limitations
21    of Part 2 or Part 3 of Article VIII of this Code and (ii) the
22    investments in any separate account or accounts  may  not  be
23    taken  into  account  in  applying the investment limitations
24    otherwise applicable to the investments of the company.
25        (3)  Except with the approval of the Director  and  under
26    the  conditions  as  to  investments and other matters as the
27    Director may prescribe, that must  recognize  the  guaranteed
28    nature  of  the  benefits provided, reserves for (i) benefits
29    guaranteed as to dollar amount and duration  and  (ii)  funds
30    guaranteed  as to principal amount or stated rate of interest
31    may not be maintained in a separate account.
32        (4)  Unless otherwise approved by  the  Director,  assets
33    allocated  to  a  separate  account  must  be valued at their
34    market value on the date of valuation,  or  if  there  is  no
                            -645-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    readily available market, then as provided in the contract or
 2    the  rules  or  other  written  agreement  applicable  to the
 3    separate account. Unless otherwise approved by the  Director,
 4    the  portion,  if  any, of the assets of the separate account
 5    equal to the company's reserve liability with regard  to  the
 6    guaranteed benefits and funds referred to in paragraph (3) of
 7    this  Section  must  be  valued  in accordance with the rules
 8    otherwise applicable to the company's assets.
 9        (5)  Amounts allocated to a separate account  under  this
10    Article are owned by the company, and the company may not be,
11    nor  hold  itself  out to be, a trustee with respect to those
12    amounts. The assets of any  separate  account  equal  to  the
13    reserves  and  other contract liabilities with respect to the
14    account may not be charged with liabilities  arising  out  of
15    any other business the company may conduct.
16        (6)  No sale, exchange or other transfer of assets may be
17    made  by  a  company  between any of its separate accounts or
18    between any other investment account and one or more  of  its
19    separate  accounts  unless,  in  case  of  a  transfer into a
20    separate account, the transfer is made  solely  to  establish
21    the account or to support the operation of the contracts with
22    respect  to  the  separate  account  to which the transfer is
23    made, and  unless  the  transfer,  whether  into  or  from  a
24    separate  account, is made (i) by a transfer of cash, or (ii)
25    by a transfer of securities  having  a  readily  determinable
26    market  value,  if  the transfer of securities is approved by
27    the Director. The Director may approve other transfers  among
28    those accounts if, in his or her opinion, the transfers would
29    not be inequitable.
30        (7)  To  the  extent  a company considers it necessary to
31    comply  with  any  applicable  federal  or  state  laws,  the
32    company, with respect  to  any  separate  account,  including
33    without limitation any separate account which is a management
34    investment  company  or  a unit investment trust, may provide
                            -646-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    for persons having an interest therein appropriate voting and
 2    other rights and special procedures for the  conduct  of  the
 3    business of the account, including without limitation special
 4    rights   and   procedures   relating  to  investment  policy,
 5    investment advisory services, selection of independent public
 6    accountants, and the selection of a committee, the members of
 7    which need not be otherwise affiliated with the  company,  to
 8    manage the business of the account.
 9    (Source:  P.A.  90-381,  eff.  8-14-97; 90-418, eff. 8-15-97;
10    revised 11-14-97.)
11        (215 ILCS 5/355a) (from Ch. 73, par. 967a)
12        Sec. 355a.  Standardization of terms and coverage.
13        (1)  The purpose of this Section shall be (a) to  provide
14    reasonable  standardization  and  simplification of terms and
15    coverages  of  individual  accident  and   health   insurance
16    policies  to facilitate public understanding and comparisons;
17    (b) to eliminate provisions contained in individual  accident
18    and  health  insurance  policies  which  may be misleading or
19    unreasonably confusing in connection either with the purchase
20    of such coverages or with the settlement of claims;  and  (c)
21    to  provide for reasonable disclosure in the sale of accident
22    and health coverages.
23        (2)  Definitions  applicable  to  this  Section  are   as
24    follows:
25             (a)  "Policy"  means  all  or  any part of the forms
26        constituting the contract between  the  insurer  and  the
27        insured,  including  the  policy, certificate, subscriber
28        contract, riders, endorsements, and  the  application  if
29        attached,  which  are subject to filing with and approval
30        by the Director.
31             (b)  "Service   corporations"    means    non-profit
32        hospital,  medical, voluntary health and, vision, dental,
33        and pharmaceutical corporations organized  and  operating
                            -647-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        respectively  under  the Non-Profit Hospital Service Plan
 2        Act, the Medical Service Plan Act, the  Voluntary  Health
 3        Services Plans Act, and the Dental Service Plan Act.
 4             (c)  "Accident and health insurance" means insurance
 5        written  under  Article  XX  of the Insurance Code, other
 6        than credit accident and health insurance, and  coverages
 7        provided   in  subscriber  contracts  issued  by  service
 8        corporations.  For purposes of this Section such  service
 9        corporations  shall  be  deemed to be insurers engaged in
10        the business of insurance.
11        (3)  The Director shall issue such rules as he shall deem
12    necessary  or  desirable  to  establish  specific  standards,
13    including standards of full  and  fair  disclosure  that  set
14    forth  the form and content and required disclosure for sale,
15    of individual policies  of  accident  and  health  insurance,
16    which  rules  and  regulations shall be in addition to and in
17    accordance with the applicable laws of this State, and  which
18    may  cover  but  shall  not  be  limited  to:   (a)  terms of
19    renewability;  (b)  initial  and  subsequent  conditions   of
20    eligibility;  (c) non-duplication of coverage provisions; (d)
21    coverage of  dependents;  (e)  pre-existing  conditions;  (f)
22    termination  of  insurance;  (g)  probationary  periods;  (h)
23    limitation,   exceptions,  and  reductions;  (i)  elimination
24    periods;  (j)  requirements   regarding   replacements;   (k)
25    recurrent   conditions;  and  (l)  the  definition  of  terms
26    including  but  not  limited  to  the  following:   hospital,
27    accident,  sickness,  injury,  physician,  accidental  means,
28    total   disability,  partial  disability,  nervous  disorder,
29    guaranteed renewable, and non-cancellable.
30        The Director may  issue  rules  that  specify  prohibited
31    policy  provisions  not  otherwise specifically authorized by
32    statute which in the opinion  of  the  Director  are  unjust,
33    unfair  or  unfairly  discriminatory to the policyholder, any
34    person insured under the policy, or beneficiary.
                            -648-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (4)  The Director shall issue such rules as he shall deem
 2    necessary or desirable to  establish  minimum  standards  for
 3    benefits  under  each  category  of  coverage  in  individual
 4    accident  and health policies, other than conversion policies
 5    issued pursuant to a contractual conversion privilege under a
 6    group policy, including but  not  limited  to  the  following
 7    categories:   (a)  basic hospital expense coverage; (b) basic
 8    medical-surgical expense coverage; (c)  hospital  confinement
 9    indemnity  coverage;  (d) major medical expense coverage; (e)
10    disability income  protection  coverage;  (f)  accident  only
11    coverage;  and  (g)  specified  disease or specified accident
12    coverage.
13        Nothing  in  this  subsection  (4)  shall  preclude   the
14    issuance  of  any  policy  which  combines two or more of the
15    categories  of  coverage  enumerated  in  subparagraphs   (a)
16    through (f) of this subsection.
17        No  policy  shall  be delivered or issued for delivery in
18    this  State  which  does  not  meet  the  prescribed  minimum
19    standards for the  categories  of  coverage  listed  in  this
20    subsection  unless  the  Director  finds  that such policy is
21    necessary to meet specific needs of individuals or groups and
22    such individuals or groups will be adequately  informed  that
23    such  policy  does not meet the prescribed minimum standards,
24    and such policy  meets  the  requirement  that  the  benefits
25    provided  therein  are  reasonable in relation to the premium
26    charged. The  standards  and  criteria  to  be  used  by  the
27    Director  in approving such policies shall be included in the
28    rules required under this Section with as much specificity as
29    practicable.
30        The Director  shall  prescribe  by  rule  the  method  of
31    identification of policies based upon coverages provided.
32        (5) (a)  In order to provide for full and fair disclosure
33    in  the  sale  of  individual  accident  and health insurance
34    policies, no such policy shall be  delivered  or  issued  for
                            -649-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    delivery  in  this  State  unless  the  outline  of  coverage
 2    described   in   paragraph  (b)  of  this  subsection  either
 3    accompanies the policy, or is delivered to the  applicant  at
 4    the  time  the  application  is  made,  and an acknowledgment
 5    signed by  the  insured,  of  receipt  of  delivery  of  such
 6    outline, is provided to the insurer.  In the event the policy
 7    is issued on a basis other than that applied for, the outline
 8    of coverage properly describing the policy must accompany the
 9    policy  when  it  is delivered and such outline shall clearly
10    state that the policy differs, and to what extent, from  that
11    for  which  application  was  originally  made. All policies,
12    except single  premium  nonrenewal  policies,  shall  have  a
13    notice prominently printed on the first page of the policy or
14    attached  thereto stating in substance, that the policyholder
15    shall have the right to return the policy within 10 ten  (10)
16    days  of  its  delivery  and  to have the premium refunded if
17    after examination of  the  policy  the  policyholder  is  not
18    satisfied for any reason.
19        (b)  The Director shall issue such rules as he shall deem
20    necessary or desirable to prescribe the format and content of
21    the  outline  of  coverage  required by paragraph (a) of this
22    subsection. "Format" means style,  arrangement,  and  overall
23    appearance,  including  such  items  as  the size, color, and
24    prominence of type and the arrangement of text and  captions.
25    "Content"   shall   include   without   limitation   thereto,
26    statements  relating  to  the  particular  policy  as  to the
27    applicable category of coverage prescribed  under  subsection
28    4;    principal    benefits;   exceptions,   reductions   and
29    limitations;   and   renewal   provisions,   including    any
30    reservation  by  the  insurer  of a right to change premiums.
31    Such  outline  of  coverage  shall  clearly  state  that   it
32    constitutes a summary of the policy issued or applied for and
33    that  the  policy  should be consulted to determine governing
34    contractual provisions.
                            -650-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (6)  Prior to the issuance  of  rules  pursuant  to  this
 2    Section,  the Director shall afford the public, including the
 3    companies  affected  thereby,  reasonable   opportunity   for
 4    comment.  Such rulemaking is subject to the provisions of the
 5    Illinois Administrative Procedure Act.
 6        (7)  When  a  rule  has  been  adopted,  pursuant to this
 7    Section, all policies of insurance  or  subscriber  contracts
 8    which  are  not  in compliance  with such rule shall, when so
 9    provided in such rule, be deemed to be disapproved  as  of  a
10    date  specified in such rule not less than 120 days following
11    its effective date, without any further or additional  notice
12    other than the adoption of the rule.
13        (8)  When  a  rule  adopted  pursuant  to this Section so
14    provides, a policy of insurance or subscriber contract  which
15    does  not  comply  with the rule shall not less than 120 days
16    from the effective date of such rule, be construed,  and  the
17    insurer  or  service  corporation  shall be liable, as if the
18    policy or contract did comply with the rule.
19        (9)  Violation of  any  rule  adopted  pursuant  to  this
20    Section  shall  be  a  violation  of  the  insurance  law for
21    purposes of Sections 370 and 446 of the Insurance Code.
22    (Source: P.A. 90-177,  eff.  7-23-97;  90-372,  eff.  7-1-98;
23    revised 11-14-97.)
24        (215 ILCS 5/356t)
25        Sec.  356t. Post-mastectomy care.  An individual or group
26    policy of accident and health insurance or managed care  plan
27    that  provides  surgical  coverage and is amended, delivered,
28    issued,  or  renewed  after  the  effective  date   of   this
29    amendatory  Act  of  1997  shall  provide  inpatient coverage
30    following a mastectomy for a length of time determined by the
31    attending  physician  to  be  medically  necessary   and   in
32    accordance  with  protocols  and  guidelines  based  on sound
33    scientific evidence and upon evaluation of  the  patient  and
                            -651-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the   coverage  for  and  availability  of  a  post-discharge
 2    physician office visit or in-home nurse visit to  verify  the
 3    condition  of  the  patient  in  the  first  48  hours  after
 4    discharge.
 5    (Source: P.A. 90-7, eff. 6-10-97.)
 6        (215 ILCS 5/356v)
 7        Sec.  356v. 356t. Use of information derived from genetic
 8    testing.  After the effective date of this amendatory Act  of
 9    1997,  an  insurer  must  comply  with  the provisions of the
10    Genetic  Information  Privacy  Act  in  connection  with  the
11    amendment, delivery, issuance, or renewal of, or  claims  for
12    or denial of coverage under, an individual or group policy of
13    accident and health insurance.
14    (Source: P.A. 90-25, eff. 1-1-98; revised 10-7-97.)
15        (215 ILCS 5/367.3) (from Ch. 73, par. 979.3)
16        Sec.   367.3.    Group  accident  and  health  insurance;
17    discretionary groups.
18        (a)  No group health insurance offered to a  resident  of
19    this  State  under a policy issued to a group, other than one
20    specifically described in Section 367(1), shall be  delivered
21    or  issued  for  delivery  in  this State unless the Director
22    determines that:
23             (1)  the issuance of the policy is not  contrary  to
24        the public interest;
25             (2)  the  issuance  of  the  policy  will  result in
26        economies of acquisition and administration; and
27             (3)  the benefits under the policy are reasonable in
28        relation to the premium charged.
29        (b)  No such group health insurance  may  be  offered  in
30    this State under a policy issued in another state unless this
31    State  or  the  state in which the group policy is issued has
32    made a determination that the requirements of subsection  (a)
                            -652-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    have been met.
 2        Where  insurance  is  to be offered in this State under a
 3    policy described in this subsection, the insurer  shall  file
 4    for informational review purposes:
 5             (1)  a copy of the group master contract;
 6             (2)  a  copy of the statute authorizing the issuance
 7        of the group policy in the state of situs, which  statute
 8        has the same or similar requirements as this State, or in
 9        the  absence  of  such  statute,  a  certification  by an
10        officer of the company that the policy meets the Illinois
11        minimum standards required for  individual  accident  and
12        health  policies  under  authority of Section 401 of this
13        Code, as now or hereafter amended, as promulgated by rule
14        at 50 Illinois Administrative Code, Ch. I, Sec. 2007, et.
15        seq., as now or hereafter  amended,  or  by  a  successor
16        rule;
17             (3)  evidence  of  approval by the state of situs of
18        the group master policy; and
19             (4)  copies of all supportive material furnished  to
20        the state of situs to satisfy the criteria for approval.
21        (c)  The  Director  may, at any time after receipt of the
22    information required under subsection (b) and  after  finding
23    that the standards of subsection (a) have not been met, order
24    the  insurer  to  cease  the  issuance  or  marketing of that
25    coverage in this State.
26        (d)  Group accident and health insurance subject  to  the
27    provisions  of this Section is also subject to the provisions
28    of Section 367i of this Code.
29    (Source: P.A. 86-753; 87-615; revised 7-2-97.)
30        (215 ILCS 5/367h) (from Ch. 73, par. 979h)
31        Sec. 367h.  Deputy's continuance privilege.  As  used  in
32    this Section:
33        1.  The  terms  "municipality"  and  "creditable service"
                            -653-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    shall have the meaning ascribed to  such  terms  by  Sections
 2    7-105  and 7-113, respectively, of the Illinois Pension Code,
 3    as now or hereafter amended.
 4        The term "deferred pensioner"  means  a  deputy  who  has
 5    retired,  having  accumulated  enough  creditable  service to
 6    qualify for a pension, but who has not attained the  required
 7    age.
 8        2.  The   term  "deputy"  shall  mean  a  "sheriff's  law
 9    enforcement employee" as defined in Section  7-109.3  of  the
10    Illinois  Pension  Code,  and  include only persons under the
11    coverage  of  Article  7  of  that  Code,  as  heretofore  or
12    hereafter amended.
13        3.  The "retirement or disability  period"  of  a  deputy
14    means the period:
15             a.  which  begins  on  the day the deputy is removed
16        from a sheriff's police department payroll because of the
17        occurrence of any of the following events, to  wit:   (i)
18        the  deputy  retires  as  a  deferred pensioner, (ii) the
19        deputy retires from active service as a  deputy  with  an
20        attained  age  and  accumulated  creditable service which
21        together qualify the  deputy  for  immediate  receipt  of
22        retirement  pension benefits under Section 7-142.1 of the
23        Illinois Pension Code, or (iii) the  deputy's  disability
24        is  established  under  Article 7 of the Illinois Pension
25        Code; and
26             b.  which ends on the first to occur of any  of  the
27        following events, to wit:  (i) the deputy's reinstatement
28        or  reentry  into  active service in the sheriff's police
29        department  as  provided  for  under  Article  7  of  the
30        Illinois Pension Code, (ii) the deputy's exercise of  any
31        refund  option  or  acceptance  of any separation benefit
32        available under Article 7 of the Illinois  Pension  Code,
33        (iii)  the deputy's loss pursuant to Section 7-219 of the
34        Illinois Pension Code of any  benefits  provided  for  in
                            -654-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Article  7 of that Code, or (iv) the deputy's death or --
 2        if at the time  of  the  deputy's  death  the  deputy  is
 3        survived  by  a spouse who, in that capacity, is entitled
 4        to receive a surviving spouse's monthly pension  pursuant
 5        to Article 7 of the Illinois Pension Code -- the death or
 6        remarriage of that spouse.
 7        No  policy  of  group accident and health insurance under
 8    which deputies employed by a  municipality  are  insured  for
 9    their individual benefit shall be issued or delivered in this
10    State  to  any municipality unless such group policy provides
11    for the election of continued group  insurance  coverage  for
12    the  retirement  or  disability  period of each deputy who is
13    insured under the provisions of the group policy on  the  day
14    immediately  preceding  the  day  on  which the retirement or
15    disability period of such deputy  begins.   So  long  as  any
16    required  premiums for continued group insurance coverage are
17    paid in accordance with the provisions of the  group  policy,
18    an  election  made  pursuant  to  this  Section shall provide
19    continued group insurance coverage for  a  deputy  throughout
20    the retirement or disability period of the deputy and, unless
21    the   deputy  otherwise  elects  and  subject  to  any  other
22    provisions of the group policy which  relate  either  to  the
23    provision  or  to the termination of dependents' coverage and
24    which  are  not  inconsistent  with  this  Section,  for  any
25    dependents of the deputy who  are  insured  under  the  group
26    policy on the  day immediately preceding the day on which the
27    retirement   or  disability  period  of  the  deputy  begins;
28    provided, however, that when such continued  group  insurance
29    coverage is in effect with respect to a deputy on the date of
30    the deputy's death but the retirement or disability period of
31    the  deputy  does  not end with such deputy's death, then the
32    deceased  deputy's  surviving  spouse  upon  whose  death  or
33    remarriage such retirement  or  disability  period  will  end
34    shall  be entitled, without further election and upon payment
                            -655-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of any required premiums in accordance with the provisions of
 2    the group policy, to maintain such continued group  insurance
 3    coverage  in  effect  until  the  end  of  such retirement or
 4    disability period.  Continued group insurance coverage  shall
 5    be  provided  in  accordance  with  this  Section at the same
 6    premium  rate  from  time  to  time  charged  for  equivalent
 7    coverage provided under the  group  policy  with  respect  to
 8    covered  deputies  whose  retirement or disability period has
 9    not begun, and no distinction or discrimination in the amount
10    or rate of premiums or in any  waiver  of  premium  or  other
11    benefit  provision  shall  be  made  between  continued group
12    insurance coverage  elected  pursuant  to  this  Section  and
13    equivalent  coverage  provided  to  deputies  under the group
14    policy other than pursuant to the provisions of this Section;
15    provided that no municipality shall be required by reason  of
16    any  provision  of  this  Section  to pay any group insurance
17    premium other than one that may be negotiated in a collective
18    bargaining agreement. If the  group  policy  provides  for  a
19    reduction  in  benefits  and  premium for insureds who become
20    eligible for medicare, such provision shall apply to  persons
21    electing continued coverage under this Section.
22        Within  15  days  of  the  beginning of the retirement or
23    disability period of any deputy entitled to  elect  continued
24    group  insurance coverage under any  group policy affected by
25    this Section, the municipality  last  employing  such  deputy
26    shall  give  written  notice  of  such beginning by certified
27    mail, return receipt  requested,  to  the  insurance  company
28    issuing  such  policy.  The notice shall include the deputy's
29    name and last known place of residence and the beginning date
30    of the deputy's retirement or disability period.
31        Within 15 days of the date of receipt of such notice from
32    the municipality, the insurance company  by  certified  mail,
33    return  receipt  requested,  shall give written notice to the
34    deputy at the deputy's last known  place  of  residence  that
                            -656-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    coverage  under  the  group  policy  may be continued for the
 2    retirement or disability period of the deputy as provided  in
 3    this  Section.  Such notice shall set forth:  (i) a statement
 4    of election to be filed by the deputy if the deputy wishes to
 5    continue such group insurance coverage, (ii)  the  amount  of
 6    monthly premium, including a statement of the portion of such
 7    monthly  premium  attributable  to  any  dependents' coverage
 8    which the deputy may elect, and (iii) instructions as to  the
 9    return  of the election form to the insurance company issuing
10    such policy.  Election shall be made, if at all, by returning
11    the  statement  of  election  to  the  insurance  company  by
12    certified mail, return  receipt  requested,  within  15  days
13    after having received it.
14        If  the  deputy  elects to continue coverage, it shall be
15    the obligation of the  deputy  to  pay  the  monthly  premium
16    directly  to  the  municipality which shall forward it to the
17    insurance company issuing the group insurance policy,  or  as
18    otherwise   directed  by  the  insurance  company;  provided,
19    however, that the deputy shall be entitled  to  designate  on
20    the  statement  of  election  required  to  be filed with the
21    insurance company that the total  monthly  premium,  or  such
22    portion  thereof  as is not contributed by a municipality, be
23    deducted by the Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund  from  the
24    monthly  pension payment otherwise payable to or on behalf of
25    the deputy pursuant to Article 7 of the the Illinois  Pension
26    Code,  and be remitted by such Fund to the insurance company.
27    The portion, if any, of the monthly premium contributed by  a
28    municipality  for  such  continued  group  insurance coverage
29    shall be paid  by  the  directly  to  the  insurance  company
30    issuing  the  group  insurance  policy, or as directed by the
31    insurance company.  Such continued group  insurance  coverage
32    shall relate back to the beginning of the deputy's retirement
33    or disability period.
34        The   amendment,   renewal  or  extension  of  any  group
                            -657-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    insurance policy affected by this Section shall be deemed  to
 2    be  the issuance of a new policy of insurance for purposes of
 3    this Section.
 4        In the event that  a  municipality  makes  a  program  of
 5    accident,  health,  hospital or medical benefits available to
 6    its deputies through self-insurance, or by participation in a
 7    pool or reciprocal insurer, or by contract in  a  form  other
 8    than  a  policy  of  group insurance with one or more medical
 9    service  plans,  health  care  service  corporations,  health
10    maintenance  organizations,   or   any   other   professional
11    corporations   or   plans   under   which   health   care  or
12    reimbursement for the costs thereof is provided, whether  the
13    cost  of  such  benefits  is borne by the municipality or the
14    deputies or both, such deputies and their  surviving  spouses
15    shall  have  the same right to elect continued coverage under
16    such program of benefits as they would have if such  benefits
17    were  provided  by  a  policy  of  group  accident and health
18    insurance.  In such cases,  the  notice  of  right  to  elect
19    continued  coverage  shall  be  sent by the municipality; the
20    statement of election shall be sent to the municipality;  and
21    references  to  the  required  premium  shall  refer  to that
22    portion of the cost of such benefits which is  not  borne  by
23    the  municipality,  either  voluntarily  or  pursuant  to the
24    provisions of a collective bargaining agreement.  In the case
25    of   a   municipality   providing   such   benefits   through
26    self-insurance or  participation  in  a  pool  or  reciprocal
27    insurer,  the  right  to  elect  continued  coverage which is
28    provided by this paragraph  shall  be  implemented  and  made
29    available  to the deputies of the municipality and qualifying
30    surviving spouses not later than July 1, 1986.
31        The amendment, renewal or extension of any such  contract
32    in a form other than a policy of group insurance policy shall
33    be deemed the formation of a new contract for the purposes of
34    this Section.
                            -658-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        This   Section  shall  not  limit  the  exercise  of  any
 2    conversion privileges available under Section 367e.
 3    (Source: P.A. 84-1010; revised 7-2-97.)
 4        (215 ILCS 5/370h) (from Ch. 73, par. 982h)
 5        Sec. 370h. Noninstitutional providers.   Before  entering
 6    into   any   agreement  under  this  Article  an  insurer  or
 7    administrator shall establish terms and conditions that  must
 8    be met by noninstitutional providers wishing to enter into an
 9    agreement with the insurer or administrator.  These terms and
10    conditions may not discriminate unreasonably against or among
11    noninstitutional  providers.    Neither  difference in prices
12    among noninstitutional providers produced  by  a  process  of
13    individual  negotiation  nor  price  differences  among other
14    noninstitutional providers in different geographical areas or
15    different specialties specialities  constitutes  unreasonable
16    discrimination.
17        An  insurer or administrator shall not refuse to contract
18    with any noninstitutional provider who meets  the  terms  and
19    conditions established by the insurer or administrator.
20    (Source: P.A. 84-618; revised 7-2-97.)
21        (215 ILCS 5/499.1) (from Ch. 73, par. 1065.46-1)
22        Sec. 499.1.  Registered firms.
23        (a)  Any  corporation,  partnership, or limited liability
24    company transacting insurance business as an insurance agency
25    shall register with the Director before transacting insurance
26    business in this State. Such  registration  shall  remain  in
27    effect  as  long  as the firm pays the annual fee required by
28    Section 509.1 of this  Code  by  the  date  due,  unless  the
29    registration  is  revoked  or  suspended  pursuant to Section
30    505.1 of this Code.
31        (b)  Each firm required to register before  acting  as  a
32    registered firm pursuant to this Article shall appoint one or
                            -659-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    more   licensed   insurance   producers   who  are  officers,
 2    directors, or partners in the firm to be responsible for  the
 3    firm's compliance with the insurance laws and Title 50 of the
 4    Illinois Administrative Code.  Such individual or individuals
 5    shall submit to the Director a registration form and the fees
 6    required  by Section 509.1.  The Director shall prescribe the
 7    registration form and may require  any  documents  reasonably
 8    necessary   to   verify  the  information  contained  in  the
 9    registration form. Within 30 days of a  change  in  officers,
10    directors,  or  partners  who are appointed to be responsible
11    for the firm's compliance with the insurance laws  and  Title
12    50 of the Illinois Administrative Code, the firm shall report
13    the change to the Department.
14        (c)  The  registered  firm  shall  inform the Director in
15    writing of a change in its business address within 30 days of
16    such change.
17        (d)  Each registered firm  shall  disclose  its  members,
18    officers  or directors who are authorized to act as insurance
19    producers, and report any changes in such  personnel  to  the
20    Director within 30 days of such changes.
21        (e)  (Blank).
22    (Source:  P.A.  89-240,  eff.  1-1-96;  90-41,  eff. 10-1-97;
23    90-499, eff. 8-19-97; revised 11-17-97.)
24        (215 ILCS 5/509.1) (from Ch. 73, par. 1065.56-1)
25        Sec. 509.1.  Fees.
26        (a)  The fees required by this Article are as follows:
27             (1)  An annual fee of $75 for an insurance  producer
28        license;
29             (2)  A  fee  of  $25 for the issuance of a temporary
30        insurance producer license;
31             (3)  An  annual  registration  fee  of  $25  for   a
32        business firm to register;
33             (4)  An  annual  $25  fee  for  a  limited insurance
                            -660-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        representative license;
 2             (5)  A $25 application fee  for  the  processing  of
 3        each  request  to  take  the  written  examination for an
 4        insurance producer license;
 5             (6)  An annual  registration  fee  of  $500  for  an
 6        education provider to register;
 7             (7)  A  certification  fee of $25 for each certified
 8        prelicensing or continuing education course and an annual
 9        fee of $10 for renewing the certification  of  each  such
10        course; and
11             (8)  A   license   reinstatement   fee  of  $50  for
12        reinstating a license which lapsed because the annual fee
13        was not received by the due date.
14             (9)  A registration fee of  $15  for  reinstating  a
15        firm  registration that lapsed because the annual fee was
16        not received by the due date.
17        (b)  Except as otherwise provided, all fees paid  to  and
18    collected  by  the  Director under this Section shall be paid
19    promptly after receipt  thereof,  together  with  a  detailed
20    statement  of  such  fees,  into  a special fund in the State
21    Treasury to be known as the Insurance Producer Administration
22    Fund.  The  monies  deposited  into  the  Insurance  Producer
23    Administration  Administrative  Fund  shall  be used only for
24    payment of the expenses of the Department in  the  execution,
25    administration  and enforcement of the insurance laws of this
26    State, and shall be appropriated as otherwise provided by law
27    for the payment of such expenses with  first  priority  being
28    any   expenses   incident   to   or   associated   with   the
29    administration and enforcement of this Article.
30    (Source:  P.A.  89-152,  eff.  1-1-97;  90-372,  eff. 7-1-98;
31    revised 10-7-97.)
32        (215 ILCS 5/513a2) (from Ch. 73, par. 1065.60a2)
33        Sec. 513a2.  Definitions.
                            -661-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (a)  Accepted agreement.  "Accepted  agreement"  means  a
 2    premium  finance agreement deemed to be accepted by a premium
 3    finance company when a binder  number  or  policy  number  is
 4    provided  for  each  policy  premium  listed  on  the premium
 5    finance agreement and premium payment book or when the  first
 6    premium payment notice has been sent to the named insured.
 7        (b)  Financing  insurance  premiums. "Financing insurance
 8    premiums" means to be engaged in the practice of:
 9             (1)  advancing monies directly or indirectly  to  an
10        insurer  pursuant  to  the  terms  of an acquired premium
11        finance agreement; or
12             (2)  allowing  10%  or  more  of  a  producer's   or
13        registered  firm's firms's premium accounts receivable to
14        be more than 90 days past due.
15        (c)  Premium   finance   agreement.   "Premium    finance
16    agreement"   means  a  promissory  note,  loan  contract,  or
17    agreement by which an insured or prospective insured promises
18    to pay to another person an amount advanced or to be advanced
19    thereunder to  an  insurer  in  payment  of  premiums  on  an
20    insurance  contract  together with a service charge and which
21    contains an assignment of or  is  otherwise  secured  by  the
22    unearned  premium payable by the insurer upon cancellation of
23    the insurance contract; provided,  however,  that  a  premium
24    finance  agreement  shall  not  include  an  installment sale
25    contract, lease agreement, security  agreement,  or  mortgage
26    covering personal or real property that includes a charge for
27    insurance   or   pursuant   to   which  the  vendor,  lessor,
28    lienholder, or mortgagee is authorized to pay or advance  the
29    premium for insurance with respect to that property.
30        (d)  Premium  finance  company. "Premium finance company"
31    means  any  person  engaged  in  the  business  of  financing
32    insurance  premiums,  of  entering   into   premium   finance
33    agreements  with  insureds,  or  of acquiring premium finance
34    agreements.
                            -662-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    (Source: P.A. 87-811; revised 7-2-97.)
 2        (215 ILCS 5/810.1)
 3        Sec. 810.1. Reinsurance Agreements.  All  insurers  shall
 4    enter  into  a  reinsurance  agreement  with  the  Fund.  The
 5    reinsurance  agreement  with  the  Fund.    The   reinsurance
 6    agreement  shall  be filed with and approved by the Director.
 7    The agreement shall provide that each insurer shall cede 100%
 8    of  any  subsidence  insurance  written  up  to  the   limits
 9    contained   in   paragraph  805.1(c)  to  the  Fund  and,  in
10    consideration  of  the  ceding  commission  retained  by  the
11    insurer,  agrees  to  distribute  informational  publications
12    provided by the Fund on a schedule set by the Fund, undertake
13    adjustment  of  losses,  payment  of  taxes,  and  all  other
14    expenses of the insurer necessary for sale  of  policies  and
15    administration  of  the  mine  subsidence insurance coverage.
16    The Fund shall agree to reimburse the insurer for all amounts
17    reasonably  and  properly  paid  policyholders  from   claims
18    resulting  from mine subsidence and for expenses specified in
19    the reinsurance  agreement.   In  addition,  the  reinsurance
20    agreement   may  contain,  and  may  authorize  the  Fund  to
21    establish  and  promulgate  deductibles.    The   reinsurance
22    agreement  may  also  contain reasonable rules and procedures
23    covering insurer documentation of losses;  insurer  reporting
24    of claims, reports of litigation, premiums and loss payments;
25    loss payment review by the Fund; remitting of premiums to the
26    Fund;  underwriting; and cause and origin investigations; and
27    procedures for resolving disputes between  the  insurers  and
28    the Fund.
29    (Source: P.A. 88-379; revised 12-18-97.)
30        (215 ILCS 5/817.1)
31        Sec.  817.1.  Powers  of  Director.   In  addition to any
32    powers conferred upon him by  this  or  any  other  law,  the
                            -663-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Director shall have the authority to supervise the operations
 2    of  the  Fund  and  shall  review the Fund's rates once every
 3    three  years.   In  addition  the  Director  or  any   person
 4    designated by him has the power:
 5             (a)  to  examine  the  operation of the Fund through
 6        free access to all  books,  records,  files,  papers  and
 7        documents  relating  to  its  operation  and  may summon,
 8        qualify and  examine  as  witnesses  all  persons  having
 9        knowledge  of  or  such  operation,  including  officers,
10        agents or employees thereof;
11             (b)  to  do all things necessary to enable the State
12        of Illinois and any insurer participating in any  program
13        approved  by  the  Director  to  fully participate in any
14        federal program which may be enacted for purposes similar
15        to the purposes of this Article;
16             (c)  to require such reports  as  the  Director  may
17        deem necessary.
18    (Source: P.A. 88-379; revised 12-18-97.)
19        (215 ILCS 5/1003) (from Ch. 73, par. 1065.703)
20        Sec. 1003.  Definitions.  As used in this Article:
21        (A) "Adverse underwriting decision" means:
22             (1)  any  of  the  following actions with respect to
23        insurance transactions involving insurance coverage which
24        is individually underwritten:
25                  (a)  a declination of insurance coverage,
26                  (b)  a termination of insurance coverage,
27                  (c)  failure of an agent to apply for insurance
28             coverage with a specific insurance institution which
29             the agent represents and which is  requested  by  an
30             applicant,
31                  (d)  in  the  case  of  a  property or casualty
32             insurance coverage:
33                       (i) placement by an insurance  institution
                            -664-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1                  or  agent  of  a  risk  with  a residual market
 2                  mechanism,  an  unauthorized  insurer   or   an
 3                  insurance   institution  which  specializes  in
 4                  substandard risks, or
 5                       (ii) the charging of a higher rate on  the
 6                  basis  of  information  which differs from that
 7                  which the applicant or policyholder  furnished,
 8                  or
 9                  (e)  in  the case of life, health or disability
10             insurance coverage, an offer  to  insure  at  higher
11             than standard rates.
12             (2)  Notwithstanding   paragraph   (1)   above,  the
13        following  actions  shall  not  be   considered   adverse
14        underwriting  decisions  but the insurance institution or
15        agent responsible for their occurrence shall nevertheless
16        provide the applicant or policyholder with  the  specific
17        reason or reasons for their occurrence:
18                  (a)  the  termination  of  an individual policy
19             form on a class or statewide basis,
20                  (b)  a declination of insurance coverage solely
21             because such coverage is not available on a class or
22             statewide basis, or
23                  (c)  the rescission of a policy.
24        (B)  "Affiliate" or  "affiliated"  means  a  person  that
25    directly,  or  indirectly through one or more intermediaries,
26    controls, is controlled by or is under  common  control  with
27    another person.
28        (C)  "Agent"  means  an  individual,  firm,  partnership,
29    association   or   corporation   who   is   involved  in  the
30    solicitation, negotiation or binding of coverages for  or  on
31    applications  or  policies of insurance, covering property or
32    risks located in  this  State.   For  the  purposes  of  this
33    Article,  both  "Insurance  Agent" and "Insurance Broker", as
34    defined in Section 490, shall be considered an agent.
                            -665-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (D)  "Applicant" means any person who seeks  to  contract
 2    for  insurance  coverage  other  than  a person seeking group
 3    insurance that is not individually underwritten.
 4        (E)  "Director" means the Director of Insurance.
 5        (F)  "Consumer report" means any written, oral  or  other
 6    communication  of  information  bearing on a natural person's
 7    credit  worthiness,   credit   standing,   credit   capacity,
 8    character,  general  reputation,  personal characteristics or
 9    mode of living which is  used  or  expected  to  be  used  in
10    connection with an insurance transaction.
11        (G) "Consumer reporting agency" means any person who:
12             (1) regularly  engages,  in whole or in part, in the
13        practice of assembling or preparing consumer reports  for
14        a monetary fee,
15             (2) obtains information primarily from sources other
16        than insurance institutions, and
17             (3) furnishes consumer reports to other persons.
18        (H)  "Control",  including  the  terms "controlled by" or
19    "under common control with", means the possession, direct  or
20    indirect,  of  the  power to direct or cause the direction of
21    the management and policies of a person, whether through  the
22    ownership  of  voting  securities,  by  contract other than a
23    commercial contract for goods or nonmanagement  services,  or
24    otherwise,  unless  the  power  is  the result of an official
25    position with or corporate office held by the person.
26        (I)  "Declination of insurance coverage" means a  denial,
27    in  whole or in part, by an insurance institution or agent of
28    requested insurance coverage.
29        (J)  "Individual" means any natural person who:
30             (1)  in the case of property or casualty  insurance,
31        is   a   past,  present  or  proposed  named  insured  or
32        certificateholder;
33             (2)  in the  case  of  life,  health  or  disability
34        insurance,  is  a  past,  present  or  proposed principal
                            -666-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        insured or certificateholder;
 2             (3)  is a past, present or proposed policyowner;
 3             (4)  is a past or present applicant;
 4             (5)  is a past or present claimant; or
 5             (6)  derived,  derives  or  is  proposed  to  derive
 6        insurance  coverage  under   an   insurance   policy   or
 7        certificate subject to this Article.
 8        (K)  "Institutional   source"   means   any   person   or
 9    governmental   entity  that  provides  information  about  an
10    individual   to   an   agent,   insurance   institution    or
11    insurance-support organization, other than:
12             (1)  an agent,
13             (2)  the  individual  who  is  the  subject  of  the
14        information, or
15             (3)  a  natural person acting in a personal capacity
16        rather than in a business or professional capacity.
17        (L)  "Insurance  institution"  means   any   corporation,
18    association, partnership, reciprocal exchange, inter-insurer,
19    Lloyd's  insurer,  fraternal  benefit society or other person
20    engaged in the  business  of  insurance,  health  maintenance
21    organizations   as   defined  in  Section  2  of  the  Health
22    Maintenance  Organization  Act,  medical  service  plans   as
23    defined  in  Section  2  of  the  Medical  Service  Plan Act,
24    hospital service corporation under the Nonprofit Health  Care
25    Service  Plan Act, voluntary health services plans as defined
26    in Section 2 of the Voluntary Health Services Plans Act,  and
27    dental  service  plans  as defined in Section 4 of the Dental
28    Service Plan Act.  "Insurance institution" shall not  include
29    agents or insurance-support organizations.
30        (M)  "Insurance-support organization" means:
31             (1) any person who regularly engages, in whole or in
32        part,   in  the  practice  of  assembling  or  collecting
33        information about natural persons for the primary purpose
34        of providing the information to an insurance  institution
                            -667-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        or agent for insurance transactions, including:
 2                  (a)  the  furnishing  of  consumer  reports  or
 3             investigative   consumer  reports  to  an  insurance
 4             institution or agent for use in connection  with  an
 5             insurance transaction, or
 6                  (b)  the  collection  of  personal  information
 7             from   insurance   institutions,   agents  or  other
 8             insurance-support organizations for the  purpose  of
 9             detecting     or    preventing    fraud,    material
10             misrepresentation  or  material   nondisclosure   in
11             connection  with insurance underwriting or insurance
12             claim activity.
13             (2) Notwithstanding   paragraph   (1)   above,   the
14        following    persons    shall    not    be     considered
15        "insurance-support  organizations"  for  purposes of this
16        Article:  agents,  government   institutions,   insurance
17        institutions,   medical  care  institutions  and  medical
18        professionals.
19        (N)  "Insurance  transaction"   means   any   transaction
20    involving   insurance   primarily  for  personal,  family  or
21    household needs rather than business  or  professional  needs
22    which entails:
23             (1)  the    determination    of    an   individual's
24        eligibility  for  an  insurance  coverage,   benefit   or
25        payment, or
26             (2)  the  servicing  of  an  insurance  application,
27        policy, contract or certificate.
28        (O)  "Investigative  consumer  report"  means  a consumer
29    report or  portion  thereof  in  which  information  about  a
30    natural  person's  character,  general  reputation,  personal
31    characteristics   or  mode  of  living  is  obtained  through
32    personal interviews with  the  person's  neighbors,  friends,
33    associates,  acquaintances  or  others who may have knowledge
34    concerning such items of information.
                            -668-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (P)  "Medical-care institution"  means  any  facility  or
 2    institution  that is licensed to provide health care services
 3    to natural persons, including but not limited to:  hospitals,
 4    skilled  nursing  facilities,  home-health  agencies, medical
 5    clinics, rehabilitation agencies and  public-health  agencies
 6    and health-maintenance organizations.
 7        (Q)  "Medical  professional" means any person licensed or
 8    certified    to  provide  health  care  services  to  natural
 9    persons, including but not limited to, a physician,  dentist,
10    nurse,   optometrist,  chiropractor,  naprapath,  pharmacist,
11    physical  or  occupational  therapist,   psychiatric   social
12    worker,  speech  therapist,  clinical  dietitian  or clinical
13    psychologist.
14        (R)  "Medical-record    information"    means    personal
15    information which:
16             (1)  relates to an individual's physical  or  mental
17        condition, medical history or medical treatment, and
18             (2)  is  obtained  from  a  medical  professional or
19        medical-care institution, from the  individual,  or  from
20        the individual's spouse, parent or legal guardian.
21        (S)  "Person"  means  any  natural  person,  corporation,
22    association, partnership or other legal entity.
23        (T)  "Personal   information"   means   any  individually
24    identifiable  information  gathered  in  connection  with  an
25    insurance transaction from which judgments can be made  about
26    an  individual's  character,  habits,  avocations,  finances,
27    occupation,  general  reputation, credit, health or any other
28    personal characteristics.  "Personal information" includes an
29    individual's   name   and   address    and    "medical-record
30    information" but does not include "privileged information".
31        (U)  "Policyholder" means any person who:
32             (1)  in  the case of individual property or casualty
33        insurance, is a present named insured;
34             (2)  in the  case  of  individual  life,  health  or
                            -669-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        disability insurance, is a present policyowner; or
 2             (3)  in   the  case  of  group  insurance  which  is
 3        individually   underwritten,   is   a    present    group
 4        certificateholder.
 5        (V)  "Pretext  interview"  means  an  interview whereby a
 6    person, in an attempt to obtain information about  a  natural
 7    person, performs one or more of the following acts:
 8             (1)  pretends to be someone he or she is not,
 9             (2)  pretends to represent a person he or she is not
10        in fact representing,
11             (3)  misrepresents   the   true   purpose   of   the
12        interview, or
13             (4)  refuses  to  identify  himself  or herself upon
14        request.
15        (W)  "Privileged  information"  means  any   individually
16    identifiable  information  that:  (1)  relates to a claim for
17    insurance  benefits  or  a  civil  or   criminal   proceeding
18    involving  an  individual, and (2) is collected in connection
19    with or in reasonable anticipation of a claim  for  insurance
20    benefits   or  civil  or  criminal  proceeding  involving  an
21    individual; provided, however, information otherwise  meeting
22    the  requirements  of  this  subsection shall nevertheless be
23    considered "personal information" under this Article if it is
24    disclosed in violation of Section 1014 of this Article.
25        (X)  "Residual market mechanism"  means  an  association,
26    organization  or  other entity described in Article XXXIII of
27    this Act, or Section 7-501 of The Illinois Vehicle Code.
28        (Y)  "Termination of insurance coverage" or  "termination
29    of  an  insurance  policy"  means  either  a  cancellation or
30    nonrenewal of an insurance policy, in whole or in  part,  for
31    any  reason  other  than  the  failure  to  pay  a premium as
32    required by the policy.
33        (Z) "Unauthorized insurer" means an insurance institution
34    that has not been granted a certificate of authority  by  the
                            -670-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Director to transact the business of insurance in this State.
 2    (Source:  P.A.  90-7,  eff.  6-10-97;  90-177,  eff. 7-23-97;
 3    90-372, eff. 7-1-98; revised 11-14-97.)
 4        Section 101.  The Comprehensive Health Insurance Plan Act
 5    is amended by changing Section 8 as follows:
 6        (215 ILCS 105/8) (from Ch. 73, par. 1308)
 7        Sec. 8.  Minimum benefits.
 8        a.  Availability. The Plan shall  offer  in  an  annually
 9    renewable  policy  major  medical  expense  coverage to every
10    eligible person who is  not  eligible  for  Medicare.   Major
11    medical  expense  coverage  offered  by the Plan shall pay an
12    eligible person's covered expenses, subject to limit  on  the
13    deductible   and   coinsurance   payments   authorized  under
14    paragraph (4) of subsection  d  of  this  Section,  up  to  a
15    lifetime  benefit limit of $1,000,000 per covered individual.
16    The maximum limit under this subsection shall not be  altered
17    by  the  Board,  and  no  actuarial equivalent benefit may be
18    substituted by the Board.  Any  person  who  otherwise  would
19    qualify  for coverage under the Plan, but is excluded because
20    he or she is eligible for Medicare, shall be eligible for any
21    separate Medicare supplement policy  or  policies  which  the
22    Board may offer.
23        b.  Outline  of  benefits.   Covered  expenses  shall  be
24    limited   to   the  usual  and  customary  charge,  including
25    negotiated fees, in the locality for the  following  services
26    and articles when prescribed by a physician and determined by
27    the Plan to be medically necessary for the following areas of
28    services,  subject to such separate deductibles, co-payments,
29    exclusions, and other limitations on benefits  as  the  Board
30    shall establish and approve, and the other provisions of this
31    Section:
32             (1)  Hospital services.
                            -671-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (2)  Professional  services  for  the  diagnosis  or
 2        treatment  of  injuries,  illnesses  or conditions, other
 3        than dental and mental and nervous disorders as described
 4        in paragraph (17), which are rendered by a physician,  or
 5        by   other  licensed  professionals  at  the  physician's
 6        direction.
 7             (3)  (Blank).
 8             (4)  Drugs requiring a physician's prescription.
 9             (5)  Skilled nursing services of a licensed  skilled
10        nursing  facility  for  not  more  than 120 days during a
11        policy year.
12             (6)  Services of a home health agency in accord with
13        a home health care plan, up to a maximum  of  270  visits
14        per year.
15             (7)  Services  of  a  licensed  hospice for not more
16        than 180 days during a policy year.
17             (8)  Use of radium or other radioactive materials.
18             (9)  Oxygen.
19             (10)  Anesthetics.
20             (11)  Orthoses and prostheses other than dental.
21             (12)  Rental or purchase in  accordance  with  Board
22        policies  or  procedures  of  durable  medical equipment,
23        other than eyeglasses or hearing aids, for which there is
24        no personal use in the absence of the condition for which
25        it is prescribed.
26             (13)  Diagnostic x-rays and laboratory tests.
27             (14)  Oral surgery  for  excision  of  partially  or
28        completely  unerupted  impacted  teeth  or  the  gums and
29        tissues of the mouth, when not  performed  in  connection
30        with  the routine extraction or repair of teeth, and oral
31        surgery  and  procedures,  including   orthodontics   and
32        prosthetics  necessary  for craniofacial or maxillofacial
33        conditions and to correct congenital defects or  injuries
34        due to accident.
                            -672-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (15)  Physical,  speech, and functional occupational
 2        therapy  as   medically   necessary   and   provided   by
 3        appropriate licensed professionals.
 4             (16)  Emergency   and   other   medically  necessary
 5        transportation provided by a licensed  ambulance  service
 6        to  the nearest health care facility qualified to treat a
 7        covered illness, injury, or  condition,  subject  to  the
 8        provisions of the Emergency Medical Systems (EMS) Act.
 9             (17)  Outpatient    services   for   diagnosis   and
10        treatment of mental and nervous disorders provided that a
11        covered person shall be required to make a copayment  not
12        to  exceed  50%  and  that  the  Plan's payment shall not
13        exceed such amounts as are established by the Board.
14             (18)  Human organ or tissue transplants specified by
15        the Board that are performed at a hospital designated  by
16        the  Board  as a participating transplant center for that
17        specific organ or tissue transplant.
18             (19)  Naprapathic services, as appropriate, provided
19        by a licensed naprapathic practitioner.
20        c.  Exclusions.  Covered expenses of the Plan  shall  not
21    include the following:
22             (1)  Any  charge for treatment for cosmetic purposes
23        other than for reconstructive surgery when the service is
24        incidental to or follows surgery resulting  from  injury,
25        sickness  or  other  diseases  of  the  involved  part or
26        surgery for the  repair  or  treatment  of  a  congenital
27        bodily defect to restore normal bodily functions.
28             (2)  Any charge for care that is primarily for rest,
29        custodial, educational, or domiciliary purposes.
30             (3)  Any  charge  for  services in a private room to
31        the extent it is in excess of  the  institution's  charge
32        for  its  most  common semiprivate room, unless a private
33        room is prescribed as medically necessary by a physician.
34             (4)  That part of any charge for room and  board  or
                            -673-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        for   services  rendered  or  articles  prescribed  by  a
 2        physician, dentist, or other health care  personnel  that
 3        exceeds  the  reasonable  and  customary  charge  in  the
 4        locality  or  for  any services or supplies not medically
 5        necessary for the diagnosed injury or illness.
 6             (5)  Any  charge  for  services  or   articles   the
 7        provision  of  which is not within the scope of licensure
 8        of the institution or individual providing  the  services
 9        or articles.
10             (6)  Any  expense  incurred  prior  to the effective
11        date of coverage by the Plan  for  the  person  on  whose
12        behalf the expense is incurred.
13             (7)  Dental  care,  dental surgery, dental treatment
14        or dental appliances, except  as  provided  in  paragraph
15        (14) of subsection b of this Section.
16             (8)  Eyeglasses,  contact  lenses,  hearing  aids or
17        their fitting.
18             (9)  Illness or injury due to acts of war.
19             (10)  Services of  blood  donors  and  any  fee  for
20        failure to replace the first 3 pints of blood provided to
21        a covered  person each policy year.
22             (11)  Personal  supplies  or  services provided by a
23        hospital or nursing home,  or  any  other  nonmedical  or
24        nonprescribed supply or service.
25             (12)  Routine  maternity  charges  for  a pregnancy,
26        except where added as optional coverage with  payment  of
27        an   additional  premium  for  pregnancy  resulting  from
28        conception occurring after  the  effective  date  of  the
29        optional coverage.
30             (13)  (Blank).
31             (14)  Any  expense or charge for services, drugs, or
32        supplies that  are:  (i)  not  provided  in  accord  with
33        generally accepted standards of current medical practice;
34        (ii)  for procedures, treatments, equipment, transplants,
                            -674-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        or  implants,   any   of   which   are   investigational,
 2        experimental,    or    for   research   purposes;   (iii)
 3        investigative and not proven safe and effective; or  (iv)
 4        for,   or   resulting   from,   a  gender  transformation
 5        operation.
 6             (15)  Any expense or  charge  for  routine  physical
 7        examinations or tests.
 8             (16)  Any  expense for which a charge is not made in
 9        the absence of insurance or for which there is  no  legal
10        obligation on the part of the patient to pay.
11             (17)  Any  expense  incurred  for  benefits provided
12        under the laws of  the  United  States  and  this  State,
13        including   Medicare   and  Medicaid  and  other  medical
14        assistance,   military    service-connected    disability
15        payments,  medical  services  provided for members of the
16        armed forces and their dependents  or  employees  of  the
17        armed  forces  of the United States, and medical services
18        financed on behalf of all citizens by the United States.
19             (18)  Any   expense   or   charge   for   in   vitro
20        fertilization,  artificial  insemination,  or  any  other
21        artificial means used to cause pregnancy.
22             (19)  Any expense or charge for oral  contraceptives
23        used  for  birth  control  or  any  other temporary birth
24        control measures.
25             (20)  Any expense or  charge  for  sterilization  or
26        sterilization reversals.
27             (21)  Any   expense   or   charge  for  weight  loss
28        programs, exercise equipment, or  treatment  of  obesity,
29        except  when  certified  by a physician as morbid obesity
30        (at least 2 times normal body weight).
31             (22)  Any  expense   or   charge   for   acupuncture
32        treatment  unless  used  as  an  anesthetic  agent  for a
33        covered surgery.
34             (23)  Any expense or charge for or related to  organ
                            -675-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        or  tissue  transplants  other  than those performed at a
 2        hospital with a Board approved organ  transplant  program
 3        that  has  been designated by the Board as a preferred or
 4        exclusive provider organization for that  specific  organ
 5        or tissue transplant.
 6             (24)  Any   expense   or   charge   for  procedures,
 7        treatments, equipment, or services that are  provided  in
 8        special settings for research purposes or in a controlled
 9        environment,  are  being  studied for safety, efficiency,
10        and effectiveness, and are awaiting  endorsement  by  the
11        appropriate   national  medical  speciality  college  for
12        general use within the medical community.
13        d.  Deductibles and coinsurance.
14        The Plan coverage defined in Section 6 shall provide  for
15    a  choice  of deductibles per individual as authorized by the
16    Board.  If 2 individual members of the same family household,
17    who are both covered persons under the Plan, satisfy the same
18    applicable deductibles, no other member of that family who is
19    also a covered person under the Plan  shall  be  required  to
20    meet  any  deductibles for the balance of that calendar year.
21    The deductibles must  be  applied  first  to  the  authorized
22    amount of covered expenses incurred by the covered person.  A
23    mandatory  coinsurance  requirement  shall  be imposed at the
24    rate authorized by the  Board  in  excess  of  the  mandatory
25    deductible,  the  coinsurance  in the aggregate not to exceed
26    such amounts as are authorized by the Board  per  annum.   At
27    its  discretion  the  Board  may, however, offer catastrophic
28    coverages  or  other  policies  that   provide   for   larger
29    deductibles  with  or  without coinsurance requirements.  The
30    deductibles and coinsurance factors may be adjusted  annually
31    according  to  the  Medical  Component  of the Consumer Price
32    Index.
33        e.  Scope of coverage.
34        (1)  In approving any of the benefit plans to be  offered
                            -676-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    by  the  Plan, the Board shall establish such benefit levels,
 2    deductibles, coinsurance factors, exclusions, and limitations
 3    as it may  deem  appropriate  and  that  it  believes  to  be
 4    generally   reflective   of   and  commensurate  with  health
 5    insurance coverage that is provided in the individual  market
 6    in this State.
 7        (2)  The  benefit  plans  approved  by the Board may also
 8    provide for and employ various cost containment measures  and
 9    other   requirements   including,   but   not   limited   to,
10    preadmission  certification,  prior approval, second surgical
11    opinions, concurrent utilization review programs,  individual
12    case  management,  preferred  provider  organizations, health
13    maintenance   organizations,   and   other   cost   effective
14    arrangements for paying for covered expenses.
15        f.  Preexisting conditions.
16             (1)  Except  for  federally   eligible   individuals
17        qualifying for Plan coverage under Section 15 of this Act
18        or eligible persons who qualify for and elect to purchase
19        the   waiver   authorized   in   paragraph  (3)  of  this
20        subsection,  plan  coverage  shall  exclude  charges   or
21        expenses incurred during the first 6 months following the
22        effective  date  of  coverage as to any condition if: (a)
23        the condition had manifested itself within  the  6  month
24        period   immediately  preceding  the  effective  date  of
25        coverage in such a manner as would  cause  an  ordinarily
26        prudent  person  to seek diagnosis, care or treatment; or
27        (b) medical advice, care or treatment was recommended  or
28        received  within the 6 month period immediately preceding
29        the effective date of coverage.
30             (2)  (Blank).
31             (3)  Waiver: The preexisting condition exclusions as
32        set forth in paragraph (1) of this  subsection  shall  be
33        waived  to  the  extent to which the eligible person: (a)
34        has satisfied similar exclusions under any  prior  health
                            -677-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        insurance   coverage   or  group  health  plan  that  was
 2        involuntarily  terminated;  (b)  is  ineligible  for  any
 3        continuation coverage  that  would  continue  or  provide
 4        substantially    similar    coverage    following    that
 5        termination;  and  (c)  has applied for Plan coverage not
 6        later than 30 days following the involuntary termination.
 7        No  policy  or  plan  shall  be  deemed  to   have   been
 8        involuntarily  terminated  if  the master policyholder or
 9        other  controlling  party  elected  to  change  insurance
10        coverage from one health insurance issuer or group health
11        plan to another even  if  that  decision  resulted  in  a
12        discontinuation  of coverage for any individual under the
13        plan, either totally or for any  medical  condition.  For
14        each  eligible  person  who qualifies for and elects this
15        waiver, there shall be added to each payment of  premium,
16        on  a  prorated  basis,  a  surcharge of up to 10% of the
17        otherwise applicable annual premium for as long  as  that
18        individual's coverage under the Plan remains in effect or
19        60 months, whichever is less.
20        g.  Other sources primary;  nonduplication of benefits.
21             (1)  The  Plan  shall  be the last payor of benefits
22        whenever any other  benefit  or  source  of  third  party
23        payment  is  available.   Subject  to  the  provisions of
24        subsection e of Section  7,  benefits  otherwise  payable
25        under  Plan coverage shall be reduced by all amounts paid
26        or payable by Medicare or any other government program or
27        through  any  health  insurance  or  group  health  plan,
28        whether by insurance,  reimbursement,  or  otherwise,  or
29        through  any third party liability, settlement, judgment,
30        or award, regardless  of  the  date  of  the  settlement,
31        judgment,  or award, whether the settlement, judgment, or
32        award is in the form of a contract, agreement,  or  trust
33        on  behalf  of  a  minor  or  otherwise  and  whether the
34        settlement, judgment, or award is payable to the  covered
                            -678-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        person,   his   or   her   dependent,   estate,  personal
 2        representative, or guardian in a lump sum or  over  time,
 3        and  by  all hospital or medical expense benefits paid or
 4        payable  under  any   worker's   compensation   coverage,
 5        automobile   medical  payment,  or  liability  insurance,
 6        whether provided on the basis of fault or  nonfault,  and
 7        by any hospital or medical benefits paid or payable under
 8        or  provided  pursuant  to  any  State  or federal law or
 9        program.
10             (2)  The Plan shall have a cause of  action  against
11        any  covered person or any other person or entity for the
12        recovery of any amount paid to the extent the amount  was
13        for  treatment, services, or supplies not covered in this
14        Section or in excess of benefits as  set  forth  in  this
15        Section.
16             (3)  Whenever benefits are due from the Plan because
17        of  sickness  or  an injury to a covered person resulting
18        from a third party's wrongful act or negligence  and  the
19        covered  person has recovered or may recover damages from
20        a third party or its insurer, the  Plan  shall  have  the
21        right  to  reduce  benefits  or to refuse to pay benefits
22        that otherwise may be payable by the  amount  of  damages
23        that  the  covered  person  has  recovered or may recover
24        regardless of the date of the sickness or injury  or  the
25        date of any settlement, judgment, or award resulting from
26        that sickness or injury.
27             During  the  pendency of any action or claim that is
28        brought by or on behalf of a  covered  person  against  a
29        third  party  or  its  insurer,  any  benefits that would
30        otherwise be payable except for the  provisions  of  this
31        paragraph  (3)  shall  be  paid  if payment by or for the
32        third party has not yet been made and the covered  person
33        or,  if  incapable,  that  person's  legal representative
34        agrees in writing to pay back promptly the benefits  paid
                            -679-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        as  a  result  of the sickness or injury to the extent of
 2        any future payments made by or for the  third  party  for
 3        the  sickness  or  injury.   This  agreement  is to apply
 4        whether or not liability for the payments is  established
 5        or  admitted by the third party or whether those payments
 6        are itemized.
 7             Any amounts due the plan to repay  benefits  may  be
 8        deducted  from  other  benefits payable by the Plan after
 9        payments by or for the third party are made.
10             (4)  Benefits due from the Plan may  be  reduced  or
11        refused   as  an  offset  against  any  amount  otherwise
12        recoverable under this Section.
13        h.  Right of subrogation; recoveries.
14             (1)  Whenever the Plan has paid benefits because  of
15        sickness  or  an  injury  to any covered person resulting
16        from a third party's wrongful act or negligence,  or  for
17        which  an  insurer  is  liable  in  accordance  with  the
18        provisions  of  any  policy of insurance, and the covered
19        person has recovered or may recover damages from a  third
20        party that is liable for the damages, the Plan shall have
21        the  right  to  recover  the  benefits  it  paid from any
22        amounts that the  covered  person  has  received  or  may
23        receive  regardless of the date of the sickness or injury
24        or  the  date  of  any  settlement,  judgment,  or  award
25        resulting from that sickness or injury.  The  Plan  shall
26        be subrogated to any right of recovery the covered person
27        may  have under the terms of any private or public health
28        care coverage or liability coverage,  including  coverage
29        under  the  Workers'  Compensation  Act  or  the Workers'
30        Occupational  Diseases  Act,  without  the  necessity  of
31        assignment of claim or other authorization to secure  the
32        right of recovery.  To enforce its subrogation right, the
33        Plan may (i) intervene or join in an action or proceeding
34        brought   by   the   covered   person   or  his  personal
                            -680-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        representative,  including  his  guardian,   conservator,
 2        estate, dependents, or survivors, against any third party
 3        or  the  third party's insurer that may be liable or (ii)
 4        institute and prosecute  legal  proceedings  against  any
 5        third  party  or  the  third  party's insurer that may be
 6        liable for the sickness or injury in an appropriate court
 7        either in the name of the Plan or  in  the  name  of  the
 8        covered  person or his personal representative, including
 9        his  guardian,  conservator,   estate,   dependents,   or
10        survivors.
11             (2)  If  any  action  or  claim  is brought by or on
12        behalf of a covered person against a third party  or  the
13        third party's insurer, the covered person or his personal
14        representative,   including  his  guardian,  conservator,
15        estate, dependents, or survivors, shall notify  the  Plan
16        by  personal  service or registered mail of the action or
17        claim and of the name of the court in which the action or
18        claim is brought, filing proof thereof in the  action  or
19        claim.  The Plan may, at any time thereafter, join in the
20        action  or  claim  upon  its motion so that all orders of
21        court after hearing and judgment shall be  made  for  its
22        protection.   No  release  or  settlement  of a claim for
23        damages and no satisfaction of  judgment  in  the  action
24        shall be valid without the written consent of the Plan to
25        the  extent of its interest in the settlement or judgment
26        and of the covered person or his personal representative.
27             (3)  In the event that the  covered  person  or  his
28        personal  representative  fails to institute a proceeding
29        against any appropriate  third  party  before  the  fifth
30        month before the action would be barred, the Plan may, in
31        its  own  name  or  in  the name of the covered person or
32        personal representative, commence  a  proceeding  against
33        any  appropriate  third party for the recovery of damages
34        on account of any  sickness,  injury,  or  death  to  the
                            -681-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        covered  person.   The  covered person shall cooperate in
 2        doing what is reasonably necessary to assist the Plan  in
 3        any  recovery  and  shall  not take any action that would
 4        prejudice the Plan's right to recovery.  The  Plan  shall
 5        pay  to the covered person or his personal representative
 6        all sums collected from any third party  by  judgment  or
 7        otherwise in excess of amounts paid in benefits under the
 8        Plan  and  amounts paid or to be paid as costs, attorneys
 9        fees, and reasonable expenses incurred  by  the  Plan  in
10        making the collection or enforcing the judgment.
11             (4)  In  the  event  that  a  covered  person or his
12        personal   representative,   including   his    guardian,
13        conservator,  estate,  dependents, or survivors, recovers
14        damages from a third party for sickness or injury  caused
15        to the covered person, the covered person or the personal
16        representative  shall  pay  to  the Plan from the damages
17        recovered the amount of benefits paid or to  be  paid  on
18        behalf of the covered person.
19             (5)  When  the  action  or  claim  is brought by the
20        covered person alone and  the  covered  person  incurs  a
21        personal  liability  to  pay attorney's fees and costs of
22        litigation, the Plan's claim  for  reimbursement  of  the
23        benefits provided to the covered person shall be the full
24        amount  of  benefits  paid to or on behalf of the covered
25        person  under  this  Act  less  a  pro  rata  share  that
26        represents the Plan's reasonable share of attorney's fees
27        paid by the covered person and that portion of  the  cost
28        of  litigation  expenses determined by multiplying by the
29        ratio of the full amount of the expenditures to the  full
30        amount of the judgement, award, or settlement.
31             (6)  In  the event of judgment or award in a suit or
32        claim against a third party or insurer, the  court  shall
33        first   order  paid  from  any  judgement  or  award  the
34        reasonable litigation expenses  incurred  in  preparation
                            -682-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        and  prosecution  of  the  action or claim, together with
 2        reasonable  attorney's  fees.   After  payment  of  those
 3        expenses and attorney's fees, the court shall  apply  out
 4        of  the  balance  of  the  judgment  or  award  an amount
 5        sufficient to reimburse  the  Plan  the  full  amount  of
 6        benefits  paid on behalf of the covered person under this
 7        Act, provided the court  may  reduce  and  apportion  the
 8        Plan's  portion  of  the  judgement  proportionate to the
 9        recovery of the covered person.  The burden of  producing
10        evidence  sufficient to support the exercise by the court
11        of its discretion to reduce the amount of a proven charge
12        sought to be enforced against  the  recovery  shall  rest
13        with  the  party  seeking  the  reduction.  The court may
14        consider the nature and extent of  the  injury,  economic
15        and  non-economic  loss,  settlement  offers, comparative
16        negligence as it applies to the case  at  hand,  hospital
17        costs,  physician costs, and all other appropriate costs.
18        The Plan shall pay its pro rata  share  of  the  attorney
19        fees  based  on the Plan's recovery as it compares to the
20        total judgment.  Any reimbursement  rights  of  the  Plan
21        shall  take  priority  over  all  other liens and charges
22        existing under the laws of this State with the  exception
23        of any attorney liens filed under the Attorneys Lien Act.
24             (7)  The  Plan  may compromise or settle and release
25        any claim for benefits provided under this Act  or  waive
26        any  claims  for  benefits,  in whole or in part, for the
27        convenience of the Plan or if the  Plan  determines  that
28        collection  would  result  in  undue  hardship  upon  the
29        covered person.
30    (Source: P.A.  89-486,  eff.  6-21-96;  90-7,  eff.  6-10-97;
31    90-30, eff, 7-1-97; revised 8-7-97.)
32        Section  102.   The  Health  Care Purchasing Group Act is
33    amended by changing Section 15 as follows:
                            -683-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (215 ILCS 123/15)
 2        Sec. 15.   Health  care  purchasing  groups;  membership;
 3    formation.
 4        (a)  An  HPG  may  be an organization formed by 2 or more
 5    employers with no more than 2,500 covered individuals, an HPG
 6    sponsor or a risk-bearer  for  purposes  of  contracting  for
 7    health  insurance  under  this  Act  to  cover  employees and
 8    dependents of HPG members.  An HPG  shall  not  be  prevented
 9    from  supplementing health insurance coverage purchased under
10    this Act by contracting for services from  entities  licensed
11    and  authorized  in  Illinois to provide those services under
12    the Dental Service  Plan  Act,  the  Limited  Health  Service
13    Organization  Act,  Vision  Service  Plan  Act,  or Voluntary
14    Health Services Plans Act.  An HPG may be  a  separate  legal
15    entity  or simply a group of 2 or more employers with no more
16    than 2,500 covered individuals aggregated under this  Act  by
17    an  HPG sponsor or risk-bearer for insurance purposes.  There
18    shall be no limit as to the number of HPGs that  may  operate
19    in  any  geographic area of the State.  No insurance risk may
20    be borne or  retained  by  the  HPG.   All  health  insurance
21    contracts  issued  to the HPG must be delivered or issued for
22    delivery in Illinois.
23        (b)  Members  of  an  HPG  must  be  Illinois   domiciled
24    employers,  except  that  an employer domiciled elsewhere may
25    become a member of an Illinois HPG for the  sole  purpose  of
26    insuring  its  employees whose place of employment is located
27    within this State.   HPG  membership  may  include  employers
28    having no more than 2,500 covered individuals.
29        (c)  If  an HPG is formed by any 2 or more employers with
30    no more than 2,500 covered individuals, it is  authorized  to
31    negotiate,  solicit,  market, obtain proposals for, and enter
32    into group or master health insurance contracts on behalf  of
33    its  members  and  their employees and employee dependents so
34    long as it meets all of the following requirements:
                            -684-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (1)  The HPG must  be  an  organization  having  the
 2        legal  capacity to contract and having its legal situs in
 3        Illinois.
 4             (2)  The  principal  persons  responsible  for   the
 5        conduct  of  the  HPG  must  perform  their  HPG  related
 6        functions in Illinois.
 7             (3)  No  HPG may collect premium in its name or hold
 8        or manage premium or  claim  fund  accounts  unless  duly
 9        licensed  and  qualified  as  a  managing  general  agent
10        pursuant  to  Section 141a of the Illinois Insurance Code
11        or  a  third  party  administrator  pursuant  to  Section
12        511.105 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
13             (4)  If the HPG gives an offer, application, notice,
14        or proposal of insurance to an employer, it must disclose
15        to that employer the total cost of the insurance.   Dues,
16        fees,  or  charges to be paid to the HPG, HPG sponsor, or
17        any  other  entity  as  a  condition  to  purchasing  the
18        insurance must be itemized.  The HPG shall also  disclose
19        to  its  members  the amount of any dividends, experience
20        refunds, or other such  payments  it  receives  from  the
21        risk-bearer.
22             (5)  An  HPG  must register with the Director before
23        entering into a group or master health insurance contract
24        on behalf of its members and must renew the  registration
25        annually on forms and at times prescribed by the Director
26        in  rules specifying, at minimum, (i) the identity of the
27        officers and directors, trustees, or attorney-in-fact  of
28        the HPG; (ii) a certification that those persons have not
29        been  convicted  of any felony offense involving a breach
30        of fiduciary duty or improper manipulation  of  accounts;
31        and (iii) the number of employer members then enrolled in
32        the  HPG, together with any other information that may be
33        needed to carry out the purposes of this Act.
34             (6)  At the time of initial  registration  and  each
                            -685-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        renewal  thereof  an  HPG  shall pay a fee of $100 to the
 2        Director.
 3        (d)  If an HPG is formed by an HPG sponsor or risk-bearer
 4    and the HPG performs no marketing, negotiation, solicitation,
 5    or proposing  of  insurance  to  HPG  members,  exclusive  of
 6    ministerial acts performed by individual employers to service
 7    their  own employees, then a group or master health insurance
 8    contract may be issued in the name of the HPG and held by  an
 9    HPG  sponsor,  risk-bearer,  or  designated  employer  member
10    within  the  State.   In  these  cases  the  HPG requirements
11    specified in subsection (c) shall not be applicable, however:
12             (1)  the group or master health  insurance  contract
13        must  contain  a  provision permitting the contract to be
14        enforced through legal action initiated by  any  employer
15        member  or  by  an employee of an HPG member who has paid
16        premium for the coverage provided;
17             (2)  the group or master health  insurance  contract
18        must  be  available for inspection and copying by any HPG
19        member, employee, or insured dependent  at  a  designated
20        location  within  the State at all normal business hours;
21        and
22             (3)  any  information  concerning   HPG   membership
23        required by rule under item (5) of subsection (c) must be
24        provided  by  the  HPG  sponsor  in  its registration and
25        renewal  forms  or  by  the  risk-bearer  in  its  annual
26        reports.
27    (Source: P.A. 90-337, eff. 1-1-98; revised 1-21-98.)
28        Section 103.  The Health Maintenance Organization Act  is
29    amended  by  changing Sections 1-2, 3-1, 4-6.1, 5-3, 5-6, and
30    6-8 and setting forth and renumbering  multiple  versions  of
31    Section 4-17 as follows:
32        (215 ILCS 125/1-2) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1402)
                            -686-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Sec.  1-2.  Definitions.  As used in this Act, unless the
 2    context otherwise requires, the following  terms  shall  have
 3    the meanings ascribed to them:
 4        (1)  "Advertisement"   means  any  printed  or  published
 5    material, audiovisual material and descriptive literature  of
 6    the  health  care  plan  used  in  direct  mail,  newspapers,
 7    magazines,  radio scripts, television scripts, billboards and
 8    similar displays; and any  descriptive  literature  or  sales
 9    aids  of  all  kinds  disseminated by a representative of the
10    health care plan for presentation to  the  public  including,
11    but   not   limited   to,   circulars,   leaflets,  booklets,
12    depictions, illustrations, form letters  and  prepared  sales
13    presentations.
14        (2)  "Director" means the Director of Insurance.
15        (3)  "Basic  health  care services" means emergency care,
16    and inpatient hospital and physician care, outpatient medical
17    services, mental health services and  care  for  alcohol  and
18    drug   abuse,   including   any  reasonable  deductibles  and
19    co-payments, all of which are subject to such limitations  as
20    are determined by the Director pursuant to rule.
21        (4)  "Enrollee" means an individual who has been enrolled
22    in a health care plan.
23        (5)  "Evidence   of   coverage"  means  any  certificate,
24    agreement, or contract issued to an enrollee setting out  the
25    coverage to which he is entitled in exchange for a per capita
26    prepaid sum.
27        (6)  "Group  contract"  means  a contract for health care
28    services which by its terms limits eligibility to members  of
29    a specified group.
30        (7)  "Health care plan" means any arrangement whereby any
31    organization undertakes to provide or arrange for and pay for
32    or  reimburse  the  cost  of  basic health care services from
33    providers selected by the Health Maintenance Organization and
34    such arrangement consists of arranging for or  the  provision
                            -687-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of  such  health  care  services,  as distinguished from mere
 2    indemnification against the cost of such services, except  as
 3    otherwise  authorized  by  Section  2-3 of this Act, on a per
 4    capita prepaid basis,  through  insurance  or  otherwise.   A
 5    "health  care  plan" also includes any arrangement whereby an
 6    organization undertakes to provide or arrange for or pay  for
 7    or  reimburse the cost of any health care service for persons
 8    who are  enrolled  in  the  integrated  health  care  program
 9    established  under  Section 5-16.3 of the Illinois Public Aid
10    Code through providers selected by the organization  and  the
11    arrangement  consists of making provision for the delivery of
12    health   care   services,   as   distinguished   from    mere
13    indemnification.   A  "health  care  plan"  also includes any
14    arrangement  pursuant  to  Section  4-17.   Nothing  in  this
15    definition,  however,  affects  the  total  medical  services
16    available to persons eligible for  medical  assistance  under
17    the Illinois Public Aid Code.
18        (8)  "Health  care  services" means any services included
19    in the furnishing to any  individual  of  medical  or  dental
20    care, or the hospitalization or incident to the furnishing of
21    such care or hospitalization as well as the furnishing to any
22    person  of  any  and  all  other  services for the purpose of
23    preventing, alleviating, curing or healing human  illness  or
24    injury.
25        (9)  "Health    Maintenance   Organization"   means   any
26    organization formed under the laws of this or  another  state
27    to provide or arrange for one or more health care plans under
28    a  system  which  causes  any part of the risk of health care
29    delivery to be borne by the organization or its providers.
30        (10)  "Net worth" means admitted assets,  as  defined  in
31    Section 1-3 of this Act, minus liabilities.
32        (11)  "Organization"  means  any  insurance company, or a
33    nonprofit corporation authorized under  the  Medical  Service
34    Plan  Act,  the  Dental  Service  Plan  Act or, the Voluntary
                            -688-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Health Services Plans  Act  or  the  Non-profit  Health  Care
 2    Service  Plan  Act, or a corporation organized under the laws
 3    of this or another state for the purpose of operating one  or
 4    more  health care plans and doing no business other than that
 5    of a Health Maintenance Organization or an insurance company.
 6    "Organization" shall also mean  the  University  of  Illinois
 7    Hospital  as  defined  in the University of Illinois Hospital
 8    Act.
 9        (12)  "Provider" means any physician, hospital  facility,
10    or  other person which is licensed or otherwise authorized to
11    furnish health care services  and  also  includes  any  other
12    entity that arranges for the delivery or furnishing of health
13    care service.
14        (13)  "Producer"  means  a  person directly or indirectly
15    associated  with  a  health  care   plan   who   engages   in
16    solicitation or enrollment.
17        (14)  "Per capita prepaid" means a basis of prepayment by
18    which  a  fixed  amount of money is prepaid per individual or
19    any  other  enrollment  unit  to   the   Health   Maintenance
20    Organization  or  for health care services which are provided
21    during a definite time period regardless of the frequency  or
22    extent  of  the  services  rendered by the Health Maintenance
23    Organization,  except  for  copayments  and  deductibles  and
24    except as provided in subsection (f) of Section 5-3  of  this
25    Act.
26        (15)  "Subscriber"  means a person who has entered into a
27    contractual  relationship   with   the   Health   Maintenance
28    Organization  for the provision of or arrangement of at least
29    basic health care  services  to  the  beneficiaries  of  such
30    contract.
31    (Source:  P.A.  89-90,  eff.  6-30-95;  90-177, eff. 7-23-97;
32    90-372, eff. 7-1-98; 90-376, eff. 8-14-97; revised 11-14-97.)
33        (215 ILCS 125/3-1) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1407.3)
                            -689-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Sec. 3-1.  Investment Regulations.
 2        (a)  Any Health Maintenance Organization may  invest  its
 3    funds  as  provided  in  this  Section  and not otherwise.  A
 4    Health  Maintenance Organization  that  is  organized  as  an
 5    insurance  company  may  also  acquire  the investment assets
 6    authorized for an insurance  company  pursuant  to  the  laws
 7    applicable  to  an  insurance  company  in the organization's
 8    state of domicile.  Notwithstanding the  provisions  of  this
 9    Section, the Director may, after notice and hearing, order an
10    organization  to  limit or withdraw from certain investments,
11    or discontinue certain investment practices,  to  the  extent
12    the  Director  finds  that  such  investments  or  investment
13    practices  are  hazardous  to  the financial condition of the
14    organization.
15        (b)  No investment or loan shall be made or engaged in by
16    any Health Maintenance Organization unless the same have been
17    authorized or ratified by the board  of  directors  or  by  a
18    committee  thereof  charged  with  the  duty  of  supervising
19    investments  and loans.  Nothing contained in this subsection
20    shall prevent the board of directors of any such organization
21    from depositing  any  of  its  securities  with  a  committee
22    appointed  for  the  purpose  of  protecting  the interest of
23    security holders or with the authorities of any  state  where
24    it  is  necessary  to  do so in order to secure permission to
25    transact  its  appropriate  business  therein,  and   nothing
26    contained  in  this  subsection  shall  prevent  the board of
27    directors of such organization from depositing any securities
28    as collateral for the securing of any bond required  for  the
29    business of the organization.
30        (c)  No  Health  Maintenance  Organization  shall pay any
31    commission or brokerage for the purchase or sale of  property
32    whether  real  or  personal,  in  excess  of  that  usual and
33    customary  at  the  time  and  in  the  locality  where  such
34    purchases  or  sales  are  made,  and  information  regarding
                            -690-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    payments of commissions and brokerage shall be maintained.
 2        (d)  No  such  Health  Maintenance   Organization   shall
 3    knowingly  invest  in  or loan upon any property, directly or
 4    indirectly, whether real or personal, in which any officer or
 5    director of such organization has a financial  interest,  nor
 6    shall  any  such  organization make a loan of any kind to any
 7    officer or director of such organization,  except  that  this
 8    subsection   shall  not  apply  in  circumstances  where  the
 9    financial interest  of  such  officer  or  director  is  only
10    nominal,  trifling  or  so  remote  as  not to give rise to a
11    conflict of interest.  In any case, the Director may  approve
12    a  transaction  between such organization and its officers or
13    directors under this subsection if he is satisfied  that  (i)
14    the  transaction  is  entered  into  in  good  faith  for the
15    advantage and benefit of the organization, (ii) the amount of
16    the proposed investment or loan does not  violate  any  other
17    provision  of  this Section nor exceed the reasonable, normal
18    value of the property or the interest which the  organization
19    proposes  to  acquire,  and that the transaction is otherwise
20    fair and reasonable,  and  (iii)  the  transaction  will  not
21    adversely affect, to any substantial degree, the liquidity of
22    the  organization's  investment  or its ability thereafter to
23    comply with requirements of this Act or the  payment  of  its
24    claims and obligations.
25        (e)  In  applying  the  percentage limitations imposed by
26    this Section there shall be used as a base the total  of  all
27    assets which would be admitted by this Section without regard
28    to  percentage limitations.  All legal measurements used as a
29    base in the determination of  all  investment  qualifications
30    shall  consist  of  the amounts determined at the most recent
31    year end adjusted for subsequent acquisition and  disposition
32    of investments.
33        (f)  Valuation  of  investments.   Investments  shall  be
34    valued  in  accordance with the published valuation standards
                            -691-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of  the  National  Association  of  Insurance  Commissioners.
 2    Securities investments as to which the  National  Association
 3    of   Insurance  Commissioners  has  not  published  valuation
 4    standards in its  Valuations  of  Securities  manual  or  its
 5    successor publication shall be valued as follows:
 6        (1)  All  obligations having a fixed term and rate shall,
 7    if not in default as to principal or interest, be  valued  as
 8    follows:  if purchased at par, at the par value; if purchased
 9    above or below par,  on  the  basis  of  the  purchase  price
10    adjusted  so  as to bring the value to par at maturity and so
11    as to yield in the meantime the effective rate of interest at
12    which the purchase was made;
13        (2)  Common, preferred  or  guaranteed  stocks  shall  be
14    valued at market value.
15        (3)  Other   security  investments  shall  be  valued  in
16    accordance  with  regulations  promulgated  by  the  Director
17    pursuant to paragraph (6) of this subsection.
18        (4)  Other investments, including real property, shall be
19    valued in accordance  with  regulations  promulgated  by  the
20    Director pursuant to paragraph (6) of this subsection, but in
21    no  event shall such other investments be valued at more than
22    the purchase price.  The purchase  price  for  real  property
23    includes    capitalized    permanent    improvements,    less
24    depreciation  spread evenly over the life of the property or,
25    at the option of the company, less depreciation  computed  on
26    any  basis  permitted  under  the  Internal  Revenue Code and
27    regulations thereunder.   Such  investments  that  have  been
28    affected  by  permanent  declines in value shall be valued at
29    not more than market value.
30        (5)  Any  investment,  including   real   property,   not
31    purchased by the Health Maintenance Organization but acquired
32    in  satisfaction  of  a  debt or otherwise shall be valued in
33    accordance with the applicable procedures for  that  type  of
34    investment  contained  in  this  subsection.  For purposes of
                            -692-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    applying the valuation procedures, the purchase  price  shall
 2    be  deemed  to be the market value at the time the investment
 3    is acquired or, in the case of  any  investment  acquired  in
 4    satisfaction  of  debt,  the  amount  of  the debt, including
 5    interest, taxes and expenses, whichever amount is less.
 6        (6)  The Director shall promulgate rules and  regulations
 7    for   determining  and  calculating  values  to  be  used  in
 8    financial  statements  submitted  to   the   Department   for
 9    investments.
10        (g)  Definitions.   As  used  in this Section, unless the
11    context otherwise requires.
12        (1)  "Business Corporation" means corporations  organized
13    for other than not for profit purposes.
14        (2)  "Business  Entity"  includes  sole  proprietorships,
15    corporations, associations, partnerships and business trusts.
16        (3)  "Bank  or  Trust  Company"  means  any bank or trust
17    company organized under the laws of the United States or  any
18    State  thereof  if  said  bank  or trust company is regularly
19    examined pursuant to such laws and said bank or trust company
20    has the insurance protection afforded by  an  agency  of  the
21    United States government.
22        (4)  "Capital"  means  capital stock paid-up, if any, and
23    its use in a provision  does  not  imply  that  a  non-profit
24    Health  Maintenance Organization without stated capital stock
25    is excluded from the  provision.   The  capital  of  such  an
26    organization will be zero.
27        (5)  "Direct"  when  used in connection with "obligation"
28    means that the designated obligor shall be  primarily  liable
29    on the instrument representing the obligation.
30        (6)  "Facility"  means  and  includes real estate and any
31    and all forms of tangible personal property and services used
32    constituting an operating unit.
33        (7)  "Guaranteed or insured" means that the guarantor  or
34    insurer  will perform or insure the obligation of the obligor
                            -693-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    or will purchase the obligation to the extent of the guaranty
 2    or insurance.
 3        (8)  "Mortgage" shall include a trust deed or other  lien
 4    on  real  property  securing an obligation for the payment of
 5    money.
 6        (9)  "Servicer"  means  a  business  entity  that  has  a
 7    contractual obligation to service a pool of  mortgage  loans.
 8    The  service  provided  shall include, but is not limited to,
 9    collection of principal and interest,  keeping  the  accounts
10    current,  maintaining or confirming in force hazard insurance
11    and tax status and providing supportive accounting services.
12        (10)  "Single credit risk" means the  direct,  guaranteed
13    or  insured  obligations of any one business entity including
14    affiliates thereof.
15        (11)  "Surplus" means the amount properly shown as  total
16    net  worth  on  a company's balance sheet, plus all voluntary
17    reserves, but not including capital paid-up.
18        (12)  "Tangible net worth" means the  par  value  of  all
19    issued  and outstanding capital stock of a corporation (or in
20    the case of shares having no par value, the stated value) and
21    the amounts of all surplus accounts less the sum of (a)  such
22    intangible  assets  as  deferred  charges,  organization  and
23    development   expense,   discount  and  expense  incurred  in
24    securing capital, good  will,  trade-marks,  trade-names  and
25    patents,  (b)  leasehold  improvements,  and (c) any reserves
26    carried by the corporation and not  otherwise  deducted  from
27    assets.
28        (13)  "Unconditional"   when   used  in  connection  with
29    "obligation" means that nothing remains  to  be  done  or  to
30    occur   to   make   the  designated  obligor  liable  on  the
31    instrument, and that the legal holder shall have  the  status
32    at least equal to that of general creditor of the obligor.
33        (h)  Authorized   investments.   Any  Health  Maintenance
34    Organization, except those organized as an insurance company,
                            -694-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    may acquire the assets set forth in paragraphs 1 through  17,
 2    inclusive.    A   Health  Maintenance  Organization  that  is
 3    organized as an insurance company may acquire the  investment
 4    assets  authorized  for  an insurance company pursuant to the
 5    laws applicable to an insurance company in the organization's
 6    state of domicile.  Any restriction, exclusion  or  provision
 7    appearing  in  any paragraph shall apply only with respect to
 8    the authorization of the particular  paragraph  in  which  it
 9    appears  and  shall  not constitute a general prohibition and
10    shall  not  be  applicable  to  any  other  paragraph.    The
11    qualifications  or  disqualifications  of an investment under
12    one paragraph shall not prevent its qualification in whole or
13    in part under another paragraph, and an investment authorized
14    by more than  one  paragraph  may  be  held  under  whichever
15    authorizing paragraph the organization elects.  An investment
16    which  qualified  under  any  paragraph  at  the  time it was
17    acquired or entered into by an organization shall continue to
18    be qualified under that paragraph.  An investment in whole or
19    in part may be transferred from time to time, at the election
20    of the organization, to the authority of any paragraph  under
21    which  it qualifies, whether originally qualifying thereunder
22    or not.
23        (1)  Direct obligations of  the  United  States  for  the
24    payment  of money, or obligations for the payment of money to
25    the extent  guaranteed  or  insured  as  to  the  payment  of
26    principal and interest by the United States.
27        (2)  Direct  obligations for the payment of money, issued
28    by an agency or instrumentality  of  the  United  States,  or
29    obligations for the payment of money to the extent guaranteed
30    or  insured as to the payment of principal and interest by an
31    agency or instrumentality of the United States.
32        (3)  Direct, general obligations  of  any  state  of  the
33    United  States  for  the payment of money, or obligations for
34    the payment of money to the extent guaranteed or  insured  as
                            -695-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    to  the payment of principal and interest by any state of the
 2    United States, on the following conditions:
 3        (i)  Such state has the  power  to  levy  taxes  for  the
 4    prompt   payment  of  the  principal  and  interest  of  such
 5    obligations; and
 6        (ii)  Such state shall not be in default in  the  payment
 7    of  principal or interest on any of its direct, guaranteed or
 8    insured obligations at the date of such investment.
 9        (4)  Direct,  general  obligations   of   any   political
10    subdivision of any state of the United States for the payment
11    of  money,  or  obligations  for  the payment of money to the
12    extent guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest
13    by any political subdivision  of  any  state  of  the  United
14    States, on the following conditions:
15        (i)  The  obligations  are  payable or guaranteed from ad
16    valorem taxes;
17        (ii)  Such political subdivision is not in default in the
18    payment of principal or interest on  any  of  its  direct  or
19    guaranteed obligations;
20        (iii)  No  investment  shall be made under this paragraph
21    in obligations which are secured only by special  assessments
22    for local improvements; and
23        (iv)  An   organization   shall  not  invest  under  this
24    paragraph more than 2% of its admitted assets in  obligations
25    issued or guaranteed by any one such political subdivision.
26        (5)  Anticipation    obligations    of    any   political
27    subdivision of any state of the United States, including  but
28    not  limited  to  bond  anticipation  notes, tax anticipation
29    notes and construction anticipation notes, for the payment of
30    money within 12 months from the issuance of  the  obligation,
31    on the following conditions:
32        (i)  Such  anticipation notes must be a direct obligation
33    of the issuer under conditions set forth in paragraph 4;
34        (ii)  Such political subdivision is not in default in the
                            -696-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    payment of the principal or interest on  any  of  its  direct
 2    general  obligations  or  any  obligation  guaranteed by such
 3    political subdivision;
 4        (iii)  The anticipated funds must be specifically pledged
 5    to secure the obligation;
 6        (iv)  An  organization  shall  not  invest   under   this
 7    paragraph  more  than  2%  of  its  admitted  assets  in  the
 8    anticipation  obligations  issued  by  any one such political
 9    subdivision.
10        (6)  Obligations of any state of  the  United  States,  a
11    political subdivision thereof, or a public instrumentality of
12    any  one  or more of the foregoing, for the payment of money,
13    on the following conditions:
14        (i)  The  obligations  are  payable  from   revenues   or
15    earnings  of  a  public  utility  of  such  state,  political
16    subdivision, or public instrumentality which are specifically
17    pledged therefor;
18        (ii)  The  law  under  which  the  obligations are issued
19    requires  such  rates  for  service  shall  be  charged   and
20    collected  at  all  times  that  they will produce sufficient
21    revenue or earnings  together  with  any  other  revenues  or
22    moneys  pledged  to pay all operating and maintenance charges
23    of the public utility and all principal and interest on  such
24    obligations;
25        (iii)  No  prior  or  parity obligations payable from the
26    revenues or earnings of that public utility are in default at
27    the date of such investment;
28        (iv)  An organization shall not invest more than  20%  of
29    its admitted assets under this paragraph; and
30        (v)  An  organization shall not invest under this Section
31    more  than  2%  of  its  admitted  assets  in   the   revenue
32    obligations issued in connection with any one facility.
33        (7)  Obligations  of  any  state  of the United States, a
34    political subdivision thereof, or a public instrumentality of
                            -697-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    any of the foregoing,  for  the  payment  of  money,  on  the
 2    following conditions:
 3        (i)  The   obligations   are  payable  from  revenues  or
 4    earnings,  excluding  revenues  or   earnings   from   public
 5    utilities,  specifically  pledged  therefor  by  such  state,
 6    political subdivision or public instrumentality;
 7        (ii)  No  prior  or  parity obligation of the same issuer
 8    payable from revenues or earnings from the  same  source  has
 9    been  in  default  as  to  principal or interest during the 5
10    years next preceding the date of such  investment,  but  such
11    issuer  need  not have been in existence for that period, and
12    obligations  acquired  under  this  paragraph  may  be  newly
13    issued;
14        (iii)  An organization shall not invest in excess of  20%
15    of its admitted assets under this paragraph; and
16        (iv)  An   organization   shall  not  invest  under  this
17    paragraph more than 2% of its admitted assets in the  revenue
18    obligations issued in connection with any one facility;
19        (v)  An   organization   shall   not  invest  under  this
20    paragraph more than 2% of  its  admitted  assets  in  revenue
21    obligations payable from revenue or earning sources which are
22    the contractual responsibility of any one single credit risk.
23        (8)  Direct,   unconditional  obligations  of  a  solvent
24    business corporation for  the  payment  of  money,  including
25    obligations to pay rent for equipment used in its business or
26    obligations for the payment of money to the extent guaranteed
27    or insured as to the payment of principal and interest by any
28    solvent business corporation, on the following conditions:
29        (i)  The corporation shall be incorporated under the laws
30    of the United States or any state of the United States;
31        (ii)  The  corporation  shall  have tangible net worth of
32    not less than $1,000,000;
33        (iii)  No such obligation, guarantee or insurance of  the
34    corporation  has  been in default as to principal or interest
                            -698-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    during the 5 years preceding the date of investment, but  the
 2    corporation  need  not  have  had  obligations  guarantees or
 3    insurance outstanding during that period and  need  not  have
 4    been  in  existence for that period, and obligations acquired
 5    under this paragraph may be newly issued;
 6        (iv)  An organization shall not invest more  than  2%  of
 7    its  admitted  assets  in  obligations  issued, guaranteed or
 8    insured by any one such corporation;
 9        (v)  An organization may invest under this  paragraph  up
10    to  an  additional  2%  of its admitted assets in obligations
11    which (i) are issued, guaranteed or insured  by  any  one  or
12    more  such  corporations, each having a tangible net worth of
13    not less than $25,000,000 and (ii) mature  within  12  months
14    from the date of acquisition;
15        (vi)  An  organization may invest not more than 1/2 of 1%
16    of its admitted assets in such  obligations  of  corporations
17    which  do not meet the condition of subparagraph (ii) of this
18    paragraph; and
19        (vii)  An organization shall not invest more than 75%  of
20    its admitted assets under this paragraph.
21        (9)  Direct, unconditional obligations for the payment of
22    money  issued  or obligations for the payment of money to the
23    extent guaranteed as to principal and interest by  a  solvent
24    not for profit corporation, on the following conditions:
25        (i)  The corporation shall be incorporated under the laws
26    of the United States or of any state of the United States;
27        (ii)  The corporation shall have been in existence for at
28    least 5 years and shall have assets of at least $2,000,000;
29        (iii)  Revenues  or other income from such assets and the
30    services or commodities dispensed by the corporation shall be
31    pledged for the payment of the obligations or guarantees;
32        (iv)  No such obligation or guarantee of the  corporation
33    has  been in default as to principal or interest during the 5
34    years next preceding the date of  such  investment,  but  the
                            -699-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    corporation  need  not  have  had  obligations  or guarantees
 2    outstanding during that  period  and  obligations  which  are
 3    acquired under this paragraph on may be newly issued;
 4        (v)  An  organization  shall  not invest more than 15% of
 5    its admitted assets under this paragraph; and
 6        (vi)  An  organization  shall  not  invest   under   this
 7    paragraph  more  than  2%  of  its  admitted  assets  in  the
 8    obligations issued or guaranteed by any one such corporation.
 9        (10)  Direct, unconditional nondemand obligations for the
10    payment  of  money  issued  by a solvent bank, mutual savings
11    bank or trust company on the following conditions:
12        (i)  The bank, mutual savings bank or trust company shall
13    be incorporated under the laws of the United  States,  or  of
14    any state of the United States;
15        (ii)  The  bank,  mutual  savings  bank  or trust company
16    shall have tangible net worth of not less than $1,000,000;
17        (iii)  Such obligations must be of  the  type  which  are
18    insured  by an agency of the United States or have a maturity
19    of no more than 1 day;
20        (iv)  An  organization  shall  not  invest   under   this
21    paragraph  more  than the amount which is fully insured by an
22    agency of the United States plus 2% of its admitted assets in
23    nondemand  obligations  issued  by  any  one  such  financial
24    institution; and
25        (v)  An organization may invest under this  paragraph  up
26    to  an  additional  8%  of  its  admitted assets in nondemand
27    obligations which (1) are issued by any  such  banks,  mutual
28    savings  banks or trust companies, each having a tangible net
29    worth of not less than $25,000,000 and (2) mature  within  12
30    months from the date of acquisition.
31        (11)  Preferred or guaranteed stocks issued or guaranteed
32    by a solvent business corporation incorporated under the laws
33    of  the  United  States or any state of the United States, on
34    the following conditions:
                            -700-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (i)  The corporation shall have tangible net worth of not
 2    less than $1,000,000;
 3        (ii)  If such  stocks  have  been  outstanding  prior  to
 4    purchase,   an  organization  shall  not  invest  under  this
 5    paragraph in such stock if prescribed current  or  cumulative
 6    dividends are in arrears;
 7        (iii)  An organization shall not invest more than 33 1/3%
 8    of   its   admitted   assets  under  this  paragraph  and  an
 9    organization shall not invest more than 15% of  its  admitted
10    assets  under  this paragraph in stocks which, at the time of
11    purchase, are not Sinking Fund Stocks.  An issue of preferred
12    or guaranteed stock shall be a Sinking Fund  Stock  when  (1)
13    such  issue  is  subject  to a 100% mandatory sinking fund or
14    similar arrangement which will provide for the redemption  of
15    the  entire issue over a period not longer than 40 years from
16    the date of  purchase;  (2)  annual  mandatory  sinking  fund
17    installments  on  each  issue commence not more than 10 years
18    from the date of issue; and  (3)  each  annual  sinking  fund
19    installment  provides  for  the  purchase or redemption of at
20    least 2 1/2% of the original number of shares of such  issue;
21    and
22        (iv)  An   organization   shall  not  invest  under  this
23    paragraph  more  than  2%  of  its  admitted  assets  in  the
24    preferred or guaranteed stocks of any one such corporation.
25        (12)  Common  stock  issued  by  any   solvent   business
26    corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States,
27    or  of  any  state  of  the  United  States, on the following
28    conditions:
29        (i)  The issuing corporation must have tangible net worth
30    of $1,000,000 or more;
31        (ii)  An organization may not invest more than an  amount
32    equal to its net worth under this paragraph; and
33        (iii)  An   organization   may   not  invest  under  this
34    paragraph an amount equal to more than 10% of its  net  worth
                            -701-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    in the common stock of any one corporation.
 2        (13)  Shares  of  common  stock  or  units  of beneficial
 3    interest issued by any solvent business corporation or  trust
 4    incorporated  or  organized  under  the  laws  of  the United
 5    States, or  of  any  state  of  the  United  States,  on  the
 6    following conditions:
 7        (i)  If the issuing corporation or trust is advised by an
 8    investment  advisor which is the organization or an affiliate
 9    of the organization, the issuing corporation or  trust  shall
10    have  net  assets  of  $100,000  or  more,  or if the issuing
11    corporation or trust has an unaffiliated investment  advisor,
12    the  issuing  corporation  or  trust shall have net assets of
13    $10,000,000 or more;
14        (ii)  The issuing corporation or trust is  registered  as
15    an  investment  company  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
16    Commission  under  the  Investment  Company  Act  of 1940, as
17    amended;
18        (iii)  An  organization  shall  not  invest  under   this
19    paragraph  more  than  the  greater of $100,000 or 10% of its
20    admitted assets in any one bond fund, municipal bond fund  or
21    money market fund;
22        (iv)  An   organization   shall  not  invest  under  this
23    paragraph more than 10% of its net worth in  any  one  common
24    stock fund, balanced fund or income fund;
25        (v)  An  organization  shall  not invest more than 50% of
26    its admitted assets in bond funds, municipal bond  funds  and
27    money market funds under this paragraph; and
28        (vi)  An   organization's  investments  in  common  stock
29    funds, balanced funds or income funds when combined with  its
30    investments  in common stocks made under paragraph (12) shall
31    not exceed the aggregate limitation provided by  subparagraph
32    (ii) of paragraph (12).
33        (14)  Shares of, or accounts or deposits with savings and
34    loan  associations  or building and loan associations, on the
                            -702-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    following conditions:
 2        (i)  The shares, accounts, or deposits, or investments in
 3    any form legally issuable shall be of a withdrawable type and
 4    issued by an association which has the  insurance  protection
 5    afforded   by   the   Federal   Savings  and  Loan  Insurance
 6    Corporation;  but  nonwithdrawable  accounts  which  are  not
 7    eligible for  insurance  by  the  Federal  Savings  and  Loan
 8    Insurance  Corporation  shall  not be eligible for investment
 9    under this paragraph;
10        (ii)  The association shall have tangible  net  worth  of
11    not less than $1,000,000;
12        (iii)  The  investment  shall be in the name of and owned
13    by  the  organization,  unless  the  account   is   under   a
14    trusteeship with the organization named as the beneficiary;
15        (iv)  An  organization  shall not invest more than 50% of
16    its admitted assets under this paragraph; and
17        (v)  Under this  paragraph,  an  organization  shall  not
18    invest  in any one such association an amount in excess of 2%
19    of its admitted assets or an amount which is fully insured by
20    the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation, whichever
21    is greater.
22        (15)  Direct, unconditional obligations for  the  payment
23    of  money  secured  by  the pledge of any investment which is
24    authorized  by  any  of  the  preceding  paragraphs,  on  the
25    following conditions:
26        (i)  The investment pledged shall by its terms be legally
27    assignable and shall be validly assigned to the organization;
28        (ii)  The investment pledged shall  have  a  fair  market
29    value  which is at least 25% greater than the amount invested
30    under this paragraph, except that a loan may be  made  up  to
31    100%  of  the full fair market value of collateral that would
32    qualify as an investment  under  paragraph  (1)  provided  it
33    qualifies under condition (i) of this paragraph; and
34        (iii)  An  organization's investment under this paragraph
                            -703-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    when  added  to  its  investment  of  the  category  of   the
 2    collateral  pledged  shall  not  cause  the sum to exceed the
 3    limits provided by the paragraph authorizing that category of
 4    investments.
 5        (16)  Real  estate  (including  leasehold   estates   and
 6    leasehold  improvements)  for the convenient accommodation of
 7    the  organization's  business  operations,   including   home
 8    office,  branch  office,  medical facilities and field office
 9    operations, on the following conditions:
10        (i)  Any  parcel  of  real  estate  acquired  under  this
11    paragraph may include excess space for rent to others, if  it
12    is  reasonably  anticipated that such excess will be required
13    by the  organization  for  expansion  or  if  the  excess  is
14    reasonably  required  in  order to have one or more buildings
15    that will function as an economic unit;
16        (ii)  Such real estate may be subject to a mortgage; and
17        (iii)  The greater of the admitted value of the asset  as
18    determined  by  subsection  (f)  or the organization's equity
19    plus all encumbrances on such real estate owned by a  company
20    under  this  paragraph  shall  not exceed 20% of its admitted
21    assets, except with the permission  of  the  Director  if  he
22    finds   that  such  percentage  of  its  admitted  assets  is
23    insufficient to  provide  convenient  accommodation  for  the
24    company's  business;  provided, however, an organization that
25    directly provides medical services may invest  an  additional
26    20% of its admitted assets in such real estate, not requiring
27    the permission of the Director.
28        (17)  Any  investments  of  any  kind,  in  the  complete
29    discretion   of  the  organization,  without  regard  to  any
30    condition of, restriction in, or  exclusion  from  paragraphs
31    (1) to (16), inclusive, and regardless of whether the same or
32    a  similar type of investment has been included in or omitted
33    from any such paragraph, on the following condition:
34        (a)  An  organization  shall  not   invest   under   this
                            -704-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    paragraph  more  than  the  lesser of (i) 10% of its admitted
 2    assets, or (ii) 50% of the amount  by  which  its  net  worth
 3    exceeds  the minimum requirements of a new health maintenance
 4    organization to qualify for a certificate of authority.
 5    (Source: P.A. 86-620; revised 12-18-97.)
 6        (215 ILCS 125/4-6.1) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1408.7)
 7        Sec. 4-6.1. Mammograms. (a) Every contract or evidence of
 8    coverage issued by  a  Health  Maintenance  Organization  for
 9    persons  who  are  residents  of  this  State  shall  contain
10    coverage  for screening by low-dose mammography for all women
11    35 years of age or older for the presence  of  occult  breast
12    cancer.  The coverage shall be as follows:
13             (1)  A  baseline  mammogram for women 35 to 39 years
14        of age.
15             (2)  An annual mammogram for women 40 years  of  age
16        or older.
17        These  benefits  shall  be  at  least as favorable as for
18    other radiological  examinations  and  subject  to  the  same
19    dollar  limits,  deductibles,  and co-insurance factors.  For
20    purposes of this Section, "low-dose  mammography"  means  the
21    x-ray  examination  of  the  breast using equipment dedicated
22    specifically  for  mammography,  including  the  x-ray  tube,
23    filter,  compression  device,  and   image   receptor,   with
24    radiation exposure delivery of less than 1 rad per breast for
25    2 views of an average size breast.
26    (Source: P.A. 90-7, eff. 6-10-97; revised 7-29-97.)
27        (215 ILCS 125/4-17)
28        Sec. 4-17. Basic outpatient preventive and primary health
29    care  services  for children.  In order to attempt to address
30    the needs of children in Illinois  (i)  without  health  care
31    coverage,  either  through  a  parent's  employment,  through
32    medical assistance under the Illinois Public Aid Code, or any
                            -705-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    other  health plan or (ii) who lose medical assistance if and
 2    when their parents move from welfare to work and do not  find
 3    employment   that  offers  health  care  coverage,  a  health
 4    maintenance  organization may undertake to provide or arrange
 5    for and to pay for or reimburse the cost of basic  outpatient
 6    preventive  and primary health care services.  The Department
 7    shall promulgate rules  to  establish  minimum  coverage  and
 8    disclosure  requirements.   These  requirements  at a minimum
 9    shall   include    routine    physical    examinations    and
10    immunizations,  sick visits, diagnostic x-rays and laboratory
11    services, and emergency outpatient services.    Coverage  may
12    also include preventive dental services, vision screening and
13    one pair of eyeglasses, prescription drugs, and mental health
14    services.   The   coverage   may   include   any   reasonable
15    co-payments,  deductibles,  and  benefit  maximums subject to
16    limitations established by the Director by  rule.    Coverage
17    shall  be  limited  to  children  who  are 18 years of age or
18    under, who have resided in the State of Illinois for at least
19    30 days, and who do not qualify for medical assistance  under
20    the  Illinois  Public  Aid  Code.  Any such coverage shall be
21    made available to an adult on behalf  of  such  children  and
22    shall   not  be  funded  through  State  appropriations.   In
23    counties  with  populations  in  excess  of  3,000,000,   the
24    Director shall not approve any arrangement under this Section
25    unless  and  until  an  arrangement  for  at least one health
26    maintenance organization under  contract  with  the  Illinois
27    Department  of  Public  Aid  for  furnishing  health services
28    pursuant to Section 5-11 of the Illinois Public Aid Code  and
29    for  which  the  requirements  of  42 CFR 434.26(a) have been
30    waived is approved.
31    (Source: P.A. 90-376, eff. 8-14-97.)
32        (215 ILCS 125/4-18)
33        Sec. 4-18. 4-17.  Retirement  facility  residents.   With
                            -706-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    respect  to  an  enrollee  who  is a resident of a retirement
 2    facility consisting of a long-term care facility, as  defined
 3    in  the  Nursing Home Care Act, and residential apartments, a
 4    contract or evidence of coverage issued, amended,  delivered,
 5    or renewed after the effective date of this amendatory Act of
 6    1997 shall provide that the enrollee's primary care physician
 7    must   refer   the  enrollee  to  the  retirement  facility's
 8    long-term care facility for Medicare covered skilled  nursing
 9    services if the primary care physician finds that:
10             (1)  it is in the best interests of the patient;
11             (2)  the  facility,  if not a participating provider
12        in the specific health maintenance  organization,  agrees
13        during  the  preauthorization period to a negotiated rate
14        for   skilled   nursing   services   covered   in    that
15        organization's health care plan; and
16             (3)  the  facility  meets  all the requirements of a
17        participating provider for skilled  nursing  services  as
18        defined   and   covered   under  the  health  maintenance
19        organization's health care plan.
20        Both the facility and the health maintenance organization
21    must fully disclose all pertinent information to consumers to
22    assure that their decisions are based upon full knowledge  of
23    the implications of their decision making.
24    (Source: P.A. 90-408, eff. 1-1-98; revised 11-19-97.)
25        (215 ILCS 125/5-3) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1411.2)
26        Sec. 5-3.  Insurance Code provisions.
27        (a)  Health Maintenance Organizations shall be subject to
28    the  provisions of Sections 133, 134, 137, 140, 141.1, 141.2,
29    141.3, 143, 143c, 147, 148, 149, 151, 152, 153,  154,  154.5,
30    154.6,  154.7,  154.8, 155.04, 355.2, 356m, 356v, 356t, 367i,
31    401, 401.1, 402, 403, 403A, 408, 408.2,  and  412,  paragraph
32    (c)  of subsection (2) of Section 367, and Articles VIII 1/2,
33    XII, XII 1/2, XIII,  XIII  1/2,  and  XXVI  of  the  Illinois
                            -707-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Insurance Code.
 2        (b)  For  purposes of the Illinois Insurance Code, except
 3    for  Articles  XIII  and   XIII   1/2,   Health   Maintenance
 4    Organizations  in  the  following categories are deemed to be
 5    "domestic companies":
 6             (1)  a  corporation  authorized  under  the  Medical
 7        Service Plan Act, the Dental Service  Plan  Act  or,  the
 8        Voluntary   Health   Services  Plans  Plan  Act,  or  the
 9        Nonprofit Health Care Service Plan Act;
10             (2)  a corporation organized under the laws of  this
11        State; or
12             (3)  a  corporation  organized  under  the  laws  of
13        another  state, 30% or more of the enrollees of which are
14        residents of this State, except a corporation subject  to
15        substantially  the  same  requirements  in  its  state of
16        organization as is a  "domestic  company"  under  Article
17        VIII 1/2 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
18        (c)  In  considering  the merger, consolidation, or other
19    acquisition of control of a Health  Maintenance  Organization
20    pursuant to Article VIII 1/2 of the Illinois Insurance Code,
21             (1)  the  Director  shall give primary consideration
22        to the continuation of  benefits  to  enrollees  and  the
23        financial  conditions  of the acquired Health Maintenance
24        Organization after the merger,  consolidation,  or  other
25        acquisition of control takes effect;
26             (2)(i)  the  criteria specified in subsection (1)(b)
27        of Section 131.8 of the Illinois Insurance Code shall not
28        apply and (ii) the Director, in making his  determination
29        with  respect  to  the  merger,  consolidation,  or other
30        acquisition of control, need not take  into  account  the
31        effect  on  competition  of the merger, consolidation, or
32        other acquisition of control;
33             (3)  the Director shall have the  power  to  require
34        the following information:
                            -708-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1                  (A)  certification by an independent actuary of
 2             the   adequacy   of   the  reserves  of  the  Health
 3             Maintenance Organization sought to be acquired;
 4                  (B)  pro forma financial statements  reflecting
 5             the combined balance sheets of the acquiring company
 6             and the Health Maintenance Organization sought to be
 7             acquired  as of the end of the preceding year and as
 8             of a date 90 days prior to the acquisition, as  well
 9             as   pro   forma   financial  statements  reflecting
10             projected combined  operation  for  a  period  of  2
11             years;
12                  (C)  a  pro  forma  business  plan detailing an
13             acquiring  party's  plans  with   respect   to   the
14             operation  of  the  Health  Maintenance Organization
15             sought to be acquired for a period of not less  than
16             3 years; and
17                  (D)  such  other  information  as  the Director
18             shall require.
19        (d)  The provisions of Article VIII 1/2 of  the  Illinois
20    Insurance  Code  and this Section 5-3 shall apply to the sale
21    by any health maintenance organization of greater than 10% of
22    its enrollee population  (including  without  limitation  the
23    health  maintenance organization's right, title, and interest
24    in and to its health care certificates).
25        (e)  In considering any management  contract  or  service
26    agreement  subject to Section 141.1 of the Illinois Insurance
27    Code, the Director (i) shall, in  addition  to  the  criteria
28    specified  in  Section  141.2 of the Illinois Insurance Code,
29    take into account the effect of the  management  contract  or
30    service   agreement   on  the  continuation  of  benefits  to
31    enrollees  and  the  financial  condition   of   the   health
32    maintenance  organization to be managed or serviced, and (ii)
33    need not take into  account  the  effect  of  the  management
34    contract or service agreement on competition.
                            -709-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (f)  Except  for  small employer groups as defined in the
 2    Small Employer Rating, Renewability  and  Portability  Health
 3    Insurance  Act and except for medicare supplement policies as
 4    defined in Section 363 of  the  Illinois  Insurance  Code,  a
 5    Health  Maintenance Organization may by contract agree with a
 6    group or other enrollment unit to effect  refunds  or  charge
 7    additional premiums under the following terms and conditions:
 8             (i)  the  amount  of, and other terms and conditions
 9        with respect to, the refund or additional premium are set
10        forth in the group or enrollment unit contract agreed  in
11        advance of the period for which a refund is to be paid or
12        additional  premium  is to be charged (which period shall
13        not be less than one year); and
14             (ii)  the amount of the refund or additional premium
15        shall  not  exceed  20%   of   the   Health   Maintenance
16        Organization's profitable or unprofitable experience with
17        respect  to  the  group  or other enrollment unit for the
18        period (and, for  purposes  of  a  refund  or  additional
19        premium,  the profitable or unprofitable experience shall
20        be calculated taking into account a pro rata share of the
21        Health  Maintenance  Organization's  administrative   and
22        marketing  expenses,  but shall not include any refund to
23        be made or additional premium to be paid pursuant to this
24        subsection (f)).  The Health Maintenance Organization and
25        the  group  or  enrollment  unit  may  agree   that   the
26        profitable  or  unprofitable experience may be calculated
27        taking into account the refund period and the immediately
28        preceding 2 plan years.
29        The  Health  Maintenance  Organization  shall  include  a
30    statement in the evidence of coverage issued to each enrollee
31    describing the possibility of a refund or additional premium,
32    and upon request of any group or enrollment unit, provide  to
33    the group or enrollment unit a description of the method used
34    to   calculate  (1)  the  Health  Maintenance  Organization's
                            -710-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    profitable experience with respect to the group or enrollment
 2    unit and the resulting refund to the group or enrollment unit
 3    or (2) the  Health  Maintenance  Organization's  unprofitable
 4    experience  with  respect to the group or enrollment unit and
 5    the resulting additional premium to be paid by the  group  or
 6    enrollment unit.
 7        In   no  event  shall  the  Illinois  Health  Maintenance
 8    Organization  Guaranty  Association  be  liable  to  pay  any
 9    contractual obligation of an insolvent  organization  to  pay
10    any refund authorized under this Section.
11    (Source: P.A.   89-90,  eff.  6-30-95;  90-25,  eff.  1-1-98;
12    90-177, eff. 7-23-97; 90-372, eff. 7-1-98; revised 11-21-97.)
13        (215 ILCS 125/5-6) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1414)
14        Sec. 5-6.  Supervision of rehabilitation, liquidation  or
15    conservation by the Director.
16        (a)  For  purposes  of the rehabilitation, liquidation or
17    conservation  of  a  health  maintenance  organization,   the
18    operation  of a health maintenance organization in this State
19    constitutes a form of insurance protection  which  should  be
20    governed by the same provisions governing the rehabilitation,
21    liquidation  or  conservation  of  insurance  companies.  Any
22    rehabilitation,  liquidation  or  conservation  of  a  Health
23    Maintenance  Organization shall be based upon the grounds set
24    forth in and subject to the provisions of the  laws  of  this
25    State   regarding   the   rehabilitation,   liquidation,   or
26    conservation  of  an insurance company and shall be conducted
27    under the supervision  of  the  Director.  Insolvency,  as  a
28    ground  for rehabilitation, liquidation, or conservation of a
29    Health Maintenance Organization, shall be recognized  when  a
30    Health Maintenance Organization cannot be expected to satisfy
31    its financial obligations when such obligations are to become
32    due or when the Health Maintenance Organization has neglected
33    to  correct  within  the time prescribed by subsection (c) of
                            -711-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Section   2-4,   a   deficiency   occurring   due   to   such
 2    organization's  prescribed  minimum  net  worth  or   special
 3    contingent   reserve   being   impaired.    For   purpose  of
 4    determining the priority of distribution of  general  assets,
 5    claims  of  enrollees and enrollees' beneficiaries shall have
 6    the same priority  as  established  by  Section  205  of  the
 7    Illinois  Insurance  Code for policyholders and beneficiaries
 8    of insureds of insurance companies.  If an enrollee is liable
 9    to any provider for services provided pursuant to and covered
10    by the health care plan, that liability shall have the status
11    of an enrollee claim for distribution of general assets.
12        Any provider who is obligated by statute or agreement  to
13    hold  enrollees harmless from liability for services provided
14    pursuant to and covered by a health care plan  shall  have  a
15    priority  of  distribution  of the general assets immediately
16    following that of enrollees and enrollees'  beneficiaries  as
17    described  herein,  and immediately preceding the priority of
18    distribution described in paragraph (e) of subsection (1)  of
19    Section 205 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
20        (b)  For  purposes  of  Articles XIII and XIII-1/2 of the
21    Illinois  Insurance  Code,  organizations  in  the  following
22    categories shall be deemed to be a "domestic company"  and  a
23    "domiciliary company":
24             (i)  a  corporation  authorized  under  the  Medical
25        Service  Plan  Act,  the  Dental Service Plan Act or, the
26        Voluntary Health Services Plans  Act  or  the  Non-Profit
27        Health Care Service Plan Act;
28             (ii)  a corporation organized under the laws of this
29        State; or
30             (iii)  a  corporation  organized  under  the laws of
31        another state, 20% or more of the enrollees of which  are
32        residents  of this State, except where such a corporation
33        is,  in  its   state   of   incorporation,   subject   to
34        rehabilitation,  liquidation  and  conservation under the
                            -712-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        laws relating to insurance companies.
 2        (c)  In  the  event  of  the  insolvency  of   a   health
 3    maintenance  organization,  no  enrollee of such organization
 4    shall be liable to any provider for medical services rendered
 5    by  such  provider,  except  for  applicable  co-payments  or
 6    deductibles for covered services or  fees  for  services  not
 7    covered  by the health maintenance organization, with respect
 8    to the amounts such provider is not paid by  the  Association
 9    pursuant to the provisions of Section 6-8 (8)(b) and (c).  No
10    provider, whether or not the provider is obligated by statute
11    or agreement to hold enrollees harmless from liability, shall
12    seek  to  recover any such amount from any enrollee until the
13    Association has made a final determination of  its  liability
14    (or  the  resolution  of  any dispute or litigation resulting
15    therefrom) with respect to  the  matters  specified  in  such
16    provisions.   In the event that the provider seeks to recover
17    such amounts before the Association's final determination  of
18    its liability (or the resolution of any dispute or litigation
19    resulting  therefrom),  the  provider shall be liable for all
20    reasonable costs and attorney fees incurred by  the  Director
21    or  the  Association in enforcing this provision or any court
22    orders related hereto.
23    (Source: P.A. 89-206, eff.  7-21-95;  90-177,  eff.  7-23-97;
24    90-372, eff. 7-1-98; revised 11-14-97.)
25        (215 ILCS 125/6-8) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1418.8)
26        Sec.  6-8.   Powers  and  duties  of the Association.  In
27    addition  to  the  powers  and  duties  enumerated  in  other
28    Sections of this Article,  the  Association  shall  have  the
29    powers set forth in this Section.
30        (1)  If   a   domestic   organization   is   an  impaired
31    organization, the Association may, subject to any  conditions
32    imposed  by the Association other than those which impair the
33    contractual obligations of  the  impaired  organization,  and
                            -713-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    approved by the impaired organization and the Director:
 2             (a)  guarantee   or   reinsure,   or   cause  to  be
 3        guaranteed, assumed or  reinsured,  any  or  all  of  the
 4        covered  health care plan certificates of covered persons
 5        of the impaired organization;
 6             (b)  provide   such    monies,    pledges,    notes,
 7        guarantees,  or  other  means as are proper to effectuate
 8        paragraph (a), and  assure  payment  of  the  contractual
 9        obligations  of  the impaired organization pending action
10        under paragraph (a); and
11             (c)  loan money to the impaired organization.;
12        (2)  If a domestic, foreign, or alien organization is  an
13    insolvent organization, the Association shall, subject to the
14    approval of the Director:
15             (a)  guarantee,  assume,  indemnify  or  reinsure or
16        cause to be guaranteed, assumed, indemnified or reinsured
17        the covered health care plan benefits of covered  persons
18        of the insolvent organization; however, in the event that
19        the  Director  of  the  Department  of Public Aid assigns
20        individuals that are recipients of  public  aid  from  an
21        insolvent   organization  to  another  organization,  the
22        Director of the Department of Public  Aid  shall,  before
23        fixing  the  rates to be paid by the Department of Public
24        Aid to the transferee organization  on  account  of  such
25        individuals,  consult with the Director of the Department
26        of Insurance as to the reasonableness of  such  rates  in
27        light  of  the  health care needs of such individuals and
28        the costs of  providing  health  care  services  to  such
29        individuals;.
30             (b)  assure  payment  of the contractual obligations
31        of the insolvent organization to covered persons;
32             (c)  make payments to providers of health  care,  or
33        indemnity  payments  to  covered persons, so as to assure
34        the continued payment of benefits  substantially  similar
                            -714-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        to  those  provided  for  under  covered health care plan
 2        certificate  issued  by  the  insolvent  organization  to
 3        covered persons; and
 4             (d)  provide   such    monies,    pledges,    notes,
 5        guaranties, or other means as are reasonably necessary to
 6        discharge such duties.
 7        (e)  Provided,  however,  that  This subsection (2) shall
 8    not apply when the Director has determined that  the  foreign
 9    or  alien organization's domiciliary jurisdiction or state of
10    entry provides, by statute, protection substantially  similar
11    to  that provided by this Article for residents of this State
12    and such protection will be provided in a timely manner.
13        (3)  There shall be no liability on the part  of  and  no
14    cause  of  action  shall  arise  against  the  Association or
15    against any transferee from  the  Association  in  connection
16    with  the  transfer by reinsurance or otherwise of all or any
17    part of an impaired or insolvent organization's  business  by
18    reason  of any action taken or any failure to take any action
19    by the impaired or insolvent organization at any time.
20        (4)  If the Association fails to act within a  reasonable
21    period  of time as provided in subsection (2) of this Section
22    with respect to an insolvent organization, the Director shall
23    have the powers and duties  of  the  Association  under  this
24    Article with regard to such insolvent organization.
25        (5)  The  Association  or  its designated representatives
26    may render assistance and advice to the  Director,  upon  his
27    request,   concerning   rehabilitation,  payment  of  claims,
28    continuations  of  coverage,  or  the  performance  of  other
29    contractual  obligations  of  any   impaired   or   insolvent
30    organization.
31        (6)  The  Association  has  standing to appear before any
32    court concerning all matters germane to the powers and duties
33    of the Association, including, but not limited to,  proposals
34    for  reinsuring  or guaranteeing the covered health care plan
                            -715-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    certificates of the impaired or  insolvent  organization  and
 2    the   determination   of   the   covered   health  care  plan
 3    certificates and contractual obligations.
 4        (7) (a)  Any person receiving benefits under this Article
 5    is deemed to have  assigned  the  rights  under  the  covered
 6    health  care   plan  certificates  to  the Association to the
 7    extent of the  benefits  received  because  of  this  Article
 8    whether  the benefits are payments of contractual obligations
 9    or continuation of coverage.  The Association may require  an
10    assignment  to  it  of  such rights by any payee, enrollee or
11    beneficiary as a condition precedent to the  receipt  of  any
12    rights  or  benefits  conferred  by  this  Article  upon such
13    person.   The  Association  is  subrogated  to  these  rights
14    against the assets of any insolvent organization and  against
15    any  other party who may be liable to such payee, enrollee or
16    beneficiary.
17        (b)  The subrogation rights of the Association under this
18    subsection have the same priority against the assets  of  the
19    insolvent  organization  as  that  possessed  by  the  person
20    entitled to receive benefits under this Article.
21        (8) (a)  The  contractual  obligations  of  the insolvent
22    organization for which the Association becomes or may  become
23    liable  are  as  great as but no greater than the contractual
24    obligations of the insolvent organization would have been  in
25    the  absence  of  an  insolvency  unless such obligations are
26    reduced as permitted  by subsection (3),  but  the  aggregate
27    liability  of  the Association shall not exceed $300,000 with
28    respect to any one natural person.
29        (b)  Furthermore, the Association shall not  be  required
30    to  pay,  and  shall  have  no  liability to, any provider of
31    health care services to an enrollee:
32             (i)  if such provider, or his or its  affiliates  or
33        members  of  his immediate family, at any time within the
34        one year prior to the date of the issuance of  the  first
                            -716-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        order,   by   a   court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  of
 2        conservation, rehabilitation or liquidation pertaining to
 3        the health maintenance organization:
 4                  (A)  was a securityholder of such  organization
 5             (but  excluding any securityholder holding an equity
 6             interest of 5% or less);
 7                  (B)  exercised control over the organization by
 8             means such as serving as  an  officer  or  director,
 9             through  a  management  agreement  or as a principal
10             member of a not-for-profit organization;
11                  (C)  had a representative serving by virtue  or
12             his  or her official position as a representative of
13             such provider on  the  board  of  any  entity  which
14             exercised control over the organization;
15                  (D)  received  provider  payments  made by such
16             organization pursuant to a contract which was not  a
17             product of arms-length bargaining; or
18                  (E)  received   distributions  other  than  for
19             physician    services    from    a    not-for-profit
20             organization on account of such provider's status as
21             a a member of such organization.
22             For purposes of this  subparagraph  (i),  the  terms
23        "affiliate,"  "person,"  "control"  and  "securityholder"
24        shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Section
25        131.1 of the Illinois Insurance Code; or
26             (ii)  if  and  to  the  extent  such  a provider has
27        agreed by contract not to seek payment from the  enrollee
28        for  services provided to such enrollee or if, and to the
29        extent, as a matter of law such  provider  may  not  seek
30        payment  from  the enrollee for services provided to such
31        enrollee.
32        (c)  In no event shall the Association be required to pay
33    any provider participating in the insolvent organization  any
34    amount  for  in-plan services rendered by such provider prior
                            -717-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    to the insolvency of the organization in excess  of  (1)  the
 2    amount provided by  a capitation contract between a physician
 3    provider and the insolvent organization for such services; or
 4    (2)  the  amounts  provided  by  contract  between a hospital
 5    provider  and  the  Department  of  Public  Aid  for  similar
 6    services to recipients of public aid; or  (3)  in  the  event
 7    neither  (1)  nor  (2)  above is applicable, then the amounts
 8    paid under the Medicare area prevailing  rate  for  the  area
 9    where  the  services were provided, or if no such rate exists
10    with respect to such services, then  80%  of  the  usual  and
11    customary   rates   established   by   the  Health  Insurance
12    Association of America. The payments required to be  made  by
13    the  Association under this Section shall constitute full and
14    complete payment for such provider services to the enrollee.
15        (d)  The Association shall not be required  to  pay  more
16    than  an  aggregate of $300,000 for any organization which is
17    declared to be insolvent prior to  July  1,  1987,  and  such
18    funds  shall  be  distributed  first to enrollees who are not
19    public aid recipients pursuant to a plan recommended  by  the
20    Association and approved by the Director and the court having
21    jurisdiction over the liquidation.
22        (9)  The Association may:
23             (a)  Enter  into  such contracts as are necessary or
24        proper to carry out the provisions and purposes  of  this
25        Article.;
26             (b)  Sue  or  be  sued,  including  taking any legal
27        actions necessary or proper for recovery  of  any  unpaid
28        assessments under Section 6-9.  The Association shall not
29        be liable for punitive or exemplary damages.;
30             (c)  Borrow  money  to  effect  the purposes of this
31        Article.  Any notes or other evidence of indebtedness  of
32        the  Association not in default are legal investments for
33        domestic organizations and may  be  carried  as  admitted
34        assets.
                            -718-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (d)  Employ  or retain such persons as are necessary
 2        to handle the financial transactions of the  Association,
 3        and  to  perform such other functions as become necessary
 4        or proper under this Article.
 5             (e)  Negotiate and  contract  with  any  liquidator,
 6        rehabilitator,  conservator,  or  ancillary  receiver  to
 7        carry out the powers and duties of the Association.
 8             (f)  Take  such  legal action as may be necessary to
 9        avoid payment of improper claims.
10             (g)  Exercise, for the purposes of this Article  and
11        to  the  extent approved by the Director, the powers of a
12        domestic organization, but in no case may the Association
13        issue evidence of coverage  other  than  that  issued  to
14        perform  the  contractual  obligations of the impaired or
15        insolvent organization.
16             (h)  Exercise all the rights of the  Director  under
17        Section  193(4)  of  the  Illinois  Insurance  Code  with
18        respect  to  covered  health care plan certificates after
19        the association becomes obligated by statute.
20        (10)  The  obligations  of  the  Association  under  this
21    Article shall not relieve any  reinsurer,  insurer  or  other
22    person  of  its obligations to the insolvent organization (or
23    its  conservator,  rehabilitator,   liquidator   or   similar
24    official)  or its enrollees, including without limitation any
25    reinsurer, insurer or other person liable  to  the  insolvent
26    insurer  (or  its  conservator,  rehabilitator, liquidator or
27    similar official) or its  enrollees  under  any  contract  of
28    reinsurance,  any  contract  providing  stop loss coverage or
29    similar coverage or any health care contract. With respect to
30    covered  health  care  plan  certificates   for   which   the
31    Association  becomes  obligated after an entry of an order of
32    liquidation or rehabilitation, the Association may  elect  to
33    succeed  to  the rights of the insolvent organization arising
34    after the date of the order of liquidation or  rehabilitation
                            -719-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    under  any  contract  of  reinsurance, any contract providing
 2    stop loss coverage or similar coverages or  any  health  care
 3    service  contract  to  which the insolvent organization was a
 4    party, on the terms set forth under  such  contract,  to  the
 5    extent  that  such contract provides coverage for health care
 6    services provided after the date of the order of  liquidation
 7    or  rehabilitation.   As a condition to making this election,
 8    the Association must pay premiums for  coverage  relating  to
 9    periods  after  the  date  of  the  order  of  liquidation or
10    rehabilitation.
11        (11)  The  Association  shall  be  entitled  to   collect
12    premiums  due  under  or  with respect to covered health care
13    certificates  for  a  period  from  the  date  on  which  the
14    domestic, foreign, or alien organization became an  insolvent
15    organization  until the Association no longer has obligations
16    under subsection (2) of this Section 6-8 with respect to such
17    certificates.  The Association's obligations under subsection
18    (2) of this Section 6-8 with respect to  any  covered  health
19    care  plan certificates shall terminate in the event that all
20    such premiums due under  or  with  respect  to  such  covered
21    health care plan certificates are not paid to the Association
22    (i)  within  30 days of the Association's demand therefor, or
23    (ii) in the event that such certificates provide for a longer
24    grace  period  for  payment  of  premiums  after  notice   of
25    non-payment  or demand therefor, within the lesser of (A) the
26    period provided for in such certificates or (B) 60 days.
27    (Source: P.A. 86-620; revised 7-14-97.)
28        Section 104.  The Limited Health Service Organization Act
29    is amended by changing Section 4003 as follows:
30        (215 ILCS 130/4003) (from Ch. 73, par. 1504-3)
31        Sec. 4003.  Illinois Insurance Code provisions.   Limited
32    health   service   organizations  shall  be  subject  to  the
                            -720-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    provisions of Sections 133,  134,  137,  140,  141.1,  141.2,
 2    141.3,  143,  143c, 147, 148, 149, 151, 152, 153, 154, 154.5,
 3    154.6, 154.7, 154.8, 155.04, 355.2, 356v, 356t,  401,  401.1,
 4    402,  403,  403A, 408, 408.2, and 412, and Articles VIII 1/2,
 5    XII, XII 1/2, XIII,  XIII  1/2,  and  XXVI  of  the  Illinois
 6    Insurance Code.  For purposes of the Illinois Insurance Code,
 7    except for Articles XIII and XIII 1/2, limited health service
 8    organizations  in  the  following categories are deemed to be
 9    domestic companies:
10             (1)  a corporation under the laws of this State; or
11             (2)  a  corporation  organized  under  the  laws  of
12        another state, 30% of more of the enrollees of which  are
13        residents  of this State, except a corporation subject to
14        substantially the  same  requirements  in  its  state  of
15        organization  as is a domestic company under Article VIII
16        1/2 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
17    (Source: P.A. 90-25, eff. 1-1-98; revised 10-14-97.)
18        Section 105.  The Voluntary Health Services Plans Act  is
19    amended by changing Section 10 as follows:
20        (215 ILCS 165/10) (from Ch. 32, par. 604)
21        Sec.   10.  Application  of  Insurance  Code  provisions.
22    Health services plan corporations and all persons  interested
23    therein   or  dealing  therewith  shall  be  subject  to  the
24    provisions of Article XII 1/2 and  Sections  3.1,  133,  140,
25    143,  143c,  149,  354, 355.2, 356r, 356t, 356u, 356v, 367.2,
26    401,  401.1,  402,  403,  403A,  408,  408.2,  and  412,  and
27    paragraphs (7) and  (15)  of  Section  367  of  the  Illinois
28    Insurance Code.
29    (Source: P.A.  89-514,  eff.  7-17-96;  90-7,  eff.  6-10-97;
30    90-25, eff. 1-1-98; revised 10-14-97.)
31        Section  106.   The  Public  Utilities  Act is amended by
                            -721-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    changing Sections 2-202, 8-102, 9-212, 9-216, and 13-506  and
 2    setting  forth  and  renumbering multiple versions of Section
 3    13-505.7 as follows:
 4        (220 ILCS 5/2-202) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 2-202)
 5        (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 90-561)
 6        Sec. 2-202. (a) It is declared to be the public policy of
 7    this State that in order to maintain and foster the effective
 8    regulation  of  public  utilities  under  this  Act  in   the
 9    interests  of  the  People  of  the State of Illinois and the
10    public utilities as well, the  public  utilities  subject  to
11    regulation  under  this  Act and which enjoy the privilege of
12    operating as public utilities in this State, shall  bear  the
13    expense  of  administering this Act by means of a tax on such
14    privilege measured by the annual gross revenue of such public
15    utilities  in  the  manner  provided  in  this  Section.  For
16    purposes of this Section, "expense of administering this Act"
17    includes any costs incident to studies, whether made  by  the
18    Commission  or under contract entered into by the Commission,
19    concerning  environmental  pollution   problems   caused   or
20    contributed   to  by  public  utilities  and  the  means  for
21    eliminating or abating those problems. Such proceeds shall be
22    deposited in the Public Utility Fund in the State treasury.
23        (b)  All of the ordinary and contingent expenses  of  the
24    Commission  incident  to the administration of this Act shall
25    be  paid  out  of  the  Public  Utility   Fund   except   the
26    compensation  of the members of the Commission which shall be
27    paid from the General  Revenue  Fund.  Notwithstanding  other
28    provisions  of  this  Act  to  the contrary, the ordinary and
29    contingent  expenses  of  the  Commission  incident  to   the
30    administration  of the Illinois Commercial Transportation Law
31    may be paid from appropriations from the Public Utility  Fund
32    through the end of fiscal year 1986.
33        (c)  A tax is imposed upon each public utility subject to
                            -722-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the provisions of this Act equal to .08% of its gross revenue
 2    for  each  calendar  year  commencing  with the calendar year
 3    beginning January 1, 1982, except that the Commission may, by
 4    rule, establish  a  different  rate  no  greater  than  0.1%.
 5    "Gross   revenue"   shall   not   include   amounts  paid  by
 6    telecommunications  retailers  under  the  Telecommunications
 7    Municipal Infrastructure Maintenance Fee Act.
 8        (d)  Annual gross  revenue  returns  shall  be  filed  in
 9    accordance with paragraph (1) or (2) of this subsection (d).
10             (1)  Except  as  provided  in  paragraph (2) of this
11        subsection (d), on or before January 10 of each year each
12        public utility subject to  the  provisions  of  this  Act
13        shall  file with the Commission an estimated annual gross
14        revenue return containing an estimate of  the  amount  of
15        its  gross  revenue  for  the  calendar  year  commencing
16        January  1  of said year and a statement of the amount of
17        tax due for said calendar  year  on  the  basis  of  that
18        estimate.  Public utilities may also file revised returns
19        containing  updated  estimates and updated amounts of tax
20        due during the calendar year. These revised  returns,  if
21        filed,  shall  form  the basis for quarterly payments due
22        during the remainder of the calendar year.  In  addition,
23        on  or  before  February  15  of  each  year, each public
24        utility shall file an amended return showing  the  actual
25        amount of gross revenues shown by the company's books and
26        records as of December 31 of the previous year. Forms and
27        instructions  for  such  estimated,  revised, and amended
28        returns shall be devised and supplied by the Commission.
29             (2)  Beginning January 1, 1993, the requirements  of
30        paragraph  (1)  of this subsection (d) shall not apply to
31        any public utility in any calendar  year  for  which  the
32        total  tax  the public utility owes under this Section is
33        less than $1,000.  For such public utilities with respect
34        to such years, the public utility  shall  file  with  the
                            -723-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Commission,  on  or  before  January  31 of the following
 2        year, an annual gross revenue return for the year  and  a
 3        statement  of the amount of  tax due for that year on the
 4        basis of such a return. Forms and instructions  for  such
 5        returns  and  corrected  returns  shall  be  devised  and
 6        supplied by the Commission.
 7        (e)  All  returns submitted to the Commission by a public
 8    utility as provided in this subsection (e) or subsection  (d)
 9    of  this  Section  shall  contain or be verified by a written
10    declaration by an appropriate officer of the  public  utility
11    that  the  return is made under the penalties of perjury. The
12    Commission may audit each  such  return  submitted  and  may,
13    under  the provisions of Section 5-101 of this Act, take such
14    measures as are necessary to ascertain the correctness of the
15    returns submitted. The Commission has the power to direct the
16    filing of a corrected return by any utility which  has  filed
17    an  incorrect  return and to direct the filing of a return by
18    any  utility  which  has  failed  to  submit  a  return.    A
19    taxpayer's  signing a fraudulent return under this Section is
20    perjury, as defined in Section 32-2 of the Criminal  Code  of
21    1961.
22        (f)  (1)  For  all  public utilities subject to paragraph
23    (1) of subsection (d), at least one  quarter  of  the  annual
24    amount  of  tax due under subsection (c) shall be paid to the
25    Commission on or before the  tenth  day  of  January,  April,
26    July,  and  October  of the calendar year subject to tax.  In
27    the event that an adjustment in the amount of tax due  should
28    be  necessary  as  a  result  of  the filing of an amended or
29    corrected return under subsection (d) or  subsection  (e)  of
30    this  Section,  the amount of any deficiency shall be paid by
31    the public utility together with  the  amended  or  corrected
32    return  and  the amount of any excess shall, after the filing
33    of a claim for credit by the public utility, be  returned  to
34    the  public utility in the form of a credit memorandum in the
                            -724-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    amount of such excess or be refunded to the public utility in
 2    accordance with the provisions  of  subsection  (k)  of  this
 3    Section.   However, if such deficiency or excess is less than
 4    $1, then the public utility need not pay the  deficiency  and
 5    may not claim a credit.
 6        (2)  Any  public  utility  subject  to  paragraph  (2) of
 7    subsection  (d)  shall  pay  the  amount  of  tax  due  under
 8    subsection (c) on or before January 31 next following the end
 9    of the calendar year subject to tax.  In the  event  that  an
10    adjustment  in the amount of tax due should be necessary as a
11    result of the filing of a corrected return  under  subsection
12    (e), the amount of any deficiency shall be paid by the public
13    utility at the time the corrected return is filed. Any excess
14    tax  payment  by  the  public utility shall be returned to it
15    after the filing of a claim for credit,  in  the  form  of  a
16    credit  memorandum  in the amount of the excess.  However, if
17    such deficiency or excess is less than $1, the public utility
18    need not pay the deficiency and may not claim a credit.
19        (g)  Each installment or  required  payment  of  the  tax
20    imposed  by  subsection (c) becomes delinquent at midnight of
21    the date that it  is  due.  Failure  to  make  a  payment  as
22    required  by this Section shall result in the imposition of a
23    late payment penalty, an underestimation penalty, or both, as
24    provided by this subsection.  The late payment penalty  shall
25    be the greater of:
26             (1)  $25  for  each month or portion of a month that
27        the installment or required payment is unpaid or
28             (2)  an amount equal to the difference between  what
29        should  have  been  paid  on the due date, based upon the
30        most recently filed estimate, and what was actually paid,
31        times one percent, for each month or portion of  a  month
32        that  the  installment  or  required payment goes unpaid.
33        This penalty may be assessed as soon as  the  installment
34        or required payment becomes delinquent.
                            -725-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        The  underestimation  penalty shall apply to those public
 2    utilities subject to paragraph  (1)  of  subsection  (d)  and
 3    shall  be  calculated after the filing of the amended return.
 4    It shall be imposed if the amount actually paid on any of the
 5    dates specified in subsection (f) is not equal  to  at  least
 6    one-fourth of the amount actually due for the year, and shall
 7    equal the greater of:
 8             (1)  $25  for  each month or portion of a month that
 9        the amount due is unpaid or
10             (2)  an amount equal to the difference between  what
11        should  have  been paid, based on the amended return, and
12        what was actually  paid  as  of  the  date  specified  in
13        subsection  (f),  times a percentage equal to 1/12 of the
14        sum of 10% and the percentage most  recently  established
15        by  the  Commission  for  interest to be paid on customer
16        deposits under 83 Ill. Adm. Code 280.70(e)(1),  for  each
17        month  or  portion  of  a  month that the amount due goes
18        unpaid, except that no underestimation penalty  shall  be
19        assessed if the amount actually paid on each of the dates
20        specified  in  subsection (f) was based on an estimate of
21        gross  revenues  at  least  equal  to  the  actual  gross
22        revenues  for  the  previous  year.  The  Commission  may
23        enforce the collection of any delinquent  installment  or
24        payment,  or  portion  thereof  by legal action or in any
25        other manner by which the collection  of  debts  due  the
26        State  of Illinois may be enforced under the laws of this
27        State. The executive director or his designee may  excuse
28        the  payment of an assessed penalty if he determines that
29        enforced collection of the penalty would be unjust.
30        (h)  All sums  collected  by  the  Commission  under  the
31    provisions  of  this Section shall be paid promptly after the
32    receipt of the same,  accompanied  by  a  detailed  statement
33    thereof, into the Public Utility Fund in the State treasury.
34        (i)  During  the  month  of  October of each odd-numbered
                            -726-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    year the Commission shall:
 2             (1)  determine the amount of all moneys deposited in
 3        the Public  Utility  Fund  during  the  preceding  fiscal
 4        biennium  plus  the  balance, if any, in that fund at the
 5        beginning of that biennium;
 6             (2)  determine the sum total of the following items:
 7        (A)   all   moneys   expended   or   obligated    against
 8        appropriations  made  from the Public Utility Fund during
 9        the preceding fiscal biennium, plus (B) the  sum  of  the
10        credit  memoranda  then  outstanding  against  the Public
11        Utility Fund, if any; and
12             (3)  determine the amount, if any, by which the  sum
13        determined  as  provided  in  item (1) exceeds the amount
14        determined as provided in item (2).
15        If the amount determined as provided in item (3) of  this
16    subsection  exceeds  $2,500,000,  the  Commission  shall then
17    compute the proportionate amount, if any, which the tax  paid
18    hereunder by each utility during the preceding biennium bears
19    to  the  difference between the amount determined as provided
20    in item (3) of this subsection (i) and $2,500,000, and notify
21    each public utility that it  may  file  during  the  3  month
22    period  after  the date of notification a claim for credit in
23    such proportionate amount. If  the  proportionate  amount  is
24    less   than   $10,  no  notification  will  be  sent  by  the
25    Commission, and no right to a claim exists as to that amount.
26    Upon the filing of a  claim  for  credit  within  the  period
27    provided,  the  Commission shall issue a credit memorandum in
28    such amount to such public  utility.  Any  claim  for  credit
29    filed after the period provided for in this Section is void.
30        (j)  Credit  memoranda  issued pursuant to subsection (f)
31    and credit memoranda issued  after  notification  and  filing
32    pursuant  to  subsection  (i)  may  be applied for the 2 year
33    period from the date of issuance, against the payment of  any
34    amount  due  during  that  period  under  the  tax imposed by
                            -727-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    subsection  (c),  or,  subject  to  reasonable  rule  of  the
 2    Commission including  requirement  of  notification,  may  be
 3    assigned  to  any  other public utility subject to regulation
 4    under this Act. Any application of credit memoranda after the
 5    period provided for in this Section is void.
 6        (k)  The chairman or executive director may  make  refund
 7    of  fees,  taxes or other charges whenever he shall determine
 8    that the person or public utility  will  not  be  liable  for
 9    payment  of  such  fees,  taxes or charges during the next 24
10    months and he  determines  that  the  issuance  of  a  credit
11    memorandum would be unjust.
12    (Source: P.A. 90-562, eff. 12-16-97.)
13        (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 90-561)
14        Sec. 2-202. (a) It is declared to be the public policy of
15    this State that in order to maintain and foster the effective
16    regulation   of  public  utilities  under  this  Act  in  the
17    interests of the People of the  State  of  Illinois  and  the
18    public  utilities  as  well,  the public utilities subject to
19    regulation under this Act and which enjoy  the  privilege  of
20    operating  as  public utilities in this State, shall bear the
21    expense of administering this Act by means of a tax  on  such
22    privilege measured by the annual gross revenue of such public
23    utilities  in  the  manner  provided  in  this  Section.  For
24    purposes of this Section, "expense of administering this Act"
25    includes  any  costs incident to studies, whether made by the
26    Commission or under contract entered into by the  Commission,
27    concerning   environmental   pollution   problems  caused  or
28    contributed  to  by  public  utilities  and  the  means   for
29    eliminating or abating those problems. Such proceeds shall be
30    deposited in the Public Utility Fund in the State treasury.
31        (b)  All  of  the ordinary and contingent expenses of the
32    Commission incident to the administration of this  Act  shall
33    be   paid   out   of  the  Public  Utility  Fund  except  the
34    compensation of the members of the Commission which shall  be
                            -728-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    paid  from  the  General  Revenue Fund. Notwithstanding other
 2    provisions of this Act to  the  contrary,  the  ordinary  and
 3    contingent   expenses  of  the  Commission  incident  to  the
 4    administration of the Illinois Commercial Transportation  Law
 5    may  be paid from appropriations from the Public Utility Fund
 6    through the end of fiscal year 1986.
 7        (c)  A tax is imposed upon each public utility subject to
 8    the provisions of this Act equal to .08% of its gross revenue
 9    for each calendar year  commencing  with  the  calendar  year
10    beginning January 1, 1982, except that the Commission may, by
11    rule,  establish  a  different rate no greater than 0.1%. For
12    purposes of this Section, "gross revenue" shall  not  include
13    revenue  from  the  production,  transmission,  distribution,
14    sale, delivery, or furnishing of electricity. "Gross revenue"
15    shall   not   include   amounts  paid  by  telecommunications
16    retailers    under    the    Telecommunications     Municipal
17    Infrastructure Maintenance Fee Act.
18        (d)  Annual  gross  revenue  returns  shall  be  filed in
19    accordance with paragraph (1) or (2) of this subsection (d).
20             (1)  Except as provided in  paragraph  (2)  of  this
21        subsection (d), on or before January 10 of each year each
22        public  utility  subject  to  the  provisions of this Act
23        shall file with the Commission an estimated annual  gross
24        revenue  return  containing  an estimate of the amount of
25        its  gross  revenue  for  the  calendar  year  commencing
26        January 1 of said year and a statement of the  amount  of
27        tax  due  for  said  calendar  year  on the basis of that
28        estimate.  Public utilities may also file revised returns
29        containing updated estimates and updated amounts  of  tax
30        due  during  the calendar year. These revised returns, if
31        filed, shall form the basis for  quarterly  payments  due
32        during  the remainder of the calendar year.  In addition,
33        on or before  February  15  of  each  year,  each  public
34        utility  shall  file an amended return showing the actual
                            -729-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        amount of gross revenues shown by the company's books and
 2        records as of December 31 of the previous year. Forms and
 3        instructions for such  estimated,  revised,  and  amended
 4        returns shall be devised and supplied by the Commission.
 5             (2)  Beginning  January 1, 1993, the requirements of
 6        paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) shall not  apply  to
 7        any  public  utility  in  any calendar year for which the
 8        total tax the public utility owes under this  Section  is
 9        less than $1,000.  For such public utilities with respect
10        to  such  years,  the  public utility shall file with the
11        Commission, on or before  January  31  of  the  following
12        year,  an  annual gross revenue return for the year and a
13        statement of the amount of  tax due for that year on  the
14        basis  of  such a return. Forms and instructions for such
15        returns  and  corrected  returns  shall  be  devised  and
16        supplied by the Commission.
17        (e)  All returns submitted to the Commission by a  public
18    utility  as provided in this subsection (e) or subsection (d)
19    of this Section shall contain or be  verified  by  a  written
20    declaration  by  an appropriate officer of the public utility
21    that the return is made under the penalties of  perjury.  The
22    Commission  may  audit  each  such  return submitted and may,
23    under the provisions of Section 5-101 of this Act, take  such
24    measures as are necessary to ascertain the correctness of the
25    returns submitted. The Commission has the power to direct the
26    filing  of  a corrected return by any utility which has filed
27    an incorrect return and to direct the filing of a  return  by
28    any   utility  which  has  failed  to  submit  a  return.   A
29    taxpayer's signing a fraudulent return under this Section  is
30    perjury,  as  defined in Section 32-2 of the Criminal Code of
31    1961.
32        (f)  (1)  For all public utilities subject  to  paragraph
33    (1)  of  subsection  (d),  at least one quarter of the annual
34    amount of tax due under subsection (c) shall be paid  to  the
                            -730-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Commission  on  or  before  the  tenth day of January, April,
 2    July, and October of the calendar year subject  to  tax.   In
 3    the  event that an adjustment in the amount of tax due should
 4    be necessary as a result of  the  filing  of  an  amended  or
 5    corrected  return  under  subsection (d) or subsection (e) of
 6    this Section, the amount of any deficiency shall be  paid  by
 7    the  public  utility  together  with the amended or corrected
 8    return and the amount of any excess shall, after  the  filing
 9    of  a  claim for credit by the public utility, be returned to
10    the public utility in the form of a credit memorandum in  the
11    amount of such excess or be refunded to the public utility in
12    accordance  with  the  provisions  of  subsection (k) of this
13    Section.  However, if such deficiency or excess is less  than
14    $1,  then  the public utility need not pay the deficiency and
15    may not claim a credit.
16        (2)  Any public  utility  subject  to  paragraph  (2)  of
17    subsection  (d)  shall  pay  the  amount  of  tax  due  under
18    subsection (c) on or before January 31 next following the end
19    of  the  calendar  year subject to tax.  In the event that an
20    adjustment in the amount of tax due should be necessary as  a
21    result  of  the filing of a corrected return under subsection
22    (e), the amount of any deficiency shall be paid by the public
23    utility at the time the corrected return is filed. Any excess
24    tax payment by the public utility shall  be  returned  to  it
25    after  the  filing  of  a  claim for credit, in the form of a
26    credit memorandum in the amount of the excess.   However,  if
27    such deficiency or excess is less than $1, the public utility
28    need not pay the deficiency and may not claim a credit.
29        (g)  Each  installment  or  required  payment  of the tax
30    imposed by subsection (c) becomes delinquent at  midnight  of
31    the  date  that  it  is  due.  Failure  to  make a payment as
32    required by this Section shall result in the imposition of  a
33    late payment penalty, an underestimation penalty, or both, as
34    provided  by this subsection.  The late payment penalty shall
                            -731-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    be the greater of:
 2             (1)  $25 for each month or portion of a  month  that
 3        the installment or required payment is unpaid or
 4             (2)  an  amount equal to the difference between what
 5        should have been paid on the due  date,  based  upon  the
 6        most recently filed estimate, and what was actually paid,
 7        times  1%,  for each month or portion of a month that the
 8        installment  or  required  payment  goes  unpaid.    This
 9        penalty  may  be  assessed  as soon as the installment or
10        required payment becomes delinquent.
11        The underestimation penalty shall apply to  those  public
12    utilities  subject  to  paragraph  (1)  of subsection (d) and
13    shall be calculated after the filing of the  amended  return.
14    It shall be imposed if the amount actually paid on any of the
15    dates  specified  in  subsection (f) is not equal to at least
16    one-fourth of the amount actually due for the year, and shall
17    equal the greater of:
18             (1)  $25 for each month or portion of a  month  that
19        the amount due is unpaid or
20             (2)  an  amount equal to the difference between what
21        should have been paid, based on the amended  return,  and
22        what  was  actually  paid  as  of  the  date specified in
23        subsection (f), times a percentage equal to 1/12  of  the
24        sum  of  10% and the percentage most recently established
25        by the Commission for interest to  be  paid  on  customer
26        deposits  under  83 Ill. Adm. Code 280.70(e)(1), for each
27        month or portion of a month  that  the  amount  due  goes
28        unpaid,  except  that no underestimation penalty shall be
29        assessed if the amount actually paid on each of the dates
30        specified in subsection (f) was based on an  estimate  of
31        gross  revenues  at  least  equal  to  the  actual  gross
32        revenues  for  the  previous  year.  The  Commission  may
33        enforce  the  collection of any delinquent installment or
34        payment, or portion thereof by legal  action  or  in  any
                            -732-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        other  manner  by  which  the collection of debts due the
 2        State of Illinois may be enforced under the laws of  this
 3        State.  The executive director or his designee may excuse
 4        the payment of an assessed penalty if he determines  that
 5        enforced collection of the penalty would be unjust.
 6        (h)  All  sums  collected  by  the  Commission  under the
 7    provisions of this Section shall be paid promptly  after  the
 8    receipt  of  the  same,  accompanied  by a detailed statement
 9    thereof, into the Public Utility Fund in the State treasury.
10        (i)  During the month of  October  of  each  odd-numbered
11    year the Commission shall:
12             (1)  determine the amount of all moneys deposited in
13        the  Public  Utility  Fund  during  the  preceding fiscal
14        biennium plus the balance, if any, in that  fund  at  the
15        beginning of that biennium;
16             (2)  determine the sum total of the following items:
17        (A)    all   moneys   expended   or   obligated   against
18        appropriations made from the Public Utility  Fund  during
19        the  preceding  fiscal  biennium, plus (B) the sum of the
20        credit memoranda  then  outstanding  against  the  Public
21        Utility Fund, if any; and
22             (3)  determine  the amount, if any, by which the sum
23        determined as provided in item  (1)  exceeds  the  amount
24        determined as provided in item (2).
25        If  the amount determined as provided in item (3) of this
26    subsection exceeds  $2,500,000,  the  Commission  shall  then
27    compute  the  proportionate amount, if any, which (x) the tax
28    paid hereunder by each utility during the preceding biennium,
29    and (y) the amount paid into the Public Utility  Fund  during
30    the  preceding biennium by the Department of Revenue pursuant
31    to Sections 2-9 and 2-11 of the Electricity Excise  Tax  Law,
32    bears  to  the  difference  between  the amount determined as
33    provided in item (3) of this subsection (i)  and  $2,500,000.
34    The   Commission   shall   cause   the  proportionate  amount
                            -733-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    determined  with  respect  to   payments   made   under   the
 2    Electricity Excise Tax Law to be transferred into the General
 3    Revenue  Fund  in  the State Treasury, and notify each public
 4    utility that it may file during the 3 month period after  the
 5    date of notification a claim for credit for the proportionate
 6    amount  determined with respect to payments made hereunder by
 7    the public utility. If the proportionate amount is less  than
 8    $10,  no  notification will be sent by the Commission, and no
 9    right to a claim exists as to that amount. Upon the filing of
10    a claim for credit within the period provided, the Commission
11    shall issue a credit memorandum in such amount to such public
12    utility. Any claim for credit filed after the period provided
13    for in this Section is void.
14        (j)  Credit memoranda issued pursuant to  subsection  (f)
15    and  credit  memoranda  issued  after notification and filing
16    pursuant to subsection (i) may be  applied  for  the  2  year
17    period  from the date of issuance, against the payment of any
18    amount due during  that  period  under  the  tax  imposed  by
19    subsection  (c),  or,  subject  to  reasonable  rule  of  the
20    Commission  including  requirement  of  notification,  may be
21    assigned to any other public utility  subject  to  regulation
22    under this Act. Any application of credit memoranda after the
23    period provided for in this Section is void.
24        (k)  The  chairman  or executive director may make refund
25    of fees, taxes or other charges whenever he  shall  determine
26    that  the  person  or  public  utility will not be liable for
27    payment of such fees, taxes or charges  during  the  next  24
28    months  and  he  determines  that  the  issuance  of a credit
29    memorandum would be unjust.
30    (Source: P.A. 90-561, eff. 8-1-98; 90-562, 12-16-97;  revised
31    12-30-97.)
32        (220 ILCS 5/8-102) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 8-102)
33        Sec.  8-102.  Audit  or investigation.  The Commission is
                            -734-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    authorized  to  conduct  or  order  a  management  audit   or
 2    investigation  of  any  public  utility or part thereof.  The
 3    Such audit or investigation may examine  the  reasonableness,
 4    prudence,  prudency  or  efficiency  of  any  aspect  of  the
 5    utility's   operations,   costs,   management,  decisions  or
 6    functions  that  which  may  affect  the  adequacy,   safety,
 7    efficiency   or   reliability   of  utility  service  or  the
 8    reasonableness or prudence prudency of the  costs  underlying
 9    rates  or  charges  for  utility service.  The Commission may
10    conduct or order a management  audit  or  investigation  only
11    when it has reasonable grounds to believe that the such audit
12    or  investigation  is necessary to assure that the utility is
13    providing adequate, efficient, reliable, safe, and least-cost
14    service and charging only just and reasonable rates therefor,
15    or that the such audit  or  investigation  is  likely  to  be
16    cost-beneficial  in  enhancing the quality of such service or
17    the reasonableness of rates therefor.  The Commission  shall,
18    before  initiating  any such audit or investigation, issue an
19    order  describing  the  grounds  for  the   such   audit   or
20    investigation  and  the  appropriate  scope and nature of the
21    such audit or investigation.  The scope  and  nature  of  any
22    such  audit  or  investigation shall be reasonably related to
23    the grounds relied upon by the Commission in its order.
24        Any audit or investigation authorized  pursuant  to  this
25    Section  may  be  conducted  by  the  Commission,  or  if the
26    Commission is unable to adequately perform the such audit  or
27    investigation,  the  Commission  may  arrange  for  it  to be
28    conducted by persons independent of the utility and  selected
29    by  the  Commission.   The  cost of such an independent audit
30    shall be  borne  initially  by  the  utility,  but  shall  be
31    recovered as an expense through normal ratemaking procedures.
32    Any  audit  or investigation shall be conducted in accordance
33    with generally accepted auditing standards.
34    (Source: P.A. 84-617; revised 7-2-97.)
                            -735-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (220 ILCS 5/9-212) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 9-212)
 2        Sec. 9-212.  No new electric utility generating plant  or
 3    gas  production facility, or significant addition to existing
 4    facilities or plant, shall be included in  a  utility's  rate
 5    base  unless and until the utility proves, and the Commission
 6    determines, that such plant or facility is both  prudent  and
 7    used and useful in providing utility service to the utility's
 8    customers.    For  purposes  of this Section, "prudent" means
 9    prudency shall  mean  that  at  the  time  of  certification,
10    initiation  of construction and each subsequent evaluation of
11    any construction project until the time of completion,  based
12    on   the   evidence   introduced  in  any  hearings  and  all
13    information which was known or should have been known at  the
14    time,  and  relevant  planning and certification criteria, it
15    was prudent and reasonable to conclude that the generating or
16    production facility would be used  and  useful  in  providing
17    service  to  customers  at  the  time  of completion.  If the
18    Commission has issued a certificate of public convenience and
19    necessity for the completed facility, and, to the extent that
20    the   Commission   approves   continued   construction   upon
21    reevaluation subsequent to certification, such actions  shall
22    constitute  prima  facie evidence of the prudence prudency of
23    construction.  If the Commission determines as  a  result  of
24    reevaluation during construction that the facility should not
25    be completed, such determination shall constitute prima facie
26    evidence   that  subsequent  construction  expenditures  were
27    imprudent.
28        A generation or production facility is  used  and  useful
29    only if, and only to the extent that, it is necessary to meet
30    customer  demand  or  economically beneficial in meeting such
31    demand.  No generation or production facility shall be  found
32    used  and useful until and unless it is capable of generation
33    or production at significant operating levels on a consistent
34    and sustainable basis. Any pollution control devices for  the
                            -736-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    control  of  sulfur  dioxide  emissions  installed or used in
 2    accordance with, and up to the cost specified in, an order or
 3    supplemental order of  the  Commission  entered  pursuant  to
 4    subsection (e) of Section 8-402.1 shall be deemed prudent and
 5    shall,  upon  being  placed  into  operation on a consistent,
 6    sustainable basis by the public utility, be deemed  used  and
 7    useful.
 8    (Source: P.A. 87-173; revised 7-2-97.)
 9        (220 ILCS 5/9-216) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 9-216)
10        Sec.   9-216.    The   Commission   shall  establish,  by
11    rulemaking,  the  policies  and  procedures  which  shall  be
12    utilized in evaluating and  deciding  any  requests  for  the
13    recovery  and  allocation  of  reasonable  and  prudent costs
14    incurred in the  construction  of  generation  or  production
15    facilities  which  have been cancelled.  In establishing such
16    policies and procedures the  Commission  shall  consider  all
17    relevant factors, including, but not limited to, the prudence
18    prudency  and  reasonableness  of such costs, the reasons for
19    cancellation,   the   consistency   of    construction    and
20    cancellation with certification and reevaluation criteria and
21    proceedings, the need to provide proper incentives for future
22    construction  and  cancellation decisions, and the balance of
23    equities between ratepayers and shareholders.
24    (Source: P.A. 84-617; revised 7-2-97.)
25        (220 ILCS 5/13-505.7)
26        (Section scheduled to be repealed on July 1, 2001)
27        Sec. 13-505.7.  Interactive video learning tariffs.   The
28    Commission  shall permit telecommunications carriers to offer
29    special interactive video learning tariffs for the  exclusive
30    use   of  qualified  educational  institutions.   Except  for
31    carriers subject to Section 13-504, the rates in such tariffs
32    shall not be less than the long run service incremental costs
                            -737-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of providing interactive video learning services.   Qualified
 2    educational   institutions   shall   be   limited  to  school
 3    districts; public or private not-for-profit schools enrolling
 4    more than 20 pupils for kindergarten grade or over up through
 5    grade 12; public or private degree  granting,  not-for-profit
 6    colleges  or  universities;  public libraries organized under
 7    the Public Library District Act of 1991 or the Illinois Local
 8    Library Act; and regional library systems organized under the
 9    Illinois  Library  System  Act.  Interactive  video  learning
10    consists of video, data, voice,  and  electronic  information
11    used  by a qualified educational institution for instruction,
12    learning,  and  training.  These  special  telecommunications
13    carrier interactive video learning tariffs  shall  be  exempt
14    from   the  provisions  of  Sections  9-241,  9-250,  13-502,
15    13-505.1, and  13-505.2  of  this  Act.   Provided,  however,
16    telecommunications   carriers  may  also  file  such  special
17    tariffs pursuant to  this  Section  and  in  accordance  with
18    Section 13-502.
19    (Source:  P.A.  89-141,  eff.  7-14-95; 90-279, eff. 7-31-97;
20    revised 9-30-97.)
21        (220 ILCS 5/13-505.8)
22        (Section scheduled to be repealed on July 1, 2001)
23        Sec. 13-505.8. 13-505.7.  Bundling.  Nothing in this  Act
24    shall   prohibit   the  bundling  of  any  telecommunications
25    services, provided that for a telecommunications carrier that
26    provides both noncompetitive  and  competitive  services  the
27    price  for  a bundle of telecommunications services shall not
28    be less than the aggregate of the  unbundled  prices  of  the
29    telecommunications services offered in the bundle.
30    (Source: P.A. 90-185, eff. 7-23-97; revised 7-23-97.)
31        (220 ILCS 5/13-506)
32        (Section scheduled to be repealed on July 1, 2001)
                            -738-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Sec.  13-506.  Tariffs for competitive telecommunications
 2    services.
 3        (a)  Telecommunications  carriers   may   file   proposed
 4    tariffs  for any competitive telecommunications service which
 5    includes and specifically describes a range,  band,  formula,
 6    or  standard  within  which  or by which a change in rates or
 7    charges for such telecommunications  service  could  be  made
 8    without  prior  notice or prior Commission approval, provided
 9    that any and all rates or charges within the band  or  range,
10    or  determinable by the operation of the formula or standard,
11    are consistent with the public interest and the  purpose  and
12    policies of this Article and Act, and are likely to remain so
13    for  the  foreseeable  forseeable  future.  To the extent any
14    proposed band or range encompasses rates or charges which are
15    not consistent with the public interest and the purposes  and
16    policies  of  this Article and Act or otherwise fully proper,
17    or any proposed  formula  or  standard  determines  rates  or
18    charges  which  are  not  consistent  with  the  purposes and
19    policies of this Article and Act or otherwise  fully  proper,
20    the  Commission after notice and hearing shall have the power
21    to modify the level, scope, or limits of such band or  range,
22    and  to  modify  or  limit  the  operation of such formula or
23    standard, as necessary,  to  ensure  that  rates  or  charges
24    resulting  therefrom  are  consistent  with  the purposes and
25    policies of this Article and Act and fully proper, and likely
26    to remain so in the foreseeable forseeable future.
27        (b)  The  Commission  may  require  a  telecommunications
28    carrier to file a variable tariff as described  in  paragraph
29    (a)  for  any  or all competitive telecommunications services
30    which are  offered  or  provided  by  such  carrier,  if  the
31    Commission   finds,   after  notice  and  hearing,  that  the
32    determination of rates or  charges  for  such  service  by  a
33    tariff  would improve the Commission's ability to effectively
34    regulate such rates or charges and that such  improvement  is
                            -739-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    required by the public interest.  Any such tariff required by
 2    the   Commission  shall  be  approved  only  if  it  is  also
 3    consistent with the  provisions  of  paragraph  (a)  of  this
 4    Section.
 5        (c)  When  the  Commission approves a variable tariff, as
 6    proposed  or  modified  pursuant   to   this   Section,   the
 7    telecommunications  carrier shall place such tariff in effect
 8    thereafter and such tariff shall determine rates  or  charges
 9    according to the provisions thereof.
10    (Source: P.A. 90-185, eff. 7-23-97; revised 11-19-97.)
11        Section  107.  The Hearing Instrument Consumer Protection
12    Act is amended by changing Section 5 as follows:
13        (225 ILCS 50/5) (from Ch. 111, par. 7405)
14        Sec. 5.   License  Licensed  required.  No  person  shall
15    engage   in   the  selling,  practice  of  testing,  fitting,
16    selecting, recommending, adapting, dispensing,  or  servicing
17    hearing   instruments   or  display  a  sign,  advertise,  or
18    represent oneself as a person who practices  the  fitting  or
19    selling  of  hearing  instruments  unless such person holds a
20    current license issued by the Department as provided in  this
21    Act.   Such  person  shall  be  known  as  a licensed hearing
22    instrument dispenser.  Individuals licensed pursuant  to  the
23    provisions of Section 8 of this Act shall be deemed qualified
24    to  provide  tests  of  human  hearing and hearing instrument
25    evaluations  for  the  purpose  of   dispensing   a   hearing
26    instrument  for  which  any  State  agency may contract.  The
27    license shall be conspicuously  displayed  in  the  place  of
28    business.    Duplicate   licenses  shall  be  issued  by  the
29    Department to licensees operating more than one  office  upon
30    the additional payment set forth in this Act.
31        Except  for  violations of the provisions of this Act, or
32    the rules promulgated under it, nothing  in  this  Act  shall
                            -740-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    prohibit  a  corporation, partnership, trust, association, or
 2    other entity  from  engaging  in  the  business  of  testing,
 3    fitting,   servicing,   selecting,  dispensing,  selling,  or
 4    offering for sale hearing instruments  at  retail  without  a
 5    license, provided it employs only licensed individuals in the
 6    direct  testing,  fitting, servicing, selecting, offering for
 7    sale, or dispensing of such products.  Each such corporation,
 8    partnership, trust, association, or other entity  shall  file
 9    with  the  Department,  prior to doing business in this State
10    and by July 1 of each  calendar  year  thereafter,  on  forms
11    prescribed  by the Department, a list of all licensed hearing
12    instrument  dispensers  employed  by  it  and   a   statement
13    attesting  that  it  complies  with  this  Act  and the rules
14    promulgated under it and the regulations of the Federal  Food
15    and  Drug  Administration  and  the  Federal Trade Commission
16    insofar as they are applicable.
17    (Source: P.A. 89-72, eff. 12-31-95; revised 12-18-97.)
18        Section 108.  The Marriage and Family  Therapy  Licensing
19    Act is amended by changing Section 95 as follows:
20        (225 ILCS 55/95) (from Ch. 111, par. 8351-95)
21        Sec.   95.   Investigation;   notice  and  hearing.   The
22    Department may investigate the actions or  qualifications  of
23    any  person or persons holding or claiming to hold a license.
24    Before suspending, revoking, placing on probationary  status,
25    or taking any other disciplinary action as the Department may
26    deem  proper  with  regard  to  any license, at least 30 days
27    before the date set for the hearing, the Department shall (i)
28    notify the accused in writing of any  charges  made  and  the
29    time and place for a hearing on the charges before the Board,
30    (ii)  direct  him  or  her  to  file  a written answer to the
31    charges with the Board under oath within 20  days  after  the
32    service on him or her of such notice, and (iii) inform him or
                            -741-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    her  that  if he or she fails to file an answer, default will
 2    be taken against him or her and his or  her  license  may  be
 3    suspended,  revoked,  placed on probationary status, or other
 4    disciplinary  action  taken  with  regard  to  the   license,
 5    including limiting the scope, nature, or extent of his or her
 6    practice,  as  the  Department  may deem proper.  In case the
 7    person, after receiving notice, fails to file an answer,  his
 8    or  her  license may, in the discretion of the Department, be
 9    suspended, revoked, placed on  probationary  status,  or  the
10    Department  may  take  whatever  disciplinary  action  deemed
11    proper,  including  limiting  the scope, nature, or extent of
12    the person's practice or the imposition of a fine, without  a
13    hearing,  if  the  act  or acts charged constitute sufficient
14    grounds for such action under this Act. This  written  notice
15    and any notice in the subsequent proceedings may be served by
16    personal  delivery to the accused person, or by registered or
17    certified mail to the address last specified by  the  accused
18    in  his  last  notification  to  the  Department. In case the
19    person fails to file an answer after receiving notice, his or
20    her license may, in the  discretion  of  the  Department,  be
21    suspended,  revoked, or placed on probationary status, or the
22    Department  may  take  whatever  disciplinary  action  deemed
23    proper, including limiting the scope, nature,  or  extent  of
24    the  person's practice or the imposition of a fine, without a
25    hearing, if the act or  acts  charged  constitute  sufficient
26    grounds  for  such  action under this Act. The written answer
27    shall be served by personal delivery, certified delivery,  or
28    certified  or registered mail to the Department.  At the time
29    and place fixed in the notice, the Department  shall  proceed
30    to hear the charges and the parties or their counsel shall be
31    accorded   ample  opportunity  to  present  such  statements,
32    testimony, evidence, and argument as may be pertinent to  the
33    charges  or  to  the  defense  thereto.   The  Department may
34    continue such hearing from time to time.  At  the  discretion
                            -742-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of   the   Director   after   having   first   received   the
 2    recommendation of the Board, the accused person's license may
 3    be   suspended   or  revoked,  if  the  evidence  constitutes
 4    sufficient grounds for such action under this Act.
 5    (Source: P.A. 90-61, eff. 12-30-97; revised 12-18-97.)
 6        Section 109.  The Naprapathic Practice Act is amended  by
 7    changing Section 120 as follows:
 8        (225 ILCS 63/120)
 9        Sec. 120.  Injunctions; cease and desist orders.
10        (a)  If  any  person  violates the provision of this Act,
11    the Director may, in the name of the People of the  State  of
12    Illinois,  through  the  Attorney  General  of  the  State of
13    Illinois or the State's Attorney of any county in  which  the
14    action  is  brought,  petition  for  an  order  enjoining the
15    violation or for an order enforcing compliance with this Act.
16    Upon the filing of a verified petition in  court,  the  court
17    may  issue  a  temporary restraining order, without notice or
18    bond,  and  may  preliminarily  and  permanently  enjoin  the
19    violation.  If it is established that the person has violated
20    or is violating the injunction,  the  Court  may  punish  the
21    offender  for  contempt  of  court.   Proceedings  under this
22    Section shall be in addition to, and  not  in  lieu  of,  all
23    other remedies and penalties provided by this Act.
24        (b)  If  any  person  practices  as  a naprapath or holds
25    himself or herself out as a naprapath without being  licensed
26    under the provisions of this Act then any licensed naprapath,
27    any  interested  party, or any person injured thereby may, in
28    addition to the Director, petition for relief as provided  in
29    subsection (a) of this Section.
30        (c)  Whenever in the opinion of the Department any person
31    violates  any provision of this Act, the Department may issue
32    a rule to show cause why an order to  cease  and  the  desist
                            -743-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    should  not  be  entered against that person.  The rule shall
 2    clearly set forth the grounds relied upon by  the  Department
 3    and  shall  provide  a  period of 7 days from the date of the
 4    rule to file an answer to the satisfaction of the Department.
 5    Failure to answer to the satisfaction of the Department shall
 6    cause an order to cease and desist to be issued immediately.
 7    (Source: P.A. 89-61, eff. 6-30-95; revised 12-18-97.)
 8        Section 110.  The Illinois Nursing Act of 1987 is amended
 9    by changing Sections 3, 4, and 24 as follows:
10        (225 ILCS 65/3) (from Ch. 111, par. 3503)
11        Sec. 3.  Definitions.  Each of the following terms,  when
12    used  in  this  Act, shall have the meaning ascribed to it in
13    this Section, except  where  the  context  clearly  indicates
14    otherwise:
15        (a)  "Department"  means  the  Department of Professional
16    Regulation.
17        (b)  "Director"  means  the  Director   of   Professional
18    Regulation.
19        (c)  "Board"  means the Board of Nursing appointed by the
20    Director.
21        (d)  "Academic year" means the customary annual  schedule
22    of  courses  at  a  college,  university, or approved school,
23    customarily regarded as the school year as distinguished from
24    the calendar year.
25        (e)  "Approved program of professional nursing education"
26    and "approved program of  practical  nursing  education"  are
27    programs  of professional or practical nursing, respectively,
28    approved by the Department under the provisions of this Act.
29        (f)  "Nursing  Act  Coordinator"   means   a   registered
30    professional nurse appointed by the Director to carry out the
31    administrative policies of the Department.
32        (g)  "Assistant   Nursing   Act   Coordinator"   means  a
                            -744-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    registered professional nurse appointed by  the  Director  to
 2    assist  in  carrying  out  the administrative policies of the
 3    Department.
 4        (h)  "Registered" is the equivalent of "licensed".
 5        (i)  "Practical  nurse"  or  "licensed  practical  nurse"
 6    means a person who is licensed as  a  practical  nurse  under
 7    this  Act  and  practices  practical  nursing  as  defined in
 8    paragraph (j)  of  this  Section.   Only  a  practical  nurse
 9    licensed  under  this  Act  is  entitled  to  use  the  title
10    "licensed practical nurse" and the abbreviation "L.P.N.".
11        (j)  "Practical nursing" means the performance of nursing
12    acts  requiring  the  basic nursing knowledge, judgement, and
13    skill  acquired  by  means  of  completion  of  an   approved
14    practical   nursing  education  program.   Practical  nursing
15    includes assisting in the nursing process as delegated by and
16    under the direction of a registered professional nurse.   The
17    practical  nurse  may  work under the direction of a licensed
18    physician,  dentist,  podiatrist,  or   other   health   care
19    professional determined by the Department.
20        (k)  "Registered   Nurse"   or  "Registered  Professional
21    Nurse" means a person who is licensed as a professional nurse
22    under this Act and practices nursing as defined in  paragraph
23    (l)  of this Section.  Only a registered nurse licensed under
24    this Act is entitled to use the titles "registered nurse" and
25    "registered professional nurse" and the abbreviation, "R.N.".
26        (l)  "Registered professional nursing practice"  includes
27    all  nursing  specialities  and  means the performance of any
28    nursing act based upon professional knowledge, judgment,  and
29    skills  acquired  by  means  of  completion  of  an  approved
30    registered   professional   nursing   education  program.   A
31    registered   professional   nurse   provides   nursing   care
32    emphasizing   the   importance   of   the   whole   and   the
33    interdependence of its parts through the nursing  process  to
34    individuals,  groups, families, or communities, that includes
                            -745-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    but is not limited  to:  (1)  the  assessment  of  healthcare
 2    needs,   nursing  diagnosis,  planning,  implementation,  and
 3    nursing  evaluation;  (2)  the  promotion,  maintenance,  and
 4    restoration of health;  (3)  counseling,  patient  education,
 5    health    education,    and   patient   advocacy;   (4)   the
 6    administration of medications and treatments as prescribed by
 7    a physician licensed to  practice  medicine  in  all  of  its
 8    branches,  a  licensed  dentist,  a licensed podiatrist, or a
 9    licensed optometrist; (5) the coordination and management  of
10    the   nursing  plan  of  care;  (6)  the  delegation  to  and
11    supervision  of  individuals  who   assist   the   registered
12    professional  nurse  implementing  the  plan of care; and (7)
13    teaching  and  supervision  of  nursing  students.  in    The
14    foregoing  shall  not  be  deemed  to  include  those acts of
15    medical  diagnosis  or   prescription   of   therapeutic   or
16    corrective  measures  that  are  properly  performed  only by
17    physicians licensed in the State of Illinois.
18        (m)  "Current nursing practice  update  course"  means  a
19    planned   nursing   education   curriculum  approved  by  the
20    Department consisting of  activities  that  have  educational
21    objectives, instructional methods, content or subject matter,
22    clinical  practice,  and evaluation methods, related to basic
23    review and updating  content  and  specifically  planned  for
24    those  nurses previously licensed in the United States or its
25    territories and preparing for reentry into nursing practice.
26        (n)  "Professional assistance program for nurses" means a
27    professional   assistance   program   that   meets   criteria
28    established by the Committee on Nursing and approved  by  the
29    Director,   which   provides   a  non-disciplinary  treatment
30    approach for nurses licensed under this Act whose ability  to
31    practice  is  compromised  by  alcohol  or chemical substance
32    addiction.
33    (Source: P.A. 90-61,  eff.  12-30-97;  90-248,  eff.  1-1-98;
34    revised 8-12-97.)
                            -746-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (225 ILCS 65/4) (from Ch. 111, par. 3504)
 2        Sec.  4.  Policy; application of Act.  For the protection
 3    of life and the promotion of health, and  the  prevention  of
 4    illness  and  communicable diseases, any person practicing or
 5    offering to practice professional and  practical  nursing  in
 6    Illinois shall submit evidence that he or she is qualified to
 7    practice,  and  shall be licensed as provided under this Act.
 8    No person shall practice or offer to practice professional or
 9    practical nursing in Illinois or use any title, sign, card or
10    device  to  indicate  that  such  a  person   is   practicing
11    professional or practical nursing unless such person has been
12    licensed under the provisions of this Act.
13        This Act does not prohibit the following:
14        (a)  The practice of nursing in Federal employment in the
15    discharge  of  the  employee's  duties  by  a  person  who is
16    employed by the  United  States  government  or  any  bureau,
17    division  or  agency  thereof  and is a legally qualified and
18    licensed nurse of another  state  or  territory  and  not  in
19    conflict with Sections 6, 12, and 25 of this Act.;
20        (b)  Nursing  that  is included in their program of study
21    by students enrolled in programs of  nursing  or  in  current
22    nurse practice update courses approved by the Department.;
23        (c)  The   furnishing   of   nursing   assistance  in  an
24    emergency.;
25        (d)  The practice of nursing by  a  nurse  who  holds  an
26    active  license  in  another state when providing services to
27    patients in  Illinois  during  a  bonafide  emergency  or  in
28    immediate preparation for or during interstate transit.;
29        (e)  The  incidental  care  of the sick by members of the
30    family, domestic servants or housekeepers,  or  care  of  the
31    sick where treatment is by prayer or spiritual means.;
32        (f)  Persons   from  being  employed  as  nursing  aides,
33    attendants, orderlies, and other auxiliary workers in private
34    homes, long term care  facilities,  nurseries,  hospitals  or
                            -747-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    other institutions.;
 2        (g)  The  practice  of  practical  nursing by one who has
 3    applied in writing to the Department in  form  and  substance
 4    satisfactory  to  the Department, for a license as a licensed
 5    practical nurse and has  complied  with  all  the  provisions
 6    under  Section 12, except the passing of an examination to be
 7    eligible to receive such license, until:  the decision of the
 8    Department that the applicant has failed  to  pass  the  next
 9    available   examination  authorized  by  the  Department,  or
10    failed,  without  an  approved  excuse,  to  take  the   next
11    available  examination  authorized  by the Department, or the
12    withdrawal of the application, not to exceed  3  months.   No
13    applicant  for  licensure  practicing under the provisions of
14    this paragraph shall practice practical nursing except  under
15    the  direct  supervision  of  a registered professional nurse
16    licensed under this Act or a licensed physician,  dentist  or
17    podiatrist.  In no instance shall any such applicant practice
18    or be employed in any supervisory capacity.;
19        (h)  The  practice  of  practical nursing by one who is a
20    licensed practical nurse  under  the  laws  of  another  U.S.
21    jurisdiction and has applied in writing to the Department, in
22    form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  the Department, for a
23    license as a licensed practical nurse and who is qualified to
24    receive  such  license  under  Section  12,  until:  (1)  the
25    expiration of 6 months  after  the  filing  of  such  written
26    application,  or  (2)  the withdrawal of such application, or
27    (3) the denial of such application by the Department.;
28        (i)  The practice of professional nursing by one who  has
29    applied  in  writing  to the Department in form and substance
30    satisfactory to the Department for a license as a  registered
31    professional  nurse  and has complied with all the provisions
32    under Section 12 except the passing of an examination  to  be
33    eligible  to receive such license until:  the decision of the
34    Department that the applicant has failed  to  pass  the  next
                            -748-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    available   examination  authorized  by  the  Department,  or
 2    failed,  without  an  approved  excuse,  to  take  the   next
 3    available  examination  authorized  by  the Department or the
 4    withdrawal of the application, not to  exceed  3  months.  No
 5    applicant  for  licensure  practicing under the provisions of
 6    this paragraph shall  practice  professional  nursing  except
 7    under  the  direct  supervision  of a registered professional
 8    nurse licensed under this Act.  In no instance shall any such
 9    applicant  practice  or  be  employed  in   any   supervisory
10    capacity.;
11        (j)  The practice of professional nursing by one who is a
12    registered  professional  nurse  under  the  laws  of another
13    state, territory of the United  States  or  country  and  has
14    applied  in  writing to the Department, in form and substance
15    satisfactory to the Department, for a license as a registered
16    professional nurse and  who  is  qualified  to  receive  such
17    license  under  Section  12, until:  (1)  the expiration of 6
18    months after the filing of such written application,  or  (2)
19    the withdrawal of such application, or (3) the denial of such
20    application by the Department.;
21        (k)  The   practice   of  professional  nursing  that  is
22    included in a program of study by one  who  is  a  registered
23    professional  nurse  under  the  laws  of  another  state  or
24    territory  of the United States or foreign country, territory
25    or province  and  who  is  enrolled  in  a  graduate  nursing
26    education  program  or  a  program  for  the  completion of a
27    baccalaureate nursing degree  in  this  State  which  program
28    includes clinical supervision by faculty as determined by the
29    educational  institution  offering the program and the health
30    care organization where the practice of nursing occurs.   The
31    educational  institution  will  file with the Department each
32    academic term a list of the names and origin  of  license  of
33    all  professional  nurses practicing nursing as part of their
34    programs under this provision.; or
                            -749-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (l)  Any person licensed in this State  under  any  other
 2    Act  from  engaging  in  the  practice for which she or he is
 3    licensed.
 4        An applicant for license practicing under the  exceptions
 5    set  forth  in  subparagraphs  (g), (h), (i), and (j) of this
 6    Section shall use the title R.N. Lic. Pend.  or  L.P.N.  Lic.
 7    Pend. respectively and no other.
 8    (Source:  P.A.  90-61,  eff.  12-30-97;  90-248, eff. 1-1-98;
 9    revised 8-12-97.)
10        (225 ILCS 65/24) (from Ch. 111, par. 3524)
11        Sec. 24. Fund.  There is hereby created within the  State
12    Treasury  the  Nursing  Dedicated and Professional Fund.  The
13    monies in the Fund may be used by and at the direction of the
14    Department for the administration  and  enforcement  of  this
15    Act, including but not limited to:
16             (a)  Distribution  and  publication  of the Illinois
17        Nursing Act of 1987 and the rules at the time of  renewal
18        to   all  Registered  Professional  Nurses  and  Licensed
19        Practical Nurses licensed by the Department.
20             (b)  Employment     of     secretarial,     nursing,
21        administrative, enforcement,  and  other  staff  for  the
22        administration of this Act.
23             (c)  Conducting  a  survey, as prescribed by rule of
24        the Department, once every 4  years  during  the  license
25        renewal period.
26             (d)  Conducting  of  training seminars for licensees
27        under   this   Act   relating   to    the    obligations,
28        responsibilities, enforcement and other provisions of the
29        Act and its rules.
30             (e)  Disposition of Fees:
31                  (i)  (Blank).
32                  (ii)  All  of  the  fees  and  fines  collected
33             pursuant  to  this  Act  shall  be  deposited in the
                            -750-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             Nursing Dedicated and Professional Fund.
 2                  (iii)  For the fiscal year  beginning  July  1,
 3             1988,  the moneys deposited in the Nursing Dedicated
 4             and Professional Fund shall be appropriated  to  the
 5             Department  for  expenses  of the Department and the
 6             Board  in  the  administration  of  this  Act.   All
 7             earnings received from investment of moneys  in  the
 8             Nursing  Dedicated  and  Professional  Fund shall be
 9             deposited in the Nursing Dedicated and  Professional
10             Fund and shall be used for the same purposes as fees
11             deposited in the Fund.
12                  (iv)  For  the  fiscal  year  beginning July 1,
13             1991 and for each fiscal year thereafter, either 10%
14             of the moneys deposited in the Nursing Dedicated and
15             Professional Fund each year, not including  interest
16             accumulated  on such moneys, or any moneys deposited
17             in the Fund in each year which are in excess of  the
18             amount  appropriated  in  that year to meet ordinary
19             and contingent expenses of the Board,  whichever  is
20             less,  shall  be  set  aside and appropriated to the
21             Illinois Department of  Public  Health  for  nursing
22             scholarships   awarded   pursuant   to  the  Nursing
23             Education Scholarship Law.
24                  (v)  Moneys in the Fund may be  transferred  to
25             the  Professions  Indirect  Cost  Fund as authorized
26             under Section 61e of the Civil  Administrative  Code
27             of Illinois.
28    (Source:  P.A.  89-204,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-237,  eff. 8-4-95;
29    89-626, eff.  8-9-96;  90-61,  eff.  12-30-97;  90-372,  eff.
30    7-1-98; revised 8-18-97.)
31        Section  111.   The  Illinois  Optometric Practice Act of
32    1987 is amended by changing Sections 3 and 24 as follows:
                            -751-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (225 ILCS 80/3) (from Ch. 111, par. 3903)
 2        Sec.  3.  Practice  of  optometry   defined;   referrals;
 3    manufacture of lenses and prisms.
 4        (a)  The   practice   of  optometry  is  defined  as  the
 5    employment  of  any  and  all  means  for  the   examination,
 6    diagnosis,  and  treatment  of  the  human visual system, the
 7    human eye, and its appendages without  the  use  of  surgery,
 8    including  but  not  limited  to:   the  appropriate  use  of
 9    diagnostic   ocular  pharmaceutical  agents  and  therapeutic
10    ocular   pharmaceutical   agents;   refraction   and    other
11    determinants   of  visual  function;  prescribing  corrective
12    lenses or prisms; prescribing, dispensing, or  management  of
13    contact lenses; vision therapy; visual rehabilitation; or any
14    other  procedures taught in schools and colleges of optometry
15    approved by the Department, and not  specifically  restricted
16    in  this Act, subject to demonstrated competency and training
17    as required by the Board, and pursuant to rule or  regulation
18    approved by the Board and adopted by the Department.
19        A  person  shall  be  deemed  to  be practicing optometry
20    within the meaning of this Act who:
21             (1)  In any way presents himself or  herself  to  be
22        qualified to practice optometry.
23             (2)  Performs   refractions  or  employs  any  other
24        determinants of visual function.
25             (3)  Employs any means for the adaptation of  lenses
26        or prisms.
27             (4)  Prescribes  corrective  lenses,  prisms, vision
28        therapy, visual rehabilitation, or ocular  pharmaceutical
29        agents.
30             (5)  Prescribes   or   manages  contact  lenses  for
31        refractive, cosmetic, or therapeutic purposes.
32             (6)  Evaluates the  need  for,  or  prescribes,  low
33        vision aids to partially sighted persons.
34             (7)  Diagnoses  or  treats  any  ocular abnormality,
                            -752-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        disease, or visual or muscular anomaly of the  human  eye
 2        or visual system.
 3             (8)  Practices,  or  offers or attempts to practice,
 4        optometry as defined in this Act either on his or her own
 5        behalf  or  as  an  employee  of  a  person,   firm,   or
 6        corporation,  whether under the supervision of his or her
 7        employer or not.
 8        Nothing in this Section shall be interpreted to prevent a
 9    person from functioning as  an  assistant  under  the  direct
10    supervision  of a person licensed by the State of Illinois to
11    practice optometry or medicine in all of its branches, or  to
12    prohibit  visual  screening  programs conducted by charitable
13    organizations  acting  in  the  public  welfare   under   the
14    supervision  of  a  committee composed of persons licensed by
15    the State  of  Illinois  to  practice  optometry  or  persons
16    licensed by the State of Illinois to practice medicine in all
17    of its branches.
18        (b)  When, in the course of providing optometric services
19    to  any  person, an optometrist licensed under this Act finds
20    an indication of a disease or condition of the eye  which  in
21    his   or  her  professional  judgment  requires  professional
22    service outside the scope of practice as defined in this Act,
23    he or she shall refer such person to a physician licensed  to
24    practice   medicine   in   all  of  its  branches,  or  other
25    appropriate health care practitioner.  Nothing  in  this  Act
26    shall   preclude   an   optometrist  who  is  therapeutically
27    certified from rendering appropriate  nonsurgical  ophthalmic
28    emergency care.
29        (c)  Nothing  contained  in this Section shall prohibit a
30    person from manufacturing  ophthalmic  opthalmic  lenses  and
31    prisms  or the fabrication of contact lenses according to the
32    specifications prescribed by an optometrist  or  a  physician
33    licensed  to  practice  medicine  in all of its branches, but
34    shall  specifically  prohibit  the  sale   or   delivery   of
                            -753-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    ophthalmic  opthalmic  lenses,  prisms,  and  contact  lenses
 2    without   a  prescription  signed  by  an  optometrist  or  a
 3    physician  licensed  to  practice  medicine  in  all  of  its
 4    branches.
 5        (d)  Nothing in this Act shall restrict the filling of  a
 6    prescription  by  a  pharmacist  licensed  under the Pharmacy
 7    Practice Act of 1987.
 8    (Source: P.A.  89-140,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-702,  eff.  7-1-97;
 9    revised 7-7-97.)
10        (225 ILCS 80/24) (from Ch. 111, par. 3924)
11        Sec. 24.  Grounds for disciplinary action.
12        (a)  The  Department  may refuse to issue or to renew, or
13    may revoke, suspend, place on probation,  reprimand  or  take
14    other  disciplinary action as the Department may deem proper,
15    including fines not to exceed $5,000 for each violation, with
16    regard  to  any  license  or  certificate  for  any  one   or
17    combination of the following causes:
18             (1)  Violations   of  this  Act,  or  of  the  rules
19        promulgated hereunder.
20             (2)  Conviction of any crime under the laws  of  any
21        U.S.  jurisdiction  thereof that is a felony or that is a
22        misdemeanor of which an essential element is  dishonesty,
23        or  of any crime that is directly related to the practice
24        of the profession.
25             (3)  Making any misrepresentation for the purpose of
26        obtaining a license or certificate.
27             (4)  Professional incompetence or  gross  negligence
28        in the practice of optometry.
29             (5)  Gross  malpractice,  prima  facie  evidence  of
30        which  may  be a conviction or judgment of malpractice in
31        any court of competent jurisdiction.
32             (6)  Aiding or assisting another person in violating
33        any provision of this Act or rules.
                            -754-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (7)  Failing, within 60 days, to provide information
 2        in response to a written request made by  the  Department
 3        that has been sent by certified or registered mail to the
 4        licensee's last known address.
 5             (8)  Engaging   in   dishonorable,   unethical,   or
 6        unprofessional  conduct of a character likely to deceive,
 7        defraud, or harm the public.
 8             (9)  Habitual  or  excessive  use  or  addiction  to
 9        alcohol, narcotics,  stimulants  or  any  other  chemical
10        agent  or  drug that results in the inability to practice
11        with reasonable judgment, skill, or safety.
12             (10)  Discipline by  another  U.S.  jurisdiction  or
13        foreign  nation,  if  at least one of the grounds for the
14        discipline is the same  or  substantially  equivalent  to
15        those set forth herein.
16             (11)  Directly  or indirectly giving to or receiving
17        from  any  person,  firm,  corporation,  partnership,  or
18        association any fee, commission, rebate, or other form of
19        compensation for any professional services  not  actually
20        or  personally  rendered.   This  shall  not be deemed to
21        include (i)  rent  or  other  remunerations  paid  to  an
22        individual, partnership, or corporation by an optometrist
23        for  the  lease,  rental,  or  use  of  space,  owned  or
24        controlled,  by  the individual, partnership, corporation
25        or association, and (ii) the division of fees between  an
26        optometrist  and  related  professional service providers
27        with whom the optometrist practices   in  a  professional
28        corporation   organized   under   Section   3.6   of  the
29        Professional Service Corporation Act.
30             (12)  A finding by the Department that the licensee,
31        after having his or her license  placed  on  probationary
32        status has violated the terms of probation.
33             (13)  Abandonment of a patient.
34             (14)  Willfully  making  or  filing false records or
                            -755-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        reports in his or her practice, including but not limited
 2        to  false  records   filed   with   State   agencies   or
 3        departments.
 4             (15)  Willfully  failing  to  report  an instance of
 5        suspected child abuse  or  neglect  as  required  by  the
 6        Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act.
 7             (16)  Physical  illness,  including  but not limited
 8        to, deterioration through the aging process, or  loss  of
 9        motor  skill,  mental illness, or disability that results
10        in  the  inability  to  practice  the   profession   with
11        reasonable judgment, skill, or safety.
12             (17)  Solicitation  of  professional  services other
13        than permitted advertising.
14             (18)  Failure to provide a patient with  a  copy  of
15        his  or  her  record  or  prescription  upon  the written
16        request of the patient.
17             (19)  Conviction   by   any   court   of   competent
18        jurisdiction, either within or without this State, of any
19        violation of any law governing the practice of optometry,
20        conviction in this or another State of any crime that  is
21        a  felony under the laws of this State or conviction of a
22        felony in a federal court, if the Department  determines,
23        after  investigation,  that  such  person  has  not  been
24        sufficiently rehabilitated to warrant the public trust.
25             (20)  A  finding that licensure has been applied for
26        or obtained by fraudulent means.
27             (21)  Continued  practice  by  a  person   knowingly
28        having an infectious or contagious disease.
29             (22)  Being  named  as a perpetrator in an indicated
30        report by the Department of Children and Family  Services
31        under  the  Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act, and
32        upon proof by clear  and  convincing  evidence  that  the
33        licensee  has  caused  a child to be an abused child or a
34        neglected child as defined in the  Abused  and  Neglected
                            -756-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Child Reporting Act.
 2             (23)  Practicing  or  attempting to practice under a
 3        name other than the full name as  shown  on  his  or  her
 4        license.
 5             (24)  Immoral  conduct in the commission of any act,
 6        such  as  sexual  abuse,  sexual  misconduct  or   sexual
 7        exploitation, related to the licensee's practice.
 8             (25)  Maintaining  a  professional relationship with
 9        any person, firm, or  corporation  when  the  optometrist
10        knows,  or  should  know,  that  such  person,  firm,  or
11        corporation is violating this Act.
12             (26)  Promotion  of  the  sale  of  drugs,  devices,
13        appliances  or  goods provided for a client or patient in
14        such manner as to  exploit  the  patient  or  client  for
15        financial gain of the licensee.
16             (27)  Using  the  title "Doctor" or its abbreviation
17        without further qualifying  that  title  or  abbreviation
18        with the word "optometry" or "optometrist".
19             (28)  Use  by  a  licensed  optometrist  of the word
20        "infirmary",  "hospital",  "school",   "university",   in
21        English  or  any  other  language, in connection with the
22        place where optometry may be practiced or demonstrated.
23             (29)  Continuance of an optometrist in the employ of
24        any person, firm or corporation, or as  an  assistant  to
25        any  optometrist or optometrists, directly or indirectly,
26        after his or her employer  or  superior  has  been  found
27        guilty  of  violating or has been enjoined from violating
28        the laws  of  the  State  of  Illinois  relating  to  the
29        practice  of  optometry,  when  the  employer or superior
30        persists in that violation.
31             (30)  The  performance  of  optometric  service   in
32        conjunction  with  a  scheme or plan with another person,
33        firm or corporation known to be advertising in  a  manner
34        contrary  to  this Act or otherwise violating the laws of
                            -757-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        the  State  of  Illinois  concerning  the   practice   of
 2        optometry.
 3             (31)  Failure   to  provide  satisfactory  proof  of
 4        having  participated  in  approved  continuing  education
 5        programs as determined by the Board and approved  by  the
 6        Director.   Exceptions  for  extreme  hardships are to be
 7        defined by the rules of the Department.
 8             (32)  Willfully making or filing  false  records  or
 9        reports  in the practice of optometry, including, but not
10        limited to false records to support  claims  against  the
11        medical  assistance  program  of the Department of Public
12        Aid under the Illinois Public Aid Code.
13             (33)  Gross    and    willful    overcharging    for
14        professional services including filing  false  statements
15        for  collection  of  fees  for  which  services  are  not
16        rendered,  including,  but  not  limited  to filing false
17        statements for collection  of  monies  for  services  not
18        rendered  from  the  medical  assistance  program  of the
19        Department of Public Aid under the  Illinois  Public  Aid
20        Code.
21             (34)  In   the   absence  of  good  reasons  to  the
22        contrary, failure to perform a minimum eye examination as
23        required by the rules of the Department.
24             (35)  Violation   of   the   Health   Care    Worker
25        Self-Referral Act.
26        The  Department  may  refuse  to issue or may suspend the
27    license or certificate of any person  who  fails  to  file  a
28    return,  or  to  pay  the tax, penalty or interest shown in a
29    filed return, or to pay any  final  assessment  of  the  tax,
30    penalty  or interest, as required by any tax Act administered
31    by the Illinois Department of Revenue, until such time as the
32    requirements of any such tax Act are satisfied.
33        (a-5)  In  enforcing  this  Section,  the  Board  upon  a
34    showing of a possible violation, may  compel  any  individual
                            -758-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    licensed  to  practice under this Act, or who has applied for
 2    licensure or certification pursuant to this Act, to submit to
 3    a mental or physical examination, or both, as required by and
 4    at the expense of the Department.  The  examining  physicians
 5    or   clinical   psychologists  shall  be  those  specifically
 6    designated by the Board.  The Board  or  the  Department  may
 7    order  the  examining  physician  or clinical psychologist to
 8    present  testimony  concerning  this   mental   or   physical
 9    examination  of  the  licensee  or applicant.  No information
10    shall be excluded by reason of any common  law  or  statutory
11    privilege  relating to communications between the licensee or
12    applicant   and   the   examining   physician   or   clinical
13    psychologist.  Eye examinations may be provided by a licensed
14    and certified therapeutic optometrist.  The individual to  be
15    examined  may  have,  at  his  or  her  own  expense, another
16    physician of his or her choice present during all aspects  of
17    the  examination.   Failure  of any individual to submit to a
18    mental or  physical  examination,  when  directed,  shall  be
19    grounds  for  suspension  of a license until such time as the
20    individual submits to the examination  if  the  Board  finds,
21    after  notice  and hearing, that the refusal to submit to the
22    examination was without reasonable cause.
23        If the Board  finds  an  individual  unable  to  practice
24    because  of  the reasons set forth in this Section, the Board
25    shall require such individual to submit to care,  counseling,
26    or treatment by physicians or clinical psychologists approved
27    or  designated  by  the  Board,  as  a  condition,  term,  or
28    restriction  for  continued, reinstated, or renewed licensure
29    to practice, or in lieu of care,  counseling,  or  treatment,
30    the Board may recommend to the Department to file a complaint
31    compliant   to  immediately  suspend,  revoke,  or  otherwise
32    discipline the license of the individual, or  the  Board  may
33    recommend  to  the Department to file a complaint to suspend,
34    revoke,  or  otherwise  discipline   the   license   of   the
                            -759-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    individual.    Any   individual  whose  license  was  granted
 2    pursuant to this  Act,  or  continued,  reinstated,  renewed,
 3    disciplined,  or  supervised,  subject  to  such  conditions,
 4    terms,  or  restrictions,  who shall fail to comply with such
 5    conditions, terms, or restrictions, shall be referred to  the
 6    Director  for  a  determination  as to whether the individual
 7    shall have his or her license suspended immediately,  pending
 8    a hearing by the Board.
 9        (b)  The determination by a circuit court that a licensee
10    is  subject to involuntary admission or judicial admission as
11    provided in the Mental Health and Developmental  Disabilities
12    Code  operates  as  an  automatic suspension.  The suspension
13    will end only upon a finding by a court that the  patient  is
14    no  longer  subject  to  involuntary  admission  or  judicial
15    admission  and issues an order so finding and discharging the
16    patient; and upon the recommendation  of  the  Board  to  the
17    Director  that  the  licensee be allowed to resume his or her
18    practice.
19    (Source: P.A.  89-702,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-230,  eff.  1-1-98;
20    revised 12-23-97.)
21        Section 112.   The  Pharmacy  Practice  Act  of  1987  is
22    amended by changing Sections 3, 4, and 33 a follows:
23        (225 ILCS 85/3) (from Ch. 111, par. 4123)
24        Sec. 3. Definitions.  For the purpose of this Act, except
25    where otherwise limited therein:
26        (a)  "Pharmacy"  or  "drugstore" means and includes every
27    store,  shop,  pharmacy  department,  or  other  place  where
28    pharmaceutical care is provided by  a  pharmacist  (1)  where
29    drugs,  medicines,  or poisons are dispensed, sold or offered
30    for sale at retail, or displayed for sale at retail;  or  (2)
31    where  prescriptions  of physicians, dentists, veterinarians,
32    podiatrists,  or  therapeutically   certified   optometrists,
                            -760-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    within  the limits of their licenses, are compounded, filled,
 2    or dispensed; or (3) which has upon it  or  displayed  within
 3    it,  or  affixed  to  or  used  in connection with it, a sign
 4    bearing  the  word   or   words   "Pharmacist",   "Druggist",
 5    "Pharmacy", "Pharmaceutical Care", "Apothecary", "Drugstore",
 6    "Medicine  Store",  "Prescriptions", "Drugs", "Medicines", or
 7    any word or words of similar or like import,  either  in  the
 8    English  language  or  any  other  language; or (4) where the
 9    characteristic prescription sign (Rx) or  similar  design  is
10    exhibited;  or  (5)  any  store, or shop, or other place with
11    respect to which any of the above words,  objects,  signs  or
12    designs are used in any advertisement.
13        (b)  "Drugs"  means  and includes (l) articles recognized
14    in  the   official   United   States   Pharmacopoeia/National
15    Formulary  (USP/NF),  or  any  supplement  thereto  and being
16    intended for and having for their  main  use  the  diagnosis,
17    cure,  mitigation,  treatment or prevention of disease in man
18    or other animals, as approved by the United States  Food  and
19    Drug  Administration,  but  does not include devices or their
20    components, parts, or accessories; and (2) all other articles
21    intended for and having for their  main  use  the  diagnosis,
22    cure,  mitigation,  treatment or prevention of disease in man
23    or other animals, as approved by the United States  Food  and
24    Drug  Administration,  but  does not include devices or their
25    components, parts, or accessories; and  (3)  articles  (other
26    than  food)  having for their main use and intended to affect
27    the structure or any function of the body  of  man  or  other
28    animals;  and  (4)  articles  having  for  their main use and
29    intended for use as a component or any articles specified  in
30    clause (l), (2) or (3); but does not include devices or their
31    components, parts or accessories.
32        (c)  "Medicines"  means  and  includes all drugs intended
33    for human or veterinary use approved  by  the  United  States
34    Food and Drug Administration.
                            -761-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (d)  "Practice   of  pharmacy"  means  the  provision  of
 2    pharmaceutical  care  to  patients  as  determined   by   the
 3    pharmacist's  professional  judgment  in the following areas,
 4    which  may  include  but  are  not  limited  to  (1)  patient
 5    counseling,  (2)  interpretation   and   assisting   in   the
 6    monitoring  of  appropriate  drug  use  and  prospective drug
 7    utilization  review,  (3)  providing   information   on   the
 8    therapeutic   values,   reactions,  drug  interactions,  side
 9    effects, uses, selection of medications and medical  devices,
10    and  outcome  of  drug  therapy,  (4)  participation  in drug
11    selection,  drug   monitoring,   drug   utilization   review,
12    evaluation,  administration,  interpretation,  application of
13    pharmacokinetic  and  laboratory  data  to  design  safe  and
14    effective drug regimens,  (5)  drug  research  (clinical  and
15    scientific),  and (6) compounding and dispensing of drugs and
16    medical devices.
17        (e)  "Prescription" means and includes any written, oral,
18    facsimile, or electronically transmitted order for  drugs  or
19    medical  devices,  issued by a physician licensed to practice
20    medicine in  all  its  branches,  dentist,  veterinarian,  or
21    podiatrist,  or therapeutically certified optometrist, within
22    the  limits of their licenses, or by a physician assistant in
23    accordance with subsection (f) of Section 4,  containing  the
24    following:   (l)   name   of   the  patient;  (2)  date  when
25    prescription was issued; (3) name and  strength  of  drug  or
26    description   of  the  medical  device  prescribed;  and  (4)
27    quantity, (5) directions  for  use,  (6)  prescriber's  name,
28    address and signature, and (7) DEA number where required, for
29    controlled  substances.  DEA numbers shall not be required on
30    inpatient drug orders.
31        (f)  "Person"  means  and  includes  a  natural   person,
32    copartnership,  association,  corporation, government entity,
33    or any other legal entity.
34        (g)  "Department" means the  Department  of  Professional
                            -762-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Regulation.
 2        (h)  "Board of Pharmacy" or "Board" means the State Board
 3    of Pharmacy of the Department of Professional Regulation.
 4        (i)  "Director"   means   the  Director  of  Professional
 5    Regulation.
 6        (j)  "Drug product selection" means the interchange for a
 7    prescribed pharmaceutical product in accordance with  Section
 8    25  of  this  Act and Section 3.14 of the Illinois Food, Drug
 9    and Cosmetic Act.
10        (k)  "Inpatient drug order" means an order issued  by  an
11    authorized prescriber for a resident or patient of a facility
12    licensed  under  the  Nursing  Home  Care Act or the Hospital
13    Licensing Act, or "An Act in relation  to  the  founding  and
14    operation  of  the  University  of  Illinois Hospital and the
15    conduct of University  of  Illinois  health  care  programs",
16    approved  July  3,  1931,  as amended, or a facility which is
17    operated by the Department of Human Services (as successor to
18    the   Department   of   Mental   Health   and   Developmental
19    Disabilities) or the Department of Corrections.
20        (k-5)  "Pharmacist"   means   an   individual   currently
21    licensed by this State to engage in the practice of pharmacy.
22        (l)  "Pharmacist in charge" means the licensed pharmacist
23    whose name appears on a pharmacy license who  is  responsible
24    for  all  aspects of the operation related to the practice of
25    pharmacy.
26        (m)  "Dispense" means the delivery of drugs  and  medical
27    devices, in accordance with applicable State and federal laws
28    and   regulations,   to   the   patient   or   the  patient's
29    representative  authorized   to   receive   these   products,
30    including  the compounding, packaging, and labeling necessary
31    for delivery, and any recommending or advising concerning the
32    contents and therapeutic values and uses thereof.  "Dispense"
33    does  not  mean  the  physical  delivery  to  a  patient or a
34    patient's representative  in  a  home  or  institution  by  a
                            -763-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    designee  of  a  pharmacist or by common carrier.  "Dispense"
 2    also does not mean the physical delivery of a drug or medical
 3    device  to  a  patient  or  patient's  representative  by   a
 4    pharmacist's  designee  within  a pharmacy or drugstore while
 5    the pharmacist is on duty and the pharmacy is open.
 6        (n)  "Mail-order  pharmacy"  means  a  pharmacy  that  is
 7    located in a state of the United States, other than Illinois,
 8    that delivers, dispenses or distributes, through  the  United
 9    States  Postal  Service  or other common carrier, to Illinois
10    residents, any substance which requires a prescription.
11        (o)  "Compounding"   means   the   preparation,   mixing,
12    assembling, packaging, or  labeling  of  a  drug  or  medical
13    device:  (1)  as  the result of a practitioner's prescription
14    drug order or initiative that  is  dispensed  pursuant  to  a
15    prescription  in  the course of professional practice; or (2)
16    for the purpose of, or incident to,  research,  teaching,  or
17    chemical  analysis;  or  (3)  in anticipation of prescription
18    drug orders based on routine, regularly observed  prescribing
19    patterns.
20        (p)  "Confidential    information"   means   information,
21    maintained  by  the  pharmacist  in  the  patient's  records,
22    released only (i) to the patient or, as the patient  directs,
23    to  other  practitioners and other pharmacists or (ii) to any
24    other person authorized by law to receive the information.
25        (q)  "Prospective  drug  review"  or  "drug   utilization
26    evaluation"  means  a  screening  for  potential drug therapy
27    problems  due  to   therapeutic   duplication,   drug-disease
28    contraindications,  drug-drug interactions (including serious
29    interactions with nonprescription or over-the-counter drugs),
30    drug-food interactions, incorrect drug dosage or duration  of
31    drug treatment, drug-allergy interactions, and clinical abuse
32    or misuse.
33        (r)  "Patient counseling" means the communication between
34    a  pharmacist  or  a  student  pharmacist  under  the  direct
                            -764-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    supervision  of  a  pharmacist and a patient or the patient's
 2    representative about the patient's medication or  device  for
 3    the   purpose   of  optimizing  proper  use  of  prescription
 4    medications  or  devices.   The  offer  to  counsel  by   the
 5    pharmacist  or  the  pharmacist's  designee,  and  subsequent
 6    patient  counseling  by the pharmacist or student pharmacist,
 7    shall be  made  in  a  face-to-face  communication  with  the
 8    patient   or   patient's   representative   unless,   in  the
 9    professional  judgment  of  the  pharmacist,  a  face-to-face
10    communication is deemed  inappropriate  or  unnecessary.   In
11    that instance, the offer to counsel or patient counseling may
12    be  made  in  a  written communication, by telephone, or in a
13    manner determined by the pharmacist to be appropriate.
14        (s)  "Patient profiles" or "patient drug therapy  record"
15    means  the  obtaining,  recording, and maintenance of patient
16    prescription and personal information.
17        (t)  "Pharmaceutical care" includes, but is  not  limited
18    to,  the  act  of  monitoring drug use and other patient care
19    services  intended  to  achieve  outcomes  that  improve  the
20    patient's quality of life but shall not include the  sale  of
21    over-the-counter  drugs by a seller of goods and services who
22    does not dispense prescription drugs.
23        (u)  "Medical device"  means  an  instrument,  apparatus,
24    implement,  machine,  contrivance, implant, in vitro reagent,
25    or other similar or related article, including any  component
26    part  or  accessory,  required  under federal law to bear the
27    label "Caution: Federal law requires dispensing by or on  the
28    order  of  a  physician". A seller of goods and services who,
29    only for the  purpose  of  retail  sales,  compounds,  sells,
30    rents,  or  leases  medical  devices  shall  not,  by reasons
31    thereof, be required to be a licensed pharmacy.
32    (Source: P.A. 89-202,  eff.  7-21-95;  89-507,  eff.  7-1-97;
33    90-116, eff. 7-14-97; 90-253, eff. 7-29-97; revised 8-5-97.)
                            -765-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (225 ILCS 85/4) (from Ch. 111, par. 4124)
 2        Sec.  4.  Exemptions. Nothing contained in any Section of
 3    this Act shall apply to, or in any manner interfere with:
 4        (a)  the lawful practice of  any  physician  licensed  to
 5    practice   medicine   in   all   of  its  branches,  dentist,
 6    podiatrist,    veterinarian,    or     therapeutically     or
 7    diagnostically certified optometrist within the limits of his
 8    or  her  license, or prevent him or her from supplying to his
 9    or her bona fide patients such drugs, medicines,  or  poisons
10    as may seem to him appropriate;
11        (b)  the sale of compressed gases;
12        (c)  the  sale  of  patent  or  proprietary medicines and
13    household  remedies  when  sold  in  original  and   unbroken
14    packages  only,  if  such patent or proprietary medicines and
15    household remedies be properly and adequately labeled  as  to
16    content  and  usage  and generally considered and accepted as
17    harmless  and  nonpoisonous  when  used  according   to   the
18    directions  on  the  label,  and also do not contain opium or
19    coca leaves, or any compound, salt or derivative thereof,  or
20    any  drug  which,  according  to  the  latest editions of the
21    following   authoritative   pharmaceutical   treatises    and
22    standards,  namely,  The United States Pharmacopoeia/National
23    Formulary (USP/NF), the United States Dispensatory,  and  the
24    Accepted   Dental   Remedies   of   the   Council  of  Dental
25    Therapeutics of the American Dental  Association  or  any  or
26    either  of them, in use on the effective date of this Act, or
27    according to the existing provisions  of  the  Federal  Food,
28    Drug,  and  Cosmetic Act and Regulations of the Department of
29    Health and Human  Services,  Food  and  Drug  Administration,
30    promulgated   thereunder   now   in  effect,  is  designated,
31    described  or  considered  as  a  narcotic,  hypnotic,  habit
32    forming, dangerous, or poisonous drug;
33        (d)  the  sale  of  poultry  and  livestock  remedies  in
34    original and unbroken packages only, labeled for poultry  and
                            -766-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    livestock medication; and
 2        (e)  the  sale  of  poisonous  substances  or  mixture of
 3    poisonous substances, in unbroken packages, for  nonmedicinal
 4    use  in  the  arts or industries or for insecticide purposes;
 5    provided, they are properly  and  adequately  labeled  as  to
 6    content  and  such nonmedicinal usage, in conformity with the
 7    provisions of all applicable federal, state  and  local  laws
 8    and regulations promulgated thereunder now in effect relating
 9    thereto  and governing the same, and those which are required
10    under such applicable laws and regulations to be labeled with
11    the word "Poison", are also labeled with  the  word  "Poison"
12    printed  thereon  in prominent type and the name of a readily
13    obtainable antidote with directions for  its  administration;
14    and
15        (f)  the  delegation of limited prescriptive authority by
16    a physician licensed to practice medicine in all its branches
17    to a physician assistant under Section 7.5 of  the  Physician
18    Assistant  Practice Act of 1987. This delegated authority may
19    but is not required to include prescription of Schedule  III,
20    IV,  or  V controlled substances, as defined in Article II of
21    the Illinois Controlled Substances Act,  in  accordance  with
22    written   guidelines  under  Section  7.5  of  the  Physician
23    Assistant Practice Act of 1987.
24    (Source: P.A. 90-116, eff.  7-14-97;  90-253,  eff.  7-29-97;
25    revised 8-5-97.)
26        (225 ILCS 85/33) (from Ch. 111, par. 4153)
27        Sec.  33.   The  Director  of  the  Department  may, upon
28    receipt of a written  communication  from  the  Secretary  of
29    Human  Services,  the Director of Public Aid, or the Director
30    of Public Health that continuation of practice  of  a  person
31    licensed   or   registered  under  this  Act  constitutes  an
32    immediate danger  to  the  public,  immediately  suspend  the
33    license or registration of such person without a hearing.  In
                            -767-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    instances  in  which  the  Director  immediately  suspends  a
 2    license or registration under this Act Action, a hearing upon
 3    such person's license must be convened by the Board within 15
 4    days  after such suspension and completed without appreciable
 5    delay, such hearing held to determine whether to recommend to
 6    the Director that the person's license be revoked, suspended,
 7    placed on probationary status or reinstated, or  such  person
 8    be  subject  to  other disciplinary action.  In such hearing,
 9    the written communication and any  other  evidence  submitted
10    therewith  may be introduced as evidence against such person;
11    provided however, the person, or his counsel, shall have  the
12    opportunity  to discredit or impeach such evidence and submit
13    evidence rebutting same.
14    (Source: P.A. 89-507, eff. 7-1-97; revised 12-18-97.)
15        Section  113.   The  Illinois  Physical  Therapy  Act  is
16    amended by changing Section 23 as follows:
17        (225 ILCS 90/23) (from Ch. 111, par. 4273)
18        Sec. 23.  Rehearing.  In any case involving  the  refusal
19    to  issue,  renew  or  discipline of a license, a copy of the
20    Committee's report shall be served upon the respondent by the
21    Department, either personally or as provided in this Act  for
22    the  service  of the notice of hearing.  Within 20 days after
23    such service, the respondent may present to the Department  a
24    motion in writing for a rehearing, which motion shall specify
25    the  particular grounds therefor.  If no motion for rehearing
26    is filed, then upon the expiration of the time specified  for
27    filing such a motion, or if a motion for rehearing is denied,
28    then  upon  such  denial  the  Director may enter an order in
29    accordance with recommendations of the  Committee  except  as
30    provided  in  Section 22 16.6 of this Act.  If the respondent
31    shall order  from  the  reporting  service,  and  pay  for  a
32    transcript  of the record within the time for filing a motion
                            -768-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    for rehearing, the 20 day period within which such  a  motion
 2    may  be  filed  shall  commence  upon  the  delivery  of  the
 3    transcript to the respondent.
 4    (Source: P.A. 84-595; revised 12-23-97.)
 5        Section  114.   The  Physician  Assistant Practice Act of
 6    1987 is amended by changing Sections 6 and 21 as follows:
 7        (225 ILCS 95/6) (from Ch. 111, par. 4606)
 8        Sec.  6.  Title;  Designation;  billing.   No   physician
 9    assistant shall use the title of doctor or associate with his
10    or  her  name  or any other term that would indicate to other
11    persons that he or she is qualified to engage in the  general
12    practice of medicine.
13        A  physician  assistant  shall  not  be  allowed  to bill
14    patients or in any way to charge for  services.   Nothing  in
15    this  Act,  however,  shall be so construed as to prevent the
16    employer of a physician assistant from charging for  services
17    rendered  by  the  physician assistant.  Payment for services
18    rendered by a physician assistant shall be made to his or her
19    employer if  the  payor  would  have  made  payment  had  the
20    services  been  provided  by a physician licensed to practice
21    medicine in all its branches.
22        The supervising physician shall file with the  Department
23    notice  of employment, discharge, or supervisory control of a
24    physician assistant at the time of employment, discharge,  or
25    assumption of supervisory control of a physician assistant.
26    (Source:  P.A.  90-61,  eff.  12-30-97; 90-116, eff. 7-14-97;
27    revised 8-12-97.)
28        (225 ILCS 95/21) (from Ch. 111, par. 4621)
29        Sec. 21. Grounds for disciplinary action Discipline.
30        (a)  The Department may refuse to issue or to  renew,  or
31    may   revoke,   suspend,   place  on  probation,  censure  or
                            -769-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    reprimand, or take other disciplinary action with  regard  to
 2    any  license issued under this Act as the Department may deem
 3    proper, including the issuance of fines not to  exceed  $5000
 4    for  each  violation,  for  any  one  or  combination  of the
 5    following causes:
 6             (1)  Material misstatement in furnishing information
 7        to the Department.
 8             (2)  Violations of this Act, or  the  rules  adopted
 9        under this Act.
10             (3)  Conviction  of  any crime under the laws of any
11        U.S.  jurisdiction  that  is  a  felony  or  that  is   a
12        misdemeanor, an essential element of which is dishonesty,
13        or of any crime which is directly related to the practice
14        of the profession.
15             (4)  Making any misrepresentation for the purpose of
16        obtaining licenses.
17             (5)  Professional incompetence.
18             (6)  Aiding or assisting another person in violating
19        any provision of this Act or its rules.
20             (7)  Failing, within 60 days, to provide information
21        in response to a written request made by the Department.
22             (8)  Engaging   in   dishonorable,   unethical,   or
23        unprofessional   conduct,   as  defined  by  rule,  of  a
24        character likely to deceive, defraud, or harm the public.
25             (9)  Habitual  or  excessive  use  or  addiction  to
26        alcohol, narcotics, stimulants,  or  any  other  chemical
27        agent  or  drug  that  results in a physician assistant's
28        inability to practice with reasonable judgment, skill, or
29        safety.
30             (10)  Discipline by  another  U.S.  jurisdiction  or
31        foreign  nation,  if  at  least  one  of  the grounds for
32        discipline is the same  or  substantially  equivalent  to
33        those set forth in this Section.
34             (11)  Directly  or indirectly giving to or receiving
                            -770-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        from  any  person,  firm,  corporation,  partnership,  or
 2        association any fee, commission, rebate or other form  of
 3        compensation  for  any professional services not actually
 4        or personally rendered.
 5             (12)  A finding by the Disciplinary Board  that  the
 6        licensee,  after  having  his  or  her  license placed on
 7        probationary status has violated the terms of probation.
 8             (13)  Abandonment of a patient.
 9             (14)  Willfully making or filing  false  records  or
10        reports in his or her practice, including but not limited
11        to   false   records   filed   with   state  agencies  or
12        departments.
13             (15)  Willfully failing to  report  an  instance  of
14        suspected  child  abuse  or  neglect  as  required by the
15        Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act.
16             (16)  Physical illness, including  but  not  limited
17        to,  deterioration  through the aging process, or loss of
18        motor skill, mental illness, or disability  that  results
19        in   the   inability  to  practice  the  profession  with
20        reasonable judgment, skill or safety.
21             (17)  Being named as a perpetrator in  an  indicated
22        report  by the Department of Children and Family Services
23        under the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting  Act,  and
24        upon  proof  by  clear  and  convincing evidence that the
25        licensee has caused a child to  be  an  abused  child  or
26        neglected  child  as  defined in the Abused and Neglected
27        Child Reporting Act.
28             (18)  Conviction in this State or another  state  of
29        any  crime that is a felony under the laws of this State,
30        or conviction of a felony in a federal court.
31             (19)  Gross  malpractice  resulting   in   permanent
32        injury or death of a patient.
33             (20)  Employment of fraud, deception or any unlawful
34        means  in  applying  for  or  securing  a  license  as  a
                            -771-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        physician assistant.
 2             (21)  Exceeding  the  authority  delegated to him or
 3        her  by his or her supervising  physician  in  guidelines
 4        established by the physician/physician assistant team.
 5             (22)  Immoral  conduct in the commission of any act,
 6        such  as  sexual  abuse,  sexual  misconduct  or   sexual
 7        exploitation related to the licensee's practice.
 8             (23)  Violation    of   the   Health   Care   Worker
 9        Self-Referral Act.
10             (24)  Practicing under  a  false  or  assumed  name,
11        except as provided by law.
12             (25)  Making   a   false   or  misleading  statement
13        regarding his or her skill or the efficacy  or  value  of
14        the  medicine,  treatment, or remedy prescribed by him or
15        her in the course of treatment.
16             (26)  Allowing another person  to  use  his  or  her
17        license to practice.
18             (27)  Prescribing,      selling,      administering,
19        distributing,   giving,   or  self-administering  a  drug
20        classified as a controlled substance (designated product)
21        or narcotic for other than medically-accepted therapeutic
22        purposes.
23             (28)  Promotion  of  the  sale  of  drugs,  devices,
24        appliances, or goods provided for a patient in  a  manner
25        to exploit the patient for financial gain.
26             (29)  A  pattern  of practice or other behavior that
27        demonstrates incapacity or incompetence to practice under
28        this Act.
29             (30)  Violating State or federal laws or regulations
30        relating to controlled substances.
31             (31)  Exceeding the limited  prescriptive  authority
32        delegated  by  the supervising physician or violating the
33        written guidelines delegating that authority.
34             (32)  Practicing without providing to the Department
                            -772-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        a notice of supervision  or  delegation  of  prescriptive
 2        authority.
 3        (b)  The  Department  may  refuse to issue or may suspend
 4    the license of any person who fails to file a return,  or  to
 5    pay  the tax, penalty or interest shown in a filed return, or
 6    to pay any final assessment of the tax, penalty, or  interest
 7    as  required  by  any  tax  Act  administered by the Illinois
 8    Department of Revenue, until such time as the requirements of
 9    any such tax Act are satisfied.
10        (c)  The determination by a circuit court that a licensee
11    is subject to involuntary admission or judicial admission  as
12    provided  in the Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities
13    Code operates as an automatic suspension. The suspension will
14    end only upon a finding by a court that  the  patient  is  no
15    longer subject to involuntary admission or judicial admission
16    and  issues  an order so finding and discharging the patient,
17    and upon the recommendation of the Disciplinary Board to  the
18    Director  that  the  licensee be allowed to resume his or her
19    practice.
20        (d)  In enforcing this Section,  the  Department  upon  a
21    showing  of  a  possible  violation  may compel an individual
22    licensed to practice under this Act, or who has  applied  for
23    licensure  under  this Act, to submit to a mental or physical
24    examination, or both, as required by and at  the  expense  of
25    the  Department.  The  Department  may  order  the  examining
26    physician  to  present  testimony  concerning  the  mental or
27    physical  examination  of  the  licensee  or  applicant.   No
28    information  shall be excluded by reason of any common law or
29    statutory privilege relating to  communications  between  the
30    licensee  or  applicant  and  the  examining  physician.  The
31    examining  physicians shall be specifically designated by the
32    Department. The individual to be examined may have, at his or
33    her own expense, another  physician  of  his  or  her  choice
34    present  during  all aspects of this examination.  Failure of
                            -773-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    an individual to submit to a mental or physical  examination,
 2    when  directed, shall be grounds for suspension of his or her
 3    license until the individual submits to  the  examination  if
 4    the  Department  finds,  after  notice  and hearing, that the
 5    refusal to submit to the examination was  without  reasonable
 6    cause.
 7        If  the Department finds an individual unable to practice
 8    because of  the  reasons  set  forth  in  this  Section,  the
 9    Department  may  require  that  individual to submit to care,
10    counseling, or treatment by physicians approved or designated
11    by the Department, as a condition, term, or  restriction  for
12    continued,  reinstated, or renewed licensure to practice; or,
13    in lieu of care, counseling, or treatment, the Department may
14    file a complaint to immediately suspend, revoke, or otherwise
15    discipline the license of the individual. An individual whose
16    license  was   granted,   continued,   reinstated,   renewed,
17    disciplined, or supervised subject to such terms, conditions,
18    or  restrictions,  and  who  fails to comply with such terms,
19    conditions,  or  restrictions,  shall  be  referred  to   the
20    Director  for  a  determination  as to whether the individual
21    shall have his or her license suspended immediately,  pending
22    a hearing by the Department.
23        In instances in which the Director immediately suspends a
24    person's  license  under  this  Section,  a  hearing  on that
25    person's license must be convened by the Department within 15
26    days after the suspension and completed  without  appreciable
27    delay.  The Department shall have the authority to review the
28    subject  individual's  record  of  treatment  and  counseling
29    regarding  the  impairment  to  the   extent   permitted   by
30    applicable  federal statutes and regulations safeguarding the
31    confidentiality of medical records.
32        An individual licensed under this Act and affected  under
33    this  Section shall be afforded an opportunity to demonstrate
34    to the Department that he  or  she  can  resume  practice  in
                            -774-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    compliance with acceptable and prevailing standards under the
 2    provisions of his or her license.
 3    (Source: P.A.  90-61,  eff.  12-30-97;  90-116, eff. 7-14-97;
 4    revised 8-12-97.)
 5        Section 115.  The Professional Boxing and  Wrestling  Act
 6    is amended by changing Section 11 as follows:
 7        (225 ILCS 105/11) (from Ch. 111, par. 5011)
 8        Sec.  11.   The  Department  shall  grant licenses to the
 9    following persons if the following qualifications are met:
10        (A)  An applicant for licensure  as  a  contestant  in  a
11    boxing  match  must:  (1)  be  18  years old, except when the
12    applicant has exhibited unusual maturity or ability,  (2)  be
13    of  good moral character, (3) file an application stating the
14    applicant's correct name, (and no assumed or ring name may be
15    used unless such name is registered with the Department along
16    with the applicant's correct name), date and place of  birth,
17    place  of current residence, and a sworn statement that he is
18    not currently in violation of any  federal,  State  or  local
19    laws  or  rules governing boxing, (4) file a certificate of a
20    physician  licensed  to  practice  medicine  in  all  of  its
21    branches which attests that the applicant is  physically  fit
22    and  qualified  to participate in boxing matches, and (5) pay
23    the required fee.
24        (B)  An applicant for licensure  as  a  boxing  promoter,
25    referee,  judge,  manager, trainer or timekeeper must: (1) be
26    of good moral character, (2) file an application stating  the
27    applicant's  name,  date  and  place  of  birth, and place of
28    current residence along with a sworn statement that he is not
29    currently in violation of any federal, State or local laws or
30    rules governing boxing, (3) have had satisfactory  experience
31    in his field, and (4) pay the required fee.  An applicant for
32    licensure  as  a  referee,  manager or trainer must also file
                            -775-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    proof that he has participated in medical seminars pertaining
 2    to boxing contests, the curriculum and  number  of  hours  of
 3    which the Department by rule deems sufficient.
 4        (C)  An   applicant   for  registration  as  a  wrestling
 5    promoter must: (1) be of good moral character,  (2)  file  an
 6    application with the Department stating the applicant's name,
 7    date  and  place  of  birth,  and  place of current residence
 8    resident  along  with  a  sworn  statement  that  he  is  not
 9    currently in violation of any federal, State or local laws or
10    rules governing wrestling, and (3) pay the required fee.
11        In determining good moral character, the  Department  may
12    take   into   consideration  any  felony  conviction  of  the
13    applicant, but such a conviction shall not operate as  a  bar
14    to   licensure.   No   license   issued  under  this  Act  is
15    transferable.
16    (Source: P.A. 83-398; revised 12-18-97.)
17        Section  116.   The  Respiratory  Care  Practice  Act  is
18    amended by changing Section 95 as follows:
19        (225 ILCS 106/95)
20        Sec. 95.  Grounds for discipline.
21        (a)  The Department may refuse to issue,  renew,  or  may
22    revoke, suspend, place on probation, reprimand, or take other
23    disciplinary  action as the Department considers appropriate,
24    including the issuance of fines not to exceed $5,000 for each
25    violation, with regard to any license for any one or more  of
26    the following:
27             (1)  Material misstatement in furnishing information
28        to  the  Department  or  to  any  other  State or federal
29        agency.
30             (2)  Violations of this Act, or any of its rules.
31             (3)  Conviction of any crime under the laws  of  the
32        United States or any state or territory thereof that is a
                            -776-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        felony or a misdemeanor, an essential element of which is
 2        dishonesty,  or  of any crime that is directly related to
 3        the practice of the profession.
 4             (4)  Making any misrepresentation for the purpose of
 5        obtaining a license.
 6             (5)  Professional incompetence or negligence in  the
 7        rendering of respiratory care services.
 8             (6)  Malpractice.
 9             (7)  Aiding or assisting another person in violating
10        any rules or provisions of this Act.
11             (8)  Failing  to  provide information within 60 days
12        in response to a written request made by the Department.
13             (9)  Engaging   in   dishonorable,   unethical,   or
14        unprofessional conduct of a character likely to  deceive,
15        defraud, or harm the public.
16             (10)  Violating  the  rules  of professional conduct
17        adopted by the Department.
18             (11)  Discipline  by  another  jurisdiction,  if  at
19        least one of the grounds for the discipline is  the  same
20        or  substantially  equivalent  to those set forth in this
21        Act.
22             (12)  Directly or indirectly giving to or  receiving
23        from  any  person,  firm,  corporation,  partnership,  or
24        association any fee, commission, rebate, or other form of
25        compensation  for  any professional services not actually
26        rendered.
27             (13)  A finding by the Department that the licensee,
28        after having the license placed on  probationary  status,
29        has violated the terms of the probation.
30             (14)  Abandonment of a patient.
31             (15)  Willfully  filing  false reports relating to a
32        licensee's practice including, but not limited to,  false
33        records   filed   with  a  federal  or  State  agency  or
34        department.
                            -777-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (16)  Willfully failing to  report  an  instance  of
 2        suspected  child  abuse  or  neglect  as  required by the
 3        Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act.
 4             (17)  Providing   respiratory   care,   other   than
 5        pursuant to the prescription of a licensed physician.
 6             (18)  Physical or mental disability  including,  but
 7        not  limited  to, deterioration through the aging process
 8        or loss of motor skills that results in the inability  to
 9        practice  the profession with reasonable judgment, skill,
10        or safety.
11             (19)  Solicitation of professional services by using
12        false or misleading advertising.
13             (20)  Failure to file a tax return, or  to  pay  the
14        tax,  penalty, or interest shown in a filed return, or to
15        pay any final assessment of tax penalty, or interest,  as
16        required  by  any  tax  Act  administered by the Illinois
17        Department of Revenue or of any successor agency  or  the
18        Internal Revenue Service or any successor agency.
19             (21)  Irregularities  in  billing  a third party for
20        services rendered or in reporting  charges  for  services
21        not rendered.
22             (22)  Being  named  as a perpetrator in an indicated
23        report by the Department of Children and Family  Services
24        under  the  Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act, and
25        upon proof by clear  and  convincing  evidence  that  the
26        licensee  has  caused  a  child  to be an abused child or
27        neglected child as defined in the  Abused  and  Neglected
28        Child Reporting Act.
29             (23)  Habitual  or  excessive  use  or  addiction to
30        alcohol, narcotics, stimulants,  or  any  other  chemical
31        agent  or  drug  that results in an inability to practice
32        with reasonable skill, judgment, or safety.
33        (b)  The determination by a  court  that  a  licensee  is
34    subject  to  involuntary  admission  or judicial admission as
                            -778-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    provided in the Mental Health and Developmental  Disabilities
 2    Code  will  result  in  an automatic suspension of his or her
 3    license.  The suspension will end upon a finding by  a  court
 4    that  the  licensee  is  no  longer  subject  to  involuntary
 5    admission  or judicial admission, the issuance of an order so
 6    finding and discharging the patient, and  the  recommendation
 7    of  the Board to the Director that the licensee be allowed to
 8    resume his or her practice.
 9    (Source: P.A. 89-33, eff. 1-1-96; revised 12-18-97.)
10        Section  117.   The  Veterinary  Medicine   and   Surgery
11    Practice  Act  of 1994 is amended by changing Sections 3, 11,
12    and 26 as follows:
13        (225 ILCS 115/3) (from Ch. 111, par. 7003)
14        Sec. 3.  Definitions; unlicensed practice prohibited.
15        (a)  The following terms  have  the  meanings  indicated,
16    unless the context requires otherwise:
17        (A)  "Department"  means  the  Department of Professional
18    Regulation.
19        (B)  "Board"   means   the   Veterinary   Licensing   and
20    Disciplinary Board.
21        (C)  "Director" means the Director of the  Department  of
22    Professional Regulation.
23        (D)  "Veterinarian"  means a person holding the degree of
24    Doctor of Veterinary Medicine and Surgery and licensed  under
25    this Act.
26        (E)  The  practice  of  veterinary  medicine  and surgery
27    occurs when a person:
28             (1)  Directly or  indirectly  diagnoses,  prognoses,
29        treats,  administers  to,  prescribes  for,  operates on,
30        manipulates or applies any apparatus or appliance for any
31        disease,  pain,  deformity,  defect,  injury,  wound   or
32        physical or mental condition of any animal or bird or for
                            -779-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        the  prevention  of,  or  to test for the presence of any
 2        disease  of  any  animal  or  bird.   The   practice   of
 3        veterinary  medicine  and  surgery  includes veterinarian
 4        dentistry.
 5             (2)  Represents  himself  or  herself   oneself   as
 6        engaged  in  the  practice  of  veterinary  medicine  and
 7        surgery  as  defined in paragraph (1) of this subsection,
 8        or uses any words, letters or titles in  such  connection
 9        and under such circumstances as to induce the belief that
10        the  person  using  them  is  engaged  in the practice of
11        veterinary medicine and surgery in any of  its  branches,
12        or that such person is a Doctor of Veterinary Medicine.
13        (F)  "Animal"  means  any  bird, fish, reptile, or mammal
14    other than man.
15        (G)  "Veterinarian client - patient relationship" means:
16             (1)  The veterinarian has assumed the responsibility
17        for making medical judgments regarding the health  of  an
18        animal and the need for medical treatment and the client,
19        owner,  or  other  caretaker  has  agreed  to  follow the
20        instructions of the veterinarian.
21             (2)  There is sufficient knowledge of an  animal  by
22        the  veterinarian  to  initiate  at  least  a  general or
23        preliminary diagnosis of the  medical  condition  of  the
24        animal.   This  means  that the veterinarian has recently
25        seen and is personally acquainted with  the  keeping  and
26        care of the animal by virtue virture of an examination of
27        the  animal or by medically appropriate and timely visits
28        to the premises where the animal is kept.
29             (3)  The   practicing   veterinarian   is    readily
30        available  for  follow-up in case of adverse reactions or
31        failure of the regimen of therapy.
32        (b)  Subject to the exemptions in Section 4 of this  Act,
33    no  person  shall practice veterinary medicine and surgery in
34    any of its branches without a valid license to do so.
                            -780-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    (Source: P.A. 88-424; revised 7-7-97.)
 2        (225 ILCS 115/11) (from Ch. 111, par. 7011)
 3        Sec. 11.  Temporary permits. A person holding the  degree
 4    of  Doctor of Veterinary Medicine, or its equivalent, from an
 5    approved veterinary program, and who has applied  in  writing
 6    to  the  Department  for  a  license  to  practice veterinary
 7    medicine and surgery in any of  its  branches,  and  who  has
 8    fulfilled the requirements of Section 8 of this Act, with the
 9    exception   of   receipt   of  notification  of  his  or  her
10    examination results, may receive, at the  discretion  of  the
11    Department,  a temporary permit to practice under a specified
12    veterinarian who is licensed in this State,  until:  (1)  the
13    applicant has been notified of the results of the examination
14    authorized  by  the  Department;  or  (2)  the  applicant has
15    withdrawn his or her application.
16        A temporary permit may be issued by the Department  to  a
17    person  who  is  a  veterinarian  licensed  under the laws of
18    another state, a territory of the United States, or a foreign
19    country, upon application in writing to the Department for  a
20    license  under  this  Act  if  he  or she her is qualified to
21    receive a license and until: (1) the expiration of  6  months
22    after   the  filing  of  the  written  application,  (2)  the
23    withdrawal of the  application  or  (3)  the  denial  of  the
24    application by the Department.
25        A temporary permit issued under this Section shall not be
26    extended  or renewed.  The holder of a temporary permit shall
27    perform only  those  acts  that  may  be  prescribed  by  and
28    incidental  to  his  or  her employment and that act shall be
29    performed  under  the  direction  of  a  specified   licensed
30    veterinarian.    He shall not be entitled to otherwise engage
31    in the practice of veterinary medicine until  fully  licensed
32    in this State.
33        Upon  the revocation of a temporary permit the Department
                            -781-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    shall immediately notify, by certified  mail,  the  specified
 2    veterinarian  employing  the holder of a temporary permit and
 3    the holder of  the  permit.   A  temporary  permit  shall  be
 4    revoked  by  the Department upon proof that the holder of the
 5    permit has engaged in the practice of veterinary medicine  in
 6    this  State  outside  his  or her employment under a licensed
 7    veterinarian.
 8    (Source: P.A. 88-424; revised 12-18-97.)
 9        (225 ILCS 115/26) (from Ch. 111, par. 7026)
10        Sec. 26. It is declared to be the public policy  of  this
11    State,  pursuant  to  paragraphs  (h) and (i) of Section 6 of
12    Article VII of the th Illinois Constitution of 1970, that any
13    power or function set forth in this Act to  be  exercised  by
14    the State is an exclusive State power or function. Such power
15    or  function  shall  not  be  exercised  concurrently, either
16    directly or indirectly, by  any  unit  of  local  government,
17    including  home  rule  units, except as otherwise provided in
18    this Act.
19    (Source: P.A. 83-1016; revised 7-7-97.)
20        Section 118.  The Fire Equipment Distributor and Employee
21    Regulation Act is amended by changing Section 17 as follows:
22        (225 ILCS 215/17) (from Ch. 111, par. 8017)
23        Sec. 17.  Licensees subject to  this  Act  shall  conduct
24    their practice in accordance with this Act and with any rules
25    promulgated  pursuant  hereto.  Licensees shall be subject to
26    the exercise of  the  disciplinary  sanctions  enumerated  in
27    Section 19 if the State Fire Marshal finds that a licensee is
28    guilty of any of the following:
29        (1)  fraud or material deception in obtaining or renewing
30    of a license;
31        (2)  professional  incompetence  as  manifested  by  poor
                            -782-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    standards of service;
 2        (3)  engaging     in     dishonorable,    unethical    or
 3    unprofessional conduct of  a  character  likely  to  deceive,
 4    defraud  or  harm  the  public  in the course of professional
 5    services or activities;
 6        (4)  conviction of any crime by a licensee  which  has  a
 7    substantial  relationship  to  his  practice  or an essential
 8    element of which is misstatement,  fraud  or  dishonesty,  or
 9    conviction  in  this or another state of any crime which is a
10    felony under the laws of Illinois or conviction of  a  felony
11    in  a  federal court, unless such person demonstrates that he
12    has been sufficiently rehabilitated  to  warrant  the  public
13    trust;
14        (5)  performing  any  services  in  the grossly negligent
15    manner or permitting any of his licensed employees to perform
16    services in a grossly negligent manner, regardless of whether
17    actual damage or damages to the public is established;
18        (6)  habitual   drunkenness   drunkeness   or    habitual
19    addiction   to  the  use  of  morphine,  cocaine,  controlled
20    substances or other habit-forming drugs;
21        (7)  directly   or   indirectly    willfully    receiving
22    compensation  for  any  professional  services  not  actually
23    rendered;
24        (8)  having disciplinary action taken against his license
25    in another state;
26        (9)  making  differential treatment against any person to
27    his detriment because of race, color, creed, sex, religion or
28    national origin;
29        (10)  engaging in unprofessional conduct;
30        (11)  engaging in false or misleading advertising;
31        (12)  contracting  or  assisting  unlicensed  persons  to
32    perform services for which a license is required  under  this
33    Act;
34        (13)  permitting  the  use  of  his license to enable any
                            -783-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    unlicensed person or agency to operate as a licensee;
 2        (14)  performing and charging for services without having
 3    authorization to do so from the member of  the  public  being
 4    served serviced;
 5        (15)  failure to comply with any provision of this Act or
 6    the rules promulgated pursuant thereto;
 7        (16)  conducting business regulated by this Act without a
 8    currently valid license.
 9    (Source: P.A. 85-1434; revised 7-7-97.)
10        Section 119.  The Illinois Professional Land Surveyor Act
11    of 1989 is amended by changing Section 15 as follows:
12        (225 ILCS 330/15) (from Ch. 111, par. 3265)
13        Sec.  15.   Seal.  Every Professional Land Surveyor shall
14    have a  reproducible  reproducable  seal  or  facsimile,  the
15    impression  of  which  shall  contain  the  name  of the land
16    surveyor, his place of business, the license number, and  the
17    words  "Professional  Land  Surveyor,  State of Illinois".  A
18    Professional Land Surveyor shall seal or stamp all  documents
19    prepared  by  or  under the direct supervision and control of
20    the Professional Land  Surveyor.    Any  seal  authorized  or
21    approved  by the Department under the Illinois Land Surveyors
22    Act shall serve the same purpose as the seal provided for  by
23    this Act.
24    (Source: P.A. 86-987; revised 7-7-97.)
25        Section 120.  The Child Protective Investigator and Child
26    Welfare  Specialist  Certification  Act of 1987 is amended by
27    changing Section 9 as follows:
28        (225 ILCS 420/9) (from Ch. 111, par. 7659)
29        Sec. 9. (a)  The Department may refuse to certify, or may
30    revoke, suspend, place on probation,  censure,  reprimand  or
                            -784-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    take other disciplinary action against a certification status
 2    in  accordance  with  grievance  and  due  process procedures
 3    applicable to existing collective bargaining  agreements  for
 4    any of the following reasons:
 5        (1)  material  misstatement  in furnishing information to
 6    the Department;
 7        (2)  willfully  violating  this  Act,  or  of  the  rules
 8    promulgated thereunder;
 9        (3)  conviction of any crime under the laws of the United
10    States or any state or territory thereof which is a felony or
11    which is a misdemeanor, an  essential  element  of  which  is
12    dishonesty,  or of any crime which is directly related to the
13    duties of a child protective investigator or a child  welfare
14    specialist;
15        (4)  making  any  misrepresentation  for  the  purpose of
16    obtaining certification;
17        (5)  having demonstrated incompetence to act as  a  child
18    protective investigator or child welfare specialist in such a
19    manner as to endanger the safety of the public;
20        (6)  willfully  aiding  or  assisting  another  person in
21    violating any provisions of this Act or rules;
22        (7)  engaging in unethical or unprofessional conduct of a
23    character likely to deceive, defraud or harm the public;
24        (8)  willfully making or filing false records or  reports
25    in  the  capacity of a child protective investigator or child
26    welfare  specialist,  including  but  not  limited  to  false
27    records filed with the State agencies or department;
28        (9)  physical or mental deterioration  which  results  in
29    the  inability  to  perform the duties of the profession with
30    reasonable judgment, skill  or  safety  as  determined  by  a
31    qualified physician;
32        (10)  gross negligence;
33        (11)  accepting  commissions or rebates or other forms of
34    remuneration for referring persons  to  other  professionals,
                            -785-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    persons or institutions, during the course of duties.
 2        (b)  The   determination   by  a  circuit  court  that  a
 3    certified child  protective  investigator  or  child  welfare
 4    specialist  is  subject  to involuntary admission or judicial
 5    admission as provided in the Mental Health and  Developmental
 6    Disabilities  Code,  as now or hereafter amended, operates as
 7    an automatic suspension. Such suspension will end only upon a
 8    release of the patient from form such  involuntary  admission
 9    or judicial admission.
10    (Source: P.A. 85-206; revised 12-18-97.)
11        Section  121.   The  Illinois  Public  Accounting  Act is
12    amended by changing Section 20.01 as follows:
13        (225 ILCS 450/20.01) (from Ch. 111, par. 5521.01)
14        Sec. 20.01.  Grounds for discipline.
15        (a)  The Department may refuse to issue or renew, or  may
16    revoke,  suspend, or reprimand any license or licensee, place
17    a licensee on probation for a period of time subject  to  any
18    conditions  the Committee may specify including requiring the
19    licensee to attend continuing education courses  or  to  work
20    under  the supervision of another licensee, impose a fine not
21    to exceed $5,000 for each violation, restrict the  authorized
22    scope  of  practice,  or require a licensee to undergo a peer
23    review program, for any one or more of the following:
24             (1)  Violation of any provision of this Act.;
25             (2)  Attempting to procure  a  license  to  practice
26        public    accounting    by    bribery    or    fraudulent
27        misrepresentations.;
28             (3)  Having  a license to practice public accounting
29        revoked, suspended, or otherwise acted against, including
30        the denial of licensure, by the  licensing  authority  of
31        another  state,  territory,  or country.  No disciplinary
32        action shall be taken in Illinois if the action taken  in
                            -786-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        another  jurisdiction  was based upon failure to meet the
 2        continuing professional education  requirements  of  that
 3        jurisdiction   and  the  applicable  Illinois  continuing
 4        professional education requirements are met.;
 5             (4)  Being convicted or found guilty, regardless  of
 6        adjudication,  of  a  crime  in  any  jurisdiction  which
 7        directly  relates to the practice of public accounting or
 8        the ability to practice public accounting.;
 9             (5)  Making or filing a report or record  which  the
10        registrant  knows  to  be  be false, willfully failing to
11        file a report or record required by state or federal law,
12        willfully impeding or obstructing the filing, or inducing
13        another person to impede or  obstruct  the  filing.   The
14        reports  or  records  shall  include  only those that are
15        signed in the capacity of a public accountant.;
16             (6)  Conviction in this  or  another  State  or  the
17        District  of Columbia, or any United States Territory, of
18        any crime that is punishable  by  one  year  or  more  in
19        prison  or  conviction of a crime in a federal court that
20        is punishable by one year or more in prison.;
21             (7)  Proof that the licensee is guilty of  fraud  or
22        deceit,   or   of   gross  negligence,  incompetency,  or
23        misconduct, in the practice of public accounting.;
24             (8)  Violation of any rule adopted under this Act.;
25             (9)  Practicing on a revoked, suspended, or inactive
26        license.;
27             (10)  Suspension  or  revocation  of  the  right  to
28        practice before any State.;
29             (11)  Conviction of any crime under the laws of  the
30        United  States  or  any  state or territory of the United
31        States that is a felony or misdemeanor and has dishonesty
32        as essential element, or of any crime  that  is  directly
33        related to the practice of the profession.
34             (12)  Making  any  misrepresentation for the purpose
                            -787-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        of obtaining  a  license,  or  material  misstatement  in
 2        furnishing information to the Department.
 3             (13)  Aiding   or   assisting   another   person  in
 4        violating any provision of this Act or rules  promulgated
 5        hereunder.
 6             (14)  Engaging   in   dishonorable,   unethical,  or
 7        unprofessional conduct of a character likely to  deceive,
 8        defraud,  or  harm  the public and violating the rules of
 9        professional conduct adopted by the Department.
10             (15)  Habitual or  excessive  use  or  addiction  to
11        alcohol,  narcotics,  stimulants,  or  any other chemical
12        agent or drug that results in the inability  to  practice
13        with reasonable skill, judgment, or safety.
14             (16)  Directly  or indirectly giving to or receiving
15        from  any  person,  firm,  corporation,  partnership,  or
16        association any fee, commission, rebate, or other form of
17        compensation for any professional  service  not  actually
18        rendered.
19             (17)  Physical   or   mental  disability,  including
20        deterioration  through  the  aging  process  or  loss  of
21        abilities and skills that results  in  the  inability  to
22        practice  the  profession with reasonable judgment, skill
23        or safety.
24             (18)  Solicitation of professional services by using
25        false or misleading advertising.
26             (19)  Failure to file a  return,  or  pay  the  tax,
27        penalty  or  interest  shown in a filed return, or to pay
28        any final assessment of  tax,  penalty  or  interest,  as
29        required  by  any  tax  Act  administered by the Illinois
30        Department of Revenue or  any  successor  agency  or  the
31        Internal Revenue Service or any successor agency.
32             (20)  Practicing  or  attempting to practice under a
33        name other than the full name as shown on the license  or
34        any other legally authorized name.
                            -788-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (21)  A  finding  by  the Department that a licensee
 2        has not complied with a provision  of  any  lawful  order
 3        issued by the Department.
 4             (22)  Making  a  false  statement  to the Department
 5        regarding   compliance   with   continuing   professional
 6        education requirements.
 7             (23)  Failing to make a substantive  response  to  a
 8        request  for information by the Department within 30 days
 9        of the request.
10        (b)  (Blank).
11        (c)  In rendering an order, the Director shall take  into
12    consideration  the facts and circumstances involving the type
13    of acts or omissions in subsection  (a)  including,  but  not
14    limited to:
15             (1)  the  extent  to  which public confidence in the
16        public accounting profession was, might have been, or may
17        be injured;
18             (2)  the degree of trust and  dependence  among  the
19        involved parties;
20             (3)  the   character  and  degree  of  financial  or
21        economic harm which did or might have resulted; and
22             (4)  the  intent  or  mental  state  of  the  person
23        charged at the time of the acts or omissions.
24        (d)  The  Department  shall  reissue  the  license   upon
25    certification  by the Committee that the disciplined licensee
26    has complied with  all of the terms and conditions set  forth
27    in the final order.
28        (e)  The  Department  shall  deny  any  application for a
29    license or renewal, without hearing, to any  person  who  has
30    defaulted  on  an educational loan guaranteed by the Illinois
31    Student Assistance Commission; however,  the  Department  may
32    issue  a  license  or  renewal  if  the person in default has
33    established a satisfactory repayment record as determined  by
34    the Illinois Student Assistance Commission.
                            -789-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (f)  The  determination  by  a  court  that a licensee is
 2    subject to involuntary admission  or  judicial  admission  as
 3    provided  in the Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities
 4    Code will result in the automatic suspension of  his  or  her
 5    license.   The  suspension will end upon a finding by a court
 6    that  the  licensee  is  no  longer  subject  to  involuntary
 7    admission or judicial admission, the issuance of an order  so
 8    finding  and  discharging the patient, and the recommendation
 9    of the Committee to the Director that the licensee be allowed
10    to resume professional practice.
11    (Source: P.A. 88-36; revised 7-7-97.)
12        Section  122.   The  Private  Employment  Agency  Act  is
13    amended by changing Section 5 as follows:
14        (225 ILCS 515/5) (from Ch. 111, par. 905)
15        Sec. 5.  No such licensee shall charge a registration fee
16    without  having  first  obtained  a  permit  to  charge  such
17    registration fee from  the  Department  of  Labor.  Any  such
18    licensee  desiring  to  charge  a registration fee shall make
19    application in writing to the Department of Labor, and  shall
20    set  out  in the application the type of applicants from whom
21    they intend to accept a registration fee, the amount  of  the
22    fee to be charged, and shall furnish any other information on
23    the  subject  that the Department of Labor may deem necessary
24    to enable it  to  determine  whether  the  agency's  business
25    methods and past record entitle the agency to a permit.
26        It  is  the  duty  of  the Department of Labor to make an
27    investigation, upon receipt of the  application,  as  to  the
28    truthfulness  of  the  application  and  the necessity of the
29    charge of a registration fee; and if it  is  shown  that  the
30    agency's  method of doing business is of such a nature that a
31    permit to charge a registration fee is  necessary,  and  that
32    the  agency's  record  has been reasonable and fair, then the
                            -790-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Department of Labor shall grant a permit to such agency. Such
 2    permit shall remain in force  until  revoked  for  cause.  No
 3    permit  shall be granted until after 10 days from the date of
 4    filing of the application.
 5        When a permit is granted, such licensed person may charge
 6    a registration fee not to exceed $4.  In  all  such  cases  a
 7    complete  record of all such registration fees and references
 8    of applicants shall be kept  on  file,  which  record  shall,
 9    during  all business hours, be open for the inspection of the
10    Department of Labor. It is  the  duty  of  such  licensee  to
11    communicate  in  writing  with  at  least  2  of  the persons
12    mentioned  as  reference  by  every  applicant  from  whom  a
13    registration fee is  accepted.  Failure  on  the  part  of  a
14    licensee  to make such investigation shall be deemed cause to
15    revoke the permit to charge  a  registration  fee.  For  such
16    registration  fee  a  receipt shall be given to the applicant
17    for employees or employment, and shall state therein the name
18    of such applicant, date and amount of payment, the  character
19    of position or employee applied for, and the name and address
20    of  such  agency.  If  no  position has been furnished by the
21    licensed agency to the applicant, then the  registration  fee
22    shall  be  returned  to the applicant on demand after 30 days
23    and within 6 months from the date of  receipt  thereof,  less
24    the amount that has been actually expended by the licensee in
25    checking  the  references  of  the applicant, and an itemized
26    account of  such  expenditures  shall  be  presented  to  the
27    applicant  on  request  at  the  time of returning the unused
28    portion of such registration fee.
29        Any such permit granted by the Department of Labor may be
30    revoked by it upon due notice to the holder  of  said  permit
31    and due cause shown and hearing thereon.
32        No  such licensee shall, as a condition to registering or
33    obtaining  employment  for  such  applicant,   require   such
34    applicant  to  subscribe  to any publication or to any postal
                            -791-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    card service, or advertisement,  or  exact  any  other  fees,
 2    compensation   or   reward,  (except  that  in  the  case  of
 3    applicants for positions paying salaries of  $5,000  or  more
 4    per  annum,  where the agency has secured from the Department
 5    of Labor a permit to furnish a letter service  in  accordance
 6    with  regulations  of the department governing the furnishing
 7    of such service, a special fee not  to  exceed  $250,  to  be
 8    credited  on the fee charged for any placement resulting from
 9    such letter service,  may  be  charged  for  furnishing  such
10    letter service) other than the aforesaid registration fee and
11    a  further  fee,  called a placement fee, the amount of which
12    shall be agreed upon between such applicant and such licensee
13    to be payable at such time as may be agreed upon in  writing.
14    The  employment agency shall furnish to each applicant a copy
15    of any  contract  or  any  form  he  signs  with  the  agency
16    regarding   the   method  of  payment  of  the  placement  or
17    employment service fee.  Such contract or form shall  contain
18    the   name  and  address  of  such  agency,  and  such  other
19    information as the Department of Labor may deem proper.   The
20    contract or form or copy thereof furnished the applicant must
21    state immediately above, below or close to the place provided
22    for  the  signature  of  the applicant that he has received a
23    copy  of  the  contract  or  form  and  his  signature  shall
24    acknowledge receipt  thereof.  The  placement  or  employment
25    service fee shall not be received by such licensee before the
26    applicant has accepted a position tendered by the employer. A
27    copy  of  each  contract or other form to which the applicant
28    becomes a party with the  licensee  shall  be  given  to  the
29    applicant  by  the  licensee  at  the  time of executing such
30    contract or document and on any such form on which  the  word
31    acceptance  appears,  and  such  contract or other form shall
32    have the definition of acceptance  as  defined  by  this  Act
33    printed  in not less than 10 point type immediately following
34    the word acceptance. In the event the position so tendered is
                            -792-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    not accepted by or given  to  such  applicant,  the  licensee
 2    shall  refund  all  fees paid other than the registration fee
 3    and special fee aforesaid, within 3 days of demand  therefor.
 4    The  fee charged for placing an applicant in domestic service
 5    shall be a single fee for each placement and shall  be  based
 6    upon  the applicant's compensation or salary for a period not
 7    to exceed one year.
 8        No  such  licensee  shall  send  out  any  applicant  for
 9    employment unless the licensee has a bona fide job order  for
10    such employment and the job order is valid in accordance with
11    the  renewal  requirements  of  Section  3 of this Act. If no
12    position of the kind applied for was open at the place  where
13    the applicant was directed, then the licensee shall refund to
14    such  applicant  on  demand  any  sum paid or expended by the
15    applicant for transportation in going to and  returning  from
16    the  place,  and  all fees paid by the applicant. However, in
17    the event a substitute position  is  taken,  the  fee  to  be
18    charged  shall be computed on the salary agreed upon for such
19    position.
20        In addition to the receipt herein provided  to  be  given
21    for a registration fee, it shall be the duty of such licensee
22    to  give  to every applicant for employment or employees from
23    whom other fee, or fees  shall  be  received,  an  additional
24    receipt  in  which shall be stated the name of the applicant,
25    the amount paid and the date of payment.  All  such  receipts
26    shall  be in duplicate, numbered consecutively, shall contain
27    the  name  and  address  of  such  agency,  and  such   other
28    information  as  the Department of Labor may deem proper. The
29    duplicate receipt shall be kept on file in the agency for  at
30    least one year.
31        Every such licensee shall give to every applicant, who is
32    sent  out  for  a  job or for an interview with a prospective
33    employer, a card or printed paper or letter  of  introduction
34    which  shall  be called a "referral slip" containing the name
                            -793-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of the applicant, the name and address  of  the  employer  to
 2    whom  the  applicant  is  sent  for  employment, the name and
 3    address of the agency, the name of the person  referring  the
 4    applicant,  and  the  probable  duration of the work, whether
 5    temporary or permanent. The referral  slip  shall  contain  a
 6    blank  space  in  which the employment counselor shall insert
 7    and specify in a prominent and  legible  manner  whether  the
 8    employment  service  fee is to be paid by the applicant or by
 9    the employer, or in the case of a split-fee,  the  percentage
10    of  the fee to be paid by the applicant and the percentage of
11    the fee to be paid by the employer, or  shall  state  whether
12    the  fee  is  to  be  negotiable between the employer and the
13    employee. A duplicate of all such  referral  slips  shall  be
14    kept  on  file in the agency for a period of one year. In the
15    event that the applicant  is  referred  to  a  job  or  to  a
16    prospective  employer by telephone or telegraph, the referral
17    slip shall be mailed to the applicant and to the  prospective
18    employer  before  the  close of the business day on which the
19    telephoned or telegraphed referral was given. No person shall
20    be sent out for a job or to interview a prospective  employer
21    unless  he  has  been personally interviewed by the agency or
22    has corresponded with the agency with the purpose of securing
23    employment.
24        If the employer pays the fee, and the employee  fails  to
25    remain in the position for a period of 30 days, such licensee
26    shall  refund  to the employer all fees, less an amount equal
27    to 25% of the total salary or wages paid such employee during
28    the period  of  such  employee  during  the  period  of  such
29    employment,  within 3 days after the licensed person has been
30    notified  of  the  employee's  failure  to  remain   in   the
31    employment,  provided  such  25%  does  not exceed the amount
32    charged for a permanent position of like nature.
33        If the employee pays the fee and  is  discharged  at  any
34    time  within  30 days for any reason other than intoxication,
                            -794-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    dishonesty, unexcused  tardiness,  unexcused  absenteeism  or
 2    insubordination, or otherwise fails to remain in the position
 3    for  a  period  of  30  days,  thru no fault of his own, such
 4    licensee shall refund to the employee all fees less an amount
 5    equal to 25% of the total salary or wages paid such  employee
 6    during  the  period  of  such employment within 3 days of the
 7    time such  licensee  has  been  notified  of  the  employee's
 8    failure  to  remain  in the employment, provided the 25% does
 9    not exceed the  charge  for  a  permanent  position  of  like
10    nature. All refunds shall be in cash or negotiable check.
11        If  the employee has promised his prospective employer to
12    report to work at a definite time and place and then fails to
13    report to work, such circumstances shall be considered  prima
14    facie  evidence that the employee has accepted the employment
15    offered.
16        Where a dispute concerning a fee exists,  the  department
17    may  conduct  a hearing to determine all facts concerning the
18    dispute   and   shall   after   such   hearing   make    such
19    recommendations   concerning   such   dispute   as  shall  be
20    reasonable.
21        Every such licensee shall post in a conspicuous place  in
22    the  main room of the agency sections of this Act as required
23    by the Department of Labor, to be supplied by the  Department
24    of Labor, and shall also post his license in the main room of
25    the agency.
26        Every  such  licensee  shall  furnish  the  Department of
27    Labor, under rules  to  be  prescribed  by  such  Department,
28    annual   statements  showing  the  number  and  character  of
29    placements made.
30    (Source: P.A. 81-1509; revised 12-18-97.)
31        Section 123.  The Meat  and  Poultry  Inspection  Act  is
32    amended by changing Section 3 as follows:
                            -795-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (225 ILCS 650/3) (from Ch. 56 1/2, par. 303)
 2        Sec. 3.  Licenses.
 3        (a)  No  person shall operate an establishment as defined
 4    in Section 2.5 or act as a broker as defined in Section  2.19
 5    without  first  securing a license from the Department except
 6    as otherwise exempted.
 7        (b)  The  following  annual  fees  shall  accompany  each
 8    license application for the license year from July 1 to  June
 9    30 or any part thereof.  These fees are not returnable.
10             Meatbroker,     Poultry     broker   or    Meat  and
11        Poultry broker ......................................$50
12             Type I  Establishment - Processor,  Slaughterer,  or
13        Processor  and  Slaughterer Slaughter of Meat, Poultry or
14        Meat and Poultry .....................................$50
15             Type II Establishment - Processor,  Slaughterer,  or
16        Processor  and  Slaughterer  of Meat, Poultry or Meat and
17        Poultry ..............................................$50
18    Application for licenses shall be made to the  Department  in
19    writing on forms prescribed by the Department.
20        (c)  The  license  issued  shall  be  in such form as the
21    Department  prescribes,  shall  be  under  the  seal  of  the
22    Department and shall contain the name of  the  licensee,  the
23    location  for  which  the  license  is  issued,  the  type of
24    operation,  the  period  of  the  license,  and  such   other
25    information as the Department requires.  The original license
26    or a certified copy of it shall be conspicuously displayed by
27    the licensee in the establishment.
28        (d)  A  penalty  of  $25  shall  be  assessed if any such
29    license is not renewed by July 1 of each year.
30    (Source: P.A. 83-759; revised 12-18-97.)
31        Section 124.  The Surface Coal Mining  Land  Conservation
32    and  Reclamation Act is amended by changing Sections 3.11 and
33    8.10 as follows:
                            -796-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (225 ILCS 720/3.11) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 7903.11)
 2        Sec. 3.11. Wastes.
 3        (a) With respect to  surface  disposal  of  mine  wastes,
 4    tailings,  coal  processing wastes, and other wastes in areas
 5    other than the mine  working  or  excavations,  the  operator
 6    shall  stabilize  all waste piles in designated areas through
 7    construction  in  compacted  layers,  including  the  use  of
 8    noncombustible noncumbustible  and  impervious  materials  if
 9    necessary,  and  shall  assure  that the final contour of the
10    waste pile will be compatible with natural  surroundings  and
11    that  the  site  can  and  will be stabilized and revegetated
12    according to the provisions of this Act.
13        (b)  The  operator  shall  design,   locate,   construct,
14    operate, maintain, enlarge, modify, and remove or abandon, in
15    accordance with the standards and criteria developed pursuant
16    to  the  Federal  Act,  all  existing and new coal mine waste
17    piles consisting of mine wastes,  tailings,  coal  processing
18    wastes,  or  other  liquid  and solid wastes, and used either
19    temporarily or permanently as dams or embankments.
20        (c)  All debris, acid-forming materials, toxic materials,
21    or materials constituting a fire hazard shall be  treated  or
22    buried  and  compacted  or  otherwise disposed of in a manner
23    designed  to  prevent  contamination  of  ground  or  surface
24    waters.  At a minimum, such  materials  constituting  a  fire
25    hazard  present in the exposed face of the mined mineral seam
26    or  seams  in  the  final  cut  shall,  if  approved  by  the
27    Department, be covered at all times with not less than 4 four
28    feet of water or other materials which shall be  placed  with
29    slopes  having  no more than 30% grade, capable of supporting
30    plant  and  animal  life.   Final  cuts  or  other  depressed
31    affected areas, no longer in use in mining operations,  which
32    accumulate   toxic   waters   will   not   meet   reclamation
33    requirements.    Contingency  plans  shall  be  developed  to
34    prevent sustained combustion.
                            -797-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (d)  Slurry shall be confined in depressed or mined areas
 2    bounded by levees or dams constructed from materials  capable
 3    of  supporting  acceptable vegetation and built in accordance
 4    with  sound  engineering  practices.   Such  areas  shall  be
 5    screened with border plantings of tree species which by their
 6    seeding habits will encourage propagation  of  vegetation  on
 7    these areas, and levees or dams built to confine slurry shall
 8    be adapted to established species of grasses.  Gob and slurry
 9    not  capable  of  supporting vegetation shall be covered to a
10    minimum depth of 4 four feet with soil or other  material  in
11    accordance   with   sound   soil  conservation  practices  as
12    prescribed by the Department.  Such material shall be capable
13    of  being  vegetated  and  an  acceptable  cover   shall   be
14    established.   The  reclamation  measures  set  forth in this
15    subsection are  minimum  performance  standards  and  do  not
16    supersede any other requirements of this Act.
17    (Source: P.A. 81-1015; revised 7-7-97.)
18        (225 ILCS 720/8.10) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 7908.10)
19        Sec.  8.10.   Review  under Administrative Administration
20    Review Law.    All  final  administrative  decisions  of  the
21    Department under this Act shall be subject to judicial review
22    pursuant  to  the  Administrative Review Law, as amended, and
23    the rules adopted under it, except that the remedies  created
24    by  this Act are not excluded or impaired by any provision of
25    the Administrative Review Law.
26    (Source: P.A. 82-783; revised 12-18-97.)
27        Section 125.  The Professional Geologist Licensing Act is
28    amended by changing Section 170 as follows:
29        (225 ILCS 745/170)
30        Sec.  170.   Illinois   Administrative   Procedure   Act;
31    application.   The  Illinois  Administrative Procedure Act is
                            -798-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    expressly adopted and incorporated in this Act as if  all  of
 2    the  provisions of that Act were included in this Act, except
 3    that the provision of paragraph (d) (c) of Section  10-65  16
 4    of  the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act, which provides
 5    that at hearings the registrant or licensee has the right  to
 6    show compliance with all lawful requirements for retention or
 7    continuation  or  renewal  of  the  license,  is specifically
 8    excluded.  For the purpose of this Act, the  notice  required
 9    under   Section  10-25  10  of  the  Illinois  Administrative
10    Procedure Act is considered sufficient  when  mailed  to  the
11    last known address of a party.
12    (Source: P.A. 89-366, eff. 7-1-96; revised 12-18-97.)
13        Section  126.   The Liquor Control Act of 1934 is amended
14    by changing Sections  3-12,  5-1,  6-6,  6-11,  and  6-16  as
15    follows:
16        (235 ILCS 5/3-12) (from Ch. 43, par. 108)
17        Sec. 3-12.  The State commission shall have the following
18    powers, functions and duties:
19        (1)  To  receive  applications  and  to issue licenses to
20    manufacturers,  foreign  importers,  importing  distributors,
21    distributors, non-resident dealers,  on  premise  consumption
22    retailers, off premise sale retailers, special event retailer
23    licensees,   special  use  permit  licenses,  auction  liquor
24    licenses, brew pubs, caterer retailers,  non-beverage  users,
25    railroads,  including  owners and lessees of sleeping, dining
26    and cafe cars, airplanes and boats, in  accordance  with  the
27    provisions  of  this  Act,  and  to  suspend  or  revoke such
28    licenses upon  the  State  commission's  determination,  upon
29    notice  after  hearing,  that  a  licensee  has  violated any
30    provision of this  Act  or  any  rule  or  regulation  issued
31    pursuant  thereto  and  in  effect  for 30 days prior to such
32    violation.
                            -799-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        In  lieu  of  suspending  or  revoking  a  license,   the
 2    commission  may  impose  a  fine, upon the State commission's
 3    determination and notice after hearing, that a  licensee  has
 4    violated  any provision of this Act or any rule or regulation
 5    issued pursuant thereto and in effect for 30  days  prior  to
 6    such  violation.   The  fine imposed under this paragraph may
 7    not exceed $500  for  each  violation.   Each  day  that  the
 8    activity,  which gave rise to the original fine, continues is
 9    a separate violation.  The maximum fine that  may  be  levied
10    against  any  licensee,  for the period of the license, shall
11    not exceed $20,000. The maximum penalty that may  be  imposed
12    on a licensee for selling a bottle of alcoholic liquor with a
13    foreign  object  in  it or serving from a bottle of alcoholic
14    liquor with a foreign object in it shall be  the  destruction
15    of  that  bottle of alcoholic liquor for the first 10 bottles
16    so sold or served from by the  licensee.   For  the  eleventh
17    bottle   of  alcoholic  liquor  and  for  each  third  bottle
18    thereafter sold or served from by the licensee with a foreign
19    object in it, the maximum penalty that may be imposed on  the
20    licensee is the destruction of the bottle of alcoholic liquor
21    and a fine of up to $50.
22        (2)  To  adopt such rules and regulations consistent with
23    the provisions of this Act which shall be necessary to  carry
24    on  its  functions  and  duties  to  the end that the health,
25    safety and welfare of the People of  the  State  of  Illinois
26    shall  be  protected  and  temperance  in  the consumption of
27    alcoholic liquors shall  be  fostered  and  promoted  and  to
28    distribute  copies  of  such  rules  and  regulations  to all
29    licensees affected thereby.
30        (3)  To call upon other administrative departments of the
31    State, county and  municipal  governments,  county  and  city
32    police  departments  and  upon  prosecuting officers for such
33    information and assistance  as  it  deems  necessary  in  the
34    performance of its duties.
                            -800-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (4)  To   recommend  to  local  commissioners  rules  and
 2    regulations,  not  inconsistent  with  the   law,   for   the
 3    distribution  and  sale  of  alcoholic liquors throughout the
 4    State.
 5        (5)  To inspect, or cause to be inspected,  any  premises
 6    where  alcoholic  liquors  are  manufactured,  distributed or
 7    sold.
 8        (6)  To hear and determine appeals from orders of a local
 9    commission in accordance with the provisions of this Act,  as
10    hereinafter  set  forth. Hearings under this subsection shall
11    be held in Springfield or Chicago, at whichever  location  is
12    the  more  convenient  for  the  majority  of persons who are
13    parties to the hearing.
14        (7)  The commission shall establish  uniform  systems  of
15    accounts  to be kept by all retail licensees having more than
16    4 employees, and for this purpose the commission may classify
17    all  retail  licensees  having  more  than  4  employees  and
18    establish a uniform system of accounts  for  each  class  and
19    prescribe  the  manner  in which such accounts shall be kept.
20    The commission may also prescribe the forms of accounts to be
21    kept by all retail licensees having more  than  4  employees,
22    including  but  not  limited  to  accounts  of  earnings  and
23    expenses and any distribution, payment, or other distribution
24    of  earnings  or  assets,  and  any  other forms, records and
25    memoranda which in the judgment  of  the  commission  may  be
26    necessary  or  appropriate to carry out any of the provisions
27    of this Act, including but not limited to such forms, records
28    and memoranda as will readily and accurately disclose at  all
29    times  the  beneficial  ownership  of  such  retail  licensed
30    business.   The  accounts, forms, records and memoranda shall
31    be available  at  all  reasonable  times  for  inspection  by
32    authorized  representatives of the State commission or by any
33    local liquor control commissioner or his  or  her  authorized
34    representative.  The  commission,  may,  from  time  to time,
                            -801-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    alter, amend or repeal, in whole  or  in  part,  any  uniform
 2    system  of  accounts,  or  the  form  and  manner  of keeping
 3    accounts.
 4        (8)  In the conduct of any hearing authorized to be  held
 5    by the commission, to examine, or cause to be examined, under
 6    oath,  any  licensee,  and to examine or cause to be examined
 7    the books and records of such licensee; to hear testimony and
 8    take proof material for its information in the  discharge  of
 9    its   duties   hereunder;   to  administer  or  cause  to  be
10    administered  oaths;  and  for  any  such  purpose  to  issue
11    subpoena or subpoenas to require the attendance of  witnesses
12    and  the production of books, which shall be effective in any
13    part of this State.
14        Any Circuit Court may by order duly entered, require  the
15    attendance  of witnesses and the production of relevant books
16    subpoenaed by the State commission and the court  may  compel
17    obedience to its order by proceedings for contempt.
18        (9)  To   investigate   the  administration  of  laws  in
19    relation to alcoholic liquors in this and  other  states  and
20    any  foreign countries, and to recommend from time to time to
21    the Governor and through him or her  to  the  legislature  of
22    this  State,  such  amendments to this Act, if any, as it may
23    think desirable and as will  serve  to  further  the  general
24    broad purposes contained in Section 1-2 hereof.
25        (10)  To adopt such rules and regulations consistent with
26    the  provisions  of this Act which shall be necessary for the
27    control, sale or disposition of alcoholic liquor damaged as a
28    result of an accident, wreck, flood, fire  or  other  similar
29    occurrence.
30        (11)  To develop industry educational programs related to
31    responsible serving and selling, particularly in the areas of
32    overserving  consumers  and  illegal  underage purchasing and
33    consumption of alcoholic beverages.
34        (12)  To develop and maintain a repository of license and
                            -802-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    regulatory information.
 2        (13)  On or before January 15, 1994, the Commission shall
 3    issue a written report to the Governor and  General  Assembly
 4    that is to be based on a comprehensive study of the impact on
 5    and implications for the State of Illinois of Section 1926 of
 6    the  Federal  ADAMHA  Reorganization  Act of 1992 (Public Law
 7    102-321).  This study  shall  address  the  extent  to  which
 8    Illinois  currently  complies  with  the  provisions  of P.L.
 9    102-321 and the rules promulgated pursuant thereto.
10        As part of its report, the Commission shall  provide  the
11    following essential information:
12             (i)  the  number  of  retail distributors of tobacco
13        products, by type and geographic area, in the State;
14             (ii)  the   number   of   reported   citations   and
15        successful convictions, categorized by type and  location
16        of  retail  distributor,  for  violation  of  the Sale of
17        Tobacco  to  Minors  Act  and   the   Smokeless   Tobacco
18        Limitation Act;
19             (iii)  the    extent   and   nature   of   organized
20        educational and governmental activities that are intended
21        to promote, encourage or otherwise secure compliance with
22        any Illinois laws that prohibit the sale or  distribution
23        of tobacco products to minors; and
24             (iv)  the   level  of  access  and  availability  of
25        tobacco products to individuals under the age of 18.
26        To  obtain  the  data  necessary  to  comply   with   the
27    provisions  of  P.L.  102-321  and  the  requirements of this
28    report, the  Commission  shall  conduct  random,  unannounced
29    inspections    of   a   geographically   and   scientifically
30    representative  sample  of   the   State's   retail   tobacco
31    distributors.
32        The  Commission  shall  consult  with  the  Department of
33    Public Health, the Department of Human Services, the Illinois
34    State Police and  any  other  executive  branch  agency,  and
                            -803-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    private  organizations  that may have information relevant to
 2    this report.
 3        The Commission  may  contract  with  the  Food  and  Drug
 4    Administration  of  the  U.S.  Department of Health and Human
 5    Services to conduct unannounced  investigations  of  Illinois
 6    tobacco  vendors  to  determine  compliance with federal laws
 7    relating to the illegal  sale  of  cigarettes  and  smokeless
 8    tobacco products to persons under the age of 18.
 9    (Source: P.A. 89-507, eff. 7-1-97; 90-9, eff. 7-1-97; 90-432,
10    eff. 1-1-98; revised 11-5-97.)
11        (235 ILCS 5/5-1) (from Ch. 43, par. 115)
12        Sec. 5-1.  Licenses issued by the Illinois Liquor Control
13    Commission shall be of the following classes:
14        (a)  Manufacturer's  license  - Class 1. Distiller, Class
15    2.  Rectifier, Class 3.  Brewer, Class 4.  First  Class  Wine
16    Manufacturer,   Class  5.   Second  Class  Wine Manufacturer,
17    Class  6.  First  Class  Winemaker,  Class  7.  Second  Class
18    Winemaker, Class 8.  Limited Wine Manufacturer,
19        (b)  Distributor's license,
20        (c)  Importing Distributor's license,
21        (d)  Retailer's license,
22        (e)  Special Event Retailer's license (not-for-profit),
23        (f)  Railroad license,
24        (g)  Boat license,
25        (h)  Non-Beverage User's license,
26        (i)  Wine-maker's retail license,
27        (j)  Airplane license,
28        (k)  Foreign importer's license,
29        (l)  Broker's license,
30        (m)  Non-resident dealer's license,
31        (n)  Brew Pub license,
32        (o)  Auction liquor license,
33        (p)  Caterer retailer license,
                            -804-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (q)  Special use permit license.
 2        Nothing  in  this  provision,  nor  in   any   subsequent
 3    provision  of  this Act shall be interpreted as forbidding an
 4    individual or firm from concurrently obtaining and holding  a
 5    Winemaker's and a Wine manufacturer's license.
 6        (a)  A    manufacturer's    license   shall   allow   the
 7    manufacture, importation in bulk, storage,  distribution  and
 8    sale of alcoholic liquor to persons without the State, as may
 9    be  permitted  by  law  and  to  licensees  in  this State as
10    follows:
11        Class 1. A Distiller may make  sales  and  deliveries  of
12    alcoholic   liquor   to   distillers,  rectifiers,  importing
13    distributors, distributors and non-beverage users and  to  no
14    other licensees.
15        Class  2. A Rectifier, who is not a distiller, as defined
16    herein, may make sales and deliveries of alcoholic liquor  to
17    rectifiers,  importing  distributors, distributors, retailers
18    and non-beverage users and to no other licensees.
19        Class 3. A Brewer may make sales and deliveries  of  beer
20    to    importing    distributors,    distributors,    and   to
21    non-licensees, and to retailers provided the  brewer  obtains
22    an  importing  distributor's license or distributor's license
23    in accordance with the provisions of this Act.
24        Class 4. A first class wine-manufacturer may  make  sales
25    and  deliveries  of between 40,000 and 50,000 gallons of wine
26    to manufacturers, importing  distributors  and  distributors,
27    and to no other licensees.
28        Class  5. A second class Wine manufacturer may make sales
29    and deliveries  of  more  than  50,000  gallons  of  wine  to
30    manufacturers, importing distributors and distributors and to
31    no other licensees.
32        Class  6.  A first-class wine-maker's license shall allow
33    the manufacture of less than 20,000 gallons of wine per year,
34    and the storage and sale of such  wine  to  distributors  and
                            -805-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    retailers  in  the State and to persons without the State, as
 2    may be permitted by law.
 3        Class 7. A second-class wine-maker's license shall  allow
 4    the manufacture of up to 50,000 gallons of wine per year, and
 5    the  storage  and  sale  of such wine to distributors in this
 6    State and to persons without the State, as may  be  permitted
 7    by  law.  A second-class wine-maker's license shall allow the
 8    sale of no more than 10,000 gallons of  the  licensee's  wine
 9    directly to retailers.
10        Class  8.  A limited wine-manufacturer may make sales and
11    deliveries not to exceed 40,000 gallons of wine per  year  to
12    distributors,  and  to  non-licensees  in accordance with the
13    provisions of this Act.
14        (a-1)  A manufacturer which is licensed in this State  to
15    make  sales  or  deliveries  of  alcoholic  liquor  and which
16    enlists agents, representatives, or individuals acting on its
17    behalf who  contact  licensed  retailers  on  a  regular  and
18    continual  basis  in  this  State must register those agents,
19    representatives, or persons acting on  its  behalf  with  the
20    State Commission.
21        Registration   of  agents,  representatives,  or  persons
22    acting on behalf of a manufacturer is fulfilled by submitting
23    a form to the Commission.  The form shall be developed by the
24    Commission and shall include the  name  and  address  of  the
25    applicant, the name and address of the manufacturer he or she
26    represents,  the  territory  or  areas assigned to sell to or
27    discuss pricing terms of  alcoholic  liquor,  and  any  other
28    questions  deemed  appropriate and necessary.  All statements
29    in the forms required to be made by law or by rule  shall  be
30    deemed  material,  and any person who knowingly misstates any
31    material fact under oath in an application  is  guilty  of  a
32    Class   B   misdemeanor.    Fraud,  misrepresentation,  false
33    statements, misleading statements, evasions,  or  suppression
34    of  material  facts  in  the  securing  of a registration are
                            -806-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    grounds for suspension or revocation of the registration.
 2        (b)  A distributor's license shall  allow  the  wholesale
 3    purchase  and  storage  of  alcoholic  liquors  and  sale  of
 4    alcoholic  liquors  to licensees in this State and to persons
 5    without the State, as may be permitted by law.
 6        (c)  An importing distributor's license may be issued  to
 7    and  held  by  those only who are duly licensed distributors,
 8    upon  the  filing  of  an  application  by  a  duly  licensed
 9    distributor, with the Commission and  the  Commission  shall,
10    without  the  payment  of  any  fee,  immediately  issue such
11    importing distributor's license to the applicant, which shall
12    allow the importation of alcoholic  liquor  by  the  licensee
13    into  this  State from any point in the United States outside
14    this State, and the purchase of alcoholic liquor in  barrels,
15    casks  or  other  bulk  containers  and  the bottling of such
16    alcoholic liquors before resale thereof, but all  bottles  or
17    containers  so  filled  shall be sealed, labeled, stamped and
18    otherwise made to  comply  with  all  provisions,  rules  and
19    regulations  governing  manufacturers  in the preparation and
20    bottling of alcoholic liquors.  The  importing  distributor's
21    license  shall  permit  such  licensee  to purchase alcoholic
22    liquor  from  Illinois  licensed  non-resident  dealers   and
23    foreign importers only.
24        (d)  A  retailer's  license  shall  allow the licensee to
25    sell and offer for sale  at  retail,  only  in  the  premises
26    specified  in  such  license,  alcoholic  liquor  for  use or
27    consumption, but not for resale in any  form:  Provided  that
28    any retail license issued to a manufacturer shall only permit
29    such  manufacturer  to  sell  beer  at retail on the premises
30    actually occupied by such manufacturer.
31        After January  1,  1995  there  shall  be  2  classes  of
32    licenses issued under a retailers license.
33             (1)  A  "retailers  on  premise consumption license"
34        shall allow the licensee to sell and offer  for  sale  at
                            -807-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        retail,  only  on  the premises specified in the license,
 2        alcoholic liquor for use or consumption on  the  premises
 3        or  on  and  off  the premises, but not for resale in any
 4        form.
 5             (2)  An "off premise sale license" shall  allow  the
 6        licensee  to sell, or offer for sale at retail, alcoholic
 7        liquor intended only for off premise consumption and  not
 8        for resale in any form.
 9        Notwithstanding  any  other  provision of this subsection
10    (d), a retail  licensee  may  sell  alcoholic  liquors  to  a
11    special  event  retailer  licensee  for  resale to the extent
12    permitted under subsection (e).
13        (e)  A special event retailer's license  (not-for-profit)
14    shall  permit the licensee to purchase alcoholic liquors from
15    an  Illinois  licensed   distributor  (unless  the   licensee
16    purchases less than $500 of alcoholic liquors for the special
17    event,  in which case the licensee may purchase the alcoholic
18    liquors  from  a  licensed  retailer)  and  shall  allow  the
19    licensee to sell and offer for  sale,  at  retail,  alcoholic
20    liquors  for  use  or  consumption, but not for resale in any
21    form and only at the  location  and  on  the  specific  dates
22    designated   for  the  special  event  in  the  license.   An
23    applicant for a special  event  retailer  license  must  also
24    submit  with  the application proof satisfactory to the State
25    Commission  that  the  applicant  will  provide   dram   shop
26    liability  insurance  in  the  maximum  limits and have local
27    authority approval.
28        (f)  A railroad license  shall  permit  the  licensee  to
29    import  alcoholic  liquors  into this State from any point in
30    the United States  outside  this  State  and  to  store  such
31    alcoholic  liquors in this State; to make wholesale purchases
32    of alcoholic liquors  directly  from  manufacturers,  foreign
33    importers,   distributors  and  importing  distributors  from
34    within or outside this State; and  to  store  such  alcoholic
                            -808-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    liquors  in this State; provided that the above powers may be
 2    exercised only in connection with the  importation,  purchase
 3    or  storage of alcoholic liquors to be sold or dispensed on a
 4    club, buffet, lounge or dining car operated on  an  electric,
 5    gas  or  steam  railway  in this State; and provided further,
 6    that railroad licensees exercising the above powers shall  be
 7    subject  to  all  provisions  of  Article VIII of this Act as
 8    applied to importing distributors.  A railroad license  shall
 9    also  permit  the  licensee  to  sell  or  dispense alcoholic
10    liquors on any club, buffet, lounge or dining car operated on
11    an electric, gas or steam railway  regularly  operated  by  a
12    common  carrier  in this State, but shall not permit the sale
13    for resale of any alcoholic liquors to  any  licensee  within
14    this  State.   A  license  shall  be obtained for each car in
15    which such sales are made.
16        (g)  A boat license shall allow  the  sale  of  alcoholic
17    liquor  in individual drinks, on any passenger boat regularly
18    operated as a common carrier  on  navigable  waters  in  this
19    State,   which   boat  maintains  a  public  dining  room  or
20    restaurant thereon.
21        (h)  A  non-beverage  user's  license  shall  allow   the
22    licensee   to  purchase  alcoholic  liquor  from  a  licensed
23    manufacturer or importing distributor, without the imposition
24    of any tax upon the business of such licensed manufacturer or
25    importing distributor as to such alcoholic liquor to be  used
26    by  such  licensee  solely  for the non-beverage purposes set
27    forth in subsection (a) of Section 8-1 of this Act, and  such
28    licenses shall be divided and classified and shall permit the
29    purchase, possession and use of limited and stated quantities
30    of alcoholic liquor as follows:
31    Class 1, not to exceed .......................    500 gallons
32    Class 2, not to exceed .......................  1,000 gallons
33    Class 3, not to exceed .......................  5,000 gallons
34    Class 4, not to exceed ....................... 10,000 gallons
                            -809-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Class 5, not to exceed ....................... 50,000 gallons
 2        (i)  A   wine-maker's  retail  license  shall  allow  the
 3    licensee to sell and offer for sale at retail in the premises
 4    specified in such license not more  than  50,000  gallons  of
 5    wine  per  year for use or consumption, but not for resale in
 6    any form; this license shall  be  issued  only  to  a  person
 7    licensed  as  a  first-class  or  second-class  wine-maker. A
 8    wine-maker's retail licensee, upon receiving permission  from
 9    the  Commission,  may  conduct  business at a second location
10    that  is  separate  from  the  location  specified   in   its
11    wine-maker's   retail   license.   One   wine-maker's  retail
12    license-second location  may  be  issued  to  a  wine-maker's
13    retail  licensee  allowing the licensee to sell and offer for
14    sale at retail in the premises specified in the  wine-maker's
15    retail  license-second  location up to 50,000 gallons of wine
16    that was produced at the licensee's first location  per  year
17    for use and consumption and not for resale.
18        (j)  An  airplane  license  shall  permit the licensee to
19    import alcoholic liquors into this State from  any  point  in
20    the  United  States  outside  this  State  and  to store such
21    alcoholic liquors in this State; to make wholesale  purchases
22    of  alcoholic  liquors  directly  from manufacturers, foreign
23    importers,  distributors  and  importing  distributors   from
24    within  or  outside  this  State; and to store such alcoholic
25    liquors in this State; provided that the above powers may  be
26    exercised  only  in connection with the importation, purchase
27    or storage of alcoholic liquors to be sold or dispensed on an
28    airplane;  and  provided  further,  that  airplane  licensees
29    exercising  the  above  powers  shall  be  subject   to   all
30    provisions  of  Article  VIII  of  this  Act  as  applied  to
31    importing  distributors.   An  airplane  licensee  shall also
32    permit the sale or dispensing of  alcoholic  liquors  on  any
33    passenger  airplane regularly operated by a common carrier in
34    this State, but shall not permit the sale for resale  of  any
                            -810-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    alcoholic  liquors  to  any  licensee  within  this State.  A
 2    single airplane license  shall  be  required  of  an  airline
 3    company  if  liquor  service is provided on board aircraft in
 4    this State.  The annual fee for  such  license  shall  be  as
 5    determined in Section 5-3.
 6        (k)  A  foreign  importer's  license  shall  permit  such
 7    licensee  to purchase alcoholic liquor from Illinois licensed
 8    non-resident dealers only, and  to  import  alcoholic  liquor
 9    other  than  in bulk from any point outside the United States
10    and to  sell  such  alcoholic  liquor  to  Illinois  licensed
11    importing distributors and to no one else in Illinois.
12        (l)  A  broker's license shall be required of all brokers
13    who solicit orders for, offer to  sell  or  offer  to  supply
14    alcoholic  liquor  to  retailers in the State of Illinois, or
15    who offer to retailers to ship or cause to be shipped  or  to
16    make   contact   with   distillers,  rectifiers,  brewers  or
17    manufacturers or any other party within or without the  State
18    of  Illinois  in order that alcoholic liquors be shipped to a
19    distributor,  importing  distributor  or  foreign   importer,
20    whether  such  solicitation or offer is consummated within or
21    without the State of Illinois.
22        No holder of a retailer's license issued by the  Illinois
23    Liquor  Control  Commission  shall  purchase  or  receive any
24    alcoholic liquor,  the  order  for  which  was  solicited  or
25    offered  for  sale  to  such  retailer by a broker unless the
26    broker is the holder of a valid broker's license.
27        The broker shall, upon the acceptance by  a  retailer  of
28    the  broker's  solicitation  of  an order or offer to sell or
29    supply  or  deliver  or  have  delivered  alcoholic  liquors,
30    promptly forward to the Illinois Liquor Control Commission  a
31    notification   of  said  transaction  in  such  form  as  the
32    Commission may by regulations prescribe.
33        Such license shall not entitle the holder to buy or  sell
34    any  alcoholic  liquors  for  his  own  account or to take or
                            -811-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    deliver title to such alcoholic liquors.
 2        This  subsection  shall  not   apply   to   distributors,
 3    employees of distributors, or employees of a manufacturer who
 4    has  registered the trademark, brand or name of the alcoholic
 5    liquor pursuant to Section 6-9 of this Act, and who regularly
 6    sells such alcoholic liquor in the State of Illinois only  to
 7    its registrants thereunder.
 8        Any   agent,   representative,   or   person  subject  to
 9    registration pursuant to subsection  (a-1)  of  this  Section
10    shall not be eligible to receive a broker's license.
11        (m)  A  non-resident  dealer's  license shall permit such
12    licensee to ship into and  warehouse  alcoholic  liquor  into
13    this  State from any point outside of this State, and to sell
14    such alcoholic liquor to Illinois licensed foreign  importers
15    and  importing distributors and to no one else in this State;
16    provided that said non-resident dealer  shall  register  with
17    the  Illinois  Liquor Control Commission each and every brand
18    of alcoholic liquor which it proposes  to  sell  to  Illinois
19    licensees  during  the  license  period; and further provided
20    that it shall comply with all of the  provisions  of  Section
21    6-9  hereof  with  respect  to  registration of such Illinois
22    licensees as may be granted the right to sell such brands  at
23    wholesale.
24        (n)  A  brew  pub  license  shall  allow  the licensee to
25    manufacture beer  only  on  the  premises  specified  in  the
26    license,  to  make  sales  of  the  beer  manufactured on the
27    premises to  importing  distributors,  distributors,  and  to
28    non-licensees for use and consumption, to store the beer upon
29    the  premises,  and to sell and offer for sale at retail from
30    the licensed premises, provided  that  a  brew  pub  licensee
31    shall  not sell for off-premises consumption more than 50,000
32    gallons per year.
33        (o)  A caterer retailer license shall allow the holder to
34    serve alcoholic liquors as  an  incidental  part  of  a  food
                            -812-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    service that serves prepared meals which excludes the serving
 2    of  snacks as the primary meal, either on or off-site whether
 3    licensed or unlicensed.
 4        (p)  An auction liquor license shall allow  the  licensee
 5    to  sell  and  offer for sale at auction wine and spirits for
 6    use or consumption, or  for  resale  by  an  Illinois  liquor
 7    licensee  in  accordance  with  provisions  of  this Act.  An
 8    auction liquor license will be issued to a person and it will
 9    permit the  auction  liquor  licensee  to  hold  the  auction
10    anywhere  in  the  State.   An auction liquor license must be
11    obtained for each auction at least 14 days in advance of  the
12    auction date.
13        (q)  A special use permit license shall allow an Illinois
14    licensed  retailer  to  transfer  a  portion of its alcoholic
15    liquor inventory from its retail  licensed  premises  to  the
16    premises specified in the license hereby created, and to sell
17    or  offer  for sale at retail, only in the premises specified
18    in the license  hereby  created,  the  transferred  alcoholic
19    liquor  for  use  or  consumption,  but not for resale in any
20    form.  A special use permit license may be  granted  for  the
21    following  time periods: one day or less; 2 or more days to a
22    maximum of 15 days per location in any 12 month  period.   An
23    applicant for the special use permit license must also submit
24    with   the   application  proof  satisfactory  to  the  State
25    Commission  that  the  applicant  will  provide   dram   shop
26    liability  insurance  to  the  maximum  limits and have local
27    authority approval.
28    (Source: P.A.  89-45,  eff.  6-23-95;  89-218,  eff.  1-1-96;
29    89-626, eff. 8-9-96; 90-77, eff. 7-8-97; 90-432, eff. 1-1-98;
30    revised 11-5-97.)
31        (235 ILCS 5/6-6) (from Ch. 43, par. 123)
32        Sec.  6-6.   Except  as otherwise provided in this Act no
33    manufacturer or distributor or importing  distributor  shall,
                            -813-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    directly,  or  indirectly, sell, supply, furnish, give or pay
 2    for, or loan or lease, any furnishing, fixture  or  equipment
 3    on  the  premises  of a place of business of another licensee
 4    authorized under this Act to sell alcoholic liquor at retail,
 5    either for consumption on or off the premises, nor  shall  he
 6    or  she  directly or indirectly, pay for any such license, or
 7    advance, furnish, lend or give  money  for  payment  of  such
 8    license,  or  purchase  or  become  the  owner  of  any note,
 9    mortgage, or other evidence of indebtedness of such  licensee
10    or   any   form   of   security   therefor,  nor  shall  such
11    manufacturer,  or  distributor,  or  importing   distributor,
12    directly  or  indirectly,  be  interested  in  the ownership,
13    conduct  or  operation  of  the  business  of  any   licensee
14    authorized  to sell alcoholic liquor at retail, nor shall any
15    manufacturer, or distributor,  or  importing  distributor  be
16    interested  directly  or indirectly or as owner or part owner
17    of said premises or as  lessee  or  lessor  thereof,  in  any
18    premises upon which alcoholic liquor is sold at retail.
19        No  manufacturer  or distributor or importing distributor
20    shall, directly or indirectly  or  through  a  subsidiary  or
21    affiliate,  or  by  any  officer,  director  or  firm of such
22    manufacturer, distributor or importing distributor,  furnish,
23    give,  lend  or  rent, install, repair or maintain, to or for
24    any retail licensee  in  this  State,  any  signs  or  inside
25    advertising  materials except as provided in this Section and
26    Section 6-5. With respect to retail licensees, other than any
27    government owned or  operated  auditorium,  exhibition  hall,
28    recreation  facility  or  other  similar  facility  holding a
29    retailer's  license  as   described   in   Section   6-5,   a
30    manufacturer,   distributor,  or  importing  distributor  may
31    furnish, give, lend or rent and erect,  install,  repair  and
32    maintain  to  or  for any retail licensee, for use at any one
33    time in or about or in connection with a retail establishment
34    on which the products of  the  manufacturer,  distributor  or
                            -814-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    importing  distributor  are  sold,  the  following  signs and
 2    inside advertising materials as authorized in  subparts  (i),
 3    (ii), (iii), and (iv):
 4             (i)  Permanent outside signs shall be limited to one
 5        outside  sign,  per brand, in place and in use at any one
 6        time, costing not more than $893, exclusive of  erection,
 7        installation,  repair  and  maintenance costs, and permit
 8        fees and shall bear only the manufacturer's  name,  brand
 9        name,  trade name, slogans, markings, trademark, or other
10        symbols commonly associated with and  generally  used  in
11        identifying  the  product  including, but not limited to,
12        "cold  beer",  "on  tap",  "carry  out",  and   "packaged
13        liquor".
14             (ii)  Temporary  outside  signs  shall be limited to
15        one  temporary  outside  sign  per  brand.   Examples  of
16        temporary outside signs  are  banners,  flags,  pennants,
17        streamers,   and   other   items   of   a  temporary  and
18        non-permanent nature.  Each temporary outside  sign  must
19        include  the manufacturer's name, brand name, trade name,
20        slogans, markings, trademark, or  other  symbol  commonly
21        associated  with  and  generally  used in identifying the
22        product.  Temporary outside signs may also  include,  for
23        example,  the product, price, packaging, date or dates of
24        a promotion and an announcement of  a  retail  licensee's
25        specific  sponsored  event, if the temporary outside sign
26        is intended to promote a product, and provided  that  the
27        announcement  of  the  retail  licensee's  event  and the
28        product  promotion  are  held  simultaneously.   However,
29        temporary outside signs may not include  names,  slogans,
30        markings,  or logos that relate to the retailer.  Nothing
31        in this subpart (ii)  shall  prohibit  a  distributor  or
32        importing  distributor  from bearing the cost of creating
33        or printing a  temporary  outside  sign  for  the  retail
34        licensee's  specific sponsored event  or from bearing the
                            -815-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        cost of creating or  printing  a  temporary  sign  for  a
 2        retail   licensee   containing,  for  example,  community
 3        goodwill    expressions,    regional    sporting    event
 4        announcements, or seasonal messages,  provided  that  the
 5        primary  purpose  of  the  temporary  outside  sign is to
 6        highlight,  promote,  or  advertise   the   product.   In
 7        addition,   temporary   outside  signs  provided  by  the
 8        manufacturer to the distributor or importing  distributor
 9        may also include, for example, subject to the limitations
10        of    this   Section,   preprinted   community   goodwill
11        expressions,  sporting  event   announcements,   seasonal
12        messages,  and  manufacturer  promotional  announcements.
13        However, a distributor or importing distributor shall not
14        bear the cost of such manufacturer preprinted signs.
15             (iii)  Permanent  inside signs, whether visible from
16        the outside or the inside of the premises,  include,  but
17        are  not  limited  to:  alcohol  lists and menus that may
18        include names, slogans, markings, or logos that relate to
19        the retailer; neons;  illuminated  signs;  clocks;  table
20        lamps;   mirrors;   tap  handles;  decalcomanias;  window
21        painting; and window trim.  All permanent inside signs in
22        place and in use at any  one  time   shall  cost  in  the
23        aggregate  not  more  than  $2000  per  manufacturer.   A
24        permanent  inside  sign  must  include the manufacturer's
25        name,  brand  name,  trade   name,   slogans,   markings,
26        trademark,  or  other symbol commonly associated with and
27        generally used  in  identifying  the  product.   However,
28        permanent  inside  signs  may not include names, slogans,
29        markings, or logos that relate to the retailer.  For  the
30        purpose of this subpart (iii), all permanent inside signs
31        may  be  displayed  in  an  adjacent  courtyard  or patio
32        commonly referred to as a "beer garden" that is a part of
33        the retailer's licensed premises.
34             (iv)  Temporary inside signs shall include, but  are
                            -816-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        not  limited to, lighted chalk boards, acrylic table tent
 2        beverage or hors d'oeuvre list holders,  banners,  flags,
 3        pennants,  streamers,  and  inside  advertising materials
 4        such as posters, placards, bowling sheets,  table  tents,
 5        inserts  for acrylic table tent beverage or hors d'oeuvre
 6        list holders, sports schedules,  or  similar  printed  or
 7        illustrated  materials; however, such items, for example,
 8        as coasters, trays, napkins, glassware and cups shall not
 9        be deemed to be inside signs or advertising materials and
10        may only be sold  to  retailers.   All  temporary  inside
11        signs  and  inside  advertising materials in place and in
12        use at any one time shall cost in the aggregate not  more
13        than $325 per manufacturer.  Nothing in this subpart (iv)
14        prohibits  a  distributor  or  importing distributor from
15        paying the cost of printing  or  creating  any  temporary
16        inside  banner or inserts for acrylic table tent beverage
17        or hors d'oeuvre list  holders  for  a  retail  licensee,
18        provided  that  the  primary  purpose  for  the banner or
19        insert  is  to  highlight,  promote,  or  advertise   the
20        product.   For  the  purpose  of  this  subpart (iv), all
21        temporary inside signs and inside  advertising  materials
22        may  be  displayed  in  an  adjacent  courtyard  or patio
23        commonly referred to as a "beer garden" that is a part of
24        the retailer's licensed premises.
25        A "cost adjustment factor" shall be used to  periodically
26    update  the  dollar  limitations  prescribed in subparts (i),
27    (iii), and (iv).  The Commission shall establish the adjusted
28    dollar limitation on an annual basis  beginning  in  January,
29    1997.   The  term "cost adjustment factor" means a percentage
30    equal to  the  change  in  the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics
31    Consumer  Price  Index  or  5%,  whichever  is  greater.  The
32    restrictions  contained  in  this Section 6-6 do not apply to
33    signs, or promotional or advertising materials  furnished  by
34    manufacturers,  distributors  or  importing distributors to a
                            -817-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    government owned or operated facility  holding  a  retailer's
 2    license as described in Section 6-5.
 3        No distributor or importing distributor shall directly or
 4    indirectly  or  through  a subsidiary or affiliate, or by any
 5    officer, director or firm of such  manufacturer,  distributor
 6    or  importing  distributor,  furnish,  give,  lend  or  rent,
 7    install, repair or maintain, to or for any retail licensee in
 8    this  State,   any  signs  or  inside  advertising  materials
 9    described  in  subparts  (i),  (ii),  (iii),  or (iv) of this
10    Section  except  as  the  agent  for  or  on  behalf   of   a
11    manufacturer,  provided  that the total cost of any signs and
12    inside advertising materials including  but  not  limited  to
13    labor,  erection,  installation and permit fees shall be paid
14    by the manufacturer whose product or products said signs, and
15    inside advertising materials advertise and except as follows:
16        A distributor or importing distributor may purchase  from
17    or  enter  into  a written agreement with a manufacturer or a
18    manufacturer's designated supplier and such  manufacturer  or
19    the manufacturer's designated supplier may sell or enter into
20    an   agreement   to   sell  to  a  distributor  or  importing
21    distributor  permitted  signs   and   advertising   materials
22    described  in  subparts  (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this Section
23    for the purpose  of  furnishing,  giving,  lending,  renting,
24    installing,   repairing,   or   maintaining   such  signs  or
25    advertising materials to or for any retail licensee  in  this
26    State.    Any   purchase   by   a  distributor  or  importing
27    distributor  from  a   manufacturer   or   a   manufacturer's
28    designated  supplier  shall be voluntary and the manufacturer
29    may not require the distributor or the importing  distributor
30    to   purchase   signs   or  advertising  materials  from  the
31    manufacturer or the manufacturer's designated supplier.
32        A distributor or importing distributor  shall  be  deemed
33    the  owner  of  such signs or advertising materials purchased
34    from a manufacturer or a manufacturer's designated supplier.
                            -818-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        The provisions of Public Act 90-373 this  amendatory  Act
 2    of  1997  concerning signs or advertising materials delivered
 3    by a manufacturer to a distributor or  importing  distributor
 4    shall  apply only to signs or advertising materials delivered
 5    on or after August 14, the effective date of this  amendatory
 6    Act of 1997.
 7        No  person  engaged  in  the  business  of manufacturing,
 8    importing or distributing alcoholic liquors  shall,  directly
 9    or  indirectly,  pay  for, or advance, furnish, or lend money
10    for the payment of any license for another. Any licensee  who
11    shall  permit  or  assent,  or  be  a party in any way to any
12    violation or infringement of the provisions of  this  Section
13    shall  be  deemed  guilty of a violation of this Act, and any
14    money loaned contrary to a provision of this Act shall not be
15    recovered back, or any note, mortgage or  other  evidence  of
16    indebtedness,  or security, or any lease or contract obtained
17    or made contrary to this Act shall be unenforceable and void.
18        This  Section  shall  not  apply  to  airplane  licensees
19    exercising powers provided in paragraph (i) of Section 5-1 of
20    this Act.
21    (Source: P.A. 89-238,  eff.  8-4-95;  89-529,  eff.  7-19-96;
22    90-373, eff. 8-14-97; 90-432, eff. 1-1-98; revised 11-5-97.)
23        (235 ILCS 5/6-11) (from Ch. 43, par. 127)
24        Sec.  6-11.   No  license shall be issued for the sale at
25    retail of any alcoholic liquor within 100 feet of any church,
26    school  other  than  an  institution  of   higher   learning,
27    hospital,  home for aged or indigent persons or for veterans,
28    their spouses or children or any military or  naval  station,
29    provided,  that  this  prohibition  shall not apply to hotels
30    offering restaurant service, regularly organized clubs, or to
31    restaurants,  food  shops  or  other  places  where  sale  of
32    alcoholic liquors is not the principal business carried on if
33    the place of  business  so  exempted  is  not  located  in  a
                            -819-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    municipality of more than 500,000 persons, unless required by
 2    local ordinance; nor to the renewal of a license for the sale
 3    at  retail of alcoholic liquor on premises within 100 feet of
 4    any church or school where the  church  or  school  has  been
 5    established  within  such  100 feet since the issuance of the
 6    original license.  In the case of a church, the  distance  of
 7    100  feet  shall  be  measured  to  the  nearest  part of any
 8    building used for worship services  or  educational  programs
 9    and not to property boundaries.
10        In  the  interest of further developing Illinois' economy
11    in the area of tourism,  convention,  and  banquet  business,
12    nothing  in  this Section shall prohibit issuance of a retail
13    license authorizing the sale  of  alcoholic  beverages  to  a
14    restaurant,  banquet facility, or hotel having not fewer than
15    150 guest room accommodations located in  a  municipality  of
16    more  than 500,000 persons,  notwithstanding the proximity of
17    such hotel, restaurant, or banquet facility to any church  or
18    school, if the licensed premises described on the license are
19    located within an enclosed mall or building of a height of at
20    least  6  stories,  or 60 feet in the case of a building that
21    has been registered as a national  landmark,  and  in  either
22    case  if  the  sale of alcoholic liquors is not the principal
23    business carried on by the license.
24        For purposes of this Section, a "banquet facility" is any
25    part of a building that caters to private parties  and  where
26    the sale of alcoholic liquors is not the principal business.
27        Nothing  in this Section shall prohibit the issuance of a
28    license to a church or  private  school  to  sell  at  retail
29    alcoholic  liquor  if  any  such sales are limited to periods
30    when groups are assembled on  the  premises  solely  for  the
31    promotion  of  some  common  object  other  than  the sale or
32    consumption of alcoholic liquors.
33        Nothing in this Section shall prohibit a church or church
34    affiliated school located in a municipality  with  75,000  or
                            -820-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    more  inhabitants from locating within 100 feet of a property
 2    for which there is a preexisting license  to  sell  alcoholic
 3    liquor  at  retail.   In  these  instances,  the local zoning
 4    authority may, by ordinance adopted simultaneously  with  the
 5    granting  of  an  initial  special  use zoning permit for the
 6    church or church affiliated school, provide that the 100-foot
 7    restriction in this Section shall not apply to that church or
 8    church affiliated school and future retail liquor licenses.
 9    (Source: P.A. 89-308,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-709,  eff.  2-14-97;
10    revised 2-20-97.)
11        (235 ILCS 5/6-16) (from Ch. 43, par. 131)
12        Sec. 6-16.  Prohibited sales and possession.
13        (a)  No  licensee  nor  any  officer,  associate, member,
14    representative, agent, or employee  of  such  licensee  shall
15    sell,  give,  or deliver alcoholic liquor to any person under
16    the age of 21 years or to any intoxicated person,  except  as
17    provided in Section 6-16.1 16.1.  No person, after purchasing
18    or otherwise obtaining alcoholic liquor, shall sell, give, or
19    deliver such alcoholic liquor to another person under the age
20    of  21  years,  except  in  the  performance  of  a religious
21    ceremony or service. Any person who violates  the  provisions
22    of this paragraph of this subsection (a) is guilty of a Class
23    A  misdemeanor  and  the person's sentence shall include, but
24    shall not be limited to, a fine of not less than $500.  If  a
25    licensee   or  officer,  associate,  member,  representative,
26    agent, or employee of  the licensee is prosecuted under  this
27    paragraph  of  this  subsection  (a)  for selling, giving, or
28    delivering alcoholic liquor to a person under the age  of  21
29    years,  the person under 21 years of age who attempted to buy
30    or receive the alcoholic liquor may be prosecuted pursuant to
31    Section 6-20 of this Act, unless the person under 21 years of
32    age was acting under  the  authority  of  a  law  enforcement
33    agency,  the  Illinois  Liquor Control Commission, or a local
                            -821-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    liquor control commissioner pursuant to a plan or  action  to
 2    investigate,  patrol,  or  conduct  any  similar  enforcement
 3    action.
 4        For  the  purpose  of  preventing  the  violation of this
 5    section, any licensee, or his agent or employee,  may  refuse
 6    to  sell  or  serve  alcoholic beverages to any person who is
 7    unable to produce adequate written evidence of  identity  and
 8    of the fact that he or she is over the age of 21 years.
 9        Adequate  written  evidence  of  age  and identity of the
10    person is a document issued by a federal, state,  county,  or
11    municipal  government,  or  subdivision  or  agency  thereof,
12    including,  but  not  limited  to, a motor vehicle operator's
13    license, a registration certificate issued under the  Federal
14    Selective  Service Act, or an identification card issued to a
15    member   of   the    Armed    Forces.    Proof    that    the
16    defendant-licensee,  or  his employee or agent, demanded, was
17    shown and reasonably relied upon such written evidence in any
18    transaction forbidden  by  this  Section  is  an  affirmative
19    defense   in  any  criminal  prosecution  therefor  or to any
20    proceedings for the suspension or revocation of  any  license
21    based  thereon.  It  shall  not,  however,  be an affirmative
22    defense  if  the  agent  or  employee  accepted  the  written
23    evidence knowing it to be false or fraudulent. If a false  or
24    fraudulent    Illinois    driver's    license   or   Illinois
25    identification card is presented by a  person  less  than  21
26    years  of  age  to  a  licensee  or  the  licensee's agent or
27    employee for the purpose of ordering, purchasing,  attempting
28    to  purchase,  or otherwise obtaining or attempting to obtain
29    the serving of any alcoholic beverage,  the  law  enforcement
30    officer  or agency investigating the incident shall, upon the
31    conviction of the person who presented the fraudulent license
32    or identification,  make  a  report  of  the  matter  to  the
33    Secretary  of  State  on  a form provided by the Secretary of
34    State.
                            -822-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        However, no agent or employee of the  licensee  shall  be
 2    disciplined or discharged for selling or furnishing liquor to
 3    a  person  under  21  years  of  age if the agent or employee
 4    demanded and was shown, before furnishing liquor to a  person
 5    under  21  years of age, adequate written evidence of age and
 6    identity of the person issued by a federal, state, county  or
 7    municipal  government,  or  subdivision  or  agency  thereof,
 8    including  but  not  limited  to  a  motor vehicle operator's
 9    license, a registration certificate issued under the  Federal
10    Selective  Service Act, or an identification card issued to a
11    member of the Armed Forces. This  paragraph,  however,  shall
12    not  apply  if  the  agent  or  employee accepted the written
13    evidence knowing it to be false or fraudulent.
14        Any person who sells, gives, or furnishes to  any  person
15    under  the  age  of 21 years any false or fraudulent written,
16    printed, or photostatic evidence of the age and  identity  of
17    such  person  or  who sells, gives or furnishes to any person
18    under the age of 21 years evidence of age and  identification
19    of  any  other  person is guilty of a Class A misdemeanor and
20    the person's sentence shall include, but shall not be limited
21    to, a fine of not less than $500.
22        Any person under the age of  21  years  who  presents  or
23    offers  to  any licensee, his agent or employee, any written,
24    printed or photostatic evidence of age and identity  that  is
25    false,  fraudulent,  or  not  actually his or her own for the
26    purpose of ordering, purchasing, attempting  to  purchase  or
27    otherwise  procuring or attempting to procure, the serving of
28    any alcoholic beverage, or who has in his or  her  possession
29    any  false  or  fraudulent  written,  printed, or photostatic
30    evidence of  age  and  identity,  is  guilty  of  a  Class  A
31    misdemeanor  and  the  person's  sentence  shall include, but
32    shall not be limited to, the following:  a fine of  not  less
33    than  $500  and  at  least 25 hours of community service.  If
34    possible, any community service shall  be  performed  for  an
                            -823-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    alcohol abuse prevention program.
 2        Any  person  under  the  age  of  21  years  who  has any
 3    alcoholic beverage in his or her possession on any street  or
 4    highway  or  in  any public place or in any place open to the
 5    public is guilty of a Class A misdemeanor.  This Section does
 6    not apply to possession by a person under the age of 21 years
 7    making a delivery of an alcoholic beverage  in  pursuance  of
 8    the  order of his or her parent or in pursuance of his or her
 9    employment.
10        (a-1)  It is unlawful  for  any  parent  or  guardian  to
11    permit  his  or her residence to be used by an invitee of the
12    parent's child or the guardian's  ward,  if  the  invitee  is
13    under the age of 21, in a manner that constitutes a violation
14    of  this  Section.   A  parent  or guardian is deemed to have
15    permitted his or her residence to be  used  in  violation  of
16    this  Section  if he or she knowingly authorizes, enables, or
17    permits such use to occur by failing  to  control  access  to
18    either  the  residence  or the alcoholic liquor maintained in
19    the residence.  Any person who violates this subsection (a-1)
20    is guilty of a Class A misdemeanor and the person's  sentence
21    shall  include,  but  shall  not be limited to, a fine of not
22    less than $500.  Nothing in this subsection  (a-1)  shall  be
23    construed  to  prohibit  the  giving of alcoholic liquor to a
24    person under the age of 21 years  in  the  performance  of  a
25    religious ceremony or service.
26        (b)  Except as otherwise provided in this Section whoever
27    violates  this  Section shall, in addition to other penalties
28    provided for in this Act, be guilty of a Class A misdemeanor.
29        (c)  Any person shall be guilty of a Class A  misdemeanor
30    where  he or she knowingly permits a gathering at a residence
31    which he or she occupies of two or more persons where any one
32    or more of the persons is under  21  years  of  age  and  the
33    following factors also apply:
34             (1)  the  person  occupying the residence knows that
                            -824-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        any such person under the age of 21 is in  possession  of
 2        or is consuming any alcoholic beverage; and
 3             (2)  the possession or consumption of the alcohol by
 4        the  person  under  21 is not otherwise permitted by this
 5        Act; and
 6             (3)  the person occupying the residence  knows  that
 7        the person under the age of 21 leaves the residence in an
 8        intoxicated condition.
 9        For  the  purposes  of  this  subsection  (c)  where  the
10    residence  has  an  owner  and a tenant or lessee, there is a
11    rebuttable presumption that the residence is occupied only by
12    the tenant or lessee.
13        (d)  Any person who rents a hotel or motel room from  the
14    proprietor  or  agent  thereof for the purpose of or with the
15    knowledge that such room shall be used for the consumption of
16    alcoholic liquor by persons under the age of 21  years  shall
17    be guilty of a Class A misdemeanor.
18    (Source: P.A.  89-250,  eff.  1-1-96;  90-355,  eff. 8-10-97;
19    90-432, eff. 1-1-98; revised 11-5-97.)
20        Section 127.  The Illinois Public Aid Code is amended  by
21    changing  Sections 4-2, 4-8, 5-4, 5-16.3, 5-16.6, 5-22, 9A-9,
22    10-10, 10-11, 10-16.2, 11-8, 12-4.11, 12-4.31, 12-4.101,  and
23    12-17.4 as follows:
24        (305 ILCS 5/4-2) (from Ch. 23, par. 4-2)
25        Sec. 4-2.  Amount of aid.
26        (a)  The  amount  and  nature  of  financial aid shall be
27    determined in accordance with the grant  amounts,  rules  and
28    regulations  of  the Illinois Department. Due regard shall be
29    given to the self-sufficiency requirements of the family  and
30    to  the  income,  money  contributions  and other support and
31    resources available, from whatever source.  Beginning July 1,
32    1992, the supplementary grants  previously  paid  under  this
                            -825-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Section  shall  no  longer be paid.   However, the amount and
 2    nature of any financial aid is not affected by the payment of
 3    any grant under the "Senior  Citizens  and  Disabled  Persons
 4    Property  Tax  Relief and Pharmaceutical Assistance Act". The
 5    aid shall be sufficient, when  added  to  all  other  income,
 6    money  contributions and support to provide the family with a
 7    grant in the amount established by Department regulation.
 8        (b)  The  Illinois   Department   may   conduct   special
 9    projects,  which  may  be  known as Grant Diversion Projects,
10    under which recipients of financial aid  under  this  Article
11    are  placed  in  jobs  and  their  grants are diverted to the
12    employer who in turn makes payments to the recipients in  the
13    form  of  salary  or other employment benefits.  The Illinois
14    Department shall by rule specify the terms and conditions  of
15    such Grant Diversion Projects.  Such projects shall take into
16    consideration   and   be   coordinated   with   the  programs
17    administered  under   the   Illinois   Emergency   Employment
18    Development Act.
19        (c)  The  amount  and  nature  of the financial aid for a
20    child requiring care outside his own home shall be determined
21    in accordance with the rules and regulations of the  Illinois
22    Department,  with due regard to the needs and requirements of
23    the child in the foster home or institution in which  he  has
24    been placed.
25        (d)  If  the  Department  establishes  grants  for family
26    units consisting exclusively of  a  pregnant  woman  with  no
27    dependent  child or including her husband if living with her,
28    the grant amount for such a unit shall be equal to the  grant
29    amount  for  an assistance unit consisting of one adult, or 2
30    persons if the husband is included.   Other  than  as  herein
31    described,   an   unborn   child  shall  not  be  counted  in
32    determining the size of an assistance unit or for calculating
33    grants.
34        Payments for basic maintenance requirements of a child or
                            -826-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    children and the relative with whom the child or children are
 2    living  shall  be  prescribed,  by  rule,  by  the   Illinois
 3    Department.
 4    These grants may be increased in the following circumstances:
 5             1.  If the child is living with both parents or with
 6        persons  standing  in the relationship of parents, and if
 7        the grant is necessitated because of the unemployment  or
 8        insufficient  earnings  of  the  parent  or  parents  and
 9        neither   parent   is   receiving   benefits  under  "The
10        Unemployment Compensation Act", approved June  30,  1937,
11        as amended, the maximum may be increased by not more than
12        $25.
13             2.  If a child is age 13 or over, the maximum may be
14        increased by not more than $15.
15        The  allowances  provided under Article IX for recipients
16    participating in the  training  and  rehabilitation  programs
17    shall  be  in addition to the maximum payments established in
18    this Section.
19        Grants under this Article shall not  be  supplemented  by
20    General Assistance provided under Article VI.
21        (e)  Grants  shall  be paid to the parent or other person
22    with whom the child or children are living, except  for  such
23    amount  as  is  paid  in behalf of the child or his parent or
24    other relative to other persons or agencies pursuant to  this
25    Code or the rules and regulations of the Illinois Department.
26        (f)  An  assistance  unit,  receiving financial aid under
27    this Article or temporarily ineligible to receive  aid  under
28    this   Article  under  a  penalty  imposed  by  the  Illinois
29    Department  for  failure  to  comply  with  the   eligibility
30    requirements  or  that  voluntarily  requests  termination of
31    financial  assistance  under   this   Article   and   becomes
32    subsequently  eligible  for assistance within 9 months, shall
33    not receive any increase in  the  amount  of  aid  solely  on
34    account  of  the birth of a child; except that an increase is
                            -827-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    not prohibited when the birth is (i) of a child of a pregnant
 2    woman who became eligible for aid under this  Article  during
 3    the pregnancy, or (ii) of a child born within 10 months after
 4    the date of implementation of this subsection, or  (iii) of a
 5    child   conceived   after  a  family  became  ineligible  for
 6    assistance due to income or marriage and at least 3 months of
 7    ineligibility   expired   before   any   reapplication    for
 8    assistance.   This  subsection  does  not, however, prevent a
 9    unit from receiving a general increase in the amount  of  aid
10    that is provided to all recipients of aid under this Article.
11        The  Illinois Department is authorized to transfer funds,
12    and shall use  any  budgetary  savings  attributable  to  not
13    increasing  the  grants  due  to  the  births  of  additional
14    children,  to  supplement existing funding for employment and
15    training services for recipients of aid  under  this  Article
16    IV.   The Illinois Department shall target, to the extent the
17    supplemental funding allows, employment and training services
18    to the families who do not receive a grant increase after the
19    birth of a child.  In addition, the Illinois Department shall
20    provide, to the extent the supplemental funding allows,  such
21    families  with  up  to  24  months of transitional child care
22    pursuant  to  Illinois  Department  rules.    All   remaining
23    supplemental  funds shall be used for employment and training
24    services or transitional child care support.
25        In making the transfers authorized  by  this  subsection,
26    the  Illinois  Department  shall first determine, pursuant to
27    regulations adopted by  the  Illinois  Department  for   this
28    purpose, the amount of savings attributable to not increasing
29    the   grants  due  to  the  births  of  additional  children.
30    Transfers   may   be   made   from   General   Revenue   Fund
31    appropriations  for  distributive  purposes   authorized   by
32    Article  IV  of  this  Code  only  to  General  Revenue  Fund
33    appropriations   for   employability   development   services
34    including  operating  and  administrative  costs  and related
                            -828-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    distributive purposes under Article IXA  of  this  Code.  The
 2    Director,  with  the  approval of the Governor, shall certify
 3    the amount and affected line item appropriations to the State
 4    Comptroller.
 5        The Illinois Department shall apply for  all  waivers  of
 6    federal  law  and  regulations  necessary  to  implement this
 7    subsection; implementation of this subsection  is  contingent
 8    on  the  Illinois  Department receiving all necessary federal
 9    waivers.   The  Illinois  Department   may   implement   this
10    subsection  through  the use of emergency rules in accordance
11    with Section 5-45 of the  Illinois  Administrative  Procedure
12    Act.   For  purposes of the Illinois Administrative Procedure
13    Act, the adoption of rules to implement this subsection shall
14    be considered an  emergency  and  necessary  for  the  public
15    interest, safety, and welfare.
16        Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to prohibit
17    the  Illinois  Department from using funds under this Article
18    IV to provide assistance in the form of vouchers that may  be
19    used  to  pay  for  goods and services deemed by the Illinois
20    Department, by rule, as suitable for the care  of  the  child
21    such as diapers, clothing, school supplies, and cribs.
22        (g)  (Blank).
23        (h)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision of this Code,
24    the Illinois  Department  is  authorized  to  reduce  payment
25    levels used to determine cash grants under this Article after
26    December  31  of  any  fiscal year if the Illinois Department
27    determines that the caseload upon  which  the  appropriations
28    for  the current fiscal year are based have increased by more
29    than 5% and the appropriation is  not  sufficient  to  ensure
30    that  cash  benefits  under  this  Article  do not exceed the
31    amounts appropriated for those cash benefits.  Reductions  in
32    payment  levels  may  be accomplished by emergency rule under
33    Section 5-45 of the Illinois  Administrative  Procedure  Act,
34    except  that  the limitation on the number of emergency rules
                            -829-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    that may be adopted in a 24-month period shall not apply  and
 2    the  provisions  of  Sections 5-115 and 5-125 of the Illinois
 3    Administrative Procedure Act shall not  apply.  Increases  in
 4    payment  levels shall be accomplished only in accordance with
 5    Section 5-40 of the Illinois  Administrative  Procedure  Act.
 6    Before  any rule to increase payment levels promulgated under
 7    this Section  shall  become  effective,  a  joint  resolution
 8    approving  the  rule must be adopted by a roll call vote by a
 9    majority of the  members  elected  to  each  chamber  of  the
10    General Assembly.
11    (Source:  P.A.  89-6,  eff.  3-6-95;  89-193,  eff.  7-21-95;
12    89-641, eff. 8-9-96; 90-17, eff. 7-1-97; 90-372, eff. 7-1-98;
13    revised 11-18-97.)
14        (305 ILCS 5/4-8) (from Ch. 23, par. 4-8)
15        Sec. 4-8. Mismanagement of assistance grant.
16        (a)  If  the County Department has reason to believe that
17    the money payment for basic maintenance is not being used, or
18    may not be used, in the best interests of the child  and  the
19    family  and  that there is present or potential damage to the
20    standards of health and well-being that the grant is intended
21    to assure, the County Department shall provide the parent  or
22    other relative with the counseling and guidance services with
23    respect  to  the use of the grant and the management of other
24    funds available to the family as may be  required  to  assure
25    use  of  the  grant  in  the  best interests of the child and
26    family. The  Illinois  Department  shall  by  rule  prescribe
27    criteria   which   shall   constitute   evidence   of   grant
28    mismanagement.  The criteria shall include but not be limited
29    to the following:
30             (1)  A determination that a child in the  assistance
31        unit  is  not  receiving  proper and necessary support or
32        other care for which assistance is being  provided  under
33        this Code.
                            -830-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (2)  A   record  establishing  that  the  parent  or
 2        relative has been found guilty of public assistance fraud
 3        under Article VIIIA.
 4             (3)  A  determination  by  an  appropriate   person,
 5        entity,  or  agency  that  the  parent  or other relative
 6        requires treatment for alcohol or substance abuse, mental
 7        health services, or other special care or treatment.
 8        The Department shall at  least  consider  non-payment  of
 9    rent   for  two  consecutive  months  as  evidence  of  grant
10    mismanagement by a parent or relative of a recipient  who  is
11    responsible  for  making  rental  payments for the housing or
12    shelter  of  the  child  or  family,  unless  the  Department
13    determines  that  the  non-payment  is  necessary   for   the
14    protection of the health and well-being of the recipient. The
15    County  Department  shall advise the parent or other relative
16    grantee that  continued  mismanagement  will  result  in  the
17    application  of  one  of  the  sanctions  specified  in  this
18    Section.
19        The  Illinois  Department shall consider irregular school
20    attendance by children of school age grades 1 through  8,  as
21    evidence  of  lack  of  proper and necessary support or care.
22    The Department may extend this consideration to  children  in
23    grades higher than 8.
24        The Illinois Department shall develop preventive programs
25    in  collaboration  with school and social service networks to
26    encourage school attendance of children receiving  assistance
27    under Article IV.  To the extent that Illinois Department and
28    community  resources  are available, the programs shall serve
29    families whose  children  in  grades  1  through  8  are  not
30    attending  school  regularly,  as defined by the school.  The
31    Department  may  extend  these  programs  to  families  whose
32    children are in grades higher than  8.   The  programs  shall
33    include  referrals  from  the  school  to  a  social  service
34    network,  assessment and development of a service plan by one
                            -831-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    or   more   network   representatives,   and   the   Illinois
 2    Department's encouragement of the family  to  follow  through
 3    with  the  service  plan.   Families  that fail to follow the
 4    service plan as determined by the service provider, shall  be
 5    subject  to the protective payment provisions of this Section
 6    and Section 4-9 of this Code.
 7        Families for whom a protective payment plan has  been  in
 8    effect  for  at  least  3  months  and  whose school children
 9    continue  to  regularly  miss  school  shall  be  subject  to
10    sanction under Section 4-21.   The  sanction  shall  continue
11    until  the  children  demonstrate satisfactory attendance, as
12    defined by the school.  To the extent necessary to  implement
13    this  Section, the Illinois Department shall seek appropriate
14    waivers of federal requirements from the U.S.  Department  of
15    Health and Human Services.
16        The  Illinois  Department  may  implement  the amendatory
17    changes to this Section made by this amendatory Act  of  1995
18    through  the  use  of  emergency rules in accordance with the
19    provisions of Section 5-45  of  the  Illinois  Administrative
20    Procedure  Act.   For purposes of the Illinois Administrative
21    Procedure  Act,  the  adoption  of  rules  to  implement  the
22    amendatory changes to this Section made  by  this  amendatory
23    Act  of  1995  shall be deemed an emergency and necessary for
24    the public interest, safety, and welfare.
25        (b)  In areas of the State where  clinically  appropriate
26    substance abuse treatment capacity is available, if the local
27    office  has  reason  to  believe that a caretaker relative is
28    experiencing substance abuse, the local  office  shall  refer
29    the  caretaker  relative to a licensed treatment provider for
30    assessment.  If the assessment indicates that  the  caretaker
31    relative  is  experiencing  substance abuse, the local office
32    shall require the  caretaker  relative  to  comply  with  all
33    treatment  recommended  by  the assessment.  If the caretaker
34    relative refuses without good cause, as determined  by  rules
                            -832-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of  the  Illinois  Department, to submit to the assessment or
 2    treatment, the caretaker relative  shall  be  ineligible  for
 3    assistance,  and  the  local office shall take one or more of
 4    the following actions:
 5             (i)  If there is another family member or friend who
 6        is ensuring that the family's needs are being  met,  that
 7        person,  if  willing,  shall  be  assigned  as protective
 8        payee.
 9             (ii)  If there is no family member or  close  friend
10        to  serve  as  protective  payee,  the local office shall
11        provide for a protective payment to a substitute payee as
12        provided  in  Section  4-9.  The  Department  also  shall
13        determine whether if a  referral  to  the  Department  of
14        Children   and  Family  Services  is  warranted  and,  if
15        appropriate, shall make the referral.
16             (iii)  The Department shall contact  the  individual
17        who  is  thought  to  be experiencing substance abuse and
18        explain why the protective payee has  been  assigned  and
19        refer the individual to treatment.
20        (c)  This  subsection  (c)  applies  to  cases other than
21    those described in subsection (b).  If the efforts to correct
22    the mismanagement  of  the  grant  have  failed,  the  County
23    Department,  in  accordance with the rules and regulations of
24    the Illinois Department, shall initiate one or  more  of  the
25    following actions:
26             1.  Provide for a protective payment to a substitute
27        payee,  as  provided  in Section 4-9.  This action may be
28        initiated for any  assistance  unit  containing  a  child
29        determined  to be neglected by the Department of Children
30        and Family Services under the Abused and Neglected  Child
31        Reporting  Act,  and  in  any  case involving a record of
32        public assistance fraud.
33             2.  Provide for issuance of all or part of the grant
34        in the form of disbursing orders.   This  action  may  be
                            -833-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        initiated  in  any  case  involving  a  record  of public
 2        assistance fraud, or upon the  request  of  a  substitute
 3        payee designated under Section 4-9.
 4             3.  File  a petition under the Juvenile Court Act of
 5        1987 for an Order  of  Protection  under  Sections  2-25,
 6        2-26,  3-26,  and 3-27, 4-23, 4-24, 5-27, or 5-28 of that
 7        Act.
 8             4.  Institute a proceeding under the Juvenile  Court
 9        Act  of  1987  for the appointment of a guardian or legal
10        representative for the purpose of receiving and  managing
11        the public aid grant.
12             5.  If the mismanagement of the grant, together with
13        other  factors, have rendered the home unsuitable for the
14        best welfare of the child, file a neglect petition  under
15        the Juvenile Court Act of 1987, requesting the removal of
16        the child or children.
17    (Source:  P.A. 89-6, eff. 3-6-95; 90-17, eff. 7-1-97; 90-249,
18    eff. 1-1-98; revised 8-4-97.)
19        (305 ILCS 5/5-4) (from Ch. 23, par. 5-4)
20        Sec. 5-4.  Amount and nature of medical assistance.   The
21    amount  and  nature of medical assistance shall be determined
22    by the County Departments in accordance with  the  standards,
23    rules,  and  regulations of the Illinois Department of Public
24    Aid, with due regard to the requirements  and  conditions  in
25    each  case,  including  contributions  available from legally
26    responsible relatives.  However, the  amount  and  nature  of
27    such  medical assistance shall not be affected by the payment
28    of any grant under the "Senior Citizens and Disabled  Persons
29    Property  Tax Relief and Pharmaceutical Assistance Act."  The
30    amount and nature of medical assistance shall not be affected
31    by the receipt of donations or benefits from  fundraisers  in
32    cases  of  serious illness, as long as neither the person nor
33    members of the person's family have actual control  over  the
                            -834-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    donations or benefits or the disbursement of the donations or
 2    benefits.
 3        In  determining  the  income  and assets available to the
 4    institutionalized spouse and to  the  community  spouse,  the
 5    Illinois Department of Public Aid shall follow the procedures
 6    established  by  federal  law.  The community spouse resource
 7    allowance shall be established and maintained at the  maximum
 8    level  permitted pursuant to Section 1924(f)(2) of the Social
 9    Security Act, as now or hereafter amended, or an  amount  set
10    after  a  fair  hearing,  whichever  is greater.  The monthly
11    maintenance allowance  for  the  community  spouse  shall  be
12    established  and  maintained  at  the maximum level permitted
13    pursuant to Section 1924(d)(3)(C) of the Social Security Act,
14    as now or hereafter amended.  Subject to the approval of  the
15    Secretary of the United States Department of Health and Human
16    Services, the provisions of this Section shall be extended to
17    persons   who   but   for   the  the  provision  of  home  or
18    community-based services under Section 4.02 of  the  Illinois
19    Act on the Aging, would require the level of care provided in
20    an institution, as is provided for in federal law.
21        The  Department of Human Services shall notify in writing
22    each institutionalized spouse who is a recipient  of  medical
23    assistance   under  this  Article,  and  each  such  person's
24    community spouse, of the changes in treatment of  income  and
25    resources,  including  provisions for protecting income for a
26    community spouse and permitting the transfer of resources  to
27    a  community  spouse,  required  by  enactment of the federal
28    Medicare  Catastrophic  Coverage  Act  of  1988  (Public  Law
29    100-360).  The notification shall be in language likely to be
30    easily understood by those persons.  The Department of  Human
31    Services also shall reassess the amount of medical assistance
32    for  which each such recipient is eligible as a result of the
33    enactment of that federal Act, whether  or  not  a  recipient
34    requests such a reassessment.
                            -835-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    (Source: P.A. 89-507, eff. 7-1-97; revised 7-7-97.)
 2        (305 ILCS 5/5-16.3)
 3        Sec. 5-16.3.  System for integrated health care services.
 4        (a)  It shall be the public policy of the State to adopt,
 5    to  the  extent  practicable,  a  health  care  program  that
 6    encourages  the  integration  of  health  care  services  and
 7    manages the health care of program enrollees while preserving
 8    reasonable  choice  within  a  competitive and cost-efficient
 9    environment.  In  furtherance  of  this  public  policy,  the
10    Illinois Department shall develop and implement an integrated
11    health  care  program  consistent with the provisions of this
12    Section.  The provisions of this Section apply  only  to  the
13    integrated  health  care  program created under this Section.
14    Persons enrolled in the integrated health  care  program,  as
15    determined  by  the  Illinois  Department  by  rule, shall be
16    afforded a choice among health care delivery  systems,  which
17    shall  include,  but  are not limited to, (i) fee for service
18    care managed by a primary care physician licensed to practice
19    medicine in  all  its  branches,  (ii)  managed  health  care
20    entities,   and  (iii)  federally  qualified  health  centers
21    (reimbursed according  to  a  prospective  cost-reimbursement
22    methodology)  and  rural health clinics (reimbursed according
23    to  the  Medicare  methodology),  where  available.   Persons
24    enrolled in the integrated health care program  also  may  be
25    offered indemnity insurance plans, subject to availability.
26        For  purposes  of  this  Section,  a "managed health care
27    entity" means a health maintenance organization or a  managed
28    care community network as defined in this Section.  A "health
29    maintenance   organization"   means   a   health  maintenance
30    organization   as   defined   in   the   Health   Maintenance
31    Organization Act.  A "managed care community  network"  means
32    an entity, other than a health maintenance organization, that
33    is  owned,  operated, or governed by providers of health care
                            -836-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    services within this State  and  that  provides  or  arranges
 2    primary, secondary, and tertiary managed health care services
 3    under  contract  with  the Illinois Department exclusively to
 4    enrollees of the integrated health care  program.  A  managed
 5    care   community  network  may  contract  with  the  Illinois
 6    Department to provide only pediatric health care services.  A
 7    county  provider  as defined in Section 15-1 of this Code may
 8    contract with the Illinois Department to provide services  to
 9    enrollees  of the integrated health care program as a managed
10    care community  network  without  the  need  to  establish  a
11    separate   entity   that  provides  services  exclusively  to
12    enrollees of the integrated health care program and shall  be
13    deemed  a managed care community network for purposes of this
14    Code only to the extent of the provision of services to those
15    enrollees in conjunction  with  the  integrated  health  care
16    program.   A  county  provider  shall be entitled to contract
17    with the Illinois Department with respect to any  contracting
18    region  located  in  whole  or  in part within the county.  A
19    county provider shall not be required to accept enrollees who
20    do not reside within the county.
21        Each managed care community network must demonstrate  its
22    ability to bear the financial risk of serving enrollees under
23    this  program.   The  Illinois Department shall by rule adopt
24    criteria  for  assessing  the  financial  soundness  of  each
25    managed care community network. These  rules  shall  consider
26    the  extent  to  which  a  managed  care community network is
27    comprised of providers who directly render  health  care  and
28    are  located  within  the  community  in  which  they seek to
29    contract rather than solely arrange or finance  the  delivery
30    of health care.  These rules shall further consider a variety
31    of  risk-bearing  and  management  techniques,  including the
32    sufficiency of quality assurance and  utilization  management
33    programs  and  whether  a  managed care community network has
34    sufficiently demonstrated  its  financial  solvency  and  net
                            -837-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    worth.  The  Illinois  Department's criteria must be based on
 2    sound actuarial, financial, and  accounting  principles.   In
 3    adopting  these  rules, the Illinois Department shall consult
 4    with the  Illinois  Department  of  Insurance.  The  Illinois
 5    Department  is  responsible  for  monitoring  compliance with
 6    these rules.
 7        This Section may not be implemented before the  effective
 8    date  of  these  rules, the approval of any necessary federal
 9    waivers, and the completion of the review of  an  application
10    submitted,  at  least  60  days  before the effective date of
11    rules adopted under this Section, to the Illinois  Department
12    by a managed care community network.
13        All  health  care delivery systems that contract with the
14    Illinois Department under the integrated health care  program
15    shall  clearly  recognize  a  health care provider's right of
16    conscience under the Health Care Right of Conscience Act.  In
17    addition to the  provisions  of  that  Act,  no  health  care
18    delivery  system  that contracts with the Illinois Department
19    under the integrated health care program shall be required to
20    provide, arrange for, or pay for any health care  or  medical
21    service,  procedure,  or product if that health care delivery
22    system is owned, controlled, or sponsored  by  or  affiliated
23    with  a  religious institution or religious organization that
24    finds that health care  or  medical  service,  procedure,  or
25    product  to  violate  its  religious  and moral teachings and
26    beliefs.
27        (b)  The Illinois Department may, by  rule,  provide  for
28    different   benefit  packages  for  different  categories  of
29    persons enrolled in the  program.   Mental  health  services,
30    alcohol  and  substance  abuse  services, services related to
31    children  with  chronic   or   acute   conditions   requiring
32    longer-term  treatment and follow-up, and rehabilitation care
33    provided by a  free-standing  rehabilitation  hospital  or  a
34    hospital  rehabilitation  unit may be excluded from a benefit
                            -838-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    package if the State ensures that  those  services  are  made
 2    available  through  a separate delivery system.  An exclusion
 3    does not prohibit the Illinois Department from developing and
 4    implementing demonstration projects for categories of persons
 5    or services.   Benefit  packages  for  persons  eligible  for
 6    medical  assistance  under  Articles  V, VI, and XII shall be
 7    based on the requirements of  those  Articles  and  shall  be
 8    consistent  with  the  Title  XIX of the Social Security Act.
 9    Nothing in this Act shall be construed to apply  to  services
10    purchased  by  the Department of Children and Family Services
11    and the Department of Human Services  (as  successor  to  the
12    Department  of  Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities)
13    under  the  provisions  of   Title   59   of   the   Illinois
14    Administrative  Code,  Part  132  ("Medicaid Community Mental
15    Health Services Program").
16        (c)  The program  established  by  this  Section  may  be
17    implemented by the Illinois Department in various contracting
18    areas at various times.  The health care delivery systems and
19    providers available under the program may vary throughout the
20    State.   For purposes of contracting with managed health care
21    entities  and  providers,  the  Illinois   Department   shall
22    establish  contracting  areas similar to the geographic areas
23    designated  by  the  Illinois  Department   for   contracting
24    purposes   under   the   Illinois   Competitive   Access  and
25    Reimbursement Equity Program (ICARE) under the  authority  of
26    Section  3-4  of  the  Illinois  Health Finance Reform Act or
27    similarly-sized or smaller geographic  areas  established  by
28    the Illinois Department by rule. A managed health care entity
29    shall  be  permitted  to contract in any geographic areas for
30    which it has a  sufficient  provider  network  and  otherwise
31    meets  the  contracting  terms  of  the  State.  The Illinois
32    Department is not prohibited from entering  into  a  contract
33    with a managed health care entity at any time.
34        (c-5)  A  managed  health  care  entity may not engage in
                            -839-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    door-to-door marketing activities or marketing activities  at
 2    an  office  of the Illinois Department or a county department
 3    in order to enroll  in  the  entity's  health  care  delivery
 4    system persons who are enrolled in the integrated health care
 5    program   established   under  this  Section.   The  Illinois
 6    Department shall adopt rules defining "marketing  activities"
 7    prohibited by this subsection (c-5).
 8        Before a managed health care entity may market its health
 9    care  delivery  system  to persons enrolled in the integrated
10    health care  program  established  under  this  Section,  the
11    Illinois  Department  must approve a marketing plan submitted
12    by the  entity  to  the  Illinois  Department.  The  Illinois
13    Department  shall  adopt  guidelines  for approving marketing
14    plans submitted by managed health care  entities  under  this
15    subsection.   Besides   prohibiting   door-to-door  marketing
16    activities and marketing activities at  public  aid  offices,
17    the guidelines shall include at least the following:
18             (1)  A  managed  health care entity may not offer or
19        provide any gift, favor, or other inducement in marketing
20        its health care delivery system to integrated health care
21        program enrollees.  A  managed  health  care  entity  may
22        provide  health  care  related  items that are of nominal
23        value and pre-approved  by  the  Illinois  Department  to
24        prospective  enrollees.  A managed health care entity may
25        also provide to enrollees health care related items  that
26        have  been  pre-approved by the Illinois Department as an
27        incentive to manage their health care appropriately.
28             (2)  All persons employed or otherwise engaged by  a
29        managed  health care entity to market the entity's health
30        care delivery system to integrated  health  care  program
31        enrollees  or to supervise  that marketing shall register
32        with the Illinois Department.
33        The Inspector General appointed under Section 12-13.1 may
34    conduct investigations to  determine  whether  the  marketing
                            -840-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    practices  of  managed  health care entities participating in
 2    the  integrated  health  care   program   comply   with   the
 3    guidelines.
 4        (d)  A managed health care entity that contracts with the
 5    Illinois  Department  for the provision of services under the
 6    program shall do all of the following, solely for purposes of
 7    the integrated health care program:
 8             (1)  Provide that any individual physician  licensed
 9        under the Medical Practice Act of 1987, any pharmacy, any
10        federally  qualified  health  center, any therapeutically
11        certified   optometrist,   and   any   podiatrist,   that
12        consistently meets the reasonable  terms  and  conditions
13        established  by the managed health care entity, including
14        but  not  limited  to  credentialing  standards,  quality
15        assurance program  requirements,  utilization  management
16        requirements,    financial    responsibility   standards,
17        contracting process requirements,  and  provider  network
18        size  and accessibility requirements, must be accepted by
19        the managed  health  care  entity  for  purposes  of  the
20        Illinois  integrated health care program. Notwithstanding
21        the preceding sentence,  only  a  physician  licensed  to
22        practice  medicine  in  all  its  branches shall act as a
23        primary care  physician  within  a  managed  health  care
24        entity  for  purposes  of  the Illinois integrated health
25        care program.   Any individual who is  either  terminated
26        from  or  denied  inclusion in the panel of physicians of
27        the managed health care entity shall be given, within  10
28        business   days   after  that  determination,  a  written
29        explanation of the reasons for his or  her  exclusion  or
30        termination  from  the panel. This paragraph (1) does not
31        apply to the following:
32                  (A)  A  managed   health   care   entity   that
33             certifies to the Illinois Department that:
34                       (i)  it  employs  on a full-time basis 125
                            -841-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1                  or  more  Illinois   physicians   licensed   to
 2                  practice medicine in all of its branches; and
 3                       (ii)  it  will  provide  medical  services
 4                  through  its  employees to more than 80% of the
 5                  recipients enrolled  with  the  entity  in  the
 6                  integrated health care program; or
 7                  (B)  A   domestic   stock   insurance   company
 8             licensed under clause (b) of class 1 of Section 4 of
 9             the  Illinois  Insurance Code if (i) at least 66% of
10             the stock of the insurance company  is  owned  by  a
11             professional   corporation   organized   under   the
12             Professional Service Corporation Act that has 125 or
13             more   shareholders   who  are  Illinois  physicians
14             licensed to practice medicine in all of its branches
15             and (ii) the  insurance  company  certifies  to  the
16             Illinois  Department  that  at  least  80%  of those
17             physician  shareholders  will  provide  services  to
18             recipients  enrolled  with  the   company   in   the
19             integrated health care program.
20             (2)  Provide  for  reimbursement  for  providers for
21        emergency care, as defined by the Illinois Department  by
22        rule,  that  must be provided to its enrollees, including
23        an emergency room screening fee, and urgent care that  it
24        authorizes   for   its   enrollees,   regardless  of  the
25        provider's  affiliation  with  the  managed  health  care
26        entity. Providers shall be reimbursed for emergency  care
27        at   an   amount   equal  to  the  Illinois  Department's
28        fee-for-service rates for those medical services rendered
29        by providers not under contract with the  managed  health
30        care entity to enrollees of the entity.
31             (3)  Provide  that  any  provider  affiliated with a
32        managed health care entity may also provide services on a
33        fee-for-service basis to Illinois Department clients  not
34        enrolled in a managed health care entity.
                            -842-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (4)  Provide client education services as determined
 2        and  approved  by  the Illinois Department, including but
 3        not  limited  to  (i)  education  regarding   appropriate
 4        utilization  of  health  care  services in a managed care
 5        system, (ii) written disclosure of treatment policies and
 6        any  restrictions  or  limitations  on  health  services,
 7        including,  but  not  limited  to,   physical   services,
 8        clinical   laboratory   tests,   hospital   and  surgical
 9        procedures,  prescription  drugs   and   biologics,   and
10        radiological  examinations, and (iii) written notice that
11        the enrollee may  receive  from  another  provider  those
12        services covered under this program that are not provided
13        by the managed health care entity.
14             (5)  Provide  that  enrollees  within its system may
15        choose the site for provision of services and  the  panel
16        of health care providers.
17             (6)  Not   discriminate   in   its   enrollment   or
18        disenrollment   practices  among  recipients  of  medical
19        services or program enrollees based on health status.
20             (7)  Provide a  quality  assurance  and  utilization
21        review   program   that   (i)   for   health  maintenance
22        organizations  meets  the  requirements  of  the   Health
23        Maintenance  Organization  Act  and (ii) for managed care
24        community networks meets the requirements established  by
25        the  Illinois  Department in rules that incorporate those
26        standards   set   forth   in   the   Health   Maintenance
27        Organization Act.
28             (8)  Issue   a   managed    health    care    entity
29        identification  card  to  each  enrollee upon enrollment.
30        The card must contain all of the following:
31                  (A)  The enrollee's signature.
32                  (B)  The enrollee's health plan.
33                  (C)  The  name  and  telephone  number  of  the
34             enrollee's primary care physician.
                            -843-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1                  (D)  A  telephone  number  to   be   used   for
 2             emergency service 24 hours per day, 7 days per week.
 3             The  telephone  number  required  to  be  maintained
 4             pursuant to this subparagraph by each managed health
 5             care   entity  shall,  at  minimum,  be  staffed  by
 6             medically  trained   personnel   and   be   provided
 7             directly,  or  under  arrangement,  at  an office or
 8             offices in  locations maintained solely  within  the
 9             State    of   Illinois.   For   purposes   of   this
10             subparagraph, "medically  trained  personnel"  means
11             licensed   practical  nurses  or  registered  nurses
12             located in the State of Illinois  who  are  licensed
13             pursuant to the Illinois Nursing Act of 1987.
14             (9)  Ensure  that  every  primary care physician and
15        pharmacy in the managed  health  care  entity  meets  the
16        standards  established  by  the  Illinois  Department for
17        accessibility  and  quality   of   care.   The   Illinois
18        Department shall arrange for and oversee an evaluation of
19        the  standards  established  under this paragraph (9) and
20        may recommend any necessary changes to  these  standards.
21        The  Illinois Department shall submit an annual report to
22        the Governor and the General Assembly by April 1 of  each
23        year  regarding  the  effect of the standards on ensuring
24        access and quality of care to enrollees.
25             (10)  Provide a procedure  for  handling  complaints
26        that  (i)  for health maintenance organizations meets the
27        requirements of the Health Maintenance  Organization  Act
28        and  (ii)  for  managed care community networks meets the
29        requirements established by the  Illinois  Department  in
30        rules  that  incorporate those standards set forth in the
31        Health Maintenance Organization Act.
32             (11)  Maintain, retain, and make  available  to  the
33        Illinois  Department records, data, and information, in a
34        uniform manner determined  by  the  Illinois  Department,
                            -844-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        sufficient   for   the  Illinois  Department  to  monitor
 2        utilization, accessibility, and quality of care.
 3             (12)  Except for providers who are prepaid, pay  all
 4        approved  claims  for covered services that are completed
 5        and submitted to the managed health care entity within 30
 6        days after  receipt  of  the  claim  or  receipt  of  the
 7        appropriate capitation payment or payments by the managed
 8        health  care entity from the State for the month in which
 9        the  services  included  on  the  claim  were   rendered,
10        whichever  is  later. If payment is not made or mailed to
11        the provider by the managed health care entity by the due
12        date under this subsection, an interest penalty of 1%  of
13        any  amount  unpaid  shall  be  added  for  each month or
14        fraction of a month  after  the  due  date,  until  final
15        payment  is  made. Nothing in this Section shall prohibit
16        managed health care entities and providers from  mutually
17        agreeing to terms that require more timely payment.
18             (13)  Provide   integration   with   community-based
19        programs  provided  by certified local health departments
20        such as Women, Infants, and  Children  Supplemental  Food
21        Program  (WIC),  childhood  immunization programs, health
22        education programs, case management programs, and  health
23        screening programs.
24             (14)  Provide  that the pharmacy formulary used by a
25        managed health care entity and its contract providers  be
26        no   more  restrictive  than  the  Illinois  Department's
27        pharmaceutical program on  the  effective  date  of  this
28        amendatory Act of 1994 and as amended after that date.
29             (15)  Provide   integration   with   community-based
30        organizations,   including,   but  not  limited  to,  any
31        organization  that  has  operated   within   a   Medicaid
32        Partnership  as  defined  by  this Code or by rule of the
33        Illinois Department, that may continue to operate under a
34        contract with the Illinois Department or a managed health
                            -845-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        care entity under this Section to provide case management
 2        services to  Medicaid  clients  in  designated  high-need
 3        areas.
 4        The   Illinois   Department   may,   by  rule,  determine
 5    methodologies to limit financial liability for managed health
 6    care  entities  resulting  from  payment  for   services   to
 7    enrollees provided under the Illinois Department's integrated
 8    health  care  program.  Any  methodology so determined may be
 9    considered or implemented by the Illinois Department  through
10    a  contract  with  a  managed  health  care entity under this
11    integrated health care program.
12        The Illinois Department shall contract with an entity  or
13    entities  to  provide  external  peer-based quality assurance
14    review for the integrated health  care  program.  The  entity
15    shall  be  representative  of Illinois physicians licensed to
16    practice medicine in all  its  branches  and  have  statewide
17    geographic  representation in all specialties of medical care
18    that are provided within the integrated health care  program.
19    The  entity may not be a third party payer and shall maintain
20    offices in locations around the State  in  order  to  provide
21    service   and   continuing  medical  education  to  physician
22    participants within the integrated health care program.   The
23    review  process  shall be developed and conducted by Illinois
24    physicians licensed to practice medicine in all its branches.
25    In consultation with the entity, the Illinois Department  may
26    contract  with  other  entities  for  professional peer-based
27    quality assurance review of individual categories of services
28    other than services provided, supervised, or  coordinated  by
29    physicians licensed to practice medicine in all its branches.
30    The Illinois Department shall establish, by rule, criteria to
31    avoid  conflicts  of  interest  in  the  conduct  of  quality
32    assurance activities consistent with professional peer-review
33    standards.   All   quality   assurance  activities  shall  be
34    coordinated by the Illinois Department.
                            -846-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (e)  All  persons  enrolled  in  the  program  shall   be
 2    provided   with   a   full   written   explanation   of   all
 3    fee-for-service  and  managed  health care plan options and a
 4    reasonable  opportunity  to  choose  among  the  options   as
 5    provided  by  rule.  The Illinois Department shall provide to
 6    enrollees, upon enrollment  in  the  integrated  health  care
 7    program  and  at  least  annually  thereafter,  notice of the
 8    process  for  requesting  an  appeal   under   the   Illinois
 9    Department's      administrative      appeal      procedures.
10    Notwithstanding  any other Section of this Code, the Illinois
11    Department may provide by rule for the Illinois Department to
12    assign a  person  enrolled  in  the  program  to  a  specific
13    provider  of  medical  services  or to a specific health care
14    delivery system if an enrollee has failed to exercise  choice
15    in  a  timely  manner.  An  enrollee assigned by the Illinois
16    Department shall be afforded the opportunity to disenroll and
17    to select a  specific  provider  of  medical  services  or  a
18    specific health care delivery system within the first 30 days
19    after  the assignment. An enrollee who has failed to exercise
20    choice in a timely manner may be assigned only if there are 3
21    or more managed health care  entities  contracting  with  the
22    Illinois Department within the contracting area, except that,
23    outside  the  City of Chicago, this requirement may be waived
24    for an area by rules adopted by the Illinois Department after
25    consultation with all hospitals within the contracting  area.
26    The Illinois Department shall establish by rule the procedure
27    for  random  assignment  of  enrollees  who  fail to exercise
28    choice in a timely manner to a specific managed  health  care
29    entity  in  proportion  to  the  available  capacity  of that
30    managed health care entity. Assignment to a specific provider
31    of medical services or to  a  specific  managed  health  care
32    entity may not exceed that provider's or entity's capacity as
33    determined  by  the  Illinois Department.  Any person who has
34    chosen a specific provider of medical services or a  specific
                            -847-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    managed  health  care  entity,  or  any  person  who has been
 2    assigned  under  this  subsection,   shall   be   given   the
 3    opportunity to change that choice or assignment at least once
 4    every  12 months, as determined by the Illinois Department by
 5    rule. The Illinois  Department  shall  maintain  a  toll-free
 6    telephone  number  for  program  enrollees'  use in reporting
 7    problems with managed health care entities.
 8        (f)  If a person becomes eligible  for  participation  in
 9    the  integrated  health  care  program  while  he  or  she is
10    hospitalized, the Illinois Department  may  not  enroll  that
11    person  in  the  program  until  after  he  or  she  has been
12    discharged from the hospital.  This subsection does not apply
13    to  newborn  infants  whose  mothers  are  enrolled  in   the
14    integrated health care program.
15        (g)  The  Illinois  Department  shall, by rule, establish
16    for managed health care entities rates that (i) are certified
17    to be actuarially sound, as determined by an actuary  who  is
18    an  associate  or  a  fellow of the Society of Actuaries or a
19    member of the American  Academy  of  Actuaries  and  who  has
20    expertise  and  experience  in  medical insurance and benefit
21    programs,  in  accordance  with  the  Illinois   Department's
22    current  fee-for-service  payment  system, and (ii) take into
23    account any difference of cost  to  provide  health  care  to
24    different  populations  based  on  gender, age, location, and
25    eligibility category.  The  rates  for  managed  health  care
26    entities shall be determined on a capitated basis.
27        The  Illinois Department by rule shall establish a method
28    to adjust its payments to managed health care entities  in  a
29    manner intended to avoid providing any financial incentive to
30    a  managed  health  care entity to refer patients to a county
31    provider, in an Illinois county having a  population  greater
32    than  3,000,000,  that  is  paid  directly  by  the  Illinois
33    Department.   The Illinois Department shall by April 1, 1997,
34    and  annually  thereafter,  review  the  method   to   adjust
                            -848-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    payments.  Payments  by the Illinois Department to the county
 2    provider,  for  persons  not  enrolled  in  a  managed   care
 3    community  network  owned  or  operated by a county provider,
 4    shall be paid on a fee-for-service basis under Article XV  of
 5    this Code.
 6        The  Illinois Department by rule shall establish a method
 7    to reduce its payments to managed  health  care  entities  to
 8    take  into  consideration (i) any adjustment payments paid to
 9    hospitals under subsection (h) of this Section to the  extent
10    those  payments,  or  any  part  of those payments, have been
11    taken into account in establishing capitated rates under this
12    subsection (g) and (ii) the implementation  of  methodologies
13    to limit financial liability for managed health care entities
14    under subsection (d) of this Section.
15        (h)  For  hospital  services  provided by a hospital that
16    contracts with  a  managed  health  care  entity,  adjustment
17    payments  shall  be  paid  directly  to  the  hospital by the
18    Illinois Department.  Adjustment  payments  may  include  but
19    need    not   be   limited   to   adjustment   payments   to:
20    disproportionate share hospitals under Section 5-5.02 of this
21    Code; primary care access health care education payments  (89
22    Ill. Adm. Code 149.140); payments for capital, direct medical
23    education,  indirect  medical education, certified registered
24    nurse anesthetist, and kidney acquisition costs (89 Ill. Adm.
25    Code 149.150(c)); uncompensated care payments (89  Ill.  Adm.
26    Code  148.150(h));  trauma center payments (89 Ill. Adm. Code
27    148.290(c)); rehabilitation hospital payments (89  Ill.  Adm.
28    Code  148.290(d));  perinatal  center  payments (89 Ill. Adm.
29    Code 148.290(e)); obstetrical care  payments  (89  Ill.  Adm.
30    Code 148.290(f)); targeted access payments (89 Ill. Adm. Code
31    148.290(g)); Medicaid high volume payments (89 Ill. Adm. Code
32    148.290(h));  and  outpatient indigent volume adjustments (89
33    Ill. Adm. Code 148.140(b)(5)).
34        (i)  For  any  hospital  eligible  for   the   adjustment
                            -849-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    payments described in subsection (h), the Illinois Department
 2    shall  maintain,  through  the  period  ending June 30, 1995,
 3    reimbursement levels in accordance with statutes and rules in
 4    effect on April 1, 1994.
 5        (j)  Nothing contained in this Code in any way limits  or
 6    otherwise  impairs  the  authority  or  power of the Illinois
 7    Department to enter into a negotiated  contract  pursuant  to
 8    this  Section  with  a managed health care entity, including,
 9    but not limited to, a health maintenance  organization,  that
10    provides  for  termination  or  nonrenewal  of  the  contract
11    without  cause  upon  notice  as provided in the contract and
12    without a hearing.
13        (k)  Section  5-5.15  does  not  apply  to  the   program
14    developed and implemented pursuant to this Section.
15        (l)  The Illinois Department shall, by rule, define those
16    chronic or acute medical conditions of childhood that require
17    longer-term  treatment  and  follow-up  care.   The  Illinois
18    Department shall ensure that services required to treat these
19    conditions are available through a separate delivery system.
20        A  managed  health  care  entity  that contracts with the
21    Illinois Department may refer a child with medical conditions
22    described in the rules adopted under this subsection directly
23    to a children's hospital or  to  a  hospital,  other  than  a
24    children's  hospital,  that is qualified to provide inpatient
25    and outpatient  services  to  treat  those  conditions.   The
26    Illinois    Department    shall    provide    fee-for-service
27    reimbursement  directly  to  a  children's hospital for those
28    services pursuant to Title 89 of the Illinois  Administrative
29    Code,  Section  148.280(a),  at  a rate at least equal to the
30    rate in effect on March 31, 1994. For hospitals,  other  than
31    children's hospitals, that are qualified to provide inpatient
32    and  outpatient  services  to  treat  those  conditions,  the
33    Illinois  Department  shall  provide  reimbursement for those
34    services on a fee-for-service basis, at a rate at least equal
                            -850-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    to the rate in effect for those other hospitals on March  31,
 2    1994.
 3        A  children's  hospital  shall be directly reimbursed for
 4    all  services  provided  at  the  children's  hospital  on  a
 5    fee-for-service basis pursuant to Title 89  of  the  Illinois
 6    Administrative  Code,  Section 148.280(a), at a rate at least
 7    equal to the rate in effect on  March  31,  1994,  until  the
 8    later  of  (i)  implementation  of the integrated health care
 9    program under this Section  and  development  of  actuarially
10    sound  capitation rates for services other than those chronic
11    or  acute  medical  conditions  of  childhood  that   require
12    longer-term  treatment  and  follow-up care as defined by the
13    Illinois  Department  in  the  rules   adopted   under   this
14    subsection or (ii) March 31, 1996.
15        Notwithstanding   anything  in  this  subsection  to  the
16    contrary, a managed health care  entity  shall  not  consider
17    sources  or methods of payment in determining the referral of
18    a child.   The  Illinois  Department  shall  adopt  rules  to
19    establish   criteria   for  those  referrals.   The  Illinois
20    Department by rule shall establish a  method  to  adjust  its
21    payments to managed health care entities in a manner intended
22    to  avoid  providing  any  financial  incentive  to a managed
23    health care entity to refer patients to  a  provider  who  is
24    paid directly by the Illinois Department.
25        (m)  Behavioral health services provided or funded by the
26    Department  of Human Services, the Department of Children and
27    Family  Services,  and  the  Illinois  Department  shall   be
28    excluded from a benefit package.  Conditions of an organic or
29    physical  origin or nature, including medical detoxification,
30    however,  may  not  be   excluded.    In   this   subsection,
31    "behavioral health services" means mental health services and
32    subacute  alcohol  and substance abuse treatment services, as
33    defined in the Illinois Alcoholism and Other Drug  Dependency
34    Act.   In this subsection, "mental health services" includes,
                            -851-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    at a minimum, the following services funded by  the  Illinois
 2    Department, the Department of Human Services (as successor to
 3    the   Department   of   Mental   Health   and   Developmental
 4    Disabilities),  or  the  Department  of  Children  and Family
 5    Services: (i) inpatient hospital services, including  related
 6    physician  services,  related  psychiatric interventions, and
 7    pharmaceutical services provided  to  an  eligible  recipient
 8    hospitalized   with   a   primary  diagnosis  of  psychiatric
 9    disorder; (ii) outpatient mental health services  as  defined
10    and  specified  in  Title  59  of the Illinois Administrative
11    Code, Part 132; (iii)  any  other  outpatient  mental  health
12    services  funded  by  the Illinois Department pursuant to the
13    State   of   Illinois    Medicaid    Plan;    (iv)    partial
14    hospitalization;  and  (v) follow-up stabilization related to
15    any of those services.  Additional behavioral health services
16    may be excluded under this subsection as mutually  agreed  in
17    writing  by  the  Illinois  Department and the affected State
18    agency or agencies.  The exclusion of any  service  does  not
19    prohibit   the   Illinois   Department  from  developing  and
20    implementing demonstration projects for categories of persons
21    or services.  The Department of Children and Family  Services
22    and  the  Department of Human Services shall each adopt rules
23    governing the integration of managed care in the provision of
24    behavioral health services. The State shall integrate managed
25    care community networks  and  affiliated  providers,  to  the
26    extent  practicable,  in  any  separate  delivery  system for
27    mental health services.
28        (n)  The  Illinois  Department  shall  adopt   rules   to
29    establish  reserve  requirements  for  managed care community
30    networks,  as  required  by  subsection   (a),   and   health
31    maintenance  organizations  to protect against liabilities in
32    the event that a  managed  health  care  entity  is  declared
33    insolvent or bankrupt.  If a managed health care entity other
34    than  a  county  provider  is declared insolvent or bankrupt,
                            -852-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    after liquidation and application of  any  available  assets,
 2    resources,  and reserves, the Illinois Department shall pay a
 3    portion of the amounts owed by the managed health care entity
 4    to providers for services rendered  to  enrollees  under  the
 5    integrated  health  care  program under this Section based on
 6    the following schedule: (i) from April 1, 1995  through  June
 7    30,  1998,  90%  of  the amounts owed; (ii) from July 1, 1998
 8    through June 30, 2001, 80% of the  amounts  owed;  and  (iii)
 9    from  July  1, 2001 through June 30, 2005, 75% of the amounts
10    owed.  The  amounts  paid  under  this  subsection  shall  be
11    calculated  based  on  the  total  amount owed by the managed
12    health care entity to providers  before  application  of  any
13    available  assets,  resources,  and reserves.  After June 30,
14    2005, the Illinois Department may not pay any amounts owed to
15    providers as a result of an insolvency  or  bankruptcy  of  a
16    managed  health  care entity occurring after that date.   The
17    Illinois Department is not obligated, however, to pay amounts
18    owed to a provider that has an ownership or  other  governing
19    interest  in the managed health care entity.  This subsection
20    applies only to managed health care entities and the services
21    they provide under the integrated health care  program  under
22    this Section.
23        (o)  Notwithstanding   any  other  provision  of  law  or
24    contractual agreement to the contrary, providers shall not be
25    required to accept from any other third party payer the rates
26    determined  or  paid  under  this  Code   by   the   Illinois
27    Department,  managed health care entity, or other health care
28    delivery system for services provided to recipients.
29        (p)  The Illinois Department  may  seek  and  obtain  any
30    necessary   authorization   provided  under  federal  law  to
31    implement the program, including the waiver  of  any  federal
32    statutes  or  regulations. The Illinois Department may seek a
33    waiver  of  the  federal  requirement   that   the   combined
34    membership  of  Medicare  and Medicaid enrollees in a managed
                            -853-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    care community network may not exceed 75% of the managed care
 2    community   network's   total   enrollment.    The   Illinois
 3    Department shall not seek a waiver of  this  requirement  for
 4    any  other  category  of  managed  health  care  entity.  The
 5    Illinois Department shall not seek a waiver of the  inpatient
 6    hospital  reimbursement methodology in Section 1902(a)(13)(A)
 7    of Title XIX of the Social Security Act even if  the  federal
 8    agency  responsible  for  administering  Title XIX determines
 9    that Section 1902(a)(13)(A) applies to  managed  health  care
10    systems.
11        Notwithstanding  any other provisions of this Code to the
12    contrary, the Illinois Department  shall  seek  a  waiver  of
13    applicable federal law in order to impose a co-payment system
14    consistent  with  this  subsection  on  recipients of medical
15    services under Title XIX of the Social Security Act  who  are
16    not  enrolled  in  a  managed health care entity.  The waiver
17    request submitted by the Illinois  Department  shall  provide
18    for co-payments of up to $0.50 for prescribed drugs and up to
19    $0.50 for x-ray services and shall provide for co-payments of
20    up  to  $10 for non-emergency services provided in a hospital
21    emergency room and up  to  $10  for  non-emergency  ambulance
22    services.   The  purpose of the co-payments shall be to deter
23    those  recipients  from  seeking  unnecessary  medical  care.
24    Co-payments may not be used to deter recipients from  seeking
25    necessary  medical  care.   No recipient shall be required to
26    pay more than a total of $150 per year in  co-payments  under
27    the  waiver request required by this subsection.  A recipient
28    may not be required to pay more than $15 of  any  amount  due
29    under this subsection in any one month.
30        Co-payments  authorized  under this subsection may not be
31    imposed when the care was  necessitated  by  a  true  medical
32    emergency.   Co-payments  may  not  be imposed for any of the
33    following classifications of services:
34             (1)  Services furnished to person under 18 years  of
                            -854-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        age.
 2             (2)  Services furnished to pregnant women.
 3             (3)  Services  furnished to any individual who is an
 4        inpatient in a hospital, nursing  facility,  intermediate
 5        care  facility,  or  other  medical  institution, if that
 6        person is required to spend for costs of medical care all
 7        but a minimal amount of his or her  income  required  for
 8        personal needs.
 9             (4)  Services furnished to a person who is receiving
10        hospice care.
11        Co-payments authorized under this subsection shall not be
12    deducted  from  or  reduce  in  any  way payments for medical
13    services from  the  Illinois  Department  to  providers.   No
14    provider  may  deny  those services to an individual eligible
15    for services based on the individual's inability to  pay  the
16    co-payment.
17        Recipients  who  are  subject  to  co-payments  shall  be
18    provided  notice,  in plain and clear language, of the amount
19    of the co-payments, the circumstances under which co-payments
20    are exempted, the circumstances under which  co-payments  may
21    be assessed, and their manner of collection.
22        The   Illinois  Department  shall  establish  a  Medicaid
23    Co-Payment Council to assist in the development of co-payment
24    policies for the medical assistance  program.   The  Medicaid
25    Co-Payment  Council shall also have jurisdiction to develop a
26    program to provide financial or non-financial  incentives  to
27    Medicaid  recipients in order to encourage recipients to seek
28    necessary health care.  The Council shall be chaired  by  the
29    Director  of  the  Illinois  Department,  and  shall  have  6
30    additional members.  Two of the 6 additional members shall be
31    appointed by the Governor, and one each shall be appointed by
32    the  President  of  the  Senate,  the  Minority Leader of the
33    Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and  the
34    Minority Leader of the House of Representatives.  The Council
                            -855-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    may be convened and make recommendations upon the appointment
 2    of a majority of its members.  The Council shall be appointed
 3    and convened no later than September 1, 1994 and shall report
 4    its   recommendations   to   the  Director  of  the  Illinois
 5    Department and the General Assembly no later than October  1,
 6    1994.   The  chairperson  of  the Council shall be allowed to
 7    vote only in the case of  a  tie  vote  among  the  appointed
 8    members of the Council.
 9        The  Council  shall be guided by the following principles
10    as it considers recommendations to be developed to  implement
11    any  approved  waivers that the Illinois Department must seek
12    pursuant to this subsection:
13             (1)  Co-payments should not be used to deter  access
14        to adequate medical care.
15             (2)  Co-payments should be used to reduce fraud.
16             (3)  Co-payment   policies  should  be  examined  in
17        consideration  of  other  states'  experience,  and   the
18        ability   of   successful  co-payment  plans  to  control
19        unnecessary  or  inappropriate  utilization  of  services
20        should be promoted.
21             (4)  All   participants,   both    recipients    and
22        providers,   in   the  medical  assistance  program  have
23        responsibilities to both the State and the program.
24             (5)  Co-payments are primarily a tool to educate the
25        participants  in  the  responsible  use  of  health  care
26        resources.
27             (6)  Co-payments should  not  be  used  to  penalize
28        providers.
29             (7)  A   successful  medical  program  requires  the
30        elimination of improper utilization of medical resources.
31        The integrated health care program, or any part  of  that
32    program,   established   under   this   Section  may  not  be
33    implemented if matching federal funds under Title XIX of  the
34    Social  Security  Act are not available for administering the
                            -856-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    program.
 2        The Illinois Department shall submit for  publication  in
 3    the Illinois Register the name, address, and telephone number
 4    of  the  individual  to  whom a request may be directed for a
 5    copy of the request for a waiver of provisions of  Title  XIX
 6    of  the  Social  Security  Act  that  the Illinois Department
 7    intends to submit to the Health Care Financing Administration
 8    in order to implement this Section.  The Illinois  Department
 9    shall  mail  a  copy  of  that  request  for  waiver  to  all
10    requestors  at  least  16 days before filing that request for
11    waiver with the Health Care Financing Administration.
12        (q)  After  the  effective  date  of  this  Section,  the
13    Illinois Department may take  all  planning  and  preparatory
14    action  necessary  to  implement this Section, including, but
15    not limited to, seeking requests for  proposals  relating  to
16    the   integrated  health  care  program  created  under  this
17    Section.
18        (r)  In  order  to  (i)  accelerate  and  facilitate  the
19    development of integrated health care  in  contracting  areas
20    outside  counties with populations in excess of 3,000,000 and
21    counties adjacent to those counties  and  (ii)  maintain  and
22    sustain  the high quality of education and residency programs
23    coordinated and associated with  local  area  hospitals,  the
24    Illinois Department may develop and implement a demonstration
25    program  for managed care community networks owned, operated,
26    or governed by State-funded medical  schools.   The  Illinois
27    Department  shall  prescribe by rule the criteria, standards,
28    and procedures for effecting this demonstration program.
29        (s)  (Blank).
30        (t)  On April 1, 1995 and every 6 months thereafter,  the
31    Illinois  Department shall report to the Governor and General
32    Assembly on  the  progress  of  the  integrated  health  care
33    program   in  enrolling  clients  into  managed  health  care
34    entities.  The report shall indicate the  capacities  of  the
                            -857-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    managed  health care entities with which the State contracts,
 2    the number of clients enrolled by each contractor, the  areas
 3    of  the State in which managed care options do not exist, and
 4    the progress toward  meeting  the  enrollment  goals  of  the
 5    integrated health care program.
 6        (u)  The  Illinois  Department may implement this Section
 7    through the use of emergency rules in accordance with Section
 8    5-45 of  the  Illinois  Administrative  Procedure  Act.   For
 9    purposes of that Act, the adoption of rules to implement this
10    Section  is  deemed an emergency and necessary for the public
11    interest, safety, and welfare.
12    (Source:  P.A.  89-21,  eff.  7-1-95;  89-507,  eff.  7-1-97;
13    89-673,  eff.  8-14-96;  90-14,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-254,  eff.
14    1-1-98; 90-538, eff. 12-1-97; revised 12-3-97.)
15        (305 ILCS 5/5-16.6)
16        Sec.   5-16.6.    Provider   compliance   with    certain
17    requirements.   The  Illinois  Department  shall  inquire  of
18    appropriate  State  agencies  concerning  the  status  of all
19    providers' compliance with  State  income  tax  requirements,
20    child  support  payments in accordance with Article X of this
21    Code, and educational loans guaranteed by the Illinois  State
22    Scholarship  Commission.  The Illinois Department may suspend
23    from participation in the medical assistance  program,  after
24    reasonable notice and opportunity for a hearing in accordance
25    with  Section  12-4.25  of  Article  V  of  this  Code, those
26    providers not in compliance with these  requirements,  unless
27    payment  arrangements  acceptable  to  the  appropriate State
28    agency are made.
29    (Source: P.A. 88-554, eff. 7-26-94; revised 12-18-97.)
30        (305 ILCS 5/5-22)
31        Sec.   5-22.    Healthy   Moms/Healthy   Kids   reporting
32    requirement. The Illinois Department shall  submit  a  report
                            -858-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    concerning  the Healthy Moms/Healthy Kids Program on July 31,
 2    1994 and on that day each year thereafter.  The report  shall
 3    contain the following information:
 4        (1)  A  list  of each Primary Care Provider participating
 5    in the Healthy Moms/Healthy Kids Managed Care Program and the
 6    following information for each listed provider:
 7             (A)  zip code;
 8             (B)  specialty (as indicated on their  HMHK  Managed
 9        Care Provider Agreement);
10             (C)  total  number of patients that the provider has
11        agreed to enroll each month under  the  signed  agreement
12        including  the  total  number  of  pregnant women and the
13        total number of children  each  provider  has  agreed  to
14        serve; and
15             (D)  total   number  of  unduplicated  patients  the
16        provider has enrolled (by month and for the  year)  under
17        the  signed  agreement  including  the number of pregnant
18        women and the total number of children.
19        (2)  The unduplicated number of children who are Medicaid
20    enrolled  in  the  Healthy  Moms/Healthy  Kids  Managed  Care
21    Program's target area during the year.
22        (3)  The  unduplicated  number  of  children   who   were
23    enrolled  in  the  Healthy  Moms/Healthy  Kids  Managed  Care
24    Program during the year:
25             (A)  The  unduplicated  number  of children who were
26        assigned to a Primary Care Provider enrolled physician.
27             (B)  The unduplicated number of  children  who  were
28        assigned  to  a Federally Qualified Health Center (number
29        of FQHC name).
30             (C)  The unduplicated number of  children  who  were
31        assigned  to  a  hospital outpatient or other clinic type
32        (number of hospital outpatient or other clinic name).
33             (D)  The unduplicated number of  children  who  were
34        assigned to an HMO (number of HMO name).
                            -859-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (4)  The  unduplicated number of known pregnant women who
 2    are Medicaid enrolled during their pregnancy in  the  Healthy
 3    Moms/Healthy  Kids  Managed Care Program's target area during
 4    the year.
 5        (5)  The unduplicated number of pregnant women  who  were
 6    enrolled  in  the  Healthy  Moms/Healthy  Kids  Managed  Care
 7    Program during the year:
 8             (A)  The  unduplicated  number of pregnant women who
 9        were  assigned  to  a  Primary  Care  Provider   enrolled
10        physician.
11             (B)  The  unduplicated  number of pregnant women who
12        were assigned to  a  Federally  Qualified  Health  Center
13        (number by FQHC name).
14             (C)  The  unduplicated  number of pregnant women who
15        were assigned to a hospital outpatient  or  other  clinic
16        type  (number  of  hospital  outpatient  or  other clinic
17        name).
18             (D)  The  unduplicated  number  of  women  who  were
19        pregnant at the time of assignment to an HMO  (number  of
20        HMO name).
21        (6)  The   number   of  unduplicated  children  who  were
22    Medicaid enrolled in the Healthy  Moms/Healthy  Kids  Managed
23    Care  Program's  target  area, but who were not enrolled with
24    one of the Primary Care Provider types or an HMO  during  the
25    year.
26        (7)  The  number of known unduplicated pregnant women who
27    were Medicaid  enrolled  in  the  Healthy  Moms/Healthy  Kids
28    Managed  Care Program's target area but who were not enrolled
29    with one of the Primary Care Provider types or an HMO  during
30    the year.
31        (8)  The  number of unduplicated children enrolled in the
32    Healthy Moms/Healthy  Kids  Managed  Care  Program  who  were
33    referred  to  a specialist, indicating the number of children
34    by  specialty,  as  identified  in  the   Medicaid   Provider
                            -860-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Enrollment system.
 2        (9)  The  number  of unduplicated pregnant women enrolled
 3    in the Healthy Moms/Healthy Kids  Managed  Care  Program  who
 4    were  referred  to  a  specialist,  indicating  the number of
 5    pregnant women by specialty, as identified  in  the  Medicaid
 6    Provider Enrollment system.
 7        (10)  A list of each case management agency participating
 8    in the Healthy Moms/Healthy Kids Managed Care Program and the
 9    following information for each listed agency:
10             (A)  name;
11             (B)  address and zip code;
12             (C)  the  number of cases assigned by category (i.e.
13        ie. families with pregnant women; families with  infants;
14        families  with  children  over  age  one) by month and an
15        unduplicated total for the year; and
16             (D)  the  amount  of  payment  for  case  management
17        services by month and a total for the year.
18        (11)  A list of each case management agency participating
19    in the Healthy Moms/Healthy  Kids  Program  (outside  of  the
20    target  Healthy  Moms/Healthy Kids Managed Care Program area)
21    and the following information for each listed agency:
22             (A)  name;
23             (B)  address and zip code;
24             (B-5) (C)  county/area served;
25             (C)  the number of cases assigned by category  (i.e.
26        ie.  families with pregnant women; families with infants;
27        families with children over age  one)  by  month  and  an
28        unduplicated total for the year; and
29             (D)  the  amount  of  payment  for  case  management
30        services by month and an unduplicated total for the year.
31        (12)  The  total number of physicians by county, who have
32    signed Healthy Moms/Healthy Kids Provider Agreements (outside
33    of the target Healthy Moms/Healthy Kids Managed Care  Program
34    area).
                            -861-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    (Source: P.A.   88-514;   88-670,   eff.   12-2-94;   revised
 2    12-23-97.)
 3        (305 ILCS 5/9A-9) (from Ch. 23, par. 9A-9)
 4        Sec.  9A-9.  Program  Activities.   The  Department shall
 5    establish education, training  and  placement  activities  by
 6    rule.   Not  all  of  the same activities need be provided in
 7    each county in the State.  Such activities  may  include  the
 8    following:
 9        (a)  Education  (Below post secondary).  In the Education
10    (below post  secondary)  activity,  the  individual  receives
11    information,   referral,   counseling  services  and  support
12    services to increase the individual's  employment  potential.
13    Participants  may  be  referred  to  testing,  counseling and
14    education resources.   Educational  activities  will  include
15    basic  and  remedial  education; English proficiency classes;
16    high school or its equivalency  (e.g.,  GED)  or  alternative
17    education  at  the  secondary level; and with any educational
18    program,  structured  study  time   to   enhance   successful
19    participation.  An individual's participation in an education
20    program such as literacy, basic adult education, high  school
21    equivalency  (GED), or a remedial program shall be limited to
22    2  years  unless  the   individual   also   is   working   or
23    participating  in  a  work  activity approved by the Illinois
24    Department as defined by  rule;  this  requirement  does  not
25    apply, however, to students enrolled in high school.
26        (b)  Job   Skills   Training  (Vocational).   Job  Skills
27    Training is designed to increase the individual's ability  to
28    obtain   and   maintain   employment.   Job  Skills  Training
29    activities will include vocational skill classes designed  to
30    increase  a  participant's  ability  to  obtain  and maintain
31    employment.  Job  Skills  Training  may  include  certificate
32    programs.
33        (c)  Job   Readiness.   The  job  readiness  activity  is
                            -862-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    designed to enhance the quality of the individual's level  of
 2    participation  in  the  world  of  work  while  learning  the
 3    necessary  essentials to obtain and maintain employment. This
 4    activity helps individuals gain  the  necessary  job  finding
 5    skills to help them find and retain employment that will lead
 6    to economic independence.
 7        (d)  Job   Search.    Job   Search   may   be   conducted
 8    individually  or in groups. Job Search includes the provision
 9    of counseling, job seeking skills  training  and  information
10    dissemination.  Group  job  search  may include training in a
11    group session.  Assignment exclusively to job  search  cannot
12    be  in  excess  of 8 consecutive weeks (or its equivalent) in
13    any period of 12 consecutive months.
14        (e)  Work Experience.  Work Experience assignments may be
15    with private employers or not-for-profit or  public  agencies
16    in the State.  The Illinois Department shall provide workers'
17    compensation coverage.  Participants who are not members of a
18    2-parent  assistance unit may not be assigned more hours than
19    their cash grant amount  plus  food  stamps  divided  by  the
20    minimum  wage.   Private  employers  and  not-for-profit  and
21    public agencies shall not use Work Experience participants to
22    displace  regular employees.  Participants in Work Experience
23    may perform work in  the  public  interest  (which  otherwise
24    meets  the requirements of this Section) for a federal office
25    or  agency  with  its  consent,   and   notwithstanding   the
26    provisions  of 31 U.S.C. 1342, or any other provision of law,
27    such agency may accept such services, but participants  shall
28    not  be  considered  federal  employees  for  any purpose.  A
29    participant shall be reassessed at the end of  assignment  to
30    Work  Experience.   The participant may be reassigned to Work
31    Experience or assigned to  another  activity,  based  on  the
32    reassessment.
33        (f)  On  the  Job  Training.   In  On the Job Training, a
34    participant is hired by a  private  or  public  employer  and
                            -863-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    while  engaged  in  productive  work  receives  training that
 2    provides knowledge or skills essential to full  and  adequate
 3    performance of the job.
 4        (g)  Work  Supplementation.  In work supplementation, the
 5    Department pays a wage subsidy to an  employer  who  hires  a
 6    participant.   The  cash  grant  which  a  participant  would
 7    receive  if  not  employed  is diverted and the diverted cash
 8    grant is used to pay the wage subsidy.
 9        (h)  Post Secondary Education.  Post secondary  education
10    must be administered by an educational institution accredited
11    under requirements of State law.  The Illinois Department may
12    not    approve   an   individual's   participation   in   any
13    post-secondary  education  program,  other  than   full-time,
14    short-term vocational training for a specific job, unless the
15    individual  also  is  employed  part-time,  as defined by the
16    Illinois Department by rule.
17        (i)  Self  Initiated  Education.   Participants  who  are
18    attending an institution of higher education or a  vocational
19    or  technical  program  of  their own choosing and who are in
20    good standing, may continue to attend and receive  supportive
21    services  only  if the educational program is approved by the
22    Department, and  is  in  conformity  with  the  participant's
23    personal  plan  for achieving employment and self-sufficiency
24    and the participant is employed part-time, as defined by  the
25    Illinois Department by rule.
26        (j)  Job  Development  and  Placement.   Department staff
27    shall  develop  through  contacts  with  public  and  private
28    employers unsubsidized job  openings  for  participants.  Job
29    interviews  will  be  secured for clients by the marketing of
30    participants  for   specific   job   openings.    Job   ready
31    individuals may be assigned to Job Development and Placement.
32        (k)  Job   Retention.  The  job  retention  component  is
33    designed to  assist  participants  in  retaining  employment.
34    Initial  employment  expenses  and job retention services are
                            -864-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    provided.   The  individual's  support  service   needs   are
 2    assessed and the individual receives counseling regarding job
 3    retention skills.
 4        (l)  (Blank).
 5        (m)  Pay-after-performance  Program.   A  parent  may  be
 6    required to participate in a pay-after-performance program in
 7    which  the  parent  must  work a specified number of hours to
 8    earn the grant.  The program shall comply with provisions  of
 9    this Code governing work experience programs.
10        (n) (l)  Community Service.  A participant whose youngest
11    child  is 13 years of age or older may be required to perform
12    at least  20  hours  of  community  service  per  week  as  a
13    condition  of  eligibility  for  aid  under  Article IV.  The
14    Illinois Department shall give priority to community  service
15    placements in public schools, where participants can serve as
16    hall  and  lunchroom  monitors,  assist teachers, and perform
17    other appropriate services.
18    (Source:  P.A.  89-289,  eff.  1-1-96;  90-17,  eff.  7-1-97;
19    90-457, eff. 1-1-98; revised 11-7-97.)
20        (305 ILCS 5/10-10) (from Ch. 23, par. 10-10)
21        Sec. 10-10.  Court  enforcement;  applicability  also  to
22    persons  who  are not applicants or recipients.  Except where
23    the Illinois Department, by agreement,  acts  for  the  local
24    governmental  unit,  as  provided  in  Section  10-3.1, local
25    governmental units shall refer to the State's Attorney or  to
26    the proper legal representative of the governmental unit, for
27    judicial   enforcement   as  herein  provided,  instances  of
28    non-support or insufficient support when the  dependents  are
29    applicants  or  recipients  under  Article VI.  The Child and
30    Spouse  Support  Unit  established  by  Section  10-3.1   may
31    institute  in  behalf  of the Illinois Department any actions
32    under this Section for judicial enforcement  of  the  support
33    liability   when   the   dependents  are  (a)  applicants  or
                            -865-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    recipients under Articles III, IV, V or VII (b) applicants or
 2    recipients in a local governmental  unit  when  the  Illinois
 3    Department,   by   agreement,  acts  for  the  unit;  or  (c)
 4    non-applicants or non-recipients who  are  receiving  support
 5    enforcement  services  under  this  Article X, as provided in
 6    Section 10-1.  Where the Child and Spouse  Support  Unit  has
 7    exercised   its  option  and  discretion  not  to  apply  the
 8    provisions of Sections 10-3 through 10-8, the failure by  the
 9    Unit  to apply such provisions shall not be a bar to bringing
10    an action under this Section.
11        Action shall be brought in the circuit  court  to  obtain
12    support, or for the recovery of aid granted during the period
13    such  support was not provided, or both for the obtainment of
14    support and the recovery of the aid  provided.   Actions  for
15    the  recovery  of  aid may be taken separately or they may be
16    consolidated with actions to obtain  support.   Such  actions
17    may be brought in the name of the person or persons requiring
18    support,  or  may  be  brought  in  the  name of the Illinois
19    Department or  the  local  governmental  unit,  as  the  case
20    requires, in behalf of such persons.
21        The court may enter such orders for the payment of moneys
22    for  the  support  of the person as may be just and equitable
23    and may direct payment thereof for such period or periods  of
24    time  as  the  circumstances require, including support for a
25    period before the date the order for support is entered.  The
26    order may be entered against any  or  all  of  the  defendant
27    responsible relatives and may be based upon the proportionate
28    ability of each to contribute to the person's support.
29        The  Court  shall  determine  the amount of child support
30    (including child support for a period  before  the  date  the
31    order  for  child support is entered) by using the guidelines
32    and standards set forth in subsection (a) of Section 505  and
33    in  Section 505.2 of the Illinois Marriage and Dissolution of
34    Marriage Act.  For purposes  of  determining  the  amount  of
                            -866-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    child  support  to  be  paid for a period before the date the
 2    order for child support is entered,  there  is  a  rebuttable
 3    presumption  that  the  responsible relative's net income for
 4    that period was the same as his or her net income at the time
 5    the order is entered.
 6        An order entered  under  this  Section  shall  include  a
 7    provision  requiring the obligor to report to the obligee and
 8    to the clerk of court within 10 days each  time  the  obligor
 9    obtains   new   employment,   and  each  time  the  obligor's
10    employment is terminated for any reason.  The report shall be
11    in writing and shall, in the case of new employment,  include
12    the  name and address of the new employer.  Failure to report
13    new employment or the termination of current  employment,  if
14    coupled  with nonpayment of support for a period in excess of
15    60 days, is indirect  criminal  contempt.   For  any  obligor
16    arrested  for  failure to report new employment bond shall be
17    set in the amount of the child support that should have  been
18    paid  during  the  period of unreported employment.  An order
19    entered under this Section shall  also  include  a  provision
20    requiring  the  obligor  and  obligee  parents to advise each
21    other of a change in residence within 5 days  of  the  change
22    except  when  the  court  finds that the physical, mental, or
23    emotional health of a party or that  of  a  minor  child,  or
24    both,  would  be  seriously  endangered  by disclosure of the
25    party's address.
26        The Court shall determine the amount of maintenance using
27    the standards set  forth  in  Section  504  of  the  Illinois
28    Marriage and Dissolution of Marriage Act.
29        Any  new  or  existing support order entered by the court
30    under this  Section  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  series  of
31    judgments   against  the  person  obligated  to  pay  support
32    thereunder, each such judgment to be in the  amount  of  each
33    payment  or  installment of support and each such judgment to
34    be deemed entered as of the date the corresponding payment or
                            -867-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    installment becomes due under the terms of the support order.
 2    Each such judgment shall have  the  full  force,  effect  and
 3    attributes of any other judgment of this State, including the
 4    ability  to  be  enforced.   Any  such judgment is subject to
 5    modification or termination only in accordance  with  Section
 6    510 of the Illinois Marriage and Dissolution of Marriage Act.
 7    A  lien  arises  by  operation  of  law  against the real and
 8    personal  property  of  the  noncustodial  parent  for   each
 9    installment  of  overdue  support  owed  by  the noncustodial
10    parent.
11        When an order is entered for the support of a minor,  the
12    court  may  provide  therein for reasonable visitation of the
13    minor by the person or persons who provided support  pursuant
14    to  the order.  Whoever willfully refuses to comply with such
15    visitation order or willfully interferes with its enforcement
16    may be declared in contempt of court and punished therefor.
17        Except where the local governmental unit has entered into
18    an agreement with the Illinois Department for the  Child  and
19    Spouse  Support  Unit  to  act for it, as provided in Section
20    10-3.1,  support  orders  entered  by  the  court  in   cases
21    involving  applicants  or  recipients  under Article VI shall
22    provide that payments thereunder  be  made  directly  to  the
23    local governmental unit.  Orders for the support of all other
24    applicants   or   recipients   shall  provide  that  payments
25    thereunder be made directly to the Illinois  Department.   In
26    accordance  with  federal  law  and regulations, the Illinois
27    Department  may  continue  to  collect  current   maintenance
28    payments  or  child  support  payments,  or both, after those
29    persons  cease  to  receive  public  assistance   and   until
30    termination  of  services  under  Article  X.   The  Illinois
31    Department  shall  pay  the  net  amount  collected  to those
32    persons after deducting any  costs  incurred  in  making  the
33    collection  or  any  collection  fee  from  the amount of any
34    recovery made.  In both cases  the  order  shall  permit  the
                            -868-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    local  governmental  unit  or the Illinois Department, as the
 2    case may be, to direct the responsible relative or  relatives
 3    to  make support payments directly to the needy person, or to
 4    some person or agency in his  behalf,  upon  removal  of  the
 5    person  from  the  public  aid  rolls  or upon termination of
 6    services under Article X.
 7        If the notice of support due issued pursuant  to  Section
 8    10-7  directs  that  support payments be made directly to the
 9    needy person, or to some person or agency in his behalf,  and
10    the  recipient  is  removed  from the public aid rolls, court
11    action  may  be  taken  against  the   responsible   relative
12    hereunder  if  he fails to furnish support in accordance with
13    the terms of such notice.
14        Actions may also be brought under this Section in  behalf
15    of  any  person  who  is  in need of support from responsible
16    relatives, as defined in Section 2-11 of Article  II  who  is
17    not an applicant for or recipient of financial aid under this
18    Code.   In such instances, the State's Attorney of the county
19    in which such person resides shall bring action  against  the
20    responsible relatives hereunder.  If the Illinois Department,
21    as  authorized  by Section 10-1, extends the support services
22    provided by this Article to spouses  and  dependent  children
23    who  are  not  applicants  or recipients under this Code, the
24    Child and Spouse Support Unit established by  Section  10-3.1
25    shall   bring   action   against  the  responsible  relatives
26    hereunder and any support orders entered by the court in such
27    cases shall provide that payments thereunder be made directly
28    to the Illinois Department.
29        Whenever it is determined in a proceeding to establish or
30    enforce a child support or maintenance  obligation  that  the
31    person  owing  a duty of support is unemployed, the court may
32    order the person to seek employment and  report  periodically
33    to the court with a diary, listing or other memorandum of his
34    or  her efforts in accordance with such order.  Additionally,
                            -869-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the court may order the unemployed person to  report  to  the
 2    Department  of Employment Security for job search services or
 3    to make application with the local Jobs Training  Partnership
 4    Act  provider  for  participation  in job search, training or
 5    work programs and where the duty of  support  is  owed  to  a
 6    child  receiving  support  services under this Article X, the
 7    court may order  the  unemployed  person  to  report  to  the
 8    Illinois Department for participation in job search, training
 9    or  work  programs  established under Section 9-6 and Article
10    IXA of this Code.
11        Whenever it is determined that  a  person  owes  past-due
12    support for a child receiving assistance under this Code, the
13    court shall order at the request of the Illinois Department:
14             (1)  that  the  person  pay  the past-due support in
15        accordance with a plan approved by the court; or
16             (2)  if  the  person  owing  past-due   support   is
17        unemployed,  is  subject  to  such  a  plan,  and  is not
18        incapacitated, that the person participate  in  such  job
19        search,  training,  or  work  programs  established under
20        Section 9-6 and Article IXA of this  Code  as  the  court
21        deems appropriate.
22        A   determination   under   this  Section  shall  not  be
23    administratively reviewable by the  procedures  specified  in
24    Sections  10-12,  and  10-13  to 10-13.10.  Any determination
25    under these Sections, if made the basis of court action under
26    this  Section,  shall  not  affect  the  de   novo   judicial
27    determination required under this Section.
28        A  one-time charge of 20% is imposable upon the amount of
29    past-due child support owed on July 1, 1988 which has accrued
30    under a support order entered by the court.  The charge shall
31    be imposed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10-21
32    of this  Code  and  shall  be  enforced  by  the  court  upon
33    petition.
34        All  orders  for support, when entered or modified, shall
                            -870-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    include a provision requiring  the  non-custodial  parent  to
 2    notify  the court and, in cases in which a party is receiving
 3    child and spouse support services under this Article  X,  the
 4    Illinois Department, within 7 days, (i) of the name, address,
 5    and telephone number of any new employer of the non-custodial
 6    parent,  (ii)  whether the non-custodial parent has access to
 7    health insurance coverage through the employer or other group
 8    coverage and, if so, the policy name and number and the names
 9    of persons covered under the policy, and  (iii)  of  any  new
10    residential  or  mailing  address  or telephone number of the
11    non-custodial parent.  In any subsequent action to enforce  a
12    support  order,  upon  a  sufficient  showing that a diligent
13    effort has  been  made  to  ascertain  the  location  of  the
14    non-custodial  parent,  service  of  process  or provision of
15    notice necessary in the case may be made at  the  last  known
16    address  of  the non-custodial parent in any manner expressly
17    provided by the Code of Civil Procedure or this  Code,  which
18    service shall be sufficient for purposes of due process.
19        In  cases  in which a party is receiving child and spouse
20    support services under this  Article  X  and  the  order  for
21    support  provides  that child support payments be made to the
22    obligee, the Illinois Department of Public  Aid  may  provide
23    notice  to  the  obligor and the obligor's payor, when income
24    withholding is in effect under Section 10-16.2, to  make  all
25    payments after receipt of the Illinois Department's notice to
26    the  clerk  of the court until further notice by the Illinois
27    Department or order of the court.  Copies of the notice shall
28    be provided to the obligee and the clerk.  The  clerk's  copy
29    shall  contain  a  proof  of  service  on the obligor and the
30    obligor's payor, where applicable.  The clerk shall file  the
31    clerk's  copy of the notice in the court file.  The notice to
32    the obligor and the payor, if  applicable,  may  be  sent  by
33    ordinary  mail,  certified  mail,  return  receipt requested,
34    facsimile transmission, or other electronic process,  or  may
                            -871-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    be served upon the obligor or payor using any method provided
 2    by  law  for  service  of a summons.  An obligor who fails to
 3    comply with a notice provided under this paragraph is  guilty
 4    of a Class B misdemeanor.  A payor who fails to comply with a
 5    notice  provided under this paragraph is guilty of a business
 6    offense and subject to a fine of up to $1,000.
 7        An order for support shall include a date  on  which  the
 8    current  support obligation terminates.  The termination date
 9    shall be no earlier than the date on which the child  covered
10    by  the order will attain the age of majority or is otherwise
11    emancipated.  The order for  support  shall  state  that  the
12    termination  date  does  not  apply to any arrearage that may
13    remain unpaid on that date.  Nothing in this paragraph  shall
14    be construed to prevent the court from modifying the order.
15        Upon   notification   in   writing   or   by   electronic
16    transmission from the Illinois Department to the clerk of the
17    court  that  a person who is receiving support payments under
18    this Section is receiving services under  the  Child  Support
19    Enforcement  Program  established by Title IV-D of the Social
20    Security Act, any support payments subsequently  received  by
21    the  clerk  of  the  court shall be transmitted in accordance
22    with the instructions of the Illinois  Department  until  the
23    Illinois Department gives notice to the clerk of the court to
24    cease  the  transmittal.    After  providing the notification
25    authorized under  this  paragraph,  the  Illinois  Department
26    shall  be  entitled  as  a  party  to  notice  of any further
27    proceedings in the case.  The clerk of the court shall file a
28    copy of the Illinois Department's notification in  the  court
29    file.  The clerk's failure to file a copy of the notification
30    in  the  court  file  shall not, however, affect the Illinois
31    Department's right to receive notice of further proceedings.
32        Payments under this Section to  the  Illinois  Department
33    pursuant to the Child Support Enforcement Program established
34    by  Title  IV-D of the Social Security Act shall be paid into
                            -872-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    the Child Support Enforcement Trust Fund.  All other payments
 2    under this  Section  to  the  Illinois  Department  shall  be
 3    deposited  in  the  Public  Assistance Recoveries Trust Fund.
 4    Disbursements from  these  funds  shall  be  as  provided  in
 5    Sections  12-9 and 12-10.2 of this Code. Payments received by
 6    a local governmental unit shall be deposited in  that  unit's
 7    General Assistance Fund.
 8    (Source:  P.A.  90-18,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-539,  eff.  6-1-98;
 9    revised 12-23-97.)
10        (305 ILCS 5/10-11) (from Ch. 23, par. 10-11)
11        Sec.  10-11.   Administrative  Orders. In lieu of actions
12    for court enforcement of support  under  Section  10-10,  the
13    Child  and Spouse Support Unit of the Illinois Department, in
14    accordance with the rules of  the  Illinois  Department,  may
15    issue  an  administrative  order  requiring  the  responsible
16    relative  to  comply  with the terms of the determination and
17    notice of support due, determined and issued  under  Sections
18    10-6  and  10-7.  The  Unit  may also enter an administrative
19    order  under   subsection   (b)   of   Section   10-7.    The
20    administrative  order  shall  be  served upon the responsible
21    relative by United States registered or certified mail.
22        If a responsible relative fails to petition the  Illinois
23    Department   for   release   from   or  modification  of  the
24    administrative order, as provided in Section 10-12, the order
25    shall  become  final  and   there   shall   be   no   further
26    administrative  or  judicial  remedy.  Likewise a decision by
27    the Illinois Department as  a  result  of  an  administrative
28    hearing,  as  provided  in  Sections 10-13 to 10-13.10, shall
29    become final and enforceable if not judicially reviewed under
30    the Administrative Review Law, as provided in Section 10-14.
31        Any new or existing support order entered by the Illinois
32    Department under this Section shall be deemed to be a  series
33    of  judgments  against  the  person  obligated to pay support
                            -873-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    thereunder, each such judgment to be in the  amount  of  each
 2    payment  or  installment of support and each such judgment to
 3    be deemed entered as of the date the corresponding payment or
 4    installment becomes due under the terms of the support order.
 5    Each such judgment shall have  the  full  force,  effect  and
 6    attributes of any other judgment of this State, including the
 7    ability  to  be  enforced.   Any  such judgment is subject to
 8    modification or termination only in accordance  with  Section
 9    510 of the Illinois Marriage and Dissolution of Marriage Act.
10    A  lien  arises  by  operation  of  law  against the real and
11    personal  property  of  the  noncustodial  parent  for   each
12    installment  of  overdue  support  owed  by  the noncustodial
13    parent.
14        An order entered  under  this  Section  shall  include  a
15    provision  requiring the obligor to report to the obligee and
16    to the clerk of court within 10 days each  time  the  obligor
17    obtains   new   employment,   and  each  time  the  obligor's
18    employment is terminated for any reason. The report shall  be
19    in  writing and shall, in the case of new employment, include
20    the name and address of the new employer. Failure  to  report
21    new  employment  or the termination of current employment, if
22    coupled with nonpayment of support for a period in excess  of
23    60  days,  is  indirect  criminal  contempt.  For any obligor
24    arrested for failure to report new employment bond  shall  be
25    set  in the amount of the child support that should have been
26    paid during the period of unreported  employment.   An  order
27    entered  under  this  Section  shall also include a provision
28    requiring the obligor and  obligee  parents  to  advise  each
29    other  of  a  change in residence within 5 days of the change
30    except when the court finds that  the  physical,  mental,  or
31    emotional  health  of  a  party  or that of a minor child, or
32    both, would be seriously  endangered  by  disclosure  of  the
33    party's address.
34        A  one-time charge of 20% is imposable upon the amount of
                            -874-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    past-due child support  owed  on  July  1,  1988,  which  has
 2    accrued  under  a  support  order  entered  by  the  Illinois
 3    Department  under  this Section.  The charge shall be imposed
 4    in accordance with the provisions of Section 10-21 and  shall
 5    be enforced by the court in a suit filed under Section 10-15.
 6    (Source:  P.A.  90-18,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-539,  eff.  6-1-98;
 7    revised 12-23-97.)
 8        (305 ILCS 5/10-16.2) (from Ch. 23, par. 10-16.2)
 9        Sec. 10-16.2.  Withholding of Income to Secure Payment of
10    Support.
11    (A)  Definitions.
12        (1)  "Order  for  support"  means  any order of the court
13    which provides for periodic payment of funds for the  support
14    of  a  child or maintenance of a spouse, whether temporary or
15    final, and includes any such order which provides for:
16             (a)  Modification or resumption of,  or  payment  of
17        arrearage accrued under, a previously existing order;
18             (b)  Reimbursement of support; or
19             (c)  Enrollment  in  a health insurance plan that is
20        available to the obligor through  an  employer  or  labor
21        union or trade union.
22        (2)  "Arrearage" means the total amount of unpaid support
23    obligations  as determined by the court and incorporated into
24    an order for support.
25        (3)  "Delinquency" means any payment under an  order  for
26    support  which  becomes due and remains unpaid after entry of
27    the order for support.
28        (4)  "Income" means any form of periodic  payment  to  an
29    individual,  regardless of source, including, but not limited
30    to: wages, salary, commission, compensation as an independent
31    contractor,  workers'  compensation,   disability,   annuity,
32    pension,  and  retirement  benefits,  lottery  prize  awards,
33    insurance  proceeds,  vacation  pay,  bonuses, profit-sharing
                            -875-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    payments, interest, and  any  other  payments,  made  by  any
 2    person, private entity, federal or state government, any unit
 3    of local government, school district or any entity created by
 4    Public Act; however, "income" excludes:
 5             (a)  Any  amounts  required  by  law to be withheld,
 6        other than creditor claims, including,  but  not  limited
 7        to,  federal,  State and local taxes, Social Security and
 8        other retirement and disability contributions;
 9             (b)  Union dues;
10             (c)  Any amounts exempted by  the  federal  Consumer
11        Credit Protection Act;
12             (d)  Public assistance payments; and
13             (e)  Unemployment   insurance   benefits  except  as
14        provided by law.
15        Any other State or  local  laws  which  limit  or  exempt
16    income  or  the  amount  or  percentage of income that can be
17    withheld shall not apply.
18        (5)  "Obligor" means the individual who owes  a  duty  to
19    make payments under an order for support.
20        (6)  "Obligee"  means  the  individual  to whom a duty of
21    support is owed or the individual's legal representative.
22        (7)  "Payor" means any payor of income to an obligor.
23        (8)  "Public office" means any elected  official  or  any
24    State  or  local agency which is or may become responsible by
25    law for enforcement of, or which is or may become  authorized
26    to  enforce, an order for support, including, but not limited
27    to: the Attorney General, the Illinois Department  of  Public
28    Aid,  the Illinois Department of Human Services (as successor
29    to  the  Department  of  Mental  Health   and   Developmental
30    Disabilities), the Illinois Department of Children and Family
31    Services,  and  the  various State's Attorneys, Clerks of the
32    Circuit Court and supervisors of general assistance.
33        (9)  "Premium" means the  dollar  amount  for  which  the
34    obligor  is  liable  to  his employer or labor union or trade
                            -876-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    union and which must be paid to enroll or maintain a child in
 2    a health insurance plan that  is  available  to  the  obligor
 3    through an employer or labor union or trade union.
 4    (B)  Entry of Order for Support Containing Income Withholding
 5    Provisions; Income Withholding Notice.
 6        (1)   In  addition  to  any  content required under other
 7    laws, every order for support entered on  or  after  July  1,
 8    1997, shall:
 9             (a)   Require  an  income  withholding  notice to be
10        prepared and served immediately upon  any  payor  of  the
11        obligor by the obligee or public office, unless a written
12        agreement  is  reached between and signed by both parties
13        providing for an alternative  arrangement,  approved  and
14        entered  into  the  record  by  the  court, which ensures
15        payment of support.  In that case, the order for  support
16        shall  provide that an income withholding notice is to be
17        prepared  and  served  only  if   the   obligor   becomes
18        delinquent in paying the order for support; and
19             (b)   Contain  a  dollar  amount  to  be  paid until
20        payment in full of any  delinquency  that  accrues  after
21        entry  of  the order for support.  The amount for payment
22        of delinquency shall not be less than 20% of the total of
23        the current support amount and  the  amount  to  be  paid
24        periodically  for  payment of any arrearage stated in the
25        order for support; and
26             (c)   Include the obligor's Social Security  Number,
27        which  the  obligor  shall  disclose to the court. If the
28        obligor is not a United States citizen, the obligor shall
29        disclose to the court, and the court shall include in the
30        order  for  support,  the  obligor's  alien  registration
31        number,  passport  number,  and  home  country's   social
32        security or national health number, if applicable.
33        (2)    At  the time the order for support is entered, the
34    Clerk of the Circuit Court shall provide a copy of the  order
                            -877-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    to the obligor and shall make copies available to the obligee
 2    and public office.
 3        (3)  The income withholding notice shall:
 4             (a)   Be  in  the  standard format prescribed by the
 5        federal Department of Health and Human Services; and
 6             (b)  Direct any payor to withhold the dollar  amount
 7        required for current support under the order for support;
 8        and
 9             (c)   Direct any payor to withhold the dollar amount
10        required to be paid  periodically  under  the  order  for
11        support for payment of the amount of any arrearage stated
12        in the order for support; and
13             (d)   Direct any payor or labor union or trade union
14        to enroll a child as a beneficiary of a health  insurance
15        plan and withhold or cause to be withheld, if applicable,
16        any required premiums; and
17             (e)    State   the   amount   of  the  payor  income
18        withholding fee specified under this Section; and
19             (f)  State that the amount  actually  withheld  from
20        the  obligor's  income  for  support  and other purposes,
21        including the payor withholding fee specified under  this
22        Section,  may  not  be  in  excess  of the maximum amount
23        permitted under the federal  Consumer  Credit  Protection
24        Act; and
25             (g)  State the duties of the payor and the fines and
26        penalties for failure to withhold and pay over income and
27        for  discharging,  disciplining,  refusing  to  hire,  or
28        otherwise  penalizing  the obligor because of the duty to
29        withhold and pay over income under this Section; and
30             (h)  State the rights, remedies, and duties  of  the
31        obligor under this Section; and
32             (i)  Include  the  obligor's Social Security Number;
33        and
34             (j)  Include the date that withholding  for  current
                            -878-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        support   terminates,   which   shall   be  the  date  of
 2        termination of the current support obligation  set  forth
 3        in the order for support.
 4        (4)  The  accrual  of  a  delinquency  as a condition for
 5    service of an income withholding notice, under the  exception
 6    to immediate withholding in paragraph (1) of this subsection,
 7    shall  apply  only  to  the  initial  service  of  an  income
 8    withholding notice on a payor of the obligor.
 9        (5)  Notwithstanding    the    exception   to   immediate
10    withholding contained in paragraph (1) of this subsection, if
11    the court finds at the time of any hearing that an  arrearage
12    has  accrued,  the  court shall order immediate service of an
13    income withholding notice upon the payor.
14        (6)  If the order for support,  under  the  exception  to
15    immediate  withholding  contained  in  paragraph  (1) of this
16    subsection, provides that an income withholding notice is  to
17    be prepared and served only if the obligor becomes delinquent
18    in  paying  the  order for support, the obligor may execute a
19    written  waiver  of  that  condition  and  request  immediate
20    service on the payor.
21        (7)  The obligee or public office may  serve  the  income
22    withholding  notice  on  the  payor  or  its  superintendent,
23    manager,  or  other  agent by ordinary mail or certified mail
24    return receipt requested, by facsimile transmission or  other
25    electronic  means,  by  personal  delivery,  or by any method
26    provided by law for service of a summons.   At  the  time  of
27    service  on  the  payor  and  as  notice that withholding has
28    commenced, the obligee or public office shall serve a copy of
29    the income withholding notice on the obligor by ordinary mail
30    addressed to his  or  her  last  known  address.   Proofs  of
31    service  on the payor and the obligor shall be filed with the
32    Clerk of the Circuit Court.
33        (8)  At any time after the initial service of  an  income
34    withholding notice under this Section, any other payor of the
                            -879-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    obligor may be served with the same income withholding notice
 2    without further notice to the obligor.
 3        (9) (4)  New  service  of an income order for withholding
 4    notice is not required in  order  to  resume  withholding  of
 5    income  in  the  case  of  an obligor with respect to whom an
 6    income order for withholding notice was previously served  on
 7    the  payor if withholding of income was terminated because of
 8    an interruption in the obligor's employment of less than  180
 9    days.
10    (C)  Income Withholding After Accrual of Delinquency.
11        (1)  Whenever  an  obligor  accrues  a  delinquency,  the
12    obligee  or  public  office  may  prepare  and serve upon the
13    obligor's payor an income withholding notice that:
14             (a)  Contains   the   information   required   under
15        paragraph (3) of subsection (B); and
16             (b)  Contains  a computation of the period and total
17        amount of the delinquency as of the date of  the  notice;
18        and
19             (c)  Directs the payor to withhold the dollar amount
20        required  to be withheld periodically under the order for
21        support for payment of the delinquency.
22        (2)  The income withholding notice and the obligor's copy
23    of the income withholding notice shall be served as  provided
24    in paragraph (7) of subsection (B).
25        (3)  The  obligor may contest withholding commenced under
26    this subsection by filing a petition to  contest  withholding
27    with  the  Clerk  of  the  Circuit Court within 20 days after
28    service of a copy of the income  withholding  notice  on  the
29    obligor.  However,  the  grounds  for the petition to contest
30    withholding shall be limited to:
31             (a)  A dispute concerning the existence or amount of
32        the delinquency; or
33             (b)  The identity of the obligor.
34        The Clerk of the Circuit Court shall notify  the  obligor
                            -880-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    and the obligee or public office of the time and place of the
 2    hearing  on  the  petition to contest withholding.  The court
 3    shall  hold  the  hearing  pursuant  to  the  provisions   of
 4    subsection (F).
 5    (D)  Initiated Withholding.
 6        (1)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section,
 7    if  the  court  has not required that income withholding take
 8    effect immediately, the obligee or public office may initiate
 9    withholding, regardless of whether a delinquency has accrued,
10    by preparing and serving an income withholding notice on  the
11    payor  that contains the information required under paragraph
12    (3) of subsection (B) and states that  the  parties'  written
13    agreement  providing  an alternative arrangement to immediate
14    withholding under paragraph (1) of subsection (B)  no  longer
15    ensures  payment  of support and the reason or reasons why it
16    does not.
17        (2)  The income withholding notice and the obligor's copy
18    of the income withholding notice shall be served as  provided
19    in paragraph (7) of subsection (B).
20        (3)  The  obligor may contest withholding commenced under
21    this subsection by filing a petition to  contest  withholding
22    with  the  Clerk  of  the  Circuit Court within 20 days after
23    service of a copy of the income  withholding  notice  on  the
24    obligor.  However,  the  grounds  for  the  petition shall be
25    limited to a dispute concerning:
26             (a) whether the parties' written agreement providing
27        an alternative arrangement to immediate withholding under
28        paragraph (1)  of  subsection  (B)  continues  to  ensure
29        payment of support; or
30             (b) the identity of the obligor.
31        It  shall  not  be grounds for filing a petition that the
32    obligor has  made  all  payments  due  by  the  date  of  the
33    petition.
34        (4)  If   the   obligor   files   a  petition  contesting
                            -881-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    withholding within the 20-day period required under paragraph
 2    (3), the Clerk of the Circuit Court shall notify the  obligor
 3    and the obligee or public office, as appropriate, of the time
 4    and  place  of  the hearing on the petition.  The court shall
 5    hold the hearing pursuant to  the  provisions  of  subsection
 6    (F). regular or facsimile regular or facsimile
 7    (E)  Duties of Payor.
 8        (1)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  any payor who has been
 9    served with an income withholding notice to  deduct  and  pay
10    over  income as provided in this subsection.  The payor shall
11    deduct  the  amount  designated  in  the  income  withholding
12    notice, as supplemented by any notice  provided  pursuant  to
13    paragraph  (6) of subsection (G), beginning no later than the
14    next payment of income which is payable or creditable to  the
15    obligor  that  occurs  14  days following the date the income
16    withholding notice was mailed, sent  by  facsimile  or  other
17    electronic  means,  or  placed  for  personal  delivery to or
18    service on the payor.  The  payor  may  combine  all  amounts
19    withheld  for the benefit of an obligee or public office into
20    a single payment and transmit the payment with a  listing  of
21    obligors  from  whom withholding has been effected. The payor
22    shall pay the amount withheld to the obligee or public office
23    within 7 business days after the date the amount  would  (but
24    for  the  duty to withhold income) have been paid or credited
25    to the obligor. If the  payor  knowingly  fails  to  pay  any
26    amount  withheld  to  the  obligee  or public office within 7
27    business days after the date the amount would have been  paid
28    or  credited to the obligor, the payor shall pay a penalty of
29    $100 for each day that the withheld amount is not paid to the
30    obligee or public office after the period of 7 business  days
31    has  expired.   The  failure  of  a  payor,  on more than one
32    occasion, to pay amounts withheld to the  obligee  or  public
33    office within 7 business days after the date the amount would
34    have   been  paid  or  credited  to  the  obligor  creates  a
                            -882-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    presumption that the payor knowingly failed to pay  over  the
 2    amounts.   This  penalty  may  be collected in a civil action
 3    which may be brought  against  the  payor  in  favor  of  the
 4    obligee   or   public   office.   A   finding  of  a  payor's
 5    nonperformance within the time required  under  this  Section
 6    must be documented by a certified mail return receipt showing
 7    the  date  the income order for withholding notice was served
 8    on the payor. For purposes of this Section, a withheld amount
 9    shall be considered paid by a payor on the date it is  mailed
10    by  the payor, or on the date an electronic funds transfer of
11    the amount has been initiated by the payor, or  on  the  date
12    delivery  of  the amount has been initiated by the payor. For
13    each deduction, the payor shall provide the obligee or public
14    office, at the time of transmittal, with the date the  amount
15    would (but for the duty to withhold income) have been paid or
16    credited to the obligor.
17        Upon  receipt  of  an income withholding notice requiring
18    that a minor child be named as  a  beneficiary  of  a  health
19    insurance  plan  available through an employer or labor union
20    or trade union, the employer or labor union  or  trade  union
21    shall  immediately enroll the minor child as a beneficiary in
22    the  health  insurance  plan   designated   by   the   income
23    withholding notice.  The employer shall withhold any required
24    premiums  and  pay  over  any  amounts  so  withheld  and any
25    additional amounts the employer pays to the insurance carrier
26    in a timely manner.  The employer or  labor  union  or  trade
27    union shall mail to the obligee, within 15 days of enrollment
28    or  upon request, notice of the date of coverage, information
29    on the dependent coverage plan, and all  forms  necessary  to
30    obtain  reimbursement  for  covered  health expenses, such as
31    would be made available  to a new employee. When an order for
32    dependent coverage is in effect and the insurance coverage is
33    terminated or changed for any reason, the employer  or  labor
34    union  or trade union shall notify the obligee within 10 days
                            -883-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of the termination  or  change  date  along  with  notice  of
 2    conversion privileges.
 3        For withholding of income, the payor shall be entitled to
 4    receive a fee not to exceed $5 per month to be taken from the
 5    income to be paid to the obligor.
 6        (2)  Whenever  the  obligor is no longer receiving income
 7    from the payor, the payor shall return a copy of  the  income
 8    withholding  notice to the obligee or public office and shall
 9    provide  information  for  the  purpose  of  enforcing   this
10    Section.
11        (3)  Withholding  of  income  under this Section shall be
12    made without regard to any prior or subsequent  garnishments,
13    attachments,   wage  assignments,  or  any  other  claims  of
14    creditors.  Withholding of income under  this  Section  shall
15    not  be  in excess of the maximum amounts permitted under the
16    federal Consumer Credit Protection Act. If the payor has been
17    served  with  more  than  one   income   withholding   notice
18    pertaining  to  the  same  obligor,  the payor shall allocate
19    income available for withholding  on  a  proportionate  share
20    basis, giving priority to current support payments.  If there
21    is any income available for withholding after withholding for
22    all current support obligations, the payor shall allocate the
23    income to past due support payments ordered in cases in which
24    cash  assistance under this Code is not being provided to the
25    obligee and then to past  due  support  payments  ordered  in
26    cases  in  which  cash  assistance  under  this Code is being
27    provided to the obligee, both on a proportionate share basis.
28    A payor who complies with an income withholding  notice  that
29    is  regular  on  its  face  shall  not  be  subject  to civil
30    liability with respect to any individual, any agency, or  any
31    creditor  of  the  obligor for conduct in compliance with the
32    notice.
33        (4)  No payor shall discharge, discipline, refuse to hire
34    or otherwise penalize any obligor  because  of  the  duty  to
                            -884-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    withhold income.
 2    (F)  Petitions  to Contest Withholding or to Modify, Suspend,
 3    Terminate, or Correct Income Withholding Notices.
 4        (1)  When  an  obligor  files  a  petition   to   contest
 5    withholding,  the  court,  after  due  notice to all parties,
 6    shall hear the matter as soon as practicable and shall  enter
 7    an  order  granting or denying relief, ordering service of an
 8    amended  income  withholding  notice,  where  applicable,  or
 9    otherwise resolving the matter.
10        The court shall deny the obligor's petition if the  court
11    finds  that  when  the  income withholding notice was mailed,
12    sent by facsimile transmission or other electronic means,  or
13    placed for personal delivery to or service on the payor:
14             (a)  A delinquency existed; or
15             (b)   The  parties'  written  agreement providing an
16        alternative arrangement to  immediate  withholding  under
17        paragraph (1) of subsection (B) no longer ensured payment
18        of support.
19        (2)  At  any  time, an obligor, obligee, public office or
20    Clerk of the Circuit Court may petition the court to:
21             (a)  Modify,  suspend  or   terminate   the   income
22        withholding  notice because of a modification, suspension
23        or termination of the underlying order for support; or
24             (b)  Modify the amount of income to be  withheld  to
25        reflect  payment in full or in part of the delinquency or
26        arrearage by income withholding or otherwise; or
27             (c)  Suspend the income withholding  notice  because
28        of  inability  to  deliver income withheld to the obligee
29        due to the obligee's failure to provide a mailing address
30        or other means of delivery.
31        (3) At any time an obligor  may  petition  the  court  to
32    correct  a  term contained in an income withholding notice to
33    conform to that stated in the underlying  order  for  support
34    for:
                            -885-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (a) The amount of current support;
 2             (b) The amount of the arrearage;
 3             (c)   The   periodic   amount  for  payment  of  the
 4        arrearage; or
 5             (d)  The  periodic  amount  for   payment   of   the
 6        delinquency.
 7        (4)  The obligor, obligee or public office shall serve on
 8    the  payor,  in  the  manner  provided  for service of income
 9    withholding notices in paragraph (7)  of  subsection  (B),  a
10    copy  of  any  order entered pursuant to this subsection that
11    affects the duties of the payor.
12        (5)  At any time, a public office or Clerk of the Circuit
13    Court may serve a notice on the payor to:
14             (a)  Cease withholding  of  income  for  payment  of
15        current  support  for a child when the support obligation
16        for that child has automatically ceased under  the  order
17        for support through emancipation or otherwise; or
18             (b)  Cease  withholding  of  income  for  payment of
19        delinquency  or  arrearage  when   the   delinquency   or
20        arrearage has been paid in full.
21        (6)  The  notice provided for under paragraph (5) of this
22    subsection shall  be  served  on  the  payor  in  the  manner
23    provided   for  service  of  income  withholding  notices  in
24    paragraph (7) of subsection (B), and a copy shall be provided
25    to the obligor and the obligee.
26        (7)  The income withholding notice shall continue  to  be
27    binding  upon  the  payor  until service of an amended income
28    withholding notice or  any  order  of  the  court  or  notice
29    entered or provided for under this subsection.
30    (G)  Additional Duties.
31        (1)  An  obligee  who  is  receiving  income  withholding
32    payments  under  this  Section shall notify the payor, if the
33    obligee receives the payments directly from the payor, or the
34    public  office  or  the  Clerk  of  the  Circuit  Court,   as
                            -886-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    appropriate,  of  any change of address within 7 days of such
 2    change.
 3        (2)  An obligee who is a recipient of  public  aid  shall
 4    send  a  copy  of any income withholding notice served by the
 5    obligee to the Division of Child Support Enforcement  of  the
 6    Illinois Department of Public Aid.
 7        (3)  Each  obligor  shall  notify the obligee, the public
 8    office, and the Clerk of the Circuit Court of any  change  of
 9    address within 7 days.
10        (4)  An obligor whose income is being withheld or who has
11    been  served  with  a  notice of delinquency pursuant to this
12    Section shall notify the obligee, the public office, and  the
13    Clerk of the Circuit Court of any new payor, within 7 days.
14        (5)  When  the  Illinois  Department  of Public Aid is no
15    longer authorized to receive payments  for  the  obligee,  it
16    shall, within 7 days, notify the payor or, where appropriate,
17    the   Clerk   of   the  Circuit  Court,  to  redirect  income
18    withholding payments to the obligee.
19        (6)  The obligee or public office shall provide notice to
20    the payor and Clerk of the Circuit Court of any other support
21    payment made, including but not limited to, a  set-off  under
22    federal  and  State law or partial payment of the delinquency
23    or arrearage, or both.
24        (7)  Any public office and Clerk  of  the  Circuit  Court
25    which  collects,  disburses  or receives payments pursuant to
26    income withholding notices shall maintain complete, accurate,
27    and clear records of all payments  and  their  disbursements.
28    Certified  copies  of  payment records maintained by a public
29    office or Clerk of the Circuit Court shall,  without  further
30    proof,  be  admitted  into  evidence in any legal proceedings
31    under this Section.
32        (8)  The Illinois Department of Public Aid  shall  design
33    suggested  legal  forms for proceeding under this Section and
34    shall  make  available  to  the   courts   such   forms   and
                            -887-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    informational  materials  which  describe  the procedures and
 2    remedies set forth herein for distribution to all parties  in
 3    support actions.
 4        (9)  At  the  time  of transmitting each support payment,
 5    the clerk of the circuit court shall provide the  obligee  or
 6    public office, as appropriate, with any information furnished
 7    by  the  payor  as  to the date the amount would (but for the
 8    duty to withhold income) have been paid or  credited  to  the
 9    obligor.
10    (H)  Penalties.
11        (1)  Where a payor wilfully fails to withhold or pay over
12    income  pursuant  to  a  properly  served  income withholding
13    notice, or wilfully discharges, disciplines, refuses to  hire
14    or otherwise penalizes an obligor as prohibited by subsection
15    (E),  or otherwise fails to comply with any duties imposed by
16    this Section, the  obligee,  public  office  or  obligor,  as
17    appropriate,  may file a complaint with the court against the
18    payor.  The clerk of  the  circuit  court  shall  notify  the
19    obligee or public office, as appropriate, and the obligor and
20    payor  of the time and place of the hearing on the complaint.
21    The court shall resolve any factual  dispute  including,  but
22    not limited to, a denial that the payor is paying or has paid
23    income  to  the  obligor.   Upon  a  finding  in favor of the
24    complaining party, the court:
25             (a)  Shall enter judgment and direct the enforcement
26        thereof for the total  amount  that  the  payor  wilfully
27        failed to withhold or pay over; and
28             (b)  May  order  employment  or  reinstatement of or
29        restitution to the obligor, or both,  where  the  obligor
30        has  been  discharged,  disciplined, denied employment or
31        otherwise penalized by the payor and may  impose  a  fine
32        upon the payor not to exceed $200.
33        (2)  Any  obligee,  public office or obligor who wilfully
34    initiates a  false  proceeding  under  this  Section  or  who
                            -888-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    wilfully  fails  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of this
 2    Section shall be punished as in cases of contempt of court.
 3    (I)   Alternative  Procedures  for  Service  of   an   Income
 4    Withholding Notice.
 5        (1)  The procedures of this subsection may be used in any
 6    matter to serve an income withholding notice on a payor if:
 7             (a)   For  any  reason  the  most  recent  order for
 8        support entered does not contain the  income  withholding
 9        provisions required under subsection (B), irrespective of
10        whether  a  separate  order  for  withholding was entered
11        prior to July 1, 1997; and
12             (b)  The obligor has  accrued  a  delinquency  after
13        entry of the most recent order for support.
14        (2)  The obligee or public office shall prepare and serve
15    the   income   withholding  notice  in  accordance  with  the
16    provisions of subsection (C), except that  the  notice  shall
17    contain  a  periodic  amount  for  payment of the delinquency
18    equal to 20% of the total of the current support  amount  and
19    the  amount  to  be  paid  periodically  for  payment  of any
20    arrearage stated in the most recent order for support.
21        (3)  If the  obligor  requests  in  writing  that  income
22    withholding  become effective prior to the obligor accruing a
23    delinquency under the most  recent  order  for  support,  the
24    obligee  or  public  office  may  prepare and serve an income
25    withholding notice on the payor  as  provided  in  subsection
26    (B).   In  addition to filing proofs of service of the income
27    withholding notice on the payor and the obligor, the  obligee
28    or  public  office shall file a copy of the obligor's written
29    request for income withholding with the Clerk of the  Circuit
30    Court.
31        (4)   All  other  provisions  of  this  Section  shall be
32    applicable with respect to the provisions of this  subsection
33    (I).
                            -889-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    (J)  Remedies in Addition to Other Laws.
 2        (1)  The  rights,  remedies, duties and penalties created
 3    by this Section are in addition to and  not  in  substitution
 4    for  any other rights, remedies, duties and penalties created
 5    by any other law.
 6        (2)  Nothing  in  this  Section  shall  be  construed  as
 7    invalidating any assignment of  wages  or  benefits  executed
 8    prior  to January 1, 1984 or any order for withholding served
 9    prior to July 1, 1997.
10    (Source: P.A.  89-507,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-18,  eff.   7-1-97;
11    90-425, eff. 8-15-97; revised 9-29-97.)
12        (305 ILCS 5/11-8) (from Ch. 23, par. 11-8)
13        Sec.  11-8.   Appeals  -  to  whom  taken.  Applicants or
14    recipients of aid may, at any time within 60 days  after  the
15    decision of the County Department or local governmental unit,
16    as  the case may be, appeal a decision denying or terminating
17    aid, or granting aid in an amount which is deemed inadequate,
18    or changing, cancelling, revoking  or  suspending  grants  as
19    provided   in   Section  11-16,  or  determining  to  make  a
20    protective payment under the provisions of Sections  3-5a  or
21    4-9,  or  a  decision  by  an  administrative review board to
22    impose administrative safeguards as provided in Section 8A-8.
23    An appeal shall also lie when an  application  is  not  acted
24    upon  within  the time period after filing of the application
25    as provided by rule of the Illinois Department.
26        If an appeal is  not  made,  the  action  of  the  County
27    Department or local governmental unit shall be final.
28        Appeals  by  applicants or recipients under Articles III,
29    IV, V or VII shall be taken to the Illinois Department.
30        Appeals by applicants  or  recipients  under  Article  VI
31    shall be taken as follows:
32             (1)  In counties under township organization (except
33        such counties in which the governing authority is a Board
                            -890-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        of  Commissioners)  appeals  shall  be  to  a  Public Aid
 2        Committee consisting of the Chairman of the County Board,
 3        and 4 members who are  township  supervisors  of  general
 4        assistance,  appointed  by  the Chairman, with the advice
 5        and consent of the county board.
 6             (2)  In counties in excess of  3,000,000  population
 7        and  under  township  organization in which the governing
 8        authority is a Board of Commissioners, appeals of persons
 9        from government units outside the corporate limits  of  a
10        city,  village  or incorporated town of more than 500,000
11        population, and of persons from incorporated towns  which
12        have  superseded  civil townships in respect to aid under
13        Article VI, shall be to the Cook County Townships  Public
14        Aid  Committee consisting of 2 township supervisors and 3
15        persons knowledgeable in the area of  General  Assistance
16        and the regulations of the Illinois Department pertaining
17        thereto  and who are not officers, agents or employees of
18        any township, except that township supervisors may  serve
19        as  members  of  the  Cook County Township Public Aid and
20        Committee.  The 5 member committee shall be appointed  by
21        the township supervisors. The first appointments shall be
22        made  with  one person serving a one year term, 2 persons
23        serving a 2 year term, and 2 persons  serving  a  3  year
24        term.   Committee  members  shall thereafter serve 3 year
25        terms. In any appeal involving a local governmental  unit
26        whose supervisor of general assistance is a member of the
27        Committee,  such  supervisor shall not act as a member of
28        the Committee for  the  purposes  of  such  appeal.   The
29        township  whose  action,  inaction,  or decision is being
30        appealed shall bear the expenses related to the appeal as
31        determined  by  the  Cook  County  Townships  Public  Aid
32        Committee.   A  township  supervisor's  compensation  for
33        general assistance or township related duties  shall  not
34        be considered an expense related to the appeal except for
                            -891-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        expenses related to service on the Committee.
 2             (3)  In  counties described in paragraph (2) appeals
 3        of persons from a city, village or incorporated  town  of
 4        more  than  500,000 population shall be to a Commissioner
 5        of Appeals,  appointed  as  an  employee  of  the  County
 6        Department  of  Public Aid in accordance with and subject
 7        to the provisions of Section 12-21.3.
 8             (4)  In counties not  under  township  organization,
 9        appeals  shall  be  to  the County Board of Commissioners
10        which shall for this purpose be the Public Aid  Committee
11        of the County.
12        In  counties  designated in paragraph (1) the Chairman or
13    President of the County Board shall appoint, with the  advice
14    and  consent  of  the  county  board,  one  or more alternate
15    members  of  the  Public  Aid  Committee.  All  regular   and
16    alternate members shall be Supervisors of General Assistance.
17    In  any  appeal  involving  a  local  governmental unit whose
18    Supervisor  of  General  Assistance  is  a  member   of   the
19    Committee,  he  shall  be  replaced  for  that  appeal  by an
20    alternate member designated by the Chairman or  President  of
21    the  County  Board, with the advice and consent of the county
22    board. In these counties not more than 3  of  the  5  regular
23    appointees  shall  be  members  of  the  same political party
24    unless the political composition of the  Supervisors  of  the
25    General  Assistance  precludes  such  a limitation.  In these
26    counties at least one member  of  the  Public  Aid  Committee
27    shall  be  a  person  knowledgeable  in  the  area of general
28    assistance and the regulations  of  the  Illinois  Department
29    pertaining  thereto.  If no member of the Committee possesses
30    such knowledge, the Illinois Department  shall  designate  an
31    employee  of the Illinois Department having such knowledge to
32    be present at the Committee hearings to advise the Committee.
33        In every county the County Board shall provide facilities
34    for the conduct of hearings on appeals under Article VI.  All
                            -892-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    expenses  incident  to  such  hearings  shall be borne by the
 2    county except that in counties under township organization in
 3    which the governing authority is a Board of Commissioners (1)
 4    the salary and other expenses of the Commissioner of  Appeals
 5    shall  be  paid  from  General Assistance funds available for
 6    administrative purposes, and (2)  all  expenses  incident  to
 7    such hearings shall be borne by the township and the per diem
 8    and traveling expenses of the township supervisors serving on
 9    the  Public  Aid  Committee  shall be fixed and paid by their
10    respective townships.  In all other counties the  members  of
11    the  Public  Aid Committee shall receive the compensation and
12    expenses provided by law for attendance at  meetings  of  the
13    County Board.
14        In appeals under Article VI involving a governmental unit
15    receiving  State  funds,  the  Public  Aid  Committee and the
16    Commissioner of Appeals shall  be  bound  by  the  rules  and
17    regulations  of the Illinois Department which are relevant to
18    the issues on appeal, and shall file such reports  concerning
19    appeals as the Illinois Department requests.
20        An  appeal  shall  be  without  cost to the appellant and
21    shall be made, at the option of the  appellant,  either  upon
22    forms  provided and prescribed by the Illinois Department or,
23    for appeals to a Public Aid Committee, upon forms  prescribed
24    by  the  County  Board; or an appeal may be made by calling a
25    toll-free number provided for that purpose  by  the  Illinois
26    Department  and  providing  the  necessary  information.  The
27    Illinois  Department  may   assist   County   Boards   or   a
28    Commissioner  of  Appeals in the preparation of appeal forms,
29    or upon request of a County Board or Commissioner of  Appeals
30    may   furnish   such  forms.  County  Departments  and  local
31    governmental units shall render all possible aid  to  persons
32    desiring  to  make  an  appeal.   The  provisions of Sections
33    11-8.1 to 11-8.7, inclusive, shall apply to all such appeals.
34    (Source: P.A.  90-17,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-210,  eff.  7-25-97;
                            -893-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    revised 8-4-97.)
 2        (305 ILCS 5/12-4.11) (from Ch. 23, par. 12-4.11)
 3        Sec.  12-4.11.  Grant amounts.   The Department, with due
 4    regard  for  and  subject  to  budgetary  limitations,  shall
 5    establish  grant  amounts  for  each  of  the  programs,   by
 6    regulation.   The  grant amounts may vary by program, size of
 7    assistance unit and geographic area.
 8        Aid payments shall not be reduced except: (1) for changes
 9    in the cost of items included in the grant  amounts,  or  (2)
10    for  changes  in  the  expenses  of the recipient, or (3) for
11    changes  in  the  income  or  resources  available   to   the
12    recipient,  or  (4)  for  changes  in  grants  resulting from
13    adoption of a consolidated grant amount, or (5).
14        In fixing standards to govern payments or  reimbursements
15    for  funeral  and  burial expenses, the Department shall take
16    into account the services essential to a dignified,  low-cost
17    funeral  and  burial, but no payment shall be authorized from
18    public aid funds for the funeral in excess of $650, exclusive
19    of reasonable amounts as may be necessary  for  burial  space
20    and  cemetery  charges,  and  any  applicable  taxes or other
21    required governmental fees or charges. The  Department  shall
22    authorize no payment in excess of $325 for a cemetery burial.
23        Nothing contained in this Section or in any other Section
24    of  this  Code  shall  be  construed to prohibit the Illinois
25    Department (1) from consolidating existing standards  on  the
26    basis  of  any  standards  which are or were in effect on, or
27    subsequent to  July  1,  1969,  or  (2)  from  employing  any
28    consolidated standards in determining need for public aid and
29    the   amount   of  money  payment  or  grant  for  individual
30    recipients or recipient families.
31    (Source:  P.A.  89-507,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-17,  eff.  7-1-97,
32    90-326, eff. 8-8-97; 90-372, eff. 7-1-98; revised 10-23-97.)
                            -894-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (305 ILCS 5/12-4.31)
 2        Sec.  12-4.31.  Paternity  establishment  and   continued
 3    eligibility.
 4        (a)  In  this  Section,  "nonmarital child" means a child
 5    born to a woman who was not married to the child's father  at
 6    the time of the child's birth.
 7        (b)  The  Illinois  Department is authorized to conduct a
 8    paternity establishment and continued eligibility program  as
 9    a  demonstration  program  in  certain  geographic  areas  as
10    defined  by  rule.  Upon completion of the demonstration, the
11    Illinois Department may expand the program statewide. If  the
12    Illinois  Department, as part of the demonstration program or
13    statewide program,  makes  administrative  determinations  of
14    paternity,  it  shall  do so according to rules adopted under
15    Section 10-17.7.
16        Under   the   paternity   establishment   and   continued
17    eligibility program, the custodial  parent  of  a  nonmarital
18    child  otherwise eligible for assistance under Article IV, V,
19    or VI of this Code shall receive assistance for the custodial
20    parent and that child  for  no  longer  than  6  full  months
21    unless:
22             (1)  the  paternity  of  the  child  is  established
23        before the beginning of or within the 6-month period;
24             (2)  the parent has fully cooperated with efforts to
25        establish the child's paternity, but, through no fault of
26        the parent, paternity has not been established;
27             (3)  the parent begins to receive assistance while a
28        court  action  to  establish  the  child's  paternity  is
29        pending,  and  the parent continues to cooperate with the
30        Illinois Department's efforts to establish paternity;
31             (4)  the parent attests under oath to fear of  abuse
32        by   the  putative  father  of  the  child  and  provides
33        documentation to substantiate that fear,  or  the  parent
34        claims  good  cause  for  failing  to  cooperate  in  the
                            -895-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        establishment  of  paternity  due  to  rape by an unknown
 2        assailant, and the person is  found  to  be  exempt  from
 3        cooperating to establish paternity under rules adopted by
 4        the Illinois Department;
 5             (5)  the  parent  has  not  yet  given  birth to the
 6        nonmarital child; or
 7             (6)  the   putative   father   of   the   child   is
 8        incarcerated  and  inaccessible  to   the   process   for
 9        establishing the child's paternity.
10        (b-5)  (b)  The  6-month period referred to in subsection
11    (b) (a) shall begin  on  the  date  the  first  full  monthly
12    payment  of  assistance  is  made,  if the parent applied for
13    assistance on or after the effective date of this  amendatory
14    Act  of  1995.   That  6-month  period  shall  begin  on  the
15    effective  date  of this amendatory Act of 1995 if the parent
16    was receiving assistance on behalf of the nonmarital child on
17    the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1995.
18        (c)  The Illinois Department shall apply for all  waivers
19    of  federal  law  and regulations necessary to implement this
20    Section.  Implementation of this Section is conditioned  upon
21    the Illinois Department's receipt of those waivers.
22        (d)  The  Illinois  Department may implement this Section
23    through the use of emergency rules in accordance with Section
24    5-45 of  the  Illinois  Administrative  Procedure  Act.   For
25    purposes  of  the  Illinois Administrative Procedure Act, the
26    adoption  of  rules  to  implement  this  Section  shall   be
27    considered   an   emergency  and  necessary  for  the  public
28    interest, safety, and welfare.
29    (Source: P.A. 89-6, eff. 3-6-95; revised 12-18-97.)
30        (305 ILCS 5/12-4.101)
31        Sec. 12-4.101.  AFDC recipient benefits study.
32        (a)  The Illinois Department may conduct a study  of  the
33    benefits  received by families receiving aid under Article IV
                            -896-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of this Code (AFDC).  If the study is undertaken,  the  study
 2    shall  be of a randomly selected sample of families receiving
 3    AFDC.  The sample must be large enough  to  provide  reliable
 4    information on each of the following 2 groups:
 5             (1)  All families receiving AFDC.
 6             (2)  Families  that received AFDC during the full 12
 7        months of the study period and had  no  income  from  any
 8        source other than the programs listed in subsection (b).
 9        (b)  The  study  shall  determine  the  degree  to  which
10    families  receiving AFDC participated in any of the following
11    other programs over a prior 12-month period:
12             (1)  Food stamps.
13             (2)  The Special Supplemental Nutrition Program  for
14        Women,  Infants and Children (WIC) Womens', Infants', and
15        Children's Food Program.
16             (3)  The school lunch program.
17             (4)  The school breakfast program.
18             (5)  Medical assistance under Article V of this Code
19        (Medicaid).
20             (6)  Public housing.
21             (7)  Section 8 housing subsidy program of the United
22        States Department of Housing and Urban Development.
23             (8)  Other housing subsidies.
24             (9)  Low income energy assistance.
25             (10)  Emergency assistance.
26             (11)  Head Start.
27             (12)  Child support  funds  "passed  through"  to  a
28        welfare parent under the AFDC program.
29             (13)  Summer  Youth Employment under Title IV of the
30        Job Training Partnership Act.
31             (14)  Assistance to adults and youth under Title IIA
32        of the Job Training Partnership Act.
33             (15)  Earned Income Tax Credit.
34             (16)  Supplemental Security Income.
                            -897-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (17)  General Assistance.
 2             (18)  Social Service Block Grant Funds.
 3             (19)  Any  other  welfare  assistance  provided   by
 4        federal, State, or local government.
 5        (c)  The  study  shall  determine  the  degree  to  which
 6    families receiving AFDC participate in the following programs
 7    or receive income from the following sources:
 8             (1)  Earnings.
 9             (2)  Interest income, dividends, and capital gains.
10             (3)  Social Security.
11             (4)  Veteran's benefits.
12             (5)  Workers' compensation.
13             (6)  Unemployment insurance.
14             (7)  Medicare.
15             (8)  Other sources of income.
16        (d)  The Illinois Department shall determine whether each
17    family  in  the sample population participated in each of the
18    programs listed in subsection (b) and the number of months of
19    participation during the time  period  of  the  study.   Data
20    concerning  participation or nonparticipation in each program
21    listed in subsection (b) and the given number  of  months  of
22    receipt  of benefits shall be verified for each family in the
23    sample  population  by  an  examination  of  records  of  the
24    government  office  within  the  State  that  operates   each
25    assistance program.
26        The Department shall also determine, for each family, the
27    amount  of  income received from sources listed in subsection
28    (c).   Data  concerning  income  from  sources  specified  in
29    subsection (c) shall be verified by an examination  of  State
30    and federal tax records.
31        No  penalty  or recovery of prior wrongful payments shall
32    be imposed on a family in the sample  population  because  of
33    any  inappropriate  or  unlawful  provision  to the family of
34    governmental aid which is  discovered  as  a  result  of  the
                            -898-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    study.
 2        (e)  The  study  shall  determine  and verify the rental,
 3    heating, water, and electric utility payments  made  by  each
 4    family in the sample population.
 5        (f)  The study shall seek to determine the length of time
 6    that  each  family in the sample population has received AFDC
 7    benefits,  including   previous   intermittent   periods   of
 8    receiving   AFDC   benefits   before   the  family's  current
 9    enrollment in the AFDC program.
10        (g)  The study shall determine the cost to the public  of
11    benefits  provided to families in the sample population.  For
12    AFDC  and  food  stamp  benefits,  the  actual  dollar  value
13    provided to each family in the  sample  population  shall  be
14    recorded.   For  programs other than AFDC and food stamps for
15    which it is not feasible to determine an exact  dollar  value
16    of  benefits  to  each  family  in  the sample population, an
17    average benefit cost per recipient or per family  within  the
18    State may be estimated.
19        (h)  For   the  purpose  of  gathering  information,  the
20    Illinois  Department  may  augment   the   survey   currently
21    conducted by the United States Department of Health and Human
22    Services for the National Integrated Quality Control System.
23    (Source: P.A. 88-412; revised 7-14-97.)
24        (305 ILCS 5/12-17.4) (from Ch. 23, par. 12-17.4)
25        Sec.  12-17.4. Additional powers and duties.  In addition
26    to serving as agent of the  Illinois  Ilinois  Department  in
27    administration  of  the  public  aid  programs  designated in
28    Section 12-2, the County Department, in accordance  with  the
29    rules  and  regulations  of the Illinois Department and under
30    its supervision and direction, shall:
31        1.  Serve as the agent of the Illinois Department  within
32    the  county  in  the  administration  of  such other forms of
33    public aid and welfare services as  the  Illinois  Department
                            -899-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    may  designate,  and  perform  such duties in connection with
 2    such aid and service programs as the Illinois Department  may
 3    require.
 4        2.  Investigate,  study,  and give service on problems of
 5    assistance,  corrections,  and  general  welfare  within  the
 6    county.
 7        3.  Make use of,  aid,  cooperate  co-operate  with,  and
 8    assist  federal,  State  and  local governmental agencies and
 9    private  agencies  and  organizations  engaged  in  functions
10    affecting the general welfare within the county.
11        4.  When requested by a  circuit  court,  or  a  division
12    thereof,  in  respect  to  any  case  before it, provide such
13    investigative or other services as the court or division  and
14    the Illinois Department agree upon.
15        5.  Serve  as agent of the Illinois Department within the
16    county, when so designated,  in  carrying  out  the  Illinois
17    Department's powers and duties pertaining to public aid under
18    Articles VI and IX of this Code.
19        6.  Maintain  such records and file such reports with the
20    Illinois Department as it may require.
21    (Source: P.A. 81-1085; revised 7-7-97.)
22        Section 128.  The Housing Authorities Act is  amended  by
23    changing Sections 25.04 and 25.05 as follows:
24        (310 ILCS 10/25.04) (from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 25.04)
25        Sec.  25.04.   Any  person  who  by  means  of  any false
26    statement or  willful  wilfull  misrepresentation,  misleads,
27    defrauds,  or  induces  a  local housing authority to fix the
28    rent in an amount less than required under the regulations of
29    the local housing authority, or by other fraudulent device or
30    means obtains or attempts to obtain, or aids  and  abets  any
31    person in fraudulently obtaining or attempting to obtain, the
32    fixing  of  the  rent in an amount less than the sum required
                            -900-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    under the regulations of  the  local  housing  authority,  is
 2    deemed guilty of a Class A misdemeanor.
 3    (Source: P.A. 77-2524; revised 7-7-97.)
 4        (310 ILCS 10/25.05) (from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 25.05)
 5        Sec.  25.05.   Any  person who by means of any fraudulent
 6    misstatement or willful  wilfull  misrepresentation  made  in
 7    connection  with  an  application  for  tenancy or renewal of
 8    tenancy in a housing project of  a  local  housing  authority
 9    misleads,  defrauds,  or  induces the said authority to fix a
10    rental payment for his or her tenancy  at  a  sum  less  than
11    required under the regulations of the local housing authority
12    shall  be  answerable to that said authority for payment of a
13    sum equivalent to the difference between the  rental  charged
14    to  the tenant and the rent which the tenant should have been
15    charged in accordance  with  the  regulations  of  the  local
16    housing  authority, and in the event such payment is not made
17    it shall be recoverable in a civil action.  In any such civil
18    action where fraud is proven, the court  may,  as  a  penalty
19    receivable by the said authority, assess an additional sum of
20    money  up  to  but  not in excess of the entire amount of the
21    difference in rent charged  to  the  tenant  and  that  which
22    should   have  been  charged  but  for  the  willful  wilfull
23    misrepresentation and misstatements.
24    (Source: Laws 1959, p. 2199; revised 7-7-97.)
25        Section 129.  The Family Support Demonstration Project is
26    amended by changing Section 7 as follows:
27        (325 ILCS 30/7) (from Ch. 23, par. 4107)
28        Sec. 7. Reporting.   The  Department  shall  monitor  and
29    evaluate  the demonstration project and shall submit a status
30    report on its findings to the General Assembly on February 1,
31    1994 and 1995, and a final report  on  its  findings  to  the
                            -901-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    General  Assembly  on  February  1,  1996.  Status  and final
 2    reports shall include, but not be limited to:
 3        (a)  A descriptive summary of the operation of the family
 4    support center, including the services provided and a copy of
 5    the service plan developed  by  the  center,  the  number  of
 6    recipients   receipients  of  services  at  the  center,  the
 7    allocation of funds, staffing information, and the  role  and
 8    responsibility of the community family support center board.
 9        (b)  An  assessment  of the impact of the center upon the
10    community served.
11        (c)  The composition  and  role  of  the  family  support
12    center.
13        (d)  Recommendations  regarding  the  continuance  of the
14    family support center demonstration project and plans for the
15    implementation of other project sites.
16        (e)  Recommendations  regarding  the  process  by   which
17    family support centers are allocated resources.
18        (f)  A  projected budget for the expenditures required to
19    continue or to expand the demonstration project.
20        (g)  Proposals for legislation  necessary  to  facilitate
21    the continuation or expansion of the demonstration project.
22    (Source: P.A. 87-678; revised 7-7-97.)
23        Section  130.   The  Child Vision and Hearing Test Act is
24    amended by changing Section 7 as follows:
25        (410 ILCS 205/7) (from Ch. 23, par. 2337)
26        Sec. 7. The Director shall appoint a  Children's  Hearing
27    Services  Advisory Committee and a Children's Vision Services
28    Advisory Committee.  The membership of each  committee  shall
29    not  exceed  10  individuals.   In making appointments to the
30    Children's Hearing Services Advisory Committee, the  Director
31    shall  appoint individuals with knowledge of or experience in
32    the  problems  of  hearing  handicapped  children  and  shall
                            -902-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    appoint at least 2 two licensed physicians who specialize  in
 2    the  field  of  otolaryngology  and  are  recommended by that
 3    organization representing the largest  number  of  physicians
 4    licensed  to  practice medicine in all of its branches in the
 5    State of Illinois, and  at  least  2  two  audiologists.   In
 6    making   appointments   to  the  Children's  Vision  Services
 7    Advisory Committee, the Director shall appoint 2 two  members
 8    (and  one  alternate) recommended by the Illinois Society for
 9    the Prevention of Blindness, 2 two licensed  physicians  (and
10    one  alternate)  who specialize in ophthalmology opthalmology
11    and are recommended by  that  organization  representing  the
12    largest number of physicians licensed to practice medicine in
13    all  of  its  branches  in  the  State of Illinois, and 2 two
14    licensed optometrists (and one alternate) recommended by that
15    organization representing  the  largest  number  of  licensed
16    optometrists  in  the  State  of  Illinois, as members of the
17    Children's Vision Services Advisory Committee.
18        The Children's Hearing Services Advisory Committee  shall
19    advise    the    Department   in   the   implementation   and
20    administration of the hearing services  program  and  in  the
21    development  of  rules  and  regulations  pertaining  to that
22    program.  The Children's Vision Services  Advisory  Committee
23    shall  advise  the Department in the development of rules and
24    regulations pertaining to that program.  Each committee shall
25    select a chairman from its membership and shall meet at least
26    once in each calendar year.
27        The members of the Advisory Committees shall  receive  no
28    compensation    for    their    services;,    however,    the
29    nongovernmental   members  shall  be  reimbursed  for  actual
30    expenses incurred in  the  performance  of  their  duties  in
31    accordance with the State of Illinois travel regulations.
32    (Source: P.A. 81-174; revised 7-7-97.)
33        Section  131.   The  Infant Eye Disease Act is amended by
                            -903-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    changing Section 5 as follows:
 2        (410 ILCS 215/5) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 4705)
 3        Sec. 5. The Department of Public Health shall:
 4        (1)  enforce the provisions of this Act;
 5        (2)  provide  for  the  gratuitous  distribution   of   a
 6    scientific  prophylactic for ophthalmia opthalmia neonatorum,
 7    together   with   proper   directions   for   the   use   and
 8    administration  thereof,  to  all  physicians  and   midwives
 9    authorized by law to attend at the birth of any child;
10        (3)  have   printed   and   published   for  distribution
11    throughout the State advice and  information  concerning  the
12    dangers  of  ophthalmia  neonatorum and the necessity for the
13    prompt and effective treatment thereof;
14        (4)  furnish similar  advice  and  information,  together
15    with  copies  of  this  law, to all physicians, midwives, and
16    others authorized by law to attend at the birth of any child;
17        (5)  prepare appropriate report blanks and  furnish  them
18    to  all  local health officers for distribution to physicians
19    and midwives free of charge;
20        (6)  report any and all violations of  this  Act  to  the
21    prosecuting attorney of the district wherein the violation is
22    committed.
23    (Source: Laws 1943, vol. 1, p. 909; revised 7-7-97.)
24        Section 132.  The Illinois Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act is
25    amended by changing Section 20 as follows:
26        (410 ILCS 620/20) (from Ch. 56 1/2, par. 520)
27        Sec. 20.  False or misleading advertisement.
28        (a)  An advertisement of a food, drug, device or cosmetic
29    shall be deemed to be false if it is false or  misleading  in
30    any particular.
31        (b)  For  the  purpose of this Act the advertisement of a
                            -904-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    drug  or  device  representing  it  to  have  any  effect  in
 2    albuminuria, appendicitis,  arteriosclerosis,  blood  poison,
 3    bone   disease,   Bright's   disease,   cancer,   carbuncles,
 4    cholecystitis,   diabetes,  diphtheria,  dropsy,  erysipelas,
 5    gallstones, heart and vascular diseases, high blood pressure,
 6    mastoiditis, measles, meningitis,  mumps,  nephritis,  otitis
 7    media,   paralysis,   pneumonia,   poliomyelitis,  (infantile
 8    paralysis),  prostate  gland  disorders,  pyelitis,   scarlet
 9    fever,   sexual   impotence,   sinus   infection,   smallpox,
10    tuberculosis,    tumors,   typhoid,   uremia   and   sexually
11    transmitted disease shall also be deemed to be false,  except
12    that  no  advertisement  not  in  violation of subsection (a)
13    shall be deemed to be false under this subsection  if  it  is
14    disseminated  only  to  members  of  the  medical,  dental or
15    veterinary professions or  appears  only  in  the  scientific
16    periodicals  of these professions or is disseminated only for
17    the  purpose  of  public-health  education  by  persons   not
18    commercially interested directly or indirectly in the sale of
19    such  drugs  or  devices.    However,  whenever  the Director
20    determines that an advance in medical science  has  made  any
21    type  of self-medication safe as to any of the diseases named
22    above,  the  Director  shall  by  regulation  authorize   the
23    advertisement  of drugs having curative or therapeutic effect
24    for such disease, subject to such conditions and restrictions
25    as the Director may deem necessary in the interests of public
26    health.  However, this subsection shall not be  construed  as
27    indicating that self-medication for diseases other than those
28    named herein is safe or efficacious.
29    (Source: P.A. 89-187, eff. 7-19-95; revised 8-5-97.)
30        Section 133.  The Environmental Protection Act is amended
31    by  changing Sections 21, 21.3, 22.2b, 22.44, 39, 39.2, 39.3,
32    and 44 as follows:
                            -905-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (415 ILCS 5/21) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1021)
 2        Sec. 21.  No person shall:
 3        (a)  Cause or allow the open dumping of any waste.
 4        (b)  Abandon, dump, or deposit any waste upon the  public
 5    highways  or  other  public  property,  except  in a sanitary
 6    landfill approved  by  the  Agency  pursuant  to  regulations
 7    adopted by the Board.
 8        (c)  Abandon  any  vehicle in violation of the "Abandoned
 9    Vehicles Amendment to the Illinois Vehicle Code", as  enacted
10    by the 76th General Assembly.
11        (d)  Conduct   any   waste-storage,  waste-treatment,  or
12    waste-disposal operation:
13             (1)  without a permit granted by the  Agency  or  in
14        violation  of  any  conditions  imposed  by  such permit,
15        including periodic reports and full  access  to  adequate
16        records  and  the  inspection  of  facilities,  as may be
17        necessary to assure compliance with  this  Act  and  with
18        regulations  and  standards adopted thereunder; provided,
19        however, that, except for municipal solid waste  landfill
20        units  that receive waste on or after October 9, 1993, no
21        permit shall be required for (i) any person conducting  a
22        waste-storage,    waste-treatment,    or   waste-disposal
23        operation for  wastes  generated  by  such  person's  own
24        activities  which are stored, treated, or disposed within
25        the site where such  wastes  are  generated,  or  (ii)  a
26        facility  located  in  a  county  with  a population over
27        700,000, operated and located in accordance with  Section
28        22.38 of this Act, and used exclusively for the transfer,
29        storage,   or   treatment   of  general  construction  or
30        demolition debris;
31             (2)  in violation of any  regulations  or  standards
32        adopted by the Board under this Act; or
33             (3)  which  receives  waste  after  August 31, 1988,
34        does not have a permit issued by the Agency, and is (i) a
                            -906-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        landfill used  exclusively  for  the  disposal  of  waste
 2        generated   at  the  site,  (ii)  a  surface  impoundment
 3        receiving special waste not listed in  an  NPDES  permit,
 4        (iii)  a waste pile in which the total volume of waste is
 5        greater than 100 cubic yards or the waste is  stored  for
 6        over   one  year,  or  (iv)  a  land  treatment  facility
 7        receiving special waste generated at  the  site;  without
 8        giving  notice  of the operation to the Agency by January
 9        1, 1989, or 30 days after the date on which the operation
10        commences,  whichever  is  later,  and  every   3   years
11        thereafter.   The  form  for  such  notification shall be
12        specified  by  the  Agency,  and  shall  be  limited   to
13        information  regarding:  the  name  and  address  of  the
14        location  of  the  operation;  the type of operation; the
15        types and amounts of waste stored, treated or disposed of
16        on  an  annual  basis;  the  remaining  capacity  of  the
17        operation;  and  the  remaining  expected  life  of   the
18        operation.
19        Item  (3)  of  this subsection (d) shall not apply to any
20    person engaged in agricultural activity who is disposing of a
21    substance that constitutes solid waste, if the substance  was
22    acquired  for use by that person on his own property, and the
23    substance is disposed of on his own  property  in  accordance
24    with regulations or standards adopted by the Board.
25        This subsection (d) shall not apply to hazardous waste.
26        (e)  Dispose,  treat,  store  or  abandon  any  waste, or
27    transport any waste into this State for disposal,  treatment,
28    storage  or  abandonment,  except at a site or facility which
29    meets the requirements of this Act  and  of  regulations  and
30    standards thereunder.
31        (f)  Conduct   any   hazardous  waste-storage,  hazardous
32    waste-treatment or hazardous waste-disposal operation:
33             (1)  without a RCRA permit for the  site  issued  by
34        the  Agency  under  subsection  (d) of Section 39 of this
                            -907-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Act, or in violation of any  condition  imposed  by  such
 2        permit,  including  periodic  reports  and full access to
 3        adequate records and the inspection of facilities, as may
 4        be necessary to assure compliance with this Act and  with
 5        regulations and standards adopted thereunder; or
 6             (2)  in  violation  of  any regulations or standards
 7        adopted by the Board under this Act; or
 8             (3)  in  violation  of  any   RCRA   permit   filing
 9        requirement  established  under  standards adopted by the
10        Board under this Act; or
11             (4)  in violation of any order adopted by the  Board
12        under this Act.
13        Notwithstanding  the  above,  no  RCRA  permit  shall  be
14    required  under  this subsection or subsection (d) of Section
15    39 of this  Act  for  any  person  engaged  in   agricultural
16    activity  who  is  disposing  of  a  substance which has been
17    identified  as  a  hazardous  waste,  and  which   has   been
18    designated  by  Board  regulations  as  being subject to this
19    exception, if the substance was  acquired  for  use  by  that
20    person  on  his own property and the substance is disposed of
21    on  his  own  property  in  accordance  with  regulations  or
22    standards adopted by the Board.
23        (g)  Conduct    any    hazardous     waste-transportation
24    operation:
25             (1)  without registering with and obtaining a permit
26        from  the  Agency  in accordance with the Uniform Program
27        implemented under subsection (l-5) of Section 22.2; or
28             (2)  in violation of any  regulations  or  standards
29        adopted by the Board under this Act.
30        (h)  Conduct  any  hazardous waste-recycling or hazardous
31    waste-reclamation  or  hazardous  waste-reuse  operation   in
32    violation   of   any   regulations,   standards   or   permit
33    requirements adopted by the Board under this Act.
34        (i)  Conduct  any  process  or  engage  in  any act which
                            -908-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    produces hazardous waste in violation of any  regulations  or
 2    standards  adopted by the Board under subsections (a) and (c)
 3    of Section 22.4 of this Act.
 4        (j)  Conduct any special waste  transportation  operation
 5    in   violation   of  any  regulations,  standards  or  permit
 6    requirements adopted by the Board under this  Act.   However,
 7    sludge  from  a  water  or  sewage  treatment plant owned and
 8    operated by a unit of local government which (1)  is  subject
 9    to  a  sludge  management  plan  approved  by the Agency or a
10    permit granted by the Agency, and (2)  has  been  tested  and
11    determined  not  to  be  a  hazardous  waste  as  required by
12    applicable State and federal laws  and  regulations,  may  be
13    transported  in  this  State  without a special waste hauling
14    permit, and the preparation and carrying of a manifest  shall
15    not  be  required  for  such  sludge  under  the rules of the
16    Pollution Control Board. The unit of local  government  which
17    operates the treatment plant producing such sludge shall file
18    a semiannual report with the Agency identifying the volume of
19    such  sludge  transported  during  the  reporting period, the
20    hauler of the sludge, and the disposal sites to which it  was
21    transported. This subsection (j) shall not apply to hazardous
22    waste.
23        (k)  Fail  or  refuse  to  pay any fee imposed under this
24    Act.
25        (l)  Locate a hazardous  waste  disposal  site  above  an
26    active  or  inactive shaft or tunneled mine or within 2 miles
27    of an active fault in the  earth's  crust.   In  counties  of
28    population less than 225,000 no hazardous waste disposal site
29    shall  be  located  (1)  within  1 1/2 miles of the corporate
30    limits as defined on  June  30,  1978,  of  any  municipality
31    without   the   approval   of   the  governing  body  of  the
32    municipality in an official action; or (2) within  1000  feet
33    of  an  existing  private  well  or  the existing source of a
34    public water supply measured from the boundary of the  actual
                            -909-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    active permitted site and excluding existing private wells on
 2    the  property of the permit applicant. The provisions of this
 3    subsection do not apply to publicly-owned sewage works or the
 4    disposal or utilization of sludge from publicly-owned  sewage
 5    works.
 6        (m)  Transfer interest in any land which has been used as
 7    a  hazardous waste disposal site without written notification
 8    to the Agency of the transfer and to the  transferee  of  the
 9    conditions   imposed   by  the  Agency  upon  its  use  under
10    subsection (g) of Section 39.
11        (n)  Use any land which has  been  used  as  a  hazardous
12    waste  disposal  site  except  in  compliance with conditions
13    imposed by the Agency under subsection (g) of Section 39.
14        (o)  Conduct  a  sanitary  landfill  operation  which  is
15    required to have  a  permit  under  subsection  (d)  of  this
16    Section,  in  a  manner which results in any of the following
17    conditions:
18             (1)  refuse in standing or flowing waters;
19             (2)  leachate flows entering waters of the State;
20             (3)  leachate flows exiting  the  landfill  confines
21        (as  determined  by  the  boundaries  established for the
22        landfill by a permit issued by the Agency);
23             (4)  open burning of refuse in violation of  Section
24        9 of this Act;
25             (5)  uncovered  refuse  remaining  from any previous
26        operating day or at the conclusion of any operating  day,
27        unless authorized by permit;
28             (6)  failure  to  provide  final  cover  within time
29        limits established by Board regulations;
30             (7)  acceptance of wastes without necessary permits;
31             (8)  scavenging as defined by Board regulations;
32             (9)  deposition of refuse in any unpermitted portion
33        of the landfill;
34             (10)  acceptance  of  a  special  waste  without   a
                            -910-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        required manifest;
 2             (11)  failure  to submit reports required by permits
 3        or Board regulations;
 4             (12)  failure to collect and contain litter from the
 5        site by the end of each operating day;
 6             (13)  failure to submit any cost  estimate  for  the
 7        site  or  any  performance bond or other security for the
 8        site as required by this Act or Board rules.
 9        The prohibitions specified in this subsection  (o)  shall
10    be   enforceable  by  the  Agency  either  by  administrative
11    citation under Section 31.1  of  this  Act  or  as  otherwise
12    provided  by  this  Act.   The  specific prohibitions in this
13    subsection do not limit the power of the Board  to  establish
14    regulations or standards applicable to sanitary landfills.
15        (p)  In  violation  of  subdivision  (a) of this Section,
16    cause or allow the open dumping of  any  waste  in  a  manner
17    which results in any of the following occurrences at the dump
18    site:
19             (1)  litter;
20             (2)  scavenging;
21             (3)  open burning;
22             (4)  deposition  of  waste  in  standing  or flowing
23        waters;
24             (5)  proliferation of disease vectors;
25             (6)  standing or flowing liquid discharge  from  the
26        dump site.
27        The  prohibitions  specified in this subsection (p) shall
28    be  enforceable  by  the  Agency  either  by   administrative
29    citation  under  Section  31.1  of  this  Act or as otherwise
30    provided by this Act.   The  specific  prohibitions  in  this
31    subsection  do  not limit the power of the Board to establish
32    regulations or standards applicable to open dumping.
33        (q)  Conduct  a  landscape  waste  composting   operation
34    without  an  Agency permit, provided, however, that no permit
                            -911-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    shall be required for any person:
 2             (1)  conducting   a   landscape   waste   composting
 3        operation for landscape wastes generated by such person's
 4        own activities which are stored, treated or  disposed  of
 5        within the site where such wastes are generated; or
 6             (2)  applying landscape waste or composted landscape
 7        waste at agronomic rates; or
 8             (3)  operating a landscape waste composting facility
 9        on  a  farm,  if  the facility meets all of the following
10        criteria:
11                  (A)  the composting facility is operated by the
12             farmer on property on which the composting  material
13             is utilized, and the composting facility constitutes
14             no  more  than  2%  of the property's total acreage,
15             except that the Agency may allow a higher percentage
16             for individual sites where the owner or operator has
17             demonstrated to the  Agency  that  the  site's  soil
18             characteristics or crop needs require a higher rate;
19                  (B)  the   property  on  which  the  composting
20             facility is located, and any associated property  on
21             which  the  compost  is  used,  is  principally  and
22             diligently devoted to the production of agricultural
23             crops   and   is  not  owned,  leased  or  otherwise
24             controlled by  any  waste  hauler  or  generator  of
25             nonagricultural  compost materials, and the operator
26             of the  composting  facility  is  not  an  employee,
27             partner,  shareholder,  or in any way connected with
28             or controlled by any such waste hauler or generator;
29                  (C)  all compost generated  by  the  composting
30             facility  is  applied at agronomic rates and used as
31             mulch,  fertilizer  or  soil  conditioner  on   land
32             actually   farmed   by   the  person  operating  the
33             composting facility, and the finished compost is not
34             stored at the composting site for  a  period  longer
                            -912-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             than  18  months  prior to its application as mulch,
 2             fertilizer, or soil conditioner;
 3                  (D)  the owner or operator, by January 1,  1990
 4             (or   the   January   1  following  commencement  of
 5             operation, whichever is later) and January 1 of each
 6             year thereafter, (i) registers  the  site  with  the
 7             Agency,  (ii) reports to the Agency on the volume of
 8             composting material received and used at  the  site,
 9             (iii) certifies to the Agency that the site complies
10             with  the  requirements  set  forth in subparagraphs
11             (A), (B) and (C) of this paragraph (q)(3), and  (iv)
12             certifies to the Agency that all composting material
13             was  placed  more  than  200  feet  from the nearest
14             potable water supply well, was  placed  outside  the
15             boundary  of  the 10-year floodplain or on a part of
16             the site that is floodproofed, was placed  at  least
17             1/4  mile  from  the nearest residence (other than a
18             residence  located  on  the  same  property  as  the
19             facility) and there are not more  than  10  occupied
20             non-farm   residences   within   1/2   mile  of  the
21             boundaries of the site on the date  of  application,
22             and  was  placed  more  than  5 feet above the water
23             table.
24        For the  purposes  of  this  subsection  (q),  "agronomic
25    rates"  means  the  application  of not more than 20 tons per
26    acre per year, except that the Agency may allow a higher rate
27    for  individual  sites  where  the  owner  or  operator   has
28    demonstrated   to   the   Agency   that   the   site's   soil
29    characteristics or crop needs require a higher rate.
30        (r)  Cause  or  allow  the  storage  or  disposal of coal
31    combustion waste unless:
32             (1)  such waste is stored or disposed of at  a  site
33        or  facility  for  which a permit has been obtained or is
34        not otherwise  required  under  subsection  (d)  of  this
                            -913-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        Section; or
 2             (2)  such  waste  is stored or disposed of as a part
 3        of the design and reclamation of a site or facility which
 4        is  an  abandoned  mine  site  in  accordance  with   the
 5        Abandoned Mined Lands and Water Reclamation Act; or
 6             (3)  such  waste  is stored or disposed of at a site
 7        or facility which is operating under NPDES and Subtitle D
 8        permits issued by  the  Agency  pursuant  to  regulations
 9        adopted by the Board for mine-related water pollution and
10        permits  issued  pursuant  to  the Federal Surface Mining
11        Control and Reclamation Act of 1977 (P.L. 95-87)  or  the
12        rules  and  regulations  thereunder or any law or rule or
13        regulation adopted by  the  State  of  Illinois  pursuant
14        thereto, and the owner or operator of the facility agrees
15        to accept the waste; and either
16                  (i)  such  waste  is  stored  or disposed of in
17             accordance with requirements  applicable  to  refuse
18             disposal  under regulations adopted by the Board for
19             mine-related water pollution and pursuant  to  NPDES
20             and  Subtitle  D  permits issued by the Agency under
21             such regulations; or
22                  (ii)  the owner or  operator  of  the  facility
23             demonstrates all of the following to the Agency, and
24             the  facility  is  operated  in  accordance with the
25             demonstration as approved by  the  Agency:  (1)  the
26             disposal  area will be covered in a manner that will
27             support continuous vegetation, (2) the facility will
28             be adequately protected from wind and water erosion,
29             (3) the pH will  be  maintained  so  as  to  prevent
30             excessive  leaching  of metal ions, and (4) adequate
31             containment or other measures will  be  provided  to
32             protect   surface   water   and   groundwater   from
33             contamination  at levels prohibited by this Act, the
34             Illinois Groundwater Protection Act, or  regulations
                            -914-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             adopted pursuant thereto.
 2        Notwithstanding  any  other  provision of this Title, the
 3    disposal of coal combustion waste pursuant to item (2) or (3)
 4    of this subdivision  (r)  shall  be  exempt  from  the  other
 5    provisions   of   this   Title  V,  and  notwithstanding  the
 6    provisions of Title X of this Act, the Agency  is  authorized
 7    to grant experimental permits which include provision for the
 8    disposal  of  wastes  from  the  combustion of coal and other
 9    materials pursuant to items (2) and (3) of  this  subdivision
10    (r).
11        (s)  After  April  1,  1989,  offer  for  transportation,
12    transport, deliver, receive or accept special waste for which
13    a  manifest  is  required, unless the manifest indicates that
14    the fee required under Section 22.8  of  this  Act  has  been
15    paid.
16        (t)  Cause  or  allow  a lateral expansion of a municipal
17    solid waste landfill  unit  on  or  after  October  9,  1993,
18    without  a  permit  modification, granted by the Agency, that
19    authorizes the lateral expansion.
20        (u)  Conduct any vegetable by-product treatment, storage,
21    disposal or transportation  operation  in  violation  of  any
22    regulation,  standards  or permit requirements adopted by the
23    Board under this Act. However, no permit  shall  be  required
24    under  this  Title  V  for  the land application of vegetable
25    by-products conducted pursuant to Agency permit issued  under
26    Title  III  of  this  Act  to  the generator of the vegetable
27    by-products.  In  addition,  vegetable  by-products  may   be
28    transported  in  this  State  without a special waste hauling
29    permit,  and  without  the  preparation  and  carrying  of  a
30    manifest.
31        (v)  Conduct any operation  for  the  receipt,  transfer,
32    recycling,  or other management of construction or demolition
33    debris, clean  or  otherwise,  without  maintenance  of  load
34    tickets  and other manifests reflecting receipt of the debris
                            -915-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    from the hauler and generator of the debris.  The load ticket
 2    and manifest shall identify the hauler, generator,  place  of
 3    origin  of  the  debris, the weight and volume of the debris,
 4    the time and date of the  receipt  of  the  debris,  and  the
 5    disposition  of  the  debris by the operator of the receiving
 6    facility.  This subsection (v) shall not apply  to  a  public
 7    utility  as that term is defined in the Public Utilities Act,
 8    but it shall apply to an entity that contracts with a  public
 9    utility.
10        (w)  Conduct any generation, transportation, transfer, or
11    disposal  of  construction  or  demolition  debris,  clean or
12    otherwise,  without  the  maintenance  of  load  tickets  and
13    manifests  reflecting  the  transfer,  disposal,   or   other
14    disposition  of  the  debris.   The  load ticket and manifest
15    shall identify the hauler, generator, place of origin of  the
16    debris,  the  weight  and  volume of the debris, the time and
17    date of the disposition of  the  debris,  and  the  location,
18    owner,  and  operator of the facility to which the debris was
19    transferred or disposed.  This subsection (w) shall not apply
20    to a public utility as that term is  defined  in  the  Public
21    Utilities Act, but it shall apply to an entity that contracts
22    with a public utility.
23    (Source:  P.A.  89-93,  eff.  7-6-95;  89-535,  eff. 7-19-96;
24    90-219, eff.  7-25-97;  90-344,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-475,  eff.
25    8-17-97; revised 10-15-97.)
26        (415 ILCS 5/21.3) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1021.3)
27        Sec.  21.3.  (a) All costs and damages for which a person
28    is liable to the State of Illinois  under  Section  22.2  and
29    Section  22.18  shall constitute an environmental reclamation
30    lien in favor of the State of Illinois upon all real property
31    and rights to such property which:
32             (1)  belong to such person; and
33             (2)  are subject to or  affected  by  a  removal  or
                            -916-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        remedial  action under Section 22.2 or preventive action,
 2        corrective action or  enforcement  action  under  Section
 3        22.18.
 4        (b)  An  environmental  reclamation  lien  shall continue
 5    until the liability for the costs and damages, or a  judgment
 6    against   the  person  arising  out  of  such  liability,  is
 7    satisfied.
 8        (c)  An environmental reclamation lien shall be effective
 9    upon the filing by the Agency of a  Notice  of  Environmental
10    Reclamation Lien with the recorder or the registrar of titles
11    of  the  county  in which the real property lies.  The Agency
12    shall not file an environmental reclamation lien, and no such
13    lien shall be  valid,  unless  the  Agency  has  sent  notice
14    pursuant to subsection subsections (q) or (v) of Section 4 of
15    this  Act  to  owners  of the real property.  Nothing in this
16    Section shall be  construed  to  give  the  Agency's  lien  a
17    preference  over  the  rights  of  any bona fide purchaser or
18    mortgagee or other lienholder leinholder (not  including  the
19    United  States when holding an unfiled lien) arising prior to
20    the filing of a notice of environmental reclamation  lien  in
21    the  office  of  the  recorder  or registrar of titles of the
22    county in which the property subject to the lien is  located.
23    For  purposes of this Section, the term "bona fide" shall not
24    include any mortgage of real  or  personal  property  or  any
25    other credit transaction that results in the mortgagee or the
26    holder  of  the  security  acting  as  trustee  for unsecured
27    creditors of the liable person mentioned  in  the  notice  of
28    lien  who  executed such chattel or real property mortgage or
29    the document evidencing such credit transaction.   Such  lien
30    shall  be  inferior  to  the  lien  of general taxes, special
31    assessments and special taxes heretofore or hereafter  levied
32    by any political subdivision of this State.
33        (d)  The  environmental reclamation lien shall not exceed
34    the amount of expenditures as itemized on  the  Affidavit  of
                            -917-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    Expenditures  attached  to  and  filed  with  the  Notice  of
 2    Environmental    Reclamation    Lien.    The   Affidavit   of
 3    Expenditures may be amended if additional  costs  or  damages
 4    are incurred.
 5        (e)  Upon   filing   of   the   Notice  of  Environmental
 6    Reclamation Lien a copy with attachments shall be served upon
 7    the owners of the real property.    Notice  of  such  service
 8    shall  be served on all lienholders lien holders of record as
 9    of the date of filing.
10        (f)  Within 120 days after the  effective  date  of  this
11    Section  or  within  60  days  after  initiating  response or
12    remedial action at the site under Section 22.2 or 22.18,  the
13    Agency  shall  file  a Notice of Response Action in Progress.
14    The Notice shall be filed with the recorder or  registrar  of
15    titles of the county in which the real property lies.
16        (g)  In addition to any other remedy provided by the laws
17    of  this State, the Agency may foreclose in the circuit court
18    an environmental reclamation lien on real  property  for  any
19    costs  or damages imposed under Section 22.2 or Section 22.18
20    to the  same  extent  and  in  the  same  manner  as  in  the
21    enforcement  of  other  liens.   The  process,  practice  and
22    procedure  for such foreclosure shall be the same as provided
23    in Article XV of the Code of Civil Procedure Practice Law, as
24    amended.  Nothing in this Section shall affect the  right  of
25    the  State  of Illinois to bring an action against any person
26    to recover all costs and damages for  which  such  person  is
27    liable under Section 22.2 or Section 22.18.
28        (h)  Any  liability  to  the  State under Section 22.2 or
29    Section 22.18 shall constitute a debt to the State.  Interest
30    on such debt shall begin to accrue at a rate of 12% per annum
31    from the date of the filing of the  Notice  of  Environmental
32    Reclamation Lien under paragraph (c).  Accrued interest shall
33    be included as a cost incurred by the State of Illinois under
34    Section 22.2 or Section 22.18.
                            -918-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (i)  "Environmental   reclamation   lien"  means  a  lien
 2    established under this Section.
 3    (Source: P.A. 86-745; 86-820; 86-1028; revised 7-7-97.)
 4        (415 ILCS 5/22.2b)
 5        Sec. 22.2b. Limit of liability for prospective purchasers
 6    of real property.
 7        (a)  The  State  of  Illinois  may  grant  a  release  of
 8    liability that provides that  a  person  is  not  potentially
 9    liable under subsection (f) of Section  Sec. 22.2 of this Act
10    as  a  result  of  a  release  or  a  threatened release of a
11    hazardous substance or pesticide if:
12             (1)  the person performs  the  response  actions  to
13        remove or remedy all releases or threatened releases of a
14        hazardous substance or pesticide at an identified area or
15        at  identified areas of the property in accordance with a
16        response action plan approved by the  Agency  under  this
17        Section;
18             (2)  the  person did not cause, allow, or contribute
19        to the release  or  threatened  release  of  a  hazardous
20        substance or pesticide through any act or omission;
21             (3)  the  person  requests,  in  writing,  that  the
22        Agency  provide  review  and  evaluation  services  under
23        subsection (m) of Section 22.2 of this Act and the Agency
24        agrees to provide the review and evaluation services; and
25             (4)  the   person  is  not  otherwise  liable  under
26        subsection (f) of Section 22.2 under, and complies  with,
27        regulations adopted by the Agency under subsection (e).
28        (b)  The  Agency may approve a response action plan under
29    this Section, including but not limited to a response  action
30    plan  that  does  not  require  the  removal or remedy of all
31    releases or threatened releases of  hazardous  substances  or
32    pesticides,  if  the  person  described  under subsection (a)
33    proves:
                            -919-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (1)  the response action will  prevent  or  mitigate
 2        immediate  and significant risk of harm to human life and
 3        health and the environment;
 4             (2)  activities at  the  property  will  not  cause,
 5        allow,   contribute  to,  or  aggravate  the  release  or
 6        threatened release of a hazardous substance or pesticide;
 7             (3)  due consideration has been given to the  effect
 8        that  activities  at the property will have on the health
 9        of those persons likely to be present at the property;
10             (4)  irrevocable access to the property is given  to
11        the State of Illinois and its authorized representatives;
12             (5)  the person is financially capable of performing
13        the proposed response action; and
14             (6)  the person complies with regulations adopted by
15        the Agency under subsection (e).
16        (c)  The  limit  of  liability  granted  by  the State of
17    Illinois under this Section does not apply to any person:
18             (1)  Who is potentially liable under subsection  (f)
19        of  Section  22.2 of this Act for any costs of removal or
20        remedial action incurred by the State of Illinois or  any
21        unit  of  local  government as a result of the release or
22        substantial threat of a release of a hazardous  substance
23        or  pesticide that was the subject of the response action
24        plan approved by the Agency under this Section.
25             (2)  Who  agrees  to  perform  the  response  action
26        contained in a  response  action  plan  approved  by  the
27        Agency  under  this  Section  and  fails  to  perform  in
28        accordance with the approved response action plan.
29             (3)  Whose   willful   wilfull  and  wanton  conduct
30        contributes to a  release  or  threatened  release  of  a
31        hazardous substance or pesticide.
32             (4)  Whose   negligent   conduct  contributes  to  a
33        release or threatened release of a hazardous substance or
34        pesticide.
                            -920-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (5)  Who is seeking a  construction  or  development
 2        permit for a new municipal waste incinerator or other new
 3        waste-to-energy facility.
 4        (d)  If  a  release  or  threatened release released of a
 5    hazardous substance  or  pesticide  occurs  within  the  area
 6    identified in the response action plan approved by the Agency
 7    under  this Section and such release or threatened release is
 8    not specifically identified in the response action plan,  for
 9    any  person to whom this Section applies, the numeric cleanup
10    level established by the Agency in the response  action  plan
11    shall  also  apply  to  the release or threatened release not
12    specifically identified in the response action  plan  if  the
13    response  action  plan  has  a  numeric cleanup level for the
14    hazardous substance or pesticide released or threatened to be
15    released. Nothing in this  subsection  (d)  shall  limit  the
16    authority  of  the  Agency to require, for any person to whom
17    this Section does not apply, a  numeric  cleanup  level  that
18    differs  from  the  numeric  cleanup level established in the
19    response action  plan  approved  by  the  Agency  under  this
20    Section.
21        (e)  The  Agency  may  adopt regulations relating to this
22    Section. The regulations may include, but are not limited to,
23    both all of the following:
24             (1)  Requirements  and  procedures  for  a  response
25        action plan.
26             (2)  Additional requirements that a person must meet
27        in order not to be liable under subsection (f) of Section
28        22.2.
29    (Source: P.A. 88-462; 89-101, eff. 7-7-95; revised 12-23-97.)
30        (415 ILCS 5/22.44)
31        Sec. 22.44.  Subtitle D management fees.
32        (a)  There is created within the State treasury a special
33    fund  to  be  known  as  the  "Subtitle  D  Management  Fund"
                            -921-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    constituted from the fees collected by the State  under  this
 2    Section.
 3        (b)  On  and  after  January  1,  1994,  the Agency shall
 4    assess and collect a fee in the  amount  set  forth  in  this
 5    subsection  from  the  owner  or  operator  of  each sanitary
 6    landfill permitted or required to be permitted by the  Agency
 7    to dispose of solid waste if the sanitary landfill is located
 8    off the site where the waste was produced and if the sanitary
 9    landfill is owned, controlled, and operated by a person other
10    than  the  generator  of the waste.  The Agency shall deposit
11    all fees collected under this subsection into the Subtitle  D
12    Management  Fund.   If  a  site  is contiguous to one or more
13    landfills owned or operated by the same person,  the  volumes
14    permanently  disposed  of  by each landfill shall be combined
15    for purposes of determining the fee under this subsection.
16             (1)  If   more   than   150,000   cubic   yards   of
17        non-hazardous solid waste is permanently disposed of at a
18        site in a calendar year,  the  owner  or  operator  shall
19        either  pay  a  fee  of  5.5  cents  per  cubic  yard or,
20        alternatively,  the  owner  or  operator  may  weigh  the
21        quantity of the solid waste permanently disposed of  with
22        a  device for which certification has been obtained under
23        the Weights and Measures Act and pay a fee  of  12  cents
24        per ton of waste permanently disposed of.
25             (2)  If  more than 100,000 cubic yards, but not more
26        than 150,000  cubic  yards,  of  non-hazardous  waste  is
27        permanently disposed of at a site in a calendar year, the
28        owner or operator shall pay a fee of $3,825.
29             (3)  If  more  than 50,000 cubic yards, but not more
30        than 100,000 cubic yards, of non-hazardous solid waste is
31        permanently disposed of at a site in a calendar year, the
32        owner or operator shall pay a fee of $1,700.
33             (4)  If more than 10,000 cubic yards, but  not  more
34        than  50,000 cubic yards, of non-hazardous solid waste is
                            -922-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        permanently disposed of at a site in a calendar year, the
 2        owner or operator shall pay a fee of $530.
 3             (5)  If  not  more  than  10,000  cubic   yards   of
 4        non-hazardous solid waste is permanently disposed of at a
 5        site  in a calendar year, the owner or operator shall pay
 6        a fee of $110.
 7        (c)  The fee under subsection (b) shall not apply to  any
 8    of the following:
 9             (1)  Hazardous waste.
10             (2)  Pollution control waste.
11             (3)  Waste  from  recycling,  reclamation,  or reuse
12        processes that have been approved by the Agency as  being
13        designed  to  remove any contaminant from wastes so as to
14        render the wastes reusable,  provided  that  the  process
15        renders at least 50% of the waste reusable.
16             (4)  Non-hazardous solid waste that is received at a
17        sanitary  landfill  and  composted  or recycled through a
18        process permitted by the Agency.
19             (5)  Any landfill that is permitted by the Agency to
20        receive  only  demolition  or  construction   debris   or
21        landscape waste.
22        (d)  The  Agency  shall  establish  rules relating to the
23    collection of the fees authorized  by  this  Section.   These
24    rules shall include, but not be limited to the following:
25             (1)  Necessary records identifying the quantities of
26        solid waste received or disposed.
27             (2)  The form and submission of reports to accompany
28        the payment of fees to the Agency.
29             (3)  The  time  and manner of payment of fees to the
30        Agency, which payments  shall  not  be  more  often  than
31        quarterly.
32             (4)  Procedures  setting forth criteria establishing
33        when an owner or operator may measure by weight or volume
34        during any given quarter or other fee payment period.
                            -923-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (e)  Fees  collected  under  this  Section  shall  be  in
 2    addition to any other fees collected under any other Section.
 3        (f)  The Agency shall not refund any fee paid to it under
 4    this Section.
 5        (g)  Pursuant  to  appropriation,  all  moneys   in   the
 6    Subtitle  D  Management  Fund  shall be used by the Agency to
 7    administer  the  United   States   Environmental   Protection
 8    Agency's  Subtitle  D  Program  provided in Sections 4004 and
 9    4010 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery  Act  of  1976
10    (P.L. 94-580 94-850) as it relates to a municipal solid waste
11    landfill  program  in  Illinois  and  to fund a delegation of
12    inspecting, investigating, and enforcement functions,  within
13    the  municipality only, pursuant to subsection (r) of Section
14    4 of this Act to a municipality having a population  of  more
15    than  1,000,000  inhabitants.  The  Agency  shall  execute  a
16    delegation  agreement pursuant to subsection (r) of Section 4
17    of this Act with a municipality having a population  of  more
18    than  1,000,000  inhabitants  within 90 days of the effective
19    date of this amendatory Act of 1993 and shall  on  an  annual
20    basis  distribute from the Subtitle D Management Fund to that
21    municipality no less than $150,000.
22    (Source: P.A. 88-496; revised 12-18-97.)
23        (415 ILCS 5/39) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1039)
24        Sec. 39. Issuance of permits; procedures.
25        (a)  When the Board has by regulation required  a  permit
26    for  the construction, installation, or operation of any type
27    of facility, equipment, vehicle,  vessel,  or  aircraft,  the
28    applicant  shall  apply  to the Agency for such permit and it
29    shall be the duty of the Agency to issue such a  permit  upon
30    proof by the applicant that the facility, equipment, vehicle,
31    vessel, or aircraft will not cause a violation of this Act or
32    of  regulations  hereunder.   The  Agency  shall  adopt  such
33    procedures  as  are  necessary  to carry out its duties under
                            -924-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    this Section. In granting permits the Agency may impose  such
 2    conditions  as may be necessary to accomplish the purposes of
 3    this Act, and as are not inconsistent  with  the  regulations
 4    promulgated  by  the  Board  hereunder.   Except as otherwise
 5    provided in this Act, a bond or other security shall  not  be
 6    required as a condition for the issuance of a permit.  If the
 7    Agency denies any permit under this Section, the Agency shall
 8    transmit to the applicant within the time limitations of this
 9    Section  specific,  detailed statements as to the reasons the
10    permit  application  was  denied.   Such   statements   shall
11    include, but not be limited to the following:
12             (i)  the  Sections of this Act which may be violated
13        if the permit were granted;
14             (ii)  the provision of the regulations,  promulgated
15        under  this Act, which may be violated if the permit were
16        granted;
17             (iii)  the specific type  of  information,  if  any,
18        which  the Agency deems the applicant did not provide the
19        Agency; and
20             (iv)  a statement of specific reasons  why  the  Act
21        and  the  regulations might not be met if the permit were
22        granted.
23        If there is no final action by the Agency within 90  days
24    after the filing of the application for permit, the applicant
25    may  deem  the  permit  issued;  except that this time period
26    shall  be  extended  to  180  days  when  (1)    notice   and
27    opportunity  for  public  hearing  are  required  by State or
28    federal law or regulation,  (2)  the  application  which  was
29    filed  is  for  any  permit  to develop a landfill subject to
30    issuance pursuant to this subsection, or (3) the  application
31    that  was  filed is for a MSWLF unit required to issue public
32    notice under subsection (p) of Section 39.
33        The Agency shall  publish  notice  of  all  final  permit
34    determinations  for  development  permits for MSWLF units and
                            -925-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    for significant permit modifications for  lateral  expansions
 2    for  existing  MSWLF units one time in a newspaper of general
 3    circulation in the county in which the unit is or is proposed
 4    to be located.
 5        After January 1, 1994 and until July 1,  1998,  operating
 6    permits  issued  under this Section by the Agency for sources
 7    of air pollution permitted to emit less than 25 tons per year
 8    of any combination of regulated air pollutants, as defined in
 9    Section 39.5 of this Act, shall be  required  to  be  renewed
10    only  upon  written  request  by  the  Agency consistent with
11    applicable provisions of this Act and regulations promulgated
12    hereunder.  Such operating  permits  shall  expire  180  days
13    after the date of such a request.  The Board shall revise its
14    regulations  for  the  existing State air pollution operating
15    permit program consistent with this provision by  January  1,
16    1994.
17        After  June 30, 1998, operating permits issued under this
18    Section by the Agency for sources of air pollution  that  are
19    not  subject to Section 39.5 of this Act and are not required
20    to have a federally enforceable State operating permit  shall
21    be  required  to  be renewed only upon written request by the
22    Agency consistent with applicable provisions of this Act  and
23    its  rules.   Such  operating  permits  shall expire 180 days
24    after the date of such a request.  Before July 1,  1998,  the
25    Board  shall  revise  its  rules  for  the existing State air
26    pollution  operating  permit  program  consistent  with  this
27    paragraph and shall adopt rules  that  require  a  source  to
28    demonstrate  that  it  qualifies  for  a  permit  under  this
29    paragraph.
30        (b)  The Agency may issue NPDES permits exclusively under
31    this  subsection for the discharge of contaminants from point
32    sources into navigable waters, all as defined in the  Federal
33    Water  Pollution  Control  Act,  as now or hereafter amended,
34    within the jurisdiction of the State, or into any well.
                            -926-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        All  NPDES  permits  shall  contain   those   terms   and
 2    conditions,   including  but  not  limited  to  schedules  of
 3    compliance, which may be required to accomplish the  purposes
 4    and provisions of this Act.
 5        The Agency may issue general NPDES permits for discharges
 6    from  categories  of  point  sources which are subject to the
 7    same permit limitations and conditions. Such general  permits
 8    may  be  issued  without  individual  applications  and shall
 9    conform to regulations promulgated under Section 402  of  the
10    Federal  Water  Pollution  Control  Act,  as now or hereafter
11    amended.
12        The Agency may include, among such  conditions,  effluent
13    limitations  and  other  requirements  established under this
14    Act, Board regulations, the Federal Water  Pollution  Control
15    Act,  as  now  or hereafter amended, and regulations pursuant
16    thereto, and schedules for achieving compliance therewith  at
17    the earliest reasonable date.
18        The Agency shall adopt filing requirements and procedures
19    which are necessary and appropriate for the issuance of NPDES
20    permits, and which are consistent with the Act or regulations
21    adopted  by  the  Board, and with the Federal Water Pollution
22    Control Act, as now or  hereafter  amended,  and  regulations
23    pursuant thereto.
24        The  Agency,  subject  to  any  conditions  which  may be
25    prescribed by Board regulations, may issue NPDES  permits  to
26    allow  discharges beyond deadlines established by this Act or
27    by regulations of the Board  without  the  requirement  of  a
28    variance, subject to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act,
29    as   now  or  hereafter  amended,  and  regulations  pursuant
30    thereto.
31        (c)  Except for those facilities  owned  or  operated  by
32    sanitary  districts  organized  under  the Metropolitan Water
33    Reclamation District Act, no permit for  the  development  or
34    construction  of  a  new  pollution  control  facility may be
                            -927-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    granted by the Agency unless the applicant submits  proof  to
 2    the  Agency  that  the  location  of  the  facility  has been
 3    approved  by  the  County  Board  of  the  county  if  in  an
 4    unincorporated  area,  or   the   governing   body   of   the
 5    municipality  when  in  an  incorporated  area,  in which the
 6    facility is to be located in accordance with Section 39.2  of
 7    this Act.
 8        In  the  event  that  siting approval granted pursuant to
 9    Section 39.2 has been transferred to a  subsequent  owner  or
10    operator,  that subsequent owner or operator may apply to the
11    Agency for, and  the  Agency  may  grant,  a  development  or
12    construction  permit  for the facility for which local siting
13    approval was granted. Upon application to the  Agency  for  a
14    development  or  construction permit by that subsequent owner
15    or operator, the permit applicant shall cause written  notice
16    of  the  permit application to be served upon the appropriate
17    county board or  governing  body  of  the  municipality  that
18    granted  siting approval for that facility and upon any party
19    to the siting proceeding pursuant to  which  siting  approval
20    was  granted.   In  that  event,  the Agency shall conduct an
21    evaluation  of  the  subsequent  owner  or  operator's  prior
22    experience in  waste  management  operations  in  the  manner
23    conducted under subsection (i) of Section 39 of this Act.
24        Beginning  August  20,  1993,  if  the  pollution control
25    facility consists of a  hazardous  or  solid  waste  disposal
26    facility  for  which  the  proposed  site  is  located  in an
27    unincorporated area of a county with  a  population  of  less
28    than  100,000  and  includes  all or a portion of a parcel of
29    land that was, on April 1, 1993, adjacent to  a  municipality
30    having a population of less than 5,000, then the local siting
31    review required under this subsection (c) in conjunction with
32    any  permit applied for after that date shall be performed by
33    the governing body of that adjacent municipality rather  than
34    the  county board of the county in which the proposed site is
                            -928-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    located; and for the purposes of that  local  siting  review,
 2    any  references  in  this  Act  to  the county board shall be
 3    deemed  to  mean  the  governing  body   of   that   adjacent
 4    municipality;  provided, however, that the provisions of this
 5    paragraph shall not apply to any proposed site which was,  on
 6    April  1,  1993,  owned  in  whole  or  in  part  by  another
 7    municipality.
 8        In  the  case of a pollution control facility for which a
 9    development permit was issued before November 12, 1981, if an
10    operating permit has not been issued by the Agency  prior  to
11    August  31,  1989  for  any portion of the facility, then the
12    Agency may not issue or  renew  any  development  permit  nor
13    issue  an  original  operating permit for any portion of such
14    facility unless the applicant  has  submitted  proof  to  the
15    Agency that the location of the facility has been approved by
16    the  appropriate  county  board  or  municipal governing body
17    pursuant to Section 39.2 of this Act.
18        After  January  1,  1994,  if  a  solid  waste   disposal
19    facility,  any portion for which an operating permit has been
20    issued by the Agency, has not accepted waste disposal  for  5
21    or more consecutive calendars years, before that facility may
22    accept  any  new  or additional waste for disposal, the owner
23    and operator must obtain a new operating  permit  under  this
24    Act  for  that  facility  unless  the owner and operator have
25    applied to the Agency for a permit authorizing the  temporary
26    suspension  of  waste acceptance.  The Agency may not issue a
27    new operation permit under this Act for the  facility  unless
28    the  applicant  has  submitted  proof  to the Agency that the
29    location of the facility has been approved or re-approved  by
30    the  appropriate  county  board  or  municipal governing body
31    under Section 39.2 of this  Act  after  the  facility  ceased
32    accepting waste.
33        Except for those facilities owned or operated by sanitary
34    districts  organized under the Metropolitan Water Reclamation
                            -929-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    District Act, and except for new pollution control facilities
 2    governed by Section 39.2, and except for fossil  fuel  mining
 3    facilities, the granting of a permit under this Act shall not
 4    relieve the applicant from meeting and securing all necessary
 5    zoning  approvals  from  the unit of government having zoning
 6    jurisdiction over the proposed facility.
 7        Before beginning construction on any new sewage treatment
 8    plant or sludge drying site to be  owned  or  operated  by  a
 9    sanitary  district  organized  under  the  Metropolitan Water
10    Reclamation District Act  for which a new permit (rather than
11    the renewal or amendment of an existing permit) is  required,
12    such sanitary district shall hold a public hearing within the
13    municipality  within  which  the  proposed  facility is to be
14    located, or within the  nearest  community  if  the  proposed
15    facility  is  to be located within an unincorporated area, at
16    which information concerning the proposed facility  shall  be
17    made available to the public, and members of the public shall
18    be  given  the  opportunity to express their views concerning
19    the proposed facility.
20        The Agency may issue  a  permit  for  a  municipal  waste
21    transfer  station  without  requiring  approval  pursuant  to
22    Section  39.2  provided  that  the following demonstration is
23    made:
24             (1)  the municipal waste  transfer  station  was  in
25        existence  on  or  before  January  1,  1979  and  was in
26        continuous operation from January 1, 1979 to  January  1,
27        1993;
28             (2)  the  operator submitted a permit application to
29        the Agency to develop and  operate  the  municipal  waste
30        transfer station during April of 1994;
31             (3)  the  operator  can  demonstrate that the county
32        board of the county,  if  the  municipal  waste  transfer
33        station  is  in  an unincorporated area, or the governing
34        body of  the  municipality,  if  the  station  is  in  an
                            -930-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        incorporated  area,  does not object to resumption of the
 2        operation of the station; and
 3             (4)  the site has local zoning approval.
 4        (d)  The Agency may issue RCRA permits exclusively  under
 5    this subsection to persons owning or operating a facility for
 6    the  treatment,  storage,  or  disposal of hazardous waste as
 7    defined under this Act.
 8        All  RCRA  permits  shall   contain   those   terms   and
 9    conditions,   including  but  not  limited  to  schedules  of
10    compliance, which may be required to accomplish the  purposes
11    and  provisions  of  this  Act.  The Agency may include among
12    such conditions standards and other requirements  established
13    under  this Act, Board regulations, the Resource Conservation
14    and Recovery Act of  1976  (P.L.  94-580),  as  amended,  and
15    regulations  pursuant  thereto, and may include schedules for
16    achieving compliance therewith  as  soon  as  possible.   The
17    Agency  shall  require  that  a  performance  bond  or  other
18    security  be  provided  as  a condition for the issuance of a
19    RCRA permit.
20        In the case of a permit to operate a hazardous  waste  or
21    PCB  incinerator  as defined in subsection (k) of Section 44,
22    the Agency shall require, as a condition of the permit,  that
23    the  operator  of  the  facility perform such analyses of the
24    waste to be incinerated as may be necessary  and  appropriate
25    to ensure the safe operation of the incinerator.
26        The Agency shall adopt filing requirements and procedures
27    which  are necessary and appropriate for the issuance of RCRA
28    permits, and which are consistent with the Act or regulations
29    adopted by the Board, and with the Resource Conservation  and
30    Recovery   Act   of  1976  (P.L.  94-580),  as  amended,  and
31    regulations pursuant thereto.
32        The applicant shall make  available  to  the  public  for
33    inspection  all  documents  submitted by the applicant to the
34    Agency in furtherance of an application, with  the  exception
                            -931-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    of  trade  secrets,  at  the  office  of  the county board or
 2    governing body of the municipality.  Such  documents  may  be
 3    copied upon payment of the actual cost of reproduction during
 4    regular business hours of the local office.  The Agency shall
 5    issue a written statement concurrent with its grant or denial
 6    of the permit explaining the basis for its decision.
 7        (e)  The  Agency  may issue UIC permits exclusively under
 8    this subsection to persons owning or operating a facility for
 9    the underground injection of contaminants  as  defined  under
10    this Act.
11        All UIC permits shall contain those terms and conditions,
12    including  but  not limited to schedules of compliance, which
13    may be required to accomplish the purposes and provisions  of
14    this  Act.  The  Agency  may  include  among  such conditions
15    standards and other requirements established under this  Act,
16    Board regulations, the Safe Drinking Water Act (P.L. 93-523),
17    as amended, and regulations pursuant thereto, and may include
18    schedules  for  achieving  compliance  therewith.  The Agency
19    shall require that a performance bond or  other  security  be
20    provided as a condition for the issuance of a UIC permit.
21        The Agency shall adopt filing requirements and procedures
22    which  are  necessary and appropriate for the issuance of UIC
23    permits, and which are consistent with the Act or regulations
24    adopted by the Board, and with the Safe  Drinking  Water  Act
25    (P.L. 93-523), as amended, and regulations pursuant thereto.
26        The  applicant  shall  make  available  to the public for
27    inspection, all documents submitted by the applicant  to  the
28    Agency  in  furtherance of an application, with the exception
29    of trade secrets, at  the  office  of  the  county  board  or
30    governing  body  of  the municipality.  Such documents may be
31    copied upon payment of the actual cost of reproduction during
32    regular business hours of the local office.  The Agency shall
33    issue a written statement concurrent with its grant or denial
34    of the permit explaining the basis for its decision.
                            -932-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1        (f)  In making any determination pursuant to Section  9.1
 2    of this Act:
 3             (1)  The  Agency  shall  have  authority to make the
 4        determination of any question required to  be  determined
 5        by  the  Clean Air Act, as now or hereafter amended, this
 6        Act, or the  regulations  of  the  Board,  including  the
 7        determination  of  the  Lowest  Achievable Emission Rate,
 8        Maximum Achievable Control Technology, or Best  Available
 9        Control   Technology,   consistent   with   the   Board's
10        regulations, if any.
11             (2)  The  Agency  shall,  after  conferring with the
12        applicant, give written notice to the  applicant  of  its
13        proposed  decision on the application including the terms
14        and conditions of the permit to be issued and the  facts,
15        conduct or other basis upon which the Agency will rely to
16        support its proposed action.
17             (3)  Following  such  notice,  the Agency shall give
18        the applicant an opportunity for a hearing in  accordance
19        with  the  provisions  of Sections 10-25 through 10-60 of
20        the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act.
21        (g)  The Agency shall  include  as  conditions  upon  all
22    permits  issued  for  hazardous  waste  disposal  sites  such
23    restrictions  upon  the  future  use  of  such  sites  as are
24    reasonably  necessary  to  protect  public  health  and   the
25    environment,  including  permanent  prohibition of the use of
26    such sites for purposes which may create an unreasonable risk
27    of injury to human  health  or  to  the  environment.   After
28    administrative  and  judicial challenges to such restrictions
29    have been exhausted, the Agency shall file such  restrictions
30    of  record  in  the  Office  of the Recorder of the county in
31    which the hazardous waste disposal site is located.
32        (h)  A hazardous waste stream may not be deposited  in  a
33    permitted  hazardous waste site unless specific authorization
34    is obtained from the Agency by  the  generator  and  disposal
                            -933-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    site  owner  and  operator  for  the deposit of that specific
 2    hazardous  waste  stream.   The  Agency  may  grant  specific
 3    authorization for disposal of hazardous  waste  streams  only
 4    after   the   generator  has  reasonably  demonstrated  that,
 5    considering   technological    feasibility    and    economic
 6    reasonableness,  the  hazardous  waste  cannot  be reasonably
 7    recycled for reuse, nor incinerated or chemically, physically
 8    or biologically treated so as  to  neutralize  the  hazardous
 9    waste  and render it nonhazardous.  In granting authorization
10    under this Section, the Agency may impose such conditions  as
11    may  be  necessary  to accomplish the purposes of the Act and
12    are consistent with this Act and regulations  promulgated  by
13    the   Board  hereunder.   If  the  Agency  refuses  to  grant
14    authorization under this Section, the applicant may appeal as
15    if the Agency refused to grant  a  permit,  pursuant  to  the
16    provisions  of subsection (a) of Section 40 of this Act.  For
17    purposes of this subsection (h), the term "generator" has the
18    meaning given in Section 3.12 of this Act,  unless:  (1)  the
19    hazardous   waste   is  treated,  incinerated,  or  partially
20    recycled for reuse prior to disposal, in which case the  last
21    person  who  treats,  incinerates,  or partially recycles the
22    hazardous waste prior to disposal is the  generator;  or  (2)
23    the  hazardous waste is from a response action, in which case
24    the person performing the response action is  the  generator.
25    This  subsection  (h)  does  not apply to any hazardous waste
26    that is restricted from land disposal under 35 Ill. Adm. Code
27    728.
28        (i)  Before issuing any RCRA permit or any permit  for  a
29    waste  storage  site, sanitary landfill, waste disposal site,
30    waste  transfer  station,  waste  treatment  facility,  waste
31    incinerator,  or  any  waste-transportation  operation,   the
32    Agency shall conduct an evaluation of the prospective owner's
33    or   operator's   prior   experience   in   waste  management
34    operations.  The  Agency  may  deny  such  a  permit  if  the
                            -934-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    prospective  owner  or operator or any employee or officer of
 2    the prospective owner or operator has a history of:
 3             (1)  repeated violations of federal, State, or local
 4        laws,  regulations,  standards,  or  ordinances  in   the
 5        operation of waste management facilities or sites; or
 6             (2)  conviction  in  this  or  another  State of any
 7        crime which is a felony under the laws of this State,  or
 8        conviction of a felony in a federal court; or
 9             (3)  proof  of gross carelessness or incompetence in
10        handling, storing, processing, transporting or  disposing
11        of waste.
12        (j)  The issuance under this Act of a permit to engage in
13    the  surface  mining of any resources other than fossil fuels
14    shall not relieve the permittee from its duty to comply  with
15    any   applicable   local  law  regulating  the  commencement,
16    location or operation of surface mining facilities.
17        (k)  A development permit issued under subsection (a)  of
18    Section 39 for any facility or site which is required to have
19    a  permit  under subsection (d) of Section 21 shall expire at
20    the end of 2 calendar years from the date upon which  it  was
21    issued,  unless  within  that  period the applicant has taken
22    action to develop the facility or the site. In the event that
23    review of the conditions of the development permit is  sought
24    pursuant  to Section 40 or 41, or permittee is prevented from
25    commencing development of the facility or site by  any  other
26    litigation  beyond  the  permittee's  control,  such two-year
27    period shall be deemed to begin on the date upon  which  such
28    review  process or litigation is concluded.
29        (l)  No  permit  shall be issued by the Agency under this
30    Act for construction or operation of  any  facility  or  site
31    located within the boundaries of any setback zone established
32    pursuant to this Act, where such construction or operation is
33    prohibited.
34        (m)  The  Agency  may  issue permits to persons owning or
                            -935-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    operating a  facility  for  composting  landscape  waste.  In
 2    granting  such permits, the Agency may impose such conditions
 3    as may be necessary to accomplish the purposes of  this  Act,
 4    and  as  are  not  inconsistent  with  applicable regulations
 5    promulgated by the Board.  Except as  otherwise  provided  in
 6    this Act, a bond or other security shall not be required as a
 7    condition for the issuance of a permit.  If the Agency denies
 8    any  permit  pursuant  to  this  subsection, the Agency shall
 9    transmit to the applicant within the time limitations of this
10    subsection specific, detailed statements as  to  the  reasons
11    the  permit  application  was  denied.  Such statements shall
12    include but not be limited to the following:
13             (1)  the Sections of this Act that may  be  violated
14        if the permit were granted;
15             (2)  the  specific  regulations promulgated pursuant
16        to this Act that may  be  violated  if  the  permit  were
17        granted;
18             (3)  the  specific  information,  if any, the Agency
19        deems the applicant did not provide in its application to
20        the Agency; and
21             (4)  a statement of specific reasons why the Act and
22        the regulations might be  violated  if  the  permit  were
23        granted.
24        If  no final action is taken by the Agency within 90 days
25    after the filing of the application for permit, the applicant
26    may deem the permit issued.  Any applicant for a  permit  may
27    waive  the  90  day  limitation by filing a written statement
28    with the Agency.
29        The Agency shall issue permits for such  facilities  upon
30    receipt  of  an application that includes a legal description
31    of the site, a topographic map of the site drawn to the scale
32    of 200 feet to the inch  or  larger,  a  description  of  the
33    operation,  including  the  area  served,  an estimate of the
34    volume of materials to be processed, and documentation that:
                            -936-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1             (1)  the facility includes a setback of at least 200
 2        feet from the nearest potable water supply well;
 3             (2)  the facility is located outside the boundary of
 4        the 10-year floodplain or the site will be floodproofed;
 5             (3)  the facility  is  located  so  as  to  minimize
 6        incompatibility  with  the  character  of the surrounding
 7        area, including at least a  200  foot  setback  from  any
 8        residence,  and  in  the  case  of  a  facility  that  is
 9        developed  or  the  permitted composting area of which is
10        expanded after November 17, 1991, the composting area  is
11        located  at  least  1/8  mile  from the nearest residence
12        (other than a residence located on the same  property  as
13        the facility);
14             (4)  the  design  of  the  facility will prevent any
15        compost material from being placed within 5 feet  of  the
16        water  table,  will  adequately  control  runoff from the
17        site, and will collect and manage any  leachate  that  is
18        generated on the site;
19             (5)  the  operation  of  the  facility  will include
20        appropriate dust and odor control  measures,  limitations
21        on  operating  hours,  appropriate noise control measures
22        for shredding, chipping and similar equipment, management
23        procedures for composting, containment  and  disposal  of
24        non-compostable   wastes,   procedures  to  be  used  for
25        terminating operations at  the  site,  and  recordkeeping
26        sufficient  to document the amount of materials received,
27        composted and otherwise disposed of; and
28             (6)  the operation will be conducted  in  accordance
29        with any applicable rules adopted by the Board.
30        The  Agency  shall  issue renewable permits of not longer
31    than 10 years in duration for  the  composting  of  landscape
32    wastes,  as defined in Section 3.70 of this Act, based on the
33    above requirements.
34        The  operator  of  any  facility  permitted  under   this
                            -937-          LRB9000999EGfgam01
 1    subsection  (m) must submit a written annual statement to the
 2    Agency on or before April 1 of each  year  that  includes  an
 3    estimate  of  the  amount  of material, in tons, received for
 4    composting.
 5        (n)  The Agency shall  issue  permits  jointly  with  the
 6    Department  of  Transportation for the dredging or deposit of
 7    material in Lake Michigan in accordance with  Section  18  of
 8    the Rivers, Lakes, and Streams Act.
 9        (o)  From  September  4, 1990 until December 31, 1993, no
10    permit shall be issued by the Agency for the  development  or
11    construction  of any new facility intended to be used for the
12    incineration  of any haz